■itRSlTY OF iLLu^UiS LIBRARY fij URiAMA-CY L;...-... The person charging this material is re- sponsible for its return to the library from which it was withdrawn on or before the Latest Date stamped below. Theft/ mutilation, and underlining of books are reasons for disciplinary action and may result in dismissal from the University. To renew call Telephone Center, 333-8400 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN Hetum or ail Library Ir.aidfjais tbr each Lost Book is $$0.00 auiusmsiAi Jl! i-z Q'l 00 i997 L161— 0-1096 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/patentsforinvent11grea HERTZBERG — NEW METHOD, INC. EAST VANDALIA ROAD, JACKSONVILLE, ILL, 62650 TITLE NO. ACCOUNT NO. LOT AND TICKET NO. i'i.. UP ""AT brI i At; : pp ': “DR ;mp. ^ 24 - 1 i ^ - A-2e 677 on CLOTH COLOR HEIGHT HRTTTi F CHARGING INFORMATION HEIGHT PICA WRAP STUBBING FRONT COVER HAND SEW NO TRIM THRU SEW PAGES LAMINATED THRU SEW ON TAPE EXTRA THICKNESS HAND ADHESIVE MAP POCKET PAPER LENGTHWISE MAP POCKET CLOTH SPECIAL WORK AND PREP. FOREIGN TITLE SPECIAL WORK LINES OF LETTERING 1 1 PATENTS TOK IK ■iil.nCINS. ABRIDGMENTS OF ptifuniims RELATING TO W E A Y I N G PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE COMMISSIONERS OF PATENTS. LONDON : RINTED BY GEORGE E. EYRE AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY, PUBLISHED AT THE GREAT SEAL PATENT OPPICE, 25, SOUTHAMPTON BUILDINGS, HOLBORN. 1861. (,77 7,L‘i PREFACE. The Indexes to Patents are noAv so numerous and costly, as to render their purchase inconvenient to a large number of inventors and others, to whom they have become indis- pensable. To obviate this difficulty, short abstracts or abridgments of the Specifications of Patents under each head of Inven- tion have been prepared for publication separately, and so arranged as to form at once a Chronological, Subject- matter, Eeference, and Alphabetical Index to the class to which they relate. As these publications do not supersede die necessity for consulting the Specifications, the prices at which the latter are sold have been added. B. WOODCROFT. November 1861 , a2 INDEX OF NAMES. [The names of persons by whom inventions have been communicated from abroad, when known, are printed in Italic.^ Abbott, J Acklin, J. B — ,, Ackroyd, W Adam, W Adamson, R Adin, J Aitken, J Aked, J Alcan, E. Allcock, J Alsop, W Allport, S Anciot, C Anderson, D. .., , S. R. Andrew, C ,J , J. E. H. Apperly, J Archer, S . W 842 598 355, 709 773 751 ..... 736 950 864 840 874 ..... 208 276 783 Ill Ill 293 698 182 1015 738 197 962 Armistead, H 776 Armitage, 601, 861 Ashton, J 141 , R 845 Ashworth, D 493 , H 954 , J 300, 527, 931 Y 931 Aspden, W 480 Atherton, J. 525, 539, 585, 615 Atkins, W 48 Atkinson, G 64 , R 834 Aucher, A. J 815 Page Austin, E 458 Ayre, J 220 Babb, W 424 Badnall, R 137 Bagley, J. W. 333 L T. ... 995 Bailey, J. S 399 Baker, J 12 Baldwin, J 314 Ball, T 333 Bamford, R 710 Bancroft, B. 448 , J 1033 Barber, R 14, 16 — T 14 Bardin, J. L. F 774 Bareau, P. H 342 Barf or d, J 4 Barker, J..... 567 Barkstead, J 2 Barlow, A. 285, 831 H. B 264 , J. 464, 485, 500 Barnard, B 834 — , E 95 Barnes, J 454 , S 477 Baron, W 613 Barraclough, C 455 Barre, M. N. L. R 179 Barroclough, W 73 Bar sham, J 657 Barton, J 647 , J. E 803, 849 Bashall,W 402 INDEX. Page Batailie^ L. E 572 Batcheler J 6 Bateson, J. W 654 Battersby, T 459 Beadon, W 900 Beads, J 1020 Beard, J. R 1001 Beaumont, J 407 Beckett, W 272 Bedells, C 210 Be dwell, M 3 Bell, R 637,682 Bellford, A. E. L 405, 503 Bennet, J 33 Bennett, J 20 Bentbam,! 175, 631, 1039 Bentley, J 730 , W. 791, 839, 875 Benyon, J 937 Bernardi, G 614 Berrie, J ... Ill Berrisford, S 682, 847 Berry, M. ...114, 132, 138, 152, 163 J 468 Beswick, S 520 Betts, W 19 Bigelow, E. B. ...165, 318, 392, 627, 742 Bigelow, E. B 225 Biggs, J 200 Bingley, M 235, 697 Binns, J 677 Bird, R 371 , T 845, 981 , W 845 Birkmyre, W 998 Blackburn, T 948 Blackmore, B 19 Blain, J 740 Blair, J 1020 Bleackley, J 392 Blood, E 1 Blytb, C. B 697 Boardman, T. 389, 499, & 874 Bois, L. ,, .CO. 509 Bolmida, li 669 Pago Bolton, R 809 Bond, J 341 Bond, R ,.,.1038 BonnelU, G 438 Bonnet, B 605 Boond, J. C 439 , W 37 Booth, H 179 , J 477 , T 851 Borland, J 308 Borneque, G 560, 662 Bottomley, E 139 , J., 268, 405, 419, 817, 883, 1018 S. ...721, 817, 935 T 817 W 458 Botturi, S 813 Bousfield, G. T., 563, 627, 643, 649, 661, 712, 742 Bouteille, M 918 Bowden, J. W. B 937 Bowlas, D 328, 511 Bowman, R. 45, 68 Bown, W 199 Bowring, E 88 Bowyer, J 47, 66 Boyd, R 421 Boyes, W 585, 605, 615 Bracegirdle, C 644 Bracewell, W 679 Bradbury, J 5^ Bradley, G 85 Bradshaw, J 258, 433, 731 , W 258 Brazil, C 759, 801 Brearey, T 834 Brickies, J 568 Bridge, R 584 Brierley, J. P 669 , W 66.9, 922 Briggs, E 423, 467 , H 73 , J 770, 779 Brinton, H 539 , J 864 INDEX. Page Brisbane, S 306 Broadley, J., 734, 853, 877, 897, 1006 Brooks, J 573, 950 , R 4 Brooman, R. A., 194, 198, 215, 663, 710, 746, 755, 760, 900, 921, 959 Broughton, W 55 Brown, G 671 , J., 223, 736, 857, 858, 940 , H 886 ,P 671 , R 364 , T 478 , ^Y 257 Browne, T. B 280, 308 Brunei, M. 1 35 Bryant, Z 175 Bryce, A 34 Buchanan, A 75 , J. ...542, 592, 800 Buckley, J 652 Bullough, A., 235, 676, 685, 739 , J., 112, 168, 189, yjyJUy U0.7, 949 , W. ...648, 739, 882 Burch, R 326 Burrows, B., 356,434, 871, 963 Burslem, J 765 , W 765 Burton, J 447 , T 687, 787 Bury, G .957 Butchart, W. P 697 Butterfield, 1 424, 612 Callow, C. A 746 Calvert, E 524 • , F. C 808, 943 , J 273 Campbell, D 485, 500 Campin, F. W 747, 757 Campion, R 57 Page Capius, P. B. ... 797, 533 Caralli, N. M. ... 481,512 Carney, N. B. ... 551 Caron, L 49 Carpenter, S. A. 423 Carr, J 242 Carron, A. ...... 1002 Carron, H 1002 Carruthers, J. A. 750, 948 Carter, J. ...368, 383, 758, 769, 806, 886 Cartwright, E. . ..21, 22, 24, 25, 28 Cathcart, J 713 Catlovv, C.... 602, 695, 809, 912, 976, 1009, 1042 Caton, M .938 Caunce, R 600 Cavagneur, A. ... 964 Cawood, M 205 Cellier, A 736 Chalmers, D. ... 365, 396, 706, 881 Chalmin, J. B... 330 Chantrell, W. .. 216 Chapman, G. ... 700 Chapuis, P. B. 538, 797 Chatwin, J. F. .. 366 Chavagneur, A. 964 Cheape, W 18 Cheetham, D. .., 299, 309 , J. K. 775 Chevron, C 517 , J. M. . 506, 541 Child, J. W 952 Christie, D 286, 311 Christy, R 437 ,T. .. 357 Churchill, W. S 731 Clabburn, W. H 519 Clacban, J 808 Clark, J 210, 366 T. 24 , W 823, 880 Clarke, G 155 . T. 91 , W 221, 704 INDEX. Page Claussem, P 215 Claussen, P 225, 239 Clayton, J 602, 777 Clegg, E 561 , J 237, 622, 849 , R 273 , S 663 Clegg, T 623 Clough, R 14 Clowdeslv, P 1 Clyburn/R 116 Coates, C 454, 474 , H 821 Cobb, T 35 Cochran, M 295 Cochrane, J. R 384, 399 Cocker, V 398 Cocks, J 1037 Cocksey, T 272 Cockshott, W 30 Coe, C 599 Cogan, H 215 Colbeck, S. 823 , W. H 823 Cole, W 221 Collier, G., 126, 158, 270, 307, 314, 334, 347, 360, 388, 401, 402, 455, 471, 494, 529, 534, 546, 547, 590, 597, 618, 620, 632, 724, 741, 799, 944, 1028, 1040. Collier, J 1040 , W 92 Collins, W. W 406 Collison, D 365 Combe, J 281, 767, 999 Comstive, T 502 Connor, F 661 Constant, M. 663 Cook, J 12 , W. W 436, 532 Cooke, H 664 Copeland, G 635 Coppock, G 420, 492, 606 Corry, J 315 Cotter, J. B 206 Cotton, W 50 Page Cottrill, J 632 , J. S 632 Coulthurst, W 943, 994 Coupe, J 816 Coupe, J. B. N, 590 Coupland, F 57 Coupland, R 57 Couran, 1 4 Cowper, C 429, 677 Crabtree, J., 703, 717, 765, 775, 846, 864, 1000 ^ X 739 Craig, A. W 434 , J 905 Crankshaw, R 622 Craven, J 838, 858 , T 628 Crawford, R 619 Crichton, A 969 -, D 373, 713, 997 Crighton, J 143, 152 Croasdale, B 816, 881 Crofts, W., 412, 449, 450, 451, 529 Crook, J 766 , T 326 , W., 217, 363,805, 869 Crookshank, J 11 Cropper, J 114 Crosby, J., 376, 413, 427, 457 Crosland, E 499 , J 967 Cross, C 304, 322, 457 Crossley, D 951 D. J 850 jj 994 J..V.’’’’V.*367, 318, 504 , J.W 721 , W 504, 1034 Croutelle, E. C. T 338 Croutelle, E. C, T. 760 Crowther, J 805 Crummuck, W. N 769 Crumpler, J 9 Crux, G 531 Gumming, J 543, 554, 594 Cunliffe, J 973 INDEX. IX Pa^e CunlifPe, J . T. . . 24 0 .Cunningham, J. 1011 , R. 860 Currie, 'H. W. .. 278 Curtain, W 260 Curtis, J 965 M. 193, 244 — ;t 727 Curzon, FI. 329 Daft, T. B 212 Dalton, T 254 Dalziel, T. B. .. 358 Daniell, J. C. ... 78, 87. 95, 140 Darker, W. H... 172, 178 Dart, R 434 Davies, C. D. .. 795 Davies, E 980 Davies, G ..826, 930, 933 J 159 Davis, C. F 51 Davison, R 812 Davy, D 875 • , J 664, , 791, 839, 875 Dawson, T 433 , w 1023 Day, J 539 Dean, D 816 , R 790 - — , T 776 Dear, S 381, 499 Dearden, H 781 De Bergue, C. .. . 162, 216, 385 Deha.u, J 428 Delemer, A 364 Delvalle, J 83 De Mages, J 12 Dempster, C 40 Denham, W. T. 418, 426 Denn, C 1027 Dennison, J. .. 752 Denton, J., 339, 419, 452, 637, 841 Deplanque, A. ., 156 De Porter, C. .. 901 Depoiilly, C. 959 De Roulet, C. V. F....407, 506, 541 Desage, J fJ5j Desgrand, J. V lOi Desrousseaux, E. A 490 Desurmont, C 973 Devy, P. A 613 DeWardin, W 288 Dick, D 345 Dickins, T 260 Dickinson, W 256, 327 Dickson, J. H 464 Diggle, S 209, 502, 927, 945 Dillies, D .,...1027 Dixon, A 90 , E 959 Dobson, A 481, 555, 807 Dodgeon, J 248, 654, 1041 Dolignon, S 16, 25 Donald, W 509, 553 Donbavand, W 997 Douglass, A. 103 Drevelle, A 449 Drew, A 684 Drieu, J. A. 370, 377, 501, 679, 1032 Dry den, J 737 Ducbamp, P 386 Duckworth, C 666 , H 928, 986 Duclen, P 1 Dudebout, J. F 758 Dugdale, J 872 Damergne, E. A 813 Duncan, J 860 , J.W 953 Dunington, H 803 Dunlop, J. M 890 Dupont, L. N 611 Durand, F 403, 532, 534 Durand, F. 946 Dutton, J 127 Duxbury, J 674 Eagland, B. 493 Eastwood, E 808 Eaton, J 622 Eaves, J 527 X INDEX. Page Ecc1<5^, H 285 , J 258, 421 , s . 125, 193, 421 , W....217, 285, 305, 954 Eckhardt, A. G., 31 Ecroyd, E 1041 W F . . 745 Edmeston R 71.9 Edmonds, E 302 Edmondson, R.. 418 Edwards, F 873, 984 873, 984 Elce, J.! .341, 591, 812 Elliott, A 301, 462 Elsden, R 9 Enimerson, B. .. 278 England, G 174 Ermen, G 770 Eve, A 87 Everett, J 39 Evette, H 701 Ewart, P 56 Ewbank, T. H... 446, 487 Fabart, J. M. A. E 842 Fairbairn, P 136, 302 Fairclough, W 431 Fairweather, J 942 Fanshawe, H. R 359 Farrar, T. H 774 Fawcett, F. B,... 415, 556, 593, 616, 654, 1011 ,T 485 , W. 337, 415, 593, 616, 1011 Fearnehough, J, Fearnley, S Ferrabee, J Ferrers, T Fielden, R :-/r Fielding, J Fillier, J. M Finch, G Finlayson, T.... Firth, J 778 777 116 2 968 968 600 611 50 503 703, 765, 1000 Fish, J Page 356, 524 Fitton, C 126 Fletcher, C 129 , J 581 , J. G 444 , L. W.... 153 Florence 614 Foden, T ,32 F ontainem oreau. P. A., 276, 382, 418, 470, 508, 583, 614, 650, 668. Foot, J 252 Foot, J. J 694 Forrester, W 158 For sell, S 698 Forshaw, W 699 Forster, T 208 Foster, D 434, 629 , w 463, 672 Foulds, R 679 Fourmaux, E. .... 1003 Frame, J 379 Francis, J 72 Freeman, G 1022 Fryer, R 33 Gachet, L 119 Gadrat, P 1032 Gagniere, G 835 Gardner, E 536 Garnett, J 179 , W 528, 872 Garrett, G 5 Garsedy R 1027 Garside, W Gastineau, J. ... o Gedge, J. 384, 590, 657, 683 Gelderd, C 692, 693, 872 Gentile, G 862 Gerard, J. F. V. 105 Geresme, A. G 443, 483 Ghigo, C 91 Ghislin, T. G. ... 785 Gibbons, J 195 Gibbs, W. H. ... 490 Giblett, J 35 Gibson, J 77 INDEX. XI Page Gibson, J. G 265, 847 Gifford, W. J 839 Gilbee, W. A 513 Gilchrist, W 655 Gill, R 453 Gillman, E 526 Gilroy, C. G 116 Glasgow, G 8, 9 Glover, W 780, 792 Godard, J. T. L. L 149 Godemard 381 Goodall, D 59 Goodman, W 70 Goodyear, C 845 Goss, F 187 Gorton, R 25 Gosset, P. J. B. V 82 Goudeau, C 973 Gouin, E. A 445 Graham, H 165, 177, 527 ,J 762 ,P 392 , W 104 Gratrix, C 751 • ,J 751 , W. H. 219, 315 Gray, A 824 M 465, 684 Greaves, H 637, 697 Green, G. D 536 , J 38 , W. 383, 709, 1011 Greenshields, W 482, 511 Greenwood, J. 485, 497, 513, 555, 559 Greg, R. H 328 Grimond, J 960 Grimshaw, C 460 Grout, J 69 Grubb, T 709 Grundy, 1 955 , W 515 Guillotte, G 100 Guyot, J. 755 Hackett, J. 513, 523, 564, 566, 572 Pago Hacking, J 708 Hadden, A 67 Haden, B 36 Hadfield, W ,.464, 588 Hadwen, G 964 Haley, A 311 , E 846 Hall, A 109 , E 560 , G 1009 , J., 38, 40, 294, , 642. 720 L 906 R .390, 581 , S ,.581, 582 Hallam, J 591 Halsall, W 766 Hamer, W .327, 330 Hamilton, S. D 830 Hamnett, J 612 Hampson, J 636 , R 636 Hanbury, J 54 Hanchett, J. M 83 Hancock, W 173 Hanlon, T 585 Hanson, B 914 Hardman, R .349, 578 Hardon, E. 690, 718, 903, 1013 Hargez, A. J, 921 Hargreaves, B 749 , W 846 Harker, W 680 Harling, G 886 , T 820 , W 820 Harris, G 97 , R 200 , W. R 894 Harrison, A. S 388 Harrison, E 507, 637, 698 982 J.267, 324,388, 527, 558, 692, 693, 726, 882 , R 388 , T 507 , ,W ,267, 372 Hart, T 552, 850 INDEX. xii Pag:e Hartcliffe, W 567 Hartley, R. 537 . W 114 Harvey, E 23 Haslam, J. 721, 892, 947, 990 , R 721 Hattersley, R. L 885 Haworth, G 629 Hawthornewaite, M 119 Hayes, W. B., 502, 510, 526, 665 Hayhurst, W 766, 1038 H ay ward, F 13 Heald, A 761, 762 H 761, 762, 786 Healey, G 1037 , J 234 Heathcoat, J. 75, 77 , 115, 122 Heaton, J 162 Heginbotham, J 313 ,W 509, 553 Heilmann, Joshua, See Steiner, F. Ill Helliwell,T 567 Henderson, J. 273, 548, 778, 906, 995 , W 995 Henry, J., 690, 718, 851, 1015 , M 946 Henshall, E 172 Henson, H 232 , W 219 Henze, LA 889 Herbert, R 398 Hesketh, W 775 Hetherington, J 302 Hey, W 858 Heyes, G 371, 439, 761 Heys, H 301 Hey wood, E., 282, 370, 744, 957 , H 249 Hey worth, D 915 , J. ...745, 915, 10^1 , R 459 Higgin, J 788 Fliggins, J 1027 Higson, J. 633 Pa^re Hiley, D — , p 846 Hill, J 192, 213, 241 — , p 466, 981 Hindley, A. D. ... 206, 213 Hindle, P 463,608 , T 732 Hirst, H 85, 752 ,J 960 Hobson, J. 426, 427, 633, 679. 646, 676, 686 Hodgkinson, H. 432 w. . 978 Hodgson, B., 758, 769, 806, 886 Hodgson, W. ...390, 410, 581 Hofland, T 29 Holden, A 1024 , J 816, 1024 Holds worth, B. 537 ,j. . 610 ,R. 298 — , s 995 , W. ] : 815 Holgate, G 247 w. ... 298 Holland, R 751 Hollings, W. ... 1013 Hollingsworth, J. 960 Holloway, G. ... 709 Holroyd, W 832 Holt, A 730 — , J 910 , R 108 ^.S 321 , 382, 582, 958 , T 598, 832 Honegger, H.. ... 833, 1017 Hood, J 534 Hopwood, W. ... 600 Hornby, W. H. .. 107, 147 Horrocks, G 598 , J 837 W 38 41 59 69 9 , W. H. ...’.....’.74,’ 77 Houguet 614 Houston, J 411 Howard, A 113 211 INDEX. xiii Page Howard, T 825 Howorth, D. ,,.. 758 Howson, R 416 Hudson, J 307 ,W...248, 617, 695, 809, 912, 976, 1009, 1042 Hughes, E. J. .. . 355, 749, 980 ,E. T. .. 1035 - - H. 418, 426 3 J 490 HuiUard, J. L. A 653 Hulme, C 675 Humphries, J. . 146 Hunt, E 733 N 1017 Hunter, J 398 Hum, D 453 Hurst, R 296 Husband, R. ... ...368, 580, 583 Hustler, A 714 Hyde, F 1013 ,J 228 Jackson, A 599 , R 816 R. R. 905. 928 ! w. 972 Jaeger, H 803 Jamieson, W..., ...283, 822, 891 Jenks, B. H. ... 516 Ingham, J 469, 1028 Inglis, J 473 J ohnson, G 404 , J 461 , J. H. . ..341, 387, 443, 483, 514, 537, 544, 560, 586, 596,610, 636 , 638, 650,^ 662, 669, 835, 918. , 957, 964. — , R : 243 , T....36,41, 42, 46, 105, 132, 230 ,w ....413,513,810 Jones, A 850, 1001 ,F 1032 ,H 104 ,J 107 , T 104 Page Jongh, C 1044 Jordery, C. A 386 Jowett, T 277 IverSj S 625, 675, 717 Kay, J 3, 5, 42, 584, 663 , R. H 626 Kaye, T 844 Keim, F,C 818 Keirby, E 493 Kennedy, A 1025 Kenworthy, W.... 107, 147,168, 192, 208, 267 Kenyon, J 693 , R 693 Keogh, L. F 409 Kerr, R 215 Kershaw, E 599 , J 528, 971 992 Kesselmeyer, C. W 258 Kibble, Jo 199 King, J 610 Kinlock, J ....525, 539 Kirby, E 1043 Kirkman, J 955 Knight, J 1033, 1039 Knowles, J. ... 436,437, 704, 991 , R 785 , T 415, 852, 914 , W 426, 623 Knox, A. L 380 Kurtz, C. A 269 Lacey, E 442 Lakin, R 244, 284 Lamb, J 522, 556, 593 , T 522 Lambert, F 67 Lancaster, J 626 ^,W. 217, 560, 585, 626 Lane, J 748 Lang, J 613 , S 953 Langridge, J 390 La Riviere, M 184 Latour, M 614 XIV INDEX. Latoiir, P 614 Laurent, V. H 277 Lawes, T 360 Lawrance, T 10 Lawson, J....499, 605, 714, 728 Laycock, W. E 732 Lea, T 63 Leach, E 146, 655 ^,J. ...430, 561, 655, 782 Lean, G 646 Le Blon, J. C 2 Lecour, L. J 209 Lee, J 812 Lee,J. 1). 775 Leech, J 812, 941 , S. C 941 Leeming, J 824, 852, 1029 Lees, A 622, 849 , F 797 . J 797 ; — 797 Legeay, A ..1032 Leigh, J 673 /!' 902 Lemaire, L. H. 1 1021 Lemonnier, J. M. A. B .... 461 Lc Roy, A 416 , J 416 Levey, C 504, 549 Levy, H 791 Lewis, J. W 648 Liddell, J 465 Lightfoot, J 788 Lillie, J 505, 568 Limousin, A 475 Lister, J 57^ 73I , S. C 608, 634, 674 Livesey, J 404, 519 Liversage, H 613 Livsey, J 417 , F. J 893 Lloyd, R 89 Logan, R 141 fjomas, W 191 I Lomax, P I45 I Long worth, J 252 j Loosemore, W..., 32 | ■r , -r^ Pnge Lord, E 378, 481, 895 J — s T. W 747 Loret-Vermursch, F. 491, 607 Low, W. S 454 Lowe. C J Gr Lucevilliard, J. F. . 496 Lumby, E 444 Lund, E 966 Luntley, J 675 Lupton, B 816 Lusty, S 351 Lutel, E. 0 Lutener, J. 947 Lyle, J Macgregor, P 478 Mackenzie, D ..255, 351 Maclean, J Maclellal, J 173 Macnee, J Macpherson, J 417 Maddox, J 536 Madeley, W Maggs, 0 Major, W 259 Maligny, L. P 650 Malligan, R Mallinson, G., 556, GO o' 00 626, 973 Manlove, T 978 Margetson, J. S 931 Marin, J. 650 Markland, R 293 ,T ..510, 811 Marland, J 577 , 640, 928 , s ..640, .928 Mars den, T 666 , W ..382, 434 Marsh, J 282 Marsland, P 42, 44 Martin, A 969 , A. H 883, 1018 , W 263 Marzolo, J 659 INDEX. XV Page Mash, J 399 Mason, J., 1,179,270, 291,326, 347, 396 Mason, S 1 Massey, W 686 Masson, L. C. S 891 Mather, C 414 Mather, J 699, 778 Matthews, T 2 Maurel, J. 835 Mawdsley, P. A 936 May, S. N 354 Maynes, W 566, 618 McAdam, Q 44 McBride, J 177, 202, 233 McFarlane, P 784 Mcllwham, J 687, 937 M cl Iwr aith, W 1019 McKenna, F 589 McNaught, H 836 Meakin, T 139 Meckel, W 908 Meeus, J 200 Meliodew, T., 107, 133, 258, 674 Mellor, C. H 942 , T. W 891 Melville, J 343 ,W 316 Melvin, D 840, 842 Mennons, M. A. F. 909 Menzies, R. R 359 Merrylees, J 796 Mersey, S 62 Messager-ahit, C. A 696 Mesmer, G 650 Meyer, H. ...303,433, 446, 497 Meynier 381 Michaelis, M 992 Middleton, J 831, 835 , L. S 507 Midgley, R 590 Millar, D 621 Millard, J 58 Miller, C 997 Miller, R 30 Milligan, R 584 • ,W 224 Pngc Mills, D. ...547, 624,842, 883 , J 610 , M. N 936 , R 466 Milnes, D 789 , J. ...664, 711, 768, .924 , T. B 114 Milns, J. C 317 Milton, J 64 Mitchell, A 683 , E. J 574 T 300 , Yf 524 Molinard, C. M. H. 102, 110 Molozay, J. B. 996 Mons, W 3 Moody, W 4 Moore, H 1025 , J 520, .981 , T 243 M or daunt, C. L 17 Morel, J 381 Moriniere, F 891 M orison, J., 116, 453, 862, 986 Morton, A 561, 988 Mosedale, A 749 Moullin, P. H. 747 , 757 Mowbray, F. W., 321, 595, 603, 771 . 877 Moxon, W 602, 777 Muir, M. A., 472 , 483, 687, 716, 937 Mulliner, J 85 Munn, R 261 Murdoch, J 241, 667 Murray, A 82/ Myerscough, T 155 Nairne, W Naylor, D , H ,VV Neild, A Nelson, J Newall, R. S. Newberry, S. .. Newbury, G. J, 394, 395 143, 152, 925 717 , 1034 827 697 35 180 1025 895 XVI INDEX. Newton, A. V 217, 232, 2f)9, 306, 318, 336, 496, 497, 726,818,888,984, 1017, 1044 Newton, B 422 W. 165, 222, 275^ 343 , W. E. 339, 391, 443, 496, 498, 553, 608, 804, 815, 997 Nichols, J 843 Nicholson, J 951 Nickels, C. 181, 211, 240, 279, 288, 312, 333, 356, 364, 410, 426, 427, 533, 579, 645, 676, 686 Nicoll, B 536 D 924 Nield, J 203 Nightingale, J 272 Nimmo, J 903 , W. 523, 673, 877, 917 Nomico, N 761 Norcliffe, J 641 Normandy, L 614 Norton, F. W. 271, 332, 565, 591 Norton, J 158 , W 11, 640 Noton, T 210 Nuttall, J .869, 943, 994 , Z 1024 Oddie, J 267, 527, 558 , T 626 Ogden, J 175, 936 Ogilvie, W 852 Oldham, H 624 Olorenshaw, H 1010 Onions, W 329 Oppenheimer, A. 479, 487, 515 Orchar, J. G 974 Orr, J 588, 735^ 972 , M 98 Osbaldeston, J. ...82, 115, 182 Ostermoor, G 920 Oudinot, C. L.L 237 Owen, J 928, 986 Pace, E 204 Palmer, T 242 Pardoe, T 52 Parent, H 1005 Parker, A 535 C., 160, 400, 601, 944, 975 Parkinson, A 118 Parry, J 625 Paterson, J. H ...1027 Paty, T. 46 Pavy, E 416 Payne, J. E. H. 278 Peabody, G 447 Peacock, T 397 Peel, W 444 Pender, J. 984 Penor, F. II 660 Perry, S 212 Petard, L. A 636 Petrie, J 894 Phillips, A 1004 Philps, G. J 362 Phipps, R 22 Picciotti, D. 1 438 Pickard, J. C 1003 Pickles, M 628 Pickstone, S 317 , W 477 Pidding, W 711 Piggott, F 973 Pihing, J 340 Pinchon, E 894 Place, J 211 Plant, J 329,448 Platt, J. 242, 298, 313, 326, 590 Pochin, H. D 840 Poitiers, E 484 Poivret 537 Pollard, J 789, 832 Pollard, W 827 Pollock, W 678 Poole, M. 115, 12*1, 132, 150, 229 Porter, T 663 Potter, H 356 INDEX. xvii Pa^e Potter, J 76, 122 , J. G 354, 466 , M 751 Pourrez, D 683 Pousset, F 2 Powell, S 272 Pownall, W 94 Pradel 946 Praxel 449 Prichard, W 73, 86, 205 Pride, W 70 Prince, W. A, 87 Prost, V. F. A 715 Pye,G 881 Quiglay, W 145 Quinchez, C. D. V 390 Radcliffe, J...411, 480, 512, 778 Railton, J 186, 953 Ramshottom, J 108, 91 6 Ramsbottom, W 97 Ramsden, J. C....411, 469, 737, 852, 1029 Ramsey, A 98 ■ -,5 98 Ratcliffe, J 791 Redford, J 471 Reid, A 967, 968 , J. P. ...90, 105, 132, 230 , R 298 Reynolds, G. W 491 Rhodes, W. H 284 Richardson, A. T 582, 626 , J. C 429 Riding, G 943, 994 Ridings, H 556 Rids dale, J 188 Riley, E 818 , W. 919 Ritchie, G 568 Rives, J 629 Roberts, J 599 ,J. L 121 • , R....7I, 289, 492, 606, 798, 888 Robertson, P 673, 947 w. Page Robertson, W 974 , W. A 130 Robinson, J 781 , N ..575, 731 , R 727 , T ..176, 251 Robson, I 1006 Rodgers, E 428 Roe, T. 195 Roebrig, P 821 Roger, A. P 957 Ronald, R. A 838 Ronze, R 470 Roscow, S 434 Rosentball, A. 834 Ross, G 473 Rostron, J .143, 176 Rotbwell, J. ...88, 385 Rowan, W .438, 847 Rowbotbam, J 89 Rowland, J ‘.1009 Rowley, C 284 Royle, J 1022 Rouill^ F. M 401 Rusbton, G 805 Russell, F. W 550 Rye, W 468 Rylance, W ..; 831 Ryo 449 Sadler, J. H. ...84, 93, 98, 602 Sager, J 598 , T .708, 753 Salt, G 734 Samuels, S. R 398, 659 Sanderson, W 187 Sands, R .398, 794 , S 794 San Second, E 748 Saunders, D. H 835 Sawbridge, W 66 Scarr, G 745, 789, 832 Scarth, M 41 Scattergood, J., 113, 441, 460, 489 Schofield, J 75, 146, 886 Scholefield, G 94 b INDEX. xviii Page Scliwabe, R. H 681 , L 9.9 Sellars, J 212, 1040 Settle, T 464, 817 Seyrig, J. G 128 Shallcross, W. T 101 Sharp, D. W 127 Sharp, H 939 , J 939 Sharpe, S 1 Shaw, B. L 123, 134, 320 , D 123, 651, 680 ■ , R 549 ■ , S 798 , W 798, 888 Shepherd,! 762 Sherard, W 1 Shields, J 1021 Shiers, R 313, 825 Shimwell, 1 191 Sibley, T 946 Sichel, S. E 656 Sidebotham, N 936 Sidebottom, J., 301, 614, 983, 1012 Sieber, J. J 833, 1017 Sievier, R. M 431, 440 , R. W., 102, 137, 188, 204, 257, 317, 325, 413, 427 Silverwood, E 435 Simcox, G. P 246, 859 Simister, J. 96 Simpson, J 531 Sinclair, J 67, 400 Singleton, T., 424, 754, 828, 1023 Sinnock, W 982 Slack, J., 109, 361, 437, 559,781 Slater, G 705 ■ , J 374 Smalpage, R 9.99 Smethurst, A. W 966 Smith, C 1036 , E 443 , J. ... 106, 148, 169,190, 207, 486, 6.98, 743, 786, 802, 836, 875, 1036 Smith, L. ... 106, 197, 323, 408 , M....252, 291, 323, 353, 354, 369, 408, 575, 702, 703, 789, 863, 961 , R.... 286, 376, 485, 497 513, 539, 750, 881,1001 S 367, 832 , W. ...502, 510, 780, 783 Smithies, D 859 Som.erville, J 685, 730 South worth, T 775 Sowden, D 980 Spencer, F 770 , H 355 , H 909 Spill, D 1031 , G 1031 Spilsbury, F. G 83 Stamp, R 88 Stanbridge, J. W 22-1 Staufen, W 819 Stansfeld, H 120 Stansfeld, T. W. ...73, 79, 86 Stansfield, A 555 Steel, J 278 Steiner, F.. 171 Stell, J 5, 7, 43 Steven, J 642 Stevenson, H 575, 731 , W 369 Stocks, J 425 Stoehr, E. M 88.9 Stone, A 110 , C. W 121 Stott, E. S 668 , F. L 893 , H 940 , T 759 Strang, W 658 Stuart, R 33 Sturgis, R 340 Sugden, G 779 , Z 444 Summerscales, J 448 Sumner, R. 723 Sunderland, S 790 SutclifPe, W 201 INDEX. Page Swainson, E 1010 , J 525 Swallow, J. T 881 Sykes, W 155 Tait, R 479 Talbot, R 816 Tattiam, J 299, 309 Tatlow, J 432 Tavler 296, 374 TaVlor, B 63 — , E 821 , J 60, 590, 903 , P 60 , S 414 , T. G 520 W 577 , W. B 843, 976 ^ W. G 194 , W. W 100 Tee, E. P 142 Temperton, T. A 788 Tempest, R 636 Templeton, A 714 145,293,583, 588 , J. S 773 , N 621 Test on 614 Tetlow, J 81 Thatcher, G 517 Thom, J 836, 1025 Thomas, E 447 • , W . . . 206, 245, 254, 262, 282, 420 Thompson, C 820 , H 727, 782 , J. ... 524, 610, 709, 820 , T 191,456 ,W 711,768 Thomson, D 377 , J 958, 1031 , R 645, 667, 990 Thornley, W 475 Thornton, F 364 Thornton, J 849 , S 529 Thorp, W 139 Thorpe, T 568 Threlfall, R 623, 633 Tilton, J. C 563 Timmings, J 10 Tiphaine, L 835 Tiret, G. L. F 498 Todd, J 37, 521, 722, 763, 865 , J. M 820 , W.... 238, 521, 722, 763, 795, 865 Tomlinson, J 636 Tonge, R 967, 968 Townend, E 350 Toye, C 609, 648 Travis, E 246 , J 29 Tremeschini, G. A 855 Trippett, W. L 185 Tuer, W 390, 581 Turner, A. 578, 652, 744, 821, 920, 970, 979, 1038 , C 557, 708, 753 ,J 537 L 552 Unsworth, T 207 , W 227 Vai, C 614 Valentine, T 434, 629 Valtat, F 401 Vander Meere, A. L. N..,. 484 Van Petegliem, E 923 Van Peteghem, M 923 Varley, D 933 Vaughan, W 441, 460, 489 Verzier, H 1035 Vickers, W 221 Vignat, L 654, 740 Vincenzi, E 695, 830 Vogel, K 239 Vorster, C 538 Vouillon, F 143 b 2 XX INDEX. Page Wacrenier, H. V, 610, 636, 638 Wade, J 949 Wadsworth, J 795, 964 Walbank,A 1039 Waleen, W.H 635 Walker, G 580, 808 , J 223, 562, 639 , W.J 246, 716 Wallwork, C 684 Walmesley, J 362 Walmsley, J., 452, 469, 605, 825 , H 539, 782 Walter, W. S. , 573 Walton, J 754 Wappenstein, R 890 Warbrick, W 562 Ward, A. H 563 , G 985 , J. W 395 ,W 639, 722 Warden, A. J 350 Warner, A 446 Waterhouse, J 567 Watson, H. H 180 , J 236, 645 , R 826, 829 , T. . ....313, 754, 916, 1037 Watt, W 383 Webb, E 518 , J 52 , T 905 393 Weild, W.i’ 372,‘394,'56'i’ 728, 756, 993 Welch, J. J 931 , J. W 986, 1011 -, T 104, 176 Wells, J 76 ,W 125 Westhead, J. P., 100, 112, 196 Wheeler, W 708 Whitaker, F. B 165 , L 493 , S 705 /r 762 Whitcomb, J 376 Page White, G 779 , w .374 Whitehead, J. 509 , J. H.,161, 873, 908 ,w 794 Whiteley,W 1039 Whitesmith, 1 792, 799 , W 792, 799 Whitlow, C... 61 Whittaker, D 362, 452 , H .959 , O 684 Whitworth, J 179 Whyte, A 808 Vv^hytlaw, R. A 642, 683 Whytock, R 331 P. . . 43 Wicks, p!. .!!!!!!!!!!!:!!!;”; 785 Widnell, H 555 Wilkinson, E. ...238,468, 682 — ,J. A 63 , S 86 , W 442 Willan, R. 327, 547, 605, 624, 842, 883 Williams, J 705 , R 10, 13 ,T. R. ...97, 140, 212 Williamson, F 795 ,J 795 S 45 ■ , W.B 810 WiUiot, C. L. A 514 Willis, T. 348 Wilson, B 520 , G 725, 771 , J 543 230 [ S.' ..’.’68, "76^73/80, 81 Wilton, R 1 Woller, S 274, 612 Wood, R 868 , S. T 26 , W., 169, 172, 178, 185, 254, 287, 307, 332, 345, 494, 497, 620, 699, 702, 703, 768, 769, 868. INDEX. Pa^e Woodcroffc, B 124, 357 Woodrow, J 961 Woodward, G. G. 458, 652, 716 Woofenden, J 457 Woollam, J. G 175 Woolstenholme, J 15 Worsnop, C 858 Worth, T 909 Worthington, T 85 Wright, J 795 Page Wrigley, J 641 Yardley, J 675 Yates, R 488 ,T 148, 488 Yeadon, S 700 Yerbury, F. 11 Young, G 62 J. H 380 Zuppinger, T, 264 : iUi rwmdt i \ ti ifiraH 1* :^u^>^v,j|iiyH t tiWH ijfi'^jiij^ulB^M (ii y:^'i 4ni A^^SUm ;'tC'/' 1 <) .'rt-nict 'k) lifimHHI ' 'k‘ .traii ■I .'’•* ;>,>>■! HnT«; ■' . •' rfv.iirfriy *'j-Mh Zi INTRODUCTION. Weaving is the art of making cloth hy the intersection of materials, parts of which must be flexible, and of which the longitudinal are called the warp or chain, and the transverse the woof or weft. History throws no light on the origin of this important art. although it teaches us that it was one of the earliest known to mankind. In the Book of Exodus we find, chap, xxxv., verse 35, with “ wisdom to work the work of a weaver.” It is probable that the art of weaving preceded that of spin- ning, as the first cloth may have been produced from untwisted fibres or grasses of various kinds, forming, when interlaced, a kind of matting or coarse cloth, such as continues to be made by several of the South Sea Islanders, and the hurdles for penning sheep in this country, as well as common basket work, are ex- amples of intersecting twigs of trees exactly in the same manner as threads of warp and weft are intersected by weaving in the formation of plain cloth. In the time of Joseph, which preceded the Christian era by 1/00 years, it is recorded that Pharoah arrayed him in vestures of fine linen.” Two centuries later, the Hebrews carried with them from Egypt the arts of weaving, spinning, dyeing, and embroidery; for when Moses constructed the tabernacle in the wilderness, the women that were wise-hearted did spin with their hands, and brought that which they had spun, both of blue and of purple, and of scarlet, and of fine linen.” They also “ spun goats’ hair,” and Bezaleel and Aholiab worked all manner of work of the engraver, and of the cunning work- man, and of the embroiderer in blue, and in purple, and in “ scarlet, and in fine linen, and of the weaver.” These passages contain the earliest mention of woven cloth.* Sir J. G. Wilkinson Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians,”) says, The Egyptians, from a most remote era. * See Baine’s Cotton Manufacture, p. 15. XXIV INTRODUCTION. were celebrated for their manufacture of linen and other cloths, and the produce of their looms was exported to and eagerly purchased by foreign nations. The fine linen and embroidered work, the yarn and woollen stuffs, of the upper and lower country, are frequently mentioned and were highly esteemed. “ Soloman purchased many of those commodities, as well as chariots and horses, from Egypt; and Chemmis, the City of Pan, retained* * * § the credit it had acquired in making woollen stuffs, nearly to the period of the Roman conquest.” The bandages invariably found wrapped round the bodies of Egyptian mummies are of linen cloth. “ Cotton cloth, however, was among the manufactures of Egypt, and dresses of this material were worn by all classes. Pliny states that the Egyptian priests, though they used linen, were particularly partial to cotton robes,t and cotton garments supplied by government for the use of the temples, J are dis- tinctly mentioned in the Rosetta stone.” It was not only for articles of dress that cotton was manu- factured by the Egyptains; a great quantity was used for the furniture of their houses, the coverings of chairs and couches, and various other purposes ; and a sort of cloth was made of the united filaments of flax and cotton. This is mentioned by Julius Pollux, who, after describing the cotton plant as an Egyptian production, and stating that cloth was manufactured of the ^ wool of its nut,’ says, they sometimes make the woof of it, and the warp of linen ;§ a quality of cloth still manufactured ‘‘ by the modern Egyptians.” Wilkinson thinks that the fine linen,” mentioned in scripture, and by ancient writers, was produced in looms of rude construe- tion, such as those represented in the paintings of Thebes and Eilethyas. Mr. Thompson in his pamphlet on mummy cloth, says, — Of the products of the Egyptian loom, we know scarcely more than the mummy pits have disclosed to us ; and it would be as unreasonable to look through modern sepulchres for specimens * Strabo XVII., p. 559. t Pliny XIX., 8. X “The sacred robes with which the statues of the gods are adorned.” Pint, de Is. s. 4. § J. Poll, OiioraVII. 17. INTRODUCTION. XXV and proofs of the state of manufacturing art amongst ourselves, as to deduce an opinion of the skill of tne Egyptians from those fragments of cloth which envelope their dead, and have come down, almost unchanged, to our own time. The curious or costly fabrics which adorned the living, and were the pride of the industry and skiU of Thebes, have perished ages ago. “ There are, however, amongst these remains, some which are not unworthy of notice, which carry us back into the work- shops of former times, and exhibit to us the actual labours of weavers and dyers of Egypt, more than 2,000 years ago.” “ The beauty of the texture and pecuharity in the structure of a mummy cloth given to me by Mr. Belzoni was very striking. It was free from gum, or resin, or impregnation of any kind, and had evidently been originally white. It was close and firm yet very elastic. The yarn of both warp and woof was re- markably even and well spun. The thread of the warp was double, consisting of two fine threads twisted together. The woof was single. The warp contained 90 threads in an inch ; the woof or weft, only 44. The fineness of these materials, estimated after the manner of cotton yarn, was about thirty hanks in the pound. The subsequent examination of a great variety of mummy cloths showed that the disparity between the warp and woof belonged to the system of manufacture, and that the warp generally had twice or thrice, and not seldom four times, the number of threads in an inch that the woof had.” The selvages of the Egyptian cloths are generally formed with the greatest care, and are well calculated by their strength to protect the cloth from accident. Fillets of strong cloth or tape also secure the ends of the pieces from injury, showing a knowledge of all the little resources of modern manufacture. Several of the specimens, both of fine and coarse cloth, were ‘‘ bordered with blue stripes of various patterns, and in some “ alternating with narrow lines of another coloiir. Pliny,* speaking of the excellency of the finen thread of the Egyptians, mentions, that the Rhodians preserve to this day, “ m the Temple of Minerva, the remains of a linen corslet, pre- sen ted to them by Amasis, king of Egypt, whose threads are composed each of 365 other threads ; and in proof of the truth Pliny XIX., 1. XXVI IISTRODUCTION. ‘‘ of this, Mutianus, who was thrice consul, lately affirmed at Rome, that he had examined it ; and the reason of so few frag- ments remaining was attributable to the curiosity of those who had frequently subjected it to the same scrutiny.” Herodotus mentions this corslet,* and another, presented Amasis to the Lacedaemonians, which had been carried ofp by the Samians ; it was of linen ornamented with numerous figures ‘‘ of animals, worked in gold and cotton. Each thread of the corslet was worthy of admiration. For, though very fine, every one was composed of 360 other threads, all distinct ; the quality being similar to that dedicated to Minerva at Lindus by the same monarch.” Sir J. G. Wilkinson says, Many of the Egyptian stuffs pre- sented various patterns worked in colours by the loom, inde- pendent of those produced by the dyeing or printing process, and so richly composed that they vied with cloths embroidered with the needle.” Pliny mentions cloth woven with gold threads, sometimes en- tirely of those materials, without any woollen or linen ground, as were the garment of Agrippina, the tunic of Heliogabalus, and that worn by Tarquinius Priscus, mentioned by Verrius. Coloured dresses,” says Pliny, were known in the time of “ Homer, from which the robes of trium^ph were borrowed ; and from the Phrygians having been the first to devise the method of giving the same effect with the needle, they have been called Phrygiones. But to weave cloth with gold thread was the in ven- tion of an Asiatic king. Attains, from whom the name Attalic was derived ; and the Babylonians were most noted for their skill in weaving cloths of various colours.” Other nations,” says Herodotus, make cloth by pushing “ the woof upwards ; the Egyptians, on the contrary, press it down.” But Sir J. G. Wilkinson says, At Thebes a man who is repre- sented engaged in making a piece of cloth, with a coloured border or selvage, appears to push the woof upwards, the cloth “ being fixed above him to the upper part of the frame. They had also the horizontal loom, which occurs at Beni Hassan and other places.” The same author gives some woodcuts of both the vertical and horizontal form of loom, which are taken from paintings at * Herodotus, ii., 182, and iii., 47. INTRODUCTiOX. xxvii Thebes and other parts. In one of these a shuttle is shown ; it is not thrown, but put in by hand, and has a hook at each end. The borders of some of the Egyptian cloths had fringes, formed by twisting the warp threads together, and knotting them. Spe- cimens of some of these borders may be seen in the British Museum. The manufacture of carpets seems to have been car- ried on by the Egyptians in very early times. Sir J. G. Wil- kinson gives an account of a rug, now in the possession of Mr. Hays. “This rug is eleven inches long, by nine broad. It is “ made, like many carpets of the present day, with woollen threads on linen strings. In the centre is the figure of a boy in white, with a goose above, the hieroglyphic of a ^ child ’ upon “ a green ground; around which is a border composed of red “ and blue lines; the rest is a ground of yellow, with four white “ figures above and below, and on each side are blue outlines “ with red ornaments ; the outer border being made up of red, white, and blue lines, with a fancy device projecting from it, “ having a triangular summit, which extends round the edge of “ the rug. Its date is uncertain ; but from the child, the com- bination of the colours, and the ornament of the border, I am “ inclined to think it really Egyptian.^’ From Bostock and Riley’s translation of Pliny,* * * § we learn that “ The thick flocky wool has been esteemed for the manufacture “ of carpets from the very earliest times ; it is quite clear from “ what we read in Homer, that they were in use in his time. “ The Gauls embroidered them in different manner from that “ which is practised by the Parthians. Wool is compressed also “ for making a felt, which if soaked in vinegar is capable of re- “ sisting iron even ; and what is still more, after having gone “ through the last process, wool will even resist fire ; the refuse “ too, when taken out of the vat of the scourer, is used for making “ mattresses, an invention, I fancy, of the Gauls.” “Thegan- “ sapaf has been brought into use in my father’s memory, and “ I myself recollect the amphimallaj and the long shaggy apron§ * Pliny VIII., 73. t “ The ‘ gausapa,’ or ‘ gausapum,’ was a kind of thick cloth, very woolly on one side, and used especially for covering tables, beds, and making cloaks to keep out the wet and cold. The wealthier Romans had it made of the finest wool, and mostly of a purple colour. It seems also to have been sometimes made of linen, but still with a rough surface.” t“ From ‘ napped on both sides.’ The.y probably resembled our baizes or druggets, or perhaps the modern blanket.’’ § “ Pliny again makf's mention of the ‘ ventrale’ or apron in Book XXXIL, c. 23.” INTRODUCTION. xxviii being introduced; but at the present day the laticlave* * * § tunic is beginning to be manufactured into imitation of the gausapa.’’ Varro informs us, he himself was an eye-witness, that in the temple of Sancus the wool was still preserved on the distaff and spindle of Tanaquil,t who was also called Caia Caecilia ; and he says that the royal wavedj toga, formerly worn by Servius Tullius, and now in the temple of Fortune, was made by her. Hence was derived the custom, on the marriage of a young woman, of carrying in the procession a dressed distaff and a spindle with the thread arranged upon it. Tanaquil was the first who wove the straight tunic, § such as our young people wear with the white toga ; newly married women also. “ Waved garments were at first the most esteemed of all; after which those composed of various colours came into vogue, Fenestella informs us that togas with a smooth surface, as v/ell as the Phryxian togas, began to be used in the latter part of ‘‘ the reign of Augustus. Thick stuffs, in the preparation of which the poppy was used, are of more ancient date, being mentioned by the poet Lucillus in his lines on Torquatus. The prsetexta had its origin *among the Etrurians. I find that the taboea was first worn by kings.” The method of weaving cloth with more than two threads “ was invented at Alexandria; these cloths are called polimita; it was in Gaul that they were first divided into chequers.” The following particulars are taken from Mr. Yates’ article Tela, in Dr. Smith’s Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. Although weaving was amongst the Greeks and Romans a distinct trade, carried on by a separate class of persons, who more particularly supplied the inhabitants of the towns with “ the productions of their skill, yet every considerable domestic establishment, especially in the country, contained a loom, “ together with the whole apparatus necessary for the working of wool.” “ The work was principally carried on by female slaves, under the superintendence of the mistress of the house, who herself also, together with her daughters, took part in the * Some further information on the laticlave or broad-striped tunic will be found in Book IX., c. 63.” t “ According to the commonly received account, Tanaquil was the wife of Tarquinius Pricus, and native of Etruria.” X Undulata; it has been suggested that this means the same as our stuffs which we term watered. § Tunica recta ; according to Eestus, it was so called from being woven per- pendicularly by people standing. INTRODUCTION. XXIX labour, both by instructing beginners and by finishing the more tasteful and ornamental parts. But although weaving was employed in providing the ordinary articles of clothing among the Greeks and Romans from the earliest times, yet as “ an inventive and decorative art, subservient to luxury and re- finement, it was almost entirely Oriental. Persia, Babylonia, “ Egypt, Phoenicia, Phrygia, and Lydia, are all celebrated for the wonderful skill and magnificence displayed in the manufacture of scarfs, shawls, carpets, and tapestry.” In the fourth century the task of weaving began to be trans- ferred in Europe from women to men, a change which St. “ Chrysostom deplores as a sign of prevailing sloth and effemi- nacy.” Plato mentions one of the most important differences be- tween the warp and the woof; viz., that the threads of the former are strong and firm in consequence of being more twisted in spinning, whilst those of the latter are comparatively soft and yielding.” Mr. Yates gives tvvo woodcuts to shov/ the similarity between the ancient Greek and Roman loom and the modern Icelandic loom, both having the warp vertical. The warp was called stamen in Latin (from stare), on ac- count of its erect posture in the loom. The corresponding Greek term (rrfjfjLUJv, and likewise 'kttoc, have evidently the same derivation. For the same reason the very first operation in “ weaving was to set up the loom, iVroc (jT-tidaodai ; and the web “ or cloth, before it was cut down or ^ descended ’ from the loom (fcaH^a torw) was called ‘ vestispendens,^ or ^ pendula tela,’ ‘‘ because it hung from the transverse beam or jugwn.^^ Al- though the upright loom was in common use, and employed for all ordinary purposes, the practise, now generally adopted, of placing the warp in an horizontal position was occasionally resorted to in ancient times.” In the woodcut of the ancient loom a transverse rod is shown passing through the warp. “ In plain weaving it was inserted ‘‘ between the threads of the warp so as to divide them into two ‘‘ portions, the threads on one side of the rod alternating with those on the other side throughout the whole breadth of the warp. The two upright beams supporting the jugum, or trans- verse beam, from which the warp depends, were called KtXhvr^g and laroTTodeg, literally, ^ the legs of the loom.’ ” XXX INTRODUCTION. Whilst the comparatively coarse, strong, and much twisted thread designed for the warp was arranged in parallel lines, the woof remained upon the spindle, forming a spool, bobbin, or pen ( TTi'irti, dim. -rjviov). This was either conveyed through the warp without any additional contrivance, as is still the case in Iceland, or it was made to revolve in a shuttle {nai^ovXu’or, “ radius). This was made of box brought from the shores of the “ Euxine, and was pointed at its extremities, that it might easily force its way through the warp.” The process of winding the yarn, so as to make it into a bobbin or pen, was called or avai-t)}'‘':^E(T9ai, The reverse process, by which it was delivered through the hole in front of the shuttle was called iK7rr}vitfa: au All that is effected by the shuttle is the conveyance of the woof across the warp. To keep every thread of the woof in its “ proper place it is necessary that the threads of the warp should be decussated. This was done by the leashes, called in Latin licia, in Greek niroi. By a leash we are to understand a thread having at one end a loop, through which a thread of the warp was passed, the other end being fastened to a straight rod, called Liciatorium, and in Greek kuvujv. The warp having been divided by the arundo, as already mentioned, into two sets of threads, all those of the same set were passed through the loops of the corresponding set of leashes, and all these leashes were fastened at their other end to the same wooden rod. At least one set of leashes was necessary to decussate the warp, “ even in the plainest and simplest weaving. The number of sets was increased according to the complexity of the pattern, which was called bilex or trilex, rpIjiLroc, or TroXw/ztro^-, according as the number was two, three, or more. The process of annexing the leashes to the warp v/as called ordiri telam, also licia telse addere, or adnectare. It occupied two women at the same time, one of whom took in regular succession each sepa- rate thread of the warp, and handed it over to the other ; this part of the process v/as called Trnpacfpfiv, Trapadldovai, or TTpocpopeiuOai. The other woman, as she received each thread, passed it through the loop in proper order, and this act, which “ we call ^entering,’ was called in Greek haZ^taQai. Supposing the warp to have been thus adjusted, and the pen or the shuttle to have been carried through it, it was then decussated by “ drawing forward the proper rod, so as to carry one set of the threads of the warp across the rest, after which the woof was INTRODUCTION. XXXI “ shot back again, and by the continual repetition of this process the warp and woof were interlaced.” After the woof had been conveyed by the shuttle through the warp, it was driven sometimes downwards, but more commonly upwards. Two different instruments were used in this part of the process. The simplest and probably the most ancient was in the form of a large wooden sword (spatha, (TirctO?], dim. cTraOiov.) From the verb (Tu-aQauj, to beat with the spatha, cloth rendered close and compact by this process was called (nraOijroQ. This instrument is still used in Iceland.” The spatha was, however, in a great degree superseded by the comb (pecten, k^pkIq), the teeth of which were inserted between the threads of the warp, and thus made by a forcible impulse to drive the threads of the woof close together. It is ‘‘ probable that the teeth were sometimes made of metal ; and “ they were accommodated to the purpose ‘intended by being “ curved, as is still the case in the combs which are used in the same manner by the Hindoos.” After enumerating those parts of the loom which were neces- “ sary to produce even the plainest piece of cloth, it remains to 'describe the methods of producing its varieties, and more especially of adding to its value by making it either w^armer and softer, or more rich and ornamental. “ If the object was to produce a checked pattern (scutalis “ dividere), or to weave what we should call a Scotch plaid, the threads of the warp were arranged alternately black and white, or of different colours in a certain series according to the pattern which was to be exhibited. On the other hand, a striped pattern virgata sagula) was produced by using “ a warp of one colour only, but changing at regular intervals “ the colour of the woof. Of this kind of cloth the Roman trabea was an example. ‘ Checked and striped goods were, “ no doubt, in the first instance, produced by combining the natural varieties of wool, white, black, brown, &c. The ‘‘ woof also was the medium through which almost every other diversity of appearance and quality was affected. The warp, as mentioned above, was generally more twisted, and consequently stronger and firmer than the woof; and with a “ view to the same object, different kinds of wool were spun for the warp and for the woof. The consequence was, that after XXXll INTRODUCTION. the piece was woven, the fuller drew out its nap by carding, so as to make it like a soft blanket ; and when the intention was to guard against cold, the warp was diminished, and the woof or nap (Kpos, icpcficvg) made more abundant in proportion. In this manner they made the soft '^Xaiva, or laena. On he other hand, a woof of finely twisted thread (firpiov) produced a thin kind of cloth, which resembles our buntine. Where any kind of cloth was enriched by the admixture of different materials, the richer and more beautiful substances always formed part of the woof. Thus the vestis subserica, or tramo- serica, had the woof of silk. In other cases it was of gold ; of wool dyed with Tyrian purple; or of beaver’s wool. Hence the epithets, ^01 vtKo/cpofcx)c, ‘having a purple woof,’ di/^o;cpoK'oc, ^ producing a fiowery woof,’ xpv(r€ 07 r? 7 W/roc, ‘made from bobbins, “ or pens of gold thread,’ evTrrjpcg, ‘ made with good bobbins,’ Kspicici TToiiciWovci, ‘ variegating with the comb.’ “ In addition to the variety of materials constituting the woof, “ an endless diversity was effected by the manner of inserting “ them into the warp. The terms bilix and the origin of “ which has been explained, probably denoted what we called “ dimity or tweeled cloth, and the Germans, ywillich. “ The sprigs or other ornaments, produced in the texture at “ regular intervals were called flowers {dvOr}^ ^pova), or feathers “ (plumce). Another term, adopted in reference to the same “ manufacture, was illpirov or i^ducrov^ denoting velvet. In the “ middle ages it became and thus produced the German “ S CLlTtVYtCt ^ ^ Mr. Yates concludes this interesting article with the following remark : — “ As far as we can form a judgment, from the language “ and descriptions of ancient authors, the productions of the “ loom appear to have fallen in ancient times very little, if at all, below the beauty and variety of the damasks, shawls, and “ tapestry of the present age, and to have vied with the works of “ the most celebrated painters, representing first mythological, “ and afterwards scriptural subjects.” The art of making linen, which was probably the first species of cloth invented, was com.municated by the Egyptians, the inhabitants of Palestine, and other nations, to the Euro- peans By slow degrees it found its way into Italy ; and it aftenvards prevailed in Spain, Gaul, Germany, and Britain. The Belgse manufactured linen on the continent, and when they INTRODUCTION. XXXUl afterwards settled in this island, it is probable they continued the practice, and taught it to the people among whom they resided. It is very certain that the inhabitants of the southern parts of Britain were well acquainted with the arts of dressing, spinning, and weaving both flax and wool when they were in- vaded by the Romans. Nevertheless, we have the auithority of Julius Caesar, that when he invaded Britain the art of weaving was totally unknown to the Britons. Whatever knowledge the Britons might possess of the clothing arts prior to the invasion, it is very certain that these arts were much improved amongst them after that event. It appears from the Notitia Imperii, that there was an imperial manufactory of woollen and linen cloth, for the use of the Roman army then in Britain, established at Venta Belgarum, now called Winchester. Many public acts relative to the woollen manufacture in the earlier period of English history, evidently prove that the greater part of our wool was, for a very long series of years, exported in a raw state and manufactured upon the continent. In Bishop Aldhelm’s hook, written about A.D. 680, it is re- marked ^^that chastity alone forms not a perfect character, but requires to be accompanied and perfected by other virtues.” This observation is illustrated by the following simile, borrowed from the art of figure-weaving ; — It is not a web of one uniform colour and texture, without any variety of figures that pleaseth the eye, and appeareth beautiful; but one that is woven by “ shuttles, filled with threads of purple, and many other colours, flying from side to side, and forming a variety of figures and images, in different compartments, with admirable art.” Perhaps the most curious specimen of this ancient figure- weaving and embroidery now to be found, is that preserved in the Cathedral of Bayeaux. It is a piece of linen, about 19 inches in breadth, and 6/ yards in length, and contains the history of the conquest of England by William of Normandy; beginning with Harold’s embassy, A.D. 1065, and ending with his death at the battle of Hastings, A.D. 1066. This curious work is supposed to have been executed by Matilda, wife to William, Duke of Nor- mandy, afterwards King of England, and the ladies of her court. Although it is certain that the art of figure-weaving was then known in Britain, it must be owned that the piece of tapestry just mentioned owes most of beauty to the exquisite needlework with which it is adorned, w. c XXXIV INTRODUCTION. The manufacture of silk was first practised in China, and thosi of cotton in India. Both the woollen and linen manufacture? were borrowed by the English from the continent of Europe ; anc for many ages all the improvements in them in this country were first introduced by foreign artificers, who settled here. Towards the close of the eleventh century, the clothing arts hat acquired a considerable degree of improvement in this island About that time, the weavers in all the great towns were formed into guilds or corporations, and had various privileges bestowed upon them by royal charters. In the reign of Richard T., the woollen manufacture became the subject of legislation, and a law was made A.D. 1197, for regu- lating the fabrication and sale of cloth. The number of weavers, however, was comparatively small, until Edward III. encouraged the art by the most advantageous offers of reward and encourage- ment to foreign clothworkers and weavers who would come and settle in England. In the year 1331, two weavers came from Brabant, and settled at York. The superior skill and dexterity of these men, who communi- cated their knowledge to others, soon manifested itself in the improvement and spread of the art of weaving in this island. Many Flemish weavers were driven from their native country, by the cruel persecutions of the Duke d’Alva, in the year 1567. They settled in different parts of England, and introduced or pro- moted the manufacture of baizes, serges, crapes, and other stuffs. About the year 1686, nearly 50,000 manufacturers, of various descriptions, took refuge in Britain, in consequence of the revo- cation of the edict of Nantz, and other acts of religious persecution committed by Louis XIV. The arts of spinning, throwing, and weaving silk, were brought into England about the middle of the 15th century, and were practised by a company of women in London, called silk- women. About A.D. 1480, men began to engage in the silk manufacture, and the art of silk-weaving in England soon arrived at very great perfection. (Rees Cyclopaedia, Art. Weaving.) The earliest suggestion yet met with for the construction of an automatic or power loom, although quite impracticable, is too curious to be omitted in a work of this description. It was first published in N° XXVI I . of the Journal des Syavans, at Paris in 1678 ; this N° was reprinted in the Amsterdam edition of the journal in 1679; and in 1724 a new edition was INTRODUCTION. XXXV brought out at Paris. Translations of the description were pub- lished in vol. XII. of the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, at page 1007, and in vol. I. of the abridged edition of the Philosophical Transactions, at page 501. As these translations do not give the exact meaning of the ori- ginal, the following translation has been made from the Amsterdam edition of 1679, and compared with the Paris edition of 1724, as the original Paris edition could not be referred to. The accom- panying illustration is also copied from the Amsterdam edition. SlvuHU xxxvi INTRODUCTION. New machine for making linen cloth without the aid of a work- man, presented to the Royal Academy by M. de Gennes, an officer of the Navy. This machine is nothing but a mill, to which are applied all the parts of the ordinary weaver’s loom. The mill is composed of four principal parts, that is to say, a serpent [crank shaft] A A, two treadles B B, a batten C, and two arms D D D D. The serpent or iron bar A A has two cranks E E, to which are fastened the ends of the cords that raise and lower the treadles B B. F F are two quadrants, which successively bear upon two iron arcs G G at the top of the batten C, in order to lift it. H H are two iron teeth applied to the serpent, making an angle of 25° with 1 1 and K K, which serve to press down a balance lever in the arm that carries the shuttle. The treadles differ in nothing from those in ordinary use except that the cords which keep them suspended in the air are connected to the cranks of the serpent, which, in revolving, raise and lower them by the aid of two little pulleys on which the cords turn. The batten C is supported between two posts by a double cord tightly twisted, which serves as a kind of spring, and gives it a tendency to beat up the cloth. L M is one of the arms which moves freely in the channel, pipe, or guide N N, supported by four wooden posts 0 0 0 0. Its movement is produced by the following parts : — P O is a balance lever, which, although divided unequally by its support R, must still be in equilibrium ; the part P R should weigh exactly as much as R Q. At the end of this balance lever is fastened a cord, which passes round the pulley S, and termi- nates at the extremity of the arm, where it is attached to a little bowl M. At the other extremity of the same arm, that is to say, towards L, is fastened, in like manner, a cord which passes over the pulley T, and carries the weight V. At the same end of the arm is fitted a little chamber Z of the size of half the shuttle. Then upon a small bar X Y, which passes through the arm, there are two small pieces of wood, having at their extremities two teeth which enter into the chamber Z through two holes on either side thereof. At the ends of the small pieces of wood there is a little arc of whalebone or steel, which presses the ends asunder and causes the teeth at the other ends to enter into the chamber as far as they are able. At the points 1 1 are two cords, which pass over two small pulleys, marked ^ attached to the pillars O INTRODUCTION. xxxvu O ^ and have each a little weight at the end of sufficient size to prevent it from passing a small bowl beneath each pulley. The arm, thus arranged, moves to and fro in the pipe or guide N N in the following manner : — One of the teeth of the serpents already described, strikes upon the extremity of the balance lever P Q, and thus raises the end Q, which, by drawing the cord at- tached to the point M, causes the arm L M to move forward But when afterwards the tooth of the serpent escapes, then the weight V, connected to the other extremity of the same arm by a cord which passes over the pulley T, compels by the force of gravity the said arm to go back again. It is necessary here to remark, that when the arm L M is in its ordinary position, the two small pieces of wood on the bar X Y are caused by the whalebone spring to grasp the shuttle ; but when the arm is extended and approaches the opposite arm, the cords attached to the points 1 1 becoming tightened, and the weight, at their ends not being able to pass, it follows that the spring must yield a little, and therefore the shuttle is no longer grasped by the arm that carries it, when it is wholly in the one that re- ceives it, which in turn grasps it and retires from the other arm. The movement of the whole machine is caused by turning the handle of the serpent ; for then the cranks cause the threads to open, and immediately one of the arms begins to slide inwards and approaches the opposite arm, to which it carries the shuttle and retires forthwith. At the same time one of the quadrants, which had been keeping the batten elevated, quits it, and allows it to beat up ; and then the opposite quadrant raises it again, the other crank changes the threads, and the other arm extends itself; and so on consecutively. The advantages which may be obtained from this machine aho^'e the ordinary looms for making linen cloth are, — 1. That a single mill can give motion at the same time to 10 or 12 of^ these looms. The author has also a means of stopping one when it is necessary to piece some threads, without the others ceasing to work. 2. The hnen cloth may he of any width that may be wished, or at least much wider than any hitherto made ; the arm being able to extend themselves as much as may be desired. 3. Less threads will be broken than in other looms, because the shuttle, which breaks the greater part of them, can never touch them. INTRODUCTION. xxxviii Lastly, the work will go on much faster and at less expense, since in place of several workmen being required for very wide linen cloths, a single boy suffices for piecing the yarns of several looms, and replacing the bobbins in the shuttle when necessary. The author has likewise a very easy means of causing the linen cloth to be taken up as fast as it is made. ABRIDGMENTS OE SPECIFICATIONS RELATING TO WEAVING. WEAVING A.D. 1620, July 15.— N<> 17. SHARPE, Samuel, and WILTON, Richard. — Chambletting or makeing chamlett^ of grogram, philip, and cheyney, and of sundrie other sortes of silke and other stuffes after the Turkie “ manner of chamletting, which is by them effected and done by the vapor or streame of water or other liquors, and by the helpe of the could presse.’^ [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, id. 2 A.D. 1637, May 18.— N” 106. MASON, Samuel. — Method of making and dyeing ^^buck- romes and tillett^ ” in whole pieces. [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 4J.] A.D. 1671, November 7. — N*^ 165. BLOOD, Edmond. — A new manufacture, being a rich silk shagg, coiitodious for garment^ made of a silke wast, hetherto “ of little or noe vse, and shagged by tezell or rowing card^, like “ as English bayes, rowed fustians, or dimatyes.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 3c?.] A.D. 1687, October 3.— N« 257. MASON, Joseph. — An engine by the help of which a weaver “ may pforrne the whole worke of weaving such stuffy greatest weaving trade in Norwich doth now depend vpon, “ without the help of a draught boy, which engine hath beene “ tryed and found out to be of greate vse to the said weaveing “ trade.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 3c?.] A.D. 1688, November 23. — N° 261. CLOWDESLY, Paul, SHERARD, William, and DUCLEN, Peter.— Invencon of making, dressing, and lustrateing silke, W. A 2 WEAVING. called black plain^ alamodes, ranforcees, and lutestring^, such as are comonly vsed for women’s hoodf* and scarff,” which have been made at Lyons, in France onely.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 4c7.] A.D. 1691, September 22.— 276. BARKSTEAD, John. — A new invention of makeing of calli- coes, muslines, and other fine cloathes of the sorts out of cotton wooll of the growth and product of our plantations in the West Indies, to as great a perfection as those that are brought over “ and imported hither from Calecut and other places in East India.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 3c?.] A.D. 1695, December 14. — N® 346. MATTHEWS, Thomas, and FERRERS, Thomas. — Damask- ing, striking, and fixing of colours into leather and all sorts of stuffs, clothes, and velvets and haire on both sides, and alsoe the makeing of tapestry with grogram yarne by diverse waies and meanes never before vsed in our kingdome.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 3c?.] A.D. 1698, September 2.— N° 357. POUSSET, Francis. — The true art of makeing black silke crape and white silke crape, such as formerly were and now are vsed for vailes, hoodf^, scarfes, and hattband^ for mourning.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 3c?.] A.D. 1727, June l.--N° 492. LE BLON, James Christopher. — ^^The art of weaving ta- pistry in the loom, a secreet never known or practised before, which, for beauty, durableness, and cheapness, far exceeds any tapestry ever yet made, and has given the rest of the peticoners “ full satisfaction that the manufactory of this new tapestry ex- cells all that has been produced by the best masters, and will be extremely beneficial to this our kingdom if carried on with effect.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 4c?.] WEAVING. 3 A.D. 1729, April 19.— N« 508. BED WELL, Martin. — ^^A new engine for spinning, working, and weaving of hemp, flax, and haire, hy a more easy and dif- ferent method than has hitherto been found out, and which will prove very advantagious to the poor; that the said in- vencon is an easier and truer way of bringing the threadf down to the shuttle, with less knottf than the common way, and by that discharge will make the work run even, and mthout re- tarding the motion.” [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 4cZ.] A.D. 1730, October 9.— N« 520. GASTINEAU, John, and MONS, William. — In the Letters Patent it is stated that mourning crapes made of silk, and commonly known by the name of Vallee Cypress or Bolognia crapes, are at this time manufactured in Italy only, and from thence, to the great profi.t of the Italians, imported into this kingdom ; that the petitioners at a great expence, and by their “ indefatigable pains and industry, have at length attained to “ the knowledge of manufacturing the said crapes here at home, “ which hath been in vain atteined at vast expence and the ruin of “ many families, that if the said manufacture be introduced into “ this our kingdom, which the petitioners are able to do, great numbers of the poor will be employed.” For these reasons the Letters Patent were granted. [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 4(Z.] A.D. 1733, May 26.— N° 542. KAY, John. — Part of this invention relates to weaving, and con- sists in a new invented shuttle, for the better and more exact ‘‘ weaving of broad cloths, broad bays, sail cloths, or any other broad goods, woollen or linnen, which shuttle is much lighter than the former, and by running on four wheels moves over the “ lower side of the webb or spring, on a board about nine feet long put under the same and fastned to the layer, and which new contrived shuttle, by the two wooden tenders, invented for ‘‘ that purpose and hung to the layer, and a small cord com- “ manded by the hand of the weaver, the weaver sitting in the A 2 4 WEAVING.. middle of the loom, with great ease and expedition by a small “ pull at the cord casts or moves the said new invented shuttle from side to side at pleasure, and also strikes the layer by his pulling it in the middle uniformly over the piece, makeing it unavoydably even and much truer and better than by any method heretofore used.’^ [No Specification enrolled. Letters Patent printed, 4t?.] A.D. 1741, July 18.— 578. COURAN, Ignatius, BARFORD, John, and MOODY, William. — ^^New invention of making carpetting, commonly called in London French carpetting or moccadoes, & in France moucades or mouquets.” The patentees give no description of their invention except what can be gathered from the drawing, from which it appears that the frame of the loom, tale cords, simple cords, great harness, little harness, tumblers, table or pulley box, treadles, marches, chain, bridles, gut cords, lashes, and harness board are all very similar to those in use in the ordinary draw loom. At the back of the loom is a frame with holes or pulleys in it, and which is inclined similarly to the pulley box ; through these holes the worsted is taken to the loom, and the bobbins appear to hang from the other end of the worsted, near to the floor. [Printed, 5cZ. Drawing. See Polls Chapel lleports, 6th Report, p. 120.] A.D. 1743, July 7.— 591. BROOKS, Richard. — “ New inventions of severall machines for the manufacturing wool, yarn, and woollen cloths in severall branches, which will tend to the advantage of the clothiers and labourers who shall vse them.^’ The patentee gives no description of the invention further than what can be gathered from the drawings, one whereof, intituled the baskett; one other, intitled plan of the bottom of the “ baskett ; one other, intituled side front of the loom ; one other, intituled front of the loom ; one other, intituled side front of the regulator ; one other, intituled front of the regulator ; and “ the other, intituled the press.” [Printed, Zs. Drawings.] WEAVING. A.D. 1744, December 15.— 611. GARRETT, George. — Method of combining wool with silk to be used instead of mohair yarn for lutherines, rujfferines, princes stuffs, or prunellas, which was chiefly used in making clergy- men’s gowns, of which four-fifths was mohair.” ‘‘ Take the finest combing wools of these or either of these kingdoms, and let it be spun from number twenty-four to thirty- six, or as high as it can ; then have it thrown once two threads together and scoured, and then have it thrown again very hard. After that let it be wound and wharped, and put into the lomb for wharp. Wharp it to the count that will weigh about “ eighteen pounds at one hundred and ten yards, and shute it down with Italian sherbaffe, China or any other fine raw or thrown silk. After it is wove, let it be dyed and cullendred and ‘‘ drest over a condraw.” [Printed, Sd. No drawing.] A.D. 1745, April 18.-N° 612. KAY, John, and STEEL, Joseph. — This invention includes a new-invented engine or loom for working and weaving of tapes and all other goods in narrow breadths made of woollen, linnen, “ silk, cotton, and mohair.” The patentees thus describe their loom: — The new invention to be added to the Dutsh engine or loom now used for working the before mentioned goods in narrow breadths is, by fixing in the lower part of the said engine or loome a rowler, beam, or round peice of timber that passes through the length of the said ‘‘ engine or loom, and turns round upon its axis at each end ; and at a (jertain distance from one end of the said rowler or beam is fixed a pin made of wood or iron, the said rowler or beam being in part enclosed in a second or other hollow rowler, which moves or slides in a loose position upon the first-men- tioned rowler or beam, and is at pleasure fixed to the first by means of a knotch that receives the aforesaid pin, and is, by a tender or handle, capable of being moved to and again, or to the “ right hand and left ; which motion, the first rowler or beam being supposed to turn round, sets the said engine or loom to work or stoppeth it at pleasure. There are likewise fixt in the sliding beam or hollow rowler at proper distances sundry tapits. 6 WEAVING. ‘‘ which, when the said two rowlers or beams turn round, performs “ the office of treading the necessary treadles, and moves the batting or lath, and by the help of one other peice of timber or part of the machine fixed upon the aforesaid batting or lath in the form of the letter T? or angle, which plays upon an axis at the center of the top or head, and by two treadles annexed to the extremity of each uppermost angle; the aforesaid tapits laying hold and treading down the treadles aforesaid, and throws over the shuttles to the right hand and left, by means of the lowermost or third angle being annexed to a certain part of the said engine or loom called a driver, and is further assisted by a ballance or weight, and the batting being struck to the peice ‘‘ or webb by a weight and spring, closeth the shoot and com- pleats the work, and the said engine may go or be worked by hands, water, or any other force.” [Printed, ^d. No drawing. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 156.] A.D. 1750, February 6.- — N® 652. BATCHELER, John. — An ‘^invention for making or weaving brocades or tissues in gold, silver, and silk, gold or silver and silk, or silk only.” It may be done several ways to answer the same effect ; but the easiest method is by the pattern readers “ taking where it is found to be necessary with each potlart (in ‘‘ reading or taking off from the check’d paper the pattern to be ‘‘ wove), one or more cords of the adjoyning colour or colours. “ Another method is by marking or painting on the ruled or “ check’d paper or pattern one or more cord or cords on the “ edges of the colours to be taken up by the pattern reader in ‘‘ reading or taking off with the colour so edged, and in the loom “ to be drawn with the same, or otherwise by readj.ng or taking “ off the cord or cords, marked as aforesaid, as a lash by itself, imediately to go before or follow after the colour adjoining, & when worked in the loom to be drawn with it. As it is “ extremely difficult in a manufacture which consists of so great “ a variety of parts, to describe its method of acting so clearly as not to leave the least opportunity of imitating it with some very small variation, it is thought necessary to observe that in the first description relating to the pattern readers taking with each potlart, where it is found necessary, one or more cords of the adjoining colour or colours. It may not always be found WEAVING. / necessary to take the additional cord or cords with every in- dividual potlart; but it will in general where there is more than one colour.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawing. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 124.] A.D. 1760, October 22.— N« 753. STELL. Jo — This is an invention for weaving figured and tlovvcxcd silk ribbons and other sorts of figured and “ flowered goods, made in narrow breadths and of different materials, so as to work a great number of peices at one time,” and is to be applied to the old Dutch loom or engine loom, the new Dutch loom or swivel loom, or any loom or looms now in use for weaving of ribbons or any other sort of goods made of different materials. The alterations or additions to be made “ in or to the old Dutch loom (or engine loom), or the new Dutch loom, commonly called the swivel loom, are as follows (to wit) : — By substituting rowlers or cylenders, upon which the warps are to be wound, instead of pulleys and weights now in use, which rowlers or cylenders turn round, and are supported upon spindles, and are balanced by weights and springs, in order to stretch the warps thereupon to a proper degree, and are placed in the back part of the loom or looms. Also sundry jacks, tumblers, or levers are to be placed on the top of the loom, which said jacks, tumblers, or levers move upon (and are supported by) a spindle passing through them near the center, and one end of which is fixed to and communicates with the lashes, harness, or healds which contain the warps, and the other end operates with the toppets in the new invented rowler or cylender hereafter described, by which the figure or flower is made. The new invented drawing engine, rowler, or cylender is of “ a proper and proportionable dimension in circumference and diameter, and is supported and turns round upon its axis, and is placed near the top of the loom. Upon one end of such rowler or cylender is fixed a wheel, divided into necessary and proportionable parts, and communicates and operates with another wheel upon a different axis. Also upon the body and extremity of this rowler and cylender, and at proper distances from each other, are fixed sundry toppets, which projects to a proper length and distance from the same. In the motion or 8 WEAVING. “ revolution of the said rowler or cylender, the said toppets move the jacks, tumblers, or levers before described, and press down the same, by which a proportionable part of the warp is raised before the passing of the shuttles, whereby the figures or flowers are made. This rowler or cylender is wrought or moved round by another wheel fixed upon an iron axis or spindle, which axis or spindle doth contain sundry bendings or cranks, at proper distances from each other, and of a due proportion in length. This axis or spindle is fixed at a proper distance frofii the above described cylender or rowler, commu- nicates therewith, and moves round and is supported upon its own axis. To such bends or cranks are fixed small iron rods, which communicates with tridles below. These tridles, being pressed down, turn round the said iron axis or spindle, which gives motion to the rowlers or cylenders described. This new-invented drawing engine may be apply ed to the swivel loom by the addition and alteration as before described in the old Dutch loom, and also the addition of one upright or “ perpendicular axis, upon which is fixed sundry wheels, which said wheels communicate and work with a wheel either on the iron axis (or spindle) or on the rowler or cylender before “ described, and also at the lower end, and with another wheel “ fixed thereon, which communicates and works with the move- “ ments of the swivel loom below, and makes the figures or flowers. “ The alteration or addition made in the old drawing engine is done by the addition of another boy or jack, making in the whole two boys or jacks, which said boys or jacks have com- munication with the tridles, and as the tridles are pressed down ‘‘ alternately pulls down the sundry drawing cords and high lashes, by which is raised a due proportion of the warps, and “ makes the figures or flowers. These boys arc supported by and moves upon a frame.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings. See Rolls Cliapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 130.] A.D. 1762, May 21.— N° 772. GLASGOW, George. — A method of weaving cloth in imita- “ tion of women’s stiched stays, either of linnen, thread, silk, or worsted seperately by themselves, or any of the same mate- rials intermixed.” In the drawings are shown the draught. WEAVING. .9 cording, and treading for weaving together two, three, and four pieces of single cloth, so that they will appear as if stitched together. The stitching is performed by an extra shaft, called the stiching shaft.” [Printed, 8cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1763, March 9.— N° 786. ELSDEN, Robert, and GLASGOW, George. — This is a ^^new “ method of weaving and quilting in the loom, cloth, or linnen, woolen, silk, worsteds, cotton, and mohair, either separate, or any two or more of them mixed or joined together, in every method, fashion, and figure, as well in imitation of the common manner of quilting, as of India, French, and Marseilles quilting.” The patentees thus describe their invention : — “A weaver’s loom, filled with warp, many cords or lasshes fixed in wheels or pullys before the harness, from the ceiling to the floor, with lingoes to each cord; one or two simples, as may be required, fixed on one side the loom. “ A person stands at the side of the loom, draws the cords or lasshes, by one or more at a time, every time the shuttle is " thrown, which makes the figure intended ; and every time the ‘‘ lasshes is so drawn, and shuttle thrown, it makes the stiches in the manner of quilting.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1764, June 18.— 814. CRUMPLE R, John. — An invention for weaving gold and silver wire, and copper wire gilt, either with cotton, silk, thread, or yarn.” ‘‘ The invention of weaving cotton with silk. — Draw up the lash and shoot the cotton through the opening, then close the batten, “ which forms a figure of cotton ; then draw up the second lash ‘‘ and shoot the silk through, which forms the figure of silk. “ Another invention. — Draw up the lash as before and shoot “ the cotton through the opening, then close the batten, which makes both ground and figure ; then draw up the second lash ‘‘ and shoot the silk through the opening ; this makes the figure ‘‘ in silk. A third invention of weaving gold, silver, or copper, gilt or “ silvered. — Draw up the lash as before and shoot the cotton through the opening, and then close the batten, which forms 10 WEAVING. a cotton figure ; then draw up the second lash and shute the “ plate or copper through ; this makes a figure of the plate. I “ have likewise invented to shoot the cotton through a different opening, which, when the battens are closed, makes a plain ground and figure. Draw up the lash as before, then shoot the silver through the opening ; this makes the figure of silk either in ribbons or broad work. The invention is con- tinned by shooting cotton in the opening, then closing the batten, and by shooting plate or tinsell through a different opening, finishes a plain tissue.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 158.] A.D. 1765, January 29. — 823. WILLIAMS, Richard. — A method of making a fine, thin, and light cloth, of silk and wool, with the same appearance of superfine Spanish cloth and superfine Irish ratteen, that is little more than half the weight of cloathing made of broadcloth, and goods of such kind that have a wool or nap upon them, which “ will answer every expectation, either in England or in the “ warmer climates of its settlements, as well as in other southern provinces and kingdoms.” ‘‘ The warp, though never proved before, and contrary to every fixed maxim of making silk warps) is to be composed of unor- ‘‘ ganizin’d or slack-thrown silks, such as have hitherto been used by all manufacturers for shoot only, and to be worked in the loom, but with one thread in a reed for plain cloths, and with three or four threads in a reed for twilled or kersey cloths, as best suits it’s size, weight, strength, or other variable qualities. The shoot is to be superfine Spanish abb-yarn, which (though contrary also to every former maxim and established rule of working Spanish abb-yarns) is to be shot on the warp without wetting it in water or other liquor, either before or after it is quilled. The pieces when wove are to be further manufactured and finished either upon the principles of superfine Spanish “ broadcloths or superfine Irish ratteens, as the effects of the different processes they go through may indicate and direct.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 133.] A.D. 1 765, June 28.— 832. LAWRANCE, Thomas, and TIMMINGS, John. — A certain species of goods called a soylenet, for lining of gentlemen’s WEAVING, 11 cloths, and other uses.” The patentees thus describe their invention : — The warp of silk and the shoot of worsted, both “ which are died before they are manufactured. They are twiled in the weaving after the manner of a shalloon, and have the “ appearance when finished of a silk serge de soy.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1766, August 26.— No 858. YERBURY, Francis. — A new method of making thin super- fine cloth for the summer season at home and warmer climates abroad, yet notwithstanding the thinness of its texture it is more durable than cloth of a greater substance made in the common way.” There are two species of my thin cloth, distinguished by the name of cassimers ; one is quilled in the weaving with a flat whale, the other with a round one, which may be directed to any point, the threads of both chain and shoot crossing each other in a transverse manner, either to the right or left ; or it may “ whaled on one side, and not on the other, either of which are “ equally useful. The chains of both sorts are spun in the same manner, either of warp or abb-warp. The woof or shoot must not be spun in the same manner as for common cloth, but drawn out into a much finer thread, nearly about the same degree of smallness, weight, and twist the chaine is, whether it ‘‘ goes to the right or left.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, Gth Report, p. 134.] A.D. 1768, December 21. — N*’ 912. CROOKSHANK, James, and NORTON, William.— A new method of making Italian crape and tiffany.” To make “ crapes, take fine single silk thrown or twisted very hard, viz^ “ to a much higher degree than has been hitherto used for any manufacture in this kingdom, and not less than twenty throws or twines in an inch ; hard thrown silk being essential to the making of grapes. Weave the silk after the common method^ and according to the breadth of the goods it is intended for. In “ the body of the work put one single thread in a read, and two or more threads in a read upon the edges, as the selvidges are in- tended to be made either richer or poorer. After the silk is wove, take two netts of thread or silk, or thread or silk laid 12 WEAVING. crossways in imitation of netts or nettwork. Put the silk so wove between the netts or nettwork, and poor hot or boiling water or any other hot liquid over them, which produces the shrivel or curdle in the crape ; afterwards dye it, and then dress it according to the common rules generally used in dressing of “ gauzes. And to make tiffanies, take fine single silk, thrown or twisted very hard, viz^, about one half part as hard as the silk for crapes, and weave dry, and dress it in the same manner as is above directed in the making of crapes.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1769, November 7.— N° 937. BAKER, John, DE MAGES, Joseph, and COOK, John. — A new improvement of making a sort of bays for the Spanish and Portugal trade, quite upon a new invention, imitating those manufactured in France.” Mixt bays for Spanish and Portugal trade. — The bay consists of different sorts of wool, according to the quality of the bay. The chain is single worsted, sometimes dyed in the wool, and “ sometimes dyed in the chain, of various colours, according to “ fancy. The different preparations areas follows: — First, the wool is sorted, that is to say, to seperate the course from the fine; when so done, it is scoured, and then dyed, washed, and dried, picked, willied, oyled, mixt, combed, spun into worsted, reeled, wound on bobbins, worpt in a mill, papt or sized, then it is fit for the weaver. If the chain is made before dyed, it is as follows : — Sorted as above, then scoured, combed, spun, reeled, dyed, washt, dryed, wound on bobbins with a spooning turn, then worpt in a mill, then sized, and is fit for the weaver. ‘‘ The shoot or woof is likewise made of different sorts of wool, according to the quality of the bay, properly sorted and mixed together ; then it is broke and opened in an engine, then dyed of various colours according to fancy, then willied, picked, scribled upon a horse with cards, then scribled again ; after- wards carded and spun into yarn ; when so done, it is reeled, “ wound on bobbins with a spooning turn, then with the chain is “ fit for the weaver. When wove it is sent to the picker’s, from thence to the scourer’s to be scoured and milled, afterwards rowed with a gig mill, or by hands with teazles, then set or dryed on tenters, and then framed or folded ready for market. WEAVING. 13 Striped bays for the Spanish and Portugal trade. — The bays are ma de of the same sorts of wool as the mixt bays. For a white chain the wool is washed, then combed, spun, wound on bobbins “ with a spooning turn, worpt in a mill, papt or sized, then is fit “ for the weaver. The chain is in general white ; but if dyed, to “ make chain, it’s scoured, combed, spun, reeled, dyed, washed, dryed, wound on bobbins, worpt, and sized ; then is fit for the weaver. The shoot or woof is made of the same sorts of wool, prepared as for mixt bays. First, it’s broke and opened in an engine, after which it is oyled, carded, and spun into yarn, reeled, scoured, dyed, washed, dryed, wound on bobbins with a spooning turn, then with the chain is fit to be wove, and is wove with as may shittles as there are different colours in the ‘‘ shoot of the bay.” It is finished in a similar manner to the mixt bays. [Printed, M. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 137.] A.D. 1772, October 15.— N° 1024. WILLIAMS, Richard. — ^^A new method of manufacturing “ goods with cotton whoofs, or woollen, linnen, or cotton warps, and dressing such goods with a long shag on their surface.” The goods are to be fabricated in the loom with one or more threads of warp in each reed of the slay, made either with ‘‘ linnen, cotton, or wool, as the strength or other circumstances “ may require, to be wove from one quarter to sixteen quarters of “ a yard wide, plain or twill’d, with woofs made of single or double cotton or woollen yarns, separately or united, as the “ thickness or other quality required may indicate, and to be “ finished by drawing on them a long shag with easils or wire “ cards, in imitation of bed blanketting, or duffils, coatings, to answer the purposes of those different manufactures.” [Printed, M. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 138.] A.D. 1773, April 1.— N« 1038. HAYWARD, Francis. — “ A new manufacture of stuff or cloth made of hemp, linnen, or cotton yarn of different colours, and variously figured and striped, known in Italy under the name of rensette rigati, rasati, spinati, and operati, and which I intend to call or denominate (rensetty), proper to be used as “ cloathing, especially in summer and in hot countrys, and also 14 WEAVING. for furniture.’^ The patentee thus describes his invention : — A particular kind of cloth made of linnen yarn, or of linnen and cotton yarn mixed, or of cotton yarn figured with various figures of different colours, also striped variously, and with groundwork of different kinds after the manner of sattins, “ damasks, russels, and tabbies, all which may be more par- ticularly seen by the patterns annexed, distinguished by the “ Italian manufacturers by the names and titles of rensette rigati, rosati, spinati, and operati.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1774, October 20.-~N« 1083. BARBER, Bobert, and BARBER, Thomas. — The first part of this invention relates to spinning. There is also a loom for weaving described, which it is stated may be worked by men, horses, cattle, fire, air, or water.” Tne frame of the loom is of the ordinary construction. The lay is shown with a shuttle box on each side, and pickers which run on horizontal rods ; each picker is connected by a strap to a spring, which is held back by means of a strap connected by an arm to an upright shaft ; at the lower end of the upright shaft is another arm, which works on a cam, fastened to a shaft in the lower part of the loom (this is the driving shaft). The cam has a sudden curve, which at the proper time allows the arm to fall forward and the spring to act on the picker, and thus throw the shuttle. The treadles are worked by four arms fixed on to the driving shaft. The beat of the lay is performed by means of a box, which is lifted by a lever on the driving shaft, and is drawn back by a weight. [Printed, Drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 139.] A.D. 1775 , November 16. — N° 1106. CLOUGH, Richard. — Method of making warps with silk selvages, for velveretts and other kinds of cotton goods, with “ cotton prepared in a peculiar manner, whereby such cotton is rendered stronger, clearer, and more perfect than heretofore, “ and whereby the goods made therefrom can be made of much greater breadths than those made with the common warps, viz., ‘‘ from 16 to 108 inches broad, and such goods will be more per- feet and beautiful than those made of common warps.” [No Specification enrolled.] WEAVING. 15 A.D. 1776, March 25.— N« 1123. WOOLSTENHOLME, James. — ^^New kind of goods called ^ velvateens/ being an improvement on velvarets, and far supe- rior to the common method of weaving velvarets, by which means the pile is richer and closer, and nearly resembles a cotton “ velvet.” The patentee divides the velv^ateens into three classes, and de scribes them thus : — “Velveteen No. 1, the first class velvetines. — The warp is “ made of linen yarn in the brown, of any width, from sixteen to “ one hundred and eight inches, the shute cotton, 'with a plain “ back and jean face, and is wove with three, four, or five tuffters, “ according to the fineness of the reed, and in proportion to the “ length of the pile intended to be made ; whereas in the common “ method of weaving velveretts it only will produce a plain face, “ and that only wove with two tuffters. The tuffters in velva- “ teens always take one half of the warp, as every other thread in “ the warp is used for tulfting, and the other half of the warp “ goes all into one heald, or into two or three tyed together, to “ make one binding shead, and whether the tufPters be upon three, “ four, or five healds, they make the other binding shead. These “ sort of velvateens are wove with four healds, three of which “ take every other thread of the warp, which wee call tuffters, and “ the remainder all goes into one heald, or two tyed together, to “ make a binder. Velvateen No. 2 is made in the same way as “ No. 1, only with a cotton warp instead of a linnen warp, and also “ in the brown. Velvateen No. 3 is made the same as No. l,but “ the warp is different, being made of silk and cotton twist, “ and the weft of the same. Velvateen No. 4 is made the same “ as No. 1, but the warp is single cotton, bleached and sized, with “ selvidges made of silk and cotton twist ; the shute is cotton. “ Velvateen No. 5 is made the same as No. 1, but the warp is “ double cotton twist, bleached and sized, with silk and cotton “ twist selvidged. Velvateen No. 6 is made the same as No. 1, “ but the warp is worsted, and the shute also worsted. Velvateen “ No. 7 is made the same as No. 1, but the warp and suit are “ both mohair.” The other 11 varieties of velvateens in this class are formed by varying the materials of which the warp and “ shute ’’ are made among silk, cotton, worsted, linen, and mohair. 16 WEAVING. ^^Tlie second class of velvateens are jean back and jean face, and are made of the same materials as the first class, contained under the 18 different sorts, and only differs in the method of weav- ing (viz*), they are wove with six healds, three of them takes each other thread of the warp, which we likewise call tufters, and the rest of the warp goes into the other three healds to make the binding sheds. The third class of velvateens are made of the same materials as the first class, contained under eighteen different sorts, and only differs in the method of weaving (viz*), they are wove with twelve healds, six of them take one half of the warp used for tufters, and the other half goes into the other six healds to make a jean back double bound, and so in proportion to make any length of pile required. Likewise velvateen cords are made, of the same materials as any that are before mentioned under the eighteen different sorts, only healded differently to produce cords of different stripes.’’ ‘‘ The method of cutting the velveteen. — The knife used must lean to one side one third or more, according to the length of the pile, to cutt the pile in the middle or center, whereas the common method of cutting velveretts is with the edge of the knife directly upwards.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1777, May 8.— 1154. BARBER, Robert. — ^^A new machine for making, drawing, sizeing, and proportioning threads of silk, worsted, hemp, flax, gold or silver wire, or other materials, and also for manufactur- ing, weaving, and making the same into pieces of silk, worsted, or linnen cloth.” Although weaving is mentioned in the title, the machine as described is for spinning and making knitted fabrics. [Printed, l5. 2,d. Drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6tli Report, p. 163.] A.D. 1777, December 31.— No 1175. DOLIGNON, Stephen. — “New method of weaving and cutting “ the warp, shute, or brocade floating silk on the right side or “ face of velvet, shag, sattin cord, tabby chain, lustring, or mix- “ tures of either of them, plain, flowered, or spotted with flush, WEAVING. 17 tissue, tobine, or brocade, with silk, gold, or silver, and silk mixed with cotton, thread, or worsted, so as to form the design, pattern, figure, or stripe, and of staining, printing, or colouring the whole or part of the surface of plain, striped, or flowered “ silk or cotton velvet, long or short piled shag, and plush.” The patentee says : — ^‘1 form the design, pattern, figure, or ‘‘ stripe on the right side or face of velvet, shag, sattin cord, tabby “ chain, lustring, or mixtures of either of them, plain, flowered, or ‘‘ spotted with flush, tissue, tobine, or brocade, with gold, silver, or silk, and silk mixed with cotton, thread, or worsted, by tobining or working by tobine that part of the warp silk in- tended to be cut, by flushing, tissuing, or shooting that part of the shute silk intended to be cut, and by brocading that part of “ the brocade silk intended to be cut in floatings, fastened, bound, “ or wrought into the ground in those places where the design, “ pattern, figure, or stripe is to be performed by the cut silk, and then cutting such floating silk close to or at such distance or distances from each such fastening or binding or places where “ the floating silk is fastened, bound, or wrought into the ground, as the design, pattern, figure, or stripe may require; and I stain, print, or colour the whole or part of the surface of plain, ‘‘ striped, or flowered silk or cotton velvet, long or short polled shag and plush, by applying, stamping, or rubbing the surface of either of them with a brush, cushion, spunge, or other soft and poreous substance imbibed with or soaked in such liquid “ so as to produce the colour intended.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 163.] A.D. 1778, August 11. —N" 1198. MORDAUNT, Charles Lev^hs. — “ A new method of preparing “ cotton, sheep’s wool, and flax for the loom material, and neces- “ sary articles used in the making and manufacturing of cotton, woollen, and linen cloaths in a much better, more expert, and more expeditious manner than the same where then done.” “ The nature and use of the said invention is to make cardings of wool, cotton, or flax, prepared on a waved or other cylinder “ into rovings, and from thence into twist and v/eft fit for the “ loom.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] w. B 18- WEAVING. A.D. 1779 , November 23.— N« 1237. CHEAPE, William. — This invention consists of a method of arranging the mounture of a draw loom so as to do without the assistance of a draw-boy. The lessing side or face of the pullie table is placed fronting the yarn beam, and the tail, side, or back of the said pullie table fronts the breast beam. The lessing and tail-cords are tyed, wooped, or fastened together from seven to ten inches “ underneath and across the said pullie table (as circumstances may require) in such manner as to make the lessing rows clear and distinct from the pullie table to the harms board. The “ tail cords stretched betwixt the pullie table and back table comes right over the weaver’s head when at work on his loom, and the simples, one or more, with their lashes answerable to the pattern to be woven, connect with the main taill in the manner afterwards described ; and the simple to be used by the weaver (for, altho’ six or more may be at the loom, he can use but one at a time) comes right down before him in a perpendi- cular direction, and is tyed down to the under part of the two “ square iron rods there placed, which are fixed or hung by their points four or five feet above the loom, as the house may per- “ mitt, and reach down to the upper part of the came; upon which iron rods an iron frame is placed, which moves up and down, and upon this frame a wooden box is fixed, containing a wooden draw pin, the use of which is to separate and bring down such taill cords as are drawn by the weaver ; and that part of said draw pin which runs across the frame to answer this purpose is ‘‘ round, and the directing part which remains in the box is square. This draw pin is moved backwards and forwards as the weaver’s occasions require, by coupers and directing pullies. This iron frame is hung by a cord to a couper and weight “ above it, and by another cord from it’s under part is tyed and “ fixed down to a cross bar, whereby it rises no higher upon the rods than to it’s certain and determined height, and moves “ downwards at the weaver’s pleasure. It has also a cord coming from it, with a handle upon its end, within the weaver’s reach. The length of this cord is proportioned to the height the warp yarn is to be raised ; and upon the right hand rod there is placed a moveable iron knotch, fixed at it’s determined height by screws, and the weaver, by means of the simple, with WEAVING. 19 its lashes, having separated those cords which raise such parts of his warp yarn as are necessary for weaving that part of his figure or pattern which he is just going to weave, does, by the help of this iron frame box, draw pin, coupers, handle, and knotch, raise and keep up the said parts of his warp yarn at the proper height until woven, and in this manner he goes on to raise and lower such parts of his warp yarn as his simple or “ simples directs untill the whole pattern is completely woven.” Methods are described for putting to or taking from the looms the simples necessary. [Printed, 9cZ. Drawing.] A.D. 1780, September 22. — N® 1265. BETTS, William. — ^^A n entirely new and particular kind of machine or instrument for weaving or manufacturing of silk, ‘‘ thread, cotton, and worsted.” This invention relates to a knitting machine, and will therefore not come under consideration in this series. [Printed, Qd, Drawings.] A.D. 1783, December 19.— 1412. BLACKMORE, Benjamin. — This is a method of weaving bolting cloths double without seams, also with one seam, also two, three, and four breadth cloths. “ The cane or chain is turned upon a cane noil in the usual “ way, and is then taken in through two harnesses, one of which makes the upper and the other makes the under part of the bolting cloths.” The chain is then taken through a false reed, afterwards through the reed that makes the work, then through what is termed by the patentee “ a regulator,” which consists of a piece of cane pierced with holes, through which are put various horsehairs, according to the quality of cloth to be made ; at the end of the horsehairs are ^‘lingols.” The regulator is fastened by cords and wires to the lay. The cloths are woven with double mounture, that is, sixteen “ tumblers, sixteen lamms or countermeshes, and nine treadles.” Four treadles are used to make the upper cloth, and four the under cloth. The ninth treadle is made use of to part the harness that makes the upper part and under part of the bolting “ cloth, and also makes an opening to inspect the under part of B 2 20 WEAVING. the cloth to see if there are any imperfections, so that the work may go on regular, and also to put in an instrument, which I call a spreader, made of two pieces of board, and so constructed “ that it may be fixed to any breadth from forty-one inches to thirty-six inches, more or less, by means of a cord wound round a wire.’^ The cloth is woven taper by taking out threads at the edge as often as required. [Printed, *10., Drawing.] A.D. 1784, June 19.— N« 1437. BENNETT, Joshua. — The title of this invention is “Making “ and manufacturing of stuffs by me, called ^ the Prince’s ever- “ lasting union,’ and which stuffs may be either plain, pearled, “ striped, figured, cut or uncut.” “ And it is made with worsted, mohair, and silk in the manner “ following, that is to say : — First, the Prince’s everlasting union “ pearl or terry. The ground worsted doubled, or worsted and “ silk thrown together, wove with a tabby, whale, sattin, or velvet “ back ; the shute worsted, single or double, or silk and mohair “ thrown together, or both ; the poles, either one, two, or more, “ to consist of mohair and silk thrown together, and wove either “ with or without one or more poles of mohair doubled; the “ mohair, if used, must be cut, the silk and mohair, pearl, or terry^ “ or wove, to float as a sattin, either plain, striped, or figured, “ which is done with one, two, or more harnesses, viz^, ground, “ space, figure, or mounture.” “ Second, the Prince’s everlasting union sattin. — The cane “ consists of mohair and silk thrown together, and shute with “ worsted, either single or double, or thrown with a thread of “ silk or mohair, and wove as a Florentine, Calamanco, Denmark, sattin, sattinet, or any other tye or mode of wearing, so that “ the mohair and silk floats on the face or back, or both, either “ entire or in part, with or without a figure or figures, stripe or “ stripes. “ Third, the cane to consist of worsted, double, either with silk “ or mohair or without it, and shute with mohair and silk thrown “ together, and w'ove as a Montrief or De Rouen, or any other “ tye or mode of weaving, so that the mohair and silk thrown “ together floats on the face or back, either entire or in part with “ or without a figure or figures, stripe or stripes.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] WEAVING. 21 A.D. 1785, April 4.— 14/0. CARTWRIGHT, Edmund. — This invention, the subject whereof is a vertical power loom, is thus described by the patentee. It is worked by a mechanical force. The warp, instead of lying horizontally, as in the common looms, is in this machine (which may be made to hold any number of webs, at pleasure,) “ placed perpendicularly. The shuttle, instead of being thrown by hand, is thrown either by a spring, the vibration of a pen- ‘‘ dulum, the stroke of a hammer, or by the application of one of ‘‘ the mechanical powers, according to the nature of the work and “ the distance the shuttle is required to be thrown ; and, lastly, the web winds up gradually as it is woven.” [Printed, 5d. Drawing. See Engineers’ and Mechanics’ Encyclopaedia, vol. 2, p. 871.] A.D. 1786, October 30.— 1565. CARTWRIGHT, Edmund. — In this weaving machine” or loom, the frame is of the ordinary hand-loom construction. The machine is thrown into or out of gear with the driving pow'er by means of a lever working on a centre near the floor, the lever actuates a socket gliding on the driving shaft, on the socket are two arms which are caught by two stops on the driving wheel. On the under part of the lay are a pulley and lever connected by cords to a frame, which is supported by two rods fastened to the lay, and by two rods fastened at each end upon a board lying under the warp, and on which rods it glides. It vibrates with the lay, and at every vibration passes under hooks, v/hich are severally suspended upon each thread of the warp, and which are strung upon a rod. If a thread breaks, the hook which was suspended “ upon it drops down upon the board lying under it, and catches “ the frame, which is made bevel edged for the purpose of slipping under the nose of the hook ; the lathe going to while the frame “ is held by the hook, the pulley is turned round, and an oblique direction given to the lever,” which strikes against the setting- on lever, and thus throws the loom out of gear with the driving power. In the shuttle is a staple swinging upon a wire, “ the velocity of the thread passing under it prevents the staple from dropping below the bottom of the shuttle.” When the weft breaks, the staple drops and catches a hook which projects above the race board, the hook being connected by a wire to the before 22 WEAVING. mentioned lever gives to it an oblique direction, and stops th which are each performed by three rollers worked by a worm an wormw ee , which are thrown out of gear with the principal sha by a clutch-box, when required. The heat-up of the lay is b means of two cams and two springs. The shuttle is thrown by spring acting upon the picker stick, which is brought back by am The temples are closed by a spring and opened by the actio of the treadles. The dressing of the warp is done by brushe underneath the let-off rollers, one of which works in the dressin ’ u bobbins arranged in a frame insteai off a beam. The cloth when woven falls into a box. CPrinted, 10c?. Drawings.^ A.D. 1786, November 7.— N° 1569. A ^ method entirely new of manufacturing silk and mohair, either separately or jointly, with materials whicl c. combined or manufactured together, ant which by me is called Venetian sattin.^^ In the description o his invention, the patentee says, my said invention or methoc of manufacturing what I call Venetian sattin consists o mixing willow, poplar, asp, or any kind of wood or cane, reed rush, straw, hay, leather, paper, parchment, vellum, or wire either as warp or shute, with silk, mohair, worsted, yarn, cotton thread, incle, hemp, and flax, by every variation and every tye and every mode of weaving, plain or figured, now in use amongsi wea\ers. The patentee goes on to describe different com- binations of the above materials. [Printed, Sd. N o drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports. 6th Report, p. 176.; A.D. 1787, August 1.— N° 1616. CARTWRIGHT, Edmund.— In this “improved machine for “ weaving,” the picking motion is efFected by a cord attached to the picker, which runs between two rods, the other end of the cord is fastened to the lay sword, the cord passes over a pulley at the top of the picker stick, which receives motions from a spring, and IS drawn back by a cam. The loom is stopped when the shuttle fails to enter the box by means of levers actuating a wedge, which by the motion of the lay is brought in between a friction wheel and the driving wheel, “ and by that means disunites the socket WEAVING. 23 ‘ and the wheel, and stops the machine. For the operation of the socket and wheel, see the Specification of a former Patent, dated November 16th, 1786 [N° 1565].” ^‘The temples, which are composed of two pairs of plyers on each side of the loom ; ‘‘ they are kept shut by springs lying between their branches. “ To one of the branches of each pair of plyers is a rod with a tooth at the bottom end going down to a wheel upon each end of the principal axis, upon each of which wheels are two cogs, one at each opposite side ; these cogs alternately open the pairs “ of plyers.” The beat-up of the lay is effected by two levers turning upon centres ; at one end of each lever is suspended a “ weight ; the other end presses against the swords or standards of the lathe, and push it to when the reed is to strike.” Another method of working the lay is by a wheel upon the principal axis of the loom, and another wheel, half the diameter of the former turning upon an axis of its own, on each of these wheels are arms, which push the lay backwards and forwards, by acting upon a sword going up the middle of the lathe from the bottom rail.” A spring gently presses upon the shuttle when it comes into the “ box, and prevents the rebounding.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1788, January 19.— N« 1638. HARVEY, Edmund. — This is an invention of a new species of bed-ticking, made of materials never before used for that purpose,” and is thus described by the patentee. The chain or warp to be made of thread spun of flax, the “ shoot to be made of two threads spun of cotton, twisted or “ thrown together, to be wove with three, four, five, and six treddles, to be made from three quarters wide to two yards wide. “ Or thus ; the chain or warp to be made of two threads spun of “ cotton twisted or thrown together, and the shoot to be made of thread spun of flax, to be wove with three, four, five, and six treddles, to be made from three quarters wide to two yards wide. Or thus ; the chain or warp to be made of two threads spun of flax twisted or thrown together, and the shoot to be made of two threads spun of cotton twisted or thrown together. Or “ thus : the chain or warp to be made of thread spun of flax twisted together, with one thread of spun cotton, to be wove with three, four, five, and six treddles, to be made from three quarters 24 WEAVING. to two yards wide. Or thus : the chain to be made of thread spun of cotton and thread spun of flax, and every other thread to be of thread spun with cotton ; the shoot to be made of two threads twisted or thrown together, the one thread spun of cotton, the other flax.’^ [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D. 1788, November 8.— N" 1675. CLARK, Thomas, the younger. — In this weaving machine the treadles are worked by pulleys, which revolve on studs fastened to a square piece of wood fixed on the driving shaft. The lay is pushed forward by pulleys revolving in arms fastened to a square piece of wood fixed on the driving shaft ; the lay is brought back by wood springs. The pickers are fastened to a piece of wood running across the loom ; this piece of wood is fastened by a cord to a horizontal lever, which is lifted by arms on the driving shaft, and brought down and the shuttle thrown by a spring. The let-off of the chain is effected by a cord passing round the warp beam, one end of the cord is fastened to the floor, the other end to a lever working on a centre, and to which lever a weight is attached in the ordinary manner. The chain is passed over false beams sup- ported by cords passing over pulleys, and balanced by weights ; when the shuttle happens to catch in the shed, the small false beam over which that part of the warp passes gives way, sliding down the groves in the upright pieces and drawing up the weights, by which means the warp is so much slackened as to prevent the shuttle from breaking the threads ; when the shuttle is taken out the weights draw the false beams and the warp into the former position.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1788, November 12. — N° 1676. CARTWRIGHT, Edmund. — Certain additional improvements “ on his machine for weaving.” In these improvements the crank is moved by “ excentrical ‘‘ wheels,” “when the reed is required to give a sharp stroke “ upon the cloth, or when it is required to give as much time as “ possible for the shuttle to pass.” There is a ratchet wheel upon the yarn beam, “ which is held fast by a catch while the blow is ‘ given to the cloth the catch is “ occasionally relieved by a cog WEAVING. 25 “ upon any convenient axis to let the cloth wind up.” “ A break or grasper ” embraces the yarn beam, to hold it steady while the cloth winds up. [Printed, 5d, Drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6tli Report, p. 179.] A.D. 1789, August 3. — N° 1696. CARTWRIGHT, Edmund. — New invented machinery for the breaking, combing, heckling, preparing, spinning, sizing, dress- in^, and winding upon the pin, wool, tow, hemp, flax, and cotton.” This invention relates to machinery for preparing yarns to be spun, and for spinning and sizing yarns at the same time. [Printed, 7cl, Drawings. See Davies on Patents, p. 240, and Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 181.] A.D. 1791, May 11.— N^^ 1804. GORTON, Richard. — In this loom, which, the patentee says, will work one or several pieces at the same time, either by hand, “ lath, steam engine, or by water machinery,” two pieces of cloth are shown being wove side by side. The lath is worked by a crank. The picker stick is suspended on a stud to the lay, and is connected by cords to a picker on each side ; it is actuated by a lever worked by a cam. The shuttle box is furnished with springs to keep the shuttle in its place. The yarn is kept tight and the cloth taken up by weights. To prevent the lay coming to, and driving the shuttle against the piece,” the lay has a square piece of iron projecting from it, which, when the shuttle is not in the box, strikes against a stop ; this stop is let fall by the action of the picker going back with the shuttle. The warp is sized by means of brushes and a roller, which turns in a square trough filled with size. [Printed, 1^. 4 2681. COBB, Timothy. — The patentee says: — ‘^My invention of an improvement in the manufacture of a certain kind of piece goods called shag or plush consists in the combining in the warp called the pole or pile of yarn, made from Spanish or other 36 WEAVING. ‘‘ wool, of a short staple prepared by carding, roving, and spin- “ ning in the common method now used in the manufactory of wool into yarn for weaving into cloth, by which the harshness inseperable from shags made of the usual materials is removed, the surface rendered softer, and the article of a more pliable nature.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 3 {second series), p.l9.] A.D. 1803, February 28. — N® 2684. JOHNSON, Thomas. — In this ^^new and improved method applicable to preparing and dressing cotton warp,” the twelfth part of a warp is first beamed ; the bobbins containing the yarn for this purpose are arranged in a creel, the yarn is taken through ravels over the creel and run on to a beam, which is turned by gearing. At the back of the beam is a roller pressing against it to keep the yarn even; a weight keeps this roller to the beam. Twelve of these beams are placed in a frame behind the dressing machine ; cords, with weights attached to them, pass over the ends of the beams to keep the yarn tight. The yarn from these beams passes through a reed and between two rollers supplied with the dressing by another roller turning in a trough, in which is the dressing preparation; the top roller is pressed on the yarn by- means of a weight and lever, the dressing is brushed into the yarn by brushes fixed to a band turning round two cylinders. The warp then passes over “a tan or winnow” to dry it, then through a reed and on to a beam, which is turned by a worm wheel and pinion, which receive their motion from pulleys connected by straps to the driving pulley. The cylinders which carry round the brushes, and also the tan or winnow,” are turned by cords from the driving pulley. [Printed, lOc^. Drawings.] A.D. 1803, February 28. — N® 2686. HADEN, Benjamin. — In the description of this ^^improvement ‘‘ in the manufacture of bagging for packing of nails and other purposes,” the patentee says, — I take for my warp hards or tow prepared in the usual way, such as are at present used in in making nail bagging; but for my weft or woof I take old ropes or junk of any dimensions, and after untwisting or WEAVING. ^7 ‘‘ dividing the threads or filaments thereof, I wind the same into bobbins or quils, and they then become fit for the shuttle, and I weave them along with the common warp in the common way. I do not confine my invention to bagging for nails, but the same may be used with advantage for bagging for coals, cokes, and for various other purposes where strength and durability are required, needless to be mentioned here.’’ [Printed, 3^^. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 3 {second series) » p. 13 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 202.] A.D. 1803, April 5.— 2694. BOOND, William. — This invention consists in weaving or manufacturing cotton pile goods with mixed or mottled cotton weft or yarn. The patentee says, — There are several ways of making this mixed or mottled thread or weft, such as, first, by the mixing the dyed and undyed or coloured cotton together before card- ‘‘ ing; secondly, by stretching dyed and undyed cardings together on the stretching frame ; thirdly, by roving dyed and “ undyed stretchings together on the roving frame ; fourthly, by “ dyeing the weft in the hank, and doubling or twisting the “ dyed and undyed threads together ; and fifthly, by clouding and stamping the weft before it is woven. All these ways 1 “ use, but give the preference to spinning the rovings together to make an even mixture.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 4 {second series), p. 252.] A.D. 1803, April 14.— N° 2698. TODD, John. — In this power loom the healds are connected with, a roller on the top of the loom by cords ; they are worked by treadles underneath, which are actuated by cams; the treadles work in guides. The lay is moved by a crank working in a slot in the lay swords. A motion is described for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not enter the box ; this is done by means of a rod, on which is a catch resting on another catch, which is connected by a spindle to a crank, which is connected to the setting-on rod. The shuttle on entering the box lifts up the rod, and consequently the first catch out of the way of the other, and the loom goes on. The pickers are connected by cords to the picker stick, which receives its motion from a circular piece of 38 WEAVING. wood turning on a pivot fixed in the foot rail ; this circular piece of wood is connected to treadles, which are actuated by wipers fastened to the shedding cams. Two take-up motions are described ; one is by a wheel on the cloth roller, in which a worm works, which is on a shaft driven by the crank shaft ; the other is by a ratchet wheel and catch actuated by levers connected from above to the lay. Three rollers are employed to take away the cloth. [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1803, April 20.— N« 2699. HORROCKS, AVilliam. — What the patentee claims in these improvements to a loom for weaving of cotton and other goods by steam and water,” is the picking motion, which consists of what he calls ‘‘ spiral vrheels ” fixed on the cam shaft, and which actuate two levers connected by rods to cranks,” which are again connected by a cross piece to a crank ” that actuates the picker stick, which is by cords connected to the pickers. The levers are brought down on the “ spiral wheels,” by weights by which action the shuttle is thrown. [The spiral wheels ” are cams.] [Printed, 9cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1803, April 27.— N« 2/01. HALL, James. — Improvements upon looms.” [No Specirication enrolled.] A.D. 1803, May 17.— 2704. GREEN, Joshua. — This is an invention for the manufacture of corded or ribbed shags composed of ” wool, woollen, yarn, mohair, foreign hair of every kind, hare and rabbit hair or any other hair,” mixed with English or foreign wool, or yarn spun thereof, or unmixed offal wool or hair of every kind, such as niles or pinions made thereof, broke wool locks, rovings, and pickings thereof, silk of every kind, thread, linen yarn, cotton “ yarn, and incle, separated or mixed together, or twisted together “ separate or severally, together with each or either of the articles before recited, and as shags are generally made under the denomination of ground, the warp, pole, the pile, and plush and shute ; the weft, I make my ground of each or either of the before-described materials, mixed or unmixed, and twisted WEAVING. 39 separate or severally together into large or small threads, placed as occasion may require. The pole or pile, by which my cord or rib is chiefly acquired, is by working one, two, or more poles at same time, composed of one, two, or more spun threads twisted together in the manner before expressed • ” “ in general with two poles, a fine pole and a big pole, which I enter or place in my reed or slay in different ways, as may be required ; some- times a pole thread so twisted in every dent thereof, except those dents reserved always for the selvages on each side ; at other “ times every three adjoining dents I place the pole threads in, ‘‘ leaving the fourth dent vacant, which I call vacant, by having no pole or pile therein, or I place the pole threads in every three adjoining dents, leaving every fourth and fifth dent “ together vacant. In placing my pole threads in either way above described, one of the fine pole threads is put in the first plush dent of my reed or slay, a big pole thread next, which must be placed between two fine pole threads to give a roundness to my cord or rib, and in the third dent thereof another fine pole “ thread, to be thus situated and repeated in either way through- “ out the v/ork ; other ways of placing my pole threads are con- fined to every two adjoining plush dents of my reed or si ay, leaving one, two, or more mixt adjoining dents thereof vacant, “ repeating the same throughout the work. In the first plush ‘‘ dent I place one fine pole thread, and in the next dent a big “ pole thread, along with another fine pole thread, or in like man- ner contrary wise.” I make use also of two sorts of reeds or slays, made fine in the reed and set irregular, or spaced, that is to say, one sort having no three adjoining dents together set “ alike in width, the other sort in having no four adjoining dents ‘‘ together set alike in width.” To prevent imposition, “ I have “ made the two extreme and outward cords nearest the selvages of a middle blue or light blue colour, by a portion of the threads “ of my poles being previously died and worked therein together; the colour being made fast will not discharge.” [Printed, Sd. No clrawin/?. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Reports, p. 152.] A.D. 1803, June 30.— N« 2717. EVERETT, Joseph. — This, the patentee says, is an ^"invention “ of a certain article manufactured of different materials, and wove 40 WEAVING. in a peculiar manner, so as to give it an appearance of velvet, which I denominate Salisbury angola moleskin.” I manufacture the Salisbury angola moleskin on two chains or warps. The upper chain is invariably woolen yarn, but the under chain is of cotton, linen, silk, mohair, or worsted. The above two chains are upon separate beams. The number of threads in the upper chain is two-fifths of the whole number in both chains. Wires being introduced when the upper chain is clear upon the surface of the ground, and kept confined by three threads of weft till cut out by an instrument, the face or pile is formed. The weft is of cotton, linen, silk, mohair, worsted, or woolen yarn.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 4 {second series), p. 249 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 201.] A.D. 1803, August 3.— 2728. HALL, James. — This invention relates to a taking-up motion to be applied to hand-looms. The taking-up roller is partly covered with ^^card,” and is turned by a worm and wheel actuated by a ratchet wheel and catch, which receive motion from a lever attached to the lay. [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1803, August 30.— N« 2733. DEMPSTER, Cathcart. — Certain improvements in the ma- “ nufacture of canvas or strong cloths of vegetable materials, for sails, tents, packages, and other useful purposes.” The patentee says, — “ Instead of using single yarns not twisted but glued together with starch or other mucilage, in order to ‘‘ form the warp of the canvas, as is now commonly done to the great injury of the article by rendering it liable to spontaneous destruction by mildew, I use twine composed of two or more yarns of prime material of equal size and strength, both for the warp and woof, and I am by that means enabled to weave, and I do weave my canvas without starch or any other mucilage whatever.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 5 {second series), p. 99 ; and Carpmael’s Reports on Patent Cases, vol. 1, p. 420.] WEAVING. 41 A.D. 1804, June 2.--N« 2771. JOHNSON, Thomas. — In these improvements in ‘^‘preparing and dressing cotton warp” six beams, each containing a twelfth part of a warp, are placed in a frame at each end of the dressing machine, the warp beam being in the centre of the machine. The threads from these beams pass through a reed and between two rollers, one of which runs in a trough containing the size, the other is held between upright guides, and by means of a lever and weight presses the moisture into the warp ; this roller is supplied with a lever at each end working on a centre in the upright, to raise it when necessary. The yarn then passes through another reed and under brushes and on to the warp beam. The brushes are fastened to levers, which work on a pivot and are actuated by cranks. A fan or winnow is used to dry the warp. These are improvements on a machine for which Letters Patent were granted, bearing date February 28, 1803 [N° 2684]. [Printed, Kid. Drawings.] A.D. 1804, September 21. --N° 2785. SCARTH, Michael. — This invention relates to the manufacture of sailcloth. The patentee says, — My new method of manufacturing sail- “ cloth with single or double thread warp, without starch or any substitute for stiffening, and without the double threads being “ twisted together, consists in arranging the yarn of the warp in “ such manner that most of the loose ends of the fibres of each “ thread point towards the yarn beam during the operation of weaving. I mean by the loose ends of the fibres such as in “ spinning are not' covered by other fibres, and which are left projecting from the thread.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 203.] A.D. 1805, May 14.— N« 2848. HORROCKS, William. — ‘^A further improvement to a ma- chine for weaving cotton and other goods.” The improvement appears to consist ^n a picking motion. A rod, carrying a friction pulley at each end, is attached to the lay ; the rod is moved laterally by treadles and cams, and by the motions of the lay the pulleys are brought alternately against 42 WEAVING. inclines on treadles, to which the picking stick is attached by- cords, and the shuttle thrown. Also in a taking-up motion. The lay sword at each vibration lifts a weighted lever, the upper end of which works the ratchet wheel of the taking-up motion. [Printed, Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1805, July 19.— 2869. MARSLAND, Peter. — This invention relates to sizing cotton yarn, and consists in placing the yarn into a ‘^receiver,” ‘Svhich must be made perfectly air-tight by fastening down the lid or other cover to the aperture through which the yarn is put into such receiver. Then by means of a common air-pump con- “ nected with the receiver, or by any other means by which a “ vacuum may he produced in the receiver, the air must be ex- tracted from the receiver and from the yarn contained in it, or as much of such air as can he easily extracted. The size must then be introduced into the receiver from another vessel contain- ing the size, called the size vessel, by means of a pipe, one end of which must be immersed in the size, and the other end of which pipe must enter the receiver. In this pipe is inserted a cock, which prevents the size from entering the receiver before the air “ is extracted, and when the air is extracted the size is admitted ‘‘ by turning this cock.’’ [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 7 {second series) ^ p. 327 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 190.] A.D. 1805, August 9.^ — N° 28/6. JOPINSON, Thomas, and KAY, James. — ^^A new and im- proved machine or loom for weaving cotton and other goods by power.” The cloth roller is actuated by a worm and wheel, the worm is on a shaft, which, by a clutch arrangement worked by the lay, is thrown out of connection with the shaft that drives itj when too much cloth has been taken up. The shuttle is thrown by pro- jections on a wheel striking alternately against catches on two bevel wheels that turn another small bevel wheel, to which the picking lever is attached. Behind the lay is a shaft with two pieces of wood fastened to it, which project into the shuttle-boxes ; to this shaft is also fixed a catch with a knob at one end ; when this catch is not lifted up, by the action of the shuttle pressing back the projecting pieces of wood, it strikes a crank, connected to the setting-on rod, and stops the loom. The temples are formed like WEAVING. 43 bev^elled wheels with pins in the edges to hold the clotjh as it passes through them. One method of working the lay is by means of a pin set excentrically on the driving wheel ; this pin is connected to the layby arms. Another method is by an excentric working in a clip or lever working upon a centre/’ which is connected by a rod to the lay. [Printed, l5. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1805, December 17* — 2901. STEEL, Joseph. — This improvement in the manufacture of cotton and linen cloths consists in combining a proportion of flax, &c., with cotton wool (but the quantity of flax should not exceed one half), spun and carded together upon the same machinery as cotton twist or yarn is now spun and carded upon, or on the same machinery that linen twist or yarn is now spun upon ; but when it is spun on the cotton twist machinery, in the manage- ment of the flax, &c., previous to it’s being mixed with the cotton wool, it is to be cut with shears or knives about an inch long, or as long as the rollers of the machine or frame on which it is spun will sufiPer it to draw.” [Printed, Sd. No drawing.] A.D. 1806, March 8.— 2913. WHYTOCK, Patrick. — This invention relates to preserving fabrics made of cotton, flax, or hemp, and consists in the appli- “ cation of the oxides, calces, or solutions of quicksilver to the ‘‘ articles intended to be so preserved.” The invention ^^also “ includes the calces, oxides, or solutions of copper so far as they ‘‘ are applicable to this purpose.” The patentee says, I have “ hitherto found it most effectual to take quicksilver in the state of what chemists call red oxide, and after levigation to mix it with the starch which the weaver uses for smoothing his threads. The quantity need not exceed 8 or 10 ounces to the cwt. of cloth. I prefer the red oxide to quicksilver in the state of a neutral salt, because the latter is soluble, and may be washed out of the cloth, which is also the objection to the principal or green oxide of copper (the antiseptic powers of the brown oxide of copper are small), but the red oxide of quicksilver being in- soluble in water, and inserted along with the starch into the heart of the cloth, tends to defend it from mildew.” The in* 44 WEAVING. ventign may likewise be applied to preserve cordage from the baneful effects of moisture.” For this purpose the oxide may be applied to the yarns along with the tar/’ or without the tar, by beiug mixed with a little starch or other mucilaginous sub- stance, merely to make it adhere till the cordage is laid.” [Printed, 3d. No drawing.] A.D. 1806, March 26,— 2924. McADAM, Quintin. — In this method of dressing yarns for weaving, the yarn or warp being wound from the cope or bobbin upon one or more beams or cylinders of tin plate or other con- venient substance. These cylinders are then immersed in boiling water, to which, if thought proper, a quantity of flour or starch may be added, and are kept there until the whole body of yarn on the cylinders is thoroughly impregnated with the water _ and starch or flour, commonly called sizing or papping. They are then taken out, and a quick rotatory motion on their own axes is applied to throw out the superfluous water or sizing which they have received, leaving only a sufficient quantity to fit them for the subsequent operations. The beams are then placed in the machine, and the threads which compose the warp are passed through the reeds and heddles, or twisted to any former yarn or warp that may remain in the machine, in the mode commonly practised by weavers. The boxes in which the paste rollers revolve being then filled with dressing or paste as used by weavers, the machine may be set to work. The yarn passing from the beams over the paste rollers is supplied by them with dressing or paste, the quantity of which is regulated by a scraper on the said roller, and is brushed into the warp by passing over and in contact with the first roller brush. It is then partly dried by the first fanners, and in this state receives an additional “ and complete brushing from the second roller brushes. It is then completely dried by the second fanners and rolled upon the receiving beam, which completes the operation.” [Printed, lOrf. Drawings. See Polls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 102.] A.D. 1806, August 1.— 2955. MARSLAND, Peter. — This is an invention whereby the motion of the lay of a loom is caused to be the slowest at the time the shuttle IS passing through the warp, and quickest when the lay WEAVING, 45 strikes the cloth. A crank is connected by a rod to a plate which revolves on a shaft, this plate is connected by another rod to the lay. The plate is weighted at one side to assist it in impelling the lay against the cloth. [Printed, Zd. Drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 194.] A.D. 1806, October 30.— N« 2985. BOWMAN, Robert. — This invention relates to the preparation and application of whalebone. Part of this invention relates to weaving and is thus described : — The process of manufacturing of whalebone for bottoms of beds consists in warping and weaving, with splits or straps of “ whalebone, either in separate frames or in the original bed, stock, or frame, a webbing or cloth of whalebone, which may be varied according to fancy, and which it is imagined will be more elastic, more durable, and less liable to harbour vermin or any contageous matter than the materials hitherto used for that ‘‘ purpose. The process of manufacturing of whalebone into reeds for weavers, and fit for weaving linen, cotton, silk, or woollen cloth, consists in preparing the whalebone while in a pliant state to that size which will suit the coarsest or finest reed, when they are rasped, filed, and polished, so as to answer ‘V for fineness or coarseness to suit such fabric of cloth as the weaver may require. The frame of the reed is also made of ‘‘ whalebone.^’ [Printed, 4c?. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {second series) , p. 411 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p, 103.] A.D. 1806, December 4. — N® 2992. WILLIAMSON, Samuel. — The patentee says,— My invention or discovery is applicable to the lathe of a loom, which is con- structed for weaving two pieces of cloth at the same time, and consists of the new invented machinery, which I use for impelling the shuttles from the shuttle box in the middle of the lathe to the shuttle boxes at each end of the lathe.” The pickers are connected by rods to runners which slide on rods fixed at each end to the ‘Hathe hood,” these runners are connected by cords to a handle which the weaver holds in his hand, “ and with which he is enabled to pick both the shuttles at the same time.” [Printed, 9(Z. Drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {second series), p. 416 ; and Rolls' Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 195.] 46 WEAVING. A.D. 1807, March 23.— 3023. JOHNSON, Thomas. — In the description of this power loom the patentee says, — “That the cloth must be fabricated or made by “ my said machine in a vertical position, instead of the usual “ horizontal position as in other looms, and that the Hthe must “ move vertically and strike the reeds upwards in driving home “ the weft, and that the other parts of the said machine are cor- “ respondingiy placed. Let it now he supposed that the first axis “ shall be set in motion by hand, or by any other power or force, “ and it will necessarily ensue that (1), the axis which carries the “ wipers will be moved with half the velocity, and (2), the cranks “ will cause the lathe to alternate up and down, and (3), the “ wipers will throw out the sliding bars alternately in the way of “ the lower extremities of the pecking lever, so as to cause its “ upper extremity to move successively to the right and left, and (4), one pair of the wipers will alternately depress the treadles, “ and the treadles (which are made of considerable weight) will, by “ means of their connecting cords, keep the healds tight, and cause “ them to perform their office ; and (5), that the shuttle which runs “ on the reed, and receives its motion from the peckers connected “ with cords pulled by the pecking lever (and in some construc- “ tions by inclining the reed at every stroke in the direction of the “ shuttle’s motion) will be regularly kept at work.” [Printed, 2s. 4id. Drawings.] A.D. 1807, April 11.— N« 3031. PATY, Thomas. — This invention relates to “manufacturing “ East India sunn hemp into carpets and carpet rugs.” The sunn hemp must be “dressed into three sorts on a “ cagg and clearer. The first or longest sort is used for the pur- “ pose of being made and spun into yarn for the chain or warp of “ the carpets and carpet rugs. The second is in like manner spun “ into yarn, which is dyed, and used for the pile of the carpets or “ carpet rugs. The third sort is spun into a coarser yarn for the “ shoot or weft.” The yarn for the pile “ is dyed in the skain “ various colours,” and the patentee particularly claims “the “ application of the art of dyeing towards imparting the said “ colours and shades of colours to the sunn hemp of India.” WEAVING. 47 The internal parts of the loom are a breast beam, a cloth beam, ‘‘ and a yarn beam or harness made of twine, with steel eyes equal to thirty-two score of threads or yarn, which is sufficient for weaving a carpet three feet in width.” ^^The reed is made of steel, so as to take two threads to a dent.” The hand shuttle, nine inches in length by four and a half in breadth ; one pair of battens; bobbins for the difPerent sorts of yarn; a sitting bench and two treddles, with a roller for the upper part of the harness, and pulleys, to be fixed higher or lower as occasion requires, are made in the usual manner. The warp or chain is in general dressed with starch made of flour and water, and in the beaming of it is received through a raddle with iron teeth. The shuttle is worked by hand. The harness consists of four wings, when at work, two wings being up and two down, parts the chain in half every time the shuttle passes through the centre. The pile is raised by means of a rod of iron, copper, or brass, with a sunken groove of about three-eighths of an inch ; the rod ‘‘ varies from one and one-fourth of an inch to two inches in cir- cumference, according to the length of pile required* The sunn yarn, dyed and prepared for the pile, is wound round the “ rod by hand, being threaded through every two threads of the chain or warp, and when struck up by the batten is cut with a ‘‘ sharp instrument down the groove of the rod, by which means “ the rod is immediately extricated from the dyed sunn yarn, the cut ends of which form the pile on the upper side of the carpet “ or carpet rug. The shoot forms the ground or back. The rug “ or carpet is finished by clipping and trimming the pile with a ‘‘ pair of shears.” [Printed, ^d. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {second series)^ p. 11 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 196.] ‘ A.D. 1807, May 29.~N« 3046. BOWYER, Joseph. — This ^Gnvention consists in the working or manufacturing carpeting for carpets with a floating ground.” “ The pattern or figure is rose above the groundwork, and appears “ as needlework worked upon it, although wove in the same kind of loom or machine, and rose by wires the same as Brussels.” Any number of colours may be put to work across the pattern, as in Brussels or pile carpets, and read in, and put into the loom the same as Brussels or pile now in use (or in 48 WEAVING. any other way which may answer the same purpose), the ground excepted, which is not to be read in or picked up by the reader in, as the draw-boy or person usually employed in making of carpets need not draw or raise any part of the groundwork unless the weaver wishes it to be done for the purpose of making it more easy to himself. A chain or warp is to be prepared to make a floating ground, which chain or warp is to consist of double the number of threads now usually used in one ground frame for making of carpets, or the number of threads may be more or less, as may be thought proper ; the chain or warp so prepared is to be turned on a roll or beam and worked under the frames, or in any other part of the loom that may be by the weaver thought best.^’ This groundwork need not work in any of the eyes of what is called by weavers the great harness, but requires two additional shafts added to the little har- ness. Carpet rugs are made on the same principal as before described in respect to carpets, with the addition of a strong warp of hemp, flax, or any like strong article, so as to give it more strength or substance to work in with the main body of worsted in the pole shaft.’" pointed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 (second p. 324 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 194.] ^ A.D. 1807, June 16.— N« 3054. ATKINS, William. — This invention relates to improvements in a loom for weaving borders or stripes of different colours on shawls or any goods.” The lay is made with double boxes on each side, the uppermost boxes to receive the ground shuttle for the center work, and the lower boxes to receive the two shuttles for the two borders.” “Between the two borders are “ two upright pieces of wood,” “on these are fixed two center ^ boxes, with pickers and spindles inside to receive the two border shuttles.” Motion is communicated to the pickers by cords attached to a handle. The boxes at the side of the lay are lifted by means of a cord attached to a lever working on a centre; to the other end of the lever is another cord, worked by the weaver. The centre boxes are connected by a lever and cords to the ground treadles, “ so that when the ground warp opens to receive the “ shuttle, the boxes rise at the same time to make way for it.” Cl’rintea,6A Brawing. See Bolls Chapel Keports, 7th Report, p. 194 ] WEAVING. 49 A.D. 1807, October 21. 3076. CARON, Louis. — This invention relates to a method of weaving wigs and other articles, and also to an instrument for measuring the head. ‘‘ It consists of weaving hair with silk and other mate- rials in manner following : — The machine by which it is woven is similar to that used for weaving gauze or silk. The first' process is to place the hairs so as to be as nearly as possible of even length, and to interweave them, by two or three haus at most at once, with two threads of silk to any length that may “ be required, so that the points of the hairs be made to project perpendicularly from the silk, and which is then wound round a shuttle for the purpose of being commodiously passed between the threads of the warp, as herein-after mentioned. The next process is to prepare the warp and the woof, both of which may be composed of silk thread, and with which the hair and silk so woven together as above mentioned should be interwoven as follows (that is to say) ; — The alternate threads of the warp should be separated in the usual manner of weaving by treading on the treadle, upon which the interwoven silk and hair should “ be passed between them, so that the silk should be close to where the threads of the warp join each other, and from which the points of the hair should be made to present themselves upwards, upon which, by pressing the treadle, the threads of “ the warp should be made to close about one half, and then by means of a tortoise-shell or other flexible comb the hair should “ be raised through the warp, and made to project upwards per- ‘‘ pendicularly therefrom, which is facilitated by placing the hand “ under the threads of the warp, while the comb is used for the aforesaid purpose ; the threads of the warp should then be made to close, and the shuttle with the woof of silk thread, as the case ‘‘ may be, should be then passed between the threads of the ‘‘ warp either once, twice, or oftener, according as the manu- facturer may wish to have more or less hair in the manufacture, and two or three strokes of the batten to tighten the work should then be given to it.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1808, June 23.— N^ 3144. LOWE, George. — This invention relates to an ‘‘improvement “ in the manufacture of a fabric composed of flax and cotton w. D 50 WEAVING. which is applicable to many useful purposes/’ and is thus described by the patentee : — “ The flax when heckled to' be “ bleached by lying on the grass. The exposure in the air in the process of bleaching will have the effect of dividing or opening the fibres, by which means it will be rendered of a very “ fine texture; when perfectly white, it should then be made strait by being drawn again through the heckles, and then cut of a proper length to work with the cotton. An equal quantity ‘ of flax and cotton or any other proportion may then be mixed, carded, and spun together.” [Printed, M. Ko drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 20 {second series), p. 274.] A.D. 1809, February 4. — N° 3198. FINCH, George, the younger. — This invention relates to the materials to be used for manufacturing the under-mentione'd kinds of metal laces, many of which, it is stated, are to be woven in a loom For manufacture yellow copper lace.” “ For manu- facturing yellow copper wire lace.” For manufacturing yellow copper French braid lace.” ‘‘ For manufacturing yellow copper Prussian braids.” “ For manufacturing yellow copper sattin braid and other braids.” And for manufacturing yellow copper open lace.” For the manufacturing white plated copper lace.” For manufacturing white plated copper wire lace.” ^‘For manufacturing white plated copper French braid.” For manufacturing white plated Prussian braids.” For manufacturing white plated copper sattin braid and other braids.” For manufacturing white copper plated open lace.” “ For manufacturing gold superb open lace.” ‘V\nd for manu- ‘‘ facturing silver superb open lace.” [Printed, 3tZ. No draMings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 15 {second sey'ies)^ p. G5 ; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 203.] A.D. 1810, January 15. — N° 3291. COTTON, William. — The object of this invention is to regu- late the tension of the warp in power looms, in order that the blow of the slay for driving in the shoot may act with a more “ uniform force.” Above the yarn beam are placed two rollers, between which the chain or warp is passed. The upper roller is pressed towards the lower roller with sufficient force to prevent WEAVING. 51 the chain or warp from being drawn from the yarn beam without giving motion to these rollers. To the lower of these rollers is applied the friction blocks described in Captain Joseph Huddart’s enrolled specincation, dated on or about the 28th day of July 1800. The stud against which the friction block “ acts is attached to the side of the loom, and the spring of the friction block is adjusted by a screw, to give the requisite resistance to the blow of the slay for driving in the shoot.” Above the cloth beam are placed two rollers, between which the cloth- is passed. The upper roller is pressed towards the lower roller with sufficient force to prevent it from moving vhthout giving motion to the cloth ; this lower roller is con- nected by ];evil wheels to a shaft, which is actuated by a worm and wheel; the wheel is attached to the shaft by a friction block similar to the one before made mention of. [Printed, 6c7. Drawings.] A.D. 1810, April 6.— N« 3327. DAVIS, Charles Frederick. — An improvement in the manufacture of woollen cloth.” In the description of this invention the patentee says, — “ My improvement consists in combining the substance, durability, “ and dress of felted woollen cloth with the elasticity of the “ stocking piece, and the manner in which the same is performed is as follows : — The yarn is to be a single thread, prepared and “ spun from the wool by the processes commonly used in the pre- paration and spinning of yarn for the manufacture of felted woollen cloth. The thread so prepared and spun is to be woven “ in a common stocking frame, or a frame upon the same prin- ciples, instead of the loom commonly used for felted cloths. “ When the cloth is taken out of the frame, list taken from felted cloth or made for the purpose should be sewed round the edges, and then the cloth should be finished in the same manner and by the same processes as the felted cloths in common use are “ when taken from the loom. If found convenient, two or more pieces may be sewed together, and the list sewed round the out- “ side of the whole.” [Printed, M. No drawing.] D O 52 WEAVING. A.D. 1812, June 13.-~N« 3576. WEBB, John. — Invention for making rugs, carpets, or any “ article of furniture or dress consisting of carded wool or cotton, silk, or any other substance capable of being carded and inter- woven, to form a firm texture of spun yarn, worsted, silk, cotton, or any other spun substance, of any number of colours formed into a figure, in imitation of needlework, with or with- out the aforesaid carded wool or other carded substances, on the surface of any piece of goods woven by the common loom, without passing the thread through the reeds.” This invention is not very clearly described. The patentee uses a common loom with two headles,” which it appears are for weaving the canvas or back of the fabric. The reed of the loom has this difference from the common reed, the dents are firmly fixed at top, but left entirely open at bottom to ‘‘ admit between them other parts of the machinery.” ‘^The threads [to form the figure] are warped upon a seperate large reed,” and are passed through holes in thin steel pieces, called conductors.” These conductors are attached to a sliding bar and are moved laterally by a notched wheel,” so as to form the pattern required. In front of the loom and passing through the reed are instruments called lifters and lever needles,” round which the threads are passed by the conductors, and which appear to be for the purpose of raising a pile, which is afterwards tied in by weft. [Printed, 4cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1812, October 23.— N« 3604. PARDOE, Thomas. — This invention relates to a new method of working or making carpeting, denominated Kidderminster or Scotch carpeting.” The patentee says, — When I weave and manufacture a yard- wide two-thread one-point figure” in a two-point one-thread black-up or open-shade loom,” the two centre quarters in the front part of the harness I leave empty, and the two centre quarters in the back part of the harness I work with two ends “ of the chain drawn into each eye or male ; and in order to make a centre point, I remove one of the back quarter points to the back centre, and the other quarter point I leave unemployed. WEAVING. 53 “ The two outside quarters in the back part of the harness I also leave empty, and the two outside quarters in the front part of the harness I work with two ends of the chain drawn into each eye or male. The foot work or binding part I work with a gear.” Carpeting three-quarters of a yard wide of the above de- scription is woven in a similar manner, leaving out half a quarter on each side of the loom. Two-thread carpeting three-quarters of a yard wide is made with one hundred and two cords, and the neck is tied up to a centre point only (instead of to two or more points). The box is made in three divisions.” The comber board is bored in eight rows, having one hundred and three holes in each row, of which four holes on each outside and four holes in the centre of the front part I leave unoccupied.” A one-thread one- point pattern is wove as above, with the exception of having two hundred and four cords in the tail, and as many bowls in the box. In making a one-thread one-point pattern on a close-shade Kidderminster or Scotch carpet loom, my method is by making the tail of the loom to consist of four hundred and eight cords, and the neck to be tyed up three-quarters of a yard wide to a centre point only.” To the floor and going round the simple is fixed a frame, in which a lever with a moveable pin works, to assist the boy in working the lashes. When the “ boy or person has prepared a lash to draw, he puts the iron pin through the lever, and passes it between that part of the simple that is wanted to be drawn and the part that is required to re- main stationary, and then by pulling the lever towards him, he, “ mth great ease, correctness, and expedition, works or draws the lashes.” [Printed, 7 ( 1 . Drawings. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 8th Report, p. 91.] A.D. 1812, October 31.— 3613. LEA, Thomas. — ^These ^^improvements in the making of carpet- “ ing” consist:— “ First, in an improved manner of making or manufacturing “ Kidderminster or Scotch carpeting, by introducing three or more warps and shutes, and three or more distinct and clear colors, so as that each color is distinct and unmixed with others in the warp and shute upon the surface, and which is to be done by mounting a loom with a harness, divided in three or ‘‘ more distinct divisions, with the usual furniture of pullies 54 WEAVING. or bowles, tail and simple cords, weights, eyes, or mails, and number of treddles, and lambs to each color, and other appendages employed in the manufacturing of Kidderminster or Scotch carpeting, the said loom to be worked by winding the chain upon a beam, and one end of the chain consisting of three or more distinct colors (warped after the usual method), to be drawn through an eye or male in the harness, and each color is to be kept seperate and distinct in each division of the harness; six or more ends or two or more courses of the harness “ to be drawn through a reed or slay.” ‘‘ Secondly, in making and manufacturing terry, Brussels, or pile carpeting of superior texture, richness, and extent of ])attern or “ figure to any hitherto manufactured, is done by introducing an impiwement on the loom or machinery used in weaving the above articles by multiplying the number of puliies or bowles, tail and simple cords, lishes and a finer sley, and other append- ages by which materials of finer texture may be worked in the “ loom.” [Printed, 3cl, No drawing. See Polls Chapel Reports, 8th Report, p. 93.] A.D. 1812, December 19. — 3624. HANBURY, John, the elder. — This invention relates to improve- ments in weaving Scotch or Kidderminster carpeting, which are thus described by the patentee : — For a plain ground and ribbed figure : — 1st, when I have woven as many shutes as I choose to make the rib, I raise up the contrary lash to that of which I form the figure, and the same ground plain which I had up when I wove the last ground shute (by the word plain ” throughout these several ‘‘ description I mean a fourth part of the warp or chain, which warp or chain consists of two coloured and two ground plains) ; then I throw a shute which I call the binding shute, which may consist of a thread or threads of woollen, worsted, linen, cotton, silk, hair, wire, or any other material which will produce the same effect, or raise up one ground plain or two ground plains, and throw in the binding shute, or raise up the ground “ and half the colours in the ground and half ground in the figure, “ ribbed ground and plain figure.” 2nd. When I have thrown as many shutes as I chuse to make the rib, I raise up one coloured plain or two coloured WEAVING. 55 ‘‘ plains, or draw up the contrary lash to that of which I form the figure, and the coloured plain also, then throw in the hind- " ing shute as above. Both ground and figure ribbed. — 3rd, when I have thrown sufficient shutes for the rib, then raise up one half of the chain or warp, and throw in a binding shute, then draw up the other half and throw in another binding shute, or raise up the con- trary lash to that with which I form the figure, and throw in a binding shute, or raise up the lash and one plain, throw in one binding shute, and keep up the same lash, and raise up another “ plain, and throw in another binding shute. Ground and figure plain on both sides. — 4th, when I have thrown as many shutes as I may want or choose, I raise up the “ ground plain and coloured plain I had up when I wove the last two shutes, and throw in the binding shute, or three plains “ in the ground and two in the figure will produce the same “ effect ; or the webs may be united with one of the shutes that ‘‘ form the figure, by raising up half the ground and half colours “ in the ground, when I throw the coloured shute with which I ‘‘ bind them together.” [Printed, SdZ. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 25 {second series), p. 74.] A.D. 1813, February 4. — N° 3647. BROUGHTON, William. — This ‘‘invention and method of “ making a peculiar species of canvas ” is thus described by the patentee ; — “ The yarns for the warp to be made of flax or hemp in the “ usual way of making yarns, to be millwashed and backwashed, “ and no more starch to be used than is sufficient to allow the “ warp to be worked though the biddies or harness and reed ; the “ weft to be made of worsted yarn, from wool made in the usual “ way of making yarns. The wool before it is made into worsted is to be washed with soap, and backwashed in clear water, and “ when in yarn to be scowered and stoved. These yarns are to be “ wove in the usual way of weaving canvass, but the weft to come “ off the pern or quill double, and when in cloth to be singed “ either on one side or both, if required, by running it over a “ singeing apparatus similar to those used in the manufacture of “ cotton, or in any other way that may be thought proper, so that the fibres of the wool may be burnt off, to cause the surface of 56 WEAVING. the cloth to be smooth. The cloth then to be passed through a heavy calendar, on which a brush is to be fixed, for the purpose of taking off all the dust that may have been left from the singeing, or the cloth may be wove by working the weft off the pern or quill single.” [Printed, 3 WEAVING. warp, and afterwards taking the twist out of the yarn before it is wove, which makes the yarn smooth and even for warp. Second, after weaving I clean the pieces, and rase them with “ cards, and cut them with shears the same as a piece of plain ‘‘ cloth is finished. Third, we then mill the cloth or pieces in the fulling mill, and afterwards roll the pieces tight on a wooden roller made for the purpose, and boil them on that roller for several hours. “ Fourth, I afterwards dye the goods and dry and finish them on a machine without tentering or making and leaving any holes in the edges of the pieces. The machine on which we dry and finish the goods is constructed of three large tin or copper cylinders, made hollow and fixed in a frame, into which we turn steam to heat them ; and by the aid of a wooden roller placed at each side of the frame we pass the pieces over the cylinders till dry.’^ [Printed, Sd. No drawings. See London Journal {Newton* s), vol. 10, p. 142; and Register of Arts and Sciences, vol. 3, p. 135.] A.D. 1824, May 13.— N« 4951. POTTER, John. — This invention relates to operating leaves of headles by cylinders with pegs in them. The cylinders are carried backwards and forwards in a swing- ing frame ” by the action of a tappet wheel, by which motion the pegs in the cylinders are made to press against bent levers, which operate on the jacks, &c., to raise the shed. The cylinders are turn round by the action of a catch on a pattern wheel,’’ which has as many notches around it as there are shoots in the pattern. In order to keep one end of the bent levers in a horizontal posi- tion, and the points in a proper situation to be acted on by the cylinders, a counterweight is employed, consisting of a bar of metal extending over all the levers, and united with two bars which turn upon studs. [Printed, Is. Zd. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton* s), vol. 10, p. 292 ; and lire’s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2, p. 313.] A.D. 1824, May 25.— N° 4964. WELLS, Joseph. — ^This invention relates to dressing the warp at the same time that the loom is in operation. For this purpose the yarn from the beam passes through a reed at the back of the loom, then between two rollers, the under WEAVING. // roller works in a trough which contains the size, the upper one is to press out the superfluous size. The warp is next brushed by brushes which are actuated by a lever from the lathe, it is then dried by a fan worked by the motion of the treadles. When this invention is applied to a power loom, the brushes are turned round by means of ‘‘ a cord or strap ” from a pulley on the main axis ’’ of the loom ; and the fan is worked by the lathe to which it is connected by rods of iron. [Printed, Id. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 9, p. 241 ; and Register of Arts and Sciences, vol. 2, p. 358.] A.D. 1824, June 15.--N- 4966. HEATHCOAT, John. — ^The title of the invention is, ^‘Certain improvements in the methods of preparing and manufacturing ‘‘ silk for weaving and other purposes.’'’ But the invention consists in a machine for combining the processes of drawing of the silk from cocoons and twisting it into a thread without hanking and winding, and therefore will not come under consideration as part of the present subject. [Printed, Is. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 10, p. 351.] A.D. 1824, June 15.— N° 4969. HORROCKS, William Harwood. — This is an invention ‘‘of “ apparatus for giving tension to the warp in looms.” On the warp beam is fixed a cast-iron collar, to receive a clip “ or clam,” which is made of wrought iron ; the two sides are held together by two screws, one at each end. Now it will be seen “ that according to the strength of the iron of which the clam is “ made, and the tightening of the screws, any required pressure “ or nip may be given to the neck of the collar, and according to the quantum of pressure or nip so will friction be created on the neck of the collar, and the warp roll restrained from yielding to the action of the warp caused by the stroke of the lay.” [Printed, M. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 9, p. 182 ; and lire’s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2„p. 311.] A.D. 1824, June 15.— N° 4976. GIBSON, John. — This is an invention for making elastic fabrics from whalebone. The whalebone is cut down into threads ; it is then boiled in a solution of alum, or any alkaline substance, to extract the oily 78 WEAVING. matter, and render it more elastic ; it is then wove in a hair cloth loom by the mode usually adopted for weaving hair. When the cloth is to be applied to any purpose where it is exposed to much perspiration or damp, the patentee recommends varnishing it with the varnish commonly employed in the manufacturing of silk hats. When whalebone is combined with hemp, the hemp is used for the warp and the whalebone for weft. When less elasticity is wanted, hemp may be used alternately with the whalebone for weft. When elasticity is wanted in the length, whalebone is to be used with the hemp in the warp, or the warp may be made altogether of whalebone and the weffc of hemp. Hair, willows, cane, flax, cotton, wool, silk, or other suitable substances are to be manufactured into fabrics combined with whalebone in a manner similar to that described above for making fabrics from whalebone and hemp combined. [Printed, ^d. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton* s), vol. 10, p. 85 • and Register of Arts and Sciences, vol. 3, p. 22.] ’ A.D. 1824, July 7.— N« 4987. DANIELL, Joseph Clisild. — ^This invention relates to an improved method of weaving woollen cloth.” The patentee says, — First, I press forward the slay or reed, in order to force in the shoot or weft by a gradual and progressive motion and force.” Secondly, I continue the pressure of the slay or reed against the shoot or weft when in cloth during the time the bosom of the work is changed or reversed.^^ “ Thirdly^ I work “ the lathe, or that part of the loom which carries the slay, in such a manner as to occasion it to be at rest or quite motionless ** during the time the shuttle is carrying the shoot through the ‘‘ bosom of the work.” To effect these points, springs are fixed at the back of each lay sword, and to these springs the connecting rods are jointed, instead of to the lay swords ; stops are fixed to the side frames of the loom, to prevent the lay going back farther than a certain point, and the springs open to allow the cranks to turn. Fourthly, the changing or reversing of the bosom is assisted and is kept open after each change or reversion by a “ tumbling weight or counterpoise.” This weight is screwed on to a lever which is fastened on to the spindle, from which the harness is suspended. And fifthly and lastly, I apply a roller or rollers WEAVING. of a peculiar construction to the breast beam."’ ‘‘ If two rollers are made use of, which I recommend as the best applica- " tion, they must be fixed by letting them into the upper side of the breast beam in a direction not parallel to the slay, but making angles of about four or five degrees with its two ends.” ‘‘ The outer ends of these rollers I cover with wire cards, short bristles, or some rough material for at least a foot in length, as ** shown in the drawing, which by its friction, and the particular “ direction in which the rollers are placed, has the effect of “ stretching or keeping out the cloth to its full width in a very ‘‘ equable manner.” And a single roller may likewise be applied to the same purpose, but in that case it must be longer than the cloth is wide, nd must be let into the breast beam in “ a direction parallel to the same and to the slay, having both its “ ends covered with wire cards or other rough material.” rPrinted 7d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 10, p. 119 and Ure’s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2, p. 312.] A.D. 1824, July 27.— 4991. STANSFELD, Thomas Wolrich. — The first of these im- provements relates to giving out the warp from off the yarn beam of looms, and the taking up of the cloth as it is produced. From the under side of the yarn beam the warp passes over a stationary roller, and under a roller which is fixed at each end to one ex- tremity of two long levers, which vibrate on an axis at their centre; from the last-mentioned roller the warp passes up and over another roller on a level with the breast beam, then under a rod which is caused to vibrate by a cam on the cam shaft, in order to tighten the warp at the time of the beat up ; then the warp passes over another roller and through the harness and reed. The cloth proceeds over the breast beam and passes down under a roller which is fixed at the opposite extremities of the two long levers before mentioned, and on to the cloth beam, which is furnished with a pulley, round which a cord is passed ; one end of the cord is fastened to a lever projecting from the lay, the other end is fastened to a weight; clicks or palls,” acting upon a ratchet wheel, restrain the cloth beam from turning back. The yarn beam is furnished with a ratchet wheel and click that turns upon a centre, which click is withdrawn from the ratchet wheel, in order to let off the yarn from the beam, by the action of the roller at the end of the long levers. 80 WEAVING. The second improvement consists of a method of starting and stopping the loom. The tappets are fixed upon a tube or pipe, through which the main shaft passes, being capable of turning round freely within the said tube when required j the shaft is I furnished with a sliding clutch, which is thrown in and out of a clutch box on the tube as required. The lay is worked by a cam motion. ITie third improvement consists of a method of preparing warps for power looms. The yarn is previously wound upon beams, from which the yarns are collected together into “a mass or loose “ handful,” and are passed through a conical tube or conductor, and between a pair of small pressing rollers, from whence they fall into a vat containing the colouring matter. After remaining a sufficient time in the dye, they are drawn through two more pairs of rollers, and pass into a vat containing clear water; then through other rcffiers, and into a vat containing size; then between another pair of rollers, and through a reed, round beneath a roller, through another reed, and on to the beam. See London Journal (iVetcfoM’s), vol. H n. US- and Ure s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2, p. 312.J ^ . i, p. ii6 , A.D. 1824, October 7.— N° 5010. WILSON, Stephen. — This is a method of weaving two pieces of velvet joined together by the face, and cutting them asunder afterwards. Two ground warps, one above the other, and one poll warp between them, common to both, are used to form the fabric. The ground warps are worked by the same “leesh,’’ and the two eyes on this leesh form one peculiar feature of this in- vention. “ The shafts being raised, the leesh of the poll warp ‘‘ draws the poll warp up to the upper ground warp, where it is bound in with as many shoots as may be deemed necessary. By another motion of the shafts the poll warp is then drawn down to the lower or under ground warp, and bound in with a similar number of shoots, the work being tied down in the course to alternate after the proper number of shoots. By this arrangement and operation it will be found that a perpendicular “ thread of poll warp connects the upper ground warp with the under one, and it is this thread when cut that becomes the pile.'’ The length of this thread is determined by a guide, between which the cloth passes as it is woven. WEAVING. 81 The cloth is cut asunder by knives, which are fixed upon a solid bed placed in a groove or channel this bed is connected by cords to the treadles so as to give it a sliding motion alter- nating from side to side. [Printed, 9c^. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 11, p. 129.] A.D. 1824, October 14.— N° 5020. TETLOW, James. — The subject of this invention is a power loom in which two pieces of cloth are woven at the same time, one above the other. The improvements are not defined, but appear to relate solely to the apparatus for keeping the cloth distended as it is woven. The temples, which are made in the form of pliers, are shut by springs, and opened by the action of weights con- nected by levers to a wheel on the yarn beam. [Printed, 9c?. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 11, p. 254.] A.D. 1824, November 25.— N^^ 5042. WILSON, Stephen. — The title of this invention, to quote the patentee’s own words, is ‘‘ a new manufacture of stuffs with trans- parent and colored figures, which I call diaphane stuffs.” I cause a chain or web to be warped with great care of any number of threads required, and I mount it in a loom in the “ usual way, of the width of the work intended to be made.” But instead of leisures or selvidges, I make use of a cord or ‘‘ edge thread, at about one inch from the edge of the work, strong enough to retain the shoot, similar to a fringe ; I then weave a ‘‘ heading in the usual way, and leave about half a yard of web “ unwrought, and then I shoot four shoots of tabby or plain cloth, “ very correct and perfectly in square, with a strong silk or other “ string, similar to that used for cross strings. I then continue to weave with a coarse thread* of cotton, flax, worsted, silk, or ‘‘ other materials, which I strike up so as scarcely to touch each “ other.” I then print this stuff in the usual way of printing as it comes off the roll, and steam it or otherwise fix the colors and afterwards wash or bettle it.” I then roll the work very “ straight upon two rolls, and I put four rods in the place of the “ four first shoots of tabby, strong enough to keep the threads “ crossed, and when perfectly stretched I cut the edge thread and draw out the cotton or other thread, leaving four or five threads at short distances to keep the design in shape,” or the threads w. F 82 WEAVING. are withdrawn as the work is woven. The cross threads having been withdrawn the coloured warp remains, and, says the patentee, with this warp, so colored as aforesaid, I next proceed to weave "" firm or bound network figures on solid and perfect grounds.” To make my figure when the designs are extensive, I paint the figure on draft design or point paper, in the usual manner, but ‘‘ only for half the number of cords required, and I read it in on the reading-in machine for which I have His said Majesty’s Letters Patent dated the 8th March 1821,” [N° 4543]. The patentee claims the “ invention of diaphne stuffs, in which the ground or figures are perfect, and the transparent parts are ‘‘ bound tight, as a toilet or a gauze of three or more threads, and the whip is point or running to the right and to the left, and the warps of which have been colored or printed as aforesaid.” [Printed, 4c?. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton^s), vol. 11, p. 343.] A.D. 1824, November 29. — N® 5044. OSBALDESTON, John. — ^This is ^^an improved method of making healds to be used in weaving.” At the top and bot- tom are the ordinary wood shafts with pieces of brass screwed to them, termed by the patentee guides,” which serve to support a number of small eyes,” through these a rod in past, on which are strung a number of thin metal bars, which are made with a hole at each end for the rods to pass through and a hole in the middle, which serves the purpose of the ring in ordinary ring healds.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton' s)^ vol. 12, p. 78; and Register of Arts and Sciences, vol. 4, p. 192.] A.D. 1824, December 18.-N" 5058. GOSSET, Pierre Jean Baptiste Victor. — This “ invention consists in the peculiar form and construction of shuttles for weaving.” The said peculiarity in construction being that the bobbin upon which the thread or yarn is wound is made in the form of a wheel or pulley, and is situated or placed upon a “ pin or axis, which said axis or pin remains in a vertical position when the shuttle is in use, instead of the thread or yarn being wound upon a small bobbin or roller situated upon a horizontal axis in the ordinary manner.” The shuttle shown in the draw- ing is provided with three separate bobbins or pulleys to contain thread or yarn of the same or different colours, each bobbin is pro- WEAVING. 83 vided with a regulating spring and adjusting screw, to regulate the tension at which the yarn should come off the bobbin. [Printed, Qd. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 1 {third series), p. 227 ; London Journal {Newton's), vol. 11, p. 139 ; Register of Arts and Sciences, vol. 4, p. 104 ; and Engineers’ and Mechanics^ Encyclopaedia, vol. 2, p. 870.] A.D. 1825, January 11. — N° 5069. SPILSBURY, Francis Gybbon. — ^The object of these improve- ments is to weave figured fabrics by means of only one set or pair of headles, giving to each series of warp threads the power of presenting to the headle working it that coloured thread necessary at any particular moment. For this purpose the headles are formed of wires with hooks at the end, instead of eyes ; the wires are fastened to shafts, and are worked alternately, as in a common loom. The mechanism for arranging the warp threads and present- ing the right colour to each hook of the headles consists of a cylinder with pegs of various lengths, screwed on to the surface at equal distances. These pegs actuate racks and pinions, to which are fastened thin plates, through which the warp threads pass, each plate containing all the colours used in the pattern, arranged one above the other, so that according to the length of the peg screwed into the cylinder the colour which is wanted is brought to the lowest place of the series, and is caught by the hook of the headle, and drawn up to form the shed for the shuttle to pass through. [Printed, Is. *ld. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 12, p. 345 ; and Ure’s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2, p. 313.] A.D. 1825, March 25.— N° 5134. HANCHETT, John Martin, and DELVALLE, Joseph.— The patentees say, — For effecting our first improvement, which regards the lay or batten of our looms, we affix on each of the arms or levers of the said lay, near to the middle of the said arms, a stud roller or a smooth pin, and we cause each of the said rollers or pins constantly to roll or slide in curvilineally face grooved cams or curved guides similarly formed, and fixed on the main or cam axis of our said looms.^’ By this means the reciprocating motion of the lay is effected. For effecting our “ second improvement, which regards the pecker or driver of the “ shuttles of our said looms, we affix on the pecker arm or lever, at about one-fifth or one-sixth part of its length from its centre F 2 84 WEAVING. of motion, a stud roller, or a smooth pin, or a slider; and we cause the said roller, pin, or slider constantly to roll or slide in the edge groove of a distorted pulley, or else in a parallel sided groove, partly straight and partly curved, formed or sunk in the “ circumference or edge of a solid circular wheel or pulley, affixed upon the said main or cam axis, by which simple means we cause a reciprocating and more perfectly regulatable motion ol the said pecker, arm, or lever than heretofore has been usual in power looms. For effecting our third improvement, which regards the heddles of our said looms, instead of affixing the wipers or snails for depressing the heddle treadles immediately upon the main axis, we affix such wipers upon a short tube slipped on to and turning freely upon such main axis, affixing also on such tube axis a pinion or small-toothed wheel, and causing this first pinion or wheel to work into a second wheel, either equal or larger in size and number of teeth in any required proportion. This second wheel we mount and fix on a short axis, supported from the main framing of the loom. And we affix also upon the same short axis a third wheel, and this last wheel we cause to work into a fourth pinion or wheel bearing any required ‘‘ diminishing proportion as to size to the said third wheel. And we affix such fourth pinion or v/heel upon the said main axis, “ by which simple means the said tube axis, and the heddle wipers mounted thereon, may be made to revolve once for any required number of revolutions of the said main axis, and so by merely changing two or all of the said four wheels and pinions, may three, four, or any greater number of heddle treadles be moved in proper relation with the motions of the lay and the pecker arms which have been already mentioned herein.^* [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings. See London Journal {Neivtooi's), vol. 13, p. ii,] A.D. 1825, May 31.— 5177. SADLER, John Harvey. — This invention consists in placing the machinery which performs the several operations of w^eaving above instead of underneath the loom ; also in the application and use of primary and secondary shafts.'' On the primary shaft are placed two arms with friction pulleys in them, to operate on the treadles ; also two cams, which operate on levers to draw the pickers back to the end of the boxes to allow the shuttle to WEAVING. 85 nter. ^ I’he shuttle is thrown across the shed by means of a spring connecting two levers which carry the picker-sticks, which move on universal joints. The lay is brought forward to strike the cloth by means of a weight, and is drawn back by the action of a cam fixed on the primary shaft. The shuttle boxes are furnished with levers with a nut in the centre, which is raised by the picker going home in the box ; when this nut is not raised, j^t strikes a flat iron bar, which causes the loom to be thrown out of gear. When a greater number of treadles are required to be used, the arms with their friction pulleys are dispensed with, and on one end of the primary shaft is placed a toothed wheel, working into another wheel on the secondary shaft,” which ‘^is for the purpose of carrying a set of wipers to operate upon levers for ‘‘ working the lams or heddles.” [Printed, Is. 4d. Drawings. See London Journal (Newton's), vol. 13, p. 261-] A.D. 1825, June 21.— 5193. WORTHINGTON, Thomas, the younger, and MULLINER, John. ^These improvements relate to a loom for weaving tape, and consist in a method of letting off the warp and taking up the woven fabric. The warp is prevented from unwinding off the bobbins by means of a friction cord passed round a groove in each bobbin, one end of the cord is attached to the frame of the loom, the other end is attached to a weighted lever. The warp from the bobbins is passed over a fixed pulley at the top of the loom, and thence descends through an aperture in the before-mentioned weighted lever, and is passed under a weighted pulley, it next ascends through another aperture in the weighted lever and passes over various pulleys to the heddles. The tightening of the warp causes the weighted pulley to raise the lever and thus let off the yarn from the bobbin. Motion is given to the taking-up rollers by strings, which are passed round the taking-up rollers and round a cylinder, which is actuated by gearing from the tappet shaft. [Printed, %d. Drawings, See London Journal (Newton's), vol. 13, p. 192.] A.D. 1825, July 16.— N° 5210. HIRST, Henry, and BRADLEY, George.— This invention relates to looms, and consists, first, in new apparatus for giving 86 WEAVING. the jerk motion to the picker ; and, secondly, in au “ for giving a double stroke with the lay at every throw of th( shuttle.’^ On the main shaft is fixed an arm with a friction roller, belov this arm, and turning on a pivot, is a segment of a circle, whicl is heavily weighted at one end, and has a boss or catch,’" whicl takes into the notches of a pall this segment is connected bj a rod to the picker stick. As the arm turns round with the mair shaft, it forces down one end of the segment and raises the enc where the boss is, which will then be supported by the notches o; the pall, but as the arm continues to revolve it knocks off the pall, and the weight causes the segment to drop with a jerk anc throw the shuttle. The double and unequal stroke of the lay is caused by a cam which acts upon a friction wheel fixed to the lay. [Printed, *7d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton^s)^ vol. 14, p. 80.] A.D. 1825, July 16.— N° 5211. STANSFELD, Thomas Wolrich, PRICHARD, Wlliam, and WILKINSON, Samuel. — These improvements relate to looms. The first improvement consists of a lever attached to the shuttle, and called by the patentees the shuttle stop,” which is a stop to prevent the entrance of the shuttle into the shuttle box,” and kept from acting as such preventive as aforesaid by means of the thread which passes from the weft bobbin through the eye of the shuttle, but which said stop does act as such preventive as aforesaid the moment the thread breaks or is completely drawn off the bobbin.” The second improvement which the patentees claim, "'is the " warp detector, that is, throwing the loom out of gear by any "" kind of stop ; provided always, that such step be put in action only by the breaking of a warp thread, £,nd the consequent " depression of one of the lower shanks of the healds.” "The " upper shanks of the healds are made in :he ordinary way, but "" the lower shanks are made of wire in the form of a long loop, " embracing the bottom shaft of the heald and twisted together " below it.” When a thread breaks the heald is allowed to fall, and the end strikes a cord, which moves a crank and prevents the shuttle from entering the box. [Printed, Is. ^d. Drawings. See London/ Journal {Newton’s), vol. 14, p. 73; and lire’s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2, f). 315.] WEAVING. 87 A.D. 1825, September 15.— 5254. EVE, Adam. — (A communication from William Augustus Prince.) — This invention relates to improvements in the manner of weaving Kidderminster or Scotch carpeting. In the weaving or manu- facturing of the improved carpeting of all widths, after one or more of the ground shutes, and one or more of the figure shutes are thrown in them, one half part of the ground warp and one half part of the figure warp is made to rise or cross the other* half parts, by means of two treaddles being pressed down at the same time, and a binding shute or thread is then intro- ‘‘ duced, made of any material of which a shute or thread can be made, between the said warps while in that crossed position. “ The warps are then made to resume their former position, and one or more ground and figure shutes thrown in, as before, “ then the warps made to rise or cross again, as in the first in- “ stance, and the binding shute again introduced, and so on alternately until the piece is wove and completed.” The patentee calls this carpeting “ Prince’s patent union carpeting.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings. See London Journal (Newton's), vol. 11, p. 368.] A.D. 1825, October 13.— N° 5266. DANIELL, Joseph Clisild. — This invention relates to cer- tain improvements in machinery applicable to the weaving of ‘‘ woollen cloth.” The patentee says, — My first improvement is in the ma- chinery of those looms which are called power looms for “ weaving woollen cloth by mechanical power, and the improve- ment consists in the application of one or more springs to act on the lathe of such a loom, in order to draw the lathe forwards towards the cloth, and cause the reed to beat up the last shoot “ of the weft with a much smarter stroke and in less time than is “ usually done. The spring or springs for this ^purpose may be ‘‘ made of wood or of iron or steel, and may be fixed against the “ inside of the breast beam of the loom, beneath the cloth, and the extremity of the spring may be connected by means of a " link or a strap or cord with the lower ball or horizontal bar of “ the lathe, in such manner as the said spring must be bended or “ forced from its natural position whenever the tappets or cogs of the revolving wheels or camms of the loom act upon the lathe 88 WEAVING. to push it back from the cloth, in order to make room for the shuttle to be thrown across the breadth of the web through the opening of the divided warp ; but as soon as the shuttle is so thrown and the shoot of the weft laid in the warp, the tappets or cogs of the revolving wheels quit and cease to act upon the lathe, and leave it at liberty to obey the action of the bended spring or springs.” My second improvement in machinery applicable to the weaving of woollen cloth consists in harnessing or tying up the heddles of the loom used for v/eaving woollen cloth, commonly called broad cloth, in such manner as that the division of the shed or opening of the warp for the passage of the shuttle shall in all cases cause one third of the number of the yarns in the v/arp to be raised up in order that the shuttle may pass under them, whilst the remaining two thirds of the number of the said yarns shall be depressed in order that the shuttle may pass over them.” The loom is provided ‘Svith three or six heddles,” instead of two or four, as commonly practised.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newtm*s), vol. 13, p. 188.] A.D. 1825, November 17.— N° 5292. BOWRING, Edvs^ard, and STAMP, Robert. — ‘^Certain im- provements in the working, weaving, or preparing silk and other fibrous materials used in making hats, bonnets, shawls, and other materials.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1826, January 16. — N° 5318. ROTH WELL, John. — This is “"an improved heald or harness “ for weaving purposes.” The patentee in the description of his invention says : — These healds or harness, when complete, are formed by what I shall term double perfect loops, viz., perfect clasped links running on each side the shafts which support them, and these links start- ing from the same heading, &c., run down both sides of the top “ shaft, and from the same heading to run up both sides of the bottom shaft.” The headings from whence these links start are a certain number of wires or threads running lengthwise on the outside surfaces of the two shafts.” “ Through these head- ings of wires or threads the loops are interwoven similar to the WEAVING. 89 “ weft in a weaver’s webb, and are by that means secured beyond all possibility of giving way.” ‘‘ These healds or harness are made either of linen, cotton, yarn, worsted, silk, or any other threads, twines, or materials of such description, or of fine-drawn round copper, brass, iron, steel, or ‘‘ other wires, but with this distinction, that when made of any of “ the above description of wires they are braced at each extremity of the shafts with braces of sufficient strength introduced between the top and bottom shafts, which, stretching the whole length of links on each side of the shafts to their utmost tension, will cause the healds or harness made of such material, and braced in this manner, to be as straight, firm, correct, and regular as “ the reed they work with.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 14, p. 32 ; and Ure’s Cotton Manufacture, vol. 2, p. 314.] A.D. 1826, April 18.— 5347. ROWBOTHx\M, JamEkS, and LLOYD, Robert. — This inven- tion has for its object “ the application of cork, when woven, to “ the manufacture of various articles.” In order to prepare and combine cork as a woven, light, and “ pliable cloth fabric, fit to be applied to the various uses herein “ stated, we fit up a loom similar to those employed in weaving linen, cotton, &c. The warp is made of thread spun or twisted from hemp, flax, cotton, wool, hair, silk, or any other fit and ‘‘ proper fibrous material ; the width of the warp, the number of the threads in it, &c., we regulate as wanted, either as to strength, quality, or size. Having cut, the cork into slices, ‘‘ pieces, or strips, varying from one inch or less to twenty or more inches long, and from one-sixteenth of an inch or less to “ one-quarter of an inch or more in thickness, and from one-six- teenth of an inch or less to one inch or more in width, and which said slices, pieces, or strips we call woof, this woof is then woven as such into or between the said threads forming the warp, and is struck or knocked up, as is usual in weaving. Of “ this cork cloth or fabric so woven we make hats, caps, bonnets, bodies, crowns, or tips for men, women, and children, and also “ cloaks, coats, jackets, waistcoats, trowsers, and other wearing apparel, either wholly or in part, covering one or both sides with wool, cotton, linen, silk, hair, fur, or any other proper material 90 ^ WEAVING. or thing, either felted, woven, or otherwise, which is usually “ made into wearing apparel.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 8 {third series), p. 660 ; and London Journal {Newton's), vol. 13, p. 183.] A.D. 1826, May 23.— N« 5369. GIBBS, William Henry, and DIXON, Abraham. — This is a new kind of piece goods, formed by a combination of threads of two or more colours.” The patentee says, — Our manner of combining and display- ing two or more colours in our new kind of piece goods is by “ preparing the thread (previous to weaving) by twisting together two or more threads of silk of different colors, so as to form one variegated or parti-colored thread or threads of silk and of worsted of different colors, or threads of silk and of woollen “ of difPerent colors may be twisted together into variegated or party-colored threads ; and any required colours may be combined in such parti-colored threads, or black may be com- bined with white and with any other color; and such parti- “ colored threads being composed entirely of silk, or of silk com- bined with worsted, or of silk combined with woollen, are to be used in weaving our new kind of piece goods, either for the weft of the piece, using for warp thereof thread or yarn of any suitable material of either silk, wool, cotton, or flax, or else the said parti-colored threads may be used for the warp of the piece, using thread or yarn of any suitable material for the weft thereof.” [Printed, 3d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 {new series), p. 352.] A.D. 1836, May 7.— N« 7085, HAWTHORNTHAVAITE, Matthew. — In the description of this invention the patentee says that it consists ^^in making a “ designed ground under a floated weft, in such manner that “ when the weft is cut the design or pattern will be exhibited.” Having wove a fabric with the weft floated in such manner that when cut, and if long felted, it will produce what is com- monly called a cut velvet appearance, either in stripes or bars or “ otherwise, and in such manner also that the ground under the said floated weft shall be a colored line or stripe, or other designed pattern suited to the breadth of the space covered by the length of the float. I proceed in the usual way to cut the “ floated weft by a cutting knife, such as is used in the manufacture “ of woollen cords, and if the float is very long, and the pile, when “ the float is cut, long in consequence, I felt the pile by washing “ it in the usual way, and then crop it, as practised in the manu- “ facture of toilinetts, and the ground under the part cut “ will thus exhibit whatever colored stripe, design, or pattern may “ have been wove or thrown up by the warp or weft, either or both, in the said weaving under the floated weft.” [Printed, Zd. No Drawings.] A.D. 1836, June 18.— N« 7122. GACHET, Louis. — This is ^^an improved cutting apparatus for “ cutting asunder such velvets as are made by manufacturing two “ pieces at the same time with one pole warp, the pile being made between two grounds, and attached to each until cut asunder, as “ aforesaid, and also in producing the motion necessary for the said cutting apparatus by connecting the apparatus with the ‘‘ ordinary jacquard machinery.” The cloth is cut asunder by a “ cutting blade or lancet,” fixed to a carriage travelling on two stout metal wires, which are attached to two plates. The carriage is pulled by cords from side to side through an opening in a row of dents or teeth which make their way through the threads of the pile, and hold them steady 1:^0 WEAyiNG. while the blade cuts them. The cords which actuate the lancet carnage are fastened to a large pulley on a revolving shaft, round which, in contrary directions, also pass two other cords, which are led up to two hooks of the jacquard, and which at each lift of the jacquard turn the revolving shaft first one way and then the other, giving a similar motion to the large pulley, which thus alter- nately twitches first one and then the other cord attached to the lancet carriage. I-™"!®" Journal (Newton' s),\q \. 20 (conjoined A.D. 1836, June 22. — N" 7130. STANSFELD, Hamer.— (A communication.)— The first of these improvements relates to sizing and drying' yarns during the operation of warping. The bobbins are placed in a creel, and the threads are taken from thence and passed through a reed and between two rollers, the under of v/hich revolves in a size trough, then over a space where a fan is working in a box with holes in the top, and then through a reed which turns on a pivot, and on to the warping mill. Secondly, these improvements relate to looms for weaving. The headles are drawn up by spiral springs, which are connected to the top shafts of the headles by cords passing over pulleys ; fiom the bottom shafts of the headles cords are passed round pulleys to levers, which are worked by cams. Two straps (one from each picker) are attached to two vertical straps, called “ the loop or bridle. This bridle is fixed to the lay at the upper end, and to “a checkstring” at the lower end; the eheckstring passes under a pulley fastened to the floor, and thence horizontally to the end of a swinging lever, which is acted upon by a cam placed on the main shaft. By this arrangement, at every vibration of the lever the checkstring draws the two side lines of the bridle into a right line, and thus pulls the picking straps with sufficient force to drive the shuttle. A bar goes all across the loom, which is fixed to the lay by hinges, and is acted upon by the shuttle when it enters the box in such a way as to raise a rod fastened to it out of the way of the “ spring rod,” which would otherwise strike against it and stop the loom. The lay is brought forwai dby bands passing round the breast beam, and fastened to a lever, which vibrates on a fulcrum, and is actuated by a cam. The lay is drawn back by spiral springs. WEAVING. 121 The warp beam turns in bearings formed at the ends of stout elastic spring supports ; these supports have a fulcrum and an adjusting screw, by which the warp beam may be taken further from or brought nearer to the framing of the machine, in order to tighten or relieve metallic friction straps, which are fastened to the framing and passed round the warp beam. The axis of the cloth beam turns in bearings on the ends of balance levers at each side of the machine, and is turned by a slipping strap from the warp beam; weights are placed on the balance levers to increase at pleasure the friction of the slipping strap. Another take-up mo- tion is described, in which the axis of the cloth beam rests in fixed supports ; at each end of the axis is a ratchet wheel, and on ‘the same axis are levers which are provided with catches which take into the ratchet wheels ; the other end of the levers are de- pressed by studs in the lay swords. A rod of wood presses against the cloth beam and rests on the two levers, to which rod weights are attached to take up the cloth as woven. The driving pulley is of a peculiar construction. On the driving shaft an excentric or cam is fixed with a stud in it, which is caught by a notch in a lever fast to the driving pulley when the loom is in gear. To stop the loom the lever is lifted up from the stud, and is then held so by another lever furnished with a catch for that purpose. The shuttle is made with a cavity on the under side of each end to receive the picker, thus, a square flat surface is pre- “ sented to the end of the picker, which is made to correspond ‘‘ in shape with that surface.’^ [Printed, Is, 2d. Drawings.] A.D. 1836, October 4. — N° 7-00. STONE, Charles William. — Improvements in harness for weaving purposes, and in apparatus for making the same.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1837, April 15.— N« 7339. ROBERTS, Joseph Lincoln. — (A communication.) — This in- vention relates to looms for weaving knotted counterpanes and other fabrics, where the woof or weft is raised from the surface “ in knots or loops, in order to compose or form a pattern upon the surface of the fabric.” The loom consists of two parts 122 WEAVING. first, that which weaves the cloth or forms the fabric/’ which is worked by hand ; second, that by which the figures are wrought,” which is worked by power. The improvements are, — First, raising the knots which compose the figure from the surface of the cloth by a series of moveable dents, or teeth, or hooks. Second, supporting the woof during the operation of the moveable dents, or teeth, or hooks, and thereby regulating the length of the knots by a bar, beam, or race piece.” Third, separating or dividing asunder the threads of the warp “ by means of bevelled pieces of metal on the sides of the move- able dents, or hooks, or teeth, to prevent them from catching into and breaking the threads. Fourth, a toothed cylinder or cylinders acting on machinery intervening between them and the dents, or teeth, or hooks, and operating the dents, or teeth, or hooks successively, to raise the knots which compose the figure. Fifth, the application of a prism and pattern card to regulate the operation of the hooks, or teeth, or dents, to produce the variations in the pattern or figure.” ' [Printed, 3s. Zd. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 13 {con- joined series), p. 313; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 185.] A.D. 1837, May 4.--N« 7359. HEATHCOAT, John. — The title of this invention is, A new or improved method or methods of manufacturing, producing, forming, or fashioning ornaments or ornamental work or figures “ upon or applicable to gauze, muslin, and net, and divers kinds “ of cloth, stuff, or woven textures ; and also certain machinery, “ tools, implements, or apparatus to be used in manufacturing, producing, forming, fashioning, and applying such ornaments or ornamental work.” The patentee proposes to make a lace edging on a cylinder with pins, and cement it on a net. The invention does not relate to weaving. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 15 {con- joined series), p. 25; and Rolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 186.] A.D. 1837, November 9. — N° 7466. POTTER, JoHN.^ — The first part of this invention relates to certain variations in the construction of the ordinary dressing WEAVING. 123 ‘‘ machine/’ so that warps may be dressed which have previously undergone the process of sizing. To obviate the difficulty of the adhesion of various threads of a sized warp, and to separate every thread, two rods ” or blades ” are passed through the openings of the lease, which has been secured at the warping machine ; these rods are attached to a shaft, through which they receive an alternate motion from an arm which is vibrated by a rod con- nected to an excentric on a face plate. The second part of this invention relates to a machine for forming the warp upon a beam previous to the sizing process.” The machine is driven by a cone in order to decrease the speed as the beams fill. The shaft on which the cone is fixed drives a shaft carrying a succession of small beams divided by flanges. The warp is received on to the beams from a heck, and distributed by a wraith, which is traversed by a small worm and wheel. The yarn is compressed in a hard state by a cylinder, which acts as a pressing roller during the operation.” This cylinder, along with the arms in which it is supported, move freely on a rod, so that as soon as the first small beam is full the operator moves the cylinder on to the next, and so on until the whole series of beams are filled. The heck also is moved in the frame in which it is supported, so as at all times to correspond with the position of the cylinder. [Printed, Is. 6d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 9 {new series), p. 257 ; and London Journal {Newton's), {conjoined series),'^. 311.] A.D. 1837, November 14. — N° 7470. SHAW, David, and SHAW, Benjamin Ledger. — The first part of this invention consists in the application of measuring rollers or drums to warping machines, and in apparatus for mark- ing and registering the lengths of yarn of a warp as they are wound on to the receiving roller. Two drums are placed between the creel frame and the receiving roller, the yarn is passed between these drums, and is drawn ofiP the cops in the creel frame by them. On the side of the machine is an indicator, which receives its mo- tion from a worm on a horizontal shaft, which is turned by one of the two drums. On this drum is a marker, which consists of a piece of wood covered on the surface with cloth, so as to hold some of the marking paste, which it receives from a roller turning in a trough. 124 \\EAVING. The second part of this invention consists in the combination of machinery, whereby the whole width of warp may be sized, rolled, dried, (and, if necessary,) dressed, and wound on to loom beams.” The receiving roller mentioned in the first machine is brought with the yarn on it, and the yarn is wound off on to six drums, beams, or cylinders an equal length being put on each ; these beams are placed in a frame. The frame containing the beams, with the whole of the warp upon them, is next removed in front of the sizing machine, through which the yarn is conducted, and over a drying machine, which consists of a number of rollers for the yarn to pass over and under, and by which the warp is opened and rubbed. [Printed, 3s, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1837, December 5. — N° 7498. POOLE, Moses. — (A communication.) — The patentee says,— The invention consists in applying that description of apparatus known as jacquard machinery to power looms, whereby I am enabled to produce figured fabrics of silk, cotton, hemp, flax, or other fabric by means of steam or other power.” In the loom described the groundwork of the cloth is considered as made from eight headles, the appearance of what is called satin. On the cam shaft are placed eight cams, which work upon suitable iron shoes, bolted on the treadles (one shoe to each treadle) in regular succession from right to left, until they are all gone over and eight picks of weft given. The cam wheel which works the flowering shed is divided into nine equal parts, eight of which are occupied by the treadle cams, and the ninth is for changing the pattern by the jacquard machinery. Motion is communicated to the cam shaft from a pinion on* the crank shaft, which works into a wheel on the cam shaft. The crank shaft turns nine times to once of the cam shaft. The lay beats up the ninth time without any weft being put in, that being the time allowed for changing the pattern by the jacquard. [Printed, l\d. Drawings. Sec Repertory of Arts, vol. 10 {new series) p. 129.] A.D. 1838, January 4. — 7529. WOODCROFT, Bennet. — These improvements relate to the construction of looms for weaving, and consist, ‘‘first, in forming “ the tappet plate, by which the pattern is determined, of a series WEAVING. 125 of corresponding sections, each section having either an ele- vator or depressor, or elevators or depressors, or both, or parts “ of either or both, cast upon it in such manner that by changing “ the relative positions and thus forming new combinations of the sections, which when placed together form the entire tappet plate; the pattern may be varied without the expense and “ delay of casting a new tappet plate for each new pattern. “ Secondly, in the application of two racks to the treadles worked by one pinion common to both, in such manner as to “ depress one half of the warp threads as much as the other half are raised, in order to form the shed, thus causing a less strain upon the warp . threads than when the shed is formed by drawing up one half of the warp threads high enough to form the shed without depressing the other half. ‘‘ Thirdly, in certain vibrating bars connected with the jacks, and in causing the needles which are acted upon by the cards to bring those bars, which are furnished with shoulders for the purpose, either over or under the treadles as the pattern may require, in order to be drawn up or pressed down by them to form the shed. Fourthly, in certain adjusting bars, one passing under and one over the jacks to keep them all level, and hold the shoulders “ of the before-mentioned vibrating bars in a position disengaged from the treadles, while the advance of the card is giving mo- tion to the needles, and thereby arranging the bars in their proper position to receive the action of the treadles. “ And, lastly, in the application of a spring to render the action of the bars which carry the cards to and fro less rigid when the “ cards are being brought up to the loom, and of racks and pinions for keeping the card-board at right angles with the “ bars.” N° 14,359 is an extension of this patent. [Printed, lO^cZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton* s)^ vol. 14 (co«- joined series), p. 159 ; also vol. 25 {conjoined series), p. 413.] A.D. 1838, January 5.— N° 7532. WELLS, William, and ECCLES, Samuel. — These improve- ments relate to looms, aud consist, firstly, in counteracting the weight of the lingoes and harness by means of weighted levers, which are connected by straps to excentric pulleys attached to a 126 WEAVING. shaft placed above the jacquard machine ; this shaft is connected, by other straps, to the grife or knife-board. Secondly, in a stop motion for stopping a loom when the weft breaks or is run out. This is done by means of a series of detec- tive warp threads so arranged as to cross the weft after each pick. When the weft from any cause is absent, the detective warp threads rise , unobstructed and bring with them a lever, which causes a stud to be depressed and brought in between the front of the lay and a plate attached to the strap lever, by which means the strap lever is dislodged. Thirdly, ‘‘ in disengaging the taking-up weight from the cloth beam by the stopping of the loom.” This is effected by con- necting the catch of the taking -up motion to the strap lever, so that when the strap lever is dislodged the catch is lifted. [Printed, ^d. Drawing's. See London Journal {Newton' s)^ vol. 13 {con- joined series)^ p. 355 J A.D. 1838, January 11.— N° 7533. FITTON, Charles, and COLLIER, George. — These improve- ments consist in, first, the mode of beating up the weft by the application of cams or excentrics.” Two cams are employed for beating up the lay, and two for taking it back ; these cams are fixed on the main shaft, and act against plates fixed to the carriage to which the lay is attached. Secondly, the mode of working the batten or lay by a car- “ riage in place of swords.” Thirdly, the mode of suspending the treadles,” which respec- tively move on an axis, such axis being carried by a plate, which is capable of being moved up and down on guide rods by means of a lever with a stirrup suspended therefrom, which is operated on by the workman when he wants to throw the treadles out of the way of the cams. Fourthly, the mode of relieving the shuttle from the swells or prominences.” The bent levers, which are pressed against the swells at the back of the shuttle boxes, are caused to be lifted by the action of a cam on the main shaft just before the picking takes place. Fifthly, the mode of regulating the effect of the weight on “ the warp beam.” The weight is placed on the end of a lever, to which one end of the cord which passes round the yarn beam is attached. This weight is attached by a cord to a pulley, which WEAVING. 127 is turned by suitable gearing, so as to wind the cord up and draw the weight nearer to the fulcrum of the lever as the yarn beam decreases in circumference. [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 10 {new series) y p. 193 ; and London Journal {Newton’ s)y vol. 13 {conjoined series) y p. 90.] A.D. 1838, January 30. — 7558. SHARP, David Wilkinson. — ^This invention relates to im- provements in warping machinery. The patentee says, — My improvements in the machinery or apparatus for warping worsted, linen, cotton, silk, or woollen yarns consist in the adaptation of certain mechanism to that “ part of warping apparatus called the warping mill (that is, the reel or cylinder upon which the yarn is to be wound), for the purpose of driving the same, and causing it to perform its necessary evolutions by power instead of by manual labour.” Upon a horizontal shaft is placed a conical drum, which receives its motion from a similar drum upon the line of shafting of the warping room. Upon the horizontal shaft a bevel pinion is placed, between two bevel wheels upon a vertical shaft, but so arranged that the pinion is in gear with only one of the bevel wheels at once ; on this vertical shaft is a pulley, which by means of a band communicates motion to the warping mill. The ‘^jack” or heck ” frame is provided with a handle or lever, for the pur pose of throwing the pinion out of gear with one wheel and into gear with the other, when the mill is required to turn the reverse way. [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] . A.D. 1838, February 8.— N° 7565. DUTTON, James. — These improvements relate to weaving and dressing woollen cloth. In the loom described the warp beam is made to revolve and give off the warp by the friction of contact of its surface with that of another beam or roller on which it rests, and which is turned by a worm and wheel. The headle frames are fixed to boards attached to guide rods, and they are connected together by a strap, which is made fast to the boards, and passed over pulleys mounted on the side frames. A cam on the main shaft works within a rectangular frame connected to one of the guide rods, and communicates a reciprocating motion to the headles. The picking motion is effected by an arm on the 128 WEAVING. main shaft striking against a lever working on the lay sword ; this lever acts against the short arm of a right-angled lever, the long arm of which is connected to the picker. There is a pecu- liarity in the pecker (viz.), that it has a recess opposite to the end of the shuttle filled with india-rubber, and which may be “ advanced, as it wears away, by means of a screw passed through from the opposite side.” The backward movement of the lay is effected by cams, which act against the ends of jointed levers connected to the lay. The forward movement is caused by springs, which are assisted by tappets ” fixed on arms on the main shaft. For the purpose of laying the yarns evenly on the warp beam, a piece of paper is introduced between each round. The headles are formed of bent wires, and the yarns are passed round the bends of the wires instead of through eyes. The reed is “ formed of straight flattened wires cast into leads as the guides of a lace-making machine.” The temples consist of two clutches,” one at each side of the breast beam. Each temple has a narrow opening, between a pair of chaps,” for the edge of the cloth to pass through ; be- hind these chaps a recess is formed, into which a rod of whalebone is inserted, the reverse end of which is connected to the harness frame. The rod by these means is made to move up and down with the shed of warp, and when the shuttle traverses the weft yarn is carried over the rod, and thereby made to weave the cloth with a small loop beyond the list.” [Printed, Is. lOrf. Drawings. See London Journal (Neiuton's), vol. 13 {conjoined series)i p. 121.] A.D. 1838, February 16.— 756/. SEYRIG, Johann Gottlob. — This invention relates to im- provements in extracting liquids and moisture from woollen, cotton, and other stuffs and substances. ‘‘ The articles or sub- “ stances from which it is intended to extract the liquids or “ moisture contained therein are placed in a hollow drum or ‘‘ other vessel perforated in its circumference with holes, and by ‘‘ giving a swift rotary motion to the said drum, so that the liquid or moisture contained in the articles or substances in the drum is expressed or extracted by centrifugal force, passing out through the holes in the circumference of the drum, and thus the articles or substances so dried in a greater or less WEAVING. 129 degree/’ In one of the machines described the drum is mounted at the top of a vertical shaft, which is turned by a band and gearing worked by hand, or by steam acting on a cross pipe, which is curved at the two extremities in a direction con- trary to the gyration of the drum.” An elastic collar is placed round the axis which carries the drum, which is to yield suffi- ciently and with ease, in order that the drum may take its rotative point where its diametrical point exists.” In the other machine described, the apparatus by which the diametrical “ equilibrium of the drum is always kept at central point of its axis,” is by the means of a liquid which places itself in neces- sary quantity at every movement on the lightest side of the drum.” [Printed, Is. od. Drawings.] A.D. 1838, March 5.— N« 7583. FLETCHER, Charles. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving woollen cloth. In this improved construction of loom the yarn beam or roller upon which the warp is placed is situated at the bottom of the “ framing of the machine, and the work beam or roller upon which the woven cloth is wound up is placed at the top, so that “ the warp threads proceed through the headles or healds in ‘‘ vertical positions, while the harness for dividing or shedding the warp slides horizontally in suitable bearings attached to the framings of the loom. The batten or slay for beating up the “ weft threads is made to rise and fall vertically by the action of suitable cams and levers, and is impelled upwards by the momentum of a falling weight or weights, which can be so regu- lated or adjusted as to increase or diminish the blow, as may under circumstances be found desirable. This part of the mechanism is also furnished with suitable elastic regulating stops for the rising batten to strike against at the same time that it is closing or beating up the cloth.” Another improvement consists, “in having the shuttle boxes “ detached from the slay or batten, and fixed or made stationary “ upon the framing of the loom, so that when the warps are “ divided the blow of the picker can instantaneously be given to “ the shuttle, which is at rest.” [Printed, lOd!. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton' s)y vol. 15 {con- joined series) y p. 19.] w. I 130 WEAVING. A.D. 1838, April 4.— 7608. ROBERTSON, William Angus. — (A communication.) — These improvements relate to ^^the manufacture of hosiery, shawls, carpets, rugs, blankets, and other fabrics.” One of the improvements consists in employing in the manu- facture of hosiery, shawls, blankets, rugs, and carpets, and in the manufacture of long continuous tissues or fabrics called or known as cloths, stufiPs, velvets, and plushes, or by whatever other name known, a thread or yarn composed wholly of the fur of the hare, rabbit, beaver, musk rat, nutria, otter, or racoon, or composed partly of such fur and partly of wool, or partly of such fur and partly of silk, or partly of such fur and partly of cotton.” If it be intended to use a thread of fur alone, the fur to be used should be freed from the kemps or hair by any of the present fur-blowing machines.” Another of the said improvements consists in manufacturing shawls, carpets, rugs, blankets, and long continuous fabrics or cloths suitable for various useful purposes, of or with the said furs before named, or any of them, either alone or mixed with wool, or with silk, or with cotton, or with dressed flax, or with hemp, or with tow, and by means of causing the materials used to intertwist, interlock, and mat together, and form a close firm texture, without the aid or addition of any adhesive mixture, and without the operation of weaving being at all required ;” this is performed by a felting process, by passing the material through a series of rollers. Another of the improvements consists in the manufacturing shawls, carpets, rugs, blankets, and long continuous fabrics or cloths suitable for various useful purposes, consisting wholly of wool, or of wool mixed with silk, or with cotton, or with dressed flax, or with hemp, or with tow, by means of felting alone, that is to say, by causing the articles or materials used to intertwist, interlock, and mat together, and form a close firm texture with- out the aid or addition of any adhesive mixture, and without the ‘‘ operation of weaving being at all required.” ‘‘ Another of the improvements consists in manufacturing, by means of the process of felting, coarse fabrics of a close firm texture, suitable for coarse carpets, hair carpets, rugs, horse blankets or cloths, and many other useful purposes, of or with the hair of horses, cows, oxen, or other cattle, prepared as after WEAVING. 131 mentioned, either alone or mixed with wool, or dressed flax or hemp cut into short lengths, or with tow, or with refuse hair obtained from skins which contain fur, or with cotton or waste silk.” “Another of the improvements consists in making blankets “ suitable for horse blankets or cloths, and horse hosiery, by “ means of felting.” “Another of the improvements consists in applying to the “ manufacture of hosiery, shawls, carpets, rugs, and other fabrics “ or cloths, a thread or yarn composed partly of wool and partly “ of tow, or partly of wool and partly of well dressed flax cut into “ short lengths of not more than three or four inches.” “Another of the improvements consists in applying to the “ manufacture of hosiery, shawls, and other fabrics or cloths, a “ thread or yarn composed partly of cotton and partly of tow.” “ Another of the improvements consists in applying to the “ manufacture of hosiery, shawls, carpets, rugs, and other fabrics “ or cloths, a thread or yarn composed partly of wool and partly “ of the tow of New Zealand flax, or partly of wool and partly of “ well-dressed New Zealand flax, cut into short lengths of not “ more than three or four inches.” “Another of the improvements consists in applying to the “ manufacture of hosiery, shawls, and other fabrics or cloths, a thread or yarn composed partly of cotton and partly of tow of “ New Zealand flax, or partly of cotton and partly of dressed New “ Zealand flax, cut into short lengths of not more than three or “ four inches.” “ Another of the improvements consists in forming a fabric “ suitable chiefly for carpets and rugs, but which may be applied “ as a cloth for hanging on walls, for covering to furniture, and “ for other ornamental or useful purposes, by using the threads “ of worsted, or silk, or other fibrous materials, cut short into “ lengths about half an inch in length, and while upright on their “ ends, and packed together and forming two surfaces, to cause “ one of the surfaces thereof to adhere, by means of dissolved “ caoutchouc or other suitable adhesive substance, to a cloth or “ canvas back, either of woollen, linen, or cotton, leaving the “ other of the said surfaces as a nap.” [Printed, Is. 4c?, Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. \\{nev) series), p. S21.] 132 WEAVING. A.D. 1838, April 21.— N« 7620. POOLE, Moses. — (A communication.) — This ‘‘ invention relates to two modes of making carpets, rugs, or other napped fabrics.” The first method is by warping a number of threads or yarns on a roller or beam, and then bending the warp over and under a series of thin strips, or by winding the yarn spirally around the strips, the yarn is then cemented at a point intermediate of its length when cut, and the ends are brought up to form the nap. The second method is by packing threads or yarns in design as the figure is wanted to appear, into cases or boxes, from which successive quantities can be protruded, and cemented, and suc- cessive slices cut off. The fabrics thus formed are then cemented to a woven fabric. [Printed, Is. \d. Drawings. Sec Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 [neiv series) * ' p. 65.] A.D. 1838, April 28.— N^ 7628. REID, John Paterson, and JOHNSON, Thomas. — The object of this invention is to perform the operations of winding, warping, and dressing, at one operation. The cops are placed at the bottom of the machine. “The several cops are stuck upon as many “ horizontal spindles, or skewers, or wires, and the yarns or “ threads unwind or draw off from the cops in the direction of “ their wires, without requiring the cops themselves to turn “ round.” “ And in order to keep each of the several yarns or “ threads to a proper state of tension, and avoid any occasional “ slackness or irregularity, each yarn or thread is conducted “ through a loose ring of metal, which depends by its weight “ upon the yarn or thread.” The yarn from the cop, after passing through the ring, is passed between two rollers, one of which turns in a trough containing size, the upper roller is to press out the superfluous moisture. The yarn is next passed through a reed and on to a beam. A fan is used to dry the yarn as it passes on to the beam. [Printed, \s. \d. Drawings.] A.D. 1838, May 14.— N" 7639. BERRY, Miles. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to “ a new or improved method of applying certain textile and “ exotic plants as substitutes in various cases for flax, hemp. WEAVING. 133 cotton, and silk.” The textile and exotic plants from which are to be extracted the fibres to be employed as substitutes for flax, hemp, cotton, and silk are the following : — Firstly, the musa ‘‘ or the plantain or banana plant of every kind or variety ; secondly, the cannacorus plants of every sort or kind ; thirdly, the ficus or fig trees ; fourthly, the agave or aloes of “ every sort ; fifthly, the karatos plants ; sixthly, the ananas or pine-apple plants ; seventhly, the cocos or cocoa-tree plants ; “ eighthly, the palmse or palm tree ; ninthly, the macaw tree or plant ; tenthly, the phomium tenax or New Zealand flax ; and eleventhly, the saccharum officinarum or sugar canes; ‘‘ and in general all the textile plants which grow between the “ tropics.” “ The fibres of the above textile or exotic plants are to “ be extracted either by steeping them in water, and making them ferment, or by passing or crushing them between fluted cylin- ders or rollers, by pounding, fulling pressing, or grinding them, which operations disengage the fibres from the gluten, resinous, or other vegetable matters which bind the fibres together. ‘‘ When the fibres are thus extracted they are to be bleached by boiling them in water, or alkaline, chloride, or other chemical bleaching solutions, heated by naked fire or by a steam bath, “ and then washed in clean water. These substances being thus washed and bleached^ are to be well dried and packed up in “ bags or barrels for exportation from the places where they grow. The fibres thus prepared are to be combed, heckled, and dressed “ in the way usually employed for hemp and flax, and are to be used either separately, that is to say, each sort by itself, or mixed “ together, to make ropes and cables, which are to be manufactured “ by the usual processes, and are to be coated with tar, or are to “ be employed without any coating, according to the use they are “ intended for.” ‘‘ The fibres which are most brilliant in appearance are to be used for making plain or raised tissues,” and fancy articles imitating silk or cotton.” [Printed, 3d. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton' s)y vol. 13 {con* joined series), p. 231.] A.D. 1838, May 15.— N" 7642. MELLODEW, Thomas. — This invention relates to the delivery of the yarn from the warp beam, and the taking up of the cloth on the cloth beam in looms for weaving various kinds of cloth. At the back of the loom are placed two levers, which move on 134 WEAVING. centres in the frame of the loom^ and support at their respective upper extremities a carrier roller/’ The lower extremities of these levers are connected by rods to an elliptical spring,” which is supported in the middle by a small carriage placed on the lower framing of the loom. The yarn from the warp beam passes over the carrier roller through the harness, reed, and over the breast beam, and is wound on to the cloth beam. Thus the position of the carrier roller will determine the tension of the warp, and its position will depend upon the elliptical spring. A stud projecting from one of the above-mentioned connecting rods is inserted into a slot in a perpendicular lever,” which carries a catch and works on a shaft on which is fixed a ratchet wheel, this shaft is connected by gearing to the yarn beam. The blow of the reed on the cloth causes the perpendicular lever to take a tooth in the ratchet wheel, and the crank as it passes the back centre strikes the upper end of the lever (which is made long for the purpose), and helps the elliptical spring to turn the yarn beam. The connecting rod at the other side of the loom actuates a lever with a catch, which operates on the cloth beam in a similar manner. [Printed, l 5 . Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {new series)^ p. 82.] A.D. 1838, June 12.— N° 7681. SHAW, Benjamin Ledger. — This invention relates, “first, to “ improved machinery for working or preparing wool previous to “ scribbling or carding. “ Secondly, to improvements on carding engines or machines. “ Thirdly, to an improved mode of receiving slivers or cardings “ on cloths. “ Fourthly, to a mode of preparing wool by drawing out and “ breaking the fibres of the wool into more uniform lengths. “ Fifthly, to improvements in looms for weaving woollen and “ other fabrics.” The lash of the jacquard is lifted by means of a lever working on a stud at one end, at the other end is a slot, in which a crank pin works from the main shaft. The rods which connect the “ lifting bars ” to this lever work on studs at different distances from the fulcrum of the lever, so as to cause the back part of the harness to be lifted higher than the front part. Two hooks or wires are used, one to lift and the other to lower each headle. The warp is delivered from the warp beam by the action of a cam on the main shaft, which operates on a curved lever, from which is suspended a rod, the lower extremity of which is WEAVING. 135 attached to a catch lever operating upon a ratchet wheel on a shaft on which is a worm, which turns a toothed wheel on the yarn beam. Above the warp beam is a roller called “the rest beam,” on each end of which is fixed a wheel, “ having a channel round “ its circumference, and capable of turning freely on its axis the wheels bear upon horizontal ledges on the frame of the loom, “ and thus allow the rest beam to traverse a little nearer to or “ farther from the batten.” The rest beam is pressed back by springs, “ the action of these springs produce the requisite degree “ of tension to the warp.” The axis of the rest beam holds back the curved lever (on which the cam on the main shaft operates) by means of a rod, “ allowing it to approach the cam only as warp “ of a given tension is required from the yarn beam.” A stud is fixed on the side of the loom frame, “ in such a situa- “ tion as to intercept and raise the bent lever connected with the “ well known apparatus for throwing the loom out of work at “ such time as the shuttle is being driven out of one box into the “ opposite one.” In order to prevent the recoil of the shuttle, a vibrating lever is placed on the front of the shuttle box oppo- site to the swell. “ This lever moves upon a pin inserted through “ the centre, and is hollowed out to receive the body of the “ shuttle, and is so placed in the side as to allow the two ends to “ project into the shuttle box, so that when the shuttle carries “ the picker to the farther end of the shuttle box, the latter “ presses in the opposite projecting end of the lever behind the “ shuttle, and thus locks it fast in the shuttle box, in which state “ it will remain so long as the picker remains at the end of the “ shuttle box.” The improvement in the construction of headles or harness “ consists in the application of elastic strings or bands, upon “ which the headles or harness is tied and fastened.” The temples consist of two wheels moving on axes at an angle to each other, there being two such wheels to each selvage of the fabric. “ Sixthly, to improvements in the mode of milling or fulling “ woollen cloths or fabrics.” “The cloth to be milled having been “ properly prepared by soap, is to be put into a net or bag loosely.” It is then put into a cylinder, from which the air is extracted by an air pump, and the cylinder is caused to revolve, and the milling proceeds as usual. [Printed, 4s. Drawings.] 136 WEAVING. A.D. 1838, June 22.— 7699. FAIRBAIRN, Peter. — (A communication.) — Improvements “ in looms for weaving ribbons, tapes, and other fabrics.” The headles are connected to levers which work on studs, and are moved by cams fixed on the cam shaft. The lay is worked by cranks on the main shaft. Instead of pickers, pointed picker levers are used, the points of which take into holes in the shuttle. These picker levers are mounted on a rocking rail, and are worked by segment racks and levers worked by cams from the cam shaft. The take-up motion is worked by a rod connected to the lay sword by a pin passing through a slot in the rod. The reverse end of the rod is attached to the arm of a three-armed lever mounted on a stud fixed in the frame of the machine. U})on this stud a ratchet wheel turns loosely, and the end of a click or catch, connected to one of the arms of the three-armed lever, takes into the ratchet wheel, which is connected to the cloth beam by gearing. Below the cloth beam is a lever turning on a pin ; at one end of this lever is a friction roller, which bears against the cloth beam, the other end is con- nected to a perpendicular sliding rod, having a small arm extend- ing from its upper end, on which the arm carrying the click of the three-armed lever rests. As the cloth beam increases in size this arm is raised, and, consequently, the extent of action of the click on the ratchet wheel decreased. The mechanism for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not enter the box consists of a pronged lever mounted on an axle on a plate in front of the loom, the ends of the prongs of this lever are bent downwards, and the tail of the lever has a nib,” which is in contact with a tooth upon a small shaft running across the machine, another tooth on this shaft bears against a lever, which is connected to the catch bar which holds up the setting-on rod. The last feature of improvement is associating a series of ‘ these narrow looms in one general frame side by side, in which the side frame of one loom is made the side frame of the next loom adjoining it, the whole being driven by one shaft H, ex- tending through the series, but each loom being independent of its neighbour, and actuated by its own particular mechanism and driving strap.” [Printed, lOc?. Priwings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 12 {new series), p. 65 ; and London Journal {Newton’s), vol, 15 {conjoined series), p. 60.] WEAVIXC;. i:>7 A.D. 1838, June 27.— N" 7711. BADXA^LL, Richard. — This invention relates to an improve- ment in the manufacture of carpets. The patentee says, — My invention of a certain improvement in the manufacture of car- “ pets consists in the employment of silk in place of wool or other fibrous materials for producing the colored patterns or figures “ on the surface of carpets or coverings for floors of rooms. I “ propose no alteration or improvement in the ordinary manual operation of weaving carpets, but only in the adoption or use of “ silk as a vastly superior material for producing the patterns or “ devices, that is covering or partially covering the face of the carpet, which silk may be employed for this purpose in connec- tion with any other other material applicable to the making of ‘‘ carpets, and be prepared and worked by any suitable ma- “ chinery.’^ [Printed, Sd. No drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 14 {con- joined series), p. 246.] A.D, 1838, August 6. — N° 7763. SIEVIER, Robert William. — This invention relates, firstly, “ to figuring looms generally, but more particularly to such looms “ as weave narrow goods or fabrics.’’ Secondly, to a novel mode of producing raised figures on woven goods or fabrics without the aid of tags or wires.” As respects the loom, the particular features of novelty are “ raising and depressing the breast beam and warp, and of raising “ and depressing the batten or slay and shuttles either separately ‘‘ or together. These improvements are applicable solely to such “ looms as are furnished with two or more shuttle races in one “ batten, situated one above another, in wliich the shuttles act, car- “ rying different weft threads intended to be woven into one warp. “ By these movements of the breast beam and warp threads, or of ‘‘ the batten and shuttles, the warp threads may at pleasure be brought into operation with one or other of the rows or tiers of shuttles and their weft threads, as required to produce the pat- tern upon the fabric, the rising or falling movement of the warp “ threads when the batten remains as in common (that is, without “ rising or falling), causing them to take the weft or shoot from either of the rows or tiers of shuttles which may thus be brought “ into action with them ; or when the batten and the rows or 138 WEAVING. tiers of shuttles are made to move upwards and downwards (the warp threads remaining and acting in the common way), then the warp threads receive the weft from that particular row or series of shuttles brought into operation with them, according to the colour or pattern described, (that is to say,) in the first “ case the warp threads move up or down to take the weffc or shoot of the particular row or series of shuttles as required for the pattern, and in the second case the batten and shuttles move up or down, so that the particular row or tier of shuttles may give its shoot or weft to the warp threads as required for the design, or both of these movements may be brought into “ operation in one loom if desired. And as respects the fabric to be woven, the novelty consists in raising up in ribs the figures , previously woven flat upon the surface of the goods by causing the fabric to be shrunken. This is done by allowing the pat- tern parts of the warp to float or lay over two or more shoots of the weft, the warp having strands of india-rubber introduced “ among its threads ; the fabric so produced will in the first instance have the figure laying flat upon its surface, but by the application of heat the india-rubber strands will contract and cause the warp threads to be drawn up or puckered, so as to bring up the pattern upon the surface into ribs, having exactly the character of a fabric in which the pattern or figure is pro- “ duced by weaving over tags or wires.” [Printed, 2s. M. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 20 {con- joined series), p. 321.] A.D. 1838, August 30.— N‘> 7785. BERRY, Miles. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to ‘‘ certain improvements in looms for producing metallic tissues, “ and also improvements in such tissues.” “ The improvements in the looms for weaving such tissues or fabrics being the appli- cation and adaptation of the well known jacquard mechanism or apparatus for acting upon the warp strands or wires to pro- duce the figure or design, together with suitable mechanism, ‘‘ whereby i;he same is made or rendered better applicable to the “ loom for this purpose.” This mechanism consists of a helical spring, which surrounds a rod attached to a block which bears upon the lifting board of the jacquard, so as to cause it to be lifted more gradually. A stop plate is placed above the lifting WEAVING. 139 board, so as to stop it at the required time, this stop plate is adjusted by screws. The improvements in the tissues consist in weaving, making:, or forming such ornamental metallic tissues entirely of strands of wire, either of gold, silver, silver gilt, copper gilt, or other metal or mixtures of metal, which wires are woven into a tissue or fabric, having patterns or ornamental devices thereon, by any suitable engine or figuring loom.” [Printed, Id. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton* s)y vol. 17 {con- joined series), p. 64.] A.D. 1838, September 13.— 7806. BOTTOM LEY, Edw'in. — Improvements in the mechanism for delivering the warp from the warp beam in looms for weaving. On the cam shaft is placed a cylindrical eccentric,” that imparts an alternate movement to a morticed bar, through which one arm of a bell-crank lever passes, the other arm of the bell-crank lever is connected by a rod to a lever on which a pinion and ratchet wheel revolve, and by means of a worm and wheel turn the warp beam. As the warp beam decreases in size, a small roller is pressed upwards against it, to which roller is attached a rack that actuates a pinion on a shaft, on the other end of which is another pinion that actuates a rack connected to the before-mentioned morticed bar in such a manner as to cause it to move nearer to the fulcrum of the bell-crank lever, and impart more motion to the lever actuating the ratchet wheel. [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {new series), p. 219.] A.D. 1838, November 20.— N° 7876. THORP, William, and MEAKIN, Thomas. — ^This invention relates to a new description of fabric. The patentees say, — Our new description or manufacture of cloth or fabric is more par- ticularly adapted to that class of woven silk goods called satin, the ordinary quality of which has one face highly finished and glossy, owing to the brilliancy of the warp threads being thrown up on one side or surface, and having the back of the goods of course presenting a dull unfinished appearance, owing to the absence of the warp threads to the sight. Now by an improvement in the arrangement and order of ‘‘ working the ordinary loom in which such or similar goods are ** woven, and also by introducing a double set of warp threads. 140 WEAVING. we are enabled to produce a novel description and quality of “ goods, having a perfect and distinct face or finished surface on each side of the fabric, and are enabled also to present two entirely separate colors of goods, one upon each side or surface of the piece, and without having the slightest difference in the “ appearance, finish, or brilliancy upon either side ; thus, as it were, producing a double cloth, having two perfect sides or sur- faces, and bound or held together by one shute or weft. The manner in which such produce or manufacture is to be woven “ is entirely dependent upon the peculiar order or succession of working the treadles, in order to divide a shed, the two different colored warps in such a manner, that a certain number of threads shall always be floating to cover the weft on each side, , and also a certain number of threads shall only arise and fall at suitable intervals to bind the pick.” [Printed, 8cZ. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 17 {new scries) y p. 363.] A.D. 1838, December 12.— N° 7901. WILLIAMS, Thomas Robinson. — The first part of this inven- tion relates to spinning, twisting, or curling horse-hair and other hairs. The latter part relates to an improved construction of me- chanism adapted to looms for weaving the fabric commonly known as horse-hair seating, in which fabric the long hair of horses is used as the weft, the warp being a linen or other yarn, “ and w'hich weft is drawn through between the warps by moving hooks or tractors, which are caused to pass from one side of the loom or the other, and drag or draw in the weft.” The im- provement consists in operating and setting in motion these hooks or tractors by mechanical means. On the cam shaft of the loom are fixed two cams, which through levers act upon picker sticks that are connected with the hooks or tractors, which are drawn for- ward by a spring and pressed back (after a hair has been placed on the hook) by the cams. [Printed, 4s. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1839, January 9.— N° 792/. DANIELL, Joseph Clisild. — This invention consists of a method of introducing into woollen cloths, and cloths made of wool, together with other materials, an additional weft yarn or WEAVING. 141 shoot, which forms a covering to one side or surface of the cloth, that covering being in a distinct plane from the thickness of the texture of the cloth,” that is, the texture that is formed “ by the interweaving of the ordinary weft yarn with the warp yarns, the said covering being only tied on or bound to the said “ texture by causing such a proportion of the whole number of ‘‘ warp yarns to pass round outside of each shoot of the said “ additional weft as is requisite for effectually tying on the said ‘‘ covering.” [Printed, l5. Sd. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 13 (netv series)^ p. 1.] A.D. 1839, January 11.— 7930. ASHTON, John. — The object of this invention is to manufacture plush, from weft dyed before it is spun, for the covering of hats and other purposes. The patentee says, — The silk or rove is first “ dyed the required color, then spun into a soft rove ; the warp is ‘‘ placed in a loom harnessed or arranged on for a plain gauze, the mounting consisting of two or more back leaves of common heddles, two or more plain front leaves called standards, and two or more half leaves called doups, which arrangement or mounting produces a cross warp, as well known to weavers and persons conversant with looms, and thereby binding and holding the warp more secure during the carding process ; and such is the tenacity by which the dyed material is held by this process, that -I am enabled to bestow more carding and finish on the raised surface, without impoverishing it, than I can on the undyed surface of similar plush made in the ordinary plain mode of weaving. I would also remark that the plush, when subjected to the operation of the cards, is held by a series of hooks at each selvage, which prevents its running up or narrowing, as is ex- perienced in the ordinary method of performing the operation.” [Printed, 3c?. No Drawings.] A.D. 1839, January 11.— N° 7934. LOGAN, Robert. — This is an invention of new cloth or “ cloths constructed from cocoa-nut fibre, and of certain improve- ments in preparing such fibrous material for the same and other ‘‘ purposes.” In the description of his invention the patentee says, — My said 142 WEAVING. “ new cloth or cloths is or are manufactured or composed of yarns which have been prepared from the fibre of the cocoa-nut, by subjecting them to several processes or modes of preparation and manufacture well known in manufacturing cloth from certain other fibrous materials, hut not hitherto applied to pro- duce cloth from the cocoa-nut fibre ; and my said improvements “ in preparing the said fibrous materials consist, — Firstly, in the application to such fibrous materials of artificial heat, while the same are subjected to a twist or curl, for the purpose of giving thereto a springy or elastic quality where they are intended to be used as a stuffing for mattresses, beds, “ cushions, and other similar purposes.” The fibres for this pur- pose are wrapped round mandrils, sometimes in a dry and some- times in a wet state. The mandrils are then drawn into steam- heated tubes, each of which is surrounded by a steam-tight case, which is heated by a current of steam passing through it. “ Secondly, in a particular combination of parts of machinery to perform the operation of hackling in the process of preparing such fibrous materials for spinning.” [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1839, February 11. — N° 7966. TEE, Edward Pearson. — This invention relates to “a mode of unwinding the warp threads of looms (for weaving linen and “ other fabrics) as the fabrics are progressively formed by the weft threads.” A spring is fixed on a spindle, between the crank arm and an arm connecting it with the lay sword, for the purpose of regulating the stroke of the lay, and also the unwinding of the warp from the yarn beam. On the lay sword is a projection, which strikes against a sliding piece connected to a bell-crank lever, the other end of which is connected by a cord to a catch that works a ratchet wheel which drives the yarn beam, and by this means the catch is lifted up and the yarn is not delivered from the yarn beam. But when sufficient cloth has been woven to compress the spring at the back of the lay sword, and prevent the projection striking the sliding piece, then the catch falls on to the ratchet wheel, and by a motion communicated to it, from a lever worked by a cam, turns the yarn beam. [Printed, 9r7. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 13 {new series), p. 37.] WEAVING. 143 A.D. 1839, April 30.— 8055. ROSTRON, John. — (A communication.) — “These improvements “ are applicable to the weaving of any description of plain or “ twilled fabrics, but more particularly to figure or fancy looms for “ weaving patterns or devices in or upon the cloth or other fabric^ “ and are principally intended to supersede the jacquard or any “ similar figuring apparatus.” “ The improvements are effected by “ the application of an endless or continuous chain of tappets of a “ novel and peculiar construction, formed by a succession of side “ links connected by transverse spindles or bolts, upon or round “ which are placed at suitable distances apart small bowls or “ rollers, as tappets of various widths, turning loosely or otherwise “ upon such spindle, which bowls or rollers are separated by collars “ or tubes of various lengths, according to the distances required “ between such tappets.” An endless chain so constructed “ is “ to be applied to the loom for the purpose of throwing out certain “ parts of the mechanism connected with the jacks and treadles, “ and with their lifting and depressing apparatus, by means of the “ bowls or rollers, as the continuous chain revolves, pressing “ against certain rods, bars, or levers, called jack lifters, connected “ with the jacks above and the treadles below, which will by these “ means throw out or disengage at the proper periods certain of “ those jack lifters from the action of the lifting and depressing “ apparatus, and leave certain others of them to be brought or “ conducted by suitable wires or strings under the operations of “ the lifting and depressing apparatus, by which means the “ harness or healds will be caused to shed or divide the warp “ threads as required.” [Printed \ld. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 19 {con- joined series), p. 1 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 1, p. 195.] A.D. 1839, May 7.— N« 8057. NAYLOR, David, and CRIGHTON, John, junior. — “Certain improvements in machinery for weaving single, double, and “ treble cloths by hand or power.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1839, June 8.— N° 8097. VOUILLON, Francois. — (A communication.) — The patentee says, — “ The invention relates to the application of fine fabrics of 144 WEAVING. glass as ornamental weft in weaving other fabrics of silk, wool, cotton, or other fibrous material.” “The invention does not “ alter the mechanism of the loom, nor the arrangement of the “ threads of the warp ; and the mode of working may he assimilated “ to working with two or more colors where two or more shuttles “ are used ; and in order to make the mode of working most clear, “ I will suppose that a jacquard loom is fitted up for weaving silk “ damask of two colors, blue and gold color, and that the “ general ground or surface is to be satin, with ornamental “ figures of the yellow. In such case the warp would he ar- “ ranged suitably for that purpose, and the pattern either worked “ by separate cards or by the same cards as the ground, all which “ is well understood in weaving; and I will suppose that instead “ of having the gold color in silk yarn (in a suitable shuttle, to he “ used in conjunction with the shuttle for weft of the same color “ as the warp for conjointly producing the ground of satin fabrics, “ I am to employ fibres of glass of a gold color as the oma- menting weft ; and I will suppose that the loom has been at “ work and a shed of the warp opened, into which a weft of glass “ fibres is now to be brought across from selvage to selvage, “ taking care that the weft of glass fibres is somewhat wider than “ the fabric, in order to leave the ends of the weft protruding be- “ yond either selvage till the fabric is woven, when the same are “ to be cut off ; and in order conveniently and readily to place the “ weft of glass fibres in the shed when opened to receive it, the “ workman, with his right hand, passes the hook A from the “ right-hand selvage through the opened shed beyond the left- “ hand selvage, and takes the end of a weft of glass fibres in his “ left hand, places it in the hook, and continues to hold the end “ of the weft over the hook ; he then with his right hand draws “ the hook together with the weft through the shed till the other “ end of the glass weft reaches beyond the right-hand selvage, “ when he disengages the hook and gently moves the glass weft “ up with the reed; another shed of the warp is next to be opened “ by the workman, and a weft of silk thrown across by the shuttle, “ and the same is to be beaten up by the reed ; and it will be seen “ that by such means the glass weft will be materially protected “ from the action of the reed by the weft of silk.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol, 14 {newl series) ^ p. 18; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 1, p. 291.] WEAVING. 145 A.D. 1839, June 19.— 8116. LOMAX, Peter. — The patentee says, — ^“My improvements in looms for weaving apply, firstly, to those looms usually em- ployed for weaving counterpanes, or such other figured goods or fabrics as may be woven by such machinery, where the device or figure is raised in loops or knops from the weft to compose the pattern upon the surface. This improved operation of the loom is effected by the employment of a series of instruments, which " I call dents or hooks, for the purpose of acting upon the weft, and which by operating upwards prepare the weft, project it to a suitable height to form the loops or knops, and again retire, ‘‘ leaving the knops or loops to form the pattern. I apply also the ordinary jacquard machine to the above description of looms “ in such a manner, by stringing or tying up, that the dents or ‘‘ hooks for lifting up the knops may be acted upon at the proper “ intervals, in order to effect the suitable working of the pattern “ or device to be produced upon the surface of the fabric.” Secondly, my improvements in looms for weaving consist in apphcation of an improvement in the ordinary jacquard appa- ratus to those looms and to that description of weaving of fabric called quilting, which improvement is effected by constructing the ordinary jacquard needle with two eyes (instead of only one, as usual), one being near each end, so that as the needles enter “ the perforations in the pattern card they may thus throw out two “ sets of hooked wires (in connexion with the stringing) instead of one to the action of the graff or grate, and consequently dis- pense with half the number of pattern cards, as each quilting “ stitch will thus follow immediately in the hollow of the former, which will be perfectly evident to practical weavers and those conversant with the common jacquard machine.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 21.] A.D. 1839, July 25.— N« 8169. TEMPLETON, James, and QUIGLAY, William.— This in- vention relates to “ weaving fabrics of silk, cotton, woollen, linen, “ or other fibrous materials,* which are to be cut into stripes and used as weft, somewhat in the manner of chenille weft, but with this difference, that the two edges of the stripe shall incline “ more toward each other, and then weaving such stripes on a W. K 146 WEAVING. ground so that all the fur or cut edges of the stripes may be brought to the one side or surface of the fabric, v/hile the other side is plain.” The warp is spaced and arranged in the loom in a similar manner to that followed for chenille weaving, the weft or woof is then thrown in so as to form either a one coloured “ or varied coloured surface, and the warp operates on the weft by a combination of what is technically called by weavers and manufacturers gauze, or cross weaving, that is, the threads of warp, instead of being left parallel to each other, as in common ‘‘ weaving, are crossed over each other by each tread on the “ treddles or web mountings, and the weft, when thrown in, and “ which is to form the fur or pile, intersects the warp, and acquires the property of its edges being inclined, or having a tendency “ to come together in consequence of the cross weaving which the warp has received.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 1 7 {new seriesj, pp. 295 and 300; London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 23 {conjoined series), p. 185; also vol. 21 {conjoined series), p. 478, for disclaimer; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 20.] A.D. 1839, August 1.— 8182. HUMPHRIES, John. — This invention consists in attaching to the back of carpeting and rugs, “ an additional ply rib, knit sub- stance, or body of material of warp and weft.” The additional weft is laid upon the bottom and secured to it by means of threads passing alternately over and under the weft, and through and into the carpet or rug, and thereby securing and connecting and combining them all together.” [Printed, 5(Z. Drawing. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 1, p. 50.] A.D. 1839, August 17.— N° 8198. SCHOFIELD, Joseph, and LEACH, Edmund. — This invention relates to certain improvements in looms for weaving various ^ kinds of cloth,” and consists, first, in an improved mecha- nical contrivance for letting off the warp from the warp beam.” On the warp beam is fixed a worm wheel, gearing into a worm on a horizontal shaft, one end of which works in a stationary groove, the other end has a bearing in and against the upright end of a cranked lever working on a stud, the other end of this lever is weighted and carries catches, which work a ratchet wheel on the same shaft as the worm is fixed. The pull of the warp causes WEAVING. 147 the weighted end of the cranked lever to rise, through the medium of the warp beam and worm on the horizontal shaft, and the catches turn the ratchet wheel and let off the yarn from the warp beam. Second, in the application of a similar improved mechanical contrivance to the taking up of the cloth on the cloth beam. Third, in an improved mechanical contrivance for stopping the action of the loom as soon as, or soon after the weft ceases to be furnished from the shuttle.” When the shuttle ceases to deliver weft, the reed meets with less resistance, and thereby gives a less jerk to the cranked lever which works the let-off motion, which consequently fails to raise an adjusting screw connected with a catch which works a ratchet wheel, which wheel continuing to revolve, through the medium of a rod, arms, and shaft, brings a projection in contact with the stop-rod finger, and by means of a trigger releases the setting-on rod. Fourth, in an improved mechanical contrivance for slackening and tightening the warp at given times.” At the back of the loom is a roller that turns in two levers, which vibrate upon the “ back rail or bearer ;” the levers are connected to the lay by a rod, and as the lay moves forward the roller is moved backward and the warp tightened. [Printed, Is. 9d. Drawings. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 179.] A.D. 1839, September 26. — N° 8226. HORNBY, William Henry, and KENWORTHY, Wil- liam. — Improvements in preparing warps for weaving. “The principal feature of novelty and improvement in such “ operations is the peculiar mode of distributing or laying out of “ the warp threads so that they shall be dressed or sized in parallel “ strips, bands, or breadths, laid in even and close contact side by “ side, and usually termed ^ beers or half-beers,’ in the ordinary “ warping mill.” The unsized warps proceeding from their re- spective beams (on which they have been previously wound) are passed through an ordinary comb bar, and are thus divided equally prior to their being passed through the healds, which are situated at this end of the machine, for the purpose of effecting the cross shed, and thereby taking the lease, previously to the j^arns being submitted to the sizing process. After the lease is taken the yarns are passed over “a wreath or comb K 2 148 WEAVING. bar,” formed by a rack of teeth or pins and intervening spaces, for the purpose of dividing and laying the warps in parallel breadths side by side, and forming each division, strip, or band of warps (of any required number) into separate and distinct tapes or sheets.” The wreath is caused to vibrate or oscillate freely as the warps proceed over it, or it may be caused to revolve, if found to be more desirable.” The warps when separated into bands ” are passed over a conducting roller and immersed in a trough containing the sizing material, which is kept hot and boiled into the warps as they pass through it, and under adjustable tension rollers. The warps are then to be passed between a pair of squeezing rollers and again immersed in a size trough, from which they are passed around drying cylinder heated by steam. When the warps are sized and dried, they are con- ducted by rollers through another wreath or comb bar of a fine pitch, which has a similar vibratory motion to the other wreath. On the end of one of the guide rollers is a worm, which drives a wheel on a longitudinal shaft, on the reverse end of which is a mitre wheel, which drives a corresponding wheel upon a small shaft, which carries a revolving marker for marking the warps according to the length that the pieces are required to be woven. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 19 {con^ joined series), p. 319; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 227.] A.D. 1839, October 10.— 8237. SMITH, James. — A self-acting temple, applicable to looms for working fabrics, whether moved by hand or power.” The temple is made in the form of a revolving wheel, having one or more rows of sharp needle-pointed teeth projecting about one- ‘‘ sixteenth of an inch radially from its periphery, the teeth having a slight angular set or bevel in a direction outwards from the fabric.” This wheel is fitted to revolve on an axle in ahead piece, which is fastened to an elastic rod made fast by a bracket and bolts to the breast beam. A finger is used to press the fabric down upon the temple. [Printed, Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 14 {new series), p. 85 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 243.] A.D. 1839, November 7. — N*^ 8260. YATES, Thomas. — This invention relates, firstly, to a peculiar arrangement of revolving tappet plates for shedding purposes. The tappet plates are provided with concentric slots, in which WEAVING. 149 studs, carrying rollers, are fastened by nuts, the rollers act upon inclined planes fixed to the treadles. Secondly, to an arrangement for ^Hifting and depressing the “ shuttle boxes to or from the level of the shuttle race in the lathe, in those looms where two or more qualities, kinds, or colors of weft are to be employed.” On the outer tappet plate is fastened by bolts a cam, which acts upon a bowl on a lever, the other end of which is attached by a rod to the shuttle boxes. Thirdly, to a mode of raising the griff ‘^or grate” of the jacquard machine. The cam shaft drives a small shaft on which are fixed two segments having bevelled teeth formed upon one- sixth part of their circumference ; these segments drive a pinion on a cross shaft, and are so arranged that as soon as one segment has turned the pinion one-half of a revolution in one direction, the other segment turns it back again. On the shaft with the pinion is a bevel wheel, which drives another hevel wheel on a vertical shaft, which reaches up above the jacquard and turns a screw, which turns in a nut attached to the grate.” Fourthly, to an arrangement of mechanism for stopping the loom when the weft fails. A stud in the sword of the lay, usually employed for working the take-up motion, also operates upon a small lever, to which is attached a click pulling round a ratchet wheel; upon this ratchet wheel are four pins, corresponding with four holes in a ratchet wheel, which turns on the same stud, and is actuated by the take-up motion. When the weft is not put in the ratchet wheel carrying the pins overtakes the other wheel and the pins enter the holes, which causes a vibratory motion to be given to a lever connected with the strap lever, and thus throws the strap from the fast on to the loose pulley. [Printed, 10c?. Drawings. See London Journal (Neivton's), vol. 19 {con- joined series), p. 313 ; and Jnventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 355.] A.D. 1839, November 7. — N® 8263. GODARD, Jean Thomas Laurente Lamy. — (A communi- cation.) — “ The invention relates to a peculiar mode of apparatus applied to looms in order to size or starch the warp in the process of weaving.” “ And further, the invention relates to a “ mode of winding up the woven fabric as it is made.” At the back of the loom is a trough containing the size, in which a roller covered with cloth revolves ; the side of the trough is also lined with cloth. The warp passes over the roller and is 150 WEAVING, saturated with size. A fan dries the yarn as it passes to the headles; and a brush is employed to smooth the yarn, which brush revolves in the same direction as the yarn beam. The brush is turned by the action of a hook on studs fixed in the end of the brush, the hook is operated upon by levers actuated by the lay, which also works the fan backwards and forwards. The winding up of the cloth is done by means of a treadle con- nected to a lever running across the loom. This lever works upon an axis, and is so arranged that the axis may be moved from point to point, in order that as the work or cloth roller becomes full its axis may be caused to turn a less and less distance, and thus compensate for the increasing diameter of the cloth on the roller.” The lever is connected by a cord to another lever carrying a driver, “ which, taking into the teeth of a ratchet wheel, drives it round, and thence by means of a train of wheels con- tinned motion is communicated to the cloth roller.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 15 {new series) ^ p. 30', and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 307 .] A.D. 1839, November 12.— N« 8270. POOLE, Moses. — (A communication.) — The first part of this invention relates to a method of lifting the lash of jacquard machinery. On the driving shaft of the loom a cam or excentric is fastened, which works in a collar or hoop, set to the proper degree of tension by means of a set screw ; the top of the hoop is connected to a rod, the other end of which is connected to the jacquard lifting lever, which is attached to the lifting griffe board. The second part of this invention relates to various modifications of the first. The third part of this invention relates to a method of taking up the cloth and letting off the warp in looms. On a shaft under the driving shaft is fastened a bevel wheel, which works into another bevel wheel mounted upon a shaft placed outside of the loom frame. On this shaft are fastened two worms, one at each end ; these worms work wheels which are connected at one end with two rollers between which the warp is passed, and at the other with two rollers between which the cloth is passed. The fourth part of this invention relates to a method of tightening the weft thread at each and every throw of the shuttle. WEAVING. 15 ] A bent or curved lever is attached to the lay sword, at the lower end of the bent lever is a joint, which as the lay moves forward strikes against a projection fixed to the frame of the loom, and thus causes the hooked part of the bent lever to push the weft forward. The fifth part of this invention relates to very similar apparatus to that described in the former part. The sixth part of this invention relates to a method of preventing the pattern cards from being torn during the working of the loom. For this purpose two small slides or pressers, similar to the common pressers, to bring the cylinder square,” are caused to press against the top side of the card, so as to prevent its being thrown off the pins. The seventh part of this invention relates to a method of working a series of shuttles. The shuttle boxes are suspended from the ends of levers, working on studs, on a frame attached to the lay, to the other ends of the levers straps or rods are attached, which after passing under pulleys ascend up to the jacquard. The eighth part of this invention relates to counterbalancing the weight of the leads in jacquard looms. A pulley working on a stud is attached to the top cross bar of the jacquard, a cord is made fast to the lifting arm of the jacquard, after which the cord takes one or two turns round the pulley, and is then made fast by a knot, after which the other end of the cord takes another turn or two round the pulley, and then descends to a balancing lever,” to which it is made fast. The lever is provided with a weight, which is fastened on to it by a set screw. The lever works on an axis in the frame of the jacquard. The ninth part of this invention relates to a method of stopping the loom when the weft is expended or broken. A “fork and “ grid ” are placed at each side of the lay ; the forks are connected by a rod which works in bearings. A curved lever is attached to the rod, which by coming in contact with a stud or pin, causes the forks to be lifted out of the way of the shuttle as the lay goes back. When the weft is broken the forks enter the grids, and actuate a balance lever, carrying a small projection or knob which comes directly in front of the stop lever. The tenth part of this invention relates to a method of working jacquard machinery so as to keep open the shed while the lay beats up the weft. On the driving shaft is a box cam which actuates a lever working on a stud fixed to the frame of the loom. 152 WEAVING. The other end of the lever is attached to the lifting rod. By varying the form of the cam the warp threads may be made to rise and keep up as required. The eleventh part of this invention relates to a method of stopping the loom when the weft thread is broken or expended. A series of fine catgut threads are passed through the eyes of headles, which are like the headles used on calico looms for making plain cloth. One end of the catgut thread is made fast to the breast beam, the other end is attached to a curved lever, which has a knob on the outer end, which, when the weft fails, is brought in between the battan and the stop lever of the loom. [Printed, Is. lid. Drawings. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 355.] A.D. 1839, November 19.— N« 8273. BERRY, Miles. — (A communication.) — The object of this in- vention is to make use of, for various purposes, a certain description of textile or fibrous plant generally called or known by the name ^ Esparto.’ ” In order to make ropes or cordage, “ this material can be used in the natural state, after being saturated with hot water, or after being beaten and combed, or treated like hemp, flax, or other fibrous materials. And in “ order to make mats, carpets, cart covers, or other coarse articles, it can be used in the natural state, or after being beaten and combed, and then dyed in different colours, and woven as usual, with or without other fibrous materials.” [Printed, .3d. No drawings. London Journal {Newton's), vol. 19 {con^ joined series), p. 413 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 356.] A.D. 1839, December 16. — N° 831/. NAYLOR, David, and CRIGHTON, John, Jun. — This inven- tion relates, firstly, to the mode of lifting and lowering the shuttle boxes in looms where two or more shuttles are used, and also to the mode of working the picking motion by means of the ‘‘ jacquard machine.” In those descriptions of fabrics where only two shuttles are required, the shuttle boxes are worked by a cam, which actuates a lever connected to the shuttle boxes by rods and a chain passing over a pulley above the boxes. Where more than two shuttles are required, the shuttle boxes are raised or lowered by the action of two hooks upon “ a stud wheel,” one hook being placed above the stud wheel in order to turn it one way. WEAVING. 153 and the other below the wheel to turn it the contrary way ; the wheel is placed on a stud fixed in the lay, the vibration of which causes it to strike the hooks and be turned by them. A bevel wheel is connected to the stud wheel, which bevel wheel turns another bevel wheel on a shaft, on which is a pulley with a chain passing round it, to connect it with the shuttle boxes. The jacquard operates by means of levers upon the hooks, so as to throw one out of and the other into connection with the stud wheel as required. Counterbalance weights are used to assist the rising of the boxes. The action of the jacquard causes levers to be brought in contact with projections or levers connected with the picker sticks, so that as the lay vibrates the projections strike the levers on each side alternately. Secondly, a notched lever is applied to each selvage of the cloth, so as to hold the weft as the lay returns after beating up the cloth. Thirdly, stopping levers are applied to each selvage, to which are fastened small weights, which rest upon the weft ; when the weft is absent the weights fall and carry with them the levers, the extreme ends of which are connected by cords to a needle in the jacquard, which operates upon a hook so as to slide it within the action of the griff, and by that means the picking levers are thrown out of action and the setting-on rod disengaged. Fourthly, the mode of equalizing the lift of the pattern cards is accomplished by reading on in the pattern card certain addi- “ tional needles and wires, and attaching thereto additional ba- “ lance weights, in connection with those cards which have the “ lightest lift or smallest number of pattern holes in them.” And lastly, the improvements consist in reading on or pierc- ing the pattern cards with holes for working both the pattern or figure, and also the ground or plane upon the same card, instead of having the cumber board divided and partially “ lifted to work the ground or plane, as commonly done in “ weaving double or treble cloths, and the figure or pattern only worked by the jacquard machine.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 2, p. 419.] A.D. 1839, December 23.— 8327. FLETCHER, Lawrence Wood. — This invention relates to improvements in the manufacture of woollen and other cloths or fabrics. The patentee says, — My improvements in the manu- 154 WEAVING. facture of woollen and other cloths or fabrics consists in pro- ducing cloth of any required length with the warp and weft threads in a diagonal direction/’ I weave the cloth in a “ common loom in the manner commonly practised in weaving circular or cylindrical cloth for hose pipes, shirting, sacking, &c., “ only with the difiPerence that, as in the result it is of importance that the threads should in all parts be as equally disposed as possible, I find it necessary, instead of the temples generally employed, to use a stretcher of a peculiar form/’ “ It is in the form of a wedge, the thin edge or point being about a quarter of an inch thick, and works a short distance from the point where the weft is beaten up; the thick edge or head being about one inch and a quarter thick, works close to the breast beam or cloth rail.” ‘‘ The sides are rounded for the purpose ‘‘ of keeping the warp threads more equally distributed, by taking away the pressure which ordinarily brings the outer splits or dents closer together ; they are also bevilled or tapered olBP from point to head, so that the perimeter of the head and “ point may be about the same at every stroke of the read. The head of the stretcher is brought close to the breast beam, but is again forced forwards inside the hollow of the cloth by the ‘‘ spring or pull of the cloth over the cloth rail, thus keeping the “ thin edge or point at the required distance from the place where the cloth is making.” During the process I weave in a thread of a color different to the rest in such a manner as that it shall form a spiral line around the said cloth to an angle of forty-five degrees.” In order to do this I make use of what is called a lappet lathe.” In order to reverse or alter the direction of the threads, so as to form this cylindrical or circular cloth into what I call elastic diagonal cloth, I cut open with shears, or by any convenient means, the said cloth, taking the colored spiral thread as my guide ; and having passed the shears through the said line from end to end, the cloth falls "" into or assumes a flat and open form, having both warp and weft with their ends terminating throughout in the sides or edges of the texture. I sometimes use a Common jacquard machine attached to the loom, the cards of which are pierced and set according to the required angle or pattern.” In this case at the third pick the shuttle is brought out one thread to the left of where the first pick commenced, and at the sixth pick the shuttle is brought out one thread short of where the first pick WEAVING. 155 commenced. A spiral line of warp threads will thus be left in the cloth uncovered by weft, which are to be cut from end “ to end, and the cloth will then assume a flat and open shape, having a partial selvage formed by the returns of the weft.” I apply these cloths to the formation of bands or straps for driving machinery or other purposes, by uniting any number of “ plies or layers of such cloth by means of a solution of caout- “ chouc or other elastic substance, and when dry submitting them to pressme between rollers.” [Printed, Drawing. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 3, p. 3.] A.D. 1840, January 23.— N° 8359. CLARKE, George. — These improvements apply to the con struction of an endless chain or belt of tappets, employed as the mechanical agent for shifting the harness or healds in looms for weaving. In the description of the invention the patentee says, — My improved figuring apparatus or flexible tappet rack is formed by simply providing a given number of bars or ribs of “ a certain length according to the number of shafts or healds employed in the loom, or the width they occupy ; which bars are placed at certain distances apart, and upon them are mounted in any convenient manner moveable and adjustable teeth, tappets, or studs, capable of being readily shifted as the different patterns or devices to be woven may require, and the whole are formed into an endless flexible rack or band of tappets by side bands, belts, or chains.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton* s), vol. 21 {con- joined series), p. 246 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 3, p. 99.] A.D. 1840, February 5.— N« 8375. MYERSCOUGH, Thomas, and SYKES, WiLLiAM.—This in- vention relates, firstly, to an improved fabric combining the charac- teristics of an imperial or knotted counterpane with quilting. Secondly, to mechanism for weaving the said fabric ; which consists, firstly, of a series of endless chains of tappets composed “ of links, which can be changed so as to produce projections or ‘‘ tappets on either side for acting on the treadles in connection with the healds or harness, and changing or shedding the warps ; and also for lifting and depressing the shuttle boxes in order to “ bring one or the other of the shuttles containing either the “ counterpane or the quilting weft into operation with the warps ; 156 WEAVING. and further, for governing the number of ‘picks’ of each “ shuttle “ and also for throwing the catch or clutch machine “ into or out of gear, in order to stop the weaving machinery of “ the loom w^hile the counterpane or knopping mechanism is “ required to be acting, in order to raise the loops or knops in the “ counterpane weft, and then set the loom again in motion, so as “ to weave on or bind the said loops or knops into the fabric ; “ and further, these endless chains are made to act upon the “ levers which move the jacquard machine or apparatus in order “ to raise it at the required periods.” Secondly, of an arrangement “ for effecting the beat up of the “ slay or reed, whereby an interrupted motion is given to it.” This is efPecteU by means of a crank actuating a sliding block, which runs to and fro in parallel slides. In the block is fixed a stud, which moves in the groove of a curved arm keyed upon a shaft, upon which are alsokeyed two cranks, one at each end, which cranks are connected by links to the lay. The dwell is caused by the stud running up the groove of the curved arm. Thirdly, of a picking motion ; which is efPected by levers attached to the swords of the lay. The levers strike against stops on either side, as the pick is required. Fourthly, of a stop motion for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not enter the box. This is done by means of a lever at the back of the shuttle box, which lever is furnished with a hook at its end for the purpose of holding a cranked lever fast, and depressing a stop, which when the shuttle is absent is struck by the lay, and being connected to the strap lever stops the loom. Fifthly, of an improved shuttle so constructed as to prevent its entering the shuttle box when the weft fails. This is done by letting a roller fall on to an inclined plane, which forces a piece outwards beyond the side of the shuttle. Sixthly, of an arrangement for stopping the weaving parts of the loom while the looping or knopping mechanism is in action. This is done by a clutch or catch motion which is brought into operation by the tappet chain. [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 3, p. 115.] A.D. 1840, February 8. — N® 8380. DEPLANQUE, Amand. — (A communication.) — These improve- ments relate to looms for weaving, with change of shuttles, and with extra ornamental threads. The movements of the jacquard WEAVING. 157 are obtained by the means of connecting bars, which by the rotation of excentrics (to which they are fixed) cause the griff to be raised ; and “ a centre pin ” passing along the curved groove of a centre ‘‘ piece/’ connected to a frame w'hich carries the cylinder, causes it to move forward and backward. The patentee claims as the invention, first, that the jacquard, “ properly said, is all in iron; second, the movement of the “ jacquard cylinder is horizontal and by a new mode ; third, the pressure of the jacquard cylinder against the horizontal needle “ bar is obtained by means of the centre piece, and may be easily increased or lessened ; fourth, the claw [or griff] is raised by its “ extremities; fifth, the same mover moves the claw and the jacquard cylinder;” sixth, the frame which carRes the cylinder “ is independent from the mechanical parts, that is to say, not fixed to the strap ; seventh, the boxes for the springs and for the guides of the needles are separated, and may be easily “ adjusted ; eighth, the neutralization of the drivers,” that is, the hooks which turn the cylinder are held by another hook, when any card is required to strike more than once ; ninth, there are two cylinders, one for the jacquard turning in guides fixed to the frame, and the other of the same form, for the extra ornamental ‘‘ threads, turning on the axis of the jacquard cylinder ; tenth, the “ connection of the drivers.” In the lower part of the loom the patentee claims, the construc- tion of the framing ; the movements of the upper part of the loom by the excentrics ; the connection of the driving shaft with the excentrics by gearing ; the fly wheel for regularizing the move- ments of the loom;” an excentric platform ” which works the take-up motion, on the platform is a stud, which is connected to the lever which carries the catch for working the ratchet wheel of the take-up motion ; the construction of the batten, which is made with two boxes on each side, which are caused to rise and fall by the action of an inclined plane on a rod connected to bent levers, from which the shuttle boxes are suspended, the inclined plane is raised (so as to be struck by the rod when the lay moves forward) by a cord from the jacquard ; the cloth is rolled up by means of the pressure of two levers on an under roller; the pickers are made of iron. [Printed, Is. 10c?. Drawings. See Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 3, p. 115.] 158 WEAVING. A.D. 1840, March 4.~-N° 8412. NORTON, Joseph, and COLLIER, George. — This invention applies to both power and hand looms for weaving fancy figured and twilled goods and fabrics, and the object of it is to gain in such looms the power of actuating, moving, and “ working the heddles, healds, and harness, both upwards and downwards, and consequently produce the shedding of the warps both ways.’^ The improved mechanism is put in mo- tion and brought into operation by means of the ordinary well- known endless chain of tappets or projecting pins or studs.” The jacks are of the ordinary construction, each of them is supplied with two pins, one at each end ; these pins are acted upon by sinkers or depressors,” which are mounted in front and back rows, being strung swinging loosely on rods, which are supported in long levers, having their fulcrums at one end. The other ends of these levers are connected together by a cross piece, into which is attached a connecting rod, connected to one end of a hollow lever, having its fulcrum at the other end. Within the hollow of this lever is placed an excentric, which is mounted on the end of the driving shaft, so that as the excentric revolves the whole of the jack sinkers are alternately raised and depressed. And according to whether the front or back row of jack sinkers is brought into action with the studs on the jacks, so the beadles will be either raised or depressed, which is governed by the endless chain of tappets. [Printed, Is. ^d. Drawings. See Inventors* Advocate, vol. 3, p. 163.] A.D. 1840, March 11.— N^ 8424. FORRESTER, William. — ‘^Improvements in sizing, starching, “ dressing, and otherwise preparing warps for weaving fabrics.” The invention “ consists in passing the yarns or warps in being “ dressed or sized through a trough containing paste, dressing, “ or size in a hot state, and in keeping the threads from running “ into strands during that process, and thereafter applying a brush “ or brushes for the purpose of smoothing the fibres of the threads “ as they pass along to be dried, thereby combining the advantages “ of hot sizing and of brushing in one process, whereby a greater amount of work can be performed at less cost, whilst the warps “ are better prepared for weaving, and which improvements can WEAVING. 159 either be attached to any existing dressing machine, or may be arranged when necessary in a framework of a convenient struc- ture.^’ [Printed, !«. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol, 16 (new series) , p. 1 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 3, p. 197 .] A.D. 1840, June 24.— 8553. WOOD, William. — This invention applies to looms for weaving fabrics, in which certain colored figuring warp threads or yarns “ are used to form a raised face or figure on the fabric, by looping up such figuring yarns by means of wires as is common in all looms used for weaving Brussels carpets and other descriptions “ of carpeting.” In the description of the invention the patentee says, — “ Now the object of my improvements is to equalize as much as possible the drag or tension during the whole time the thread “ or yarn on the bobbins lasts or is being used, so that as the diameter of the yarn wound upon the bobbin decreases, the strain or drag of the weight shall be decreased also ; that is, the leverage or radius of the part upon which the cord of the drag “ weight is wound shall decrease in proportion. I effect this object by adapting or applying the drag cord to the surface of the yarn coiled upon the bobbin itself, instead of to the pulley or groove, as in the old method. The yarn or thread from the bobbin is passed through a ring attached to the upper end of the drag cord, and the drag of the weight is thus brought into direct connection with the yarn.” [Printed, 9cl. Drawinjrs. See London Journal (Newton’s), vol. 20 (con- joined series), p. 24; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 34, p. 92 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p. 52.] A.D. 1840, October 7 .— N« 8655. DAVIES, John. — (A communication.) — This invention consists, firstly, in self-acting temples, which are made in the form of toothed wheels, and revolve round studs fixed to sliding plates, which are set by means of screws to the required width for the cloth. The screws traverse through slots in fixtures attached to the breast beam of the loom. Secondly, in a motion for taking up the cloth upon the cloth roller, which is regulated by the action of ^^a spring reed.” The reed is sustained by hinges attached to the lay bed. Two levers, working on studs attached to the lay sword, press against the reed, 160 WEAVING. the other end of one of the levers acts upon a stud on a sliding rod, to which is attached a latch or catch working a ratchet wheel for turning the cloth roller. WTien the reed heats up the levers are pressed back, and the catch takes a fresh tooth in the ratchet wheel. The rod is drawn back by the action of a cam. [Printed, Is. IcZ. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 15 {new series), p. 321 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 34, p. 333 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p. 246.] A.D. 1840, October 22.— N° 8664. PARKER, Charles. — These improvements relate to power looms, and consist of, first, a mode of giving ofp the warp,” which is done by means of three rollers, the warp from the beam passing under the two outside rollers and over the middle one ; the outside rollers are connected together by wheelwork, and have a positive motion communicated to them through a worm and worm-wheel, turned by gearing from the main shaft. Secondly, a mode of taking or winding up of the fabric or work as it is produced.” On the longitudinal shaft, which carries the worm for working the worm-wheel of the giving- off rollers, are placed two cams, which actuate toothed racks, which take into toothed wheels on another longitudinal shaft, on which is fixed a worm turning a worm-wheel on the cloth roller. The downward movement to the toothed racks is caused by weights, which are placed on levers at the top of the loom, and held by screws, which are turned by bevil wheels, so as to cause the weights to move towerds the ends of the levers as the cloth roller increases in diameter. On the toothed wheels, which gear with the racks, are applied spring catches, which take into a ratchet wheel fixed on the longitudinal shaft, thus the cloth roller is turned by the action of the weights. Thirdly, means of stopping a loom when the weft is broken or the shuttle is empty.” This is done by the shuttle. The weft is conducted through a ring or staple, and thence through the eye of a lever, which moves on an axis. When the weft is broken, the other end of the lever is pressed by a spring through the side of the shuttle, and comes in contact with a lever moving on an axis, which liberates a finger, and throws the setting-on rod out of its notch, and stops the looin. At the other end of the shuttle is a cranked lever, which is pressed beyond the side of the shuttle by a spring, except when held back by a wire which is retained in the WEAVING. bobbin. The patentee saj’s^ — “ In some cases, where the fabric is not of such strength as will allow of depending on the shuttle ‘ motions for stopping the loom, and even in other cases if pre- “ ferred by the person using the looms, I sometimes control the winding up of the fabric, and cause it partly to depend on the “ breaking up of the weft, in conjunction v/ith winding up by weight, and the giving off of the warp by rollers.” For this pur- pose, instead of the worm-wheel being fixed on to the giving-off roller, it is allowed to turn freely thereon, and a ratchet wheel is fixed on the axis of the roller; on the worm-wheel is a sjming catch, “ which taking into the ratchet teeth of the ratchet wheel, will cause them to go together Vvdien the proper shoots are put in a given length of fabric.” And fourthly, means of changing the shuttle when the weft is broken, or the shuttle is empty of weft.” To each shuttle box there is a drawer having two compartments, ’each comr partmicnt of the width of a shuttle box.” The shuttles are placed in the compartments, and when the weft has run out, the lever projecting from the side of the shuttle forces back a sliding bolt, which liberates a spring barrel,” which by its strap slides the other comipartment into the place of the one with expended weft. [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings. See Mechanics Magazine, vol. 34, p. 366 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p. 276.] A.D. 1840, November 2.— 8672. WHITEHEAD, James Heywood. — Improvements in the manufacture of woollen belts, bands, and driving straps.” The “ improvement consists in applying a composition to a woollen belt to give it firmness and adhesiveness as a substitute for ‘‘ leather for driving machinery. The composition consists of lin- ‘‘ seed and resin, in the proportions of three pounds of the former to two pounds of the latter; but this may be varied a little to “ suit the different purposes to which it may be applied, as adding “ a little resin will make the composition harder and the cloth “ firmer when dried. The oil is first boiled; the resin pounded fine, and mixed with the oil in the boiling state, and should be “ well stirred till the resin is mixed with the oil. The belt or “ strap is to be passed through the mixture, and between two ‘‘ rollers, vhth sufficient pressure on them to make the coinposi- “ tion even, and that it will not run out of the cloth when hung L 162 WEAVING up. The cloth must then be well stretched in length and dried, and is ready for use.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 23 {con- joined series), p. 34; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 34, p. 382; Inventors* Advocate, vol. 4, p. 293 ; and Engineers’ and Architects’ Journal, vol. 4, p. 207.] A.D. 1840, November 7.--N° 869L DE BERGUE, Charles. — Improvements in machinery for making reeds used in weaving.^’ The ribs into which the dents of the reed are set are held at each extremity by clamps. One of these clamps is stationary, being attached to the frame of the machine, the other is a moveable carriage, so that as soon as the ribs are placed in the machine, and fixed in the clamps at each extremity, they are stretched out or held in a state of tension by means of a nut which fits on a stationary screw. The headstock, which carries the gearing, is capable of moving freely on the bed of the machine in a horizontal direction. The machine is set in motion by two treadles, which are alternately depressed by the feet of the operator, and convey through chains alternating rotation to a small drum ; the one treadle causes two flyers to revolve, carry- ing the bobbins, on which the pitched band has been wound, once round the ribs; the other treadle causes alternating rectilinear motion to be given, by means of cranks, to two tubes, by which means the flattened wire or dent, which has been passed through the ribs by hand, is cut off, by the edge of drivers or cutters coming in contact with the edge of a guide, through which the dent has been passed. “^The drivers then proceed to force the dent home to its proper position, along with the last coil of “ pitched band, and retire to their former position, to admit of the next dent being placed between the ribs.” The action of the treadle, which causes the flyers to revolve, also traverses the head- stock the distance required for placing the succeeding dent, by making the nut revolve on the stationary serew. [Printed, Is. lOc?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 34, p. 397 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p. 309.] A.D. 1840, November 12. — N° 8/00. HEATON, John. — This invention relates to ^‘improvements in “ dressing yarns of linen or cotton, or both, to be woven into “ various sorts of cloth.” A dressing machine is described; but WEAVING, 163 the patentee states that he does not claim the dressing machine, nor any separate parts thereof as his invention ; but what he does claim is, the heating of air in a chamber, case, or compartment apart from the dressing room, and creating a current of that heated air, and forcing and directing that current of air so heated through that portion of the wet yarn requiring the same in the process of dressing, in such a manner as to dry the said “ portion of yarn, while the heat in the dressing room is less oppressive to the operators.’^ [Printed, l5. Id. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol, 34, p. 400 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p, 324.] A.D. 1840, November 27.— N« 8725. BERRY, Miles. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving Kidderminster carpets, which consist, first, in placing ‘^the journals above the jac- quard machine, ‘^for the purpose of keeping the knot cords straight also in raising one of the trap boards whilst the other descends, “ in order to equalize the power required to drive ‘‘the loom;” also in “ working the card prism or polygon, by “ means of a cam or other analogous device, connected with the “ loom, the said cam or other device operating on and working “ the card prism or polygon when the trap-boards are at rest.” Second, in the manner of delivering out the chain or warp, and taking up the finished cloth. The yarn passes from the yarn beam (which is placed under the floor) up over “ a stretcher “ bar ” at the back of the loom, through the males and reed, over a roller in the breast beam, thence the fabric passes down around a “ tension roller, ” up over and between two rollers, which are pressed together in order to hold the cloth ; one of these rollers has a worm-wheel, which is actuated by a worm on a vertical shaft, on the lower end of which is a ratchet wheel, which is actuated by a click on a lever worked by a sliding bar which receives its motion from the lay. The other end of the sliding bar is con- nected to another lever with a click, which by a similar motion turns the yam beam. The “ tension roller ” is connected by rods and a lever to the click which turns the yarn beam, so that when the tension roller falls, the click is raised out of action with the ratchet, and the delivery of the yarn stopped. “ Third, in a novel mode of constructing the shuttle and shuttle L 2 164 WEAVING. boxes, and of connecting the boxes to the main frame of the “ machine or other stationar}^ support, instead of attaching them to the lay, iathe, or batten, as heretofore done.” The patentee states that the shuttle boxes so disconnected may be applied, and “ it is intended to apply them to looms, where the fly shuttle is used.” The shuttles are made of a plate of iron, with a pro- jection rising at each end ; pointed jjins extend from the projections, which pins have a notch filed in the top side. The shuttle boxes are formed of a table or plate of iron with a pin turned up at right angles on one edge, by which they are secured to the arms, which raise and lower them. Fourth, in passing or handing the shuttle through the warps by means of reciprocating arms, instead of throwing it by a sudden impulse of the machinery as heretofore done.” The recipro- cating arms are made cylindrical at their inner ends, and a hole is drilled in the axis of this cylindrical part to receive the round pins on the ends of tlie shuttles. Motion is given to the reciprocating arms by means of grooved cylinders or drums, the inner ends of which are coupled to the lathe shaft. Fifth, in “ apparatus for preventing the selvage of the cloth from “ drawing in, when the filling or woof is prevented by any cause “ from escaping freely from the shuttle, and also for stopping the loom when the filling or woof breaks or is exhausted on the bobbin.” Vfhen the lathe is falling backward and the shuttle about to start, a cam, through the medium of a roller and arm, turns a shaft, thereby raising up the points of two wire hooks (one at each selvage of the cloth), forward of the filling, so that when the shuttle passes, the thread of filling draws the hook towards the selvage of the cloth, until an arm which is connected to it strikes against a stand, which prevents its further approach, and thereby prevents the filling from drawing in the selvage of the cloth when it is obstructed in its delivery from the shuttle.” AVhen the hooks are drawn up to the selvage of the cloth, they move the end of a rod (which has a forward motion impaired to it by a cam) out of the way of an arm, which is connected with the shipper or setting-on rod ; when the hooks are not drawn up to the selvage, the rod acts upon the arm and stops the loom. The patentee also claims, throwing the loom out of gear when a charge of colour is required in the filling by means of a con- nexion formed for that purpose between the jacquard machine and the shipper ; ” also the application of a measuring roller for WEAVING. 165 regulating the action of the machinery employed to take up the cloth. [Printed, Ss. 5cl. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 34, p. 461 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p. 373.] A.D. 1840, December 16.— N« 8740. GRAHAM, Hugh. — A new mode of preparing designs and dyeing the materials to be used in the weaving and manufac- ‘‘ ture of Kidderminster carpets, and for producing patterns thereon in a manner not before used or applied in the process of weaving and manufacturing such carpets.^^ [Tvo Specification enrolled.] • A.D. 1840, December 31.— N« 8763. WHITAKER, Francis Burdett. — Certain improvements “ in the machinery or apparatus for drawing cotton and other “ fibrous substances, wliich improvements are also applicable to ‘‘ warping and dressing yarns of the same.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1841, January 6. — N° 8774. NEWTON, W^iLLiAM. — (A communication from E. B. Bigelov/e.) — These improvements relate to looms for weaving imperial or ‘‘ Paisley counterpanes, imperial French quilts, imperial petticoat robes,, and other articles of a similar character and the im- provements are described by the patentee under seven distinct heads. First. — Improvements in the manner in which the shuttles are thrown, the manner of raising and depressing the shuttle ‘‘ boxes, and in the manner in which the picker is relieved from the shuttle.” The two picker staves are caused to operate simul- taneously, “ so that the shuttle may be thrown from whichever ‘‘ of the boxes is presented to their action.” This is effected by one picker treadle, which is acted upon by a cam. From this treadle two bands are extended, and pass around the two picker pullies.” The shuttle boxes are raised and lowered by a shaft, which extends along under the race beam from one shuttle box to the other, and carries pinions which take into racks attached to the shuttle boxes ; the shaft is caused to revolve and raises the shuttle boxes by means of a spring. When the shuttle boxes are 166 WEAVING. required to fall, the tension of the spring is relieved by a cam, and the boxes fall by their own gravity. In relieving the picker from the shuttle, the patentee makes use of the “protection rod,” which causes pieces of wood or metal to be brought down, “ which, “ when down, rest on and embrace the picker rod, and in that “ position they serve to hold the picker at a short distance from “ the end of the shuttle box and to stop the shuttle the pieces of wood or metal being raised, the picker goes home and leaves the shuttle free. “ Second head.” — The improvements under this head consist in the manner in which the toothed geering is arranged, “ so as to “ obtain the power that is necessary for the lifting of the weights, “ which are suspended from the harness;” “ in the arrangement “ of parts concerned in the stopping of the loom ;” and “ in an “ apparatus for counteracting the momentum of the loom when it “ is thrown out of geer.” The manner of arranging the geering is by placing a small pinion to drive a large wheel ; the wheel “ may “ vary in size, according to the power to be gained.” Instead of the bayonet of the protector striking against a lever in connec- tion with the shipper, as is usual, it is caused to strike a projection on a “ rotating shaft,” and a cam on the end of this shaft liberates the shipper. The apparatus for arresting the loom when the shuttle is in the warp consists in a stop lever, which is brought in under a stud in the driving wheel when the loom knocks ofiP. The momentum of the loom is counteracted by a band passing round a friction pulley, one end of the band is made fast to the frame, the other end to a lever, “ suspended somewhat like a “ treadle, and operating as a weight to the band.” “ Third head.” — The improvements under this head consist in the manner of mounting, tying up, and working the harness. One half of the chain or warp is drawn through the front harness, which consists of a single leaf of headles, the other half is drawn through the jacquard harness. The motions are performed in the following order : — The front harness is raised and a shot of fine filling is introduced ; then while this harness is sinking, both the “ journal or harness-board ” and the trap-board in the jacquard machine are raised simultaneously, and a second thread of fine filling is introduced ; then the journal descends with the threads in the shed of the warp, over which the filling is to pass to form the figure, while the trap-board remains holding up the remaining warp threads. WEAVING. 167 Fourth head.” — The improvements under this head consist in the manner of tying up, mounting, and working the harness. In this case the harness-board is stationary, and two leaves of heddles are used ; one half of the warp being drawn in the front leaf, and the other half in the back leaf ; “ this is also drawn through the ‘^jacquard harness, there being a loop of the former to every male of the latter.” The manner of working is similar to that described under the third head.” Fifth head. — The improvements under this head are intended to adapt the said loom to the weaving of the figured fabrics with “ a loose back, commonly known by the names of imperial or “ French quilts, and imperial petticoat robes.” In preparing the loom to work the fabric in question two kinds of warp are usually employed and that part of it which is to form the face is drawn into two leaves of heddles, and that part which is to form the back is drawn into the jacquard harness in two equal sheds. In working the mounting and harness, the front leaf of headles is depressed, and the trap-board of the jacquard machine is raised at the same time, and a thread of fine filling thrown ; the front leaf of headles is then made to rise and the back leaf to descend, and another thread of fine filling thrown; the back leaf then rises, and a thread of coarse filling is thrown ; the trap-hoard descends and rises again, while the front leaf is sunk. “ Sixth head.” — The improvements under this head relate to looms for weaving ‘‘ imperial or French quilts, and imperial petti- coat robes, with a smooth back.” For this purpose the jacquard machine is furnished with two trap -boards, so arranged that the one descends as the other rises. The card polygon or prism ” is similar to that described in the Specification of a loom for weav- ing ingrain carpet, for which Letters Patent [N'’ 87^5] were granted to Miles Berry. Two moveable “journals or harness “ boards ” are employed, and two leaves of headles. The warp “ is ‘‘ usually of two kinds of thread,” that which forms the face of the cloth is drawn through the leaves of headles, and that which forms the back is drawn one half through the males connected with the cords passing through the front journal, the other half through the males connected with the cords passing through the back journal. “ Seventh head.” — The improvements under this head consist in “ the mode of strengthening the lathe, breast beam, and top “ back girth,” “ and also in the manner of delivering out the chain ‘‘ or warp, and of taking up the finished cloth.” The “ breast 168 WEAVING. beam and top back girth are strengthened by means of cross braces.” The lathe is strengthened by means of geering it at "" both ends of the loom, and by employing four swords and four lathe cranks.” The improvement in delivering out the warp and taking up the cloth consists in the application of a measuring roller, which hangs in a frame under the breast beam ; it is sup- plied with metal points, which take hold of the cloth, and it is turned by a worm and wheel from a vertical shaft, and it is so arranged that the falling of this roller lifts the click off the ratchet wheel, which turns the yarn beam. [Printed, 4^. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 29; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 3G.] A.D. 1841, January 14.— N« 8790. KENWORTHY, VJilliam, and BULLOUGH, James.— This inA^ention consists, firstly, of an improved method of keeping the cloth distended to an uniform width as it is v/oven. The pa,tentees say, — “This part of our improvements is accomplished by sub- “ stituting a small roller, covered with fine sand, emery, or other “ rough surface, revolving in a semi-circular trough or casing, in “ place of the ordinary temples, Avhich, being placed in. front of the “ reed, and the cloth passing under the roller and between it and “ the casing, will at each stroke of the slay come in close contact “ therewith, and thus guide or transmit the cloth of a parallel “ and uniform breadth to the cloth beam ivitbout the assistance “ of temple pins.” “ The second part of our improvements in weatdng machinery “ consists in a novel arrangement and construction of mechanism “ for the purpose of instantly stopping the loom, either when the “ weft thread breaks, or from any other cause is absent or not put in.” This part of our improvements consists in a very simple additional apparatus, which may be readily applied to looms in “ general, and may be termed ^ the weft watcher or detector,’ as “ it points out, v/ith unerring certainty, the breakage or absence “ of the weft thread, by the instantaneous disengagement of the “ taking-up motion, and entirely stopping the ordinary evolutions “ of the looms. As this object is to be accomplished by the “ absence of the weft thread, Ave are enabled to give it sufficient “ strength or poAver, Avhen in its place in the loom, to act upon “ the throAving-olf motion, by causing the thread to intersect a “ small forked lever which protrudes through the reed at every WEAVING. 169 stroke of the slay or crossing of the weft, which will cause such forked lever to rise when the thread is present and to fall when “ absent, and thus to be placed in combination with another detector lever, which is kept constantly vibrating or moving “ with the beating up of the slay, and by a proper arrangement and order of their motions will form an escapement, by which we are enabled to stop the taking-up motion and all other actions of the loom simultaneously, merely by the absence of the very first pick of weft.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See Meclianics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 93; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 51.] A.D. 1841, January 19.— N° 8796. SMITH, James. — This invention is divided into ten parts; the first seven relate to mixing and spinning “ cotton, silk, wool, and other fibrous substances.” The eighth part relates to preparing warps for weaving. The warps are wound upon the beams in a wet state, ^^just as they leave the brush in the dressing machine;” they are then sub- mitted to the action of steam, by placing them in a steam-chest, and after having allowed the steam to act upon the yarn beam until the whole mass has been heated to the temperature of the steam, the steam flowing to the chest is shut off by a stopcock or valve, and a communication is then opened with an air-pump ‘‘ or exhausted receiver, whereby the moisture in a state of vapour “ is carried off from the steaming chest and from the material “ on the beam or beams, so that the mass of thread is left nearly in a dry state.” The beams are then placed in a drying stove to evaporate the remaining moisture. The ninth part relates to improvements in weaving. A waved or corrigated spring ” is adapted to the skewers of shuttles, whereby the copes are more securely retained in their position.” “ A hose socket ” is fastened to the frame of the loom, and fitted to receive the point of the pirn cope when being thrust upon the skewer by the hand of the weaver. The shuttle eyes are plac’ed in an oblique position, “for the purpose of equalizing the tension of “ the thread as is flows from the cope.” One method of stopping the loom when the weft is not put in, is by the reed, which has a slight movement in the lay ; fingers, projecting from a shaft at the back of the lay, rest against the reed, and an arm from this shaft strikes against a stop connected with 170 WEAVING. the setting-on rod, when the reed is not forced back, and conse- quently the arm not lifted, by the weffc. Another mode of stopping the loom is thus described by the patentee : — On a rod, passing under the cloth and close to the breast beam, I place at each margin of the fabric small bent “ arms, which extend towards the fell of the cloth, each having a cross palm extending inwards a few inches from each margin, upon which cross palm I place a number of thin fingers with broad points, which are fitted to pass through betwixt the warp threads when no weft thread is present to obstruct them.” “ If the weft thread has been thrown in, the fingers are prevented ‘‘ from farther passing through the warp threads, which prevents the cross shaft to which the arms are attached from turning further round than that limit will allow ; but if no weft shot has been thrown in, then the points of the fingers, when they come “ down to the warp threads, are unsupported, and passing through betwixt the threads, permit the arm to fall so far down as to cause a radial arm extending from the small cross shaft to make an extra movement, whereby a small stop lever is raised to meet a projecting piece on the front of the lay, which, when the lay comes forward, strikes off the belt lever of the loom.” The tenth part consists in certain modes of applying the jacquard principle to looms, concerning which the patentee says : — “The jacquard movement and the principal parts of the “ apparatus I place under the web in the loom.” “ I can, by “ properly cut pattern cards, perform any class of work, from the ‘ most simple pattern to the most complex, and without altering “ what is commonly called the harness of the loom. One method “ consists in having a number of small spiral springs arranged in “ rows in a cast-iron casing or box over the web, having a spring “ for every thread that is to be in the warp. To these springs I “ suspend leach or line, which goes down to receive the common “ harness mail at the proper height for the warps ; to the lower “ part of the mails I attach continuous lines, which are attached “ below to sufficient weights, composed of iron, lead, or other “ suitable material, and which pass through a perforated plate “ or board, having holes pierced in it corresponding to the set of “ the web, the lower points of the weights passing through a “ lower plate or board similarly prepared, and having shoulders to “ stop them from falling lower than a certain suitable point. “ This weight pulls down the threads to their lowest working WEAVING. 171 ‘‘ level, overcoming the tension of the springs and of the threads ; but the moment that the weights are pushed up from the bottom, the springs above pull up the threads to their highest “ position. Another method consists in having needles, each with the eye at the top for receiving the warp threads ; these “ are arranged in rows and are kept to their place by passing through two perforated plates.” The jacquard cylinder is placed under the needles, and has a vertical motion given to it by cams or cranks. [Printed, 2s. 9d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 141’; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 69.] A.D. 1841, January 19.— N° 8801. STEINER, Frederick. — (A communication.) — Improvements in looms for weaving and cutting asunder double (piled) cloths, " and a machine for winding weft to be used therein,” which con- sist, ‘‘first, in forming the tappet of a series of revolving wheels, “ each of which wheels being moved along its axis by levers “ arranged for the purpose, acts upon several treadles successively, “ whereby the ground is woven.” The action of the levers upon the revolving wheels is governed by a cross grooved stud fixed to the frame. “ And of an excentric plate, by which the pile is ele- “ vated and depressed, so as to be woven into each cloth “ alternately.” “ Secondly, in a mode of applying a vibrating roller, by “ which the yarn to form the pile is kept at a uniform degree of “ tension.” This roller is fixed upon one end of a cranked lever, at the other end are suspended a spring and a weight, which by their joint action press the roller against the pile warp. “ Thirdly, in an improved guage for keeping the cloths (united “ by their common pile) at an equal distance from each other.” The gauge consists of two “rules,” which are fastened to levers, by which they are moved backwards and forwards, the levers being attached to the lay swords. The cloth passes between the rules and is kept apart by rollers at the back. “ Fourthly, in moveable shuttle boxes, so arranged as to weave both the cloths with one and the same shuttle passing through “ two separate sheds.” The shuttle boxes are connected to a lever which is worked by a cam. “ Fifthly, in an improved knife and traversing apparatus, by “ which the knife is made to cut asunder the pile uniting the two 172 WEAVING. cloths, and in an apparatus for sharpening the knife during the operation of weaving.” A circular revolving knife is used, v/hich is traversed by means of a cam. Two small hones are used to sharpen the knife, which hones are attached to steel springs. The winding machine consists of a machine for winding weft, or other thread to be used as weft, in the said looms on a fixed conical bobbin by a hollow revolving traversing spindle and fly, which wind the weft round the bobbin in a conical form.” The spindle is driven by a cone, so that as the bobbin decreases in size the pulley on the spindle works on the larger diameter of the cone, an d therefore turns the spindle faster. [Printed, lid. Drawings. See Meclianics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 141; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 70.] A.D. 1841, January 21.— N" 8806. DARKER, William Hill, senior, DARKER, William Hill, junior, and WOOD, William. — Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1841, January 26.— N« 8811. HENSHALL, Edwaud. — ^^Improvements in making, manu- facturing, or producing carpets and hearthrugs.” The improve- ments consist, firstly, in a machine for winding the threads or yarns which are to constitute the Warp threads of pile carpets from separate hanks of yarn, and lay two, three, or more threads side by side.” The hanks of yarn are placed upon reels in the upper part of the machine. Two or three threads are brought, down, according as to whether the carpet is wanted to be two or three thread, and passed through guides and wound on to the bobbin by ^^the friction of contact ” of a wooden drum. Secondly, in printing or stam^ping upon a flat surface or table, by means of any ordinary block or type-printing apparatus, spots, squares, or stripes in different colors across a collection or number of yarns or threads, so arranged that they may, after being so printed or stamped upon the table, be wound again upon a reel into hanks, then taken off the reel and removed to be steamed, washed, and dried, in order to clear, raise, or fix the colors, as in the ordinary process of printing woollen yarns.” WEAVING. 173 Thirdly, in weaving the warp yarn or threads of warp through- out its whole length into what may be termed a slight gauze work or fabric, having weft threads put in at distances or spaces of about an inch, or more or less, asunder, and this is done during the operation of beaming the warp from the bob- bins.” “ It may afterv/ards be printed with patterns or designs upon the surface of such woven gauze work after the ordinary manner of block printing.” The gauze, after being completely “ printed, may be removed to be steamed, washed, and dried in the ordinary manner of woollen printing, when it is to be after- wards rebeamed and woven in an ordinary plain carpet loom, the preparatory weft threads of the gauze being removed as the ‘‘ cloth is w^oven.” Fourthly, inweaving pile carpets plain, either in white or grey yarn, or any other color intended as the ground of the pattern, “ and afterwards printing upon the said plain goods any pattern or device in the ordinary manner of block or machine printing, the colored parts of which may be raised, washed, and dried in the usual way.” The backs are afterwards stiffened with size or other suitable matter.” [Printed, l5. 3cl. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 21 {con- joined series), p. 176 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 34, p. 461 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 4, p. 359.] A.D. 1841, January 30. — N® 8821. MACLELLAL, James. — “An improved combination of ma- “ terials for umbrella and parasol cloth.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1841, February 3. — N° 8830. HANCOCK, William, the younger. — “An improved descrip- “ tion of fabric suitable for making friction gloves, horse brushes, “ and other articles requiring rough surfaces.” In the description of this invention the patentee says, — “ The harness of the loom is “ hung or suspended as in the ordinary mat loom, which method “ answers rather better for weaving my improved description of “ fabric than the harness hung as in the ordinary velvet loom, but “ either method will do.” “ For the ground or warp of my fabric “ I use fine hempen or cotton yarn, drftssed or undressed, or other “ suitable material ; and for the pole, spun horsehair, either alone “ or in combination with spun wool or cotton. I use also as the “ pole the long horsehair unspun, also the fibre called manilla. 174 WEAVING. the fibre of the cocoa-nut tree, fine split cane or whalebone, in combination with the horse-hair, spun or unspun.” ‘‘ I use a shoot of fine spun hemp wound on boxwood pipes fastened in a shuttle. The weaving is conducted in every respect, and the pole cut so as to form the pile or rough surface, in the same manner as in ordinary velvet weaving.” For the purpose of fixing the horsehair in the fabric with additional firmness and security, I use a weak solution of gum tragacanth (commonly called gum dragon) in water, or the solution of caoutchouc.” [Printed, 4id. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 22 {con- joined series), p. 273; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. ,35, p. 175 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 98.] A.D. 1841, March 2.— N° 8860. ENGLAND, George. — This invention relates, first, to a mode “ of constructing and applying apparatus to looms for weaving, to facilitate the change of pattern.” Moving vertically in a frame affixed to the end frame of the loom are a series of sliding bars, which are attached by cords to the jacks ; on each of these sliding bars are two stops, which come opposite to two levers working on a fulcrum at one end, and which are moved up and down by a double crank. The stops are thrown on to the levers by a pattern barrel,” or by suitable apparatus applied to a jacquard cylinder.” Secondly, to a mode of preparing jacquard cards,” which con- sists in cementing by paste, glue, or other suitable material, calico, linen, or other similar woven fabric to one or both sur- faces of the cards.” The woven fabric is also used as hinges or connections for jacquard cards.” “ Thirdly, to a mode of giving off the warp from the warp beam in weaving.” Instead of weighting the warp beam, the warp on the beam is placed in contact with a weighted roller. Fourthly, to a mode of twisting, spooling, and warping woollens.” This consists in winding on to bobbins from cops or bobbins, by means, of friction rollers, and in unwinding the bobbins when in the warping machine, by means of friction rollers. Fifthly, to a mode of weaving woollen doeskins, in order to obtain a better and more even face anduniformity of elasticity.” This is by employing seven heddles in place of the numbers here- tofore used. [Printed, Is. 6rf. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 238 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 165.] WEAVING. 175 A.D. 1841, April 3.— 8913. OGDEN, James, and WOOLLAM, Joseph Grundy. — ‘‘ Ini- provements in looms for weaving,” which relate, firstly, to the lay or slay, and the several parts connected therewith, and con- sist in dispensing with all the woodwork of which the slay is usually made, and substituting a slay entirely of metal.” In connection with the above a “ metallic picker ” is employed, which is furnished with a piece of leather just at the part it meets the shuttle point. Secondly, to the reed, which is made to swing loosely, being supported by the bottom rail or frame with its upper side loose.” The reed is thus caused to swing or fall back as it strikes or beats up the cloth at every stroke of the lathe, and by so falling “ back to disengage certain stop or catch pieces, which would otherwise come into contact at every vibration of the slay ; ” and by a simple connection throw the strap from off the driving pulley,” Thirdly, to delivering or taking up the cloth as the weaving proceeds.” For this purpose three rollers are placed imme- diately in front of the slay, which rollers are to hold or distend the cloth as it is made, and being driven with a regular con- tinuous motion, will deliver the fabric into a trough or box below in folds or plaits.” Fourthly, to the manner of delivering the yarn from the yarn beam. This is by two small rollers, which are kept pressed tightly against the yarn beam by a helical spring. The slack is taken up by a roller, which is caused to ascend by the revolution of ex- centrics. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 318 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 6, p. 228.] A.D. 1841, April 3.— N<^ 8915. BRYANT, Zachariah. — An improved method of manufactur- ing cloth and other fabrics from woollen, cotton, flax, silk, and other substances.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. J841, April 22.— N° 8929. BENTHAM, Joseph. — Improvements in weaving.” [No Specification enrolled.] 176 WEAVING. A.D. 1841, April 22.— N« 8933. ROSTRON, John, and WELCH, Thomas. — The^e improve- mentvS relate firstly to the lathe or slay common^ used in povv er looms.” Instead of the shuttle and picker boxes of the slay being furnished with a wire spindle or guide for the pickers to travel along when the impelling power is imparted to them by the picking sticks,” the ‘‘ improved slay is merely provided with “ a slight wooden rail or guide piece, which sutficientiy secures “ the pickers from flying out of their boxes.” Secondly, to the form of picker used with the improved slay, which consists “ in a common hide or leather picker, being made “ simply by bending the hide or leather double, and forming a “ straight piece, with a small projecting nib or pin beneath, for “ the purpose of running in a slot or groove formed in the slay.” Thirdly, “ to the letting off or giving out of the yarn or warps “ as the weaving proceeds.” This is by a similar motion to that employed as a take-up motion, and described in the Specification of Thomas Welch, for which Letters Patent 6480] were granted. Fourthly, to the application of a helical spring to the cloth beam, “ in order to give elasticity to its action, and allow the cloth “ to be taken up and wound upon the cloth beam without in- “ juring or straining the yarn or warp threads.” [Printed, Is. IfZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 365 ; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 278.] A.D. 1841, April 27.— 8936. ROBINSON, Thomas — (A communication.) — This is an inven- tion of a machine for drying wool, cotton, and other fibrous mate- rials in a manufactured and unmanufactured state. It consists of a chamber, inside of which are two revolving compartments, which are fixed on a shaft, which receives its motion “ from a steam “ engine or other power.” The compartments are composed of side plates, by which they are fastened to the shaft, and at the ends are bars, against which the water is pressed out of the material on the revolving of the compartments. On either side of the shaft a space is left for air to get to the compartments. [Printed, l5. 8d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 17 {new series), p. 162; London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 21 {conjoined series), p. 186; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 382; Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 291 ; and Transactions of the Society of Arts, vol. 55, p. 197.] WEAVING. 177 A.D. 1841, May 6.— 8950. GRAHAM, Hugh.— "This invention relates to an improved method of dyeing the weft for Kidderminister carpeting, so as to produce more than one colour, either on the figure or the ground across the entire width of the said carpeting, from the same thread of weft.” The yarn is first reeled all of a length ; “ the circumference of this reel should he rather more than twice the width of the carpet intended to he wove, to allow for the turns.” The skeins are then placed upon dyeing poles, each skein being tied under the pole to prevent its shifting, the lower end is then dyed to any length or gauge required. This being done the skein is placed between two pieces of wood fastened firmly together with clamps, the poles are withdrawn, and the other ends are suspended in like manner upon another vessel to be dyed another colour. [Printed, Gd. Drawings.] A.D. 1841, July 21.— N° 9032. McBRIDE, John. — This invention consists, firstly, of a mode of applying the jacquard in the power ‘Hoorn to the working of “ leaves of headles.” The needles of the jacquard are caused to act upon rods, one of which is provided to each leaf of headles, these rods have hooks at their lower ends, so that v/hen they are thrown back by the needles, they are drawn down by levers actu- ated by cams, and thus the headles raised. Secondly, in “ applying jacquard machinery to power looms for “ working the flower or ornamental parts when in combination with “ other means of working the heddles for twilling the ground.” Thirdly, “in a novel arrangement of mechanism for the pur- pose of stopping the loom when the weft shoot breaks or is “ w'anting.” In describing this part of the invention the patentee says, — “ The first arrangement of mechanism consists of a small “ curved reed moving nearly horizontally in another small reed or “ heck placed upright in the lay, and by the pressure of the w'effc “ thread between the face of the curved reed and the upright reed “ in the lay the curved reed is prevented from passing through “ the other, and by this means supports a small float at the striking off motion of the loom. In the event of the weft thread “ not being thrown across the web, or if it be absent, the curved w. M 178 WEAVING. part of the horizontal reed passes through the reed or heck in the lay, and the float or weight not being raised causes all the motions of the loom to stop instantly. The second arrange- “ ment of mechanism for stopping the loom when the weft shoot breaks or is wanting is what I term the weft hand, from its re- semblance to the human hand in its operation of feeling for the “ pressure of the weft thread on the bottom of the lay, and by means of this weft hand being shut when the weft thread is present, and open when the thread is broken or absent, I am “ enabled, from its altered position, to expose the thumb-piece to the stroke of a lever thrown into the side of the reed by the shuttle when entering the box of the lay. By the stroke of this lever the thumb or needle is moved back and turns a pro- ‘‘ tector rod, and thereby stops all the motions of the loom instantaneously.^^ [Printed, Is. 10c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 35, p. 414; and Inventors’ Advocate, vol. 5, p. 346.] A.D. 1841, September 4. — N® 9065. DARKER, William Hill, senior, DARKER, William Hill, junior, and WOOD, William. — These improvements apply par- ticularly to looms for weaving Brussels and other carpets. The patentees claim as their invention, firstly, the general arrange- ment and disposition of the various parts of a power loom, as applied to weaving Brussels carpets, and other similar fabrics.” Secondly, fetching the pile wire by means of a rod, having a clip, spring, or other holder at the end thereof.” The wire is placed in a trough by hand, and a wooden rod, having “ a clip ” at the end, is used to place it under the pile warp. The rod is actuated by a cord passing over a grooved pulley, which is worked by a cam, a lever, and a chain. Thirdly, a method “ of obtaining a dwell of sufficient length to “ insert the wire.” This is done by having two swords on each side of the lay. The swords are connected to a crank at the top, and to a sliding bar, which is worked by a cam, at the bottom, so that as the slay has a tendency to advance by the revolution of the crank at the top, the lower ends of the swords are advanced with twice the speed of the crank, and thereby the slay, instead of slowly advancing, has a tendency to retreat.” Fourthly, raising the jacquard and mounture in whatever way “ it may be effected.” WEAVING. 179 Fifthly, raising the pattern or griff by means of upright rods.” The rods are raised by levers actuated by cams. Sixthly, placing the linen headles “ at the back of the mounture, as applied to weaving Brussels carpets.” A pin taking-up roller is used. [Printed, Is. *ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1841, September 8. — N° 9078. GA RNETT, Joseph, and MASON, John. — The first part of this invention relates to manufacturing yarns. That which relates to the subject of this series is giving to the lay in looms for weaving cloth a variable motion, which is done by placing a crank pin in one of the arms of the driving pulley ; this pin works in a curved groove formed at one end of an upright vibrating arm ; to this arm the connecting link attached to the lay is jointed. The crank arm and link are placed at each side of the loom. Also a machine forming a rotary press for pressing cloth. The machine consists of a framing, made hollow, and forming a steam chamber. The upper part of this chamber is formed as a semi- circular trough or concave bed,” in which a cylinder revolves. The cloth is passed under and around the cylinder, and is wound upon a roller, resting on the top of it by friction of contact.” [Printed, 3s. 10 9112. BARR^:, Mathias, and NICHOLAS, La Roche.— T his inven- tion relates to a mode of making a strong fabric of cotton, appli- cable to sails and other purposes where a similar strong fabric is required ; and such invention consists in forming each warp thread of two or more yarns of cotton twisted together, and each shoot of the weft of four or more yarns of cotton.” [Printed, 4>d. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 1 {enlarged series), p. 277 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 36, p. 318.] A.D. 1841, October 21.— N'’ 9126. WHITWORTH, James, and BOOTH, Hugh.— This invention relates to certain combinations of mechanism or apparatus to be “ attached or applied to ordinary power looms, for the purpose of effecting the required shedding of the healds or shafts, for working or forming the figure.” The mechanism consists of M 2 180 WEAVING. a series of bent levers, which are worked by a chain of tappets These bent levers are jointed to upright levers attached to a frame, which is caused to vibrate by a crank on the driving shaft. On the upright levers are incline planes, which are brought in contact with similar incline planes on shedding levers attached by wires or cords to the jacks; and according as to whether the incline planes act above or below on the shedding levers, so the healds are either raised or lowered, and this is governed by the chain of tappets. [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1841, November 16. — N'^ 9160. NEWALL, Robert Stirling. — This invention relates to the manufacture of flat bands.” The first improvement consists in manufacturing a flat band by subjecting a piece of iron or other metal to a process of drawing through rectangular orifices or dies of hardened steel or other material.” The second improvement consists in manufacturing them of “ a combination of narrow bands or strips of iron or other “ metal.” The third improvement consists in forming a flat band by weaving narrow strips or wires of metal in a loom, the strips or wires which constitute the warp being wound on separate bob- “ bins, and kept at a uniform tension during the operation of weaving. It will in irjost cases be advisable to have the wire “ used as the weft of smaller size than that used as the warp.” [Printed, l5. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {neio series), p. 72; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 30, p. 414.] A.D. 1841, December 21.— N« 9194. WATSON, Henry Hough. — Improvements in dressing, stiffening, and finishing cotton and other fibrous substances, and textile and other fabrics, part or parts of which improve- ments are applicable to the manufacture of paper.” The im- provements consist, “firstly, in the removal by singeing of the “ fine protruding fibres and loose filamentous matter from the “ articles and goods mentioned. “ Secondly, in imbruing or impregnating the articles and goods “ with a certain solution, mixture, or size.” WEAVING. 181 The goods to be dressed by singeing are submitted to the action of air made so hot as to be capable of burning or charing “ the fine fibres of organic matter.” The first improvement relating to the second head of the inven- tion consists in ^^the application of a solution of sulphate of “ magnesia in the manufacture of paper, and the application of a solution of sulphate of magnesia, sulphate of soda, or sul- phate of potash, or of a mixture of two or more of the salts, to the other description of goods.” The next improvement consists in the application of the compound formed by mixing a combination of resin and alkali with sulphate of magnesia, and also the application of the com- pound formed by mixing a combination of tallow or other grease and alkali with sulphate of magnesia, both in the stiffening and finishing of goods and in paper-making.” The next improvement consists in causing cloth or other goods, after the same has had in any way or in any degree applied thereto a solution or mixture of any kind containing sulphate of magnesia, alum, or other salt whose base is a metallic oxide, to “ be so acted upon by an atmosphere of or containing ammoniacal gas as that the metallic oxide forming the base of the salt con- tained therein shall become deposited in or upon the cloth, calico, or other goods.” The next improvement consists in the application to cloth or “ other goods in the dressing, stiffening, and finishing thereof, for whatever purpose the said cloth or goods may be intended, ‘‘ combinations of ammonia, with lard, tallow, oil, or other grease, wax, spermatic or stearine, and of ammonia, with all or any “ two or m.ore of the other several ingredients.” The last improvement consists in drying cloth or other goods ‘‘ by the application of the heated air produced by or resulting ‘‘ from the action of atmospheric air, or other air containing oxygen, upon charcoal, coke, or other carbonaceous matter in “ a state of ignition.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawing. See London Journal (Newton’s), vol. 21 (con- joined series), p. 331 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 37, p. 41. A.D. 1842, February 10.— 9252. NICKELS, Christopher. — Improvements in the manufac- “ ture of plaited fabrics.” “ In making plaited fabrics for frills and for other purposes, the folding and fastening of the plaits have 182 WEAVING. been performed by hand after the fabrics used have been woven. Now the object of the invention is to manufacture plaited fabrics by the act of weaving in a loom.^’ In explaining the invention the patentee describes the method of forming stripes of plaited fabric between stripes of plain, which is accomplished by dividing the warp into two parts, and beaming the part that is to form the plaited fabric on one beam, and the part that is to form the plain fabric on the other beam ; and by weighting less heavily the part of the warp that is to make the plaited fabric, than that which is to make the plain, the required effect is produced. [Printed, M. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 1 {enlarged series), p. 94; and vol. 4 {enlarged series), pp. 172 and 173; London Journal {Newton's), vol. 22 {conjoined series), p. 283; Record of Patent Inven- tions, vol. 1, p. 18 ; Scott’s Reports, vol. 8, p. 97 ; Manning and Granger’s Reports, vol. 7, p. 378 ; and Jurist, vol. 8, p. 474.] A.D. 1842, February 15.— N« 9255. ANDREW, James, Jun. — The object of this invention is to substitute the employment of farina” ‘^in the common process of preparing, stiffening, and dressing yarns or warps in the place of wheaten flour.” The patentee says, — I am perfectly aware that the employment of the same article ^ farina ^ has already been attempted to be used for such purposes.” “ I use the farina “ as follows, and which peculiar mode of its employment or appli- cation constitutes the only feature of novelty or claim in my present invention. Instead of mixing farina in large quantities, and allowing it to stand so long that all its glutinous or thicken- ing and stiffening quality is lost, it must be mixed, when in the flour or pulverized state, in small pails or buckets, each dresser mixing his own quantity, and using it immediately in the dress- ing machine whilst hot. The vessel or trough in which the farina is used in the dressing machines must be lined with brass.” [Printed, %d. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 21 {con- joined series), p. 360 ; and Record of Patent Inventions, vol. 1, p. 24.] A.D. 1842, February 15. — N° 9257. OSBALDESTON, John. — This invention relates, ‘‘first, to a “ mode of applying springs to the back of the slay of a loom.” The springs “ are affixed to and carried by the slay swords,” and act against the back of the slay, which moves freely at the upper part of the swords, “ in a direction from front to back of the loom, “ so that when the weft is being beaten up, the springs will govern “ the strength of the beating-up.” AVEAVING. 183 Secondly, to a mode of applying springs between the slay and crank shaft of a loom.” In this case, in place of the springs being carried by the swords of the slay, they are used in the ‘‘ connecting rods which connect the crank shaft with the slay, thus allowing the connecting rods to shorten as the beating-up takes place.” Thirdly, “ to a mode of stopping the beat-up of a loom when “ shuttle is not thrown into the shuttle box,” which is done by two levers working on vertical axes, these levers are placed so as to come in contact with the frame of the loom, except when moved out of the way by ‘'^bulges ” within the shuttle boxes. Fourthly, to a mode of stopping a loom when weft is not pro- “ perly supphed.” When the strap is on the driving pulley the strap lever rests in a catch, but when the slay is not resisted by weft, it strikes a projection on the strap lever and knocks it out of the catch. Fifthly, ‘‘to a mode of winding up the work as it is produced.” On the axis of the work roller is a wheel, which is moved by two cranked levers that receive their motion from crank pins on a wheel driven from the main shaft. The upper ends of the cranked levers “ are formed wedge-shaped,” and take into holes in the wheel, and thus turn it a short distance every time the lower ends of the levers are raised by the crank pins. Sixthly, “to a mode of giving off the warp from the warp “ beam.” On the axis of the warp beam a cog wheel is fixed, into which the teeth of an endless chain work. This chain moves on two rollers, the top one of which is carried by a spring bearer, and from the bottom one a weight is suspended, hence the chain being acted upon by the weight opposes the drawing off of the warp. Seventhly, “ to a mode of regulating the giving off of the warp “ from the warp beam.” This is by a similar motion to that described for winding up the work as it is produced ; the wedge- shaped ends of the cranked levers being kept constantly pressed against the wheel by weights. Eighthly, “ to a mode of drawing off and delivering the warp “ from the warp beam.” This is done by two fluted rollers, be- tween which the warp is pressed and held. The rollers are turned by cog wheels. Ninthly, “ to a mode of arranging the driving parts of the loom, “ by applying a wheel between the two end framings, in place of 184 WEAVING. ‘‘ at one end as heretofore, and giving motion to the treadles by “ means of projections from such wheel.’^ Tenthly, to a mode of constructing and working temples.” The temples are composed of chaps,” which are closed by a crank actuated by a ratchet wheel, and they are moved sideways and endwise by links v/hen they are closed.” Eleventhly, to a peculiar arrangement of revolving temples.” In this case two spike wheels are used, in one the spikes are all fixed, in the other the spikes move with the cloth, after taking hold of it, by sliding in a groove in the v/heel in which they are placed; the ends of the stems of the spikes rest against a roller [the shape of which appears to give the movement to the spikes]. Twelfthly, to a mode of stopping the loom by means of the shuttle when yarns stick in the shed.” This is done by the shuttle cutting the weft. For this purpose it is supplied with a lever, at one end of which is a cutting apparatus, the other end of the lever stands in such a position as to be interfered with and operated on by any sticking warp interfering with the shed.” [Printed, l5. llcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newtori’s), vol. 22 {conjoined series), p. 454; and Record of Patent Inventions, vol. 1, p. 26.] • A.D. 1842, March 1.— N° 9271. LA RIVIERE, Marc. — (A communication.) — This invention re- lates to “ an improved apparatus for setting the figures or designs in figure weaving, and transferring the same or indicial points of the same, by punching, to the cards usually employed in such weaving.” “The setting and transferring part of the appa- “ ratus ” consists of “ a warp frame,” which rests on ledges, and may be removed from the external framework. The vertical warp threads are passed through holes in boards at the top and bottom, being secured to the bottom board by knots, and attached at top to rows of metal links ; slips of wood are passed between the dif- ferent rows of links, and they are all kept together by two outside bars with screws. The metal links have eyelet holes at their upper ends, by which they are hooked on to a corresponding set of metal links placed above them, which are parted and secured by slips of wood, metal bars, and binding screws exactly in the same manner as the first set. To the upper ends of the second set of metal links are attached by loops a set of warp threads, which are passed through holes in an angularly inclined board, whence WEAVING. 185 they are carried across the top of the machine and passed through another angularly inclined hoard, and then brought down and attached by loops to a set of solid metal rods, which terminate in helical springs. To these springs are looped on a third set of warp threads, which after being passed through an angularly inclined metal frame are carried over to the punching machine, and there attached to the punches. The figure or design is set on the moveable warp frame “ by cross threads or- sheds in the usual way,” and the reading off is accomplished by draw- ing. together by the two ends each cross thread of the shoot in “ succession,” and by pushing out by means of a lever each lash of the warp thus separated from the rest, and thereby raising the punches attached to the threads of each lash. The cards are formed into one string or chain and are passed under the punches by the action of two square revolving bars ” actuated by a lever. The punches that are drawn up, and those that are to remain down, are held in their places by a comb, which passes under the former and fits into grooves in the latter. A weighted ball handle with a screw brings the press frame down upon the punches, and cuts the cards. The patentee claims the combination of the punching apparatus with the ordinary jacquard re-cutting machine.” [Printed, l5. 5(^. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 3 series)^ p. 321 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 38, p. 347 ; and Record of Patent Inven- tions, vol. 1, p. 81.] A.D. 1842, March 31 9311. TRIPPETT, William Liversidge. — ^improvements in looms for weaving by hand or by power.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1842, April 26.— N« 9329. WOOD, William. — This invention consists in weaving two pieces of carpeting in the same loom at the same time. The “ two pieces are woven face to face, that is, two separate linen “ grounds or warps are employed, and into or on to them is woven the pattern from worsted or other warps arranged as is usual in weaving Brussels and Wilton carpeting or other figured fabrics. In order to weave carpeting, the worsted warps from the ordinary bobbins are placed between the two WEAVING. 186 linen warps, and by the evolutions of the loom the pattern part thereof is bound to the under linen warp and then to the upper one, and so on alternately.” The pattern part of the worsted warps is raised by the jacquard apparatus, and bound into the upper linen warp, and the remaining portion of the worsted “ warp is bound into the under linen warp by every shute or weft. The double fabric thus produced is afterwards cut “ asunder or separated by a knife or other cutting instrument.” The knife slides in a groove in a board, and is actuated by a cord passing over pulleys and attached to the front headle shaft. [Printed, Is. Drawings. See Record of Patent Inventions, vol. 1, p. 224.] A.D. 1842, May 3.— N° 9339. RATLTON, John. — These improvements consist, firstly, in me- chanism for stopping the working parts of power looms whenever the weft thread breaks, or the shuttle does not complete its “ course or enter the shuttle box.” A swell at the back of the shuttle box is connected to a lever, swivelling on its fulcrum,” so as to project the reverse end of the lever forward when the shuttle enters the box. There is also provided a small elbow lever,” having its upright arm divided, or as a fork, which passes between two coarse wires, placed at the end of the reed, “ every time the slay beats up ; the weft thread intersecting these “ wires and the forked arm,” keeps the fork in a nearly vertical position. But whenever the shuttle does not enter the box, or the weft thread breaks, the tail of the elbow lever falls into a line wdth the lever connected to the swell, which strikes against it, and by means of a bar shifts the knocking off rod.” Secondly, in a particular construction of the apparatus used in weaving, called temples.” “ These temples consist of two “ or more small metal rollers or bars, upon either one or all of which a screw thread is formed, one half of which is ‘‘ right-handed and the other left-handed; the rollers are then “ closely fluted or ground all round in a longitudinal direction, or that of their axes, which forms a continuous surface of fine “ points or pins.” ‘‘ The cloth passes over one and under the ‘‘ other, being distended tightly, and is thus firmly held out and ‘‘ transmitted over the breast beam.” Thirdly, in making the connecting links, which connect the cranks to the lay, in two or more pieces capable of sliding in and WEAVING. 187 out of one another. The links are kept out to their full length by a spring. Fourthly, in a simple arrangement of mechanism for allowing the yarn or warp beam to recoil or run back any required number of picks.” A small lever is attached to the clicks ” of the taking-up wheel, and by lifting up this lever when the recoil is wanted, the taking-up motion is released, and the weighted warp roller recoils and pulls back the warps and cloth,” until a catch falls upon the taking-up wheel and stops the running back of the warp beam. [Printed, lOiZ. Drawings. See Record of Patent Inventions, vol. 1, p. 264.] A.D. 1842, May 9.— N« 9347. SANDERSON, William. — Improvements in weaving fabrics to be used for covering buttons.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1842, May 23.— N° 9359. GOOS, Frederick. — Certain improvements in the jacquard machine.” The features of novelty consist in introducing “ a press board,” pierced with holes, and removing the cylinder from its usual situation. The cylinder is made plain, or not pierced, and employed merely for the purpose of advancing the cards, the press board holding the cards to act upon the needles.” Pegs are placed upon the front board as well as upon the cylinder, in order to ensure the more certain presentation of the cards to the needles.” The position‘d of the holdfast upon the lantern” is reversed, and rods and springs are employed to act upon the lantern from below. The bottom of the “ holdfast ” is bevilled. An independent “ lantern ” is employed outside the framing, with a flange to guide the latches, which are made in one piece instead of two. The cylinder guide frame is open at the end, “in order “ that the cylinder and press board, with their carriage, may be “ readily removed to put the cards over.” The bottom rail of the guide frame is made adjustable by bolts and slots, and the carriage and slide of the cylinder are kept firm by a cross rod. By this arrangement the slide may be placed inside of the guide rails, instead of outside as heretofore. Additional holdfasts are placed at the top of the cards to press them on the cylinder. Two rods with springs attached, having flat heads or discs countersunk, are introduced in the front board for the purpose of pushing the card 188 WEAVING. off the needles. An iron plate is used for the bottom guides of the hooks, the plate has holes pierced in it for the hooks, and wires are introduced under this plate to prevent the hooks being displaced. The tail ends of the hooked wires are made so long that they extend upwards above the top row of needles ; these tail ends bearing against a series of horizontal wires act as springs upon the needles. A disc, having circular studs or teeth upon its side, is used to work into the rack upon the griff for sliding the cylinder in and out. [Printed, Is. 7d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 23 {con-- joined series), p. 164; and Record of Patent Inventions, vol. 1, p. 312.] A.D. 1842, September 29. — N° 9482. RIDSDALE, John. — Improvements in preparing fibrous mate- rials for weaving, and in sizing warps.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1842, October 13.— 9491. SIEVIER, Robert William. — This invention consists, firstly, in producing plain or figured goods or fabrics having terry or looped surfaces, “by partially beating up certain picks of the “shoot or weft threads, and afterwards further beating up or “ driving home those picks or shoots, in order to cause certain “ portions of the terry warp to pucker up in loops.” Secondly, in the construction of looms for carrying that object into effect. The means by whichthe length of stroke of the lay is occasionally shortened, so as to only paitially beat up the picks of shoot, is by having slots in the lay swords where the pins go to connect them to the cranks, so that by moving the pins up these slots, the stroke of the lay is lengthened, and by moving them down the stroke is shortened, the lay being hung from above. A cam actuating a lever gives the required movement to the pins in the slots. Three warps are used, “ the draw warp,” constituting the foundation, “ the terry warp,” and “ the binding warp.” When the loop is driven up, the draw warp is tightened, and the terry warp slackened. This is done by a cam and lever actuating a shaft, round which a rope is passed, which is connected to the weight of the draw beam; and another rope is connected to a lever, which slackens the terry warp. In the hand loom stops are raised by the jacquard to determine the length of beat of the lay. [Printed, Is. 2d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 189 A.D. 1842, November 3.— N« 950/. BULLOUGH, James. — (A communication.) — Improvements “ in the construction of looms for weaving.” “ Firstly, these improvements apply to the heald shafts.” In- stead of the healds being fastened directly to the shafts, they are fastened to a wire or cord running along the bottom of the shaft, and suspended by vertical wires, cords, or springs from an upper wire placed in a recess in the top of the shaft. Secondly, ^^the heald rollers or bosses,” from which the healds are suspended, are made excentric instead of being circular rollers or bosses as usual. Thirdly, ^^a beam or bar” is introduced between the yarn beam and the healds, extending under the yarn or warp threads the whole width of the loom.” This beam or bar is raised by ex- centrics, so as to give slackness to the top shed when the lay beats up. Fourthly, a motion for letting off the yarn from tlie yarn beam. “ A carrier and roller ” on the cam shaft actuate a lever with a click working a ratchet wheel on a shaft, on the reverse end of which is a conical drum, mounted with a sliding groove and feather upon the shaft. This drum drives and is supported by a strap from a pulley, which through a worm and worm-wheel drives the yarn beam. The conical drum is caused to slide along the shaft, so as to present a larger diameter to the strap which drives the yarn beam, as it decreases in size, by a roller which is connected to a bell-crank lever, the other end of which is con- nected to the conical drum ; the roller is caused to press against the yarn roller by a spring. Fifthly, a contrivance for preventing what is commonly called “ ‘ float.’ ” An additional headle is suspended by a spiral spring in front of the ordinary harness, through which half the same warps as are worked by the back shaft pass.” When this headle does not pass freely up and down, it brings a lever in contact with a stop on the lay sword, and vibrates a shaft con- nected with the strap lever and stops the loom. Sixthly, this is another method for preventing the float,” which is done by breaking the weft thread in the shuttle by means of a bent wire, which, when depressed by the warp threads, catches hold of the weft and snaps it. Seventhly, a stop motion. The reed is carried by a spring cap 190 WEAVING, and swivels in the top rail, so that when the shuttle is in the shed the reed is forced back and vibrates two levers fixed to the stop rod and stops the loom. Eighthly, a friction brake is attached to the fly-wheel of the loom. A spring is used to keep the brake against the fly-wheel, and it is lifted away by a small support, attached to the brake lever and running in an inclined plane on the strap lever. Ninthly, novel mode of working the healds and shafts.” The ends of the heald shafts are placed in recesses or frames at each side of the loom, and they are worked by levers and a cam on the cam shaft below. Tenthly, ‘‘a certain arrangement or application of mechanism whereby the ^ card cylinder ’ is made to turn entirely indepen- dent of the lifting motion for shedding the warps.” A cam on the cam shaft lifts a rod connected to a lever working a pinion and rack on a rod attached to the cylinder, thus sliding it in or out. A similar independent motion is used to lift the “ griff.” [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1842, November 25.— N« 9523. SMITH, James. — This invention relates to apparatus to be applied to ribbon looms, ^^in order to introduce ornamenting threads in pattern on the several fabrics produced side by side in the same loom.” The ornamenting threads are passed through the eyes of needles, which are fixed to ‘^ornamenting “ bars.” These ornamenting bars are attached to a frame which is worked up and down by cords passing over pulleys at the top of the lay and attached to a rail, the working of the pattern caus- ing the frame to lift up or drop down. The pattern is varied by the length of the longitudinal movement given to the ornament- ing bars, and this is governed by a grooved barrel or cylinder, which is turned by a ratchet wheel and click, and the time regu- lated by the jacquard. “ The grooves for governing the pattern “ are to be cut or formed around the barrel or cylinder according “ to the pattern desired to be obtained, and of a width according “ to the distances the ornamenting threads are to be moved “ across the warp threads of the fabric at particular parts of the “ patterns.” Cords from the jacquard are used to lift up the orna- menting bars when not required to work. [Printed Is. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, 1vol. 2 {enlarged series)^ P. 78.] WEAVING. 191 A.D. 1842, December 8.— N« 9549. LOMAS, William, and SHIM WELL, Isaac. — The patentees say, — Our invention consists in the application of the fibres of wool, cotton, or flax, when such fibres are in the state commonly known by the name of rovings, to the formation of drapery cords, welting cords, bell cords, cord for making the petticoats of tassels, and for the weft of plummett or bullion fringes, in the place of spun yarns.^’ “ The head or warp of our improved fringes is composed of a number of spun threads, similar in every respect to the warps of fringes generally, and the roving, “ after being suitably prepared, in the manner to be herein-after described, is woven in to form the fringe in the ordinary manner. The weft or fringe cord of our improved fringes is composed of a roving, which for this purpose is subjected to the usual processes of twisting and dressing.^^ [Printed, 4cZ. No drawing. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 39, p. 31.] A.D. 1842, December 28. — N° 9573. THOMPSON, Thomas. — These improvements relate to those kinds of fabrics which have a terry or raised looped surface ; and consist in certain means of introducing and withdrawing the wires or tags, upon which the terry loops are formed.” The wires are attached to moveable arms, two of which are employed, one on each side of the work. Each arm slides in and out in a socket fixed to a plate, forming a carriage for the arm, the plate of the carriage of one arm being made fast to the under side of a horizontal rail, and the plate of the carriage of the other arm to the upper side of another horizontal rail. These rails are caused to slide laterally by means of levers, which are actuated by cords from the jacquard, and the lateral movement inserts and withdraws the wire. A movement is given to the wires between the point of withdrawal from and insertion into the fabric ; this is done by weighted cords passing over pulleys at the back of the arms, which sends them forward to be inserted into the wide part of the shed, and the reed drives them back to the fell of the cloth. [Printed, Drawings. See London Journal {Newton^s)^ vol. 24. (cow- joined series) y p. 332.] 192 WEAVING. A.D. 1843, February ll.—N® 9625. HILL, John.' — This invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving various fabrics, in which raised loops or a raised pile constitute the face or the figure of the fabric.” The wires to form the pile are placed into a “ feeding apparatus,” from which they are caused to drop by the action of the lay striking a lever, which actuates three wheels connected to levers, which catch the wires as they drop, and transmit them one by one, as they are wanted, into wire guides,” through which they drop into a straight slot in a rod, by which they are carried into the shed, and the rod is turned partly round, so as to let the wire drop on to the yarn ; the rod is then drawn back and turned so as to have the straight slot uppermost to receive another wire. The rod is caused to pass into the shed by the action of a cam and cranked lever, which actuate a moveable bearer,” to which the rod is con- nected. The rod is partly turned, so as to drop the wire into the shed, by a stud which works in a curved slot in the rod. The loom is caused to move slower when the v/ire is being in- troduced, than when the shuttle passes the weft through the warp. This is done by having two driving pulleys, one fast on the crank shaft, and the other loose on the crank shaft, but with a pinion fast to it, which through gearing on a supplementary shaft drives the crank shaft at a slower speed. The strap is passed from one pulley to the other by the strap guide, which is actuated by a grooved drum. [Printed, 10c/. Drawings.] A.D. 1843, March ll.~N° 9660, KENWORTFIY, William. — “ Certain improvements in ma- chinery or apparatus called beaming or warping machines.” These improvements consist, first, in mechanism for reversing the beam on which the yarns are being wound in the event of a thread breaking. Secondly, in ntechanism for taking up the slack ” as the beam is reversed. In the warping machine described, the beam is caused to revolve and wind on the yarn by friction of contact with a bed or bottom roller.” On the shaft on which this roller is fixed there are two fast pulleys, one at each end, and two loose pulleys, and the strap guides are so arranged that when the strap is turned WEAVING. 193 off the fast pulley, which causes the yarn to be wound on the l)eam, on to the loose pulley on that side, a crossed strap is turned on to the fast pulley on the other side of the machine, which un- winds the yarn. The slack is taken up by cross rods, which slide down grooves in the frame. The rods are supported by a sliding frame, which is shifted by a cam just sufficiently to allow the first rod to slide down, and that acting on a vertical rail of the sliding frame, makes room for the next to slide down, and so on, until the entire number have dropped. These rods being placed over the yarn draw it down with them. [Printed, 9(Z. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 24 {con- joined series), p. 1.] A.D. 1843, June 22.— 9/98. ECCLES, Samuel, and CURTIS, Matthew. — Certain im- ‘‘ provements in looms for weaving.” The improvements con- sist, first, “ in an improved apparatus for stopping the loom when “ the weft thread is broken or expended.” A series of bent wires are placed at the selvage of the cloth, which, when the weft is un- broken, are acted upon by a “ guide reed,” so as to slide them back, and lift a “ vibrating lever,” attached to a carrying lever, so as to shift it out of the way of a cam placed on the cam shaft ; when the weft is broken the “ guide reed ” passes through the series of wires and the vibrating lever, not being lifted, is struck by the cam, and the carrying lever, being connected to the knock- ing off slide,” stops the loom. Secondly, in a break or warp tightener.” A strap is passed round the yarn beam, one end of which is fastened to a lever, and from the other a weight is suspended. The reverse end of the lever is acted upon by a cam when the warp is required to be tightened, this draws the strap back and tightens the warp. Thirdly, in a contrivance for overcoming the pressure of the spring on the stop rod. A stud on the stop rod is attached by a cord to a lever, which is acted upon by tumblers on a plate attached to the cam shaft, so as to turn the stop rod when required. Tumblers are used instead of a cam, so that when the loom is turned backwards the lever may not be lifted. Fourthly, in a contrivance for lifting the catch from the ratchet wheel of the take-up motion when the driving strap is thrown from the fast to the loose pulley. A rod extends across the loom, one end of this rod is turned up and passes through a hole in W. N 194 WEAVING. the knocking o£P slide,” a balance lever is attached to the other end of the rod, on which lever the catch taking into the ratchet wheel rests, so that when the knocking oflP slide is pushed for- ward, it partly turns the rod and lifts the catch. Fifth, “ in an apparatus to be attached to an ordinary loom for the opening of the warp threads, both upwards and down- wards.” Two rocking frames are placed on a longitudinal shaft under the headles, which frames are worked by excentrics on the cam shaft. On the same shaft with the frames a series of levers are placed, each having a sliding piece at their top and bottom sides ; these sliding pieces are pushed out by pegs on cylinders, which are turned by star wheels, so as to cause the upper or lower sliding piece to be carried up or down by the sides of the rock- ing frame, and the headles being attached to the levers, are worked accordingly. [Printed, I 5 . ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1843, July 15.— 9844. TAYLOR, William Garnett. — This invention consists, firstly, in apparatus to be applied to spinning frames, for the pur- pose of sizeing the yarns, so as to obviate the necessity of further dressing preparatory to weaving. Secondly, in combining the process of dyeing or staining yarn or thread with the process of spinning and preparing for weaving. Thirdly, in the construction and arrangement of a preparing and dressing machine for winding or transferring yarn to bobbins or spools preparatory to warping, which machine imparts a cer- tain amount of twist to the yarn or thread.” In each case the yarn is carried over either a vibrating or stationary surface placed in a trough, in which the size, the dye, or other material is put. [Printed , Is. 1 d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 3 {enlarged series ) , p. 142.] A.D. 1843, August 10. — N® 9863. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication.) — This invention consists in manufacturing paper, cordage, matting ^ and other textile fabrics from the convolvuli of the cissus genus or family of plants, which abound in the West India islands ” and other parts.” WEAVING. 195 “ The manner in which these vegetable matters are converted “ into paper is as follows : — The stems are first stripped off the ‘‘ bark or rind, and then beaten or bruised till the fibres are separated from one another. The fibres are next dried, in order “ to extract the sap, and afterwards boiled for three or four hours with a suitable quantity of American potash.’’ They are next washed and bleached. The fibres after being thus bleached or “ whitened to any desired degree are carded by a metal comb, and then reduced to a pulp by pounding or beating. The pulp thus produced is to be afterwards manufactured into paper in the usual way.” Another class of vegetable matters proposed to be used forth e above purposes “consists of those plants known in the West India “ islands by the name of herbes coupuntes, and also the bark of “ the West Indian pear-tree (poirier), only these substances need “ not be subjected to the carding process.” “ To make cordage, matting, and other textile fabrics, the “ plants, after* being reduced to filaments as before described, “ must be first soaked and submitted to the same processes that “ hemp and flax undergo when, used for similar purposes.” “ Secondly, the invention consists in applying the fibres of the “ plants aforesaid to the stuffing of cushions and mattresses.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 24 {con- joined series), p. 207 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 40, p. 207 ; and Engineers* and Architects* Journal, vol. 7, p. 88. J A.D. 1843, October 21.— 9914. GIBBONS, James, and ROE, Thomas. — In the description of this invention the patentees say, — “ Our invention consists of im- “ provements in machinery used for reading or setting patterns to “ be stamped in jacquard cards, whereby several persons can at “ the same time be setting and reading parts of a pattern or “ several patterns at distant intervals longitudinally of the cords “ or threads used for selecting the punches, and thereby the longi- “ tudinal threads are drawn through and amongst the transverse “ cords or threads, the transverse cords or threads being suitably “ held in a frame for that purpose, in place of (as heretofore) “ having the transverse threads or cords separate and successively “ drawn through and amongst the longitudinal threads or cords.” “ Secondly, our invention consists of improvements in ma- “ chinery for setting and reading patterns to be stamped or N 2 196 WEAVING. ‘‘ punched in jacquard cards, whereby several sets of branch threads or cords may he suitably arranged so as from time “ to time to be, by peculiar apparatus in connection with and at other times separate from the longitudinal threads or cords used for selecting the punches, used for stamping patterns in jacquard cards, and whereby the patterns or parts of patterns being read into two or more reading frames, such reading may for each succeeding card be punched, not continuously from one reading frame, but alternately from one and from the other where two frames are used, and in succession where more frames are used, and thus keeping the punching machinery in constant “ action. Thirdly, our invention consists of improvements in machinery used for stamping or punching patterns in jacquard cards, whereby a machine arranged with punches of different lengths, “ and having two punching plates and reading and selecting apparatus combined therewith, according to this part of our invention, may have the punches selected and the punches “ caused to punch the cards without removing the punches selected into one of the punching plates as heretofore. “ And fourthly, our invention consists of improvements in stamping or punching patterns in jacquard cards, by so forming “ pattern surfaces that they may be employed as the means of selecting the punches used for punching or stamping patterns in jacquard cards, without requiring that the patterns should be woven by hand by one set of threads being drawn through ‘‘ or amongst another set of cords or threads, called setting or reading patterns, as heretofore practised.” [Printed, 10s. 6cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1843, November 2.— N° 9922. WESTHEAD, Joshua Procter.-— This invention relates to new and improved fabrics, and also certain modification of ma- chinery for making the same.” The first of these fabrics is formed in the jacquard loom,” and consists of a cylindrical braid or smallware cord, formed on a gut or wire or string, and ornamented with or by a fancy figure or design.” The action of the jacquard loom by which the pattern is produced on plain surfaces is well known, and the reed used in this loom is similar to an ordinary reed, except that space is WEAVING. 197 left in the centre to admit the gut or wire or string on which “ the pattern is placed.” The second fabric is formed by rollers used for drawing cotton. A pair of front and a pair of back drawing rollers are required ; the front rollers are driven at a uniform and continuous speed, but the back rollers receive only an intermittent motion, which produces an inequality or variation in the thickness of the fabric, which may be woven or used in a variety of ways for smallware or other weaving.” The third fabric is formed in a loom constructed with a modi- “ fication of machinery, combining the circular or twisting move- ment or traverse of the warp, together with the application of one or two pieces of wire or gut of any suitable material, on which loops or series of openings in the weft are formed.” The fourth fabric is also formed in a loom with a modification ‘‘ of machinery, consisting of the jacquard machine or other me- chanism for adjusting the design or position of the warp threads, “ in combination with the circular twisting motion of the wheel used for other portions of the warp, by which ribs or stripes are “ introduced, and the fabric generally or its selvages materially strengthened and improved, while the intermediate portion of the surface may be ornamented according as the jacquard or ‘‘ other mechanism for the purpose is arranged.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1843, November 9. — N° 9934. ARCHER, Samuel. — This invention consists, first, in applying “ weft composed of German cod wool, combined with other wool, in the manufacture of flannel.” Secondly, in a mode of finishing flannel after it is woven. Instead of beating the flannel with soap in the stocks, the patentee prefers to submit it with soap to the action of weighted wooden rollers. r Printed, 3^^. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 3 {enlarged series) ^ p. 365.] A.D. 1843, November 16. — N° 9940. SMITH, Luke. — Improvements, in or applicable to looms for weaving various kinds of fabrics.” The improvements consist, first, in so constructing the loom that it will form two separate sheds in the same warp, one above 198 WEAVING. the other, and that it will pass two shuttles through the warp at the same time, one through the upper and the other through the lower shed.” “ Secondly, in the construction of a revolving shuttle box con- taining a number of compartments arranged round the axis of the box, each of which is fonned to hold a shuttle.” On the axis of the shuttle box two plates are fixed, each having three projections or catches, which correspond in number to the com- partments in the shuttle box, these catches are actuated by two levers on a stud in a bar attached to the breast beam, one lever turns the shuttle box in one direction, and the other lever in the opposite direction. The levers are brought into operation by studs on a belt attached to a drum, which is turned by a ratchet wheel and lever actuated by the lay. Thirdly, in a picking motion so arranged as to admit of the crank shaft and tappet of a loom being turned back to find a broken weft thread, or for other purposes, without the shuttle or shuttles being thereby moved out of the shuttle box.” Upon the inner side of each of the sides of the loom is fixed a plate, in each of which two excentric grooves are cast, uniting into one at a certain point. In the groove of each plate is placed a curved piece of metal, which actuates a slide on the fly wheel, on this slide is a stud, which, when the piece of metal is in the outer groove of the plate, strikes against a finger on an inclined rod, to the reverse end of which the picker strap is attached, and throws the shuttle ; but when the piece of metal is in the inner groove, the stud passes clear of the finger, and the shuttle is not thrown. [Printed, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 40, p. 350.] A.D. 1843, December 28. — N° .9994. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to figure weaving machinery. The first of the said invention consists in substituting for the "" cards ordinarily used in figure weaving machinery pieces of metallic wire cloth, upon which the pattern or figure is pro- “ duced in manner following : — The cloth is first done all over with a thick varnish, which may be composed of one part of “ soft soap, three parts of alcohol, two parts of glue, dissolved in a little water, and one half part of yellow ochre. The “ varnish is then picked out with a bodkin from all those inters WEAVING. 199 stices of the wire cloth through which the needles should pass “ in order to the production of the required pattern.” The second branch of the said invention consists of the im- “ provements embodied in the figure weaving machine or draw loom.” A carriage, sliding on rollers on the frame of the ma- chine, carries three rollers, round which the wire cloth which supersedes the cards is wound. The carriage is connected to the griS’c L j a rod and cranked lever, by which is it brought up to the needles. A shaft runs across in front of the carriage, carrying two toothed wheels, one at each end, the teeth of which enter into the interstices of the metallic cloth and cause it to move round. Two ratchet wheels are placed on this shaft with their teeth cut in contrary directions ; one ratchet turns the cloth in one direction and the other in the opposite direction. A weight keeps the right click on the ratchet wheel when the machine is required to move forward. The weight is connected by a cord to a hook of the draw loom, by means of which it is raised when the pattern has arrived at its termination, and with it clicks, which set free a spring barrel, which being set free brings back the pattern wire cloth to its commencement.” [Printed, Is. ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, February 17. -N« 10,057. KIBBLE, John. — This ‘^invention relates to those cases of “ transmitting power from one piece of machinery to another “ where continuous rotatory motion of both axes is required.” And the power so transmitted is again transmitted to various “ various classes of machinery, such as spinning machinery, “ looms, laths, and many other.” The invention consists in ob- taining continuous rotatory motion by applying endless bands “ of thin metal.” [Printed, ScZ. Drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 4 (enlarged series), p. 236 ; and Engineers’ and Architects’ Journal, vol. 7, p. 323.] A.D. 1844, March 14.— N‘> 10,105. BOWN, William. — This invention consists in weaving elastic fabrics, “ by applying india-rubber strands or threads in the warps when weaving by the aid of jacquard machinery, and where the pattern or figure is not raised by the construction of the india- “ rubber strands or threads above the surface or ground of the fabrics.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 4 (enlarged series), p. 369.] 200 WEAVING. A.D. 1844, March 30.— 10,133. BIGGS, J OHN, and HARRIS, Richard, the younger. — These im- provements consist in, first, the introduction of strands of india- rubber into looped, woven, and elastic fabrics after they are taken off the machine, by running them in between the outer ‘ and inner surfaces of the fabrics by means of a needle, bodkin, “ or other similar instrument.” Secondly, the introduction of strands of india-rubber into looped, woven, and elastic fabrics after they are taken off the ‘‘ machine, through a channel in the inner surface of such fabrics by means of a needle, bodkin, or other similar instrument.” [Printed, lOc^. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, May 22.— N« 10,196. MEEUS, Joseph. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to several methods of vertical and other weaving ; in the first of these the warp beam is placed below, the web beam above, and the beadles lie horizontally in the middle ; the lay is worked by a crank from below. Another of these consists in mounting the loom upon horizontal axes standing at right angles to the plane of the warp, and obtaining the required movements of different parts from an oscillating movement communicated by “ any convenient means to the loom itself.” Instead of giving the oscillating motion to the loom, the patentee sometimes makes it stationary, and lets fall a separate shuttle from above to carry each thread of the weft through the perpendicular passage opened for it by the healds, each thread being a little longer than the breadth of the warp. The patentee says, — ‘^For circular weaving, I place a number of warp beams horizontally in the upper part of a frame so as to form an equilateral polygon, and I employ healds of a circular form, which are set in motion by means of excentrics fixed to a vertical shaft, which revolves ‘‘ within the polygon formed by the warp beams.” “^In addition to the methods already described of giving motion to the shuttle, I propose to ehiploy the pressure of the warp threads upon the tail of the shuttle ; I also propose to employ for this purpose the power of a magnet acting upon an iron shuttle. In order to dispense with the comb, I sometimes employ healds cut out of steel plates,” “which are moved in succession, and which in their passage between the threads of 201 WEAVING, the warp press upon the tail of the shuttle & urge it forward, and at the same time their lower side presses the weft into the angle of the warp. In addition, I sometimes attach to the ‘‘ under side of the shuttle two small rollers, for the purpose of ‘‘ laying the weft into the angle of the warp.” I sometimes “ place the warp beam of my vertical weaving machines at the “ bottom of the machine in suitable vessels, filled with liquid containing dying, colouring, fibrous, glutinous, or pulpy “ materials, whereby the fabrics may (during the weaving pro- cess) be dyed or prepared for dying, or rendered impermeable to air or water, or covered with a kind of felting ; or a fabric may be produced combining the properties of cloth and paper. When it may be requisite, I propose to form an artificial selvage by either of the following methods : — I form the edges of the warp of woollen threads, and when the fabric is removed from the loom I felt the edges, and thereby produce a firm selvage or “ border, which I cut through the middle to remove the ends of the weft and to produce an even edge, or I form the edges of “ the warp of threads steeped in caoutchouc varnish.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, June 19.— N° 10,231. SUTCLIFFE, William. — The object of this invention is “so “ to arrange machinery that the various processes of boiling, “ scouring, dyeing, washing, drying, and winding are by the “ working of the machinery carried on in regular and constant “ succession.” “ The apparatus is shown suitable for dyeing blacks and pur- “ pies, but in some cases it will not be necessary to make use of “ all the cisterns at one time.” “ The number of cisterns used “ may in this apparatus be the same as when operating to dye like “ colors as at present practised.” All the cisterns are alike and worked by like apparatus, each being provided with a steam pipe for heating the liquor placed therein. In each there is a series of rollers at the top and at the bottom, over and under which the material under operation passes ; these rollers are driven by an endless band. Each cistern is also provided with a pair of “ pressing rollers,” which express the liquor from the material and allows it to fall back into the cistern. The first part of the apparatus consists of four cylinders, which 202 WEAVING. scour the material. It is next dried by atmospheric air set in motion by fans ; the second part of the apparatus, which is for this purpose, is similar to the first, only chambers are used instead of cisterns, and fans are used to dry the yarn ; from this part it passes to the third, which consists of four cisterns similar to the first described, and are for dyeing and washing the material, after which it passes over heated cylinders to be dried, from which it passes to a sizeing machine, and is dressed and wound on a beam, or it is passed on to a winding machine and is wound on bobbins. [Printed, 2s. 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1844,‘ July 15.— 10,259. McBRIDE, John. — ^This invention relates to the working of pattern surfaces for weaving by hand or power. Three different forms of pattern surfaces beside the jacquard cylinder are described. The first is a disc, the periphery of which is cut with teeth for the catches to work in which turn it; it is mounted on a lever, one end of which works on a stud, the other end is moved out and in by a stud on the lay or by an excentric. ‘‘ Ihe pattern is made by rows of holes on radial lines from the centre to the periphery of the disc.” The second is a per- forated cylindrical pattern surface,” the pattern being made by rows of holes parallel to the axis of the cylinder. It is mounted on a lever whose movement is the same as that previously described. The third is a metal plate, with rows of perforations across,” and is moved up and down by wheels, whose teeth fit into holes in the pattern surface and move it like a rack and pinion. The motion of the pattern surfaces is reversed when required by pins placed on the pattern surfaces, which reverse the catches which turn them. A method is shown for applying the jacquard barrel and cards to the working of leaves of headles ; the improvements in which consist in an accommodation connec- tion ” for moving the frame which carries the barrel to the apparatus, which works the headles. The connecting rod is made in two parts, which are held together by a spiral spring. And an improved spring for squaring the barrel. The spring is flat and is bolted to the frame at one end, while the other end presses against the squaring end of the barrel. The apparatus operated upon by the pattern surfaces is in each case the same, and consists of a row of pins, which are pressed outwards by springs. The pins act upon WEAVING. 203 upright rods with hooks at their lower ends, these hooks, when not pressed in by the pattern surface, are caught by a lever, which is provided with an edge plate for taking hold of the hooks. The lever is worked^ by a cam. The patentee changes the patterns produced by causing the instruments acted upon “ by the pattern surface to be shifted in their ] position, or by “ causing the pattern surface to be shifted in respect to the in- struments acted upon, either by hand or by the loom itself.” These pattern surfaces are also shown applied to govern the shuttle boxes. Two drivers and two cords are used in the single box end of the lay for the purpose of making sure of getting the shuttle out of that box. [Printed, 2s. 9c^. Drawings.^ A.D. 1844, July 24.— 10,266. NIELD, James. — Certain improvements in looms.” — The improvements consist, first, in a take-up motion. A thread feeler,” made of two pieces of bent wire, is placed so as to work in a “ feeler reed ” at the end of the ordinary reed, and is pressed back by it when the weft is beaten up ; the thread feeler is con- nected to a dog on a stud attached to a lever moved by a cam. When the thread feeder is pushed back it lifts the dog, which, by the action of the cam, is pressed against a lever carrying the catch which actuates the ratchet wheel of the take-up motion. “ Secondly, an improved shuttle change motion.” On the same shaft with the ratchet wheel of the take-up motion, and turned by it, are two tappet wheels, on which two levers rest, which are fixed on shafts, carrying dogs, which, when the levers are in the lower parts of the tappet wheels, come in contact with studs on a wheel attached to a revolving shuttle box, and thereby turn it, and pre- sent a fresh shuttle. Thirdly, a contrivance for arresting at the proper point the progress of the shuttle.” On the end of the lever which carries the swell is a stud, which, when the swell is forced out by the shuttle, is pressed in, and enters an inclined groove formed in the shuttle. Also small pins, one for each compartment of the shuttle box, are placed projecting from the left-hand end of the box, so as to keep the threads from being entangled. Fourthly, an apparatus for regulating the delivery of the warp. A wheel is fixed to the yarn beam, which is in gear with a pinion 204 WEAVING. attached to a friction pulley ; a strap is passed round this pulley, one end being made fast to a spring, the other to a roller, which is passed under a lever carrying a weight. The fulcrun of this lever is another lever, at the top of which is a roller that rests against the yard beam, and as the yarn beam decreases in size, the weight on the lever is drawn nearer to the roller on the strap, and therefore exercises less power on it. Fifthly, ^^an apparatus whereby the surfaces of the picking tappet and picking bowl in the loom are kept parallel to each other.” The picking bowl is placed in a swivel which turns in a socket in an arm, so that as the tappet presses forward the arm, it also turns the swivel. [Printed, \ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, July 26.— N° 10,274. PACE, Edmund. — Certain improvements in the machinery for “ figure weaving in silk and other fabrics.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1844, September 5. — N° 10,305. SIEVIER, Robert William. — This invention consists of im- provements on a former invention, for which Letters Patent [No 9491] were obtained on the 13th October 1842, for producing plain or figured goods or fabrics, having terry or looped surfaces, without wires. The present improvements consist, first, in a mode of holding the terry warps and tightening the draw warp. In describing this part of his invention the patentee says, — It will be remem- bered that in my former patent I introduced a mode of slacken- ing certain of the warp threads, for the purpose of driving up by the slay such slack threads at intervals to form loops for the terry. I now effect the same purpose by holding such selected “ and raised warjj threads as are intended to make the terry “ loops, and slackening such threads, by bring the holding appa- “ ratus slightly forward, in order that such slackened threads “ may be driven up by the slay, and formed into loops in the v/ay “ described in my former patent.” At the same time as the slackening of these threads takes place, a cam depresses one end of a lever, which causes the other end of that lever to raise a click taking into a racket wheel on the draw beam, and produce a greater degree of tension on the draw threads. WEAVING. 205 The second head of the invention consists in a mode of giving at all times an equal tension to the bobbins carrying the terry threads.” Each bobbin has a pulley or groove formed at its side, and a weighted cord passed over it, in order to produce suffi- cient friction to hold the warp thread with a suitable tension. The thread from the bobbin is passed over a transverse wire at the back of the frame, thence through an eye in a weight, and over a transverse wire in front of the frame. The last named weight is connected to the weight of the friction cord, and as the thread is taken up it lifts these weights and lessens the friction. on the pulley, which lets the thread unwind from the bobbin. [Printed, 2s. *ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, September 12.— 10,308. CAWOOD, Martin, and PRICHARD, William, the elder. — » This invention relates, first, to a mode of regulating the delivery of the warps in power looms by means of the decreasing diameter of the warp beams. On the warp beam is a worm-wheel, which takes into a worm on a shaft, on which is a ratchet wheel actuated by clicks attached to a rod at one end of a bell-crank lever ; at the other end of the bell-crank lever is a slot, and the rod which actuates the bell-crank lever is moved down in this slot by means of suitable connections with a roller, which is kept pressing against the yarn beam. Thus as the yarn beam decreases in size, more action is given to the clicks, which actuate the ratchet wheel, to turn the yarn beam. Secondly, to means for stopping looms when the weft is not thrown across. In front of the reed is a projection, which enters the slotted end of a rod, and if the weft is there, presses it back, so as to drop “ an enlargement on a rod ” out of the way of a bolt, which is moved forward by a cam in a line with a lever con- nected to the strap lever ; ifno weft is present, the slotted rod is not pressed back, and the enlargement on the rod, being struck by the bolt, causes the loom to knock off. Another modification of this stop motion is shown, where a wheel is used instead of a bolt and cam. Thirdly, to a self-acting temple, which consists of a narrow fillet of wire card wound round cylinders in a helical direction, the cloth is passed under the cards, and as the take-up moves it, it is stretched by them. 206 WEAVING. Fourthly, to a mode of constructing a power loom, so as to ofPer the requisite elasticity for weaving linen fabrics by power The warp passes from the warp beam over a roller carried by long arms, the length of the arms offering the requisite elasticity. [Printed, Is. 9d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 (enlarged series), p. 20.] A.D. 1844, September 26. — N° 10,330. COTTER, John Berkeley. — This invention consists in a com- position to be applied to fabrics to render them impervious to or repellent of water.” The patentee says, — To produce the composition, I take the following ingredients and quantities, that is to say : — First, boiled linseed oil, one imperial gallon. “ Second, white lead, raw, one pound avoirdupois. Third, charcoal in powder, twenty-six ounces. “ Fourth, litharge, two and a half ounces. Fifth, chloride of sodium, or the culinary salt of domestic use, two and a half ounces.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings. See London Journal (Newton's), vol. 27 (con- joined series), p. 255.] A.D. 1844, October 3.— N« 10,337. HINDLEY, Albert Daniel. — ^‘^Improvements in the manu- facture of carpets and other piled fabrics.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1844, October 3.— 10,339. THOMAS, William.— (A communication.)— These improve- ments in looms relate to a description of loom which is em- ployed for the weaving of stays, bandages, and other articles, “ which are intended to fit the shape of any part of the body or other irregular figure.” The irregularities in the fabric are formed by the working of the jacquard, the horizontal spring needles are mounted in a moveable lever frame, which is raised and lowered by means of a handle and connecting rods. In the side of the handle are four notches, which are intended to be hooked on a catch, and are for securing the lever frame, so as to bring the needles into any required posi- tion with respect to the cards. An extra cylinder is placed above WEAVING, 207 the regular jacquard cylinder, which extra cylinder operates upon needles at the side of the machine. The fabric is taken up by blocks, which are pressed in between links of a chain revolving on chain wheels. The blocks are pressed down by weighted levers and a presser bar and they are so shaped as to fit the irregu- larities of the fabric. [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, October 14.— N« 10,347. SMITH, John, — The object of this invention is to conduct the weft thread into fabrics during the process of weaving without the intervention of a shuttle. For this purpose the weft is placed on a bobbin at the back of the loom and is passed through the eye of a lever parallel to the warp. A hook is fixed on a sliding bar under the lay, and the sliding bar is moved laterally by a pin work- ing in a curved groove ; so that as the lay is pressed back, the hook enters the shed and receives the weft from the lever ; the lay being moved forward causes the hook to retire, and carry with it the weft thread double, the hook is then disengaged from the weft by another lever, and is ready again to advance between the warp threads. [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1844, November 2.— N« 10,379. UNSWQRTH, Thomas. — This is an invention of an improved manufacture of elastic fabric.” In the description of the in- vention the patentee says : — This improved manufacture of “ elastic fabric is designed to produce ornamental elastic articles ‘‘ of silk (and other fibrous materials if required), having velvet surfaces or portions of velvet or plush, that is, a pile on one or “ both faces of the fabric, the ground being of any of the ordi- nary kinds of woven work, twist work, or gauze work, and the velvet or pile wrought in or upon the ground in stripes or various devices or patterns. I propose also to introduce “ occasionally into the ground work, and also into the velvet, “ embroidered figures or devices of gold, silver, or colours ; and “ in the fabric I work either elastic cords, or wire springs, or strands of indian-rubber, either covered or uncovered with any filamentous materials, which indian-rubber, after the fabric 208 WEAVING. is finished, may be rendered elastic by heat in the ordinary way.’ This fabric is produced in an ordinary loom furnished with the several kinds of warps suited to the work to be made of silk or other materials, and suitable kinds of weft are to be shot in during the weaving, consisting of threads or cords of gold, ‘‘ silver, and colored silks, according to the desired pattern. For making the velvet or pile parts, wire may be introduced into the work as usual, or any of the other known modes of raising loops and pile may be had recourse to.” [Printed, Is, 2d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 27 {con- joined series), p. 1.] A.D. 1844, November 25. — N*^ 10,407= ALSOP, William, and FORSTER, Thomas. — This invention relates to the manufacture of elastic fabrics, and driving bands of machinery, and consists : — First, in weaving a single or double-faced satin cloth with india-rubber applied as weft.” Secondly, in cementing twisted strands of india-rubber between fabrics, or leather, or combinations of them. Thirdly, in weaving elastic fabrics with india-rubber thread, twisted as a twine or cord in two, three, or more strands.” Fourthly, in cutting india-rubber sheets by a circular knife cutting against a cylinder.” Fifthly, in a ‘^satin-faced non-elastic band made of cotton, flax, “ worsted, or any suitable material,” the “improvement being “ the protection of the shute from friction, by bringing the “ utmost quantity of the warp in contact with the work.” [Printed, 6c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 {enlarged series), p. 77.] A.D. 1844, December 12. — N° 10,428. KEN WORTHY, William. — These improvements relate “to “ that part of the power loom known by the name of the stop “ rod, which is for stopping the loom, or throwing it out of gear “ with the driving power, whenever the shuttle does not complete “ its course from one shuttle box to the other. Inordinary power “ looms this is effected by the shuttle acting against a swell in “ the shuttle box, which communicates the required motion to ‘ the stop rod.” The present invention consists “in working WEAVING. 209 ‘‘ the stop rod motion, entirely seperate from the shuttle “ by the motion of the slay or lathe alone, thereby relieving the shuttle from the burden of lifting the stop rod lever at every “ pick.” [Printed, dd. Drawinp:s. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 27 {con- joined series), p. 233.] A.D. 1845, January 11.— N« 10,462. DIGGLE, Squire. — Improvements in looms for weaving.” The patentee says, — My improvements in looms for weaving consist in the novel and peculiar adaptation or arrangement of a certain construction of endless chain, formed of various shaped links, and acting as tapets or wipers, for the particular purpose only of lifting the shuttle boxes in power looms, Vv^herein two or more shuttles are employed for weaving fancy goods, particularly stripes, checks, or ginghams. My improved construction of tappet chain for this purpose is capable of diver- sifying the width of the stripe or check to the extent required in fancy goods, checked goods, or ginghams, by so arranging the tappets or links that any particular shuttle may be kept up ‘‘ during any given number of picks or shoots of which it is desired to form the patterns, simply by introducing tappets or links of different heights or elevations, and by arranging one, two, or more tappets or links of the same heights in contact with or successively following each other in the round of the pattern or chain, which arrangement will readily present itself “ to the practical weaver, as may be required to suit weaving striped or checked patterns or designs.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See I.ondon Journal {Newton's), vol. 27 {con- joined series), p. 416.] A.D. 1845, January 16.— N« 10,473. LECOUR, Louis Joseph. — ‘improvements in apparatus for moving the warp in looms.” In the description of his inven- tion the patentee says, — “ In the weaving of fabrics there is employed what are called heddles or harness for opening what “ is called a shed in the warp for the passage of the shuttle, and “ in so doing it has been heretofore usual to employ a peculiar “ spun thread or fine cord of linen, or other vegetable fibre called “ liesh, which, as is well known, wears away quickly, and is there- w. o 210 WEAVING. fore costly. Now my invention consists in making the harness or apparatus used for moving the warp of fine metal wire, which will be found to last much longer.” [Printed, Qd. Drawing?. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 {enlarged series) y p. 297.] A.D. 1845, January 21.— N° 10,482. BEDELLS, Caleb. — Improvements in the manufacture of braces.” It is well known that in making braces that it is usual to make that part which passes over the shoulders com- paratively wide, and at each end narrow strips are sewn on. “ Now the object of this invention is to produce the narrow straps or proper narrowing of the fabrics in the progress of the manu- facture of the proper webs, by applying strands of india-rubber “ as weft at the parts which are required to be narrow. This mode of manufacturing webs is applicable when making webs with warp and shuttle, and also when making webs of loop fabrics in what are called warp machines ; and the mode is applicable when making such webs with non-elastic warp threads or yarns separately, or with non-elastic warp threads or “ yarns combined with strands of india-rubber in a covered or uncovered state.” [Printed, '6d. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 {enlarged series) y p. 172.] A.D. 1845, January 21.— N° 10,486. NOTON, Thomas. — This invention relates to the manner of winding the cloth on to the cloth beam, in looms for weaving, after it has been taken up by the emery roller.” On the emery roller is a wheel, which gears into another wheel connected to a friction disc, placed loose on the axis of the cloth beam, on which axis there is another disc made fast; the two discs are held together by screws, and the cloth is wound on to the beam by the friction of contact of the discs. [Printed, Drawings. See London Journal {Newton^ s), vol. 26 {con- joined series) y p. 251; and Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 2, p. 206, and vol. 3, p. 59.] A.D. 1845, F'ebruary 14. — N° 10,522. CLARK, James. — Improvements in looms for weaving fabrics by steam or other power, by which two pieces or webs of cloth can be woven in one loom in place of one web or piece.” There WEAVING. 211 are two driving shafts and two lays placed one above the other. The cam shaft is done away with, and the picking and shedding pulley are attached to a wheel driven by the crank shaft. The patentee lays no claim to any part of the machinery, but what he claims is the principle of weaving two webs or pieces of cloth in one loom in the manner herein described, or by similar suitable “ and convenient modes.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 {enlarged series), p. 341.] A.D. 1845, February 20. — 10,527- PLACE, John. — “ Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1845, February 24.— 10,534. HOWARD, Joseph. — The title of this invention is certain im- provements in the manufacture of silk plushes, silk velvets, worsted, and other plushes.” A disclaimer is attached to the specification, in which the patentee disclaims the words silk velvets, worsted, and other plushes.” What he claims as his invention is in silk plushes, the weaving of eight or more weft threads between the introduction of each wire, and also the floating of the pile threads over five or more weft threads between those parts where they are woven into the cloth to be bound.” [Printed, 7c?. Drawing. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 156 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 254.] A.D. 1845, March 13.— N° 10,552. NICKELS, Christopher. — This invention consists, first, of improvements in manufacturing narrow elastic webs and cords by the use of india-rubber as weft.” Secondly, the invention consists of improvements in manu- facturing narrow or wide elastic webs by applying india-rubber ‘‘ as warp when weaving fabrics by a mode of cross weaving. “ And thirdly, the invention consists of improvements in manu- facturing narrow or wide elastic webs by applying india-rubber “ threads, covered oruncovered, as a weft when weaving fabrics by cross weaving.” [Printed, 7c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 7 {enlarged series), p. 40; and London Journal {Newton^ s), vol. 27 {conjoined series), p. 238.J o 2 212 WEAVING. A.D. 1845, March 17.— N® 10,563. SELLERS, John, junior. — This invention relates to that part of the mechanism of a power loom which is for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not complete its course from one shuttle box to the other. The patentee says, — In my improved arrange- ^ ment the loom is stopped in the following manner : — I make use of the swell and the stop-rod finger as usual ; the construction of the latter, however, is somewhat modified, being of one piece “ with the small lever which bears against the swell, but instead “ of its striking against a stop or frog fixed to the framing of the ‘‘ loom, it strikes against a stop or notch upon the upper end “ of a vertical lever vibrating upon a pin or stud. This lever is furnished with a small roller or bowl, which acts against a pro- jection on a horizontal lever, causing it to vibrate upon its cen - tre and throw a clutch box (which connects the main driving pulley to the driving shaft;) out of gear, and allows the main driving pulley to revolve loosely upon the driving shaft, at the same time that a projection on the lever strikes against the spring handle and shifts the strap. Simultaneously with these two movements the lower end of the vertical lever causes a brake to be brought in contact with the fly-wheel of the loom, thus instantaneously stopping every motion of the loom without the slightest shock, at whatever speed the loom may be working.^^ [Printed, 9(i. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 14 {enlarged series), p. 231 ; London Jouanal {Newton’s), vol. 27 {conjoined series), p. 315, and vol. 25 {conjoined series), p. 128; Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 7, p. 128; Patent Journal, vol. 7, pp. 220 and 229, and vol. 9, p. 110; Law Journal {Exchequer), \o\. 20, p. 417 ; and Exchequer Reports, vol. 5, p. 312.] A.D. 1845, March 17.— N° 10,568. PERRY, Stephen, and DAFT, Thomas Barnabas. — This invention consists, first, in making the springs to be applied to girths, belts, and bandages of “vulcanized india-rubber.”- Secondly, in making elastic bands of “ vulcanized india-rubber ” by forming them endless, “ either in circles, cylinders, or other “ figures producing an endless band.” [Printed, 9cZ. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, yo\.1 {enlarged series), p. 211 ; and London Journal {Neivton' s) , vol. 27 {conjoined series),^. 256.] A.D. 1845, April 7.— 10,591. WILLIAMS, Thomas Robinson. — This invention relates to the “ preparation and manufacture of certain fibrous and other mate- WEAVING. 213 “ rials for the production of a fabric suited, amongst others, to the purposes for which horsehair seating and horsehair cloths are usually employed and consists in a mode of preparing fibrous materials by saturating and coating them with certain “ peculiar kinds of composition or varnish.” The varnish which the patentee prefers for this purpose is made by dissolving horsehair, or the hair of other animals, in oil ; but he states that a varnish made by dissolving shellac in spirits of wine or wood naptha, or the varnish commonly employed by japanners for coating leather, may be used. The varnish is to be applied to the yarn before it is woven, or to the cloth after it has been woven ; and a top coat of varnish is laid on by machinery, “ containing reciprocating brushes, which lay the fibres and dis- ‘ tribute the varnish or composition over the face of the fabric, “ upon which it has been deposited by a ductor roller, something “ in the way of the inking apparatus of a printing machine.” [Printed, Drawings. See London Journal {Neivton’s), vol. 29 {con^ joined series), p. 225.] A.D. 1845, May 6.— N° 10,656. HILL, Joseph. — Improvements in manufacturing wire fabrics for blinds and other uses.” The improvements consist, first, of so operating upon woven wire fabrics, by passing them between grooved iron rollers, as to produce them in a corrugated form. Secondly, of submitting woven wire fabrics to a process of em- bossing, so as to produce ornamental patterns thereon. For this purpose the ornamental pattern is formed in relief on a metal die, over which is spread a sheet of vulcanized india-rubber, and then by a powerful screw press the woven wire fabric is pressed on to the die, thus producing the desired embossing. [Printed, Zd. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 6 {enlarged series), p. 358; London Journal {Neivton’s), vol. 27 {conjoined series), p. 350 ; and Engineers’ and Architects’ Journal, vol. 9, p. 16.] A.D. 1845, May 6.— 10,658. HINDLEY, Albert Daniel. — This invention relates to the manufacture of pile fabrics. The patentee says, — “ My invention “ consists of arranging apparatus in a loom for the purpose of “ introducing in the progress of weaving lengths of worsted or 214 WEAVINCx. other yarn suitable for making the pile of carpets or other piled fabrics in such manner that the ends of the lengths of yarn so introduced are caused to stand off from the surface of the fabric as a pile/’ ''In carrying out my invention, I apply opposite each space " in the reed what may be called yarn holders, each having " several holes, so that it may receive yarns of several colors, " any one of which yarns in the same holder may have taken " from it a short length by apparatus and conducted to and " worked into the fabric ; and these yarn holders are to be so " worked that a different color of yarn may be taken from one " holder at each time, or the same colored yarn may be taken " from a holder and introduced into the fabric in forming the " pile opposite any space in the reed as many times in succession " as the particular pattern may require ; and these yarn holders " are to be made with as many holes as there are colors required " in the pattern in the length of fabric produced opposite any " space in the reed of a loom ; and the yarn holders are so worked " that they are moved up or down in such manner as to bring " the particular colored yarn all in a line which are next to be " used in the fabric, and then what I call yarn carriers (one to " each space in the reed) will take a short length of the yarn " from each yarn holder so brought into position for that purpose, " and carry such short lengths into the fabric which is being " woven in the loom, in such manner that one end of each short " length of yarn stands off from the face of the fabric, the other " end being carried through the warp ; a weft is then to be " thrown across, which, being beaten up by the reed, will shut " the short introduced lengths between the previous work and " the newly introduced shoot of weft; the yarn carriers then " move so as to bring up the other ends of the short lengths of " yarn in such manner that those other ends may stand upon the " face of the fabric which is being woven, when another shoot " of weft is thrown across and beaten up ; so that it will be " perceived that each short length of yarn which has been intro- " duced into the fabric has been so operated with that both ends " stand off from the face of the fabric, and each such short length " of yarn is bent under a weft thread and then shut into the “ fabric by the last weft thread thrown in.” [Printed, 2s. 3c?. Drawings.] WEAVING. 215 A.D. 1845, May 22.— N° 10,681. KERR, Robert. — This invention consists in weaving shawls or other figured fabrics double, 'in other words, in weaving two “ shawls or other figured fabrics the one upon the other at one and the same time, to be afterwards cut up or disjoined, and in ap- “ propriating and turning to use in weaving such double fabric the loose wefts or spottings which, by the present process of “ weaving, are left rough upon the shawl and other figured fabric “ when it comes from the loom, and are cut or clipped off before “ the article is exposed for sale.^’ “ The two pieces are woven back to back, having so much of ‘‘ the wefts and spotting as may still remain untaken up lying between them. Two separate warps, two harnesses, and two sets of heddles are required. The two harnesses must be alike ; that is to say, if the gross tye of the first harness is, say, four hundred cords, and contains, say, eight parts in the breadth, then the other harness must be tied in exactly the “ same way. One of the warps is entered into one of the har- nesses and one of the sets of heddles, and the other is entered ‘‘ into the other harness and other s.et of heddles, taking a mail from each harness alternately. Both warps are entered into “ one reed as if they were one warp, each split of the reed having double the quantity of threads in it that is required for a single fabric.” [Printed, Is. 4cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1845, June 18.— N« 10,724. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication from Peter Claussen.) — Certain improvements in machinery for weaving.” The improvements relate to that class of looms “ known as circular looms for weaving looped fabrics,” which do not form part of the subject of this series. [Printed, llcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 28 {con- joined series), p. 179.] A.D. 1845, July 12.— 10,762. COGAN, Hugh. — This invention consists in a method of raising and lowering the shuttle box or boxes of power looms. Studs are fixed on a broad wheel, which actuate two lever. One of these levers, by suitable connections, raises the lower shuttle box 216 WEAVING. to a level with the race board, where it is held by catches con- nected with the other lever. The catches are withdrawn by the action of the studs on the broad wheel when the box is required to fall. [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings. See Eepertory of Arts, vol. 7 {enlarged series) ^ p. 136.] A.D. 1845, July 12.— N« 10,764. CHANTRELL, William. — “ Certain improvements in weaving machinery.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1845, July 24.— 10,782. DE BERGUE, Charles. — This invention relates to machinery to be employed in flattening, preparing, and polishing v/ire for making reeds for weaving. The first part of the invention relates to the construction of rollers used for flattening the wire. These the patentee makes out of a piece of flat steel by rounding the ends, and then cutting a long slot in it, which is afterwards opened out into the form of a ring, which is fixed on a boss or axis by corking with copper wire, or by grinding it internally to fit the boss. The second part of the invention relates to machinery for pre- paring and polishing the wire after it has been flattened by passing through the rollers. The wire is wound upon a drum placed at one end of the machine. From the drum the wire is drawn over a table, which carries the filing and polishing tools, and made fast to another drum at the other end of the machine. These drums are driven by friction cones, and the speed of the delivering drum is retarded by a band working in grooved pulleys of different dimensions. The filing tools consist of a number of files placed in a frame at various angles, so that as the wire is drawn from one drum to the other its surface is filed and the edges rounded. In another arrangement described the files are placed at right angles to each other, and the edges of the wire are rounded by twisting the wire as it passes between the files. The polishing tool con- sists of frames carrying a number of ribs, the faces of which are planed flat, and covered with two or more thicknesses of emery cloth, and the wire is drawn from one drum to another, in a similar manner to that employed when the filing tool is in operation. [Printed, 35. Drawings.] WEAVING. 217 A.D. 1845, August 28.— -N® 10,820. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — “ Im- “ provements in machinery for manufacturing india-rubber ‘‘ fabrics.” This invention relates, first, to machinery for'’ cutting india- rubber into threads suitable for being worked up into india-rubber fabrics. The sheet of india-rubber to be cut up is wound upon a roller placed at one end of the machine ; from this roller the india- rubber is taken over a smooth roller placed in the centre of the machine, and under a grooved roller, under which works another roller furnished with knives, which are kept wet with water placed in a trough below. By this means the india-rubber is cut into threads, after which it is passed under a roller and wound on to a spool. Secondly, to a machine for stretching threads of india-rubber, and covering the same with suitable textile fabrics. The spool on which the threads of india-rubber are wound rests on a friction drum placed at one end of the machine. The threads are taken from the spool and passed over two rollers and between combs, after which they pass between two compressing rollers, which are driven faster than the friction drum in order to stretch the threads. The cemented cloth, which is to form the fabric, is placed on small rollers at the reverse end to that at which the spool is, and the cloth is passed with the india-rubber threads between the com- pressing rollers, and the fabric thus formed is wound upon a roller below. The compressing rollers are made either elastic, by having cloth and india-rubber wound on to them, or grooved metal rollers are used. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton' s)^ vol. 29 {con- joiTied series)^ p. 325.] A.D. 1845, September 18. — N° 10,832. ECCLES, William, CROOK, William, and LANCASTER, William. — ^The first part of this invention relates to looms for weaving plain goods. The improvements consist, — Firstly, in placing the cam, which actuates the headles, upon the crank shaft, “ the motion of the picking levers determining “ which heald is to be depressed.” Secondly, in actuating the picking levers by bowls or rollers placed upon the sides or arms of the balance wheels of the loom. 218 WEAVING. Thirdly, in a continuous check strap/’ extending from one picker to the other, and of such a length that when one picker is at the end of its box the opposite picker is drawn by the strap to about midway in its box.” “ The check being given by a lever (attached to about the centre of the strap) vibrating between two stops.” Fourthly, in certain novel methods of reducing the weight “ and friction upon the warp beam, as its diameter decreases by “ the unwinding of the warp, which may be accomplished by “ several modifications of the same invention, namely, causing the decrease of the diameter of the yarn beam to diminish the weight and friction upon the said beam by means of a roller bearing against its surface.” Fifthly, in a contrivance for the purpose of keeping the upper “ surface of the yarn beam always upon a level with the cloth, by means of a spiral or other spring, or a weighted lever, the yarn “ beam being prevented from rising above that level by a roller (bearing upon its upper surface) attached by a bracket to the ‘‘ back rail or any other convenient part of the loom.” The second part of this invention relates to looms for weaving checked or other fancy goods ; the improvements in which con- sist, — Firstly, in mechanism for the purpose of raising or lowering any particular shuttle box to the level of the shuttle race as the pattern may require, by means of a tappet wheel or drum, worked by a worm and wheel, or any other suitable gearing, from the crank shaft. The tappets upon this drum or wheel act upon certain levers and catches, which upon the vibration “ of the slay cause any particular shuttle box to be raised or ‘‘ lowered to the level of the shuttle race.” Secondly, ‘"in a certain arrangement of levers and catches, ‘‘ acted upon by the same tappet wheel or drum, for the purpose of stopping the motion of the taking-up wheel, whilst two or more picks are being put in, so as to allow the slay to beat up with greater force, and form the transverse stripe; another “ tappet upon the drum then lifts a catch or ratchet, which, upon the vibration of the slay, takes up the same number of teeth upon the said wheel which it had stopped before, so as to allow the slay to beat up the ordinary picks with the same force as “ usual.” [Printed, Is, 4d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 219 A.D. 1845, October 10.— N° 10,878. GRATRIX, William Hodgson. — The object of this invention is to facilitate the change of weft in looms for weaving ribbons. The patentee says, — “ This object is efPected by mounting the shuttles in the loom in such a manner as will admit of their being moved vertically, or up and down, so as to bring them opposite the shed, as well as laterally to throw the shoot. In the accom- panying drawings I have shewn two ways of mounting and moving the shuttles, according to the particular description of goods which it is intended to produce. If alternate shoots of difPerent colors, such as blue and white, are required for the “ purpose of weaving a figured fabric of a white figure upon a blue ground, then I mount the shuttles in two horizontal rows one above the other in a moveable batten, which may be moved up and down, so as to bring first one and then the other row of “ shuttles into action and opposite the shed.^’ This up-and-down movement of the batten is effected by suitable cams and levers connected to the batten by cords. With regard to the second way of mounting and moving the shuttles, the patentee says, — “ In order to weave tartans or checks, “ I mount and move the shuttles up and down in a different “ manner. Instead of moving the whole batten, as in the former ‘‘ instance, I mount the shuttles on a moveable plank, which forms the front part of the batten, and is connected to it in “ such a manner as to admit of the plank and it shuttles being “ moved up and down, while the other part of the batten remains ‘‘ stationary. In order to avoid complexity, I have shewn the “ plank and shuttles, in the accompanying drawing, as being actuated or raised up and down by hand, that is, supposing a “ dozen shoots of one colour have been thrown, then, by means of “ a lever or levers and cords or chains connected therewith, the ‘‘ plank and shuttles are raised or lowered, as the case may be, in ‘‘ order to bring another row of shuttles opposite the shed, so as “ to throw any number of shoots of a different colour from the ‘‘ first, and when these are thrown then the plank and shuttles “ are again moved either up or down.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1845, November 11. — N*^ 10,933. HENSON, William. — The subject of this invention is what the patentee calls a compound power loom,” for weaving several 220 WEAVING. pieces of cloth at the same time. The warp beams are placed at the bottom and the cloth beams at the top of the loom, and at right angles to the main shaft. The beadles are worked by levers and chains actuated by cams. The pickers are attached to driving bars/’ which extend across the loom ; the driving bars are projected towards the selvage of the cloth by the action of springs, and are drawn back by cams. The lays are attached to a frame, which is caused to rise, in order to beat up the weft, by means of springs, and it is drawn down by cams. The loom is so arranged that the weaving of each piece of cloth can be stopped without stopping the rest of the loom. The taking up of the cloth is caused by a ratchet wheel, which is actuated by a pall on a lever worked by the lay frame. A lever, one end of which rests against the cloth roller, shortens the motion of the pall on the ratchet wheel as the cloth roller increases in size. A peculiar feature in this machine is the manner of con- structing the shuttle.” The two ends of the shuttle are held together by a strap passing over the top and another passing round the base. An open space is left in the centre to receive the bobbin, which space is closed at the bottom by a lid, in the centre of which is a spindle, on which the bobbin is placed. Another peculiar feature is this machine is a self-acting temple,” which consists of an endless leather belt passing round two pulleys attached to an arm. Both sides of the belt are covered with small pieces of brass, into which are screwed small steel pins, which are brought into contact with the edges of cloth as it is taken up by the cloth rollers. [Printed, Is. 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1845, November 15.— N« 10,942. AYRE, John. — This invention consists “in strengthening gene- “ rally the woven fabrics or cloths of which sails are to be made “ by introducing occasionally thick warp threads in the width of “ the fabric, and in strengthening particularly the said fabric in “ those parts where reef points are to be attached, or where for “ any other purpose additional strength is required, by introducing “ thick weft threads.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawing. See E/epertory of Arts, vol. 7 {enlarged series), p. 345; London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 28 {conjoined series), p. 314; and Patent Journal, vol. 1, p. 19.] WEAVING. 221 A.D. 1845, December 23.— N« 11,018. COLE, William. — These improvements relate ^^more particu- larly to such looms as are employed in the weaving of ribbons,” and consist, firstly, in the application of more than two sets of shuttles in one loom for the weaving of ribbons, and in arrang- ing or disposing and actuating such said shuttles and the batten containing the shuttles.” The patentee describes a loom for working four rows of shuttles. The shuttles, with the sliding “ batten ” in which they are placed, are raised and lowered by levers and cords attached to hooks of the jacquard machine. In order to ensure the raising of the batten to a given distance, sliding bolts ” are employed, which are brought into the re- quired position by the action of the jacquard on cords attached to the bolts. The pickers are attached to sliding rods working in grooves in the back and front of the batten, and to each of the sliding rods are attached handles, by which the shuttles of one or other of the rows of shuttles may be simultaneously acted “ upon by the attendant.” Secondly, in an arrangement of drivers or peckers employed for actuating the shuttle, such arrangement being more parti- cularly calculated for the manufacture of that class of goods “ known and distinguished as checks and tartans.” In this arrangement the patentee employs ‘^only one driver or pecker “ for each vertical row of shuttles, such driver or pecker being “ attached at its upper and lower ends to sliding bolts working in grooves in the batten, which contains the reed.” Rollers are placed in front of each vertical row of shuttles, for the purpose “ of placing them in a proper position (as the batten beats up) for being acting upon by the drivers or peckers.” [Printed, lOd!. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 8 {enlarged sey'ies)^ p. 141; and London Journal {Newton's), vol. 29 {conjoined series), p. 94.] , A.D. 1846, January 17. — 11,042. CLARKE, William, and VICKERS, William, the younger. — ^This invention relates to the manufacture of various fabrics by lace machinery. The patentees say, — Our invention consists, “ first, of so arranging bobbin net or twist lace machinery that “ the warp threads used therein may be opened into what are called “ sheds, and thus allow of shuttles with weft being thrown through the warps, so as to allow of ordinary wearings (with warp and 222 WEAVING. shuttle) being produced in addition to and in combination with "" twist lace fabrics in such description of machines. Secondly, our invention consists in so arranging warp lace machinery that a shed may from time to time be opened "" between the warp threads and a shuttle carrying weft be thrown through. ‘‘ Thirdly, our invention consists of manufacturing piled fabrics in twist lace machines in the character of terry and cut ‘‘ velvet. Fourthly, our invention consists of so arranging and working warp lace frames that piled fabrics may be produced therein in pattern by a peculiar combination of parts.’^ Fifthly, our invention consists of so arranging twist lace machines that four or more warp threads, each independent of other warp threads, may be used with each bobbin thread in ‘‘ making ornamental fabrics.” [Printed, 14s. dd. Drawings.] A.D. 1846, January 20.— 11,050. NEWTON, William. — (A communication.) — These improve- ments consist in a method of forming tufts of worsted and other fibrous materials, and of introducing such tufts in the manufac- ture of carpets, rugs, and other piled fabrics. Ihe yarns having been coloured as required to form the pattern, are wound upon bobbins, which are placed in a creel frame ; and the ends of the yarns are severally drawn through holes in a “ creel table ” above, to each of which holes a letter or number is applied, answering to an assigned letter or number of the coloured yarn passed through it. On the creel table is placed a ‘^rack frame,” consisting of a number of pins and open guides attached to bars, there being as many pins and guides as there are intended to be tufts of yarn in each lash. The operator then loops round the several pins and the corresponding guides lengths of yarn selected in succession, according to the various colours required for producing the series of tufts for one lash of weaving. Ihere are to be as many frames filled in this manner as there are lashes in the pattern. The frames thus filled are to be taken in succession and placed in a machine, for the purpose of drawing the lengths of yarn from the rack frame into peculiar formed combs, which is done by needles which enter the loops in the open guides, and the WEAVING. 223 needles being fastened to a frame are drawn back and leave the lengths of yarn in the combs. The combs are next taken to the loom and are placed in a vibrating lever frame/’ the shed of the warp is opened, and the warp threads of the upper shed are caused to pass through spaces formed between the combs ; a needle, carrying a suitable thread, is then passed through transverse open- ings formed in the combs under the shed of warp. The vibrating lever frame is next brought up to the fell of the cloth, the shed is changed, a shoot of weft thrown in, and the lay coming up knocks away the combs and leaves the tufts in the fabric. [Printed, Is. Drawings. See London Journal {Neivton's), vol. 29 {con- joined series), p. 345.] A.D. 1846, January 20. — N® 11,054. WALKER, John. — This invention relates to the manufacture of plain or fancy velvets. The improvements are, firstly, the “ peculiar method of weaving the fabric, which consists in causing the pile threads to float over any number of weft shoots or of “ ground or back warp threads exceeding three in number, and then to interweave with three or more weft shoots or ground or back warp threads, and also in the intervention of two or ‘‘ more weft shoots or ground or back warp threads at right angles to the pile threads between the commencement of the floats of “ adjoining pile threads.” Secondly, cutting or severing the pile or nap threads trans- versely, or from selvage to selvage, after the cloth has been removed from the loom.” This is done by a long narrow knife, “ with a moveable metal shield or guide at the point (similar to “ that used in cutting the pile or warp threads of velveteens, fustians, &c.)” In order to cut the pile threads, the cloth is placed in a frame or machine constructed for the purpose, the “ object of which is to tighten the cloth uniformly, and to dis- “ pose of the floats of the pile threads in such a manner that they shall be parallel to each other.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton*s), vol. 30 {con- joined series), p. 232.] A.D. 1846, January 29.— 11,061. BROWN, James. — These improvements relate to looms for ribbon weaving, and consist, firstly, in weaving brocaded or figured fabrics with one shuttle, the brocading threads being arranged by 224 WEAVING. the side of and parallel to the warp threads. The said brocading threads are lifted as required by the jacquard, and are introduced into the fabric by forked pieces, which deliver them to needles, which detain them in the required position in the fabric until the shed has been effected. Secondly, in weaving plain goods the shuttle is entirely dis- pensed with, the forked pieces and needles performing the office of the shuttle. Thirdly, in revolving shuttle carriers, which ar*e caused to re- volve by means of cams, the action of which on the shuttle carriers is governed by the jacquard. Fourthly, in a method of raising and lowering the sliding plank of a double batten loom. This is done by levers and cams attached to the crank shaft. The motion of the drivers in this case is governed by the jacquard. Fifthly, in connecting shuttles to the battens of looms and dis- pensing with the top plank. [Printed, 2s. M. Drawings.] A.D. 1846, February 4.— N« 11,075. MILLIGAN, William. — Certain improvements in the power loom.’’ The improvements are, — First, the method or system of causing every encrease in the diameter of the cloth beam and cloth to produce of itself a pro- portional decrease in the velocity of the cloth beam.” “ Secondly, the method or system of causing every decrease in “ the diameter of the yarn beam and yarn to produce of itself a “ proportional encrease in the velocity of the yarn beam.” In each case the length of motion of the pall, which actuates the ratchet wheel which turns the beam, is governed by a rod resting on the surface of the beam. [Printed, Is. \d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 8 {enlarged series), p. 276; London Journal {Newton's), vol. 29 {conjoined), p. 188; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 43, p. 146.] A.D. 1846, February 11. — N° 11,089. STANBRIDGE, John William. — An improvement in the manufacture of certain descriptions of silks and other fabrics.” [No Specification enrolled.] WEAVING. 225 A D. 1846, February 20.— 11,100. CLAUSSEN, Peter. — The subject of this invention is a machine for weaving all sorts of fabrics. The machine is so constructed that it can weave at the same time several pieces of cloth, and it is worked by manual power.” The lay is suspended from the top of the frame, and carries as many shuttle boxes as the loom is intended to produce pieces of cloth at one time, with one over, or a spare box.” The lay is worked by cranks on the crank shaft, motion being given to this shaft by a longitudinal bar in front of the loom, which bar is turned by the workmen. The treadles which actuate the headles, and also those which actuate the picker sticks, are worked by cams on a shaft below the crank shaft, from which it receives its motion. Tension is given to the warp by weights suspended from cords passing round pieces of cast iron attached to the warp beam. The cloth is wound upon the cloth beam, as it is woven, by means of a weight suspended from a cord v/hich passes round a pulley at the end of the cloth beam. In fabrics requiring two or more different colours of weft, the shuttle boxes are arranged one above the other, and are raised and lowered bj^ cords attached to a lever, which is worked by a cam. A mechanical mounting ” is described, in which a peg board” operates upon hooks which actuate the headles. The patentee says, — The jacquard machine may be applied “ with great facility to the present loom.” The ordinary power ‘‘ loom may be so modified as to include all or nearly all the improvements before described.” A winding and dressing machine is also described. The skeins of yarn are placed on reels, the threads from the reels are passed through guides and over rollers, which revolve in a trough con- taining the paste or size. The threads are next brushed by revolving brushes, and wound on to the bobbins, which are turned by rollers placed on a shaft in front of the machine. A ‘‘ fanner ” formed of cloth is placed under the machine. [Printed, 3s. 6c?. Drawinji^s. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 44, p. 33, and vol. 45, pp. 52G and 529.] A.D. 1846, March 11.— 11,128. BIGELOW, Erastus B. — The first part of this invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving two or three ply ingrain carpeting. w. P 226 WEAVING. The second part of the invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving Brussels carpeting. The improvements in ingrain looms consist, firstly, in a com- pound cam motion ‘‘for operating the lay, so as to give it a vibratory intermittent motion.” Secondly, “in a combination of four sets or series of shuttle “ boxes applied to two pendulous vibrating or moving frames, “ which are respectively arranged so as to have the lay between “ them, and to be disconnected from it, and to alternately move backwards and forwards in directions parallel to those in which “ the lay moves, the said sets of shuttle boxes, or two or three of “ them, being made at suitable times to rise and fall or move “ upwards and downwards, so as to change the positions of the “ respective shuttle boxes of the one to those of the other.” Thirdly, in mechanism for raising and lowering the said series of shuttle boxes, which is regulated by the jacquard machine. Fourthly, in “ mechanism for operating the picker staffs or levers, “ by which the several shuttles are thrown in the order required.” Fifthly, in mechanism for arresting the motion of the loom when the shuttle does not properly enter its box. Sixthly, in mechanism for arresting the motion of the shuttle “ when it has arrived at a certain position in one of the shuttle “ boxes of one of the several series of the same.” Seventhly, “ in certain moveable or turning guide plates applied “ to certain parts of the loom frame, in order to prevent accidents “ from occurring to the loom or a shuttle whenever the latter “ projects from a shuttle box.” The patentee describes the Brussel carpet loom “ as consisting “ of two parts, viz., that which actuates the warps and shuttle, “ and forms the body of the cloth, and that which draws the wires “ from under the pile, and places them under a new portion of “ warp.” The improvemnts consist, firstly, in mechanism by means of which the aforesaid parts of the loom are alternately brought into operation. Secondly, in the application of a moveable comber board, and in placing the headles “ by which the linen warps are operated in “ rear of said comber board and jacquard harness.” Thirdly, in a combination of mechanism by which the wires are successively separated one from the other, and pushed towards the pincers> by which they are withdrawn from the fabric, and depo- WEAVING. 227 sited between fingers, which place them in a box, by which they are conveyed and dropped into the shed of the warp. Fourthly, in mechanism for regulating the letting-off motion of the yarn beam according to the position of a roller round which the yarn is passed. Fifthly, in the application of a friction brake for preventing the yarn roller from moving when the lay beats up the cloth. [Printed, 10^. 8rf. Drawings.] A.D. 1846, March 25.— 11,148. UNSWORTH, William. — This invention relates ^^to that description of looms in which ribbons or fabrics of narrow breadth are made, and consists of various novel modes of arranging and working the shuttles or those parts of the looms “ which are employed for carrying the weft threads across the “ sheds.” The first plan consists of carrying the shuttles into and out of a shed by means of horizontal arms connected to a sliding bar or bars, which are actuated by a leyer and cam. In the second plan shuttles are dispensed with altogether, and “ a double set of weft carriers and points are used in lieu thereof. In this instance, as well as in all others in which carriers are employed in lieu of shuttles, the weft bobbins are placed at the “ back part of the loom behind the harness.” From the bobbins “ behind the harness the weft passes through the harness to the reed, and through this latter to a notch or slot at the end of the weft carriers.” “The weft carriers are bent arms or hook-shaped “ pieces,” and are bolted to sliding bars, which are actuated by similar mechanism to that before mentioned. The weft is, by means of the carriers, passed through the shed, and is received on the points of vertical pins, which are fixed to a moveable bar, and are raised up in order to receive the weft. When the weft has been placed over the pins the weft carriers are moved back again, leaving the weft in the shed. The third plan consists in carrying the weft through the shed by means of what the patentee calls “ revolving carriers,” which turn horizontal on their centres, and are actuated by sliding bars, and either carry the weft in or fetch it across the shed. [Printed, l5. lid. Drawings, See London Journal (Kewton^s), vol. 30 {conjoined series), p.l59; and Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 190.]^ p 2 228 WEAVING. A.D. 1846, May 28.-~N« ] 1,225. HYDE, John. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving. The first improvement, or that by which the wear and tear of the warp is diminished,” consists of two parallel rods, between which the warp is passed. The lower of these rods acts as a ful- crum, and is supported in the framing of the loom, while the upper rod, over which the warp passes, is vibrated back and forward by an excentric placed on the crank shaft of the loom. The excentric is so placed as to relieve the warp at the time the shed is opened for the passing of the shuttle. The second improvement consists of an arrangement for stop- ping the loom as soon as the weft breaks or is worked off the spool. A series of stationary pins are supported on springs attached to the loom rails in front of the lay. At the back of the lay is placed a shaft supporting a series of pins which pass through the respective openings between the stationary pins at each vibration of the lay, when no medium is interposed to prevent their passage. When the weft is in the shed the pins are arrested, and the shaft on which they are supported partially turned, so as to elevate a projection placed on that shaft abote a projection placed on a shaft on which is fixed a cam, which keeps the strap on to the fast pulley. When the weft is not in the shed the first-mentioned projection"strikes the other projection, and relieves the strap lever, so that the strap moves on to the loose pulley, and the cam at the same time actuates a brake lever, which causes the brake to act upon the fly wheel of the loom. Another arrangement (placed within the shuttle) is shown, for stopping the loom when the weft breaks. In this arrangement a moveable bolt attached to a lever is pressed beyond the side of the shuttle by a spring, except when kept back by the tension of the weft passing through the reverse end of the lever. In addition, the patentee proposes to relieve the swell on the entrance of the shuttle to the shuttle box, by means of the crank which actuates a lever which is brought in contact with a finger on the stop rod, and takes the pressure off the swell. The third improvement consists in an arrangement for taking up the cloth as it is woven. One end of a lever is provided with catches, which take into a ratchet wheel ; the other end of the lever is actuated by a cam, so that at each revolution of the cam the lever moves forward the ratchet wheels which by a train of WEAVING. 229 spur wheels turns a shaft, on which is placed a cylinder covered with cards, over which the cloth passes. The fourth improvement consists in the construction and application of a self-acting temple. The temple consists of a small cylindrical shaft revolving freely in elastic supports attached to the loom. “ This cylindrical shaft is covered with what is called fillet cards, wound in two spirals, meeting in the middle , or half distance from each extremity, and covered by a straight “ edge or plate, between which and the cards the cloth is passed.” The fifth improvement consists in a picking motion. A cam periodically forces back two upright levers, to the upper extremities of which are attached straps, which are also fastened to two seg- mental pieces. The picker sticks are placed on the same shaft; as the segmental pieces, so that the pickers are moved forward at each vibration of the upright levers. The sixth improvement consists in the construction of a break “ or dray on the warp or yarn beam.” This is a V-shaped trough,” which is shown in the drawings, pressing against the yarn beam, the pressure being caused either by a spring, a set screw, or weights. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1846, August 17.— N« 11,338. POOLE, Moses. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to the manufacture of terry and cut pile fabrics, and consists of applying power to power looms in such manner that the motions ‘‘ of the loom will stop when the shed has been opened for re- ceiving a wire, the object being that the weaver may no longer have the heavy labour of giving the requisite motions to the ‘‘ loom by his feet and hands at the same time, leaving him sim- ‘‘ ply the overlooking of the loom and the performing of that part of the weaving process which consists of introducing the “ wires and of cutting them when cut pile fabrics are being made ; and when terry weavings are being made, the weaver superin- tending a loom may withdraw the wires, but it is believed that it will be more convenient to have a second person to draw the “ wires from the fabrics made by several looms.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See Repertorj’’ of Arts, vol. 9 {enlarged, series')^ p. 305; and Loudon Journal {Newton' s)^ vol. 30 {conjoined series) t p. 259.] 230 WEAVING, A.D. 1846, October 8.— N<> 1 1,399. WILSON, Robert. — In the description of this invention the patentee says : — My improvements in looms for weaving velvets and other piled goods apply particularly to the manufacture of ‘‘ plush or long-napped velvets, such as are used for covering hat ‘‘ bodies, and commonly called hat plush, and consist in pro- viding the loom with a double set of healds or harness with corresponding treadles and jacks, a double set of ground or back warp threads, and a double set of pile or nap-warp threads. The healds or harness must be so trodden or wrought that the weft shall form with these threads two separate pieces of cloth at one operation of the weaver, each cloth when cut having a separate and distinct pile or nap, the pile or nap of each cloth being composed of every alternate thread of the warp ; that upon the second or lower piece of cloth interweaving with and ‘‘ forming loops upon the surface of the upper cloth.’’ My improvements in the machinery or apparatus for cutting ‘‘ the pile or nap of such goods or fabrics consist in furnishing the “ cutting knife or travat with two or more blades, so as to enable “ the weaver to cut two or more rows of loops of pile threads at once.” [Printed, Sd. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton* s), vol. 31 {con- joined series) y p. 356.] A.D. 1846, October 22.— N° 11,424. REID, John Paterson, and JOHNSON, Thomas.— This invention relates to improvements in machinery for weaving, and also in machinery for finishing woven fabrics. The improve- ments consist, — Firstly, in forming the pattern or figure on woven fabrics by means of needles worked by a pattern or figure roller, whereby the said needles which are to produce the pattern or figure are raised up and carried away from the rest by a suitable apparatus, thereby causing the needles so selected to work the particular skein, leasch, or thread of the harness or headles to which they belong.” Secondly, in forming two separate sheds in one reed in verti- cal looms, and working two shuttles in the separate sheds so formed in one reed, for the production of one piece of figured “ woven fabric,” WEAVING. 231 Thirdly, in . “ applying two separate reeds to one slay in verti- cal looms, so as to weave two separate pieces of cloth in one slay.” Fourthly, in a mode ‘^for stopping looms when the weft ‘‘ thread breaks, or when from any cause the shuttle does not arrive in its proper box.” The apparatus for stopping looms when the weft thread breaks consists of two thin pieces of metal, which are attached to a plate immediately over the slay ; when not prevented by the weft, these thin pieces of metal enter two slots in a sliding bolt, which passes transversely through a hole made in the slay, by which means the bolt is caused to catch a detent” on the stop rod and stop the loom. The “shuttle “ proic/>tor ” consists of a small bell-crank lever, placed at each end of the slay; at one end of the bell-crank lever is a pin, which projects into the shuttle race, while the other end is jointed by a bar to the other bell-crank lever. On this bar is a stop, which, when not moved out of the way by either of the bell- crank levers, catches against a notch in the stop rod and stops the loom. Fifthly, an apparatus for producing the requisite tension on the warp. This consists of a metal clip embracing a pulley made fast to the warp beam ; this clip is held together by a bolt passing through lugs in the clip ; a spiral spring is placed on the bolt, “ as “ a means of regulating the friction more nicely.” Sixthly, in a picking motion, which consists of a “ spring or “ spring lever,” which is attached by a rod to a spur wheel. The reverse end of the spring lever is attached by another rod to a cranked lever, which is connected by cords to the pickers. “ Seventhly, in the adaptation of an arrangement of back gear- “ ing for driving vertical looms.” “And eighthly, in an improved method of finishing figured “ fabrics,” which consists in “ causing a strong current of air to “ impinge upon or act against the under side of the cloth or “ fabric, so that the loose threads or fibres on the upper surface “ may be blown upwards by the passage of the air through the “ cloth, and be thereby more easily or effectually acted upon and “ removed by the rotary or other cutter.” [Printed, I 5 . 3d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 12 {enlarged series), j>.34t5.2 ^ j 232 WEAVING. A.D. 1846, November 4. — N° 11,436. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — ^This invention relates principally to the manufacture of driving bands, but part of the invention is also applicable to other fabrics. ‘‘ The hemp or other textile substance from which the flat bands ‘‘ are to be manufactured is, first, properly prepared, and spun or twisted into cords or strands.” These strands are wound upon reels or bobbins, which are placed in carriers to wind up the “ strands as they severally pass from between weighted rollers, which are intended to keep the strands at a proper tension.” The reels thus charged with strands, either of the whole length of the intended band, or a portion thereof, are then taken f ^ the ‘‘ loom, where they are to be woven together to form a strong narrow fabric.” Two looms are described for weaving the bands. The first is similar to the ordinary hand loom, in which the headles are worked by treadles. In the second loom the headles are worked by a jacquard machine. In order to render the flat bands impervious to water, a bath composed of the fol- lowing substances is prepared, namely, 2 lbs. of linseed oil, “ H oz. litharge, ditto ditto terra umbra or lampblack or soot, ditto ditto ceruse, ditto ditto plaster.” This composition is laid on the fabric with a brush when small bands are required to be prepared. With regard to large bands, the patentee prefers to prepare them by means of an apparatus consisting of three weighted rollers, which are turned by a winch. The compo- sition is placed in a vat, which is furnished with two cross bars for guiding the fabric into the composition. The band is passed through the composition and drawn up between the rollers, "" for the purpose of expressing the superfluous material, and also to “ fix that which remains into the fabric. This part of the inven- tion may also be applied to the waterproofing of other coarse fabrics, such as tarpaulings.” [Printed, Vd. Drawings. See Patent Journal, vol. 2, p. 864.] A.D. 1846, November 5. — N® 11,438. HENSON, Henry. — This invention relates to the manufacture of a new fabric, suitable for goods wrappers, waggon covers, and ‘‘ other like purposes.” The ‘^new fabric” is made of two qualities, ‘"one very strong and stout,” “and the other of a slender texture.” In making the former of these qualities the WEAVING. 233 patentee uses "" hempen thread ” as the basis of the fabric, and interweaves with the hempen threads while the fabric is passing through the loom a certain number of strands or threads of metallic wire or strips of cane. The fabric when woven is im- mersed in a vat filled with tanning liquor ; after which the fabric is rendered waterproof by saturating it with two compositions. The first composition is formed of turpentine, bees’-wax, and tallow ; the second of linseed oil, litharge, Stockholm tar, and lamp- black, or ground charcoal. The fabric, when about to be saturated, is laid upon a “ steam table,” and the composition is laid on by “ means of a spatula or brush.” With regard to the second of these qualities of new fabric, the patentee says, — I manufacture it as follows : — I take a sheet or web of paper, and paste, cement, or otherwise unite it to a sheet or web of calico, or some other like textile fabric which has been “ previously waterproofed and japanned by any of the well-known processes in use for those purposes.” [Printed, 6cZ. Drawing. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 30 {conjoined series), p. 351; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 46, p. 472; Patent Journal, vol. 2, p. 863 ; and Engineers’ and Architects’ Journal, vol. 10, p. 223.] A.D. 1846, November 12. — N° 11,444. McBRIDE, John. — This invention relates, first, to the con- “ struction of pattern surfaces,” which consists of rollers that actuate the treadles. The rollers are placed on shafts attached to plates, which are again attached by shafts to larger plates, which are fixed to a shaft under the driving shaft. Secondly, to the arrangement of looms working by tappets and treddles to produce tweels, so that by introducing a jacquard (or “ other pattern surfaces) to act on the connections intermediate of the treddles and the warp, the pattern surface shall govern the “ order in which the tweel is made.” The patentee also claims, in connection with this part of the invention, ‘‘ dividing the “ harness of jacquard looms into parts, and giving motion to the parts by one jacquard barrel.” Thirdly, to the application of a ‘^jacquard or other pattern “ surface to leaves of heddles arranged to work the pattern of the “ fabric in power looms, whilst the ground or tweel, composed of “ the same w’arp, is produced by leaves of heddles actuated by ‘‘ tappets and treddles, or other means.” Fourthly, to the application of a jacquard barrel, ‘‘placed at the 234 WEAVING. side of the loom, with apparatus to work the harness of jacquard loom.” Fifthly, ‘^to the working of colored tweels,” by applying flushing leaves of heddles in power looms, when weaving tweeled fabrics with colored warps,” Sixthly, to a take-up motion. The cloth beam is driven by wheel and pinion at a uniform speed, and it has temple teeth placed on its surface.” The cloth passes from this beam on to an upper roller, which is driven by an endless band, or by a “ lever and driver taking into a ratchet wheel.” Seventhly, ‘"to working shuttle boxes.” In the first plan shown, two shuttle boxes are attached to the slay, one in front of the other ; the shuttle from the front box is guided by needles, “ which are caused to rise up through perforations in the race of “ the slay.” At one side of the loom there are two picker sticks, the action of which is governed by a jacquard cylinder, so that either of the shuttles may be selected and thrown across the fabric. In another arrangement the shuttle boxes move backwards and forwards, and are combined “ with a receding reed acting upon “ apparatus to stop the loom.” Eighthly, to a method of stopping and starting a loom. The driving pulley is attached to a shaft in a line with the driving shaft of the loom ; on this shaft is also attached a “ break pulley.” An arm on the driving shaft carries a “ crutch,” which is brought in contact with the inside of the break pulley when the loom is to be started. In a disclaimer annexed to the specification the patentee dis- claims the second, fourth, fifth, and sixth parts of the invention. [Printed, 3s. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1846, November 17.— N° 1 1,454. HEALEY, John. — ^This invention relates to “ a new and improved “ woven fabric,” and consists, “firstly, in the arrangement or “ placing of the cross thread (or weft which passes from one “ selvage to the other in woven fabrics) in a diagonal position, “ or at any angle more or less than a right angle as respects the “ warp threads, so as to form a new and improved woven fabric ; “ and secondly, in certain improvements in machinery for pro- “ ducing the same ; and the manner in which the same is to be “ performed and carried into effect is either by mechanically removing the position of the cross threads or weft in certain WEAVING. 235 woven fabrics, after the weft has been placed at right angles to the warp in the ordinary manner of weaving, or by weaving the “ cross threads or wefts in a diagonal position, or at any angle more or less than a right angle as respects the warp threads.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 10 {enlarged series), p. 16 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 3, p. 51.] A.D. 1846, December l.—N® 11,462. BULLOUGH, James, and BULLOUGH, Adam.— This inven- tion consists, firstly, in an arrangement of apparatus for regulating the letting off of the yarn from the yarn beam in looms for weaving, which is done by a vibrating roller, which by suitable connections causes the catch to be lifted off the ratchet wheel of the letting-off motion when more yarn is unwound than is taken up. “ Secondly, in a modification of the above, in which arrange- “ ment the yarn beam is held fast by means of a friction break “ whilst the cloth is beat up, and when being released the tension of the yarn will cause the yarn beam to let off as much warp as “ required. Thirdly, in an arrangement of mechanism connected with the ordinary taking-up wheel, for the purpose of letting back the “ cloth by hand when requisite, without lifting the taking-up “ catches. Fourthly, in a modification of the above motion, which may be made either self-acting or otherwise. Fifthly, in a swivelling slay cap for the purpose of allowing “ the reed to give way whenever the shuttle stops in the shed, “ thereby preventing injury to the cloth, ‘but which is held firm “ whilst beating up. Sixthly, in the application of a friction break, which is caused to act simultaneously upon the face of the spur wheels which “ connect the ordinary tappet and crank shaft (and are known as “ the tappet shaft wheel and the crank shaft wheel), for the pur- pose of stopping both shafts at one instant.” [Printed, 2d. Drawings.] A.D. 1846, December 15.— N« 11,495. BINGLEY, Mark. — Part of this invention relates to weaving “ suitable fabrics with beads for what are called head bands of books;” and also ‘‘to shuttles used for such weavings, and 236 WEAVING. “ which improvement in shuttles is applicable to other weavings.” The improvement in shuttles consists in the application of an india-rubber spring, whereby the patentee says he is enabled more readily to regulate the pressure upon the bobbin than by the present arrangement of spring for that purpose.” [Printed, 25. 8d, Drawings.] A.D. 1846, December 21 .—N« 11,498. WATSON, John. — This invention relates to “improvements in “ weaving by jacquard looms,” and consists, firstly, in the par- ticular shape or form of the cam for working the jacquard machine. Secondly, in the form and position of the treadle (for working the jacquard), “ whereby it is made to project in front of the loom, “ for the purpose of enabling the weaver to work the jacquard “ machine independently of the loom.” Thirdly, in “ apparatus for disengaging the jacquard machine,” which consists of a bell-crank lever, which keeps the treadle (which works the jacquard machine) depressed; the bell-crank lever is disengaged from the treadle by a lever and cam, when the lash is lowered. Fourthly, in “a series of cams or other like mechanism for “ steadying the idle heddle leaves when the other leaves arc “ working or in action.” Fifthly, in the application of what the patentee calls “ stenting “ rollers for keeping the yarn at proper tension, at the same time “ that it is allowed to yield to the working heddle leaves.” Sixthly, in “ a selvage protector, the use of which is to prevent “ the warp yarn from being broken by the weft shot drawing in too tightly.” The selvage protector consists of pins placed at each side of the v/eb, and which are worked up and down alter- nately by cams, which allow the pins to fall into position at the selvage, “ taking hold of the selvage threads, and the weft of the “ successive picks turns upon them.” Seventhly, in apparatus for working the shuttle box when three or more shuttles are employed. To each shuttle there is a lever, which is supplied with a “ tumbler,” which is brought by the jacquard in contact with a cam, when a change of shuttle is required. At one extremity of the lever is a chain, which acts upon a pulley attached to a rod, on which are fixed two wheels geering with racks attached to the shuttle box. WEAVING. 237 Eighthly, in apparatus for stopping the loom from the double box side of the lay when the weft fails, which apparatus is some- what similar to the weft fork in common use. Ninthly, in a mode of stopping the loom when the shuttle driver is not taken sufficiently back.” The driver (when back) presses against a curved lever, which raises a lifter ” clear of the frog.” Tenthly, in a mode of stopping the loom when the shuttle box is not properly shifted.” Small pulleys, attached to brackets, enter into notches of the racks of the shuttle box, so as to cause the brackets to lift a lever clear of the frog when the shuttle box is properly shifted. [Printed, l5. M. Drawings.] A.D. 1847, January 7. — N° 11,519. CLEGG, John. — This is an invention of ^^improvements in “ looms for weaving,” and consists, — First, in a new arrangement and combination of mechanical parts forming the picking apparatus, through which motion is transmitted from the crank shaft to throw the shuttle through the warp.” Secondly, in an arrangement, “ by means of which the position of the vertical tier of boxes containing the shuttles may be varied.” The shuttle boxes are attached to a rack which is in gear with a pinion worked by another rack attached to a bar, at the upper end of which is a double rack which is worked up and down by two teeth, the action of which is regulated by tappets attached to a wheel. Thirdly, in the application of gutta percha for pickers, and as ‘‘ a substitute for cards where a jacquard is attached to and forms part of a loom.” [Printed, Is, 4cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1847, January 28.—N° 11,549. LUTEL, Elizabeth Oudtnot. — (A communication from Cesaer Luc Louis Oudinot.) — This invention consists in producing a double fabric such as has hitherto been employed in the con- struction of stays, belts, stiffners, &c.) into which elastic threads ‘‘ are so introduced, that they produce elasticity in those parts only where it is desirable.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing. See London Journal {Newtori's)i vol, 35 (cow- joined series) y p. 397.] 238 WEAVING. A.D. 1847, February 11,573. WILKINSON, Enoch. — These improvements apply princi- pally to power looms for weaving fancy or figured goods,” and consist, — Firstly, in the employment of an endless tappet chain, together with suitable apparatus, for the purpose of raising and lowering the shuttle boxes in looms, wherein two or more shuttles are employed.” Secondly, in an arrangement of ‘‘ shedding levers and jack lifters, to be worked by an endless tappet chain or cylinder, for the purpose of dividing or shedding the warp threads.” Thirdly, in a peculiar construction of shuttle. The improve- ment in which consists in forming a recess in the under side of the shuttle, “ so as to have a square surface for the picking stick “ to strike against,” and also in having the points of the shuttle out of the centre. [Printed, ^d. Drawing's. See London Journal {Newton' s)y vol. 33 {con- joined series) i p. 329.] A.D. 1847, February 24.— N° 11,595. TODD, William. — ^This invention relates to sizing and dressing yarns, and consists, — Firstly, in a method of sizing yarns, either in the cop, upon “ the bobbin, or upon the yarn beam.” The yarn to be sized is placed in a cylinder, from which the air is exhausted by an air pump. The boiling size is next introduced by a pipe from a trough in which it has been previously prepared. Secondly, in a method of drying and winding the yarn upon bobbins, by causing them to be brought in contact with a heated cylinder. Thirdly, in apparatus for warping and beaming the yarns. The bobbins are mounted vertically on pegs in creels or shelves. The threads from the bobbins pass through reeds to the headles which are for taking the lease ; from the headles the threads pass over and under various rollers and on to the yarn beam, which has a differential speed communicated to it by means of two cones, so as to take up the same quantity of yarn as the diameter of the beam increases. An apparatus is attached to the machine for measuring the yarn and giving an alarm when the beam is full, and also for marking the yarn. WEAVING. 239 Another arrangement of creel is described, in which the bobbins are laid horizontally upon pegs. The thrteads pass over rollers and through two combs and over another roller to the yarn beam. Every alternate dent in the combs is partially closed, and the closed dent of the one is placed opposite to the open dent of the other. The lease is taken by raising the combs. [Printed, 1«. Drawings. See London Journal [Newton's)^ vol. 32 {con- joined series) y p. 397 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 3, p. 354.] A.D. 1847, March 10.— 11,617. VOGEL, Kasimir. — This invention relates to a new manu- “ facture of weavers’ harness.” The patentee claims as his invention, — First, “ forming the eyes or loops of heddles for weavers’ har- ness, by means of interweaving or braiding together the strands “ of which the separate cords are composed.” Secondly, interweaving or braiding together the strands throughout the whole length of the heddle, with the exception “ of the loop or eye.” Thirdly, twisting the two cords of which each separate heddle “ consists in contrary directions.” Fourthly, the manner described of attaching the harness to the shafts. This is by passing the heddles round a small piece of wood inserted in a groove formed in the shaft, instead of entirely round the shaft itself.” Lastly, the arrangement of machinery and apparatus for manu- facturing the harness and heddles. [Printed, l5. 4c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1847, April 15.— N° 11,658. CLAUSSEN, Peter. — The first part of this invention relates to a method of effecting the rising and falling of the heddles in plain or rectangular weaving.” Two vertical levers are placed immediately under the leaves of heddles, and supported by a framework, through slots in which they work. The levers are attached at top to the heddle leaves, and are worked up and down alternately by a cam. “ To prevent the breakage of the thread,” the warp beam is placed behind the loom, and the thread is carried upwards from the under part of the beam over a pulley fixed at the top of the loom, from which it descends and passes round a 240 WEAVING. second pulley, placed nearly at the usual position of the beam, whence it is carried across to the heddles.’ The second part of the invention relates to a self-acting temple. It consists of a conical roller, which is studded on its outer surface with a number of small projecting pins, and turns on a spindle. The cloth is made to pass under two prongs, which serve to keep it down upon the cone, and so cause the pins to take proper hold. A cjdindrical roller (the patentee says) may “ in some cases be substituted for the conical one.” The third part of the invention relates to the class of looms “ known as circular looms for weaving looped fabrics.” The fourth part of the invention relates to a winding and dressing machine. The bobbins are placed in a vertical position. The yarn from the reels is passed over a paste roller, which is placed in a trough containing the paste. Small picees of cloth or leather are placed upon the side of the trough, which free the yarn from the superfluous paste, which is returned again into the trough. The yarn from the paste roller is next brushed by a revolving brush and wound upon the vertical bobbin. A fan is placed under the machine. A fixed brush is employed under the revolving brush, by which the latter is freed from the greater ‘‘ portion of waste dressing.” [Printed, 3s. Drawings. See Patent Journal, vol. 3, pp. 5£2 and 553.] A.D. 1847, May 14.— N° 11,701. CUNLIFFE, John Tattersall. — ^This invention relates to improvements in pickers for power looms. The principal feature of novelty in this invention consists in so forming or constructing ^ pickers ’ that the striking part, or front of the picker shall oppose a good front to the points of the shuttle, such front being supported by a buttress or back piece produced by employing the hide edgewise.” [Printed, Sri. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 32 {con^ joined series), p. 164.] A.D. 1847, June 3.— 11,729. NICKELS, Christopher. — In the description of this invention the patentee says, — “ My invention relates to duplicated weav- ings ; and the same consists of weaving three or more fabrics at ‘‘ the same time in a loom in such manner that they shall all in WEAVING. 241 the act of weaving be joined into one solid fabric, when using the same or separate weft for the several fabrics ; and my in- “ vention also consists in so arranging the warps for conducting the process of duplicate weaving, that tubular fabrics may be “ made of two or more thicknesses of fabric woven together, in place of being single, and they may or may not be bound toge- ther by a binder warp in the act of weaving ; and the invention also consists of so arranging the warps for weaving that two, ‘‘ three, or more fabrics may be woven at the same time, and con- joined only in part or parts of their width. Each fabric having its own selvage separate and uncombined.^’ [Printed, lOtL Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {enlarged series) , p. 1^ ; and Patent Journal, vol. 4, p. 5G.] A.D. 1847, June 3.— N° 11,730. HILL, John. — This invention consists, — First, in. a novel arrangement and application of parts of a loom, in which pile fabrics are woven, so that in operating with such loom a thread of weft to form a part of the cloth, and when required, a wire to raise a row or line of the pile of the “ cloth, may be simultaneously introduced, each into a shed or ‘‘ opening made for it in the warp.” Secondly, in actuating the lever by which the grooved rod for carrying the wire into the warp is made to pass into the shed or ‘‘ opening of the warp by means of a crank, intermittent wheel, and disc.” And, lastly, in withdrawing the wires from the pile of the “ cloth, and depositing them in the feeding apparatus by suitable “ mechanical means or apparatus.” Nippers are used by the patentee for withdrawing the wires. The nippers are attached to a lever, which is actuated by a crank.” [Printed, Is. \ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1847, June 19.— NM 1,757. MURDOCH, James. — (A communication.) — This is an inventio"' of an improved mode of manufacturing woven goods i both sides.” The invention consists in making figui “ bleed on each side, that is, without a back to i with the same pattern or design on each side, 1 coloured, or with an entirely diifferent Taken as a whole the invention presents i w. 242 WEAVING. double jacquard machine, a double draught, a double reading ; in a word, the combination of a loom with two ordinary jac- quard machines working by the same stroke of the treadle. The new fabrics without backs may be produced, first, by two “ bodies of mailes ; second, by two bodies of mailes and two bodies of leashes, one acting upwards and the other downwards ; third, by two bodies of mailes and one body of leashes acting upwards or downwards.” [Printed, Qd. No drawing.] A.D. 1847, July 3.-~N° 11,785. CARR, John. — ^These improvements apply solely to power “ looms, and consist, — Firstly, in a certain novel method of stopping the vibration of the lathe or slay whenever the shuttle stops in the shed, or does not complete its race from one shuttle box to the other ; the principal novelty consisting in the slay alone being suddenly stopped, whilst the other working parts are allowed to expend their momentum without causing any injury to the cloth.^’ Secondly, in the method of stopping the vibration of the slay and crank arms whenever the shuttle stops in the shed of the warps. Thirdly, in the method of stopping the vibration of the slay and crank arms, and the revolution of the crank shaft whenever the shuttle does not complete its race. Fourthly, in a certain novel method of advancing the cloth, and at the same time slackening the warp threads whenever the shuttle does not complete its race from one shuttle box to the “ other, thereby preventing the necessity of stopping the loom suddenly.” “ Fifthly, in the application of a lining of caoutchouc, or other similarly elastic substance, to the ordinary or any other break “ employed for the purpose of stopping a loom. And, sixthly, in applying the balance or fly wheel to the ; shaft instead of the crank shaft.” Printed, 9 12,036. HUDSON, William, and DODGEON, John. — This invention consists, ‘‘firstly, in imparting certain novel shapes or forms “ of construction to the fly wheels of power looms.’^ One of the improved fly wheels consists of “ a nave,’^ from which a disc ra- diates. “ This disc or side of the wheel is sufficiently strong to “ supply the absence of arms or spokes, which it is intended to “ supersede.” Projecting from it are two cylindrical rings concentric with each other, which receive the pressure of the brakes. In another improved form of fly wheel there is only one cylindrical ring, whose diameter is less than that of the disc or side. In another improved form of fly wheel there is only one cylin- drical ring, but in this case it is of equal diameter with the disc or side. “ Secondly, in the novel application of a brake or brakes to the “ flywheels of power looms.” The patentees say, — “Before des- “ cribing our second series of improvements we would remark that “ our method of causing the brake to act upon the fly wheel is the “ same as the for which John Sellers, of Burnley, obtained Letters “ Patent on the Seventeenth of March One thousand eight hun- “ dred and forty-five” [N° 10,563]. “ The brake described in “ John Seller’s Specification was of single action, and the fly “ wheel of the ordinary kind, while our improvements relate to a “ series of compound brakes.” The first brake described is com- posed of two arms vibrating upon a stud ; one of the arms acts upon the outer ring, the other arm acts upon the inner ring of the first form of fly wheel. Another description of brake is shown consisting of two arms, but in this case one arm acts upon the inner, the other arm upon the outer circumference of the same ring. Another description of brake is applied to the WEAVING. 249 inner circumference of the ring of the fly wheel, by a bell-crank lever. Various forms of concentric brakes are described; also, “ a method of applying a brake to the fly wheel entirely distinct from the principle patented by John Sellers aforesaid, which consists in causing the brake to be applied by the action of a “ cnm or tappett upon the crank shaft.” Thirdly, in “ the application of metal springs, caoutchouc, or other elastic medium to counteract the effects of the concussion “ resulting from the contact of the finger of the stop-rod with the frog.” Fourthly, in a method of ‘^reducing the momentum of the picking lever when completing its traverse.” This is done by causing the sector (usually attached to the picking lever), to im- pinge against an elastic spring. Fifthly, in an arrangement whereby the swell in the shuttle box is dispensed with, and the finger of the stop-rod is brought “ in contact with the frog, in order to apply a brake to the fly- wheel of the loom.” [Printed, 2^. Id. Drawings. See Artizan, vol. 6, p. 249 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 5, p. 274.] A.D. 1848, January 22. — 12,03/. HEYWOOD, Henry. — These improvements relate to power looms, and consist, — Firstly, in the application of a wheel or wheels placed upon one or both sides of the loom. The wheels are driven by pinions on the crank shaft, and are furnished with apparatus for conveying the requisite movements to the headles and picking levers. Secondly, in certain methods of imparting a partial rotation “ in opposite directions alternately to a shaft placed beneath the headles transversely of the loom,” by means of a connecting rod, cranks and levers, or by cams and levers, whereby the elevation and depression of the headles is effected from the partial rotation of such transverse shaft.” Thirdly, in the method of working the headles from the ‘‘ transverse shaft.” This is either by straps attached to the headles and to sectors fixed on the transverse shaft ; or by racks attached to the headles, which racks are actuated by wheels on the transverse shaft. Fourthly, in certain methods of working the picking levers, 25() WEAVING. for the purpose of throwing the shuttle, by means of cams ‘‘ levers, and excentrics.” Fifthly, in “ the application of loose or moveable swells to the levers used for imparting motion to 1;he picking levers.” Sixthly, in an improved construction of temple, “ ike peculiar features of which are, the rod or bar stretching entirely across the cloth in lieu of the guiding finger heretofore employed ; and the metal rollers with rough abrasive surfaces, but devoid of any points or teeth, whereby an incision is made in the cloth.” Seventhly, in a system of taking up the cloth as woven, in which the requisite motion is first obtained from a screw thread or wheel upon the crank shaft, and afterwards transmitted to the emery roller or cloth beam, instead of from the slay sword and monkey tail, as heretofore practised.” Eighthly, in “ the application of a sun and planet wheel for the purpose of producing a positive taking-up motion in power ‘‘ looms where the taking-up is obtained from the slay sword and monkey tail.” Ninthly, in an arrangement of levers connected to the temple, “ whereby the driving strap is thrown from the fast to the loose pulley, and the stoppage of the loom is effected whenever the “ shuttle is caught in the shed, between the ends of the temple, “ or the transverse bar thereof and the reed.” Tenthly, in the method of stopping the loom whenever the “ weft is absent or broken, by means of an obtuse point or pin resting immediately beneath the surface of the cloth when the weft is properly supplied, and protruding between and above ‘‘ the warp threads whenever the weft is deficient, acting in con- junction with the apparatus described, or any modification thereof, for traversing the driving strap from the fast to the loose pulley, and thus effecting the stoppage of the loom.” Eleventhly, in an arrangement of levers placed on each side of the loom, ‘‘ whereby the warp threads are liberated from tension whenever the shuttle is caught in the shed, or fails to complete its traverse.” Twelfthly, in the general arrangements, whereby the loom is ‘‘ preserved from breakage or injury whenever its momentum is arrested, as also the application of a spring acted upon by a rod or finger from the frog upon the loom side, for effecting this WEAVING. 251 purpose in looms where the stop rod and frog are still made use of.” [Printed, 4s. id. Drawings. See Artizan, vol. 6, p. 250 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 6, pp. 249 and 282.] A.D. 1848, January 27. — N° 12,044. ROBINSON, Thomas. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving ribbons and other fabrics.” The first part of the invention consists of an improved arrangement and construction of those parts of the loom known as the batten, breast piece, and back roll.” And also in a new and improved method of communicating the motion from the shaft of the loom to the slide which actuates the shuttles. The arrangement of the batten is such that the shuttles are placed in two planes one above the other, so that the shuttles of the bottom row shall be when at rest under the ribbons of the top row.” The second part of the invention consists of a new and im- “ proved method of constructing and arranging the battens for “ looms to carry two or more shuttles to each ribbon or fabric.” “ And also in a new and simple motion for actuating the shuttles in such battens.” The patentee claims, — First, the application of drivers moving “ above the shuttles, and actuating them by pegs turned up “ from underneath ; also the form of the hook which is attached “ to these drivers ; also the form of the brasses within which the drivers move ; also the construction of the middle plank ; also “ the form of the slide, the mode of carrying the same, and actuating two pairs of drivers by means of one slide ; also the parts by means of which the motion is communicated from the shaft of the loom to the slide pulley ; also the mode of attach- “ ing the batten to the sword and connecting rod, and also the “ castings on the breast piece and back rail, in order to obtain “ two rows of rollers at the required levels.” Secondly, the patentee claims the means of arranging two “ or more sets or rows of shuttles (dispensing with the parts “ heretofore required for lifting and falling the shuttles) ; also the arrangement of shuttle, and the mode of sustaining it between two grooved planks by means of a tongue or rib on "" each side of the shuttle; also the sustaining and fixing the ** planks by means of a horizontal bracket placed above them 252 WEAVING. instead of vertical supports from below ; also the arrangement of parts (for giving motion to the shuttles) which intervene between the slide pulley and the crank shaft.” [Printed, Is. 4c?, Drawings. See Artizan, vol. 6, p. 249 ; and Patent J ournal, vol. 5, p. 277.] A.D. 1848, April 5.— N« 12,111. FOOT, Joseph.— This invention relates to the manufacture of sieve cloths. The patentee says, — My invention consists in caus- ing sieve cloth as it is woven to be nipped or held between two rollers, and caused to move (after beating up the weft) a dis- tance equal to that which is necessary to form square meshes, the nipping rollers receiving motion each time of beating up ‘‘ the weft,” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 13 {enlarged series) p. 23; London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 33 {conjoined series), p. 267; Artizan, vol. 7, p. 57; and Patent Journal, vol. 6, p. 14.] A.D. 1848, April 10.— N« 12,119. LONG WORTH, John. — This invention relates to pickers for power looms. The improved picker is made by taking one or more pieces or strips of hide, and folding it on a mandril, thereby “ forming the outer part or casing.” Into this outer casing the patentee places an inner strip, or closely folded piece of hide, the lower end of which projects and runs in guides or grooves in the slay. Another description of picker is shown, “which is “ made much in the same manner as the former, but having the “ sides depressed for the sake of lightness, and still preserving “ a solid picker with two fronts or striking surfaces.” “ Another slight modification of picker is represented.” The picker in this instance is made exactly in a similar manner to that first described, “ with the exception of the inside piece or folds of “ the hide. In this picker the inside folds are larger, and extend “ through the outer casing, both above and below, and thus form “ a guide piece or leg at both ends of the picker.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 36 {con- joined smes),p. 298; Artizan, vol. 7, p. 57; and Patent Journal, vol. 6, p. 32.] A.D. 1848, May 11.— N« 12,156. SMITH, Mark. — This invention consists, firstly, in apparatus for changing the positions of shuttles arranged in vertical or circular shuttle boxes, in looms for weaving ginghams and other fabrics. In the first arrangement described, the shuttle boxes WEAVING. 253 are suspended from one end of a lever, to the other end of which are attached “ guide plates,” one for every shuttle. These guide plates are brought alternately in contact with a sliding disc, and it is by sliding this disc, so as to cause it to be acted upon by a fresh guide plate, that the change of shuttle is efPected. The patentee makes use of a jacquard drum and ‘‘ chain,” which are acted upon by pins of difPerent lengths, for varying the position of the sliding disc, and consequently regulat- ing the change of shuttle. In the second arrangement, a circular shuttle box is used, motion is given to the shuttle box by a bar provided with notches, which take on to studs projecting from a disc attached to the shuttle box. The bar is attached to one end of a horizontal lever, on which lever are two clicks, which take on to a catch plate. By varying the position of the clicks on the catch plate, the change of shuttle is effected ; and this is done by a jacquard drum and chain and pins of different lengths, similar to those used in the first arrangement. A modification of this arrangement is shown applied to vertical shuttle boxes. Secondly, in a weft stop motion, which is actuated by a move- able reed. The reed, when pressed back by the weft, lifts two levers, one of which is supplied with a catch, which, when not lifted, strikes against a trigger ” attached to a shaft, on the end of which is a finger, which acts on the spring starting lever, and stops the loom. “ Thirdly, in improved machinery for letting the yarn off the “ warp beam by a positive self-regulating motion, the amount of “ which varies in proportion to the decreasing diameter of the warp beam.” Motion is given to the yarn beam by a worm on a longitudinal shaft, which receives its motion from a shaft on which is fixed a ratchet wheel, which is actuated by clicks attached to an “ elbow lever,” which is pressed down by the action of a crank, and raised by a spiral spring. The length of motion of the clicks on the ratchet wheel, and consequently the quantity of yarn delivered from the yarn beam, is regulated by a lever, one end of which rests against the beam, and the other against a stud on the elbow lever. And lastly, in a pair of self-acting temples, which consist of two pairs of “jaws or clippers,” which are fixed near each end of the breast beam, and are actuated by rods attached to the lay. [Printed, 2s. 8cl. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 49, p. 501; Artizan, vol. 7, p. 34 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 6, pp. 63 and 73.] 254 WJLAVING. A.D. 1848, May 30.—N« 12,167. WOOD, William. — The first part of this invention consists in giving substance and elasticity to Brussels and cut pile carpets by the use of additional weft at the back, or in the body, and much thicker than that on the face. The second part of the invention relates to a mode of printing piled and other fabrics, by employing cylinders or rollers so actuated and controlled, as to ensure the colours being repeated on the same parts of the fabric.” [Printed, Is. 10 12,267. DICKINSON, William. — These improvements relate to power looms for weaving plain cloth. Firstly, the improvements apply to a weft motion, in which the weft fork and ^^grid” are used. The improvement consists in dispensing with the system of levers employed to work the weft motion from the tappet shaft, and in effecting the stoppage of the loom, should the weft thread be absent or broken, by bringing the horizontal arm of the cranked lever or weft fork, before mentioned, in contact with a stop or notch in a vibratory lever, whose oscillations are effected either from the treadles or the picking shafts of the loom. The contact of the horizontal arm of the weft-fork, with the notch in the vibratory lever, liberates a catch box, which, sliding on the axis of the vibratory ‘‘ lever, acts upon the spring handle of the loom, and traverses the driving strap from the fast to the loose pulley, at the same “ time applying a brake to the fly wheel. Secondly, the improvements consist in a motion for stopping the loom when the shuttle fails to complete its traverse from one shuttle box to the other. The absence of the shuttle from the shuttle box while the reed is beating up permits a small finger or detector to act upon the spring handle of the loom, and, simultaneously with the traverse of the driving strap from the fast to the loose pulley, applies a brake to the periphery of the fly wheel,” and removes a bearer from beneath the reed, which latter swivels in the slay cap. “These operations are effected with “ a fast back board to the shuttle box, and an ordinary swell “ therein, which latter is acted upon by the shuttle at every pick.” The patentee also shows a method of applying a brake to a loom with an ordinary fast or fixed reed. This is done by a stud from an ordinary frog, which, acting upon an incline on a brake lever, applies the brake to the fly wheel. Thirdly, the improvements consist in extending the reed, by means of slips, close up to or upon the back board of the shuttle box. [Printed, Is, 4(1, Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 50, p. 260.] WEAVING. 257 A.D. 1848, October 19.— N‘> 12,292. SIEVIER, Robert William. — This invention relates, firstly, to “ a method of warping yarns by weighting the bobbins in a peculiar manner.*’ The weight is attached to a lever, which, when the bobbin is full, acts with its whole power upon the surface of the bobbin, but as the bobbin decreases in size, the weight drops and acts with less power upon the bobbin. Secondly, to a mode of weaving two or more pieces of narrow ‘‘ goods or fabric in one wide piece of cloth, and interweaving therewith, at stated and suitable distances, strands, yarns, or strips of gutta percha or other similar or suitable material, ‘‘ which, when the fabric is completed, may be more thoroughly ‘‘ incorporated with the adjacent fibres by means of heat applied in any convenient manner, so that when the wide piece of cloth or fabric is cut up or divided into separate widths, each width of “ narrow goods may have a suitable selvage at each side thereof, the fibres having been cemented together by the gutta percha “ or other material employed in its place.” [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 60, p. 404 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 7, p. 61.] A.D. 1848, October 26.— N° 12,294. BROWN, William. — This invention relates to the manufacture of elastic fabrics. The patentee says, — My invention consists of an improvement in manufacturing elastic stockings, elastic knee caps, elastic shirts, elastic drawers, and other elastic bandages and fabrics, by weaving them circular and into pre- “ scribed shapes without a seam, and which may be done in the following manner, that is to say, — you must use a jacquard machine, and a reed with fifty dents to an inch, and one cord to “ each dent, and four lashes to each cord ; and the reed must be “ three times in length the required width of the article to be made when contracted for use, as hereinafter mentioned. The “ mounture of the jacquard machine must have eight shafts to work by quarter reeds. The warp must be upon forty-two “ bobbins at the least, and it may be of silk, and if of silk, the “ same must be a 1050-4 treble. The shute must be india-rubber “ thread of a number adapted to the strength of spring or accord- “ ing to the elasticity required. The rule paper must be number “ 8 and 8.” When the article is taken ouVdf the loom, it will be H 258 WEAVING. three times the width required for use, and it must then be con- tracted by hot air to the required width, according to the ordinary methods now in use for such purposes. Of the above “ process I claim as new the combined methods of weaving elastic fabrics circular and into prescribed shapes without a “ seam.” [Printed, M. No drawing. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 34 {con- joined series), p. 264 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 50, p. 425 ; Artizan, vol. 7, p. 231 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 7, p. 25.] A.D. 1848, November 2. — N° 12,309. KESSELMEYER, Charles William, and MELLODEW, Thomas. — This invention relates to the production of fabrics commonly known as cotton tabby velvets, cotton Genoa velvets, and cotton velveteens. The patentees say, — “ Now our invention consists in manufacturing the above description of fabrics, by means of combinations of eight, nine, or more warp threads, with weft threads, thereby producing a deeper pile with a finer or more silky surface than was produced by the combination of six warp threads with weft threads from the same reed warp and weffc, the back of the fabric still remaining either plain or “ tabby, or three-leaf twilled, or Genoa. The warp is prepared in the same manner as for the old make, as far as dressing or ‘‘ sizeing and winding on the yarn beam is concerned ; but in- stead of drawing it into a set of healds consisting of six shafts, “ we employ a greater number of shafts and healds, according to the greater depth of the pile intended to be produced.” [Printed, lid. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 35 {con- joined series), p. 102; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 50, p. 429; and Patent Journal, vol. 7, p. 96.] » A.D. 1848, December Ib.—N^^ 12,368. ECCLES, Joseph, BRADSHAW, James, and BRADSHAW, William. — This invention ‘^refers more particularly to that class of looms which are capable of weaving fancy fabrics by power.” The patentees use shuttle boxes disconnected from the lay, which latter is worked by an arrangement of cams, whereby the reed is ‘‘ moved at a variable speed during a portion of each vibration.” The shuttle boxes are attached by a chain and spring to a lever, which is raised or lowered by a tappet, when a change of shuttle is required. The picking motion is effected by cams, bowls, and levers which operate upon metal pickers through bands. A cam WEAVING. 259 actuating a lever, to which a spring is attached, acting through a band, causes the picker to retire to the end of the spindle, as soon as the pick is made, so as to clear the drop-box. The delivery of the warp is regulated by flanged drums placed on each end of the warp beam. Over these drums cords are passed, from which weights are suspended. The take-up motion is actuated by a ratchet wheel, which receives its motion from a lever, worked by a bowl, attached to a disc on the driving shaft. The cloth beam is supported on strong spiral springs. A dial and index are made use of to enable the weaver to adjust the cloth when the loom has been weaving without weft. The stop motion for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not box, consists of a bell-crank lever, the upright arm of which bears against the swell in the shuttle box ; when the shuttle is in the box, the horizontal arm of the bell-crank lever lifts a notch on a lever, connected to the spring strap lever, out of contact with a lever which is vibrated by a cam, which would otherwise strike it and stop the loom. The weft stop motion, consists of the ordinary fork or finger playing into or between a gird or series of wires placed beside the reed.” The fork has sufficient motion imparted to it by the weft, when present, to lift a notch out of the way of an upright lever, which is vibrated by a crank pin, and which would otherwise catch it and stop the loom. A plan of a shuttle box is shown, in which the front plate vibrates upon a pivot, permitting it to have a small amount of lateral motion which is regulated by a spring,” so as to preserve the shuttle from being broken, when it is caught partly in the warps and partly in the box. Various arrangements are shown for applying friction brakes to the fly wheel simulta- neously with the stoppage of the loom. Arrangements are shown for working the headles. ‘^The novelty in these arrangements consists in their adaptation to the working of any' number of healds with a variable or alternating motion, so that certain portions of the fabric may be twilled, and the rest woven in the ordinary manner.” Also an arrangement for making any desired number of picks in one shed. [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 50, p. 593 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 7,p. 225.] A.D. 1848, December 16. — N° 12,376. MAJOR, William. — This invention, the patentee says, ‘‘is “ applicable to looms for weaving double cloth, where two complete R 2 260 WEAVING. warps are employed, and the shuttle is made to pass alternately through the sheds formed by the upper and lower warps so as to weave two pieces of cloth united together at the selvages and stitched or bound at any required number of intermediate “ places. The nature of my invention consists in so constructing the looms that when the reed strikes home the weft thread in “ the upper portion of the double cloth, the upper warp will be “ tightened to resist the blow of the reed, and at the same time the lower warp will be slackened so that the weft thread in the upper warp may receive the whole force of the blow, and be “ brought well home in the cloth ; in like manner, when the reed acts on the weft in the lower warp, the upper warp is slackened, and the lower one tightened for the same purpose.’^ [Printed, M. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 5, p. .596; and Patent Journal, vol. 7, p. 137.] A.D. 1848, December 21. —N« 12,379. DIG KINS, Thomas. — These improvements relate to warping and beaming yarns. The bobbins containing the yarn are placed in a creel frame, from which the yarn is passed between two glass rollers, and then through the lease reed, by passing the first thread through a slot in a dent and the next thread through a space be- tween the dents ; the slots and spaces being so formed that when the reed is raised the threads which pass through the slots will be lifted above the threads which pass between the dents, and thus the lease is taken. From the lease reed the yarn passes between guide pins and on to a horizontal warping mill, the shaft of which is furnished with a screw, which working in a nut causes the mill to traverse laterally, and wind the yarn on in a spiral direction. Or “the same end maybe obtained by causing the “ creel, lease reed, and guides to traverse, whilst the mill only “ revolves.” “ With regard to the beaming of warps,” the patentee claims “ the method of winding the yarn on to the beam direct from the “ ‘ mill ’ without remoA'ing it upon a drum, or in the form of a “ ball as hitherto practised.” [Printed, 1,9. 4c?. Drawings. See London Journal vol. 35 (cow- joined series), p. 237 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 50, p. 621; and Patent ’Journal, vol. 7, p. 131.] A.D. 1848, December 21. — N° 12,-388. CURTAIN, William. — This invention relates to a method of manufacturing “ Brussels, tapestry, and velvet or cut-pile carpets,^ WEAVING. 261 and velvets, silks, linen, mixed cloths, and rugs of all descrip- tions.’’ The worsted or warp to be used is first woven in a common loom, into a slight cloth by the usual method. After which the woven warp is printed, and placed on a beam in a loom in the usual place for warps; ‘‘the end is then cleared of the “ shoot and tabby cross, and passed through a reed behind the “ harness.” The dents in this reed are furnished with cutting edges on one side for dividing the shoot which connects the warp. After being passed through the reed, the warp and the linen threads to form the back are entered into the harness and drawn through the reed. In order to make a terry face on both sides of the fabric, the patentee weaves the worsted into two warps which are printed with different patterns. “ The warps are then placed on separate “ rolls or beams, so that one warp works on the upper surface “ and the other on the lower or under surface ; the warps arid the “ ground threads are then entered in the harness and through the “ reed.” To cut the pile of carpets or velvets, the wire used “ for raising the pile has a flat bottom, and a curve at the extreme “ end, with a cutting edge, and this wire when removed is so “ drawn out of the material that the edge completely severs the “ top of the pile.” [Printed, 9d, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 50, p. 619.] A.D. 1849, January 4. — N° 12,400. MUNN, Robert. — In the description of this invention the patentee says, — My invention, which is applicable to looms “ whether worked by hand or power, consists in subjecting the “ cloth or woven fabric to an artificial process, or certain artificial “ processes, whereby it is effectually cleansed and purified from all “ shell, leaf, and other extraneous matters, with which it is largely “ impregnated, and which extraneous matters have escaped the “ action of the preparation machinery to which the fibrous ma- “ .terials of which the fabric is composed were previously sub- “ mitted. This cleansing process I effect by means of a cylindrical “ roller or rollers placed transversely of the loom between the “ breast beam and the cloth beam, which roller or rollers, as a “ single or any number of rollers may be used upon one or both “ sides of the cloth simultaneously, I cover with a surface of “ ground glass, emery, sand, or other abrasive materials capable “ of acting as detergents when brought in contact with the 262 WEAVING. surface of the woven fabric. The contact of the fabric with the roller, and the amount of friction resulting from such contact, I regulate by means of a bar or rod extending across the loom transversely, and adjusted by set acrews at convenience. To “ these rollers, or any of them, rotation is imparted by any con- ‘‘ venient system of leverage connected with the working parts of the loom. In certain cases, and with certain descriptions of “ fabrics, a roller or rollers armed with bristles, whalebone, or “ other substances of which brushes are ordinarily made, may be substituted for or employed in conjunction with the roller or rollers before mentioned, or a roller or rollers with polished sur- faces may be used to the finer descriptions of goods, or any- one of these varities, or all of them, may be used separately or together, as determined by practise to be the best.’^ [Printed, Is. Qd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 21 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 68.] A.D. 1849, January 12,401. THOMAS, William. — (Partly a communication.) — This inven- tion consists, — First, of a mode of weaving the webbing for “ Venetian blinds by causing the connecting parts to be woven together with the longitudinal parts, so that the ladder formed webbing, in place of being formed as heretofore by connecting the longitudinal pieces of webbing by narrow tapes sewn to “ the two longitudinal ones, the whole ladder is produced in the ‘‘ act of weaving. Secondly, the invention consists of manufacturing ornamental roller blinds of looped fabrics.^’ ‘‘Thirdly, the invention consists of modes of manufacturing “ short or dwarf blinds of woven fabrics,' so as to imitate the short “ blinds now made of wood or wood and metal ; and this part of “ the invention also relates to a mode of ornamenting short or “ dwarf blinds made of woven fabric, such fabric not being metal- “ lie.” The ornamenting is performed by “ printing or stencilling “ woven fabrics with impressions to imitate perforated metal, or “ to imitate woven wire cloth, or to imitate short lath blinds.” “ And, fourthly, the invention consists of a mode of manu- “ facturing short or dwarf blinds, by employing looped fabrics “ with imitations of frames, printed or produced thereon. [Printed, 4d, No drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 20 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 7, p. 164.] WEAVING. 2()8 A.D. 1849, January 16.— N° 12,421. MARTIN, William. — This is an invention of “ improvements in machinery for figuring fabrics, parts of which improvements are “ applicable to playing certain musical instruments, and also to “ printing and other like purposes.” After describing the ordi- nary jacquard machine used in weaving figured fabrics, the patentee goes on to say, ^‘In place of the perforated cylinder, “ which, in the ordinary operation, is made to rotate one quarter “ of a revolution for every change of the pattern or throw of the “ shuttle, I make use of a fixed or stationary horizontal metallic plate perforated with several series or rows of small holes ‘‘ arranged in lines, and in place of the endless chain of pattern cards I employ merely a sheet of ordinary writing paper, or “ other suitable fabric, which, when properly perforated, is “ joined end to end, so as to form a kind of cylinder of paper or other material, and being placed in the apparatus is made to “ move round at the proper intervals, and present a different “ arrangement of perforations for every change in the pattern. ‘‘ The horizontal rods, which are connected with the hooked rods that carry the warp threads, are mounted in a frame somewhat “ in the usual manner, but their ends pass through the eyes of “ vertical needles, the lower ends of which are acted upon by the perforated paper below in the following manner: — At every “ change of the pattern all the horizontal bars, and also the vertical needles, are lifted up, in order to allow the pattern paper or perforated band to move round freely the required distance, “ in order to bring the proper part of the perforated pattern paper “ immediately below the ends of the vertical needles, ^nd when this is done the frame which carries them is lowered again, and the lower ends of the vertical needles come in contact with the surface of the pattern paper at all those parts where it is unper- “ forated, and consequently the needles are prevented from descending any further ; Wt if any of the needles meet with a hole in the paper, they drop through and carry down with them their corresponding horizontal bars. The effect of this is, that “ some of the horizontal bars are held up by the paper, and others are allowed to drop down ; then a board furnished with a series of straight horizontal projecting bars is brought forward, and ‘‘ the edges of the bars come in contact with the ends of those horizontal rods which have been selected and lifted by the pat- 264 WEAVING. “ tern paper, and force them backwards precisely as in the old jacquard apparatus, to which the remaining operations of the improved apparatus are somewhat similar.’^ A machine or apparatus is also described, which the patentee calls the reader,’^ whereby the pattern paper intended to be used in the jacquard apparatus, ‘‘ may be accurately perforated with holes.” In connection with this machine the patentee claims as new, “ puncturing the paper on which the pattern or design is drawn, so that when needles or points are brought into contact with a paper pattern so punctured, they may be selected, and, by means of rods, bars, or levers, cause certain punches to be acted upon and made to perforate the paper or other material which is to be adapted to the jacquard apparatus in place of the ordinary cards.” The remainder of the specification relates to playing musical instruments, and to composing or setting up type for letter-press printing, by jacquard apparatus. [Printed, 4s. dd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 67.] A.D. 1849, January 20. — N*’ 12,430. BARLOW, Henry Bernoulli. — (A communication from Theodor Zuppinger.)~-This invention relates to improvements in manufacturing cut piled fabrics. The patentee says, — The first process consists in weaving a fabric similar to that “ which has heretofore been used in making common chenille, with such additions as render it fit for being operated upon by the machine in which it is folded, pressed, prepared, and cut. ‘‘ The second process is performed by aid of a machine or ma* chines in which a fabric for making chenille is folded on a comb 'pressed, prepared, and cut so as to form the peculiarly prepared weft which I call toothed chenille, the teeth of the comb being for the purpose of dividing the threads of the weft into equi-distant compartments, between which the warp threads “ enter when the toothed chenille is re-woven, or the sewing thread enters when the toothed chenille is used for being sewn on to cloth or other fabric. “ The third process consists either in introducing by the aid of “ a suitable instrument forming part of my improved machinery or apparatus, the prepared toothed chenille into the shed of the warp when the toothed chenille is re-woven, the said instrument enabling the weaver to place each thread of the warp into one j ‘‘ of the divisions in the toothed chenille with the greatest accu- | WEAVING. 265 racy and facility, or in introducing, without the aid of the above “ named instrument, the toothed chenille into the shed of the warp, in which case it will be requisite that the attendant should place each end of the strip of toothed chenille in a line with the selvages of the fabric “ And the last improvement consists in introducing between “ the weft of certain cut piled fabrics round, flat, or other shaped “ wires, which retain the fibres of the weft in their proper position, ‘‘ and ensure greater precision in the design, the said wires and “ warp threads which secure them to the fabric being easily sepa- rated from the fabric when woven.” [Printed, 2^. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 93.] A.D. 1849, January 27. — N° 12,445. GIBSON, James Green. — This invention consists, first, in “ an improved construction of carding engines.” Secondly, in improvements in drawing, slubbing, and roving frames. Thirdly, in improvements in Dyer’s Patent Tube Frames.” Fourthly, in an improved arrangement of top rollers applicable ‘‘ to the drawing rollers ” of various spinning machines. Fifthly, in an improved method of constructing rollers made “ of tin or other sheet metal,” to be used in spinning and \vinding machines. Sixthly, in an apparatus for regulating the tension of the yarn delivered by the warp beam of a loom. A cord is passed round eiwjh end of the warp beam, one end of which cord is made fast to a lever on which a weight moves freely This weight is caused to travel nearer to the fulcrum of the lever by means of a screw and nut, as the warp beam decreases in size. “ Seventhly, in an improved mode of stopping the loom when “ the shuttle fails to box.” A ‘^feeler” is attached to a lever which is vibrated by a cam, so as to feel for the shuttle at every revolution of the crank shaft. When the shuttle is in the box the feeler cannot enter ; but when the shuttle is absent then the feeler enters the box, and, by a suitable arrangement of levers, transfers the strap from the fast to the loose pulley. “ Eighthly, in an improved mode of connecting the crank shaft with the slay or batten of looms, which will cause the motion of the slay or batten to be arrested when the shuttle fails to box. 266 WEAVING. even though the crank shaft of the loom may continue in motion.^’ Slots are made in the slay swords through which the ends of the crank arms project and come in contact with two levers, thereby giving the forward motion to the slay ; the back motion being imparted to the same by pins, which, instead of passing through round holes in the crank arms, pass through slots, so that when the levers are removed sideways from the opening in the swords, the crank arms pass through the openings in the swords without giving any further motion to the slay. Ninthly, in an arrangement for governing the taking-up motion by the presence of the weft, and for stopping the loom by its absence. When the loom is regularly at work, and at the time when the reed is close to the cloth that has been woven, the com- bined resistance and substance of the weft against the reed cause the crank arms to move the two levers, against which they press for a short distance, and this movement is communicated to the click which works the ratchet wheel of the taking-up motion. The absence of this movement causes a pin to be brought in contact with a vibrating lever, by which means the strap is transferred from the fast to the loose pulley. Tenthly, in an apparatus for the purpose of varying the position of the shuttle box where two or more shuttles are required. The shuttle box is fixed to two segmental arms keyed on to a shaft which swivels in bearings provided for it in the slay swords. On to this shaft is also keyed another segment provided with teeth which work into a rack on a sliding frame, by which means the position of the shuttles is varied. The sliding frame is moved by levers, the action of which is governed by a pattern chain. “ Eleventhly, in an improved method of connecting the picking ‘‘ stick with the picking shaft.” The picking stick is fixed to a disc, “the lower surface of which has four or any convenient “ number of V-shaped projections on it;” these projections fit into suitable recesses in an intermediate disc, the lower surface of which is provided with the usual fine indentations fitting into those on a disc keyed on to the picking shaft. A spring is used to keep the discs together. “ Twelfthly, in uniting the fly wheels of looms to the loose “ pulley, so that when the driving strap is moved from the fast “ to the loose pulley, the momentum of the fly wheel is taken “ from the crank shaft.” “ Thirteenthly, in an improved apparatus for holding the cloth WEAVING. 267 in contact with the taking-up roller.” A roller is placed under the taking-up roller ; this roller is pressed against the cloth roller by two weighted levers. Fourteenthly, in painting the links of the pattern chain used “ in weaving ginghams or other fabrics requiring different colored wefts of the same colours and in the same order as the pattern “ requires. And lastly, in an improved loom for weaving, particularly applicable to fabrics requiring several shuttles, in which loom the “ slay or batten remains stationary, or has only a very short tra- “ versing motion imparted to it, and the breast beam heddles and back roller are made to advance towards and recede from “ the reed,” [Printed, 3s. Qd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 116. A.D. 1849, January 31. — N° 12,449. KENWORTHY, William. — The first part of these improve- ments relates to what the patentee calls a recoiling motion,” for reversing the taking-up motion, when a loom has been weaving without weft. The patentee claims as new, — Firstly, the employment of an escapement wheel, and a radial arm in connection therewith, for effecting a positive quantity of “ recoil of the taking-up beam.” Secondly, the employment of the combinations of three “ bevilled wheels, or of two external spur wheels, with an internal spur wheel, which are commonly known as reversing motions, to effect a positive quantity of recoil of the taking-up beam.” With regard to the second part of the improvements which re- lates to self-acting temples, the patentee says, — The novelty “ of this part of my improvements consists in the construc- tion and application of a compound temple, being a com- “ bination of the nipper or chop temple with the wheel or roller “ temple, by which the breadth of the strongest cloth may be “ uniformly maintained during the operation of weaving in a ‘‘ most satisfactory manner.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 117 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 69.] A.D. 1849, February 6. — N° 12,455. HARRISON, Joseph, HARRISON, William, and ODDIE, John. — This invention consists, — 268 WEAVING. Firstly, in a novel method of applying a break to the fly wheels of power looms when the shuttle stops in the shed, or the weft is broken.” The break, which consists of a strap of leather, gutta percha, steel spring, or other suitable materials,” is passed round the fly wheel and attached to two levers, which are con- nected by another lever to the frog, so that when the finger on the stop rod strikes a notch on the frog, the break is applied to the fly wheel. “ Secondly, in certain novel arrangements of apparatus, by means of which the reed is made to swivel in the slay cap, and preserved from contact with the shuttle when the latter misses boxing. These arrangements also lock or secure the reed when the shuttle boxes regularly.” Thirdly, in an arrangement of apparatus, “ by which a variable pattern may be produced on the surface of a fabric by motion transmitted from the ordinary tappet or second motion shaft to “ a series of revolving bowls acting upon a series of treadles whose relative positions to each other may be varied according to the nature of the pattern required.” [Printed, Is, 8d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 140 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 30.] A.D. 1849, February 22. — N® 12,484. BOTTOMLEY, John. — This invention relates to an arrange- ment of apparatus, ‘‘ applicable to power looms, to be employed in “ the production of figured woven fabrics.” “ In addition to the ordinary shuttle carrying the ordinary weft through the shed “ from one to the other of the shuttle boxes, and which forms the plain or unfigured portions of the fabric in the usual manner,” the patentee uses “ several smaller shuttles or shuttle apparatus, “ which are thrown through a portion only of the shed of the extent of the design or figure required.” These shuttles are placed above the warp in boxes attached to a bar, which moves both up and down, and also in the direction of its length, that is, transversely of the loom, for the purpose of shifting and altering the situation of the shuttle apparatus.” The number of these boxes is such “ that combined they extend over the whole width of the fabric manufactured, or such portion of it only as “ is required to be figured, and in such manner that the figure or “ design to be produced shall be produced in the interval of space “ between the boxes.” The requisite movement to the bar, for WEAVING. 2G9 arranging the shuttle boxes so as to produce the figure at the proper place, is derived from the jacquard machine. [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawing:s. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 190 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 7, p. 235.] A.D. 1849, February 28.~-No 12,485. KURTZ, Clement Augustus. — Tliis invention relates to the construction of jacquard machinery used in weaving. The im- provements consist in substituting in the place of the pattern cards a long strip or sheet of thin paper punctured or perforated with exceedingly small holes, arranged to suit the desired pattern “ of figure to be woven, and the use and application of such “ pattern paper, in combination with certain mechanical arrange- ‘‘ ments, to looms for weaving, whereby the needles of the jacquard machine, instead of being acted upon direct from the cylinder “ upon which the pattern cards are arranged, as commonly “ practised, receive their movement through the medium of certain parts arranged and combined in the manner hereafter set forth ‘‘ and described.” The pattern paper is placed over a cylinder, and is brought in contact with vertical needles, which are attached to bent pieces of wire, which the patentee calls pallets.” These pallets act upon the needles of the jacquard, in a similar manner to the cylinder and cards in common use. Various modifications and applications of this arrangement are shown in conne^yon with reading and punching machines. [Printed, 4;?. 7cl. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol, 51, p. 210 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 283.] A.D. 1849, March 19.--N‘> 12,524. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — These improvements relate to the manufacture of piled fabrics. The first part of this invention, which relates to the forming ‘‘ of the piled or looped surface, consists in certain improved “ arrangements of parts for inserting the figuring wire (or wires) into the open shed of the warps, and withdrawing it (or them) “ from under the pile or figuring loops. To one end of the wire “ a carrier is attached, which receives a reciprocating motion from “ and towards the selvage, in order to withdraw or insert the figuring or looping wire, and also a motion towards and from the lathe of the loom to carry the figuring wire from the woven ‘‘ part to the open shed of the warps, preparatory to the insertion 270 WEAVING. “ thereof, and then a back motion to carry the wire up to and against the woven part of the fabric. “ The second part of the invention consists in combining with the wire carrier a guide or support, through which the figuring “ wire passes, and in which it slides, when the said guide or “ support is operated to move in unison with the wire carrier towards and from the lay. The third part of the invention consists in forming the pile or loops on two wires introduced from opposite sides of the fabrics, and which wires lap in the middle of the fabric, the ends being chamfered for that purpose, whereby the inconvenience arising from the use of long wires in weaving wide fabrics is avoided. ‘‘The fourth part of the invention consists in so arranging “ the shuttle and harness motions as to admit one pick in the “ formation of every range of loops that the lay may make one “ beat (without throwing the shuttle or working the harness) to “ beat up the wire before the insertion of the filling or weft. “ The last part of the invention, which relates to the making of “ tapestry, velvet, carpets, and other fabrics having the surface “ formed with a cut pile, and known under the general application “ of velvets, consists in providing the end of the figuring wire (or “ wires) on which the pile is formed with a sharp cutting edge, so “ that in withdrawing the wire (or wires) after the formation of “ the loops, the loops shall be severed to form the velvet surface.” [Printed, 3s. 6tZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 285 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 54.] A.D. 1849, March 26.— 12,535. MASON, John, and COLLIER, George. — The first five heads of this invention relate to machinery for preparing and spinning cotton and other fibrous materials. Sixthly, the invention relates “ to improvements in the prepara- “ tion of yarns or threads, and the machinery or apparatus for “ sizeing or dressing and warping yarns or threads, and consists, “ first, in a certain novel construction and arrangement of ma- “ chinery or apparatus for sizeing, brushing, drying, and warping “ yarns or threads, whereby the yarns or threads may be coiled “ upon the reel or swift in the ordinary spiral form ; secondly, in “ a modification of the above, whereby the yarn may be wound “ upon the reel or swift in a series of parallel rings ; thirdly, in a “ certain novel arrangement of apparatus for scouring, sizing, WEAVING. 271 drying, and warping yarns or threads, whereby the yarn is wound on to the weaver’s beam in sections or divisions, the beam being divided by means of plates or fianches for that pur- pose; and fourthly, in an arrangement of mechanism to be applied to such or similar machines, for the purpose of giving an alarm as soon as any one thread breaks, or from any other “ cause is deficient.” Seventhly, the invention relates to a loom for weaving cotton and other fibrous materials, and consists, first, in a certain novel “ and improved method of fixing the healds or harness, and actuating or working the same.” The healds are mounted in frames attached to toothed racks, which are worked by toothed segments ; secondly, in a certain novek arrangement of mechanism “ for regulating the weight upon the yarn beam, and decreasing the leverage of the same as the diameter of the yarn beam itself decreases, and also in a method of letting off the yarn.” This latter is done by means of a weighted lever, to which a catch is attached, which works a worm and wheel connected to the yarn beam. The catch is raised, so as to take a fresh tooth in the ratchet wheel, by means of a back rail,” over which the yarn passes. Thirdly, in a taking-up motion, which is similar to the letting-off motion just described. Fourthly, in an arrangement of mechanism for dividing the warp threads, in such manner that the change in the pattern may be effected whilst the shed is open, and the treadles pass from one full shed to another with- “ out any dwell.” Fifthly, in a certain self-acting apparatus for “ returning the treadles into working position after they have been lowered.” Sixthly, in a method of actuating the picking sticks in under pick looms, by means of a lever on the back side of the crank, suspended at its upper part, and receiving motion at or near its centre.” ‘^And, seventhly, in the use and appli- “ cation of gutta percha and its compounds to certain parts of the “ machinery and apparatus for preparing and spinning cotton and “ other materials.” [Printed, 3s. *ld. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 308; Artizan, vol. 10, p. 171 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 16.] A.D. 1849, March 28.— 12,545. NORTON, Frederick William. — This invention relates to the manufacture of figured cut-pile fabrics, and consists, — Firstly in producing an ornamental or figured cut-pile or vel- 272 WEAVING, “ vet fabric by the combined operations of weaving, printing the cloth or fabric, and afterwards cutting the pile thereof, such pile being produced from the surface weft or shoot.” Secondly, in a method for making a terry or looped fabric, similar in appearance to tapestry, by the employment of station- ary wires or cords, over which warp threads are passed by a process similar in its nature to cross weaving, the loops or terry thus formed being afterwards drawn off the wires or cords as the operation of weaving proceeds.” Thirdly, in the use of guide cords or wires (which are woven into the cloth), for guiding knives or cutting instruments into contact with the loops of pile fabrics, in which the pile is made from the weft or shoot. [Printed, 9id. Drawing's. See Meclianics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 833; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 18.] A.D. 1849, March 28.— N« 12,550. BECKETT, William, and POWELL, Samuel. — The paten- tees say, — “ We divide our improvement into two parts ; firstly, the production by machinery in known use of a material or cloth suitable for the purpose of fashioning reversable garments or “ garments so made as to permit of their being worn inside out, “ or reversable at pleasure. We are well aware that garments have been made formed of two or more pieces of cloth or other material of difPerent colors or texture, to be worn turned, or “ reversed as aforesaid, but the fabric we employ is essentially a “ single fabric or piece of cloth, so manufactured as to permit “ of one side thereof being of a different colour or colors, or texture, to the other side, as hereafter fully explained and set forth, and so applicable to the second part of the invention, which has for its object the making and construction of gar- ments from the fabric aforesaid with the necessary arrangements to render them reversable, or so to be worn on either side or “ inside out, as aforesaid.” [Printed, 4c/. No drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 330 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 80.] A.D. 1849, April 16.— N° 12,565. COCKSEY, Thomas, and NIGHTINGALE, James.— This invention relates to machinery for washing and cleansing of cot- ton and other fabrics. The patentees say, — Our invention con- WEAVING. 273 sists o- machinery, comprising a series of revolving beaters, moving in a trough in such manner that the cotton or other fabric to be washed is caused to descend from each succeeding beat<^r into the water, and to ascend therefrom to the next heater ; and the machinery also comprises a series of angular Varriers which have no other motion communicated to them than that which is caused by the passing of the fabric through the lachinery, such angular carriers being placed between the eaters, the angular carriers causing the fal^rics to be moved to nd fro in the water, in addition to such, fabrics descending into jnd rising from the water, such moving to and fro of the fibrics materially aiding the beaters in their operations for cieansing and washing the fabrics.” The supply and over- ri)w of the water is so arranged that the fabrics may leave the \mter where the supply takes places, and therefore when pass- ing out of the trough subjected to the cleaner water; and in or\\er to accommodate the machine when fabrics of difPerent strength are passed through (the weaker fabrics not requiring so niu\m beating as the stronger) we cause the beaters to be driven witl| friction clutch boxes, so that the speed of the beaters may be reduced when weaker fabrics are being passed through the macllunery.” “ Thm machinery, in addition to washing and cleansing, may be usM in bleaching, dyeing, printing, and sizing fabrics and warps \ in such of the processes in those branches as require the fabricsilto be passed through liquid, and the only difference will be, tha^ the proper liquids will be placed in the trough in place of watew; and in such cases there will be no necessity for a con- tinued oVerflow.” [Printed, Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol.l4 {enlarged series) ^ p. 353 ; Mecrfeanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 379.; and Patent. Journal, vol. 8 ; p. 46.] AD. April 16.— 12,568. CLEGG, Robert, BENDERS' James. — These improvements are,- Joseph, and CALVERT, to looms for weaving, and “ Firstly, effecWg the application friction brakes to power "" looms previous^ throwing the loon\out of gear.” Secondly, the yrrangement of the tauS^ever travelling beneath w. \ 274 WEAVING. rom thi a bowl upon the loom by which tho swell is removed! shuttle box previous to the shuttle entering the box. “ Thirdly, the novel combination of the swell and the bafc i i in one instrument.” ^ ‘‘ Fourthly, the use of cone pulleys, and inclined or conical “ faces for friction brakes in power looms.” Fifthly, an arrangement of double jaw temple ” placed at e; j side of the cloth, which temple is set in action by a system f cams, grooves, and levers. “ And sixthly, the use in Smith’s temples of a rod or bar I tending across the fabric between the roller and the brej beam.” [Printed, Is. 9d. Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 51, p. 379 ;] Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 140.] land A.D. 1849, May 3.— N° 12,598. WOLLER, Samson. — This invention relates to certain impr] arrangements for weaving fabrics with detached figures upon or figured grounds, and consists in apparatus for actuatini small shuttles by which the figures are woven. Also in app] for changing the picking motion, when the small shuttle: action. Also in apparatus for raising and lowering dron Also in a method of retaining a picker near the extremity shuttle box ; and in giving alternate backward and forw; tions to the jacquard cylinder. The small shuttles for pr the figures are supported by brass pieces attached to a iron frame in front of the reed. To the frame are bracklets, which rest upon a cross rail, to which an up motion is given by a cam on the tappet shaft, in ordd the small shuttles beyond or lower them into the she' When the ground of the fabric is being woven, t] •ved •lain tlie Tatus are in boxes, of the ^rd mo- ducing ought xed two nd down to raise •f the warp, snail shuttles are kept up by a disc attached to the cam, whjpjj^ ijj-ought into action, when required, by the jacquard machij^g traversing motion is given to the small shuttles or a tube, which is actuated by a coiled spring suitalle mechanism being provided, underneath th^ spring, and cause it to act on the tube, s^^g siuttles. When the ground of the fabric is woven, the picking levers are acted upon alternately by tvK^ tappets on the tippet shaft ; but when the small shuttles ar^® action, the pickingmotion is changed by mechanism, actuate^J^P^ jacquard, which brings the picking WEAVING. 275 fever on one side of the loom in a position to be acted upon by an «tra picking tappet, so that a pick is made from both sides of the llom at once, at every second revolution of the crank shaft. The apparatus for raising and lowering the drop boxes consists of an arangement of levers and connecting rods, actuated by pulleys on a pur wheel, working into a pinion on the tappet shaft. The pilion is caused to revolve or remain at rest by being moved late- rally on the tappet shaft. The lateral movement is effected by the jacquard. The picker is retained near the extremity of the shittle box by an india-rubber band passing round a pulley; one end of the band is attached to the picker, the other end to the laypottom. Alternate backward and forward motion is given to thejacquard cylinder, when weaving the ground of the fabric, by a c^ on the tappet shaft, alternately raising a catch, which acts upoa the under side of the lantern of the jacquard cylinder. [Printed, 2«. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 450; and TPatent Journal, vol. 8, p. 81.] ^ A.D. 1849, May 5.— N° 12,602. NEWTON, William. — (A communication.) — These improve- ments i*elate to jacquard machinery, and are, — Firstly, dispensing withlthe ordinary jacquard cards, and also the apparatus called the reader by the employment of an endless cloth, upon which “ the dtesign to be woven is painted or produced in gum, color, or ‘‘ other \ suit able substance capable of resisting the action of the needl^.” Seconojy, substituting knotted cords for the hooked wires used in jacquard machines. ‘‘ ThirdW, the arrangement of the needles in one or two rows, so that \hej may be presented to and acted upon by the “ design.’’ Fourthly, employment of an arrangement of mechanism to be used “ in Wace of the harness ordinarily employed for working the headlei of the loom.” This apparatus is adapted to the under part of\he loom; and consists of a series of levers, one end of each of whim is connected by cords to the headles ; the other ends are actedl upon by vertical rods, worked by a jacquard cylinder, the hdes in which are closed by wooden stop pieces,” “ according to tie number of headles required to be raised.” 2/6 WEAVING. A.D. 1849, May 14.— N« 12,608. ALLPORT, Samuel. — This invention relates to a method cf manufacturing mails for weaving. The improvements consist, firstly, in piercing a number of sets of holes (instead of one S3t only) at one and the same time, or by one operation ; second^, in cutting out a number of mails at one and the same tiue ; thirdly, in effecting by one operation both the piercing snd cutting out of mails ; fourthly, in striking or bevilling the orter “ rims and interior holes of a number of mails (instead of tliDse of one mail only) at one and the same time ; and fifthly, (wHch “ is an improvement arising out of and consequent on the preceding improvements) in attaching the punches and beds to tfeir holders, so that in the event of any of them breaking or wearing “ away, they can be replaced without having to cast the wiole aside.’’ [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 61, pp. 47S and 482 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 116.] A.D. 1849, May 22.— N° 12,614. FONTAINEMOREAU, Pieure Armande Le Comte de. — (A communication.)— This invention consists, — Firstly, in certain improved modifications or new combina- tions of certain parts of the jacquard machine for pioducing “ figured tissues.” In this apparatus the jacquard cards are entirely superseded, and replaced by a cylinder or cylinders or a metallic band, provided with pegs, serving to put in motion keys, which work the upright hooks, by means of which the warp threads are raised or left stationary. Secondly, in an improved mode of putting the shuttle in motion.” This is by a spiral spring, one end of which is attached to a bent lever ; at the other end of the lever is a ham- mer, which is pressed by the spring against a motion plate, which determines the time when the spring is to act upon the picker stick in order to throw the shuttle. Thirdly, in an improved mode of winding the warp.” This is by winding the warp upon two rollers, instead of one, having their weight acting always on them and on the warp threads.” [Printed, lid. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine vol. 51, pp. 505, 523, and 660 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8,p. 127.] WEAVING. 277 A.D. 1849, June 5.— N‘> 12,635. ,|OWETT, Thomas. — This invention relates to mechanism for stopping a loom when the shuttle is absent from the shuttle box as the slay beats up. The shuttle box is provided with the oudinary swell and stop rod, but, instead of the ordinary finger ujon the stop rod, a lever is fixed, the end of which is received in a slot in a bolt, which moves in a vertical direction in front of the slay. The bolt when depressed comes in contact with the ordinary frog and stops the loom. [Printed, Qd, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 549.] A.D. 1849, June 5.— N« 12,639. LAURENT, Victor Hipfolyte. — This invention relates to apparatus for regulating the giving off of the warp and taking up of the cloth in looms for weaving. The patentee says, — ‘‘ My “ arrangement of apparatus rests upon a differential movement, which allows the warp beam to unrol a constant quantity, whatever may be the decrease of the diametre. Tliis apparatus may be adapted to every description of loom, and is placed at the end of the warp beam ; attached to it is a screw, the axis of which is put in motion by a ratchet wheel. The extent of “ movement being once regulated for all at the commencement of the warp, must be increased in an exact relation with the decrease of the diameter of the beam, and that whatever may may be the size of the thread of the warp and the force with which it is unrolled. To produce this result I place upon the “ warp beam a lever at the same point where the unrolling takes ‘‘ place. This lever falls down as the diameter of the warp beam decreases, and it draws down with it a differential curved piece, “ which regulates, in an exact manner, the proper amount of movement of the ratchet, and it is the employment of this curved piece connected to the lever resting upon the warp beam “ which constitutes the distinctive character of my regulating “ apparatus.” “ The working of my regulator is also improved by the application of a small mechanism attached to the cloth “ beam by which the tension of the warp is kept up, and it is arranged in the following manner : — A lever rests upon the ‘‘ cloth beam ; when the diameter of this roller increases by the “ rolling on of the cloth, this lever moves and draws with it the weight of the rack, which acts upon this roller or beam and 278 WEAVING. increases the arm of the lever a distance corresponding to the increase in the diameter of the roller.” [Printed, lid. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 548.] A.D. 1849, June 7.— 12,646. PAYNE, John Edward Hawkins, and CURRIE, Henry William. — This invention relates to looms for weaving coach lace and other similar fabrics, and consists, — Firstly, in apparatus for actuating the terry wires. For narrow fabrics the wires are inserted into the shed and pulled out of the fabric and carried again for reinsertion into the shed by plyers or nippers, attached to a rod, so arranged as to oscillate between the point of inserting the wires and receiving them from the fabric. Movement for inserting and withdrawing the wires is given by cams, producing end movement in the rod to which the plyers are fixed. For wide fabrics the plyers are mounted on a slide that can move on a guide rod, so as to oscillate the plyers between the point of inserting the wire in the shed and withdrawing it from the fabric. Secondly, in a method of constructing the batten, by removing the upper plank of the shuttle race and in substituting for such upper plank a piece of angle iron or other analogous guide piece, which, together with the lower plank, will form a suitable “ race for the shuttle.” Thirdly, in a mode of dividing the pile of double pile fabrics, by means of a knife guided by grooved wires or rods.” And lastly, with respect to the loom for weaving double ‘‘ fabrics,” the patentees claim, the general arrangement of the ordinary working parts of the loom, whereby a facility is given to the weaver to inspect the face of the fabric and to ascertain whether the loom is properly working.” In this loom the warp is placed in a vertical position. [Printed, 35. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 572; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 137.] A.D. 1849, June 7.— N° 12,650. STEEL, James, andEMMERSON, Benjamin. — This invention consists of modes of applying apparatus to relieve the swells in the shuttle boxes in looms, so that a shuttle when being picked from a shuttle box will require less effort, and also so that when WEAVING. 279 a shuttle is being boxed it may pass into its box more easily than when it has to overcome the pressure against the swell, and ‘‘ yet the ordinary stop rod will be free to act as heretofore should “ the shuttle not be boxed/’ In the first method described, a projection on the fly wheel acts upon a lever, which rests on one of the levers of the stop rod, which press against the swells in the shuttle boxes, so as to lift those levers off the swells when the shuttle is picked across the shed. In the other ^^method described, the apparatus is put into action by means of a bar and incline fixed to the end of a power ‘‘ loom,” instead of by the projection on the fly wheel. [Printed, Qd. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 15 {enlarged series)^ p. 134 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 571 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 152.] A.D. 1849, June 26.— N« 12,671. NICKELS, Christopher. — This invention relates to the manu- facture of terry or cut pile fabrics, and consists, firstly, in a method of manufacturing cut pile fabrics. The warp, to form the pile, is raised by hooks, from which it is cut by a knife or cutter. Secondly, in improvements in the manufacture of woollen and “ other fabrics when woven weft is employed.” One of the im- provements consists in the manufacture of weft (whether plain or according to pattern) with only one raw edge, the other edge ‘‘ being a good salvage, and so weaving with such weft that the “ cut edge thereof will come to one surface, and the other edge or “ selvage of the weft will come to the other surface of the fabric.” Another improvement, in this class of weaving, consists in weaving with weft woven with one or two purled edges, the “ purled edge or edges of the first weaving coming to the surfaces of the fabrics woven therewith, and producing looped or terry “ piled fabrics.” “ Another improvement in the manufacture of this class of cut or looped piled fabrics, consists of employing gutta percha as a means of holding the parts of the weft from ‘‘ coming loose or being drawn out.” Thirdly, in a mode of weaving terry or cut piled fabrics in “ warp machines,” “ which consists of laying in draw wires or instruments to make a pile on one surface of such fabrics.” [Printed, Zs. hd. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 16 {enlarged series), p. 285 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 51, p. 619 ; and Patent Journal, vol, 8, p. 161.] 280 WEAVING. A.D. 1849, June 29.-.NM2,680. BROWNE, Thomas Beale. — (A communication.) — In the description of this invention the patentee says, — “ The first improvement consists in certain arrangements of the loom by which the batten may be enabled to beat up the weft thread or yarn several times without passing the shuttle for the purpose of driving up or increasing the density of the fabric so woven, and also placing, when desired, a bar or rod of wood, iron, or ‘‘ any suitable material of a wedge form in section between the open sheds of the warp, in order more intimately to drive home ‘‘ the last shoot or weft, and to open the shed free for the passage of the next weft.’’ The second part of these improvements consists in weaving “ fabrics by the power loom in tubular forms for hose or “ water pipes, the fabric being rendered more compact. These tubes may be made of any required dimensions, and of any suitable fibrous material, or an admixture of gutta percha “ thread or strands therewith, or fibrous material coated with gutta percha.” ‘‘ The third part of this invention is an improvement in the manufacturing of sacks, bags, and such like articles, which im- provement consists m making sacks and bags in a peculiar way, in order that they may not require sewing together ; this I effect by weaving them somewhat in the manner in which the ‘‘ round lamp wicks are commonly made, and at the same time “ render the bottom of such sacks or bags much stronger.” The fourth part of this invention consists in manufacturing belts or bags separately, or in broad sheets, and afterwards cutting such sheets into strips for bands suitable for driving machinery, which I effect by either drawing hemp, flax, or other fibrous yarns through gutta percha, or a mixture of gutta percha “ with other bodies, or by intermixing gutta percha threads or “ strands with hemp or any other yarns composed of fibrous “ materials. These, when so treated, I weave together into “ separate belts or broad sheets, and afterwards, by heat and rollers, bring the whole into a compact mass.” The fifth part of this invention consists in a peculiar mode of manufacturing ropes.” fPrinted, Is. Sd. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’ s)^ vol. 36 {con- joined series) t p. 145; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 19; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 189.] WEAVING. 281 A.D. 1849, July 4.— N« 12,693. COMBE, John. — This invention relates to machinery for heckling, carding, winding, dressing, and weaving flax, cotton, silk, and other fibrous substances.” The improvements in dressing yarn, which constitute the fourth head of the invention, “ consist, firstly, in a new method of raising and lowering the pressing roller of dressing machines.” “ Secondly, in a new apparatus for working a double set of sweep “ brushes.” “ Thirdly, in a new method of constructing the steam chests of dressing machines.” “ Fourthly, in a new appa- ratus for varying the speed of the beam on which the dressed warp is received.” Fifthly, in a new method of arranging the bobbins at the back of the dressing machine, the object being to pack them in as small a space as possible, and to prevent the entangling of the threads from the different bobbins.” The improvements in machinery for weaving, which constitute the fifth head of the invention, ‘‘ consist, firstly, in a new method of constructing the framing of power looms, whereby four looms “ may be connected together and actuated from one pulley or “ spur wheel.” Secondly, in a new method of constructing the shuttle race and shuttle boxes of power looms.” The shuttle boxes and race are made in two pieces of cast iron,” and are screwed or rivetted together. Thirdly, in a new method of con- structing the stopping apparatus, and of braking the fly wheel “ of power looms.” Fourthly, in a new method or methods of constructing the warp beams of power looms, and giving to them the requisite amount of friction for dragging the warp.” The warp beam is composed of a hollow tube of cast iron with metal flanges fitted to it. ‘‘ Fifthly, in a new method of pre- ‘‘ venting the rebound of the shuttle from the shuttle box by the “ re-action of the picking sticks, and also, in giving a greater ‘‘ dwell to the slay of power looms.” Sixthly, in a new method of constructing the treadles and tappets, and of gearing the tappets of power looms.” Seventhly, in a new apparatus for taking up the cloth in power looms.” The taking-up rollers are carried by a rocking frame, to which a catch is attached, which works the taking-up motion. Eighthly, in the employment of independent shafts or lifting bars as a substitute for the common “ grid or grate of jacquard apparatus, such shafts being actuated by a revolving notched barrel, or other analogous means.” 282 WEAVING. Ninthly, in a new method or methods of stopping off portions of the warp/’ for the purpose of weaving fabrics to any desired form.” Tenthly, in a new method of beaming and dragging the warp.” Eleventhly, in a new method of taking up fabrics woven of irregular volume.” ‘‘ Twelfthly, in a new “ method or methods of changing the operations of power looms which are capable of weaving single and double fabrics of various textures and of irregular volume.” [Printed, 4«. 5d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 39 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, pp. 197 and 212.] A.D. 1849, August 9. — 12,736. THOMAS, William, and MARSH, John. — (Partly a com- munication.) — This invention consists, first, of improvements “ in the manufacture of looped fabrics.” Secondly, in a “mode of weaving fabrics for stays and parts of “ dress by employing a reed made in parts, and abstracting and “ returning parts of the reed as the fabric is required to be nar- “ rowed and widened.” Thirdly, “ of improvements in ornamenting, stitching, or sewing “ stays and other parts of dress, by what is called tambour stitch.” Fourthly, “ of a mode of weaving thick stay cloth, consisting of “ two fabrics stitched together by stitching warp, and so as to “ receive filling weft between the two fabrics.” Fifthly, “ of improvements in giving figure to the bust in place “ of wadding heretofore employed.” Sixthly, “ of improvements in the means of fastening stays and “ parts of dresses.” Seventhly, “ of improvements in making hoops or distending “ apparatus for keeping out dresses.” Eighthly, “ of a mode of weaving moreen to produce crinolines “ and such like stiffened parts of dress.” The loom is arranged with a double warp, and whalebone, horsehair, or stiff cord is in- troduced at proper intervals. And ninthly, “ of improvements in measuring apparatus.” [Printed, 5s. 4d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 138; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 261.] A.D. 1849, September 13.— -N^ 12,768. HEYWOOD, Edwin. — ^This invention consists, “first, of im- “ provements in the manufacture of plain fabrics of that descrip- tion known as cross weavings.” The peculiar character of WEAVING. 283 these improvements is,^that “ the^warp is kept open by a board o means of keeping the warp stationary, and the warp is divided by two beams, allowing of one to slacken and tighten the warp,” together with an arrangement of healds, “ for causing the crossing of the warp threads or yarns when slack.” Secondly, ^^of improvements in ornamental weaving.” The apparatus for ornamenting, consists of a series of shuttles attached to the “ handtree ” of the lay, which shuttles are worked by an arrangement of bars and levers. According to one arrangement two sheds are opened, and the shuttles for ornamental weaving are moved simultaneously with the shuttle for weaving the fabric. [Printed, Ss. Id. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 22 {enlarged series)^ p. 188 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. 294.] A.D. 1849, October 4:— N« 12,792. JAMIESON, William. — This is an invention of improvements in looms for weaving.” The patentee says, — First, I claim the constructing a loom, so that elevating and “ depressing of a revolving cylinder or drum attached to a loom, and perforated on its face parallel to its axis, will raise and allow to be lowered the headles, in the manner required to form the ‘‘ pattern. Secondly, I claim the constructing a loom, so that the throw- ing a loose catch box on the crank shaft of a loom into gear with the driving or other fast disc or pulley by the stop rod when the shuttle fails to box, will stop the loom. Thirdly, I claim constructing the taking-up roller or the receiver of the cloth, so that it is supported only by the cloth, and works in a groove without any fixed bearing, and is of a sufficient weight or sufficiently weighted to keep the cloth and yarn at the required tension whilst the cloth is being woven, “ and so that it shall take up only when the roller arrives at a “ certain position, and so that when it does take up, its position “ is changed, and it does not again take up until it arrives at the taking- up position. “ Fourthly, I claim the constructing the yarn beam, so that it is supported only by the yarn, and works in a groove without any fixed bearing, and is of a sufficient weight or sufficiently weighted to keep the yarn at the required tension, and so that it shall deliver the yarn only when the yarn beam arrives at a certain position ; and so that when it does deliver, its position 284 WEAVING. is changed, and it does not again let off yarn until it arrives at ‘‘ the letting-off position. And, lastly, I claim the crank arms giving motion to a lever or series or levers, and thereby letting off the yarn from the yarn beam whenever there is too great resistance presented to the reed by the weft when being struck home.’^ [Printed, Is. 4cZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 297 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 17.] A.D. 1849, October 12.— N° 12,796. ROWLEY, Charles. — This invention consists, firstly, in making of weavers’ mails in such a manner that the edges of the holes, as well as the outer edges, shall be round.” ‘‘ Secondly, in the application or one jacquard and mounting “ for the weaving of two or more fabrics, instead of having one “ jacquard and mounting to each piece.” ‘‘ Thirdly, the weaving of corduroys and fustians with a figure upon them by means of the jacquard, and which improvement is also usefull for the manufacture of coach lace and other trim- mings. ‘‘ Fourthly, for an improved four hole or trowser button, and an improved or elastic shank for covered or Florentine buttons, which consists in making the shank in the usual way, but of a well-known patent elastic material, it being a woven fabric coated with a preparation of caoutchouc, and used extensively “ for trowser straps and other purposes, and being of an elastic nature it holds the button close upon the garment when not in use. “ Fifthly, for an improvement in shawl, breast, and other pins for fastening dresses. Sixthly, for an improvement in slides for india-rubber bands “ and garters. Seventhly, for an improvement in clasps and fastenings made “ from sheet or rolled metal. Eighthly, for the mode in which such clasps or fastenings are “ to be attached to dresses.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 318; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 30.] A.D. 1849, October 12.— 12,805. LAKIN, Robert, and RHODES, William Henry. — The greater part of this invention relates to preparing, spinning, and WEAVING. 285 doubling cotton. That part which relates to weaving consists in the application to a loom “ of a weighted lever and cord,” for ‘‘ the purpose of pressing the cloth roller, and cloth rolled thereon “ against the revolving roller from which the cloth roller derives ‘‘ motion.” [Printed, 4^. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 319 ; Artizan, vol. 10, p. 172 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 79.] A.D, 1849, November 2. — N° 12,833. BARLOW, Alfred. — This invention relates to improvements in jacquard and other similar apparatus. The improvements are, — Firstly, a method of constructing jacquard and other similar apparatus, with double counterpoised grifiPs, and apparatus for simultaneously raising and lowering different portions of the suspending wires of such apparatus.” Secondly, in a ‘^mode of applying two barrels, bands, chains, or sets of cards,” so as to act alternately upon two distinct sets of horizontal needles. Thirdly, in a mode of constructing and combining hooked and suspending wires of jacquard or similar apparatus,” for the purpose of giving motion to the harness or the heddles of looms.” [Printed, l5. Sd. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’s), vol. 37 (con^ joined series), p. 69; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 501; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 59.]] A.D. 1849, December 3.— N« 12,873. ECCLES,William, the elder, ECCLES,William, the younger, and ECCLES, Henry. — ^This is an invention of “^certain im- “ provements in machinery or apparatus for preparing, spinning, “ and weaving cotton and other fibrous substances.” The im- provements which relate to weaving consist, — “ Firstly, in the application of a novel form of cam for effecting “ the beating-up motion of looms ;” such cam being so formed ‘‘ as to produce the necessary operation twice for one revolution of “ the shaft upon which it is mounted.” Secondly, in certain methods of communicating the picking motion ;” ‘‘ and particularly for effecting this, the use of one cam for picking at both sides of the loom.” Thirdly, in an arrangement of machinery, operating by means “ of rods or needles, through which the warp threads are passed, for tlie purpose, by the falling of such rods or needles when a 286 WEAVING. thread or threads break, of stopping the machine, or of giving notice thereof.^’ [Printed, Is. \ld. Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 52, p. 459 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 125.] A.D. 1849, December 10.— N° 12,882. CHRISTIE, David. — (A communication.) — This invention re- lates to ^^improvements in machinery for preparing, assorting, straightening, tearing, teazing, doubling, twisting, braiding, and weaving cotton, wool, and other fibrous substances.” The first improvement in machinery for weaving consists in covering or partially enclosing or lining with any suitable metal that part of the harness, or that part of the headles of looms, ‘‘ through which the warp threads are passed to be elevated and depressed in the operation of weaving.” With regard to power looms for weaving cut pile fabrics, the patentee uses a loom in which are woven simultaneously two pieces of cloth at a distance apart,” and joined together by the pile until cut asunder. The patentee claims as new, — First, the use in power looms for weaving pile goods, of in- tersecting plates entering between the two pieces of cloth, and allowing the pile warps to cross and re-cross from one cloth to the other, which plates extend through the reed and form a ‘‘ guage for the length of the pile.” Secondly, the patentee claims the knife working in slots in the intersecting plates, by which the pile is cut, and the two cloths separated ; and. Lastly, the method of giving motion to the lathe by the cranks acting direct in slots in the lathe swords.” [Printed, Ss. 5d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 52, p. 492 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 149.] A.D. 1850, January 17. — 12,929. SMITH, Richard. — ^This is an invention of certain improve- ments in looms for weaving.” The patentee says, — ‘'^My invention of improvements in looms for weaving consists, — “ Firstly, in the application of certain arrangements of parts for the purpose of stopping the looms through the agency of what “ are called friction brakes. The peculiar features of this part of my invention consist, firstly, in the employment of a wedge-formed surface, capable of being forced upon the peri- WEAVING. 287 pheries of two drums or pullies between their centres of rotation, one of such drums or pullies being mounted upon the main driving shaft, and the other upon the tappet shaft ; and secondly, in constructing such wedge-formed surface in two portions, turning upon a centre pin, and capable of being forced into con- tact with pullies or drums, one of such being mounted upon the “ driving shaft, and the other upon the tappet shaft of the loom. Secondly, in the employment of peculiar apparatus for pre- “ venting the shuttle from rebounding, but allowing it to enter and depart from the race free from the pressure incident to the use of the ordinary swell ; this I accomplish by causing a lever which “ acts in place of the swell to remain without the race, until the shuttle shall have advanced therein, at which moment the said ‘‘ lever is forced forward by a stationary spring, in like manner receding at the time the picking motion is about to take place. Thirdly, m a method of connecting the stop piece for shifting “ the driving strap on to the loose pulley, so as to cause it to “ remain up free from the frog, excepting at such time that the shuttle shall miss boxing.’^ [Printed, 9cl. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 53; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 198.] A.D. 1850, January 23.— 12,937. WOOD, William. — The first part of the invention relates to the manufacture of carpets and other piled fabrics, in which the pile is formed over wires. The wires are placed in a trough, from which they are projected into the shed by an instrument acting against the head of the wire. The wires are successively withdrawn from the fabric by hooks or holders carried by an endless chain or band, from which they are received by arms, which transfer them to the trough to be again projected into the shed. When it is desired to cut the pile,” the patentee employs grooved wires, and a cutter fixed to a carriage, which is moved across the fabric. The second part or the invention consists of an improvement in the weaving of piled fabrics where the pile is obtained from the weft.” The object of this part of the invention is to obtain “ a greater length of pile than when the pile weft consists of a “ length equal only to the width of the fabric for this purpose the patentee employs, what he calls, a compound weft (for the “ pile weft), such compound weft consisting of one or more yarns wound round a straight yarn or weft, winding the same more or 288 WEAVING. less close, according as it is desired to have a longer or shorter pile.'’ [Printed, 2s. Qd. Drawings, See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 53, p. 77 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 200.] A.D. 1850, January 23. — N° 12,938. NICKELS, Christopher. — This invention consists, first, of improvements in the manufacture of terry or uncut piled fabrics woven with woollen or other yarn.” This part of the invention is very similar to that described in the specification of a former patent [N*^ 12,671], dated June 26th, 1849, only when terry or uncut pile is to be made, the cutters of the former patent will be omitted.” Secondly, the invention consists “ of improvements in the manufacture of cut pile fabrics, by causing the tops of the loops of terry or pile woven fabrics to be ground off.” Thirdly, the invention consists of causing felted fabrics “ to be made with undulating surfaces ; ” and this may be “ done by causing the felted fabric to be placed on a table, “ so that the fabric may be subjected to the action of a series of narrow edges, fixed side by side, and parallel to each other, on a bar at the desired distance apart, such series of edges resting on the fabric, and having a quick to-and-fro motion given thereto on the cloth, by which the same will be “ marked with indented lines, the spaces of fabric between being elevated so as to appear like the undulations of Brussels carpeting.” [Printed, Is. lOc^. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 16 {enlarged series), p. 326; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 63, p. 78; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 190.] A.D. 1850, January 26. — N° 12,945. DE WARDIN, WiNCELAs, Le Baron de Traux. — This invention consists, firstly, in an improved construction “ of loom for weaving linen cloth.” In this loom the lay is worked by a crank. The treadles are worked by excentrics on a longitudinal shaft, which is worked by a bevel wheel from the cam shaft, which makes two revolutions to one of the crank shaft. The picking and taking-up motions are worked by excentrics fixed on the cam shaft. A shuttle is also described, which is provided with two smooth rollers, between which the thread passes, A conically grooved spool is placed on the spindle of the shuttle. WEAVING. 289 Secondly, of an improvement in the construction of looms for weaving broad and sail cloth/’ This loom is very similar to that just described. Thirdly, in an improvement in the construction of warping machines.” The yarn beam is turned by friction of contact with a jointed wooden cylinder. Rods of iron are shewn, which “ serve to draw back the warp threads.” A measuring apparatus is attached to the machine. Fourthly, in the construction of a machine for winding on “ the warps.” Fifthly, in the construction of warp dressing machinery.” Sixthly, in the construction of machinery for scrubbing, cleaning, and shrinking linen cloth.” In relation to this machine, the patentee particularly claims ^^the application of pumicestone to the dressing of linen.” Seventhly, in weaving by power linen and sail cloth, with ‘‘ dressed warps,” the patentee employs, in conjunction therewith, a weft which has been beaten after it has been half bleached “ and dried, in order to soften it.” Eighthly, of certain improvements in the manufacture of looped fabrics by means of circular, semicircular, or polygonal looms.” [Printed, 2s. Id. Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 53, p. 96 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 30.] A.D. 1850, January 29. — N° 12,948, ROBERTS, Richard. — The patentee says, — My invention re- ‘‘ lates to improvements in the manufacture of certain textile fabrics, such as plushes, velvets, carpets, and other plain and “ figured fabrics, which are woven on wires to form loops that are " subsequently cut to form the pile, and consists, — “ First, in making the pile of unequal lengths, and thereby giving it a downy quality.” “ Secondly, in producing a ribbed pile, which may be composed of a series of undulations or of flat surfaces on different levels, according to the width and arrangement of the wires used.” “ Also my improvements in machinery for weaving plain ‘‘ figured, and terry or looped fabrics consist, — First, in mechanism which is actuated by the shuttle when it ‘‘ boxes clear of the warp, so as to release the brake or swell, “ which is then made to press against the shuttle and to check its progress. Also in mechanism for removing the pressure of the w. T 290 WEAVING. “ brake from the shuttle, and for resetting the releasing me- chanism preparatory to the succeeding pick or throw of the shuttle. “ Secondly, in improved self-acting apparatus for arresting the motions of the loom in the absence of the weft in the shed, or the shuttle in the box. Thirdly, in improved mechanism for giving the necessary tension to the warp during the time the weffc is being driven home, for relaxing the tension whilst the shed is being made, and for reducing the tension of the weighting springs in propor- tion to the decreasing diameter of the warp beam. Fourthly, in improved machinery for taking up the web as it is woven. “ Fifthly, in an improved construction of shuttle. Sixthly, improvements in temples for keeping the web dis- fended in the loom. Seventhly, in a novel arrangement of shuttle boxes when two or more shuttles are required. Eighthly, improved machinery for eflPecting the required changes of the shuttles in looms wherein several shuttles are used. “ Ninthly, improved apparatus for advancing the cards and the needles in the jacquard machine, by which improvement the cards advance as the loom is turned forward and vice versa. ‘‘ Tenthly, in the construction of yarn beams for sail cloth, car- “ peting, and other heavy goods, by which a saving in stowage room and of expense in making them is effected. Eleventhly, in machinery to facilitate the placing of the “ beamed warp in the loom. Twelfthly, in a modification of the jacquard machine to make an even shed without the intervention of levers. Thirteenthly, in novel applications of the jacquard machine to the weaving of small patterns. Fourteenthly, improved race for the shuttle in the upper shed when two shuttles are used, and the application of a comb to support terry wires whilst being pushed across the shed. Fifteenthly, in improved apparatus for placing the wires in the shed, and machinery for actuating the same. Sixteenthly, in improved apparatus for withdrawing the wires from the terries, and for oiling the wires ; also in machinery for actuating the same. AVEAVIXG. 291 Seventeenthly, in improved apparatus for regulating the advance of the wires to within reach of the withdrawing apparatus. Eighteenthly, in improved mechanism for transferring the wires from the withdrawing apparatus to the feeding appa- ratus. “ Nineteenthly, in apparatus for registering the length of the “ web as it is woven. “ Twentiethly, in apparatus for keeping warps or threads as “ they are withdrawn from bobbins or rollers in a more uniform state of tension than has hitherto been done*. Twenty-firstly, in the application of glass rods for limiting “ the range of the figure warp. “ Twenty- secondly, in an improved arrangement of rods for “ limiting the range of the figure warp. “ Twenty-thirdly, in the application of mechanism for disen - “ tangling the warp threads, or clearing the shed. “ Twenty-fourthly, in the application to looms for weaving terry fabrics of supplementary, in addition to the ordinary lay swords, as herein-before described and shewn in Figs. 19 and 30. And my improvements in machinery or apparatus for cutting “ velvets and other fabrics, consist, — “ First, in apparatus for directing the cutter into the guiding “ groove at the end of the wire, and in mechanism for cutting the “ terries simultaneously with removing the wire. Secondly, in improved apparatus for sharpening the cutter. “ Thirdly, in an improved arrangement of cutters and guides for dividing the fibre connecting twin pieces together face to face (after the same shall have been removed from the loom) ; “ and in apparatus for sharpening the said cutters ; and. Lastly, in the application of diamonds or other suitable jewels for cutting the loops, whether made of warp or weft, which when cut, constitute the pile of the fabric.’’ [Printed, 5s. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 98 and Patent Journal, vol. 9, pp. 247 and 295.] A.D. 1850, January 29. — N® 12,952. MASON, John, and SMITH, Mark. — The first head of this invention relates to machinery for preparing cotton and other materials. T 2 292 WEAVING* The second head of the invention relates to spinning. The third head of the invention relates to machinery or appa- “ ratus for weaving,” and consists, — Firstly, in a method of slackening the warp threads of a loom “ at the time of the shedding of the warp.” This is efPected by the use of a cam cast in the same piece, or otherwise affixed to ‘‘the usual tappets for shedding the warp ; such cam operating “ by suitable connections, so as to slacken the warp threads at the “ time they are about to shed.” Secondly, in an arrangement of picking motion, consisting of a revolving bowl or tappet, and a reciprocating shaft, “ such shaft “ being provided with a finger on each side of the centre of the “ tappet wheel.” “ Thirdly, in an arrangement and construction of certain parts “ of a jacquard apparatus,” consisting of the application of a star wheel and pinion “ for working the card or pattern cylinders of “ jacquard machines.” Also of a combination of pulleys and a perforated plate, “ with reciprocating mo^^ement for actuating the “ needles in such machines when pattern cards are used.” The patentees also state that the star wheel and pinion are applicable “ for driving the lag or pattern chain of fancy machines.” The fourth head of the invention relates to preparing yarns or threads, and consists,— “ Firstly, in so treating the yarns or threads which are intended “ to constitute warps for looms or other machinery used in the “ manufacture of goods from filirous materials, that they are “ wound into a ball direct from the bobbins or cops instead of “ from a swift or warping mill, as is usually practised. Secondly, in certain arrangements and constructions of ma- “ chinery or apparatus for winding such yarns or threads into a “ ball.” With regard to this machinery the patentees particularly claim, the use of a spindle, on which the yarns are to be wound, ‘ so arranged that the angle thereof shall be changed by the action “ of the machine, or by the operation of the attendant, as the “ yarns or threads are would thereon ;” also the use of a guide “ for conveying the yarns or threads to the spindle, such guide “ being in contact with the material in process of being wound.” Also the use of a revolving spindle in combination with a traversing guide. [Printed, 4s. 2c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 63, p. 98 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 235.] WEAVING. 293 A.D. 1850, January 2.9.— 12,954. TEMPLETON, James. — The patentee says, — ‘‘ My invention of improvements in manufacturing figured fabrics principally de- signed for the production of carpeting, consists in producing the pattern either on one or both sides of the fabric by means of printed weft ; also in producing either the same pattern or ‘‘ different patterns on both sides of the fabric by means of ‘‘ printed weft ; also in the use of printed party-colored fur or weft in the manufacture of Axminster carpets, and other similar fabrics according to the process described in the Specification of Templeton and Quiglay’s Patent, dated July twenty-fifth. One thousand eight hundred and thirty-nine [N° 8169]. My invention is also applicable to the production of figured chenille weft for the manufacture of chenille shawls.” The patentee thus states his claims, — First, the manufacture of carpeting and figured fabrics with a colored pattern or design on one or both sides by means of “ printed weft threads, as above described. ‘‘ And I further claim the manufacture of carpeting and figured fabrics by means of a party-colored cut pile weft from a plain ‘‘ cloth or texture of one color, and printed with different colors, as above described ” [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawinp:s. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 37 {co^i- joined series), p. 149; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 117; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 237.] A.D. 1850,- February 21.— N’^ 12,978. ANDREW, Charles, and MARKLAND, Richard. — This invention relates to a machine for preparing warps. The yarn to be prepared is wound upon beams, the flanches of which are made with an outer flanch so as to hold more yarn, and the outer flanch is removed when the beam decreases by the yarn being wound off. The yarn from the beams passes over a guide roller and between sizing rollers, after which it is brushed by a revolving brush. The yarn next passes through a reed to the drying “ cage,” inside which is a rotary fan. The current of air created by the rapid revolution of the fan is heated by contact with the surface of a steam chest. The yarn then passes round another cage,” and on to the weaver’s beam. Two beams are prepared at one operation by a double set of apparatus. The length of yarn 2,94 WEAVING. warped on to each beam is registered and marked by an apparatus attached to one of the cages.^^ [Printed, 3s. Id. Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 53, p. 158 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 257.] A.D. 1850, February 25. — N° 12,9/9. HALL, James. — This invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving, and consists, — Firstly, in a ‘^picking apparatus.’^ Motion is given to the picking sticks by rollers, revolving on studs fixed in discs on the tappet shaft, which act upon projections fixed to levers, which are connected by metallic bands to the picking sticks. Secondly, in an arrangement for unwinding the yarn from the ‘V warp beam, and for retaining the warp at a uniform degree of tension.’’ On the shaft of the warp beam is fixed a ratchet wheel, which is worked by a click on an elbow lever, which receives its motion from a tappet on the tappet shaft. The amount of motion given to the elbow lever is governed by a weighted roller, under which the yarn passes from the warp beam. The yarn from the weighted roller passes round three other rollers, one of which has a positive motion imparted to it, for the purpose of drawing the yarn from the weighted roller. Thirdly, in an arrangement for stopping the loom in the ‘‘ absence of the weft, or when the shuttle fails to box.” The ordinary stop rod is used, but instead of a frog the finger of the stop rod, when the shuttle is absent, comes in contact with a pro- jection on a sliding bar, which is connected to the ordinary spring strap lever, so as to transfer the strap from the fast to the loose pulley. The sliding bar is also connected to an upright lever furnished with a hook, which is at the same time brought in con- tact with a stud on the fly wheel. The weft stop motion is actuated in the following manner : — A cam on the tappet shaft causes a “ filling-up piece,” at the end of a balance lever, to be brought between the end of the sliding bar and the strap lever ; this filling-up piece is withdrawn again by the action of the weft on an elbow lever, but when the weft is not in the shed the sliding bar is caused to move and strike the filling-up piece and stop the loom. Fourthly, in ‘^apparatus for regulating the tension of the healds.” The cords from the healds are taken under rollers attached to the treadles, and are then made fast to s crew nuts WEAVING. 295 which are moved to and fro by screws having wing heads, so that the attendant, by turning the screw round, can increase or diminish the tension pf the healds.” Lastly, in improvements in roller temples, which consist in dispensing with the trough in which such temples usually revolve, and instead of carrying the cloth under, it is conveyed over the temple.” [Printed, Is. Md. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 178 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 245.] A.D. 1850, February 27.— N° 12,980. COCHRAN, Mathew. — This invention consists, — “ First, of an improved punching or perforating machine, for producing the perforated pattern cards or sheets used in jacquard weaving.” The upper portions of the punches used in this machine are formed of thin flat metal, and are guided by the dents of a metal reed, on the back of which each punch rests by means of a notch cut out of its back edge. When any punch is required to be brought into action, it is pushed ofP its support on the back of the reed, and a notch formed on the front edge of the punch is brought under a pressing bar,” which is brought down upon it by means of hand levers. The cards or other material to be perforated are placed upon a metal cylinder, beneath a brass plate, through which the perforating ends of the punches are passed. ‘‘ Second, of an improved jacquard apparatus.” In this machine the needles are placed in a vertical direction, above the cylinder which carries the cards, and the needles act upon horizontal wires formed with hooks at one end, which are acted upon by the draught plates. To the reverse ends of the horizontal wires the tail cords are’ attached. Third, of a modification of jacquard machine, or a substitute “ therefor, in which the needles are acted upon by notched or indented cards set on edge, instead of flat perforated cards.” Fourth, of a printing machine. “ Fifth, of an improved colour table.” Sixth, of an arrangement of jacquard apparatus, ^^for the regu- lation of the supply of feed water to steam boilers, the working ‘‘ of pumps, and for other similar purposes.” “ Seventh, of a self-adjusting or regulating power lever, in 296 WEAVING. which, as the resistance increases, the lever power increases in a like ratio.’^ [Printed, 2s. fid. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 179 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 18.] A.D. 1850, March 7.— 12,997. TAYLER, John, and HURST, Richard. — This invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving, and in machinery ‘‘ for preparing, balling, and winding warps or yarns.” The first part of the invention consists of a mode of alter- nately confining and leaving free the reeds of looms, by means of apparatus actuated by the successive changes occurring in the position of the crank or slay arm_s during the revolution of the crank, or by an equivalent motion derived from cams or tappets fixed on the crank shaft.” The second part of the invention consists in applying the “ motion of the crank arm, or of the equivalent levers and cams above mentioned, to regulate the action of the stop rod in looms which are constructed with fast reeds, so as to relieve the shuttle from the pressure of the stop rod spring during the pick, and render the working of the stop rod itself more equable “ and uniform.” The third part of the invention consists in a self-acting motion for allowing the cloth beam of looms having positive taking-up “ motions to recoil a few picks, for the purpose of preventing “ galls or cracks in the cloth after the loom has been stopped by the action of the weft motion.” The fourth part of the invention consists in the application of caoutchouc or india-rubber to the backs of reeds, or of the grooves containing them, or of bars or traps bearing against “ them, for the purpose of obtaining elasticity in the beat up, and of preserving the reeds from injury.” The fifth part of the invention ‘‘ is an arrangement for changing the shuttles at stated periods by means of a revolving frame or barrel having a number of shuttle boxes arranged upon its several faces, each of which is successively brought into its working position at the proper moment by the motion of the slay, in concert with other apparatus worked by one of the principal shafts of the loom.” The sixth part of the invention “ consists of a mode of stopping “ the loom after disengaging its main shaft from the driving WKAXlSil. “ power by the use of a brake in connexion with a conical clutch, “ so arranged, that when the spring handle is thrown off by the action of the loom itself, it puts on the brake, but when thrown off by the hand the brake may be applied or not, at the option “ of the weaver.” The seventh part of the invention consists in an improved “ mode of communicating motion derived from steam or water “ power to warping mills by the frictional adhesion of tangent ‘‘ surfaces.” This method differs from those hitherto in use in “ employing only parallel cylindrical surfaces and straps for “ applying the driving power to the mill.” The eighth part of the invention “is an arrangement for the “ same purpose and of the same nature as the last, only differing “ from it in the employment of conical instead of cylindrical “ surfaces as the medium through which motion is commu- “ nicated.” The ninth part of the invention “ is a mechanical arrange- “ ment for stopping the motion of a beaming machine or hori- “ zontal warping mill on the failure or breakage of any of “ the ends or threads of yarn.” The warp threads are passed through rings, which are connected by cords and wires to bars having a catch on their lower sides. These catches, when any of the threads break, are allowed to descend and come in contact with a revolving frame, to which is attached one half of a clutch, the other half of the clutch slides on an axle so as to transfer the driving strap from the fast to the loose pulley when the frame is stopped. The tenth part of the invention “ consists in a novel combina- “ nation of machinery for balling warps, in which the warps or “ yarns are passed through an arm which revolves round a “ spindle to which the leading end of the warp is first attached, so that by the continued revolution of the arm the warp may “ be wound round the spindle into a ball.” llie eleventh part of the invention “ consists of another ma- “ chine for balling warps round a spindle or bobbin, which “ remains in a horizontal position. In this machine the spindle “ or bobbin is made to traverse from side to side to effect the “ winding of the warp over itself into a ball, whilst the trumpet “ mouth through which the warp passes is fixed.” [I^inted, 2s. Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 53, p. 216; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, pp. 2 and 10.] 298 WEAVINC;. A.D. 1850, March 11.— 13,002. HOLDSWORTH, Richard, and HOLGATE, William.— This invention relates to machinery for warping worsted, cotton, and other fibrous materials.” The patentees say, — The novelty of our said invention con- sists particularly in apparatus or improvements in apparatus for warping fibrous materials, and in the construction and arrange- ment of two or more friction surface plates or couplings, which are employed to give motion to the warping or turning mill to reverse the said motion when necessary, and to throw the said mill in or out of gear, and other apparatus or contrivance by which the said mill or machine may be worked either by steam or other power.” [Printed 6tZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 37 {cooi- joined sei'ies), p. 253 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 216 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 9, p. 296.] A.D. 1850, April 11.— 13,034. PLATT, John. — Certain improvements in machinery or appa- ratus for spinning, doubling, and weaving cotton, flax, and “ other fibrous substances.” [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1850, April 15.— 13,038. REID, Robert. — The patentee says, — My invention relates to the sewing or working of figures into cloth by means of small bobbins or pirns, while said cloth is in the process of being “ woven ; and the same consists, — “ Firstly, in the method employed by me for sewing covers ; that is, the method of working in threads of different colors “ upon the same shot of the ground weft, and on the same threads “ of the warp, thus causing certain colors to surround certain other colors. “ Secondly, my invention consists in rendering the entire threads “ of the warp available for sewing purposes at each shot of the “ ground weft, thereby enabling me to produce all-over or con- tinuous patterns or figures as closely contiguous to each other “ as may be desired, without that waste of sewing material conse- “ quent on ordinary figured weaving. WEAVING. 299 “ Thirdly, my invention comprehends also the peculiar arrange- ment of mechanism by which the position of the frames con- taining the sewing shuttles is regulated, and the mechanism by which these shuttles are thrown across the warp in the process “ of forming the figure.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 17 (enlarged p. 91 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 317; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 33.] A.D. 1850, May 7.~“No 13,072. TATHAM, John, and CHEETHAM, David. — The first eight parts of this invention relate to machinery for preparing and spinning cotton and other materials. The invention consists, — ‘^Ninthly, m a combination of friction surfaces with toothed wheels, for the purpose of driving any desired part or parts of “ machines employed in the manufacture of cotton and other “ fibrous materials and fabrics. “ Tenthly, in forming the toothed wheels used for driving any “ desired part or parts of machines employed in the manufacture “ of cotton or other fibrous materials or fabrics of gutta percha, or its compounds.” Eleventhly, in an improvement in spinning machines. “ Twelfthly, in a method of giving motion to looms for weaving, and also an independent motion to the sleas of looms, such method consisting in the application of a suitable apparatus or “ engine to each of such machines, or the sleas thereof, capable of “ being worked by the compression or expansion of air. “ Thirteenthly, in a method of letting off the yarn in looms as the woven goods are produced.” This the patentees accom- plish “by the application of a roller placed in contact with the work beam, another roller being also in like manner in contact with the warp beam, and the two connected together by suitable geer or other means, and motion communicated thereto by the “ revolution of the work beam, effected by any ordinary take-up “ motion. “ Fourteenthly, in the application of spun silk for the warp threads employed in the manufacture of hat plush and velvet.” [Printed, l5. Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazinej vol, 53, T>. 397 j and Patent Journal, vol, 10, p. 65 ] 300 WEAVING. A.D. 1850, May 29.~-N‘^ 13,085. ASHWORTH, James, and MITCHELL, Thomas. — This in- vention relates to machines for preparing, spinning, and weaving. The patentees say, — The first head relates to those machines commonly known in preparing and spinning as billys, jacks, and hand mules.” “ The second head relates to looms for weaving cotton, wool, and other fibrous materials, and consists, firstly, in a method of “ detecting the breakage or undue absence of the \veft thread, the peculiar feature of such method consisting in the employment of an apparatus which would, according to its unimpeded action, stop the working of the loom at each motion, but which is pre- vented from so operating when the weft thread is correctly “ present, by a wire or finger arriving into such a position, that as “ the said thread is being thrown by the shuttle, it shall loop upon it, and by thus acting upon the said wire or finger, so dispose ‘‘ the apparatus as to allow the continued working of the loom. Secondly, in a method of regulating the insertion of any re- quired number of picks of weft thread to a given length of “ woven fabric ; the essential character of this part of our inven- tion consisting in availing ourselves of the differential motion arising from a connexion of the yarn or the cloth with any suit- “ able working part of the machine, which moves in accordance “ with the number of picks, for the purpose of regulating the quantity of yarn given off, or inversely of cloth wound on. Thirdly, in a method of causing the loom to stop at any parti- “ cular position of its parts, or at any time after the breakage of the weft thread that may be required. This we accomplish by causing any suitable apparatus used for stopping looms, as, for “ instance, weft or warp detectors or hand gear, to bring an inter- ‘‘ mediate apparatus into such a position that it may be acted “ upon (so as to effect the required stopping) by tappets or other “ such instruments which receive motion from any working part of the machine. Fourth, the application of a catch to any con- “ venient part of the stop motion, which being thereby brought “ into connexion with a spring or other projection attached to the slay, arrests the motion thereof when required.” [Printed, Is. Qd. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's) ^ vol. 38 {con- joined series), p. 77; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 457; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 149.] WEAVING. 301 A.D. 1850, June 1. — N® 13,091. ELLIOTT, Arthur, and HEYS, Henry. — ^This invention re- lates to looms for weaving, and consists, — Firstly, in an arrangement of ‘^guides or guards fixed to a cross bar on the slay or lathe top.” The extreme points of the guides are so arranged and adjusted as to extend over the outside “ or any other convenient part of the shuttle, to prevent its escaping or flying off the race or trash board during its rapid “ movements in the process of weaving.” Secondly, in a clip or stop ” attached to the side of the loom, which, when the stop-rod finger falls upon the notch of the frog, “ rises simultaneously with the motion of the slide catch or* the slide frog, and clips the stop-rod finger to prevent it slipping or rising from the notch of the frog, thus making the operation certain, and preventing trapping in the shed.” Thirdly, in an additional spring apparatus attached to the inside of the shuttle box of the loom, which is worked either with “ or without the ordinary swell, for the purpose of preventing any rebounding or reaction of motion of the shuttle in the box after ‘‘ the pick has been made.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 63, p. 459; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 140.] A.D. 1850, June 11.— N® 13,126. SIDEBOTTOM, John. — This invention consists, — First, in a new combination of parts of a loom for driving the “ shuttle from one box of the lathe to the other opposite one “ without the use of straps for that purpose.” The picking sticks are bolted to cast-iron pieces which hinge on studs passing through slots in the picking shafts, which are actuated by cams on the tappet shaft. Secondly, of an improvement in temples, consisting ^^in mounting two or more discs of different diameters, and fur- nished with pins on their circumferences on the same axis, and “ in placing these discs under and near each selvage of the “ fabric;” “the pins on the largest disc enter into the fabric “ as near as possible to the selvage ; and the pins in the next disc “ enter the fabric rather further from the selvage, and so on until all the discs have caught hold of the fabric, which by being 302 WEAVING. gradually drawn forward by the taking-up motion of the loom, “ gives a revolving motion of uniform velocity to the circum- ference of the several discs.’^ [Printed, Is. M. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 53, p. 496 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p.l37.] A.D. 1850, July 17.— 13,182. EDMONDS, Ezekiel, the younger. — This invention relates ‘‘to “ the manufacture of certain descriptions of woollen fabrics, “ known to the trade by the name of superfine cloth, double “ milled and beaver cloth, and blankets.” The novelty of the invention consists in manufacturing such fabrics “by throwing “ two or more small threads or wefts, one by one, laying evenly “ side by side, across the warp threads.” The patentee prefers “ using only two abb or weft threads, the one having been “ beaten or forced into its position or place before the other “ is thrown across said warp threads, and the second thread “ being beaten into its position or place by the r‘ de of the first “ one already so beaten, and so on for any additional threads, if “ required, before the crossing of the warp threads.” [Printed, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 95; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 220.] A.D. 1850, July 31.— N« 13,208. FAIRBAIRN, Peter, and HETHERINGTON, John.— Part of this invention relates to machinery or apparatus to be attached to power looms ; and consists, — Firstly, in the construction of a brake, consisting of a lever, one end of which is formed so as to correspond in shape with the periphery of the fly wheel, “ but remains at a short distance there- “ from during the working of the machine.” The other end of the lever projects outwards, and is acted upon by a star wheel or by an inclined plane attached to the spring strap lever. Secondly, in “ giving the required motion to the cloth and yarn “ beams by means of driving clicks actuated by the vibrations of “ the sword of the loom.” Thirdly, in “effecting a recoil of the cloth and yarn by re- “ moving the detaining clicks,” which is done by the action of the usual weffc detector apparatus. Fourthly, in “ the application of friction surfaces to the driving of the warp or cloth beams, such surfaces working in con- WEAVING. 303 ‘ junction with a regulating roller or other apparatus moving in “ contact with the yarn or cloth.” Fifthly, in ^^the application of a loose or flying reed, confined to its working position by means of bolts capable of being “ withdrawn by the operation of the ordinary protector motion.” “ Sixthly, forming the forks of the weft detector apparatus of “ brass or other cast metal.” [Printed, 25. lOd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 116 ; Artizan, vol. 10, p. 144 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 230.] A.D. 1850, August 10.— N° 13,217. MEYER, Henry. — These improvements relate to looms for ' weaving, and consist, — • Firstly, in a mode of changing the shuttles. The shuttles are arranged one above the other in a box, and are worked up and down by what the patentee calls a drawer,” to which they are connected by a horizontal lever. The drawer is actuated by hooks which are regulated by cylinders, and controlled by the jacquard machine. Secondly, in a peculiar motion of the headles.” Each headle is provided with two levers which are pair for pair, bound or ‘‘ connected by wire of iron or other metal,” but this connec- “ tion is not in a direct line, but pursues a diagonal declination,” so that each the further it is back the quicker the motion it ‘‘ acquires.” Thirdly, in a “ self-regulating regulator for facilitating the roll- “ ing up of the stuff or manufacture in the loom.’'’ The cloth beam is put in motion by a ratchet wheel which is worked by a catch on an elbow lever, the amount of motion of which is regu- lated by a roller resting on the cloth beam. Fourthly, in an apparatus by which the loom is stopped when the weft is broken or finished.” Two vertical rods are attached to one end of a horizontal lever, one of these rods is provided v/ith five fingers or points ; while there is a thread these fingers or points rest above, but when there is no longer a thread they descend,” and carry with them the other rod, which is connected to a finger, so as to cause it to be brought in contact with a hook on the spring strap lever. A cam on the cam shaft lifts the five fingers when the shuttle is required to pass across the shed. [Printsd, lOd!. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 64, p. 137; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, p. 232.] 304 WEAVING. A.D. 1850, September 5.— 13,249. CROSS, Christopher. — ^This invention relates to ^^improve- ments in the manufacture of textile fabrics ; also in the manu- facture of wearing apparel and other articles.’’ The improve- ments consist, firstly, in a self-acting temple, formed by an endless chain, working around a groove formed by two plates. To the upper part of the chain are attached short spurs, which are intended to take hold of the cloth in the process of being woven, so as to keep it distended to the correct width. Secondly, in a ‘‘ mode of constructing the reed of looms.” The dents, at their upper and lower parts, are provided with enlarge- ments, which are pierced with holes.” Through these holes are placed rods of the required length to form the reed, and when the dents are thus strung on they are secured at the ends by nuts The reed is made coarser or finer in gauge, by placing washers between the dents, or by removing them therefrom.’^ Thirdly, in the production of dividing strips of calico or other cloth simultaneously with the weaving of fustians, by the application of a shedding motion distinct from that which operates upon the warp threads of the fustian.” With reference to improvements in the manufacture of wearing apparel,” the patentee claims the production of shapes, firstly, by so governing the action of the warp threads through the agency of a jacquard or other apparatus, that a portion of them, as occa- ‘‘ sion may require, shall be prevented from the usual operation of shedding, so as to fail in combining with the weft, although the shuttle or shuttles shall travel from box to box, thus producing an irregular quantity of work in the direction of the width of the loom. Secondly, by arranging the warp threads so as to be capable of producing two or more pieces of cloths the whole width of the warp threads, and uniting certain of the respective threads of such otherwise separate pieces of cloth, by means of the jacquard or other apparatus, so as to form the required shape. Thirdly, by arranging the warp threads so as to produce two or more distinct pieces of cloth, and causing the weft to traverse them separately, or to unite two or more of them. Fourthly, by causing the dents of the reed to expand or con- tract, so as to cause the warp threads to occupy a space of variable width.” WEAVING. 305 Fifthly, the patentee claims “ for the production of shapes as aforesaid the use of a sliding plate,” which, by selecting certain of the warp threads, prevents them from being shed by the action of the shafts,” or, according to a another method, com- “ bines certain of them in order to effect the required stitching.” Also an arrangement of jacquard^ apparatus, “ such arrangement “ consisting in the application of a row or rows of needles capable of being shifted so as to act in combination with different por- tions of the chain of cards or plates.” [Printed, Is. 8d. Drawing:s. See London Journal {Neioton's)^ vol. 41 {con- joined series), p. 318 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 218 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 218.] A.D. 1850, September 19.— N« 13,259. ECCLES, William. — Improvements in looms. The patentee says, — This invention consists, firstly, in a method of determin- ‘‘ ing a backward movement of the cloth and warp beams when the shuttle shall have failed in duly carrying the weft thread ‘‘ between the shed of the warp, and which backward motion is ‘‘ usually called a recoil. This I effect by the application of a stop or stops, so mounted as to be capable of revolving with the “ cloth beam during its regular motion, but which, not being free to revolve in the other direction, become an abutment for deter- mining the amount of recoil when the cloth beam shall have “ been rendered free to perform its retrograde action, such stop or stops, and that part of the loom which then arrives in contact therewith, or one of them, being capable of adjustment, so as to “ vary their relative usual positions, and thus provide for any ‘‘ required amount of recoil. “ Secondly, my invention relates to the means of raising the taking-up catch of a loom from its ratchet wheel, and consists “ in the employment of a spring or other elastic substance acting “ as a medium for such purpose, the object being to render the “ catch capable of rising from the tooth, without that straining ‘‘ effect which is consequent upon the usual construction of such parts. Thirdly, in a method of breaking the impetus of the working “ parts of a loom when the driving strap is thrown off. This I accomplish by the application of a spiral spring, one end thereof “ being attached to some stationary part of the loom, and the w. u WEAVING. other to the frog piece, or other part which is brought into action by the effect of the stop motion.” [Printed, dd. Drawings. See London Journal (Newton's), vol. 42 (con- joined series), p. 191; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 258; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 12.] A.D. 1850, September 19.— 13,260. BRISBANE, Samuel. — This invention relates, firstly, to a method of applying a friction brake to the fly wheel of a power loom, so as to stop it when the strap is thrown on to the loose pulley. The brake is attached to one end of a bent lever, the other end of which is connected by a rod to a vertical lever carry- ing at its upper end a catch, which is brought, by the action of a stud on the strap lever, in contact with the back of the lay when the strap is moved from the fast to the loose pulley. The lay going back carries the end of the vertical lever with it, and applies the brake to the fly wheel. Secondly, to a weft stop motion. A series of double threads are passed through wires placed at the end of the reed, and are connected to a cross piece attached to a spring, so as to form a shed for the shuttle to pass through; the reverse ends of the threads are passed round a pulley attached to one end of a lever, the reverse end of which is opposite to the strap lever ; when the weft is absent a finger attached to the lay strikes the lever, the end of which is opposite to the strap lever, and removes the latter from its notch ; but when the weft is in the shed the threads are slackened, and the lever is allowed to descend so as to clear the strap lever. [Printed, lOtZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 258 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 1.] A.D. 1850, September 26 — N° 13,263. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — The first part of this invention “ consists in weaving two and three ply “ ingrain carpets by the combination of parti-coloured warp and weft, arranged so as to cause the warp and weft to unite in form- ing the same color in the figure as produced by the jacquard or any other mechanical means, by which any variety of colors or shades on one or more plies that may be desired may be pro- “ duced in the same range, in the direction both of the warp and weft, the figure being formed by throwing down the weft, which WEAVING. 307 obviates any difficulties arising from imperfections in the parti- “ coloring of the yarn.” The second part of the invention refers to the operation of ‘‘ dyeing yarn.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 38 {con- joined series), p. 450 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 259.] A.D. 1850, September 28. — 13,267. CROSSLEY, Joseph, COLLIER, George, and HUDSON, James. — This invention consists, “first, of improvements in the “ machinery and apparatus used for printing yarns.” Secondly, “ of improvements in the machinery and apparatus “ used in weaving carpets and other fabrics where wires are used.” “ The machinery is so arranged that the wires are introduced by “ suitable apparatus at one selvage*.” Two or more wires or warp threads are risen in succession to guide the wire as it passes into the shed, “the wire as it moves into the shed being brushed “ with oil by a rotatory brush to facilitate the process of drawing “ out. In order to insure good work, the reed is caused to beat “ up twice, or, if desired, it may be made to beat up more times “ after each prick of the weft, the weft being drawn tight by levers “ acting to take up the slack as the reed beats up. The wires are “ withdrawn from the fabric by means of hooks or spring catches, “ which move to and from the selvage of the fabric, so that when “ one hook or spring catch is withdrawing a wire, the other hook “ is returning to be in position to take the next wire ; the wires, as “ they are drawn out, being successively received from the hooks “ or catches by the apparatus, which returns the wires into the “ succeeding sheds of the warp, there being at all times several “ wires in the fabric.” [Printed, 8s. lOcZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 277 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 4.] A.D. 1850, October 10.~-N« 13,277. WOOD, William. — This invention consists, firstly, in an arrangement for weaving terry fabrics with wires in a power loom where the warp is vertical. The great object of this part of the invention “ is to take advantage of the horizontal position of the “ reed for supporting the terry wires as they are passed across the “ shed opened for receiving the wire.” The wires are withdrawn u 2 308 WEAVING. from the fabric by hooks attached to endless chains or bands, and they drop the wires between guides carried by the lay^ so as to place them in a position to be acted upon by a pusher, attached to another endless chain or band, which pushes them into the shed. Secondly, in “ apparatus for introducing and withdrawing wires ‘‘ from terry weavings made in looms where the warps work hori- zontally.” In this arragem'ent only two wires are used, which are placed one on either side of the loom, and they are alternately introduced into the shed. Each wire is fixed to a chain, band, or slide, which is caused to move to and fro by suitable means, the patentee employs by preference a lever, “ which is acted upon to introduce and withdraw the wire by means of a cam.” Thirdly, in means of giving motion to power looms arranged “ to weave terry fabrics, in order to be enabled to stop or start the loom more quickly.” This part of the invention has for its object the causing the crank or main shaft of a power “ loom to be driven by means of a pinion working into a cog wheel of larger dimensions.” Fourthly, in a mode of printing fabrics [Printed, 2^. Id. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol, 54, p. 317 and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 40.] A.D. 1850, October 24.— N‘> 13,294. BROWNE, Thomas Beale. — (A communication.) — This inven- tion consists, firstly, in a method of weaving fabrics double or treble the width of the loom in which they are woven. Two or three sets of warps are arranged one above the other in the same reed, and the edges of the warps are tied together by the weft thread, so as to leave only two selvages. Secondly, in a method of producing a double beat-up in looms. Tliis is by “ the use of a toggle joint or jointed arm in combina- “ tion with the crank and connecting rod.” ‘‘ Thirdly, in an arrangement of flax-dressing machinery.” “ And fourthly, in an arrangement of machinery for staining or printing woven and other fabrics.” [Printed, Is. 7cZ. Drawings. See London Journal vol. 41 (com- joined series)^ p. 1; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 358; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 109.] A.D. 1850, November 2. — N° 13,311. BORLAND, John. — ^These improvements relate to power looms, and consist, firstly, in a mode of effecting the movement of the WEAVING. 309 “ heddles.” A double diagonal grooved pulley is placed on the main shaft, which serves as a wiper to give motion to the upper end of a lever working on an axis near its centre, the lower end of this lever is connected to two pulleys, which are again connected by cords to the heddles, by which arrangement their alternate rising and falling is effected every time the pulleys are moved by the lever and wiper. Secondly, in a picking motion. The picker sticks are connected to two upright spindles, which are actuated, so as to throw the shuttle, by cams on the main shaft. The spindles work in slots at the top, and are connected to the lever which works the heddles, so as to be m.oved by it alternately into and out of gear with their respective cams. Thirdly, in a motion for taking up the cloth as it is woven. The main shaft has its bearings in two levers, one at each side of the loom ; a continuation is formed to one of these levers, which is loaded with a weight sufficient to counterpoise the weight of the main shaft and the gear which is upon it. When the frog, which has a notch upon one side of it for the reception. of a pin in the loaded lever, is drawn back, it allows the lever to fall, and the driving pulley to rise up till it comes in contact with a brake, which slackens the driving strap, which comes from above, and stops the loom. The upper edge of the breast beam is presented ‘Mn a slanting direction to the reed, and set up like a file, by which it takes a hold of the cloth as formed, keeping it the width of the length of the reed.^’ The breast beam is capable of moving on two studs, in case the shuttle is caught in the shed, the movement of the breast beam also disengages the frog, and stops the loom. The taking up is effected by a weight attached to a cord, which is passed round a pulley on the cloth beam. [Panted, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 370; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 220.] A.D. 1850, November 2. — N° 13,313. T4THAM, John, and CHEETHAM, David. — ^The first nine divisions of this invention relate to machinery for preparing and spinning cotton and other materials. Tenthly, the invention relates “ to winding yarns for weaving. Ihis improvement consists in winding several threads from as many bobbins or spindles simultaneously on to one bobbin of “ the winding frame or other suitable arrangement of parts, and 310 WEAVING. subsequently by another winding process transferring a number of such compound bobbins into a ball bobbin or other suitable form, so as to constitute a warp. Eleventhly, to looms for weaving.’’ This division relates, ‘‘ firstly, to jacquard weaving, and consists in connecting the warp threads to two or more sets of hooks, each set capable of being selected and raised by one of a like number of knife boxes, which move independently of each other,” and are capable of shedding the warp alternately. By thus dividing the govern- ment of the warp threads, the one set will be falling while the other is rising.” Secondly, in a method of giving motion to the harness in order to shed the warp, such method con- sisting in connecting the shafts or other parts which govern the motion of the warp threads to a series of cranks or excentrics, which by their rotation effect the required movement. Thirdlj^ in the employment of a roller cut with grooves which cross each “ other, as a medium for effecting the taking up of the woven ‘‘ fabric. Fourthly, the employment of a fluted roller for dis- “ tending the cloth previously to its passing on to the surface “ roller which effects the taking up.” Fifthly, in ^^the employment of a series of cords or strands, between which and a vibrating ‘‘ grate the shuttle passes, for the purpose of enabling the weft thread to effect the taking-up motion ; also as applied to the detection of the weffc thread, constructing the strands of gutta ‘‘ percha, leather, or varnished yarns.” Sixthly, in a method of arresting the motion of the loom, and also preventing the ‘‘ continued action of the work beam when the weft thread fails, “ by means of a vibrating grate, and also for the like purpose in the employment of a series of rigid forks instead of strands. “ Seventhly, in the employment of a grating for constituting a portion of the shuttle race when weft detectors are applied, in which an upright grid is used.” Eighthly, the improvements apply to that construction of loom in which the warp threads are let off at intervals by the pressure of the reed against the work,” and consist in taking advantage ‘‘of the absence of that “ pressure by reason of the weft failing for the purpose of “ arresting the motion of the machine. “ Twelfthly, to machinery for cutting terry or looped fabrics.” This is accomplished in two ways : — “ Firstly, by the use of a “ cutter or cutters which operate upon the fabric as it is produced “ in the loom.” Secondly, by the use of a series of cutters,” WEAVING. arranged in a spiral form, operating upon the fabric after it is removed from the loom.” Thirteenthly, to machinery for dressing or finishing hat plush.” [Printed, 55. \d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 377 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, pp. 277, 291, and 301.] A.D. 1850, November 7.— 13,325. CHRISTIE, DAVID. — (A communication.) — Part of this inven- tion relates to looms for weaving that class of figured fabrics produced by the aid of the jacquard apparatus,” and consists, firstly, in the arrangement and combination of harness shafts or “ bars as a substitute for the knot cord, by which means the mail cords or heddles of the knot cord are distributed at any re- quired distance apart, and disconnected from each other along “ the length of the horizontal harness shafts or bars, by which a much less angle is given to the mail cords or heddles, and a more uniform strain upon the warp is obtained.” Secondly, in an improved mode of producing the rotary “ motion of the jacquard prism.” “ The same consisting in com- bining with the machinery which advances the pattern prism, other mechanism, which at the same time produces a movement of the draw pall in an opposite direction.” And lastly, in an arrangement of mechanism by means of which those harness shafts, which are not required to be raised to form the figure, are allowed to descend simultaneoualy with the raising of the lash. [Printed, 45. 9cZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 398; Artizan, vol. 10, p. 120 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, pp. 119 and 143.] A.D. 1850, November 14 — N° 13,349. HALEY, Abraham. — ^This invention relates to looms for weaving, and consists, firstly, in a mode of giving motion to the slays of the looms by means of excentric cams or grooves upon the fly wheels acting in combination with connecting rods attached directly to the slay swords, such mode being intended to supersede the use of the ordinary crank motion.” Secondly, in another arrangement of cam movement apparatus for giving motion to the slay, the form of cam being such that two or more beats up of the slay are effected for each shoot o weft thrown.” WEAVING. ;ii2 Thirdly, in a mode of obtaining the picking motion for the ‘‘ throw of the shuttle,” by arms fixed to the main shaft. These arms carry friction bowls, which act upon star wheels, to the back of which are attached tappets, which actuate the picking levers, which are connected by any suitable means to the picking sticks. Fourthly, in a mode of mounting the heddles and harness of ‘‘ looms,” by the application of weighted levers for the purpose of balancing the weight of the harness and appurtenances, and "" for operating as guides from one lever to another.” Fifthly, in constructing the slay beams, shuttle races, and ‘‘ shuttle boxes of looms of cast iron, with a groove cast in to re- ceive the bottom bar of the reed.” Sixthly, in a method of giving motion to the slay, being a com- bination of a jointed bar, a crank, and connecting rod, so as to "" obtain a single or double beat up of the reed.” Seventhly, in a method of giving motion to the heddles or har- ness of looms. This is effected by means of cams instead of tappets as usual.” [Printed, Is. 4id. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, n. 417 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11 , p. 146.] A.D. 1850, November 23. — N^ 13,364. NICKELS, Christopher. — This invention consists, first, of felting or fulling fabrics woven or made with raised pile, whether “ terry or cut pile.” Secondly, ‘‘ of causing double fabrics, composed wholly or partly of wool or other felting fibres, to be fulled or felted.” Thirdly, of causing double ribbed looped fabrics, made wholly or partly of wool or other fibres capable of being felted, to be fulled or felted.” Fourthly, of manufacturing Brussels carpeting and other terry weaving by employing an additional permanent weft to form, uphold, and fill the terry loops.” Fifthly, of a mode of manufacturing warp fabrics by inlaying transverse threads, so as to produce a transverse corded appear- ance on the face of such fabric.” Sixthly, of making double piled fabrics by employing printed or party-colored warp threads or yarns.” [Printed, lOrf. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarged series), p. 5; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 438; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 111.] WEAVING. 313 A.D. 1850, December 2.— N« 13,379. PLAIT, John. — The first and second parts of this invention relate to machinery for spinning cotton and other materials. The third part of the invention relates to looms for weaving, and consists, “first, in a novel form of catch for working the “ taking-up motion and secondly, in a method “ of causing the “ tension of the cloth to bind it between the taking -up roller and “ another roller,” “ so as to dispense with the use of emery or “ glass upon such rollers.” [Printed, Is. 5c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 5#, p. 459 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 156.] A.D. 1850, December 2.~N° 13,380. WATSON, Thomas. — These improvements relate “to that “ description of hat plush commonly called raised plush, whereon “ the pile or plush is raised by carding, teazing, or other similar “ processes,” “ and consist, first, in the application or employ- “ ment of spun silk of every description to be used for the weft “ of the fabric from which the pile or plush is raised, such silk “ being dyed in the hank, or subsequently to the spinning process, “ and previously to its being woven.” Secondly, in a method of dressing and finishing such or similar hat plushes ; the novelty in which consists in the application of a calendering roller and a heated surface, between which the plush is passed in the process of finishing. [Printed, 8c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 459; and Patent Joi.u*nal, vol. 11, p. 133.] A.D. 1850, December 2.— N° 13,381. SHIERS, Richard, and HEGINBOTTOM, James.— These “ improvements relate, firstly, to the production of those fabrics “ commonly denominated cotton tabby velvets, cotton Genoa vel- “ vets, and cotton velveteens, and consist in using the floating or “ pile picks of weft, or a portion of them, twice or more between “ the operation of any two of the binding threads, thereby giving “ more floating weft to the face of the fabric in proportion to the “ back, and consequently producing a fuller surface. “ Secondly, in an arrangement of apparatus constituting a self- “ acting temple.” The peculiar feature of this part of the inven- tion consists in the employment of rods or spindles situated within 314 WEAVING. loops formed at the sides of the fabric for the purpose of keeping the fabric properly distended. Thirdly, in an arrangement of rods or spindles similar to the self-acting temple, ^^for the purpose of causing looped or pile fabrics to move in a parallel direction during the cutting operation.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton' s)^ vol. 41 {con^ joined series), p. 9; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 459; and Patent J ournal, vol. 11, p. 123.] ^ A.D. 1850, December 12. — N° 13,402. BALDWIN, Joseph, and COLLIER, George. — This invention consists, first, of improvements in the machinery used in the manu- facture of carpets, rugs, and other fabrics produced by cement- ing nap or pile on cloth.” The improvement under this head of the invention consists in so arranging the machinery that the colored yarns may be in an upright position when being cut, and the knife on an upright axis, by which means one part of the yarns will not press on the other, and the cutting will be more conveniently and usefully accomplished.” Arrangement is made ‘‘ for sharpening the circular rotatory knife used for such purposes when in motion.” Apparatus is also applied to facilitate the removal of the piled fabrics as they are cut off.” Secondly, ‘‘of improvements in machinery for warping printed “ yarns.” “The yarns, as heretofore, are wound upon bobbins, “ but in place of the bobbins being placed in parallel lines, side “ by side, they are placed in radial lines, or nearly so, and in “ sets,” four sets are shown in the drawing. The yarns pass over or under guide rollers and through a reed and between bars which have felt surfaces, “ by which better to hold the portion of “ yarn when pinched between them.” The bars are pinched together by means of excentrics. The second set of pinching bars are similar to the first, except that th^y are both moveable, so as to rise as the beam fills. A weighted pressing roller is applied to the under side of the beam. Thirdly, “ of improvements in winding weft for weaving carpets “ and other fabrics.” The chief improvement in this part of the invention appears to consist “ in giving a quicker traverse to the “ instrument for laying on the thread, while the thread is being “ wound on to the bobbin in one direction, than in the other.” And fourthly, “ of applying apparatus for stopping parts of WEAVING. 315 “ the looms when arranged for weaving carpets and other cut pile “ fabrics woven and cut according to an invention of which Letters ‘‘ Patent were granted to Mr. Christopher Nickels in 1849/^ [Printed, 7s. 2d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 54, p. 498; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 159.] A.D. 1850, December 26.— N« 13,426. GRATRIX, William Hodgson. — ‘^Certain improvements in “ the method of producing or manufacturing velvets or other piled fabrics.’’ The patentee claims, — First, the method of producing or manufacturing velvets or “ other piled fabrics by weaving the pile threads over a series of “ fine longitudinal knives with elongated points, such knives^ being stationary, and having their cutting ends or extremities “ attached to a suitable holding frame, so that simultaneously with the weaving, the portion of the weft thread, to form the pile ‘‘ slides consecutively upon the points of the knives as the cloth ‘‘ is woven, until it arrives at that part forming the cutting portion of the knives, by which the weft thread is severed, and the “ velvet or piled fabric thus produced is wound upon the cloth “ beam as above described. Secondly, I claim the method of producing or manufacturing velvets or other piled fabrics by weaving in the cloth a series of “ fine wires, such wires passing through the space between the “ pile threads and the cloth, which wires are subsequently sepa- rated from the cloth by passing the fabric between two rollers or bowls acting either by friction or pressure, so as to sever the “ pile threads, and thus leave the pile or velvet complete.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 65, p. 15 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 172.] A.D. 1851, January 2. — N° 13,437. CORRY, John. — This invention relates to a novel or improved construction and mode of working the jacquard apparatus.” The patentee claims, first, the use and application (as a substitute “ for the cards of an ordinary jacquard apparatus) of a perforated “ metallic sheet, covered with paper, parchment, or other similar material, on which is printed, drawn, or traced the pattern or de- sign intended to be produced on the figured fabric, and which pattern or design, so painted, drawn, or traced on the paper, 316 WEAVLNG. parchment, or other similar material, ie afterwards punched out by means of suitable punches, and therebj^ holes or perforations are produced, which answer the same purpose as the holes punched in the ordinary cards. Second, I claim the general arrangement of the jacquard ap- “ paratus shown and described, whereby I am enabled to arrange in a single row, or not more than two rows, the bent wires to which the harness is attached, in place qf such wires being ar- ranged in several rows, as has hitherto been the case. I also claim the combination of the needles with the bent wires ah ‘‘ or any modification thereof in which the heads or ends of the needles are made to bear against the bent wires, such bent wires being at all times kept in contact with the heads or ends of the needles by the bent portion thereof acting as a spring. I further claim the exclusive use of needles which act by their heads or ends against the hooked wires from which the harness of a jacquard loom is suspended, instead of employing needles with a loop or eye thereon, or attached thereto, to receive the stems of the hooked wires, as is usually the case.” [Printed, Is. 3(i. Drawings. See London Journal (Newton’s), \o\.S9 (con- joined series), p. 427; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 38; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 170.] A.D. 1851, January 11.— 13,445, MELVILLE, William. — These improvements relate to the manu- facture of carpets and other fabrics ; and consist, first, in a method of actuating the needle for forming the pile. Two needles or wires are used, one on each side the fabric. Each needle is attached to a sliding piece, carried by a grooved bar, “ fixed before the lay and ‘‘ above the web or fabric being woven.” The sliding pieces are connected by cords to treadles, which are worked by the weaver’s feet. The needles are guided into the shed by an elastic guide or spring.” Second, in the employment of expanding and contracting nee- dles, for the purpose of facilitating their withdrawal from the pile. “ Each needle is formed of two parallel pieces, jointed or hinged together by transverse links like a parallel ruler.” Third, in a novel form of double reed, to be worked in con- nection with two shuttles, wherein the dents of such reed are notched or formed with a step for carrying the upper shuttle, in place of allowing the latter to traverse across the warp.” WEAVING. 317 The fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth parts of the speci- fication relate to printing. [Printed, Is. 9cl. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 74; Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 4, p. 109; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 194.] A.D. 1851, January 11.— N« 13,449. MILNS, John Clarkson, and PICKSTONE, Samuel. — Certain improvements in machinery or apparatus used in spin- “ ning, doubling, and weaving cotton, flax, and other fibrous sub- stances.” The first five claims are for improvements in spinning and doubling machines. “ Sixthly,” the patentees claim, ‘‘ so constructing the guides in “ which the ^ rising shuttle boxes ’ of looms work, that each side “ thereof shall be capable of independent adjustment.” [Printed, lOiZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Neiuton's), vol. 40 {conjoined series)^ I). 310 ; Mechanicj’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 75 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 193.] A.D. 1851, January 21. — 13,467. SIEVIER, Robert William. — Improvements inweaving and “ printing or staining textile goods or fabrics.” The patentee claims, first, forming the looped surface of a looped fabric, such as Brussels carpeting, terry velvets, and other similar goods or fabrics from the weft by means of longitudinal wires, or other equivalent means, in combination with warp threads, which, by “ being made to descend one after the other in rapid succession ‘‘ instead of simultaneously, as is usually the case with warp “ threads, will thereby draw off from the quill or bobbin in the “ shuttle a sufficient quantity of weft or shoot to form the loops “ one after the other over the longitudinal wires. Second, I claim the method herein shewn and described, or “ any mere modification thereof, for cutting the loops when a cut “ pile fabric is required.” When a cut pile fabric is to be pro- duced, the outer ends of the wires are furnished with a groove. The cutting instruments consist of steel discs, which are mounted on a shaft, and work into the grooves of the wires. The discs are caused to rotate a short distance at every stroke of the lay, by which means the loops are cut as the fabric is drawn forward by the taking-up motion. The third claim relates to printing or staining warps or fabrics. [Printed, 1;?. 8cZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton’ s)^ vol. 41 (». joined series), p. 81; Meclianics’ Magazine, vol. 65, p. 98; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 216.] 318 WEAVING. A.D. 1851, January 28.— 13,474. CROSSLEY, Joseph. — The patentee says, — My invention re- lates, firstly, to improvements in the manufacture of Brussels and cut pile carpets and rugs^ and consists of means of applying “ additional thick back thereto in the act of weaving. “ Secondly, my invention consists of improvements in the manu- facture of carpets and other terry and cut pile fabrics, by apply- ing flat or oval wires when weaving such fabrics with printed warps, showing defined figures in power looms. Thirdly, my invention consists of employing thick weft when “ weaving carpets with printed or party-colored warp, in order to produce carpets with two similar corded surfaces, showing the pattern the same on both sides. “ Fourthly, my inyention consists of causing the edges or sel- vages of rug backs, and rugs made with printed warps, to be bound round with worsted in the act of weaving.” [Printed, 6c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarged series), p. 229 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 118 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 219.] A.D. 1851, January 30. — N® 13,479. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication from Erastus B. Bigelow.) — The first part of this invention relates to looms ‘‘for weaving Brussels and tapestry carpets and other piled fabrics,’’ and “ consists in guiding and supporting the pile wires (as they “ pass between the warps) by means of a guide or guides, through “ which or on which the said wires slide ; ” also, “ in causing “ the moveable guides and supports, which have a vertical move- “ ment, to open and close.” Also “ in the employment of a stop motion, which is acted on by the wires as they are introduced, so that when the wire fails “ to be introduced the loom shall be stopped.” The second part of the invention relates to a mode of regulating the delivery of the yarn from the bobbins used in looms for weav- ing Brussels carpets and other similar fabrics. “ The nature of “ this part of the invention consists in suspending a weight on “ the yarn in front of the spool or bobbin, which is so arranged “ as to unwind the yarn at intervals (as the slack is taken up) by “ means of a catch, which hold the bobbin from returning till “ lifted by a weight.” WEAVING. 319 The third part of the invention relates to looms for weaving tapestry carpeting, and consists ‘^in regulating the delivery or giving out of one or more separate warps or chains by the sepa- rate tension of each warp in combination with a ground or con- trolling warp, which determines the length of cloth made at each beat of the lathe; the delivery of the said ground or con- trolling warp being also regulated by its tension, and controlled or fixed by a brake when the lathe beats up the cloth, the whole being combined with a regular and positive take-up motion for taking up the finished cloth.” Also in the employment “ of an index measuring apparatus, or the equivalent thereof, to indicate the amount of figuring warps which are taken up in “ the process of weaving,” when this is combined with an index measuring apparatus, or the equivalent thereof, to indicate the amount of cloth woven.” Also “in the employment of grids or “ fingers vibrating independent of the lathe, for drawing forward “ and giving tension to the weft before the lathe completes its “ beating-up movement, and also to retain the weft while the “ lathe commences its back movement.” The fourth part of the invention relates to a “ method of deliver- “ ing out the figuring warps in looms for weaving tapestry “ carpets,” and “ consists, in the employment of a shifting clamp “ (or clamps), which is (or are) clamped on to the warps at certain “ determined points in the length of the printed figure, when the “ said clamp or clamps is or are used in combination with endless “ belts (or their equivalents), which have a given and positive “ motion to deliver out the figuring warps, the said clamp or “ clamps having certain determined points of attachment with the “ belts.” The fifth part of the invention relates to looms for weaving cut pile fabrics. In carrying out this improvement the patentee em- ploys “ figuring wires, which are grooved longitudinally.” “ The “ woven fabric is carried around rollers and properly presented to “ a reciprocating knife, which moves across the face of the fabric, “ and in succession cuts the loops on the grooves of the figuring “ wires, the grooves admitting of the passage of the knife without “ the edge touching. After the cutting of the pile, the wires are “ pushed out and delivered into an appropriate trough, from “ which they are taken one by one by wings or projections on two chains, and delivered at the proper time into a trough at the “ end of the lathe ; ” “ and when the lay is carried back, and the 320 WEAVING. shed opened^ the wire is pushed in under the looping warps, and guided and supported by slots in the dents of the reed.” The sixth part of the invention relates to looms for weaving cut pile fabrics double, and consists, “ in combining with the loom for weaving cut pile fabrics double, a jacquard for operating the figuring warps in the two fabrics.” Also, ‘‘in dividing the “ figuring warps so that one half of the threads shall be in con- “ nection with each cloth, so that the colors required for the figure “ can be selected from the top, and carried to and tied into the “ bottom cloth, or vice versa,” Also, “ in arranging the jacquard “ in two parts, one to operate the figuring warp, connected with “ the bottom cloth, and operating in manner similar to the ordi- “ nary jacquard, and the other to operate the figuring warp *“ connected with the upper cloth, and arranged in a reversed “ manner.” Also, “ imthe employment of two vibrating bars with “ a space between them for the passage of the double fabrics, and “ equal to the intended thickness of the two fabrics with the pile “ between them, the front faces of the said bars being curved, so “ that the two fabrics as they are separated by the cutting of the “ pile shall be carried the one up and the other down, and thence “ around rollers to the take-up rollers or beams.” Also, “in “ combining with the two curved bars above referred to, a long “ vibrating knife or knives, with the cutting edge or edges in a “ line midway between the edges of the said bars.” The last part of the improvements consists in so connecting the intersecting bars or plates, which determine the length of pile for the two fabrics, with the loom, “ that they shall be free to vibrate to “ the beat of the lathe and to the shedding of the warps.” Also, “ in the employment of a stop or stops to arrest the motion of the “ said bars or plates at a given point.” [Printed, 8s. *ld. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. .55, pp. 119 and 132 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, pp. 71 and 83.] A.D. 1851, February 5. — N° 13,491. SHAW, Benjamin Ledger. — “ Improvements in cleaning and “ preparing wool and other fibrous or textile materials, and in “ the manufacture of colored yarns of wool and other fibres, and “ in weaving.” The improvements in weaving are, “ first, the “ combining apparatus to work the shuttle boxes, and the harness “ or heddles, so that they may go correctly together.” The patentee regulates the rising and falling of the shuttle box by WEAVING. 321 means of a chain of pins passing round a barrel, which moves a certain distance at each revolution of the loom ; this barrel is con- nected by suitable gearing to the jacquard cylinder, so that the chain of pins and the jacquard cylinder have a simultaneous move- ment. Second, a peculiar construction of cam surface for actuating and sustaining the shuttle boxes. And third, the governing of the action of the picker sticks or levers by a suitable pattern surface.” On the chain of pins, which regulates the motion of the shuttle boxes, is an extra pin which by suitable levers and connections determines' from which side the pick is to be made. [Printed, l5. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarged series), Y>. 209 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 65, p. 156; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 231.] A.D. 1851, March 24.— 13,563. MOWBRAY, Frederick William. — This invention “'consists “ of improvements in the apparatus used when weaving piled fabrics by what is called cross weaving.” The patentee claims the manufacture of terry and cut pile fabrics by employing “ suitable guides or instruments, and apparatus combined there- with, to control the movement of the pile threads when “ producing pile fabrics by cross weaving. “ I also claim the giving to the wires or instruments used, “ when producing terry and cut-pile fabrics by cross weaving an “ up and down movement, as herein explained. And also the “ mounting of such wires or instruments on axes. “ And I also claim the so arranging apparatus in a loom that the pile of fabrics woven therein, when the pile is produced from the warp by the cross v/eaving, shall be cut by rotatory ‘‘ cutters acting in the ends of the wires or instruments on which the pile is formed.” [Printed, 35. 4d. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 21 (enlarged series), p. 238 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 275 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 12.] A.D. 1851, March 24.— N« 13,572. HOLT, Samuel. — The patentee says, — My improvements in “ the manufacture of textile fabrics i;elate to manufacturing or producing a peculiar description of cloth or fabric (having a “ terry or looped fabric on one or both sides thereof), by the \v, X 322 WEAVING. employment of a ground warp and one or more pile or terry warps, without the use or intervention of wires during the process of weaving. In the method hitherto known and prac- “ tised of weaving this description of cloth or fabric, and such fabrics as are termed ^ tucked cloths,’ the weft thread is shot through the pile warp by itself, that is, separately from the ground warp ; such is also the case in weaving a certain description of terry carpets, wherein the pile or terry warp is partially woven into a cloth before such terry or pile warp is woven into the ground warp ; and such partially woven cloth, as in the case of tucks,” projects above the surface of the cloth forming the ground of the fabric, from which it will be evident that in these instances there are in fact two cloths or fabrics one above the other. It is also necessary in this kind of weaving to alter the tension of the warp threads during the process of weaving. The peculiar feature of novelty in my “ invention consists in manufacturing or weaving such fabrics consisting of one cloth only, no weft threads being shot through the pile or terry warp by itself, that is, separated from the ground warp, but every shoot of weft passing through sheds formed in the ground warp.” [Printed, 5d, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 276; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 26.] A.D. 1851, April 8.— N° 13,585. CROSS, Christopher. — This invention relates to an improve- ment upon a method at present practised of manufacturing shapes by loom weaving, suitable for being made up into coats, trousers, mantles, shirts, stays, and a variety of other articles of wearing apparel, the principle of such known operation “ consisting in weaving the intended shape with gores or full ‘‘ portions, instead of producing a desired fullness by letting in “ the necessary parts by hand.” The patentee claims,—" The application of a jacquard or other suitable apparatus for pre- " venting certain of the warp threads from opening a shed, when " shapes, for being made into articles of wearing apparel, are " produced by the weaving of irregular quantities of work in the " direction of the length of warp threads.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's), vol. 42 {con- joined series), p. 275; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol, 55, p. 318 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 25.] WEAVING. 323 A.D. 1851, May 14.— 13,633. SMITH, Luke, SMITH, Mark, and SMITH, Matthew. — This invention consists, — First, in an improved mode of manufacturing fabrics known by the name of woollen cords or woollen velveteens, by making “ the weft for the back of cotton or linen. “ Secondly, in a mode of weaving terry fabrics, having the wires on which the terries are formed in the same direction as “ the warp, by means of the lappet loom. Thirdly, in improved machinery for giving the requisite varying velocity to the spindles and faller of pirn or cop “ winding machines. Fourthly, in improved machinery for making each separate spindle in pirn or cop winding machines self-regulating. “ Fifthly, in improved machinery, applicable to looms in which two or more shuttles are used on each side of the loom, for “ bringing the required picker into action, and for picking from “ both sides of the loom at the same time. “ Sixthly, in improved machinery or apparatus applicable to looms, in which two or more shuttles are used for throwing the “ shuttle without the aid of the spindle or picker rod usually “ employed for guiding the picker. “ Seventhly, in an improved arrangement of parts for applying “ the break, and for stopping the loom in the absence of the weft. Eighthly, in improved machinery for giving motion to the “ taking-up roller, applicable to looms having two or more shuttles, and in which the reed is supported in a spring frame. “ Ninthly, in the application of the weft fork to the machinery for delivering the yarn from the yarn beam. Tenthly, in the application of the weft fork to the taking-up motion. Eleventhly, in improved apparatus for holding the warp beam ‘‘ when the reed strikes home the weft. “ Twelfthly, in the application of intermittent wheels for giving motion to revolving shuttle boxes. “ Thirteenthly, in the application of a chain for working intermittent wheels. Fourteenthly, in an improved tappet for working the healds of looms, and in the machinery for giving motion to the same. X 2 324 WEAVING. Fifteenthly, in improved machinery for reversing the motion of looms. Sixteenthly, in improved machinery for protecting the reeds of looms and for keeping the cloth to the required width, being a substitute for the hand and self-acting temples hitherto employed. event eenthly, in improved machinery for tightening and slack- ening the warps applicable to looms for weaving double fabrics. Eighteenthly, in an improved mode of supporting the ‘ jacks ’ for regulating the motion of the healds. Nineteenthly, in improved machinery for cutting the pile ‘‘ warp of double fabrics, and for keeping the upper and lower fabrics asunder before they are cut. “ Twentiethly, in improved machinery or apparatus applicable to printing carpets and other fabrics or materials, for lifting the “ blocks from the color box or tier cloth to the fabric or material to be printed, and vice versa, and for giving the requisite motion to the fabric or material under operation. And, lastly, in the construction of printing tables.” [Printed, 2s. llcZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 419 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, pp. 107 and 118.] A.D. 1851, May 27.— N° 13,643. HARRISON, John. — ‘^Certain improvements in the manu- facture of textile fabrics, and in the preparation of yarns or threads for weaving.” The patentee claims, — “ As applied to looms for weaving, firstly, the application of a surface in contact with the work beam for regulating the vibration of a lever or levers to which the driving click or clicks of the ratchet wheel are connected ; also the appli- cation of the like apparatus for the purpose of letting off the warp. “ Secondly, arranging the driving click or clicks and teeth of the ratchet wheel or wheels obliquely to each other, whether applied to taking up the work or letting off the warp. “ Thirdly, the application of a surface acting against a roughened periphery, for the purpose of taking up the work or letting off “ the warp. As applied to machines for sizing or dressing yarns or threads, I claim, firstly, dividing one or more of the beams or rollers upon which the yarns or threads are wound, so that a por- ‘‘ tion or portions thereof can be removed at pleasure. Secondly, mounting the beams or rollers upon separate WEAVING. 325 portions of framework, and also the application of suitable apparatus for raising any desired portion of the yarns or threads, for the purpose above set forth. Thirdly, mounting the beams or rollers in bearings, capable “ of being raised or lowered, in order to clear their yarns or threads from those of an adjacent beam or roller. Fourthly, the application of a brush which does not act con- ‘‘ tinuously upon the yarns or threads.” [Printed, l5. 5c?. Drawings. See London Journal (JVewfon’s), vol, 40 (eon» joined series) ^ p. 347 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 454 ; Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 94 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 120.] A.D. 1851, May 29.— N° 13,650. SIEVIER, Robert William. — The first part of this invention relates ‘‘ to a mode of weaving a fabric to be used in lieu of that kind of fabric commonly called Kidderminster carpeting.” The second part of the invention relates to means for printing or stain- ing such or other fabrics. The patentee says, — “ The object of the “ first part of the invention is to give a body, strength, and durability to the cheaper kind of carpeting and similar fabrics. This improved fabric is to be woven with one or two shuttles, as may be desired, in order that both sides thereof may have either “ a similar face or a dissimilar face, as may be desired, that is, as “ the faces on both sides of the fabric are made by the weft, it will “ be understood that by making use of two shuttles, wefts of different qualities may be employed, and, consequently, faces ‘‘ either of different or similar qualities can be produced thereby. “ In making the improved fabric I employ two warps of different materials ; one warp I call the binder warp, and is made of “ worsted, cotton, or linen ; but the second warp, which is made “ use of merely to give body and strength to the fabric, and v/hich “ I call the dead warp (as it never appears on the surface of the fabric), may be made of waste cotton, tow, or other yarns of ‘‘ inferior materials. When two shuttles are employed, this ‘‘ dead warp is never moved up and down out of the horizontal ‘‘ line, and consequently acts as a race for the upper shuttle to run upon, while the other shuttle always passes under it ; the dead warp will therefore divide the binder warp shed into two “ parts, thereby forming two openings for the two shuttles, which “ are thrown at the same time, and the dead warp thereby becomes woven into the middle of the fabric.” [Printed, 2s. 11c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol, 55, p. 475 ; and Patent Journal, vol, 12, p. 105.] 326 WEAVING. A.D. 1851, June 17.— 13,667. CROOK, Thomas, and MASON, James. — Certain improve- ments in looms for weaving.’’ This invention relates, first, to arrangements for Avorking the headles by tappet chains, formed with suitable projections for actuating levers to which the headles are connected, whereby any number of ‘ picks ’ may be thrown in a ‘'shed,’ for the purpose of producing a checked fabric.” An arrangement is also shewn for actuating the headles by cams on the tappet shaft, which are caused to revolve or remain at rest by means of tappet chains. Secondly, to the adaptation of tappet chains for lifting the retaining catch off the ratchet wheel of the taking-up motion, for the purpose of arresting the progress of the warp at required intervals.” Thirdly, to arrangements of cams for raising and lowering the catch cord ” at each pick. Fourthly, to an arrangement for locking a loose reed ” at the moment of beating up. As the lay beats up a friction pulley, attached to a vertical sliding bar working on the sword, is brought against a fixed incline, which raises the sliding bar and brings its upper end immediately behind a transverse bar attached to the reed, thereby holding it fast. Fifthly, to the application of adjustable pin or tappet wheels, *•' for stopping the loom at certain required intervals to effect a change in shuttles.” Sixthly, to a mode of effecting the change of shuttles without stopping the loom, by the use of adjustable pin or tappet wheels. Seventhly, ^^to the preparing or varnishing of certain portions “ of healds/’ The A^arnish is applied only to the bottom shank and ring, the knot and the upper shank being left unvarnished.” [Printed, l5. lOc^. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 55, p. 519 j and Practical Mechanins’ Journal, vol. 5 p. 68.] A.D. 1851, July 3.— N° 13,677. PLATT, John, and BURCH, Richard. — The patentees say,— Our improvements in looms for weaving apply principally to such power looms as are employed in the weaving of fancy goods, such as stripes, checks, ginghams, &c., and relate, first, to the raising and lowering of the shuttle boxes in looms Avherein tAvo or more shuttles are employed ; and secondly, to WEAVING. 327 the apparatus to be employed for the purpose of actuating the ‘‘ ‘jacks and treadles ’ for forming the ‘ shed ’ or opening in the “ warp threads for the passage of the shuttle. “ The first part of our improvements consists in the peculiar “ formation and combination of certain links, forming an end- “ less chain of tappets, for the purpose aforesaid (z.e., actuating “ the shuttle boxes), together with certain novel arrangements “ of mechanism for connecting the action of the said chain of “ tappets to the shuttle boxes. “ The second part of our invention consists in the peculiar for- “ mation and combination of certain links, forming an endless “ chain of tappets, for the purpose of actuating the ‘jacks and “ ‘ treadles,’ for forming the ‘ shed ’ or opening in the warp “ threads through which the shuttle with the weft thread passes.” [Printed, Drawing. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 39.] A.D. 1851, July 3.— N° 13,685. HAMER, William. — “Certain improvements in looms for “ weaving.” “ The temples, which form the first of these ini- “ provements, have four movements given to them, one is a “ movement outwards from each other, which takes place imme- “ diately subsequent to the jaws of them taking their hold of the “ selvages of the fabric, by which the fabric will be distended to “ the desired extent, and there maintained during the traverse or “ onward movement of the temples with the fabrics, which is “ the second movement given to them ; and when they have thus “ moved on a certain distance, they are released from their hold “ of the fabric in a self-acting manner, and immediately thrown “ back to their first position or starting point forming the other “ movements, and again take hold of the fabric and expand to “ effect the distention of the fabric, and pass onwards with it as “ before.” The second improvement “ consists in the adaptation to the “ loom of a ‘ checker ’ or stop, for the purpose of arresting the “ momentum of the picking stick upon the throw of the shuttle.” [Printed, 1^. Zd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 40.] A.D. 1851, July 17.— 13,693. DICKINSON, William, and WILLAN, Robert. — This in- vention relates to looms for weaving, and consists, “ firstly, of “ an improved arrangement or construction of the stop motion.” 328 WEAVING. Secondly, an improvement in the arrangement of the reed, by which it is both fast and loose.” ‘‘ Thirdly, an improved mode of easing or relieving the pressure of the shuttle against the swell of the shuttle box during the operation of weaving.” This important self-acting motion is obtained as follows : — If the shuttle is caught in the shed whilst the slay or lathe is beating up the weft, its absence from the shuttle box allows a spring which presses against the swell to fall a little inwards to the shuttle box, when the other end of the spring being attached to a lever draws it slightly outwards and causes another lever or finger, which is fixed on the same rod, to fall a little, by which motion it passes under an angular bar or stud, which is fast to the loom frame, instead of the ordinary frog. On another lever, which is fixed on the same rod as the preceding ones, rests a vertical bar or rod, sliding in two sockets or brackets, cast on “ the slay sword, to the top of which the slay cap is attached, so that when the said spring, by drawing one lever a little for- ward, causes the other to pass under an angular bar or stud, and by lifting the third lever raises the said vertical bar, and consequently the slay cap, thus liberating the top of the reed and allowing it to fall back on the warp, by which the shuttle is liberated, and breakage of the warp threads and injury to the fabric are entirely prevented.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See London Journal (Newton* s), vol. 40 (con- joined series),^. 176; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 77; and Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 49.] A.D. 1851, August 7.— N« 13,712. GREG, Robert Hyde, and BOWLAS, David. — (A communi- cation.) — These improvements are designed for the purpose of manufacturing the healds or harness employed in looms for guiding the warp threads), by means of self-acting machinery or apparatus, which consists principally of a frame for carrying the ‘‘ heald shafts ; four traversing shuttle boxes and two shuttles containing the twine or cord of which the heald or harness is to be formed ; an arrangement of bobbins for carrying the pitched band or binding thread, and a gauge rod and fingers for gauging the size of the loops, and raising and holding the “ threads ; all of which several parts are actuated by a suitable ‘‘ arrangement of mechanism in such a manner as to secure and WEAVING. 329 hold the threads firmly on the heald shafts, and at the same time, by the peculiar action of the shuttles and fingers, to tie the knots and form the loops through which the warp threads “ in the loom are intended to pass.” [Printed, 2s, Id. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 156.] A,D. 1851, August 14.— 13,719. PLANT, John. — This “ invention relates to that description of “ woven fabrics commonly known as ^ cut cords,’ and consists in “ a method of producing a peculiar character of colored patterns therein by the process of weaving.” The patentee claims the employment of two or more shuttles, so Regulated in their order of throwing the weft as to produce “ when cut and raised a colored stripe or stripes upon the cords in “ the direction of their length, whether such stripes extend con- tinuously over the piece of goods, or are interspersed with other patterns.” [Printed, 7c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 158.] A.D. 1851, October 9.— N« 13,766. CURZON, Henry. — This invention relates to the manufacture of carpets and rugs. The patentee says, — In weaving Brussels ‘‘ and velvet piled carpets, when using printed or party-colored warp, it has been a common practice to have three warps, one consisting of the printed yarn for making the surface, a thick ‘‘ filling warp for making the body, and a finer linen warp for “ weaving and binding the fabric together, by throwing one shoot “ of weft over, one under, and one over, after introducing a wire, and which is commonly called ^ three shoot.’ Now my im- provements consist,” of employing additional filling warp with additional throwing in of weft.” [Printed, Is. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 19 {enlarged series), p. 278 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 316.] A.D. 1851, October 16.— N« 13,773. ONIONS, William. — “Improvements in the manufacture of “ nuts and bolts ; also of steps, bearings, axles, and bushes ; also “ of mills and dies for engravers ; also of bells, lathe and other “ spindles ; also of weft forks, shuttle tongues, and lips for looms ; “ also parts of agricultural implements, chains, roller guides, and “ throstle bars, by the application of materials not hitherto used 330 WEAVING. for such purposes.^’ The invention consists of improving the manufacture of the above-mentioned articles, by causing them to be cast from metal not hitherto used for such purposes, and annealed in the presence of oxide of iron ore or oxide of iron, and then finishing and employing them as if they had been made of the same materials as heretofore.’’ In a disclaimer enrolled April 16, 1852, N® 13,773*, by Henry Vallance, assignee of the above patent, it is stated, — ^‘That that part of the invention which was intended to have been described under that part of the title contained in the following words, ^ and holts j also of steps, hearings, axles, and hushes; also of^ ^ hells;’ ‘also parts of agricultural implements, chains, roller “ ‘ guides, and throstle bars,’ is not useful.” [Printed, 4id. Disclaimer, M. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 19 (^nlarged series), p. 374, and p. 377 for Disclaimer ; and vol. 20 {enlarged series), p. 120; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 335.] A.D. 1851, November 15.— N<> 13,818. HAMER, William. — These improvements relate to ‘‘that class “ of goods known as ‘ Genoa cords,’ ‘ eight-shaft cords,’ ‘ constitu- “ ‘ tion cords,’ ‘cable cords,’ and ‘fustians,’ or imperials, and “ consist in a peculiar combination and arrangement of the weft “ threads, which bind and form the back of the fabric with the warp “ threads, whereby the appearance of the fabric so made is ren- “ dered finer than that of an equivalent weight manufactured “ according to the usual mode.” The patentee claims “ the manufacture of Genoa cord, eight- “ shaft cord, constitution cord, and cable cord, in which the back “ is formed by three picks or shots of weft in each ‘ round ’ or “ repeat, combined and interwoven with the warp threads in the “ manner described and represented in Fig. 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, “ 11, 12, and 14.” “Also,” “ the manufacture of imperial with “ seven shots or picks of weft, constituting the ‘ round,’ arranged “ and interwoven with seven warp threads to the ‘ draft,’ as “ described and represented at Fig. 16.” [Printed, Is. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 419.] A.D. 1851, November 22.— N° 13,829. CHALMIN, Jean Baptiste. — This invention relates to pre- paring and weaving cotton. The patentee says, — “ The improve- WEAVING. 331 merits composing my invention consist, firstly, in a mode of preparing cotton yarn, warp, and weft, with a size of a new composition ; secondly, in applying a heating apparatus to looms for dressing and weaving the tissue simultaneously.” I compose the size solution as follows : — For every four hun- dredweight of warp I take about 32 lbs. of starch, 32 lbs. of wheat flour, 23 lbs. of potatoe flour, three ounces of bleached bees’-wax, two and three-quarter pounds of sulphate of zinc, and half a pound of sulphate of copper in crystals, which I place in a chaldron ; and to reduce that mixture to a state of solution, I add seven hundred pints of water, and stir up the whole with care to prevent any of the agents from adhering to the bottom. When the matters have been sufficiently boiled, I pour them into the sizing machine, and use them in the same manner as for other warps.” The size for the weft is composed as follows : — For about four hundred pounds weight of weffc I employ sixty-six pounds of starch, sixty-six pounds of potatoe flour, in about eight hundred “ and forty-five quarts of water. That solution I prepare as I have herein-before described when speaking of the warp.” [Printed, Qd, Drawings. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 56, p. 457.] A.D. 1851, November 27.— N° 13,834. WHYTOCK, Richard. — The first part of this invention relates to apparatus for applying colour to threads or yarns. “ The second improvement is the application of parti-colored “ yarns as weft or woof in the formation of sprigs or other small objects in various fabrics, such sprigs as have been formerly introduced by small shuttles of various kinds with dyed yarns, but which have generally required a shuttle for each colour.” The third improvement consists in a method of causing small shuttles “ to pass to and fro under the influence of a magnetic power.” A frame is placed under the loom, on the top of the frame is a shelf, which forms the shuttle race, and is brought as close up to the warp in front of the reed as possible, so that the shuttle will rest upon and travel upon it under the influence of ‘‘ the magnet, which moves immediately under the shelf described.” The magnets are made to traverse upon two stented wires immediately below the shelf, and are made to pas^ to and fro on those wires by means of cords drawn over pulleys 332 WEAVING. These cords are made to play by means of levers or treadles acted upon by the feet of the weaver or otherwise.” The patentee prefers using electro-magnets.” [Printed, Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 20 {enlarged series) ^ p. 34 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 458.] A.D. 1851, December 4.— 13,841. WOOD, William. — ‘‘Improvements in the manufacture of and “ ornamenting of carpets, rugs, and other fabrics.” The patentee claims, — “ First, the use of silk waste, either alone or in combination with “ other fibrous material, in the manufacture of terry looped or “ cut pile carpets or rugs, and for warps in other carpets. “ Second, the printing or dyeing patterns on or into warps or “ warp materials, by forming cells for coloring matter of the “ shape of the pattern required (elongated when intended for “ cut pile fabric), and pressing the warp into or in contact with “ them.” “Third, the fixing and retaining on printed warps of any suit- “ able fasteners or fastening arrangement, so as to secure a better “ defined outline or pattern in the fabric. “ Fourth, the combining the use of the jacquard machine or “ draw loom with printed warp threads. “ Fifth, the freeing printed goods or materials from the thicken- “ ing used with the colors, by beating or brushing it out when “ dry, or by other mechanical means, in lieu of or in addition to “ washing it out. “ Sixth, the giving additional substance to terry looped or cut “ pile carpets, hearthrugs, or mats, by weaving more than four “ shoots of weft to each wire or terry. “Seventh, the forming the ‘trevat’ or knife^ by which the “ wires are cut out when moved by mechanical means in a power “ or mechanical loom, with joints and springs, so as to be guided “ in its traverse across the work by the terry wire in the fabric.” [Printed, 4c?. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 20 {enlarged series)^ p. 116; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 477.] A.D. 1851, December 16.— 13,859. NORTON, Frederick William. — This invention relates to the manufacture of fabrics, such as “ table covers, curtains tapestries, carpets, and trimmings,” by cross weaving. This WEAVING. 333 system of manufacturing is capable of being 'worked or carried into effect in the ordinary carpet or other loom, with the modi- fication of attaching a species of cross heddle to work in con- junction with the ordinary harness or heddle mounting of the loom. This cross heddle is arranged to work though the ordi- nary pair of main vertical he d dies, and it has a central ring or “ loop formed in it, through which loop is passed the plain or printed pattern yavn thread intended to form the surface of the fabidc.” The surface warp threads are passed by means of the cross heddle round a foundation or secondary warp and are bound in by weft. [Printed, 7d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 510 ; and Practical Mechanics.’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 83.] A.D. 1851, December 24.— 13,880. NICKELS, Christopher, BALL, Thomas, and BAGLEY, John Woodhouse. — This invention consists, — First, of improvements in knitting machinery.” Secondly, ‘^of improvements in the manufacture of warp fabrics.” Thirdly, of improvements in looms suitable for weaving narrow fabrics.” ‘^The object of one part of these improve- ments is to manufacture more pieces of fabric at the same time, and the improvements consist of so arranging the batten that in place of simply having a single row of shuttles across the batten of the loom, the batten is arranged in such manner “ that two, or it might be more, rows of shuttles, one above the “ other, are used ; and in order that the several fabrics making at “ the same time may be readily seen and accessible, the reeds are “ not placed one over the other, but those for making the upper “ row of fabrics are intermediate of the reeds of the lower row.” ‘‘ Another improvement in such description of looms consists of ‘‘ so constructing and arranging the battens that two rows of shuttles may be used in such manner that each fabric may have weft thrown in at the back and front of a middle warp, which may be composed more or less of india-rubber thread, such middle warp not requiring any movement up and down, the silk or other warp threads rising and descending above and “ below the middle warp, to open sheds for the passage of the "" upper and lower shuttle for making each fabric.” Fourthly, ^‘of improvements in manufacturing looped fabrics.” 334 WEAVING. Fifthly, of improvements in covering stands of india-rubber or other material with a looped knit fabric.’’ [Printed, 4^. 3d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 35.] A.D. 1851, December 31.— 13,888. COLLIER, George. — (Partly a communication.) — ^^Improve- ments in the manufacture of carpets and other fabrics.” This invention relates,- — First, to improvements in apparatus for introducing wires for producing looped or terry weaving by power.” This is an im- provement on the wire motion described in the specification of Crossley, Collier, and Hudson, dated September 28th, 1850 [N° 13,267]. In the present improvements the wires are sup- ported, while passing into the shed, by instruments, which are inserted into the shed from above. The wires are withdrawn from the fabric by a hook, and the ends of the wires are conducted into the guides in the shed by a fork-shaped instrument. Secondly, to apparatus for weaving cut or velvet pile fabrics. This part of the invention has ^^for its object the using wires with guards or protectors at the ends, together with means and apparatus for insuring the correctness of their introduction (and being held in the shed with the edge of the knife upwards until the weft is inserted to secure the same), and removal from the fabric, as it is progressively woven.” Thirdly, to apparatus for weaving terry fabrics, which apparatus is very similar to that for cut pile fabrics. Fourthly, the invention relates to various improvements in connection with looms for the production of what are known as Brussels carpets and other like piled fabrics, and also to the jacquard apparatus employed in combination with looms for producing such fabrics.” In connection with this part of the in- vention, the patentee thus states his claims : — Fourthly, I claim, in regard to jacquard power looms for weaving terry fabrics, the employment of wire or metallic heddles in connection with the jac- quard harness, and also as applied to the leaves of heddles, as des- cribed.” A disclaimer is attached to the specification, in which the latter part of this claim, relating to leaves of heddles, is disclaimed. I also claim raising the trap board or such like apparatus of jacquard machinery to trap the cords before the comber board is elevated to raise the mounture or harness weights and heddles for the purpose above explained. WEAVING. 335 “ I also claim in jacquard power looms, arranged for weaving ‘‘ piled fabrics as explained, the introducing of the under or back “ shot of filling or weft first after a wire has been introduced. I also claim in jacquard power looms, for weaving terry “ fabrics, the employment of a series of rods placed between the “ bobbin creels and harness to guide or aid in clearing the warp, as above specified. “ I also claim, in jacquard power looms for weaving Brussels car- pets and other terry fabrics, the employment of flat or oval shaped wires to raise the pile, as explained.” This is also disclaimed. “ I also claim, in power looms for weaving terry fabrics by “ flat or oval shaped wires, the use of hooks, as herein ex- plained, to prevent wires from being drawn down on their sides by the pull of the warp. I also claim a moveable and self-adjusting guide frame for “ carrying the cutting knife, as above described. I also claim adapting and guiding such guide frame and cutting knife to or in a proper position relatively to the wire to be cut out by a guide or guides, resting or pressing against “ the wire, as above described, or in any other way which shall “ accomplish the same end by substantially the same means. I also claim the improved combination and mode of applying and releasing the brake to power looms employed in the manu- “ facture of terry fabric, as above described.” The brake is applied to the inside of the driving pulley. Fifthly, the invention relates to apparatus for cutting the pile of terry woven fabrics after the same has been removed from the loom ; also applying like apparatus to looms to follow the with- drawal of the wires and to cut the pile.” “ Sixthly, the invention relates to apparatus employed in wind- ‘‘ ing and doubling yarns, to be used in weaving carpets and other fabrics,” and consists in the employment of “ pressure rollers “ to condense or compress the yarn on the bobbins, and combin- “ ing therewith a stop motion to stop the bobbins severally when “ they are filled with yarn or a thread breaks.” [Printed, 1 6s. 2c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 38.] A.D. 1852, January 20.— 13,898. MACNEE, James. — ^The object of this invention is to produce new ornamental fabrics of the zebra class. The patentee says, — ‘‘ I produce such fabrics from] any suitable textile materials or 336 WEAVING. combinations, either in a grey or white state, but neither dyed nor printed, either by plain weaving in the ordinary loom, or by any other simple weaving mechanism, merely arranging the heddles or the warp or wift threads so that the goods may have one surface plain or twilled and the reverse surface flushed, and possessing a general resemblance, except in color and figure, to that which results from the pattern action of the jacquard or other harness in weaving the ornamental figure in zebras from colored threads.’’ I afterwards complete the manufacturing process by printing the required ornamental pattern on the plain or twilled side of the fabric by any of the ordinary well- known modes of printing.” . The patentee claims, first, the manufacture of a new fabric of the zebra class or nearly resembling zebras ; second, the process or mode of manufacturing is producing such fabrics as herein-before described; third, the manufacture or production of a plain or unfigured fabric with a flushed reverse side, for the purpose herein-before described.” In a disclaimer, filed February 9th, 1855, the patentee disclaims the second claim. [Printerl, Sd. Disclaimer, 4td. No drawings. See London Journal (Newton’ s),vo\. 41 (conjoined series), p. 197 ; Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 78; and Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 108.] A.D. 1852, January 31.— N° 13,948. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — “ Im- provements in machinery for weaving coach lace, Brussels tapestry, and velvet carpeting, and other pile fabrics.” The first part of this invention relates to improvements in the machinery for operating the pile wires, for which Letters Patent were granted to this patentee dated March 19, 1849 [N° 12,524]. The object of the first part of the present invention is to double the sets of wires, in order the better to resist the pull on the warps during ‘‘ the progress of forming the range of loops ; and to this end “ this part of the invention consists in combining together, on one or both sides of the loom, two sets of wire carriers and guides, the carriers having an alternate in and out motion “ towards and from the selvage of the cloth, for inserting the “ wires in the open shed, and drawing them out of the formed loops, and the carriers and guides together having a back move- ment towards the lay or open shed and a forward movement towards the woven cloth. This part of the invention also refers WEAVING. 337 to a mode of actuating the guides so that the wires which at the time of weaving must be on the same plane may be enabled to pass one another.’^ The second part of this invention relates to machinery for cutting the pile of cut pile fabrics, when such fabrics are woven with wires having a groove in their upper edge. This part of the invention consists, firstly, in connecting the cutter (one or more), by means of a spring joint, with a carrier, to which are com- municated the required movements, when the said carrier is pro- videdwith a guide or feeler (one or more), which in descending enters between two ranges of loops to determine the position of the cutter before it is permitted to descend into the loops before the cutting begins. Secondly, in connecting the carrier of the cutter and guide or feeler with the carriage which imparts the reciprocating motion across the face of the cloth by means of a spring joint, so that after the guide or feeler has passed down between two ranges of loops, the tension of the spring shall draw it against the range of loops to be cut, and thus enable it to bring the cutter to the right position, and guide it ^properly during the cutting action. Thirdly, in hanging the ways on which the reciprocating carriage runs to two arms jointed to the arms of a rock shaft, and also to two inclined rockers, so that “ when a rocking motion is given in one direction the cutter and guide shall in descending towards the face of the cloth have a movement towards the lay of the loom, and when rocked in the reverse direction the cutter shall rise and move back from the “ lay.” [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 139.] A.D. 1852, February 2.— 13,952. FAWCETT, William. — This invention relates to the manufac- ture of carpets. The patentee says, — In the present ordinary “ method by which Brussels carpets are usually woven it has been “ the practice with all weavers employing or making use of a five frame loom, to make use of or employ in each longitudinal “ division of the reed or slay five double threads of worsted or woollen warp threads.” “ In carrying on my improvements I substitute a single thread for the double one before mentioned, the said single thread not to be from its increased size equal in quantity to the double one Y 338 WEAVING. (which has, I believe, been before attempted), but of the same thickness and dimensions as at present.” In order to produce the requisite strength and thickness of pile upon the surface or face of the fabric, and make up for the “ loss sustained by the substitution of single woollen or worsted warp threads in place of double ones as aforesaid, I drive in or cause to be woven in, during the process of weaving the loop or ‘Vpile, twice the number of wires to the said half number of threads (being the reverse of what is in practice under the old system) ; that is to say, I substitute in place of two threads and one wire as at present, one thread and two wires, and cause the said wires to be laid under the same lash or worsted, and bound as one wire only, both wires being forced into the space of one by cutting out the second wire from the reed or slay.” The patentee claims, firstly, the employment of the single thread or half the double thread of worsted or woollen as afore- “ said, in combination with the double wire; secondly, the binding of the two successive loops of worsted or woollen in “ one stitch in combination with the single thread as aforesaid ; and thirdly, the cutting out of the wire next but one to the slay, in conjunction with the usual one next the weaver, and forcing the two wires in the space of one.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 56, p. 492, and vol. 58, p. 98 ; and De Gex, Macnaghten, and Gordon’s Reports, vol. 2, p. 439.] A.D. 1852, February 3.~-N° 13,953. CROUTELLE, Emanuel Charles Theodore. — ^This in- ‘‘ vention consists of improvements in combining machinery for dressing warps, particularly those of woollen yarn.” The great object of this invention is, to cause the yarn to be com- pressed when under the fluid dressing materials by passing between pressing rollers, by which the air contained within the yarn, and which, particularly in woollen yarns, is very difficult to be removed, in such manner as to obtain an effectual dressing to “ such warps by the means heretofore resorted to ; but by causing the yarns to be pressed between rollers whilst under the dressing “ fluid, and then allowed the yarns to expand under the fluid free “ from air, the fluid can enter amongst the fibres and effectually apply itself to and into the yarns.” [Printed, 6c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 20 (^enlarged series), & 150 ; London .Journal {Newton’s),\o\, 41 {conjoined series), p. 412; and echanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 157.] WEAVING. 339 A.D. 1852, February 12.— 13,966. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication.) — This in- vention relates to the headles or harness used in looms. The patentee says, — I propose principally to construct the heddles or harness to be used in ordinary looms of either single or double wires ; but as in some instances (as in jacquard looms) the use of wire heddles may be objectionable, I also propose for some purposes to employ cords, yarns, or strings in the man- ‘‘ ner hereafter explained. The common wire heddles which have been long known have usually been constructed of double strands of wire twisted together to form the eyes at or near the middle.’^ The first part of the present invention ‘^consists in forming the eye or male of the heddle on a single wire, cord, or yarn in a novel and peculiar manner, by means of casting the same in molten lead or other material.” The second part of the invention relates to the machinery whereby the improved heddles with cast eyes or males may be “ made. The machinery for effecting this object is of two kinds ; consisting, first, of a machine for winding the wire, cord, or string on to a frame previous to casting the males or eyes thereon ; and secondly, of suitable machinery for casting these males or eyes.” [Printed, 2s. 4d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 159.] A.D. 1852, February 23.— N« 13,978. DENTON, Joseph. — This invention consists of a method of raising a pile on the surface of carpets and similar fabrics by means of a “ crimping or pinching action.” The patentee says, — “ To the loom frame I fix or attach a small table opposite to and “ parallel with the breast beam and slay or lathe, on which table the warp threads rest during the operation of weaving; this ‘‘ table has a forward and backward motion, same as the slay or “ lathe, but it does not move at every pick, only when it is neces- “ sary to raise the terry. Over this table I attach a moveable bar with a fine or feather edge, parallel with the edge of the table, and which is to move vertically, as well as backward and forward in unison with the table. These motions are obtained “ and regulated by levers attached to a cam wheel in the tappet shaft, so that as the slay or lathe is brought forward to beat up Y 2 340 WEAVING. ‘‘ the weffc thread in the shed, the said bar advances with the table, then by its vertical motion presses down the terry warp on the draw thread and binder on the edge of the table, and by a well regulated crimping or pinching action the bar takes up “ just as much of the terry warp as is necessary to form the loop, and keeps it in that position until the requisite number of picks are put in to complete the terry, with which it recedes to the shed, and allows the slay or lathe to beat it up firmly in its place. The bar then rises from the table, and they and the slay or lathe retire to their respective positions in opposite direc- tions, and meet each other again to perform the same operations as often as the shuttle places the necessary num_ber of picks in the shed. I also introduce an extra warp thread under the terry warp, in order to present an increased substance at the time of raising the terry, and to assist in binding the pick with the back or groundwork.^’ [Printed, 8cZ. Drawings. See London Journal {Newton's)^ vol. 42 {conjoined series), p. 18 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 218.] A.D. 1852, February 23.-^N° 13,983. PIIiLING, James. — These improvements relate to the ^‘taking- up motion of power looms. The patentee claims ‘^dispensing with the emery roller, and “ connecting the taking-up pin to a rod (bearing upon the surface “ of the cloth beam), in such a manner as the diameter of the cloth “ beam increases by the winding on of the cloth. The leverage at “ which the taking-up pin works is proportionably varied, so as “ always to take up an equal quantity of cloth ; and secondly, “ moving the taking-up and holding catches out of contact with “ the teeth whilst overrunning, so as to prevent the wear and tear “ of the same.” [Printed, lOt?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 179.] A.D. 1852, February 25. — N° 13,989. STURGIS, Russell. — The patentee says, — “ The object of my “ invention is to weave bags, sacks, mattresses, or similar articles, “ and to form the bottoms or sides thereof by interweaving, with- “ out seams, and without stopping the loom; and my invention “ consists in so constructing and arranging the several parts of a “ loom, that when it has woven the required length of double or WEAVING. 341 cylindrical shaped cloth to form a bag or other article, some of the cams that work the heddles will stop, while others proceed until they arrive at such a relative position in regard to those that stopped, that when the latter are again put in motion, the warps “ which have been woven into two thicknesses of cloth will be woven into one, the two cloths, or halves of the tube, being in- “ terwoven, and forming the bottom or side of a bag or other article, “ as may be required. When the warps have been interwoven for a proper length to form the b ottom or side required, the cams “ that stopped before stop again until the cams in motion arrive at ‘‘ a position, in which, by all the cams moving, double or tubular cloth is again woven for the proper length, ana so on in suc- cession ; the relative position of the cams being changed and all the above results produced by the loom while in motion, ‘‘ and without its being stopped in any part of the process. The articles are afterwards cut separate, as may be required.” [Printed, lOrf. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 219.] A.D. 1852, February 26.— N° 13,990. ELCE, John, and BOND, John. — This invention consists, first, in certain self-acting machinery, applicable to drawing ‘‘ frames and other machines of the like nature,- for stopping the same when any required weight or length of sliver or roving has ‘‘ been produced. “ Secondly, in self-acting temples, applicable to looms for weav- “ ing, for keeping the fabric distended to its required width.” The temples consist of two or more rollers placed at each side of the breast beam. The rollers are covered with rowels, and provided with guards or shells, which are so shaped that the fabric to be distended in the loom is carried about half round each of the “ rollers.” And lastly, in certain tools employed in making the temples “ of looms.” [Printed, lOcl. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 219.] A.D. 1852, March 8.— N*^ 14,011. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication.) — This inven- tion relates to looms for weaving carpets and other fabrics, and consists, — 342 WEAVING. Firsts of certain movements for working the trap and knot boards in such a manner that the second row of heddles or harness rises and falls so much further than the first, and the third more than the second, and so on throughout the entire series of heddles or harness, that as the warp is sprung the ‘‘ threads in the same shed from each row of heddles, whether front, middle, or back, and whether sprung in the top or bottom shed, will all be in the same plane. Second, of the inserting and drawing the pile wires by a ‘‘ vibrating quadrant with a groove in it, into which the wire is pressed by a roller as it is inserted and drawn, which quadrant moves forward after it inserts a wire to the wire that is to be “ drawn, draws the wire, and moves back again and inserts it. Third, of the locking the beams which contain the warp, just before the lay strikes the cloth, so as to hold the warp firmly to insure a uniform quantity of weft from end to end of the fabric, and releasing the beams just after the lay leaves the cloth, so that the heddles may spring the warps freely, and then locking the beams again before the lay strikes the cloth. Fourth, of a mode of working the picking sticks with springs, “ which are pressed out by cams, and released so as to spring suddenly in to work the sticks and throw the shuttle.” The shuttle boxes are made “ loose from the lay, and are made to traverse at proper intervals in a line with the warp, to allow of the needle action.” The lay is worked by means of a knee joint and cam. [Printed, 9d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 258 ; and Prac- tical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 157.] A.D. 1852, March 8.— 14,020. BAREAU, Pierre Henri. — This invention consists in a “mode “ of manufacturing tissues, velvets, and other fabrics.” The patentee arranges as many warps of wool as there are transverse lines “in the drawing, each warp being rolled on a cylinder.” The woollen warp threads are introduced between the threads of a fixed warp by a “ descending reed.” At the extremity of each woollen warp is fixed a small nipper, from which extends a length of wool sufficient to be seized by a nipper attached to the framing of the loom ; this last-mentioned nipper holds the warp until tied in by the weft. The woollen warps, or as the patentee calls them “ moveable warps,” are placed in succession in a “ setter ” in front WEAVING. 'M3 of the slay, and the descending reed introduces the woollen threads bet^veen the fixed warp threads. The length of wool which has been left out of the small nipper is next placed between the nipper attached to the framing, and the required quantity of warp, which has thus been introduced, is woven into the fabric, when it is replaced by another in a similar manner. The patentee some- times employs a guide, which, used in connection with the moveable warps and descending reeds, or with each separately, ‘‘ enables the workman to change the point of introduction of the woollen threads across the threads of the ordinary warp ; the change of which is only obtained by the removal sideways of the threads of the fixed warp.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 258.] A.D. 1852, March 29.— N‘> 14,047. MELVILLE, James. — The first part of this invention relates to a method of weaving double pile fabrics, to be afterwards cut asunder, “ without the aid of intermediate slips or needles.” The loom is arranged in such manner that instead of weaving both foundations or backs, so that each shot of the weft in the upper “ and lower foundations is thrown at the same time in the same vertical line, the lower foundation is always kept several shots “ ahead or in front of the upper one, that is, the woven portion of the lower back always extends several shots further back on “ the reed side than the upper one.” In order to beat up the weft in the upper fabric, the patentee employs a secondary reed,” which consists of a number of short hook pieces ” curved towards the cloth side. The hook pieces are attached to the lower edge of a wooden bar, which is fitted to the front side of the slay. The weft is held in its place, when beaten up, by a holding frame,” which consists of a number of hooks turned downwards; the hooks are attached to a wooden bar, which is secured by straps to the breast beam. The second part of the invention relates to apparatus for “ printing or ornamenting shawls and other fabrics.” [I^uted, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 317 ; and Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 158.] A.D. 1852, April 28.— N° 14,092. NEWTON, William. — (A communication.) — Improvements in machinery for weaving, coloring, and marking fabrics.” The 344 WEAVING. first part of the invention relates to improvements in looms for weaving either plain or figured or fancy fabrics, and consists, — “ First, in the employment of several shuttles arranged in the “ loom in such a manner that when a weft thread fails or breaks, or a shuttle misses or flies out of the shuttle box, a second shuttle may always be ready to take its place without it being necessary “ to stop the loom on purpose to introduce a fresh shuttle, as is now the case. In carrying out this improvement, several “ shuttles are placed one above the other in a box or in guides immediately above the shuttle race or box, and are held in “ their place by a stud, plate, or catch, which, when required, is pulled back or removed, so as to allow a second shuttle to enter the shuttle box in place of the spent shuttle, which is by the same motion pushed out.’^ The second improvement relates to a novel arrangement of “ parts, whereby the batten of carpet, velvet, or other looms may be driven at varying speeds.” This object is effected by means of a peculiar construction or arrangement of gearing, whereby a ‘ dwell ’ or slackening of speed may be produced at every second, third, fourth, or other beat of the batten, according to the nature of the fabric to be produced.” The next improvement under this head of the invention has for its object to facilitate the introduction into the shed of the warp of a wire or any other rigid or flexible material, for the “ purpose of producing a terry or other pattern on the cloth. The improvement consists in the emploj^ment of a tube or grooved bar, which is (when required) introduced into the shed from one side of the loom, for the purpose of receiving from the other side of the loom the wire or other flexible material whereby the pro- “ posed pattern is to be produced.” “ The fourth and last improvement under this head of the inven- ‘‘ tion relates to a means of producing a selvage by a self-acting “ temple.” The patentee claims, in reference to this part of the invention, the formation of a selvage by means of pins or points, which are alternately raised out of and lowered into the selvage edge of the cloth by any convenient mechanical “ contrivance, and around which pins or points the weft threads ‘ are caused to pass as they traverse through the sheds across ‘‘ the loom. WEAVING. 345 The second part of the invention relates to a novel mode of printing, coloring, or marking carpets, paper, or other fabrics.” [Printed, 25. 8c?. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 67, p. 393.] A.D. 1852, May 1.— N° 14,108. WOOD, William. — ^^Improvements in the manufacture of carpets and other fabrics, and in apparatus or machinery “ connected therewith.” The patentee claims, — First, the appli- cation to looms for weaving piled fabrics of two wires moved “ by the same instrument or carrier. Secondly, I claim the application of weft-stopping motion to looms where wires are fixed to carriers or instruments. Thirdly, I claim the application of weft-stopping motion to both sides of looms for weaving pile fabrics by wires. “Fourthly, I claim the weaving of carpets and other fabrics with “ a pile on the under side of different materials from that which is “ employed for the face pile.” In a disclaimer, enrolled March 30, 1853, John Crossley, Joseph Crossley, and Francis Crossley (assignees of the above patent) disclaim the part relating to and contained in the third claim. [Printed, 10c?. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 21 {enlarged series)^ p. 39 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 414.] A.D. 1852, May 22.— N° 14,129. DICK, David. — This invention “ relates, first, to various mecha- “ nical arrangements on the principle of the jacquard machine “ for weaving and manufacturing figured fabrics.” “ Second, to a system of punching or perforating the pattern “ cards, webs, or sheets of jacquard machines by means of a “ double row of punches ; the fabric to be punched being carried “ across a carriage beneath the punches, and at right angles to the length of the piece, until the width of the latter is fully “ punched across.” Third, to apparatus “ for mechanically twisting or finishing the “ fringes of shawls or other goods where twisted fringes or other “ ornaments of a like character are used.” With regard to the jacquard and punching machine, the patentee claims, — “ First, the general arrangement and construction of the ma- “ chinery, apparatus, or means for the manufacture and treatment “ or finishing of textile fabrics.” 346 WEAVING. Second, the system or mode of constructing and working jacquard machines for weaving, wherein a duplex shed action is obtained by the combined effect of those pattern needles which are in action with those out of action. Third, the system or mode of obtaining a full wide shed of the warp by means of the pattern needles which are out of action or have not entered any pattern holes in combination with the needles in action. Fourth, the system or mode of constructing and working jacquard machines with the upper and lower frames or needle platforms, connected to work simultaneously in reverse direc- tions. Fifth, the application and use of my differential spring or wedge action for the pattern barrels of jacquard machines and for jacquard punching machines. Sixth, the application and use of the notched wedge or the ‘‘ relief spring detent action for pattern barrels, and similar move- ments.” Seventh, the system or mode of actuating and holding the pattern and other barrels of jacquard mechanism.” Eight, the system or mode of constructing draught needles with back heels or lever projections so as to work without the aid of springs. ‘‘ Ninth, the system or mode of dressing up jacquard pattern needles, by means of rotatory cams.” Tenth, the system or mode of dressing up the pattern needles by means of my differential wedge action, as described in reference to Figure 6 on Sheet 1 of my drawings. Eleventh, the system or mode of supporting the pattern fabric in its passage over the cells of the pattern barrel by means of perforated sheets or foundation pieces.” Twelfth, the system or mode of forming pattern sheets or “ cards with oblong or elliptical holes.” ‘‘ Thirteenth, the system or mode of arranging jacquard “ punching or perforating machines to work with two rows of “ punches.” Fourteenth, the system or mode of arranging punching ma- chines with external or corner punches of elliptical or oblong section.” WEAVING. 347 ‘‘ Fifteenth, the system or mode of punching pattern fabrics transversely across such fabrics. Sixteenth, the system or mode of guiding or retaining the “ pattern fabric in punching machines by means of the side guide- pin punches. Seventeenth, the system or mode of reading off and en- gaging the selected punches by means of spring engaging pins.-’ [Printed, Is. lid. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 457 ; and Practical Mechanics’ Journal, vol. 5, p. 208.] A.D. 1852, May 22.— 14,140. MASON, John, and COLLIER, George. — The first part of this invention relates to machinery for spinning, &c. With regard to weaving, the patentees say, — Our improvements in weaving “ consist, — First, in a novel arrangement of apparatus for detecting the absence of the weft thread, and is designed to avoid the neces- sity of cutting a recess in the lathe of the loom, usually required “ for obtaining the action of the ^ fork ’ upon the weft. This we accomplish by raising the weft thread so as to enable it to act “ upon a ‘fork’ situate above the level of the shuttle race, which “ raising is effected in one case positively, that is, by actual lifting “ of the thread, and in another, by the interposition of suitable “ apparatus for preventing it from falling. “ Secondly, in an application of a pair of presser rollers for “ taking up the cloth as it is woven. “ Thirdly, in improvements upon the ‘fancy machine’ for “ which Letters Patent were granted to us on twenty-sixth March, “ One thousand eight hundred and forty-nine [N° 12,535]. “ The first part of these improvements consist in modifying the “ relative periods at which the hook and wedge motions shall “ come into operation; according to our former improvement above referred to, the treadles are liberated from certain catches “ which hold them by the introduction of a wedge, which wedge “ has to be withdrawn before the treadles can occupy a change of “ arrangement, and so long as the loom continued to revolve in “ its forward direction this was duly effected, but upon its being “ turned the reverse way, then the lifting knives, operating “ upon the needles out of the appointed time, tended to cause a motion of the treadles before their liberation. According to 348 WEAVING, our present improvement, we so construct the media for imparting motion to the knife bars and detaining wedge, “ that a portion of a revolution of the crank which moves them “ shall take place before the former can be advanced, during “ which portion of the revolution, however, the wedge is with- drawn and re-entered to make another shed. Secondly, in reference to the ^ fancy machine,’ our invention ‘‘ consists in the application of inclined edges to the jacks or treadles, which inclines are acted upon by sliding pins, so as to cause the series of jacks or treadles to collapse. Thirdly, in taking the motions for the lifting apparatus and that for the detaining wedge from the same end of the crank shaft.” [Printed, 25. 8d, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 458.] A.D. 1852, June 1.— 14,151. WILLIS, Thomas. — Certain improvements in machinery or apparatus for winding yarns or threads, and also improvements in looms for weaving.” ‘‘With regard to improvements in “ looms for weaving (being improvements in the smallware loom),” the patentee claims, — “ First, the ‘ letting-ofp ’ apparatus, consisting of the weighted “ pulley, lever, and friction band or cord.” The letting-off appa- ratus is thus described : — “ The warp thread passes from the “ bobbin downwards through a slot in a weighted lever, round a “ weighted pulley, and thence upwards again through the slot in “ the said lever. As the fabric is taken up the yarn raises the “ weighted pulley until it comes into contact with the lever, and “ causes it to loosen the friction band upon the bobbin, and allow “ the weighted pulley to draw off a fresh supply of warp.” “ Secondly, I claim the manner of connecting the back and “ front healds by straps passing over pullies above and under “ pullies below them, and the use of vertical rods for raising the “ same. “ Thirdly, I claim the apparatus for actuating the shuttle rail, “ consisting of two straps, cords, or bands attached thereto, one “ passing over the right-hand side and the other over the left- “ hand side of their respective pullies, and connected to treadles “ below, which are actuated by cams or tappets ; and, “ Fifthly, I claim the connecting or disconnecting at pleasure any set of shuttles, with their corresponding healds, slay, cam WEAVING. 349 “ shaft, and ^taking-up’ and ‘letting-off’ apparatus from the “ main driving shaft, by means of a coupling box or other suitable “ contrivance, without in any way interfering with the movements “ of the remaining parts of the loom.” [Printed, 1^. ^d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 477.] A.D. 1852, June 5.— 14,155. HARDMAN, Robert. — This invention consists “ in an improved “ construction of jacquard engine for working the heddles of “ looms, for regulating the taking-up of the cloth, and the posi- “ tion of the drop boxes, and for governing the picking motion.” Also in an improved weft stop motion. The heddles are sup- ported by top and bottom jacks. Near the outer ends of each bottom jack is jointed an upright, these uprights are worked up and down by cross bars ; one cross bar is for acting upon the top of the uprights, the other upon the bottom, and according as to whether the uprights are brought in contact with the upper or lower cross bar, so the heddles will be raised or lowered. The cross bars are worked up and down by excentrics, one of which also actuates the swinging frame which carries the jacquard cylinder. The uprights are brought into a position to be acted upon by the upper or lower cross bars by “ feelers,” which are actuated by cards passed round the jacquard cylinder. On the same axis with the bottom jacks is a double lever, which is acted upon by a similar arrangement of jacquard mechanism to that just described, for varying the position of a stud which actuates and works in a slot in a lever which gives motion to the ratchet wheel of the taking-up motion. On the same axis as the bottom jacks are other double levers, one for each shuttle box ; these are also similarly acted upon by jacquard mechanism, and determine the position of the shuttle boxes. A similar arrangement governs the picking motion. Slotted plates are let into the lay at each side of the reed, into the slots work the teeth of a comb, which is attached to a shaft at the back of the lay. The comb is raised so as to let the shuttle pass by an inclined plane acting upon a lever, to which the shaft carrying the comb is connected. To this lever a hammer is connected, which when the weft is absent strikes against a piece attached to the frog and stops the loom. [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings, See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p, 515.] 350 WEAVING. A.D. 1852, June 8.-^N‘> 14,158. TOWNEND, Enoch. — This invention relates to the weaving of “ such fabrics as are intended to be split into two or more pieces, and has for its object the forming of fast selvages upon the inwardly woven edges thereof. The peculiar feature consists in the employment of two warp threads for each ^ split,’ which, independently of their ordinary shedding motion, are caused to move in the direction of the width of the loom, so as alter- nately to cross another thread which moves with the warp as the fabric is woven, but does not partake of the shedding motion thereof. Upon these crossed threads being shed the weft is thrown between them, and they then, upon returning to their former position, carry with them the weft, and bind it upon that thread which moves with the warp, by which means a double crossed binding is accomplished so as to effect a fast selvage.” [Printed, Is. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 57, p. 515.] A.D. 1852, June 24.— 14,178. WARDEN, Alexander Johnston. — This invention ^^is appli- “ cable to the manufacture of Brussels carpets, velvet pile carpets, and a kind of carpet in imitation of Kidderminster, Venetian, and Scotch carpets,” and consists in employing or using therein ‘ jute ’ or ^ jute hemp ’ (corchorus capsularis) in place of some of the materials hitherto employed or used in such manu- facture.” The patentee claims, — First, the process of bleaching or preparing ^ jute ’ or ^ jute ‘ hemp ’ (corchorus capsularis), whether before or after being spun or reduced to yarn, and its employment or use in the manufacture of Brussels carpets and velvet pile carpets, as described, and also the printing of a pattern or design thereon. Secondly, the formation or manufacture of the other descrip- tions of carpets herein-before mentioned, wherein the warp and weft are composed either wholly or partly of ‘jute’ or ‘jute “ ‘ hemp,’ and the pattern or design is produced by a combination “ of weaving and printing, as described. Also the printing of a “ pattern or design on carpets so composed of ‘ jute ’ or ‘ jute “ ‘ hemp.’ ” [Printed, 3d» No drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 68, p, 17.] . WEAVING. 351 A.D. 1852, June 24.— 14,184. LUSTY, Samuel. — The patentee says, — My invention con- sists, first, of improvements in the manufacture of wire into woven fabrics ; and secondly, of improvements in the manu- facture of pins.” In carrying out this invention I employ an ordinary construe- “ tion of power loom, preferring that the shuttles should have the wire wound on bobbins having their axes across the shuttles ; and in order to stop the loom when a warp wire breaks, I cause “ each warp wire to have a weight suspended thereto, between the reed and the warp beam, by which means, in case of a warp wire breaking, its weight will fall ; and in order to prevent the “ weights going forward with the warps, the eyes or instruments through which the warp wires pass are stopped by a bar in “ front, against which the eyes rest, and from the eyes by wires or yarns the weights are suspended. Below the weights I place a trough across the machine, which, when the loom is at work and all the warps unbroken, is supported by a catch at either ‘‘ end, which on the falling of a weight will be overcome, and the trough will descend and be the means either directly of acting “ on the spring rod which moves the driving band to set it free, or else (which I prefer) to interpose a moveable finger in front of the batten, which in beating up, coming against the move- able frog, as is well understood in weaving other fabrics by power, will let off the spring rod, and the driving strap will be “ moved from the fast to the loose pulley, and the loom will “ thereby be stopped.” [Printed, Is. 3cZ. Drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 21 {enlarged series), p. 79 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 18.] A.D. 1852, June 29.— 14,194. MACKENZIE, Duncan. — Certain improvements in machinery “ and apparatus for reading in and transferring designs or pat- “ terns, and for cutting, punching, and numbering, or otherwise preparing perforated cards, papers, or other materials used or “ suitable in the manufacture of figured textile fabrics, by Jac- quards or other weaving looms or frames.” The patentee claims, — Firstly, the peculiar arrangements of machinery or apparatus herein described for presenting regularly and successively each 352 WEAVING. horizontal line of the ruled paper to be read in, and for actuating the index bar with the pointers to traverse in a hori- zontal line, in order to indicate the required vertical squares to “be read in from the pattern, thus determining the exact position “ of the holes which are to be perforated on any suitable material “ for the ^ tie.’ “ Secondly, the mode of raising and lowering the stock and “ centre plates, of attaching them to each other, of retaining the “ lace punches in the centre plate, of giving support to the “ different widths of cards in front of the die plate, and of “ keeping the perforations of the stock and centre plates in a parallel position to the needles of the bell-crank levers and “ spiral wires of the repeater, according as the operation may “ require. “ Thirdly, the construction and employment of bell-crank levers “ as herein described, which have the property of gravitating “ themselves, and which have also a parallel motion in respect of “ the upper part of them. “ Fourthly, the arrangement for dispensing with the necessity “ of removing the centre plates with the selected punches, to be “ perforated by a press when either reading or repeating, and “ also for perforating the card or paper with the selected punches “ at the same instant. Fifthly, the arrangement for placing the front guide bar of “ the needles of the bell-crank levers to admit the laced cards to “ pass when repeating. “ Sixthly, the employment of a strengthening plate to form a “ front to the repeater, and a resistance to the pressure on the “ stock plate when the perforations take place. “ Seventhly, the construction of the die plate and the mode of working and connecting the projecting ends of it to the “ eccentric cams fixed on the ends of the shaft, and of working “ the comb in the hollow cavity of the die plate. “ Eighthly, the employment of a cheek plate, and the mode of “ using and working it, as herein described. “ Ninthly, the construction and employment of the index bar “ adopted to all patterns ; and, “ Tenthly, the general arrangement and construction of the 'machine or apparatus, as herein described, for the purposes “ herein named and set forth.” [Printed, Is, 5d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 64.] WEAVING. 353 A.D. 1852, July 6.— 14,204. POTTER, PI A HOLD, and SMITH, Matthew. — Certain im- provements in looms for weaving, and in the manufacture of ‘‘ terry fabrics.” The patentees claim, — “ First, the improved apparatus shewn in Sheet L, for facili- “ tating the introduction of the terry wire into the shed, or any mere modification thereof, consisting of a trough with a lid and “ other appendages, in which trough the wires are deposited previous to their being projected into the shed. We also claim “ the mode shewn, or any mere modification thereof, for actuating the transferring arms which take hold of the wire and deposit “ it in the trough, and also the apparatus for presenting the wire to the transferring arms. We further claim, in connection with the terry wires, making the heads of the wires with a hook or “ notch for the purpose of facilitating the withdrawal of the wires “ from the shed. “ Second, we claim the construction and arrangement of the weft-stopping apparatus shewn and described, or any mere modification thereof, and the application of the weft-stopping apparatus to both sides of the loom.” The weft-stopping appa- ratus consists of certain forked instruments which are con- nected with levers, whereby the throwing-off motion may be actuated.” Third, we claim making terry cloth on a two-wire loom, with “ two picks of weft only for each wire. “ Fourth, we claim the means shewn in Sheet II., of enabling “ the workman at will to regulate the tension on the warp so as “ to regulate its delivery. We also claim the use and application of a colored tape, thread, stick, or other contrivance, on which the figure warp is marked, and which tape, thread, or stick, “ being made to travel with the warp or woven fabric, enables “ the workman to see whether the operation of weaving is pro- ceeding in a satisfactory manner, and will, if such is not the “ case, indicate at once to him whether the tension or weight on the warp is too great or too little. Fifth, we claim the arrangement of mechanism shewn for actuating the taking -up roller, which mechanism is so con- structed that when the motions of the loom are reversed the “ taking-up roller will not be acted on, and consequently the I 354 WEAVING. warp or woven fabric will remain stationary, except when the loom is working in the right direction. Sixth and lastly, the method herein shewn and described, or any modification thereof, for forming the pile of cut pile carpet fabrics from the weft threads instead of from the warp, as is usual.’^ [Printed, Is. 6d. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 56.] A.D. 1852, July 20.— 14,229. MAY, Stribblehill Norwood. — ‘^Certain improvements in “ the manufacture of thread, yarn, and various textile fabrics from certain fibrous matters.” This invention relates to the appli- cation in the manufacture of the vegetable fibre or fibres of various textile and fibrous exotic and other plants, such as the banana and plantain of every kind and variety, the aloe, pen- guin, vacois, rajmar, and all textile plants or trees indigenous to a tropical climate.” The patentee claims, — The manu- “ facture from the fibre or fibres of the before-mentioned plants and trees, thread or yarn, and imitations of all or any kind of articles that are or can be made of silk, wool, linen, or other similar fabrics, also paper and other like substances.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 28, p. 98.] A.D. 1852, July 31.— N° 14,248. POTTER, John Gerald, and SMITH, Matthew. — This invention relates to machinery for manufacturing carpets, rugs, &c. The patentees say, — Our invention of improvements in the manufacture of carpets, rugs, and other similar fabrics consists of certain apparatus or combination of parts to be added to and “ used in conjunction with looms for weaving such fabrics, for the purpose of introducing into the shed of the warp the wires upon “ which the terries or loops of the fabric are to be formed, and afterwards withdrawing those wires after the terries have been formed. For this purpose we furnish a loom with three or more wires fixed in wire carriers or runners or slides, which are attached to or connected with levers. We furnish a loom with three or more wires in this manner for the purpose of causing it to produce a more even terry surface on carpets or other similar "" fabrics than is usually produced on such like fabrics when woven by power with a loom furnished with two wires only.” [Printed, l5. Id, Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p, 137.] WEAVING. 355 A.D. 1852, July 31.— N« 14,250. ACKROYD, William. — “ Improvements in the manufacture of ‘‘ yarns and fabrics, when cotton, wool, and silk are employed.” The patentee claims, — The preparing cotton and wool, also wool ‘‘ and silk, by combining them before or after combing them, and causing such fibres so combined to be spun and woven in fabrics.” In a disclaimer, enrolled December 22, 1856, N° 14,250*, the patentee disclaims so much of the invention as consists of com- bining wool and silk. [Printed, Zd. Disclaimer, Zd. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 21 {enlarged series) , p. 159 ; and Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 137.] A.D. 1852, August 10.— N° 14,256. HUGHES, Edward Joseph. — (A communication.) — The first part of this invention relates to machinery for spinning. The second part of the invention relates to looms for weaving cut pile fabrics. The cut pile fabrics to which these improve- ments directly apply are those in which two pieces of cloth are made at the same time, being separated by intersecting plates extending parallel with the warp threads, and the yarns which “ are to form the pile are made to cross and recross between the intersecting plates, and are woven alternately into each piece of cloth.” The seventh and eighth claims relate to this part of the invention ; they are — “ Seventhly, the use in looms of a finger or shield inserted “ between the warps, for the purpose of bringing the warp threads, ‘‘ at the edge of the cloth, in such a position that the filling yarn will he drawn in to form good smooth selvedges. Eighthly, the use of hooks or projections, formed on the inter- secting plates, to hold the filling yarn from returning towards the reed.” The third part of the invention relates to apparatus for stitch- “ ing or sewing.” [Printed, Is. Zd. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 155.] A.D. 1852, August 19.— 14,267, SPENCER, Henry. — This ‘‘invention relates, firstly, to a pecu- “ liar construction of tube for preparing fibrous substances for “ spinning.” z 2 356 WEAVING. Second^, to an improved construction of throstle bobbin.” Thirdly, to a method of forming the sheds in weaving by means of endless tappets in conjunction with other parts connected to the warp threads.” The jacks at the top and bottom of the loom are connected together in pairs by a series of bars, about the centre of the bars are formed notches. An endless chain of tappets operates upon the bars, so as to bring the notches on to one or other of two vibrating levers, one of which ascends whilst the other descends ; and according to which lever the notch is opposite, so the headle is carried up or down. Fourthly, in protecting the joints of the bands or straps used in preparing, spinning, and weaving machines by the application of a cement or varnish.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 197.] A D. 1852, August 26.— N« 14,279. FISH, John. — The patentee says, — ^^My invention relates to a method of adapting a loom to the purpose of weaving cloth of various widths, and consists in so arranging and constructing the several parts that the shuttle box and picking motion at one side of the machine, or those at both sides thereof, may be shifted so as to approach towards or recede from each other, and be retained at any desired width apart ; and to suit this moveable arrangement, I also adapt the treadles and cams used for actuating them, so that they may be moved in order to “ occupy a central position for all widths of work to be pro- ‘‘ duced.” [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings. See Mechanics’ Magazine, vol. 58, p. 217.] A.D. 1852, September 30.— N° 14,308. NICKELS, Christopher, and BURROWS, Benjamin. — This “invention has for its objects, — “ First, improvements in weaving carpets and other fabrics “ which require strong backs, and consists of throwing two or “ more shuttles through a warp at the same time in hand and “ power looms, and, combined therewith, the applying jacquard “ apparatus so as to open the required sheds above and below.” “ At each end of the lay or batten two shuttle boxes are formed, “ each with a picker, as is well understood, there being a ledge or “ shelf projecting beyond the box towards the warp, to form the WEAVING. 357 shuttle race/’ “ The two shuttle races are constructed to “ range with the two sheds which are simultaneously opened in “ the linen warps.” “ Secondly, improvements in weaving fabrics by a similar ‘‘ arrangement of shuttles thereon from side to side into shuttle boxes as above described, with or without jacquard apparatus, “ by which fabrics are produced having weft thrown in at the ‘‘ back and front of a middle warp, such middle warp not requiring any movement up and down ; the other warp threads ‘‘ rising and descending above and below, to open sheds above and below the middle warp for the passage of the upper and “ lower shuttles, thus making a fabric either similar or difPerent in color and pattern on both sides.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 21 {enlarged series), p. 267.] A.D. 1853, July 26.—N‘> 14,35.9. WOODCROFT, Bennet. — ‘‘ Improvements in the construction “ of looms for weaving various sorts of cloth, which looms may “ be set in motion by any adequate power.” This is an exten- sion, for the term of 7 years from 4th J anuary, 1 852, of a former Patent N*’ 7,329, dated 4th January, 1838, PATE?^T LAW AMENDMENT ACT, 1852. 1852 . A.D. 1852, October 1. — 14. CHRISTY, Thomas, Jun. — “ This invention has for its object ‘‘ improvements in that class of looms where two piled fabrics are woven at the same time, and are cut apart as woven, and con- sists of a combination of a frame fixed in the front of the reed, “ having two adjustable bars which control the distance at which the two fabrics are from each other, and consequently the length 358 WEAVING. of pile in each fabric ; such frame also having two other bars in front, which are adjustable, between which bars the carriage or plate of the knife moves. The knife has a curved cutting edge, and is fixed in a carriage which slides on a bar or rod, and is drawn from side to side by a cord acted on by a wheel moved in alternate directions. The knife in its movement to and fro comes against stones, and is sharpened and oiled. The use of jacquard apparatus is unnecessary, the harness being worked from below by treadles and levers ; which looms may be worked by hand or power.’’ [Printed, 9|cZ. Drawings.] A D. 1852, October 1.-— N« 53, DALZIEL, Thomas Browne. — This is an invention of “im- provements in the treatment or manufacture of textile fabrics or materials.” Instead of using the ordinary wooden weft pirns in manufacturing woven fabrics from coloured yarns, it is pro- “ posed by this invention to wind the yarn upon small tubes of strong paper or thin pasteboard, such, for example, as is at present in use for spinning grey yarn upon ; or according to another plan, the yarn is wound directly upon a bare spindle, so as to produce what is known as a pirn cop, without either a paper tube or wooden pirn. The advantage obtainable by these “ systems is, that the quantity of yarn given out to the weaver, or transferred from one department to another, is at once ascer- tained by weighing.” “ Another head of the invention relates to the rendering the use of common cheap winding machines, with a plain cylin- “ drical or uniform build of the yarn, equally as effective as the expensive machines, with differential building or copping mo- tions for the yarn. This is accomplished by dispensing with the differentially wound pirn or cop in weaving coloured yarns, the yarn being wound upon pirns or small bobbins with an even ‘ cylindrical build, such pirns or bobbins being arranged to revolve upon an adjustable tongue or holding spindle in the shuttle as the yarn unwinds during weaving, and passes off by “ an aperture in the longitudinal centre of the side of the shuttle.” This invention ‘‘ is also applicable to bleached as well as coloured ‘‘ yarn.” [Printed, 'd\d. No drawing.] WEAVING. 359 A.D. 1852, October 1.— N° 64. FANSHAWE, Henry Richardson. — This is an invention of “ improvements in shawls, scarfs, neckerchiefs, handkerchiefs, mantles, sails or sailcloth, tablecloths and table covert, nap- “ kins, and umbrella and parasol tops and covers.” The patentee says, — The nature of my said invention consists in making and producing the articles above stated in curvilinear forms, said “ forms not having hitherto been publicly adopted for the same ; “ and such articles so made may be plain or suitably ornamented, “ as hereafter set forth. Also in an improved loom for weaving, applicable especially to the said improvements in respect to “ some of the said articles, that is, for producing the above and woven fabrics generally, where applicable, by weaving them in “ circular or curvilinear, or partly angular and partly curvilinear “ forms, by the agency of the weaving machine or loom hereafter “ described, that is, having harness similar in all the details thereof to the ordinary harness, only that each row of harness “ shall have the form of a divided hoop, round, oval, or curved, “ in such way, or to such particular inclines or curves, as may be “ required in the article to be woven, each row of harness being “ connected with its own hoop or corded tumbler ; or the several parts of the harness or the ^ corded tumblers ’ may be formed as “ portions of a hoop, and used instead of one hoop, which will be ‘‘ found the plan most generally suitable ; a shuttle, or conveyor “ of the thread, hereafter described, being provided, and arranged “ so as to travel within this hoop harness ; the whole loom and operations of weaving being suitably arranged v/ith respect “ thereto.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1S52, October 1.— 87. MENZIES, Robert Robertson. — The patentee says, — ^^This invention relates, in the first place, to the manufacture of Kid- “ derminster, or what are known in the trade as f carpets, and consists in the manufacture of a completely solid fabric to be used instead of the ordinary Kidderminster, which is two-ply or double, opening like a purse.” ‘‘ Such fabrics are woven according to my improved plan by so arranging and working the weaving apparatus that the stuf- fing warp threads are governed and actuated by the jacquard 360 WEAVING. mechanism. The rest or the binding warp threads are worked by a pair of lifters or heddles, each set or series of these threads being alternately elevated, or shed during the weaving, both of a ground and face or color weft. None of the binding warp threads are intended to show, at least to any appreciable extent, on the pattern surface, the figure or pattern being entirely pro- duced by the interweaving of the weft.’’ Another branch of my invention relates to the manufacture of solid Kidderminster carpets, by first throwing in a ground and “ a color weft shot between the warp threads in the ordinary “ manner ; then two of the lifters, respectively holding or carrying a ground and a color warp thread, are alternately raised without “ any movement of the jacquard apparatus, and a small weft thread is thrown in or passed through the shed to bind the two ‘‘ sides or plies of the piece together ; this completes the inter- weaving action. The same effect may be attained by passing the small weft thread through the shed after three ground and three color weft threads have been woven in, or even after every five such threads have been woven, to suit the nature of “ the pattern.” [Printed, 1\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October LAWES, Thomas. — This invention relates to quilts or coverlids formed by enclosing feathers or other materials in a suitable fabric, and consists in so stuffing or filling the same that they may be readily taken to pieces for cleaning.” The patentee makes the quilt or coverlid ^^by quilting or stitching the outer material together in strips or rows running the whole length of the coverlid parallel to each other.” The spaces thus formed are then filled with feathers or other suitable materials. [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 1.— N° 120. COLLIER, George. — This is an invention of ^improvements in the manufacture of carpets and other fabrics.” The first improvement “^relates to the a])plication of a double shed being formed, one for the wire and he other for the weft. WEAVING. 361 to be inserted simultaneously for Brussels carpets, and all other terry fabrics, when such fabrics are produced by a jacquard or figuring machine by power.’ ^ Another improvement ‘^consists of the application to a power loom for weaving velvet carpets, with a jacquard or figuring “ machine, of single threads in lieu of two or more threads on each “ bobbin;” “and in combination with these single threads thin- “ ner flat wires than are commonly used.” The patentee confines his claim to this, “ when used in combination with power looms, “ and when more than seven hundred bobbins are filled with “ single threads.” Another improvement in terry weaving by power, where a series of wires are used, consists in “ limiting that number to three, four, “ or five wires employed (whilst the loom is in motion), according “ to the fabric required to be produced.” Another improvement relates to looms for weaving terry fabrics with a limited number of wires, and consists in applying a motion to take off part of the tension on the terry warp at the time the lay comes to strike the cloth. [Printed, 2s. ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 2.— 180. SLACK, John. — The patentee says, — “My invention relates to a “ method of sizing the warp threads used in the manufacture of “ textile fabrics, and consists in performing that operation in the “ loom simultaneously with the weaving of the goods, instead of “ by a previous separate treatment, as commonly practised ; or the yarns may be, in the first place, sized by the usual method, “ and subsequently further sized according to my invention. “ The size or other such matter is placed in a vessel at the back “ of the loom, and is conveyed to the warp threads by rollers, brushes, or other suitable apparatus as they are drawn forward, after which it is necessary they should be dried before their “ arrival at the weaving point. In order to effect this, I use a “ revolving fan, to which motion is communicated from any con- “ venient moving part, and thus, by causing a rapid circulation “ of air, effect the desired object ; or, in place of a blowing machine, I adapt a heating apparatus for the same purpose.” [Printed, Drawings.] 362 WEAVING. A.D. 1852, October 2.~~N« 192. PHILPS, George John. — This invention relates to improve- ments in hats and other like coverings for the head. The patentee says, — “ My improvements consist in constructing hats with a seam- less body and covering. In some instances, where a very light hat is required, I construct it of one thickness of material, which I produce on a circular loom, and give the fabric a plain or plush face, and stifPen it or not, as required. When not stiffened, this material forms an excellent covering for folding spring “ hats, known in the trade as the ‘ Gibus ’ hat. In other instances, I construct a seamless hat body of a stout material or otherwise, produced from a circular frame, and block it into the shape required ; I next stiffen it in the usual method pursued by the makers of hat bodies, and then cover it with a fabric with plain or plush face produced on a circular loom, so that there may be ‘‘ no seam in the sides of the hat. The top edges of the circular fabric are brought over the crown of the body, and are covered “ as well as the crown itself by a circular piece of the same ma-? terial as the covering.” [Printed, ^d. No Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 5. — 230. BULLOUGH, James, WHITTAKER, David, and WAL- MESLEY, John. — ^This is an invention of an improved sizing machine for sizing two warps and winding them on two beams by the same operation. The patentees use eight or more back twist beams, from which the warp threads are conveyed through the size trough to the drying cylinders in the usual manner, but in- stead of one treddle and one wraith, they use two of each. After leaving the drying cylinders the warp threads are separated by a rod, and part of them are passed over and part under an ellip- tical oblong steam chest,” which serves to split or separate the ‘‘ warp threads, and assists in drying and stiffening them at the ‘‘ same time.” When the pieces are required to be of the same length, they are marked with one marker at the same time ; but if of different lengths two markers are employed ; also, when neces- sary, four drying cylinders are used instead of two, as generally adopted. [Printed, ^\d. Drawings. WEAVING. S63 A.D. 1852, October 5.— N‘> 233. CROOK, William, — This invention relates, firstly, to a weft stop motion, “which consists of a loose swivel or hanging “ grid fixed within the reed space of the lathe, and a lever “ fixed upon a stud at the lower part of the loom, with appa- “ ratus made of wire or other suitable material fitted in the “ top end, so that as the lathe works backward and forward the “ said apparatus may pass through the said grid when the weft is “ not there to prevent it ; ” but when the weft is there, the loose grid is forced back, and by a communication of wire draws a small lever so as to uncover a hole formed in the lathe, “ which “ allows a small round pin fastened to the knocking-off handle to “ pass through or into it without opposition,^’ when the hole is not uncovered the small lever strikes the pin and stops the loom. Or instead of the small lever the patentee uses, “ for the same “ purpose, a rod or tube having two small projections connected “ to it, so that when the grid with the connections aforesaid is “ pushed hack one of the small projections goes forward, moving “ the rod or tube, and lifting the other projection out of the way “ of a notch which is fixed on the knocking-off handle.” “ Secondly, to an improved method of edging, that is, of throw- “ ing two or more weft threads in the cloth whilst the shed is “ open.” This is effected “ by attaching a clutch to the tappets on the tappet shaft, which is loose, and a clutch box to slide “ upon the shaft, but to move with it by means of a slot and “ key or other similar contrivance, so that it can be shifted “ from the clutch on the end of the tappet at pleasure, and thus “ the heddles can be moved or changed when the clutch is in gear “ and remain stationary when out of gear, for the purpose of putting in the requisite number of picks to form the patterns. “ Thirdly to an improved motion for regulating the drag or “ weight on the yarn beam whilst the slay beats up/’ which is obtained “ by connecting the yarn beam to the slay sword, crank, “ crank arm, or other convenient position by a link, chain, cord, or similar contrivance, so that the said connection will become tightened when it is necessary to beat up the weft with greater “ force.” Fourthly, to an improved break. “This improvement con- “ sists of a strap or similar contrivance fixed so as to be nearly in contact with the spring handle, and when the spring handle 364 WEAVING. “ is liberated tlie strap moves a lever whicli puts the break on the periphery of the fly wheel, and thus the movements of the loom are checked or stoppe gradually.” [Printed, 6|cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 5.— N° 236. BROWN, Robert. — This invention relates to that part of looms for weaving generally known as the taking-up motion, and consists of a rod or shaft extending from the tappet shaft to the front of the loom.” On the tappet shaft is fixed a worm, which works into a worm wheel on the end of the said rod or shaft ; on the opposite end of this rod or shaft is fixed another worm, which works into another worm wheel on a counter shaft, and by the aid of gearing communicates a positive motion to the taking- up beam. [Printed, 8ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 5.— N« 247. NICKELS, Christopher, and THORNTON, Frederick. — The patentees say, — ‘‘This invention relates to the weaving of “ fabrics in what are called warp machines. And the object of our “ improvements is to obtain more solid fabrics by peculiar means “ of combining the looping process of manufacture with inlaid “ threads, both as weft thread and unlooped longitudinal threads, “ either elastic or non-elastic. And our invention consists of “ employing two needle bars, or one bar with two rows of needles, “ with space to allow of the fabric between them when combined “ with the use of four or more guide bars, together with “ shuttles or guides for inlaying transverse or weft threads.” [Printed, Sid, Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 6. — N° 257. DELEMER, Alexis. — This invention relates to machinery for manufacturing piled fabrics, and consists, firstly, in apparatus for cutting the loops which form the pile. For this purpose a bar is fixed between the breast beam and slay, “ and parallel with “ them, so as to be over that part of the fabric just woven.” To this bar are attached a number of cutters or knives, “ with sharp “ ends projecting below the bar, and so adjusted as to touch and WEAVING. 365 ‘‘ cut the threads or loops raised on the surface of the fabric ; th!s “ bar with the cutters or knives may be stationary, and thus cut “ the threads or loops as the fabric is drawn under them by the “ cloth beam, or it may have a slight backward and forward motion, the same as the slay.” The patentee also uses an extra reed near the back of the loom, “ for the purpose of keeping the “ warp threads in an even and regular position during the pro- “ cess of weaving.” Secondly, in a mechanical temple,” which consists of two rollers set a distance from and parallel to each other ; these rollers carry an endless strap or band provided with pins or projections, which enter the cloth or fabric and keep it distended. [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 6.— N^^ 258. CHALMERS, David. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving wire cloth by power, and consist, firstly, in a motion for working the wire or letting-off beam. A shaft with a cone attached to it is placed under the wire beam, and is worked by gearing from the crank shaft ; a belt from the cone works a pulley on a shaft which is connected by worms and wheels to the wire beam, so as to unwind the wire from it. At one end of the shaft which carries the cone is a screw, which works into a nut formed in a toothed wheel, which has a motion imparted to it so as to give a slow lateral movement to the cone. Secondly, in apparatus for preventing the wire weft from twist- ing. After the weft is beaten up the slack is held first by a finger attached to the lay sword, and afterwards by a holder attached to a lever which is raised by a cam. Thirdly, in apparatus to arrest the motion of the bobbin in the shuttle. A spring is attached to the shuttle box, which, when the shuttle enters, presses a pin attached to the shuttle against the bobbin and stops its motion. “ fourthly, the employment of gearing to work or drive power “ looms for the aforesaid purposes.” [Printed, 9^cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 6.—N° 265. COLLI SON, David. — ^This invention relates to the construction of shuttle skewers, and consists in dispensing with the spring 366 WEAVING. which is usually attached to one side of the skewer, and substi- tuting for it a lever, which being jointed to the skewer is capable of being thrust in or out for the purpose of holding the weft cop securely on the skewer, or allowing the cop bottom or end to be drawn off with facility/’ [Printf3d, h\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 6.— 273. CHATWIN, John Frederick. — “ Improvements in the manu- facture of brushes.” This invention consists of causing the bristles or other points employed to be first woven at one end into a fabric, and then fastening the woven ends into or on suitable handles, whereby the bristle or other points will be more securely held.” [Printed, 2kd. No drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 6.— N" 279. CLARK, James. — (A communication.) — “ This invention relates more especially to the weaving of plain and twilled Venetian carpeting, webbing, or girth cloth, or any other fabric with a thick set warp, by power looms.” It consists, firstly, in a heddle action, for preventing the warp threads catching or hanging to one another when the shed is being opened. For this purpose four or more leaves of heddles are used, and these are so connected to cam and lever movements that the sheds are formed by successive intermittent actions, but all being accom- plished between each throw of the shuttle. By this means the sheds are produced piecemeal or gradually, and the warps are thus less liable to stick than when the shed is completed by one “ single and direct movement, as in ordinary weaving.” Secondly, in a mode of throwing the shuttle by means of a single adjustable tappet or cam. This cam is set loosely on the “ revolving cam shaft, and has a separate traversing movement, whereby it is traversed along the shaft at the proper intervals, in order to cause its projections or acting surfaces to bear upon one or other of the picking levers, The cam thus acts first on ‘‘ one lever, and then on the other, throwing the shuttle in both directions.” Thirdly, in the employment of a fly wheel placed loose on one of the shafts of the loom, so that on any stoppage of the loom the fly wheel continues to revolve.” WEAVING. 367 Fourthly, in a plan of throwing back the picker stafp or lever, wherein the back picking blow is rendered adjustable in its intensity by the interposition of a spring between the lower end of the picking lever and the lay or slay.” Fifthly, in a mode of letting off the warp from the warp beam. The warps are passed over a roller possessing an intermittent motion derived from a ratchet wheel actuated by a pall or catch, the working rod of which is moved by an eccentric on the crank shaft, the amount of motion being regulated by an adjustable “ guide, over which the rod of the catch slides, to determine the number of ratchet teeth to be taken at each revolution of the “ eccentric.” Sixthly, in a taking-up motion for the cloth beam. “This^ motion is worked by an eccentric on the crank shaft, the rod from which eccentric passes over an adjustable guide or stud, so that the shifting of this guide causes the opposite free working end of the eccentric rod to turn a larger or smaller number of the " teeth of a ratchet wheel fast on the cloth beam shaft.” Seventhly, in a mode of delivering the weft from the shuttle “ by first passing it from the cop or pirn through the usual side eye near the end of the shuttle, and then along a groove in the ‘‘ shuttle, and finally out through the side of the shuttle body at or near the centre of the shuttle’s length. [Printed, \l\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 8.— N« 301. SMITH, Samuel. — ^^Improvements in looms for weaving.” The object of these improvements is to stop the loom when the weft thread breaks, or otherwise fails to be supplied from the “ shuttle. To the tappet shaft of the loom is fixed a cam, acting upon an elbow lever, the upper arm of v/hich presses against a “ straight lever with sufficient force to overcome a spring acting “ against the upper end of the straight lever ; the top end of this “ straight lever is on the same level as the weft fork, when the ‘‘ same has been raised by the action of the weft in the ordinary manner, and the lower end of the straight lever acts on a shot bolt passing through the loom side, and connected to the spring “ starting lever. “ When the loom is in action, the cam on the tappet shaft keeps “ the upper arm of the elbow lever against the straight lever “ during about three-fourths of a revolution, but during the 368 WEAVING. other fourth the shape of the cam allows the elbow lever to drop suddenly, and by so doing liberates the straight lever, the upper end of which is then pushed by the spring behind it against the end of the weft fork, if the weft is in the shed ; but if the weft is not in the shed, the fork remains down, and the straight lever is pushed so much forward by the spring at its back, that the shot bolt becomes liberated, and the starting lever is at liberty to move the driving strap from the fast to the “ loose pulley in the ordinary manner.” Two modifications of this invention are shown, but in each of them the end of the weft fork acting against a straight lever prevents the loom knocking off when the weft is in the shed. [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 9.— N° 314. HUSBAND, Richard. — The patentee says, — ^^My invention relates principally to weaving hat plush, and such other textile fabrics as are generally cut on the ‘bias’ or ‘cross,’ that is, “ diagonally across the piece of goods, when required for use. “ My invention consists in introducing the weft or shoot threads “ of such fabrics in a diagonal direction, either at an angle of 45° “ to the warp threads of the said fabrics, or at any other angle to “ the said warp thread^ (except at a right angle) as may be found “ most suitable to the nature of the fabric to be produced, and “ the purpose to which it is to be hereafter applied. “The object of this invention is accomplished by so arranging “ the loom that by placing the ‘ lathe ’ or^ ‘ slay ’ of the loom, “ and the ‘ healds ’ or ‘ harness ’ at the required angle, the weft or “ shoot threads are suitably woven in.” [Printed, 5|cZ. Drawings.] A,D. 1852, October 13.— N« 363. CARTER, John. — The patentee says, — “My invention relates “ particularly to improvements in the method of manufacturing “ woven fabrics, technically called felts, such as are usually used “ by paper-makers in the process of manufacturing paper, or for “ other similar purposes. My improvements consist in using a “ warp thread formed of two or more woollen threads or strands “ twisted together in any convenient manner, so as to form one “ warp thread, or the said threads or strands may be a mixture of WEAVING. 369 woollen and cotton or other materials, by which process I make ‘‘ the goods much stronger and more durable than by the ordinary method of manufacturing such fabrics/'’ [Printed, 2.\d, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, October 13.— 364. SMITH, Matthew. — (Letters Patent void for want of final speci- fication.) — Improvements in machinery for weaving and printing.” The improvements in weaving consist in forming the loops of terry fabrics on small bent wire hooks, which are attached to a rod placed close above the fabric ; in weaving the rod is made to “ advance towards the reed when the shed is open, and by so “ doing one of the bent wires enters between each of the pile warps ; the rod with the bent wires is then moved back toward “ the breast beam, so that the hooks having the pile warp on them may not be injured by the reed when the binding weft is “ struck up into the fabric.” When cut pile fabric is required, the hooks are made sharp. Another improvement in weaving consists of a double clip for unwinding a positive and uniform quantity of the pile warp from the warp beam.” Two clips are placed at a little distance apart, and the requisite quantity of warp having been drawn forward by thh clip nearest the warp “ beam, is allowed to hang slack between the two clips until “ it is drawn through the clip nearest the healds, when the shed is formed.” [Printed, 2^cZ. No drawing.] A.D. 1852, October 15.— N« 404. STEVENSON, William. — This invention relates to forming weft forks for power looms, so that when in danger of fracture from coming in contact with the shuttle, the part of the fork in danger may give way. “ To effect this the vertical portion of the fork, or that part whereon the weft thread acts, is hinged or “ jointed to the body of the fork, so that on coming in contact “ with the shuttle, in case of stoppage of the latter in its transit across the loom, such piece may be thrown up upon its hinge, and thus prevent the fork from breaking. After such action the ‘‘ hinged piece falls down again to its proper working position, and the joint being made with a stop on the opposite side of its W. A A 370 WEAVING. centre, the motion of the piece in the other direction is prevented, and the fork’s action in connexion with the working of the weft is unimpaired.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 16.— N° 411. DRIEU, Jerome Andre. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements relate to weaving stay fabrics, and consist “in sup- plying an extra warp for the purpose of tying up at every pick “ of the shuttle the entire of the cloth or fabric, excepting the “ narrow passages required for the passage of the bones, &c., thus “ weaving a strong thick single cloth forming the space between “ such bone openings or passages, instead of having a loose double “ cloth forming such spaces between the bone passages or open- “ ings, as heretofore.” [Printed, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, October 18.— N« 432. HEYWOOD, Edwin. — “This invention has for its object three “ improvements in looms, and they consist, — “ First, of giving motion to a leaf of heddles by means of up- “ right bars having projections, to which the upper and lower bars “ of a leaf of heddles are tied, such upright bars receiving motion “ by counter levers put in motion by tappets. “ Secondly, the invention consists. of causing and regulating the “ giving ofP of the warp from the beam by the warp threads pass- “ ing over a roller or beam carried by levers, which are acted on “ more or less by excentrics, according as the warp causes the “ levers or parts connected therewith to move more or less towards “ the excentrics; and, “ Thirdly, the invention consists of conducting one part of the “ warp threads through eyes carried by a bar, which has a move- “ ment to and fro in the way of its length, the other part of the “ warp being passed through eyes in blades which are stationary, “ the shed for the passage of the shuttle or shuttles being opened “ by the descent of the upper bar, which carries its threads down “ between the upright blades ; and the upper threads, by having the “ to and fro motion above mentioned, causes one set of the threads “ to be laid across the other set of threads. Or like motions may “ be given to the lower threads, and the upper ones rernain \ WEAVING. 3/1 f‘ stationary, and in place of the bar mentioned, the traversing may be caused by a comb or point bar.” [Printed, Is. 7\d. Drawings.] \ A.D. 1852, October 19. — N® 446. BIRD, Robert. — This invention consists in weaving straining “ webs of saddles/’ with two warps, one composed of yarn of flax^ hemp, or other suitable fibre, and the other composed of fine copper wire. [Printed, 2i\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 20.— N° 450. HEYES, George. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving fancy fabrics, ^^technically called lappets, or other similar kinds of goods,” and consist in making the loose reed appli- “ cable to weaving this kind of goods without danger to the frames, pins, or needles during its operation,” and in intro- ducing a satin stripe. The patentee thus describes his inven- tion : — I fix a rod or shaft on bearings about the middle of the slay or sword arm, and mount it with pulleys and springs, to which I attach a frame or frames to hold the pins and needles “ used to assist in forming the pattern. I arrange the said pulleys and springs so as to raise a spring or weight, and keep the frame at rest during the operation of the loose reed, and thus avoid all danger to the frame. I give the necessary motion for this purpose by fixing straps, bands, or similar contrivance horizon- tally to the loom, so that the alternate or reciprocating motion “ of the slay or sword arm communicates an alternate circular “ motion to the shaft, and the support for the frame being attached thereto by bands or straps gains a rectilinear motion at right angles from the horizontal fixed bands or strap, which “ also give a vertical or upward motion to the pins, and both a “ vertical and horizontal motion to the needles; and being secured to the aforesaid spring or weight, so that in the event of an acci- ‘‘ dent the strap or band being provided with a notch and catch, which come in contact with each other, and by uncoiling the said spring, or raising the said weight, will keep the frame at rest, “ thereby avoiding all danger to the frame by the motions of the loose reed. I also apply a lock catch, which I fix to the loom frame, and at right angles with it, and so arranged as to come A A 2 372 WEAVING. in contact with a ratchet wheel and notched rim or pulley travelling with the slay or sword arm, and which gives a sliding or horizontal motion to the pattern frame ; the said catch being “ relieved or stopped by the action of the weft motion, so that the “ pattern v/heel will be at rest when the thread or weffc is broken. I make the said frames of iron, steel, brass, or other suitable ‘‘ metal, instead of wood, as hitherto used, by the substitution of “ which I gain a greater scope for the pattern or figure, and de- “ crease very materially the friction of the yarn. I also introduce “ a satin stripe on either side of the fabric by working a number of extra heddles by an alternate motion gained from the ordi- “ nary tappet, worked by a cam and catch, instead of additional cylinders or tappets, as heretofore adopted.” [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 20.~N« ^63. HARRISON, William. — This invention consists of improve- ments upon machinery for sizeing and preparing warps for weaving, which is described in the specification of a patent [N° 8226], granted to William Henry Hornby and William Kenworthy, dated 26th day of September, A.D. 1839, and also in the specification of a patent [N° 13,643], granted to John Harrison, dated 27th day of May, A.D. 1851. ITie present improvements are for applying duplicates of certain parts of the above-mentioned machinery, for the purpose of rendering it capable of sizeing and drying two warps in the same machine and at the same time. A number of threads, equal to two warps, are brought from beams at the back of the machine, through a wraith, they next pass through two sets of healds, each warp having its own set of healds ; after which they are separated by a bar of wood and passed through another wraith and over rollers into the size box, and from thence between two pairs of squeezing rollers, from which they are again divided and passed on to the drying cylinders, the threads being acted upon by a brush before arriving at the drying cylinders. After leaving the drying cylinders the warps are separately passed over markers and through wraiths on to their respective beams. [Printed, ^\d. Drawing.] A.D. 1852, October 21.— N° 474. WEILD, William. — This invention relates to looms ^Hn which the pile is produced on fabrics by means of wires,” and consists WEAVING. 3/3 of a mode of inserting the Vv^ires in the shed, and of cutting or otherwise drawing out the wires and returning them to be again “ inserted.” lire wire is supported while passing into the shed by means of hooked levers passing through the reed. Having thus formed a support for the wire, the latter is passed into the shed by means “ of a picker attached to a band which passes through a tube over the top of the slay, down the sides, and round the centre of “ motion. The band thus follows the motion of the slay, but an “ alternate end motion is imparted to it for the purpose of picking ‘‘ by means of its passing at the centre of motion of the slay “ round the periphery of a pulley or quadrant, which is caused to vibrate by the action of a camb.” The return stroke of this camb actuates a knife, “ which traverses across the web, guided by a slide, and cuts out the wire, at the same time bringing with it, “ by means of a projecting finger, another wire which has been “ previously cut out.” This wire is received by a trough, which is actuated by a ^^camb,” so as to give it a motion in advance of the slay, that it may receive the wire as it is pushed off the web, and bring it back opposite the picker at the moment the wire is required to be inserted. [Printed, \^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 23.— 495. CRICHTON, David.— This is an invention of ^^arrangements “ and apparatus for producing continuous circular motion, giving a serious of different velocities obtained from alternate motions, applicable to looms and other machines.” The apparatus is shown applied to working the cloth roller of a loom. On the end of the tappet shaft a pinion is fixed, working into a wheel, on the front of which there is an adjustable radius stud, this stud carries one end of a connecting rod, the other end of which works in a slot formed in a vibrating lever, to which palls are attached for working a ratchet wheel, which actuates the cloth roller. The connecting rod is moved down in the slot of the vibrating lever as the cloth roller increases in size, so as to cause the ratchet to have less movement. This is done by means of a roller, which presses against the cloth roller, and is connected by a lever to the before- mentioned connecting rod. [Printed, 1^. 5|(/, Drawings.] 374 WEAVING. A.D. 1852, October 23.— N° 508. WHITE, William. — “An improved fabric suitable for ventilat- “ ing hat bodies.” In the description of the invention the paten- tee says, — “ Whereas frequent attempts have been made to produce “ a fabric suitable for ventilating hat bodies, the interstices of which “ should not be choked and filled up in the stiffening of the said “ bodies. Now, I have discovered that a fabric composed entirely “ of Manilla grass will fully answer that end. My invention then “ consists in producing a woven fabric by ordinary loom weaving “ from Manilla grass ; both warp and weft are composed of such “ grass. I take care to weave the fabric so open as to provide “ large interstices between the threads. Of this material I form the bodies of hats, and take care in stiffening the same not to “ fill up the interstices or spaces between the threads, and thus a “ flexible and ventilating hat body will be produced.” [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 23.— N° 510. TAYLER, John, and SLATER, James. — (Partly a communica- tion.) — This invention relates to machinery ordinarily used in weaving. The first part of the invention relates to self-acting temples, “ and consists, firstly, in the use of caoutchouc or india-rubber as “ a material for the springs by which the attachment of the tem- “ pies to the framing of the loom is rendered yeilding or elastic.” Secondly, in a mode of mounting temples, “ so that in the event •“ of the stop rod finger slipping over the frog, the temple may be “ liberated and allowed to recede.” Thirdly, in mounting the temple heads of rotary temples, “ of that kind which take hold “ of the cloth by means of pins projecting from the edges or cir- “ cumferences of horizontal discs or wheels ” on the extremities of a bar which extends under the cloth fromi side to side of the web, the bar being attached to the framing by springs. Fourthly, in a mode of supporting the heads of the temples last mentioned “ by springs abutting on the brackets or framing.” Fifthly, in the use “ of galvanized iron and gutta percha as materials for the “ construction of temples to be used with wet weft.” The second part of the invention relates to the construction of the weft fork, “ consisting principally in an alteration in the posi- “ tion of its pivot, calculated to render the equilibrium of the fork WEAVING. .'375 “ more firm, and prevent breakage of the prongs ; also in making the prongs separate from the stock and removeable or renewable at pleasure.^’ The third part of the invention relates to shuttles, and consists in a method of applying a hook or cutter to the shuttle, for the purpose of dividing the weft when the shuttle race is obstructed by warp threads, in combination with a transverse plate for retaining the cop on the spindle. The fourth part of the invention consists of modes of register- ing on a dial the length of cloth woven in the loom.” The fifth part of the invention relates to the recoiling motion or apparatus,” and consists in the mode of causing the weight or spring which applies the break to effect the traverse of the rod which actuates the^ recoiling apparatus.” The sixth part of the invention relates to the arrangement of “ the mechanical parts belonging to the weft motion, the break, the taking-up motion, and the recoil apparatus.” This improve- ment does not consist in new apparatus for either of these purposes, but only in a new mode of arranging and applying “ those already in use.” The seventh part of the invention relates to stop motions, and consists, firstly, in a mode, of imparting elasticity to the stop mo- tion, which is described in the specification of a patent [N° 6644] dated July 12th, 1834, and granted to John Ramsbottom and Richard Holt, by the application of a spring or springs to the “ sliding bar.” Secondly, in combining with the last-mentioned apparatus a break ‘^‘to be applied by the motion of the sliding bar to the fly wheel.” Thirdly, in a mode “ of applying a break to “ a fly wheel on one of the shafts of the loom by means of a hook, “ cat eh, or link, thrown into gear with a projection from or notch “ in a wheel on the other shaft.” The eighth part of the invention consists in the application to power looms of a vibrator,” which differs from those in com- “ mon use chiefly in having the centres on which it oscillates placed as nearly as conveniently may be to the bearings of the “ warp beam, or rather a little behind them, and in being pro- vided with adjustments, whereby the arc of its vibration can be “ regulated in length so as to correspond with the depth of the ‘‘ shed to be opened ;” also, in the application of a friction break to the yarn beam, in connection with the vibrator, for the pur- “ pose of locking the yarn beam during the beat up.” 3/6 WEAVING. The ninth part of the invention consists in the modification of the common taking-up motion, whereby the detaining catch is dispensed with, and the driving catches enabled to act upon the ratchet wheel, both during the backward and forward stroke of the catch lever.” The tenth part of the invention consists of modes of regulat- ing the letting off of the yarn from the warp beam by the degree “ of tension or strain exerted on the warp by the loom in the act of shedding.” The force thus exerted is .employed either to “ withdraw the pressure of a friction break bearing on a circular rim or flanch fixed on the same axis with the yarn beam, or to release the teeth of a ratchet wheel, connected by suitable toothed ‘‘ gear with the yarn beam, so as to allow the latter to rotate at short intervals, and thereby give off the supply of yarn as required.” [Printed, 1.9. 0|cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, October 2/ . — N° 536. CROSBY, James. — (Provisional protection only.) This invention relates to looms for weaving, and consists of a method of avoiding the severe shock or strain given to the warp threads when the slay beats up the weft. The patentee says, — ‘‘This improvement “ is applicable to all kinds of looms for the manufacture of cotton, “ silk, linen, woollen, or other textile fabrics, and which I accom- “ plish by connecting the slay or lathe to the crank arms, or other “ convenient position or portion of the loom, by springs made of “ steel or other suitable metal or material ; or, instead of springs, “ I use for the same purpose some elastic substance, as india- “ rubber, or any composition of india-rubber with other materials “ or substances of an elastic nature, which will have the effect of “ lessening the shock by giving an easy and yeilding blow in “ beating up.” [Printed, 2^d. No drawing.] A.D. 1852, October 30.— 585. WHITCOMB, John, and SMITH, Richard, — These improve- ments relate to the manufacture of carpets, hearth rugs, and other similar fabrics in which the pile is formed by tufts passed under or around the warp threads. The patentees say, — “ Firstly, we prepare worsted, silk, or other “ materials for tufts or takes of any required size, by twisting or WEAVING. 377 drawing and cutting the same previous to working them into the fabric. “ Secondly, we have no knot or noose to the tufts or takes as at present in Axminster carpeting, but secure the tufts by drawing a thread or threads of the warp under another thread or threads^ and throwing the weft in a greater or less number of shoots, “ according to the substance of the fabric required to be pro- “ duced. “ Thirdly, we manufacture finger or town rugs with tufts or “ takes prepared and cut as above mentioned, instead of making them with a looped surface, and cutting the loops subsequently. “ Fourthly, we employ machinery so arranged as to imitate the “ action of the fingers in drawing any number of threads round “ or under other threads at one and the same time, although we ‘‘ also draw the threads by hand.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A D. 1852, NoA^ember 1. — N° 603. THOMSON, David. — “ This invention relates to the improt^e- ‘‘ ment of carpet fabrics, floor cloths, and other goods of a similar class when manufactured from jute, in as far as regards the brilliancy and permanency of the ornamenting colours thereof. “ Hitherto jute fabrics of such classes have been made from yarns ornamented with what are termed fancy dyed colours, and as “ such colours are not permanent, the goods very soon lose the “ most of their colour on exposure to atmospheric influences and the sun’s rays. Now, according to this improvement, the jute “ yarns are entirely ornamented with fast dyed colours, the orna- “ mentation being confined to such colours as are really fast, so that the goods retain their original brilliancy after continued “ use, and the patterns so produced are equally as effective as “ those on the best woollen fabrics.” [Printed, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, November 2. — N*^ 608, DRIEU, Jerome Andre. — These improvements relate to ‘‘ machinery for weaving and for dividing double cloth to make “ pile fabrics.” In the provisional specification four improvements ai’e described, which consist,— Firstly, in placing the eyelet holes of the healds for weaving 378 WEAVING. the upper part of the double fabric about two inches above those “ required for the lower part of the fabric^ by this means much of the crowding is avoided.” Secondly, ^Mn making healds without the lower shaft, and “ attaching a weight to each thread containing an eyelet hole, by this means only one set of jacks are required to open the shed, which closes again by the weight of the heald as soon as the lever is elevated.” Thirdly, in an improved letting-ofip motion, particularly appli- cable to looms for weaving double fabric, connected by a pile warp, which is afterwards cut asunder. This improvement con- sists in attaching a ratchet wheel to the warp beam ; this ratchet wheel is set in motion by a catch hinged to a lever acted upon by a cam fixed to a shaft, to which motion is given by a pinion “ on the crank shaft acting on a wheel fixed to the cam shaft.” Fourthly, in improved machinery for cutting double fabrics asunder, in order to make pile fabrics. The fabric to be cut asunder is brought on the taking-up beam as it comes from the “ loom, and after passing over suitable stretching rails is conveyed between the guage boards ; the distance between the sides of the , “ boards at the points near the knife must be equal to the dis- tance between the upper and lower fabrics. In front of the “ guage boards is mounted a large circular knife, which revolves at a great speed, and cuts the pile warp asunder as the fabric ^‘advances.” “The diameter of. the knife must be somewhat “ larger than the breadth of the fabric to be cut, in order that the “ whole breadth of the fabric may be cut without imparting a “ traversing in addition to a revolving motion to the knife.” In the complete specification the patentee says nothing about the first and second improvements, but claims “the improved “ combination of machinery for letting the yarn off the warp “ beam, and the improved machinery for dividing double cloth to “ make pile fabrics, as herein-before described, by means of a “ circular knife of sufficient diameter to divide the double fabric “ throughout its entire width without changing the position of the “ knife.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, November 3. — N° 624. LORD, Edward. — Part of this invention relates to looms for weaving, and consists in “improved taking-up and letting-off WEAVING. 37i) motions.” The taking-up motion is worked by an excentric on the tappet shaft, which is made to turn the cloth beam by an excentric rod, the end of which works into a slot in an elbow lever, to which clicks are attached for working the ratchet wheel of the ordinary taking-up motion. A bar is kept in contact with the cloth beam, and is also connected by a chain to the excentric rod, so that as the cloth beam increases in size the chain allows the excentric rod to descend in the slot of the elbow lever, and thereby the speed of the ratchet wheel is diminished. The letting-off motion is the same in principle as the taking-up motion, except that, besides regulating the letting off of the yarn by a roller in contact with the yarn beam, which roller is connected by a chain to the excentric rod, the excentric rod is also connected by a chain through levers to a vibrator, so as to regulate the letting-off by the tension of the yarn. [Printed, Is. 4|c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, November 5. — N^ 648. FRAME, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention “ relates to the so arranging a power loom that two separate pieces may be woven in it, one on each si'de.” The two yarn beams are placed side by side overhead in the centre of the loom, and “ the warps descend therefrom, side by side, to suitable guide “ rollers, and then each passes off horizontally through its heddles and reed to a cloth beam, one at the back and one at the front of the loom. Strictly speaking, the loom has no back, as there is a cloth beam on each side, and the whole details extending to “ the loom’s centre are duplicates of each other, resembling a pair of looms placed back to back, with the yarn beams elevated between them. A single central crank shaft works both slays by means of a double set of connecting rods passing in opposite directions to reach each slay.” “ llie heddles for each side are worked from a single set of central cams, and instead of the usual reversing tension pulley, “ each set is strained in a light frame by an adjusting screw, like “ a saw frame, so that any required tension may be given to the “ heddles entirely within the reciprocating parts. The connection with the cam levers below is by a light vertical rod on each side. “ Each shuttle is actuated by a single central picking stick, worked by a cam in any convenient manner.” [Printed, 2|c?. No drawing.] 380 WEAVING. A.D. 1852, November 5. — N° 649. KNOX, Andrew Lawson. — ^‘This invention relates to the “ manufacture of ornamental fabrics, such as shawls, ladies’ dresses, and what are technically known as ^ zebras,’ in such ‘‘ manner that a totally distinct and perfect pattern may be pro- ‘‘ duced on each side of the woven fabric.” The essential feature “ of this invention then is that by it the same weft thread pro- “ duces two distinct figures or devices, one on each side of the fabric, that is, that the weft is caused to appear on either of the two sides of the piece as required by the design, or it is retained, as it were, in the centre of the fabric’s thickness, and kept out of view until wanted.” [Printed, Memorandum of Alteration, 4c?.] A.D. 1852, November 5.— N^^ 652. YOUNG, James Hadden. — The patentee says, — ‘^'The subject matter of my invention is the weaving of fabrics of linen, cotton, silk, or any other suitable material, in a circular loom. For this purpose I erect a perpendicular shaft, to revolve on itself, in the centre of a circle of suitable dimensions. Around this circle I "" arrange warp threads parallel to the said shaft, the warp being held in a framing.” The shuttle is caused to move round, between the inner and outer warp threads, either by means of magnets attached to arms radiating from the shaft, or by mechani- cal means., so as to lay the weft thread on a comb, which being moved inwardly, allows the weft to fall on another comb, which in its turn is moved inwardly and allows the weft to fall on the woven material. When the comb is returned to its original position it beats up the weft, and the harness and its connections cause the warp threads to change sides and cross over the weft laid down. The patentee proposes, instead of using the ordinary harness, to use fine steel needles, with eyes, and these may be ‘‘ moved individually or in sections.” The taking-up of the cloth is effected by two hoops, between which the cloth is passed ; the inner hoop is acted upon by an inclined plane, which squeezes the cloth against the outer hoop, end carries it and the cloth down the necessary distance. [Printed, l.s. 8^c?. Drawings.] WEAVING. 3S] A.D. 1852, November 6. — N® 669. MOREL, Jacques. — (A communication from Godemard and Meynier.) — (Provisional protection only.) — ^‘Improvements in figure “ weaving.” “ This invention does not in any way relate to any “ novel mode of constructing the jacquard apparatus employed in “ figure weaving, but merely consists in a novel method of arrange “ ing the cords or strings, whereby the figure warp threads are “ drawn up to produce the pattern ; the object of the improve- “ ment being to draw up all the threads separately or in any “ required number or arrangement for the purpose of producing “ different kinds of effects in the pattern. This object is effected “ by connecting together in a peculiar manner, according to the “ effect desired, the strings or cords, through which pass the “ figure warp threads, and whereby any particular combination “ of warp threads may be drawn up.” [Printed, 2\d, No drawi g.] A.D. 1852, November 13.— 736. DEAR, Somerville. — These improvements relate to apparatus for weaving “ centre or other large patterns or designs.” The patentee says, — “My invention consists in improvements in the “ mode of working the jacquard apparatus, whereby I am enabled “ to weave centre or other large patterns or designs, either by hand or power, without using a cam, which I accomplish, first, “ by making the branders to lift in divisions corresponding to the “ tweel required, by which means I throw the tweel on the “ flowered or design or raised part ef the warp. “ Secondly, by making the hole boards to lift in divisions cor- “ responding to the tweel required, by which means I throw the “ tweel on the satin or plain part of the cloth or design. “ The third part of my invention consists in the apparatus for “ actuating the said branders and hole boards at their proper “ times ; and the fourth, in a certain arrangement of the cross “ needles, whereby I get a clear harness. The object of my in- “ vention is to put in the tweel without the cam, or to dispense “ with the cam.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] 382 WEAVING. A.D. 1852, Novembor 15.--N« 761. HOLT, Samuel. — “This invention relates to improvements in “ looms used for weaving two pieces of plush, or such like fabrics, “ at one time, such pieces being cut apart as the weaving pro- “ gresses. And the improvements consist of dispensing with the “ use of the jacquard apparatus, both in respect to moving the “ warp and also the cutting apparatus, and in employing four “ treadles, Having the lathe suspended from above. The motion “ of the take-up of the fabrics is derived from the lathe, in “ place of from jacquard apparatus ; and the knife or cutter is “ worked by levers and treadles, in place of by jacquard appa- “ ratus.” [Printed, Q>\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, November 16. — N® 766. MARSDEN, William. — This is an improvement upon a stop motion described in the specification of James Bullough [N® 9507] dated November 3rd, A.D. 1842. The present improve- ment consists in so arranging the mechanisms of the slay or lathe, “ that by means of a frog or catch attached to the side of “ the loom, and connected with a quadrant, the reed is released, “ instead of that being done by the shuttle, as in the invention of “ the said James Bullough.” [Printed, 65^^. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, November 17.— N° 775. EONTAINEMOREAU Peter Armand Le Comte de. — (A communication.) — (Pro visional protection only.) — The patentee says, — “This invention consists in producing an elastic tissue, “ having the appearance of woollen cloth, and without any ribs. “ Hitherto elastic tissues have been manufactured by means of “ india-rubber webs, with silk, wool, or otton, with ribs which “ naturally restrict their use and applications. To carry out my improvements, I use with every kind of loom an harness com- “ posed of three warp lames forming satins of another warp lame in india-rubber, forming taffety or plain ground, and of “ six marches or treadles, or of one march, by means of a jacquard “ harness.” [Printed, 2 \d. Drawing.] WEAVING. 383 A.D. 1852, November 17.— N« 777 . WATT, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This inven- tion relates to a mode of giving elasticity to the warp in weaving by power. For this purpose the yarns from the warp beam or roller are carried over or under an eleastic roller. One mode of constructing this roller is to employ a tube of vulcanized caout- “ chouc or other similar substance filled with compressed air or other fluid. The weft yarns are exposed to steam or moisture immediately before using them, and the warp yarns are damped by means of a damp roller covered with some absorbent material. [Printed, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, November 20. — 809. GREEN, William. — This invention consists in modes ^^of pro- ducing silky or glossy effects upon fabrics manufactured of “ textile materials,’’ and in machinery for printing and embos- sing. According to one plan the patentee weaves a mixed fabric, consisting of silk and cotton, or of silk and another suitable “ material of more compressibility than silk,” by arranging the warp so that two or more threads of the same material shall lie together. The fabric is then stamped, embossed, or printed, or the cotton or other inferior portions only, by which operation the more compressible material will be forced downwards, and “ the more elastic, as silk, occupy a prominent appearance on the surface.” According to another method, small filaments of “ silk, feathers, asbestos, metallic powders, or other substances “ capable of imparting the required glossy appearance,” are applied, by means of any suitable adhesive substance,” to yarns of cotton or other material before they are woven, or to the fabric after it is woven into cloth. The goods manufactured by the above processes may be stamped, embossed, or printed by any suitable machinery.” The patentee describes a machine for this purpose, which, he says, will be found preferable in “ many cases.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, November 24.— N° 838. CARTER, James. — The patentee says, — My invention con- sists of forming certain articles of dress or apparel denominated 384 WEAVING. “ neck-ties, or scarves, fichus, or otherwise similarly defined. I call the principal article manufactured by me under the afore- said Letters Patent a tubular scarf • and such scarf, tie, or other- wise may he made of satin, tabby, barathea, or other suitable material, and may he of any one color, or of several colors, as may be found desirable, or as fashion may require. I use the loom ordinarily used with battens, on the principle of the driver. Each scarf or tie wdll require a separate space and shuttle, and is made with two rolls and two openings, the “ shuttle passing alternately through the top and bottom opening or canes, thus joining the top and bottom cloths at each edge, so as to produce a circular or tubular cloth of any width, from ‘‘ one inch to forty or upwards.” [Printed, 2\d. No dra\vin;r.J A.D. 1852, November 24. — N° 845. COCHRANE, John Richard. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ This invention relates more especially to the manufacture of figured fabrics of the lappet class, wherein the device is formed by the action of lappet wheels or other similar contrivances in laying the whip or pattern threads upon the surface of the goods, “ and binding down the same with the weft threads. Such yarn or figure threads have hitherto been always beamed on rolls previous to weaving, the rolls being attached to the loom, and “ the yarn taken therefrom as required in the weaving action. ‘‘ Now by this improved arrangement the beaming or winding-on process is dispensed wdth, and the bobbins of yarn are taken direct to the loom. The bobbins are suitably disposed in creels or frames, and the threads are drawn from them as the weaving goes on.” Or the cops, as originally spun, may be wound off direct upon the rolls or yarn beams.” [Printed, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, November 25. — N° 857. GEDGE, John. — (A communication.) — “ Improvements in the “ mechanism of looms for weaving.” The framework of the loom described is made of wood and very similar to the frame of an ordinary handloom. The warp is kept tight by the friction of weighted ropes passing over i)ulleys attached to the w^arp beam. The taking-up is effected by a ratchet wheel worked by a catch WEAVING. 385 attached to a weighted lever. The lever is raised each revolution of the main shaft by a pulley on the fly wheel, so as to cause the catch to take a fresh tooth of the ratchet wheel. The headles receive motion from treadles actuated by excentrics. The pickers, for throv*dng the shuttle, are attached by cords to a central picker stick, which is actuated by means of cams and levers. The stop motion consists of the ordinary stop rod and frog, actuated by a projection in the shuttle box. The ‘^working or driving “ shaft ” is put in motion by the workman’s arm.” [Printed, Prawings.] A.D. 1852, December 2.~N° 933. ROTHWELL, James. — This invention relates to the application of springs to the picking sticks of looms, for the purpose of checking the shuttle when it arrives near the end of the shuttle box, and preventing the shuttle rebounding. Near the fulcrum of the picking stick one end of a strap is attached ; the other end of the strap is attached to a spring fixed to the loom side. The “ action of the spring draws the end of the picking stick about two inches into the shuttle box, consequently, when the shuttle is thrown across the shed, it comes against the picking stick and overcomes the action of the spring before it gets home into the shuttle box.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, December 3. — N° 945. DE BERGXJE, Cornelius. — (A communication.) — (Letters Patent void for want of final specification.) — These improvements relate to looms for weaving, and consist, — 1st. In a method of driving two looms placed end to end by one strap or belt. It is accomplished by driving the main pulley of the loom by another friction pulley covered with leather, which is fixed upon a counter shaft placed between the two looms. 2nd. In a heald motion, ‘‘ the object of which is to give more time ‘‘ for the shuttle to pass through the shed.” An excentric pinion on the main shaft works into an oval wheel, which has a nrank pin inserted in it ; this gives motion to a toothed rack, which gives an oscillatory movement to a wheel fixed on a roller, to v/hich the healds are connected. From the roller just mentioned, motion is also given to a vibrator over which the warp passes. W. B B 386 WEAVING. 3rd. The picking motion is derived from a lever carried by the slay sword. This lever is made to strike at the proper time against a projection on a lever actuated by a cam on the roller, which actuates the healds. 4th. The brake apparatus for stopping the loom. 5th. The form and mode of fixing the springs of the sliding roller temple without bolts. The spring is of the bow form, the ends acting against the slides of the temple, and the back against a part of the framing of the loom, being placed in a “ horizontal position across the loom.’’ 6th. The application of a brake to the yarn beam. It is actuated from the slay sword by means of a rod and belt passing partly round a pulley fixed on the yarn beam. 7th. The taking-up motion is actuated by an excentric and con- necting rod, which gives motion to a ratchet wheel, which transmits its motion through a series of toothed wheels to the emery roller. 8th, The mode of constructing the framing of the loom by facing the cross stays of the loom and the corresponding parts of the end or side frames.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawing.] A.D. 1852, December 6.— N° 972. JORDERY, Charles Alfred. — ^These improvements relate to the construction of cravat collars and stocks and stiffeners, and to ornamenting cravat collars and stocks. The part of the invention relating to the construction of the bodies of collars, &c., consists in placing the warp and weft of the materials generally employed for that purpose in opposite directions, instead of uniformly, a series of fibres being placed perpendicularly in the middle.” The part relating to the ornamenting of collars and stocks consists in superposing upon a plain or figured tissue different figures or designs, or parts of different colored goods, which, when fixed to the said tissue, form new designs.” [Printed, 1\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, December 7.-^N® 981. DUCHAMP, Pierre.— (Provisional protection only.) — This is an improved jacqu^d machine.” “ The invention consists, — Firstly, in preventing the springs to be worn out and becoming stiff by suppressing the hook box. WEAVING. 387 Secondly, in the needles terminating at the rings, thereby “ preventing their being worn out by rust, and also avoiding the hook sliding in their rings. “ Thirdly, iu constructing the hook of about 8f inches in length instead of 15| inches, and by causing it to work underneath the needles instead of above them. Fourthly, in constructing the hook with a band of iron, and placing behind it a glass tube sliding over a string stretched by ‘‘ means of brass hooks fixed to the cross piece forming the top of the machine ; and. Fifthly, in constructing the machine of about half the height of the usual jacquard.” [Printed, 2\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, December 7- — N° 983. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication.) — Im- “ provements in weaving carpets and other fabrics.” “ This inven- tion relates principally to certain improvements or modifications “ of the mechanism specified under certain Letters Patent 14^011] granted to the said John Henry Johnson on or “ about the 8th day of March last, and consists, first, in separating or dividing the head of the wire to be drawn from the other wires contained in the fabric, and holding it in a steady position until it is laid hold of by the drawer. This is effected by the “ descent of a small inclined plane, the point of which enters “ between the protruding head of the wire o be drawn and its neighbour ; having thus deflected the wire to a certain extent, a slotted catch moves forward over the head of the wire, and retains it in a fixed and steady manner until the apparatus for drawing “ it is ready for effecting its purpose'.” Secondly, in the use of an arm which descends and presses the wire against the reed while it is being inserted, so as to keep it steady. Tlie wire thus inserted is steadied while being brought up to the cloth by a fixed guide plate, over which the hooked “ head of the wire is passed.” Thirdly, in a mode of applying friction to the yarn upon the bobbins. The yarn is brought from the under side of the bobbin, and is passed round a link resting on the upper surface of the yarn, which is weighted by hanging a small weight on the yarn itself. [Printed, 5-|c?. Drawings.] B B 2 388 WEAVING. A.D. 1852, December 8. — N° 995. HARRISON, John, HARRISON, Robert, and HARRISON, Alexander Stewart. — This invention relates to looms for weaving shirt and other frontings, and consists in the application to the slays of such looms of double shuttle boxes for holding the shuttles. The shuttles severally hold the one coarse weft for the bottom, the other fine weft for the top plait.’^ Also in the application of three additional treadles for making a shed, “ or lifting every alternate thread in the warp on the small beam of the loom.’" [Printed, 5|c?. Drawings.] A. D. 1852, December 9. — N° 1013. COLLIER, George. — The patentee says, — My first improve- ment relates to looms for weaving uncut terry fabrics by power ** with wires, and can be more easily understood by reference to my specification of the patent bearing date December 31st, 1851 [N° 13,888], in which is described a new mode of intro- ducing the wire, by having an instrument to lay hold of the head of the wire, which carries it or pushes it into the open shed, and holds it there until the shed goes down, and the weft is inserted to keep the wire fixed ; but this mode was confined to inserting the wires which had a cutter and guard at the other end of the wire.” The object of the present improvement is to make use of this mode of dealing with the heads of the wires when inserting tapestry wires, or wires without any guard or cutter at the other end, by simply having the wires slightly bent upwards at one end, and a finger placed in the front of the lay, which “ pushes the wires into the deep part of the shed whilst they are being inserted.” My second improvement relates to withdrawing the said wires, which are bent upwards, in a similar mode to that adopted in a patent granted to Payne and Currie, June 7th, “ 1849 [N° 12,646]. The wires that I prefer to use have a large “ flat head, with a shoulder on each side of the head ; and I have nippers to lay hold of the wire, but pressing against the said shoulders, and deposit the head of the said wire into a holder, which holder receives it from the nippers, and takes it through "" the shed, itself remaining outside of the shed, holding the wire the right side up until it is firmly secured by weft.” WEAVING. 389 My next improvement relates to the weighting of bobbins in jacquard terry looms, explained and shown in a patent granted “ to A. V. Newton, Jany. 30th, 1851 [N° 13,479.], in which specification there are pins shewn fixed in the heads of the bobbins, which pins press against a lever till the weight which is hung to the worsted raises the said lever, in order to allow the bobbin to make a portion of a revolution.” My improve- ment is to have that part of the lever which rests upon the bobbin curved, so as to fit the head of the bobbin, thereby doing ‘‘ away with the necessity of pins in the bobbins.” ‘‘ My next improvement relates to looms where terry fabrics are ‘‘ produced with jacquard harness.” My improvement consists of attaching a weight to each cord between the warps and jacquard machine, in order to keep the harness in a straight line, and produce perfect work.” [Printed, 2s. 6id. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, December 11.— N« 1022. BOARD MAN, Thomas.— -This invention relates to the construc- tion and arrangement of a loom, so as to make it “capable of “ weaving different kinds and qualities of goods, and also different “ patterns or designs of fabrics, as plain and twilled calicoes, as “ well as working the jacquard and shuttle box motions.” The patentee says, — “ I obtain these desirable advantages prin- “ cipally by placing on the side of the loom fran^p an indented “ plate or star wheel, attached to and worked by a toothed wheel “ furnished with a number of pins or projections, acting on the in- “ dents of the said star wheel. By means of this apparatus I can “ alter or modify the action of the treddles, shafts, and levers to “ an almost unlimited extent, and act upon any reasonable number “ of them that may be required, as well as work the boxing of the “ shuttle in a more complete and perfect manner. I work tnis “ section plate with its accompanying apparatus from the crank “ shaft, a small pinion on the end of which gives motion to a “ wheel, which communicates motion to the wheel with pins or “ projections aforesaid. When I use the jacquard apparatus, I “ work the index from an excentric from the crank shaft, instead “ of working it from the top of the loom, as heretofore.” [Printed, 5p/. Drawings.] WEAVING. 390 A.D. 1852, December ]7.-“N« 1096. LANGRIDGE, James. — The patentee says, — My invention consists in manufacturing stays and stay fabrics in the following ‘‘ manner : — I make the foundation of contil, jean, or other woven “ fabric of sufficient strength, and weave into the front part of the stays at the desired parts strips of silk, leaving a space between the foundation and such strips of silk for the insertion of the busk and bones.’^ [Printed, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, December 22.— N° 1129. QUINCHEZ, Celestine Denis Veuve. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — This is an invention of a fabric or texture which may be used for making mantles, bonnets, and other articles of female attire.’’ “ The improved fabric or texture is composed of a warp and a weft or woof, consisting partly of ribbon and partly of silk chenille of various colors.” [Printed, 2\d, No drawing.] A.D. 1852, December 24. 1165. TUER, William, HODGSON, William, and HALL, Ro- BERT. — This invention relates to the manufacture of textile fabrics and to machinery for weaving. The improvements are, — Firstly, the use of two or more materials for the weft of a fabric, combined with the warp in such a manner that the face of the said fabric shall for the greater part be composed of more ‘‘ expensive material than the back thereof. “ Secondly, making the pickers of looms of malleable cast iron or other metal ; also the application of apparatus, against which the picker spindle arrives in contact for the purpose of receiving lubricating material.” ‘‘ Thirdly, the application, to the slays of rising box looms, of a yielding plate or other apparatus, with which a shuttle impro- perly projecting arrives in contact, so as to effect the stopping of the loom.” Fourthly^ as applied to looms in which two shuttles are em- “ ployed, the adaptation of suitable apparatus for removing one “ weft thread from range of the detecting fork after it has been WEAVING. 391 operated upon, so as to allow the second weft thread to be detected alone. Fifthly, as applied to looms in which two weft detector appa- ratus are employed, causing the said apparatus to be disconnected “ from the stopping parts on that side of the loom on which the weft thread is not required to be detected. Sixthly, the application of an extra driving motion to looms capable of being brought into operation by the attendant, so as “ to cause the machine to revolve more slowly backward or for- ward. “ Seventhly, constructing endless chains for effecting a shedding of the warp by metal plates united by links, such plates having tappets applied thereto by means of series of holes formed “ therein. Eighthly, the application of the star wheel, Maltese cross, motion to the purpose of effecting the picking. Ninthly, the application of a rod or rods bearing upon the warp threads of jacquard looms,” which rods rise and fall therewith, and serve to keep them distended during the beating up of the work.” Tenthly, the application of endless chains, cards, tappets, or other such parts for removing the pin which drives the star wheel or Maltese cross, when applied to the purpose of actuating machinery by which shuttle boxes are raised. “ Eleventhly, the application of the jacquard, endless chains, or ‘‘ other such apparatus used for forming the shed, to the purpose (in the same loom) of causing the changes of the shuttles in “ rising box looms. “ Twelfthly, the application of a cam constructed by joining ‘‘ together separate pieces formed as sectors of circles, and capable of being re-arranged at pleasure,” for the purpose of raising “ or lowering the shuttle boxes of looms.” Thirteenthly, constructing the work and warp beams of looms, and also the rollers or cylinders of carding engines, by blocks of wood placed between radial arms of metal.” [Printed, I5. O^c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1852, December 29.— N° 1191. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to certain improvements in the manufacture of three-ply, two-ply, and single-ply printed carpets. 392 WEAVING. “ The first branch of the invention relates to the manufacture of three-ply and two-ply printed carpets/’ and consists in “ an ingrained plyed printed carpet, made by a combination of the processes of weaving in two or more plys, and ingraining the same, and subsequently printing the figure or figures on both sides of the same.” The second branch of the invention relates to the manufacture of single-ply printed carpets,” and consists in using a strong stout cotton or other twine for the warp, which is stretched tightly in the loom so as just to yield sufficiently to allow the necessary motion of the harness ; over this is then thrown uncolored woollen filling, when the carpet is to be printed oh one or both sides, or the filling may be of some light color, over which the figure is printed in heavier colors ; or the fabric may be woven of uncolored filling, and printed upon one side, where a uniform w'hite color is desired upon the other.” [Printed, 4kcl. No Drawing.] 1853 . A.D. 1853, January 3. — N® 11. BLEACKLEY, John, junior. — ^These improvements relate to machinery “ to be used in washing, bleaching, dying, and sizing “ yarns and fabrics,” and consist in placing a series of winces, having each four or other suitable number of arms and cross rails, in a cistern containing water or other fluid, and in causing the yarn or fabric under operation to pass under and over the rails of the said winces, the axes of which are so near to each “ other that the rails of each wince in revolving pass between the “ rails of the adjoining winces, thereby producing the required “ effect on the yarns or fabrics to be operated upon.” [Printed, G^. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 6. — N° 41. GRAHAM, Peter. — (A communication from Erastus B. Bige- low.) — This invention relates to power looms used for weaving carpets and other piled fabrics. This first part of the invention consists “ of improvements in and means of working pincers or equivalent instruments for “ operating the pile wires.” The pincers have movements given to them, not only ‘‘ for withdrawing the wires and carrying them WEAVING. :m back towards the reed to be again inserted as heretofore, but also to carry forward the wires, and hold them in position with their proper edges upwards until they are secured, and the pincers or ‘‘ instruments are arranged to prevent collision with the shuttle box, and a guide or guides are applied, which move towards “ and from the breast beam, in unison with the pincers or like “ instruments, and successively receive the wires as they are with- ‘‘ drawn from the cloth, carry them back to the point where they “ are to be inserted in the open shed of the warps, and guide and “ support them as, they pass therein. And part of the invention “ also consists in employing long horizontal guides to guide and “ support the pile wires as they pass between the warps, so that ‘‘ the wires may slide upon them as they enter the warps, and side- “ ways towards and from the breast beam in unison with the pincers. And the invention also consists of applying a box or “ holder for holding the pile wires at the fell of the cloth, with “ their proper edges upward when liberated by the pincers or “ instruments, the pincers or instruments being adapted to suc- cessively engage with the said wires, the box or holder being “ held firmly when the pincers or like instruments engage with ‘‘ the wires, and is then left free to vibrate with them. When the wes have cutters at their ends they are liable, when being “ drawn out from the cloth, to turn and to cut the pile unequally ; this is prevented by a bar or guide pressing against the wires, and they are thus kept in their proper position. “ The second part of the invention relates to the motion for “ giving off the warp and taking up the cloth, and consists of “ applying tension weights and breaks on arms extending from ‘‘ the whip roller or frame, whereby such apparatus is made more sensitive to the action of the yarns. [Printed, 2s. 4^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 10. — 65. WEBB, William. — This invention relates to the manufacture of carpets, and consists of causing all the worsted yarn to appear “ on the two surfaces, the linen warp being on the interior ; and in order to cause the two surfaces to project like terry weaving a ‘‘ thick weft is used on either side, so that the two surfaces are “ corded and appear as if wires had been used on both sides, An 394 WEAVING. ordinary thinner or fine weft is used in the linen warp, which binds all parts together, and weaves the linen warp into a fabric.” [Printed, f>\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 11. — N° 70. WEILD, William.— -These improvements relate to looms for weaving. They consist, firstly, in the construction of a jaw or nipper temple, in which the nippers by an outward aud inward ** motion alternately seize and release the cloth, but do not release it until the inward motion is nearly completed.” Secondly, in the employment of the ordinary roller temple so as to answer the double purpose of stretching the cloth and taking up, namely, by communicating to the roller a positive motion.” Thirdly, in a mode of keeping the warp in a sufficient state of tension as it is delivered from the warp beam. The warp after jiassing from the warp beam is carried over a roller, which is sup- ported on the extremities of two weighted levers. The warp beam and the roller are geared together by spur wheels ; so that when the cloth is taken up, the pull of the yarn will have a tendency to turn the roller, and through it the warp beam, in contrary direc- tions. [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 17.— N" 113. NAIRNE, William. — This invention relates to motions for regu- lating the letting off of the yarn and the taking up of the cloth in looms for weaving. The yarn beam is driven by a train of wheels, which is put in motion by a circular plate or disc revolving on a shaft, against the face of which disc a friction wheel (the first in the above- mentioned train) is pressed by a weight or spring ; this friction wheel recedes from the centre of the disc as the diameter of the yarn or warp beam is diminished, which increases the revolving motion of the beam, so that the surface of the yarn on it always moves at the same speed.” To regulate the taking up of the cloth beam, a rocking shaft is placed in the framing of the loom, between the breast beam and WEAVING. 395 the cloth beam. Upon this shaft two short arms are fixed, into which a roller revolves as the cloth passes over it. Upon the same shaft, and at right angles to the two short arms, a long arm is fixed, near the extreme end of which a weight is hung ; and this “ is the weight which regulates the tension of the web ; for as by “ the unwinding of the warp from the yarn beam this weight descends, it brings a friction wheel (which is the first of a train that drives the cloth beam) into contact with a similar wheel which “ is always in motion when the loom is going ; it immediately gives motion to the cloth beam, which motion continues until “ by the rising of the weight the friction wheels are brought out “ of contact.’’ When the catch which keeps the driving strap on the loom is disengaged, the spring or v/eight, which pulls off the “ driving strap at the same instant, pulls the friction wheel, which “ is the first in the train that drives the yarn beam clear of the “ disc, which gives it motion, and consequently both yarn and “ cloth beam is stopped until the loom be again put in motion in “ the proper way.” [Printed, 6^d, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 20. — N® 139. WARD, John Whiteley. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to a mode of manufacturing fabrics, and is applicable to goods dyed either in the yarn or piece. The patentee says, — Instead of forming the pattern or figure by the warp and the ground by the weft, or vice versa, the ground and figure “ being made with the same twill, the mode now generally adopted, I propose to make or form the figure or pattern with “ the weft, and the ground with the warp ; the figure or pattern to be made with a twill of a larger float than the ground, which will give the goods the appearance of an embossed surface.” [Printed, 2^d. No drawing.] A.D. 1853, January 24. — N® 176. NAIRNE, William. — ‘^Improvements in dressing yarns for “ looms.” The patentee says, — “ My improvements in dressing “ yarns for looms consist of placing under every dressing brush a “ box or vessel containing the dressing material. A roller revolves slowly in the dressing material, and the dressing is thereby “ taken up by it, either in a greater or less quantity, according as 396 WEAVING. the doctor is set. The dressing brushes take the dressing off “ the surfaces of the rollers (by rubbing slightly upon them as they revolve), and spread it upon the yarn, consequently the dressing may be used thicker, and therefore the yarn will be more easily dried.” [Printed, 5ic7. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 31. — N® 253. MASON, John. — The invention consists in the application of “ ball and socket joints to the sword crank and picking motion of looms. These joints may be formed by any convenient method, the novelty being the adaptation of such apparatus to the purposes above mentioned.” [Printed, 5|r7. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, January 31.^ — N° 256. CHALMERS, David. — These improvements relate, firstly, to a loom for weaving damask. AVith regard to this part of the improvements, the patentee says : — ‘‘ By my improvements I economize the cost of such loom, labour in working, and wear and tear of the machinery itself, by introducing 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more shafts to produce any kind of tweed by tappets and parallel motion ; T use 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more depressing tappets “ to produce similar tweed on the opposite side of the cloth. In the jacquard process I use two shafts on the top of the machine, “ lying in the direction of the breadth of the loom. On the front of one of them I fix a lever to lift the apparatus, which raises the warp threads to produce the required figure. A tappet wheel or cam, with one or more notches in it, keeps the machine up during five -sixths of its circumference, and during the mo- tion of the other part or parts the machine is down, and a change of card takes place once for six or any other number of picks of the loom.” Secondly, to a letting-off motion. The yarn beam is actuated by gearing, which receives its motion from a ratchet wheel worked by catches attached to a slotted lever, which receives its motion from a stud attached to a lever, and working in a slot in the lay sword. The upper end of the last-mentioned lever is connected to a horizontal lever working on a stud, and having one end WEAVING. 397 bearing on the yarn beam [apparently for the purpose of regulating the amount of motion to be imparted to the ratchet wheel]. Thirdly, to a temple, consisting of two grooved bars of metal, one of which is placed above, the other below, the whole width of the fabric. Fourthly, to a weft stop motion. Between the breast beam and the lay is a rod having a fork-shaped instrument near each end ; a finger is also attached to the rod, which, when the weft is absent, allows ‘‘ a knob ” on the frog to come in contact with a projection on the lay ; but when the weft is in the shed the knob is raised, and the projection on the lay misses it. Fifthly, to a fly reed,” which consists in a reed with a loose “ or false back,” which is made “ to fly up and down at each “ motion of the lathe.” Sixthly, to horizontal revolving shuttle boxes, which are turned round by catches in a similar manner to a jacquard cylinder. The action of the catches is governed by “ knobs ” attached to a cylinder or drum, which is worked from the cam shaft. [Printed, Is. Z\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, February 5. — N° 317. PEACOCK, Thomas. — These improvements relate to cut-piled fabrics, and consist in a peculiar mode of arranging the warp threads when such fabrics are woven double and afterwards “ separated by cutting the pile common to both pieces.” The warps from their respective beams are passed between rods set at the required distance apart, according to the length of pile re- quired, and one half the threads from each beam is used to form each piece of fabric. The patentee has also found that when the pile warp is all on one beam it is advantageous to divide the threads which pass to each of the pile healds, so that the “ required tension can be put upon the threads by means of “ rollers connected with spiral springs, which spiral springs “ enable the threads to give way to the motion of the healds, “ and thus avoid any undue strain.” The remainder of the invention relates to the mechanism for weaving cut-piled fabrics, the novelty of which does not consist in the parts separately considered, but in the general arrangement of the whole.” [Printed, %\d. Drawings.] 398 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, February 10. — N° 354. HUNTER, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^Tliis inven- tion relates principally to the manufacture of stout woollen fabrics intended for articles of heavy clothing, as top coats, “ cloaks, rugs, and other articles, and wrappers. Such fabrics have one plain or smooth teazled side, and the other curled or faced with short loops of the woollen weft, dotted at intervals “ over the piece. The warp is cotton and the weft all wool, but various materials may be adopted in the manufacture.” [Printed, No drawing.] A.D. 1853, February 15.— N« 389. COCKER, Valentine, and HERBERT, Reuben.- -(A com- munication.) — (Complete specification, but no letters patent.) — This invention consists in the application of a guard to the reed cap or other convenient part of a loom, in order to prevent the shuttle leaving the shed when traversing from one shuttle box to the other.” [Printed, 5ld Drawings.] A.D. 1853, February 21. — N° 438. SAMUELS, Samuel Rodgers, and SANDS, Robert. — The subject of this invention is a vertical power loom for weaving several widths of fabric at the same time in the one loom. The principal novelty in this loom is that the width of the fabric is placed at right angles to the front of the loom, and to the cloth and warp beams, so that the cloth when woven has to be turned a quarter round, in order to wind it on to the cloth beam ; and the weft carrier or shuttle has to pass from front to back of the loom. The patentees propose “to dispense with the ordinary “ shuttle and to employ in lieu thereof a new form of construc- “ tion of shuttle, composed of a carriage containing a bobbin “ upon which the weft is wound.” “ Looms constructed ac- “ cording to this invention are not only applicable to the manu- “ facture of every description of woven fabric, but are alike “ applicable to the manufacture of cut-pile fabrics, such as “ velvets.” When manufacturing “plaited goods, such as coach lace,” the patentees use two shuttles, one for the back, the other for the WEAVING. 399 face of each fabric. When it is intended to produce a class of goods known and distinguished as checks and plaids, and for ‘‘ weaving in colours,” two, three, or more shuttles are employed for each piece or fabric. [Printed. 25 . ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, February 21.— 441. MASH, James, and BAILEY, Joseph Sharp. — These im- provements relate to machinery employed in weaving, and con- sist in so arranging and constructing such machinery that the “ shuttles carrying the weft threads used or employed therein, or some of them, when thrown or actuated, shall pass through the sheds or openings between the warp threads in directions diagonal or inclined to the plane of such warp threads, or from one side* of such warp to the other side, such shed or openings ‘‘ through the warp threads being also in diagonal or inclined directions, in contradistinction to the usual method of weaving by throwing the shuttle and the weffc thread in the direction of from edge to edge of the warp, or from selvage to selvage.” The patentees employ this method of weaving textile fabrics, “ either with or v/ithout combination with the usual and well- known method.” [Printed, Is. t\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, February 22.— N° 453. COCHRANE, John Richard. — This invention relates more ‘‘ especially to the manufacture of figured fabrics of the lappet ‘‘ class, wherein the device or pattern is formed by the action of lappet wheels-, or other similar contrivances, in laying the whip or pattern threads upon the surface of the goods, and binding “ down the same with the weft threads. Such yarn or figure threads have hitherto been always beamed on rolls previous to “ weaving, the rolls being attached to the loom, and the yarn “ taken therefrom, as required in the weaving action. Now by “ this improved arrangement the cops of whip yarn are taken directly to the loom, and arranged in creels, or suitable holding “ frames, and the yarn is thus unwound directly from the cops as “ the weaving proceeds.” “ Or by another mode the bobbins of “ yarn, as filled from the cops in the ordinary manner, are taken to the loom, and held there in a suitable frame, instead of the 400 WEAVING. cops; and in both cases, whether the cops or bobbins are applied in this way, each line or frame of threads is passed round a paced roller so as to give an equal uniform tension to all the threads during the weaving action. This tension roller may be paced, or furnished with a friction apparatus, by any of the ordinary modes.” [Printed, 5^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, February 26.— 491. SINCLAIR, the Honourable James, commonly called Lord Berriedale. — “ This invention relates to the manufacturing of narrow fabrics, such as tapes, ribbons, and other goods, where each loom contains a large series of shuttles or weft conductors working in a continuous line, and all or most of them in action at once, each upon its separate line of fabric. According to the ordinary plan of weaving in such looms, the whole set of shuttles must always be stopped whenever the thread of any single one breaks, or whenever it is necessary from any cause that one or more shuttles should be stopped or removed.” In the improved loom, “ the shuttles are so arranged that any one of them may be stopped and taken out without disturbing the “ rest, or stopping the loom. This is accomplished by adapting a species of detached duplex race for each individual shuttle, one above the other, the upper one only being actually used for ‘‘ the traverse of that particular shuttle therein, whilst the lower one is contrived for the periodical entry therein of the next shuttle on each side of the particular one which is stopped.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 7.— N° 572. PARKER, Charles. — ‘^Improvements in weaving.” “This “ invention has reference to the delivery of the warp from the “ yarn beam in a uniform and equable manner, whatever variation “ there may be in the quantity of yarn on the beam.” “ To obtain “ this efPect the warp beam is arranged to rest, through the actual “ mass of wound up or beamed warp, upon a roller, which is “ driven at a continuously uniform speed of revolution, through “ the intervention of gearing in connection with the main crank “ or tappet shaft. This roller, so driven, communicates its motion “ to the warp beam by frictional contact.” [Printed, Drawings.] WEA\ L\G. 401 ' A.D. 1853, March 9.— N° 596. VALTAT, Francois, and ROUILLI^, Francois Marie. — These improvements relate ‘"to weaving the plaits or folds of plaited fabrics, which have been generally produced by the needle and hand, and consist in constructing combs with series “ of short teeth united together by a transverse piece, by which “ the threads are raised at every throw of the shuttle from one of “ the adjacent long teeth to the other."’ [Printed, 1\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 9.— 601. COLLIER, George. — “ Improvements in the manufacture of “ carpets and other fabrics.” The first three improvements relate to a patent granted to the present patentee dated December 31st, 1851 [N° 13,888]. The improvements consist, — Firstly, in the employment of an additional hook for withdraw- ing the terry wires a short distance, by which arrangement the patentee is enabled to use a larger hook for withdrawing them the remainder of the distance. Secondly, in employing an additional forked instrument for receiving and supporting the wires while they are being inserted. Thirdly, in employing apparatus “for preventing the wires “ leaving the holder when being inserted.” Fourthly, in forming the wires for making uncut terry fabrics with a thin turned-up end, “ so that when going into the shed “ they are turned up, but when withdrawn they are so thin that “ they draw into a straight line.” Fifthly, in “ the application of a comb in front of the lathe, to “ clear the warp threads of the shed.” Sixthly, in “ the laying of the pile of uncut terry fabrics by “ pressing surfaces.” Seventhly, in “ applying rising and falling shuttle boxes, suit- “ able to receive shuttles carrying different thicknesses of weft, in “ order to insert thicker weft on the back than is on the face of “ terry and velvet carpets and rugs, when made by power in com- “ bination with jacquard or figuring machines.” , Eighthly, in “ causing that part of the shuttle race which is “ below the warp to rise or fall for the support of the shuttle next “ to be introduced into the shed.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] C C 402 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, March 10.— N° 611. COLLIER, George. — Improvements in machinery or apparatus used in weaving.” The patentee says, — ‘^The improvements relate, firstly, to a novel arrangement of self-acting temple. Serrated or roughened surfaces nip the cloth between them by spring or other pressure, and when some quantity of cloth is woven these surfaces are, by a lever movement, caused to loose their hold of the cloth, advance towards the reed, and take hold of a fresh quantity. Also to extending such temples across the width of fabric being made. Secondly, to so arranging the tappets which work the leaves of heddles that each of a pair or set of heddles, in passing the centre for a change of shed, may follow in succession, and “ thereby admit of a better clearance of the warp. Thirdly, to means by which, when any of the warp threads break during the process of weaving, the loose ends thereof may be drawn away from the other warp threads, and also from the harness, so to prevent their entanglement. “ Fourthly, the improvements consist in forming inclined knobs or enlargements on the connecting rods between the upper and lower jacks or levers which work the healds when using a wedge-formed bar to act upon the wedge-formed ends of the jacks, in order to open the shed, such as was described in the “ specification of a patent granted to Mr. John Mason and myself on the 26th day of March, 1849 [N° 12,535], and in forming “ slits or notches in the rising and falling bars capable of receiving such connecting rods when the same are actuated thereto by suitable pattern surface.” Fifthly, to the application of an internal break caused to act within the driving or other, suitable drum of a loom, and brought into operation by the direct action of the stop rod when a shuttle fails to enter its box ; the driving strap being at the “ same time, and by like means, shifted from the fast to the loose pulley.” [Printed, 9|cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 14.— N° 641. BASHALL, William, junior. — This invention relates to the application of lubricating matter to cotton and other yarn or WEAVING. 403 warp threads, after such threads have passed through the sow, “ or dressing trough of dressing, sizeing, or tape machines, in the ordinary process of dressing, sizeing, or preparing the warps for ‘‘ being woven, the object of such treatment being the rendering the yarn or warp threads more open, softer, and less wiry than warps treated in the ordinary manner, and the removal of the ‘‘ usual harshness in such threads, as well as the commonly “ experienced tendency of the individual threads to become matted or adhere together.” The substance applied by the patentee to the threads in carrying out this system of pre- “ paration is oil, or any conveniently obtainable oleaginous or “ greasy matter. Such lubricating or softening substance is applied to the threads by means of a roller partially immersed “ in the lubricating matter, and arranged so that it shall revolve ‘‘ in contact with the threads, so as to transmit the determined quantity of the lubricating matter to the threads in a con- tinuously uniform manner.” [Printed, Z\d. No drawing.] A.D. 1853, March 15.— N^ 645. DURAND, Francois. — This invention relates to ‘^an improved “ kind of loom,” the principal feature of novelty in which is the circular movement of the shuttle, which is effected in the follow- ing manner : — A rack inwardly and outwardly toothed, sets in motion four pinions attached to a plate inside of the rack, these pinions gear with a rack attached to the shuttle, and cause it to pass between the threads of the warp, which is worked by harness in the ordinary manner. The reed, which is attached to rods, and worked by a cam, is placed so as not to impede the motion of the shuttle, but when the latter has passed between the warp threads, the reed advances through an opening made in the plate which carries the shuttle, and beats up the weft. An apparatus is described for manufacturing the weft bobbins to be used in the improved loom. The apparatus consists of a spindle around which is placed a piece of paper and then two half- cylinders having their edges (instead of meeting together) turned outwards. These portions of the cylinder being kept separate by the spindle serve to hold a series of circular segments set at a short distance from each other. The thread for forming the bobbin is wound between these segments. When full the spindle c c 2 404 WEAVING. is removed and the segments and semicircular pieces are then freed and the thread is left on the paper ready for the loom. [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 17.— 657. LIVESEY, John. — This invention consists, “first, in improved “ methods of cutting pile terry and such like looped fabrics, “ manufactured by bobbin net, twist lace, and warp lace “ machinery, and in additions to, and alterations in, and new “ arrangements (for the purpose of cutting and ornamenting pile “ fabrics) of the shearing machinery now used in the manufacture “ of cloth and fustians, which machinery is also used in trimming “ and finishing such pile fabrics as have been cut in the loom or “ frame. And second, in producing pile fabrics having orna- “ mental designs thereon, which designs are formed after the “ fabric has been woven, by cutting the pile on some portions and “ leaving it uncut on other portions of the fabric.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 17.— N° 660. JOHNSON, George. — This invention relates to mechanism which is intended to supersede the use of the healds or harness usually employed in looms for weaving. “ Or the said mechanism, “ or a slight modification thereof, may be employed for actuating “ the ordinary healds or harness.” The mechanism consists “ of a roller furnished with a series of “ grooves running parallel to each other, and at right angles to “ the axis of the said roller, and corresponding with the spaces “ between the dents of the reed. The warp threads pass through “ these said grooves, and rest upon certain thread lifters, two “ being in each groove, and those of one groove being at right “ angles to those in the next groove (if for weaving plain cloth), “ so that when the thread lifters are vertical one over the other in “ one groove the thread lifters in the next groove are horizontal, “ and in a line with the axis of the roller.” The patentee employs two warp beams, “ which are weighted so as to give tension to “ the warp threads; and it will, therefore, be evident that in “ those grooves where the thread lifters are perpendicular the “ warps will be lifted, whilst in those grooves where the thread WEAVING. 405 lifters are horizontal they will be depressed, and thus a shed or “ opening will be formed in said warp threads.” [Printed, h\d. Drawings.] A D. 1853, March 17.— N« 662. BOTTOMLEY, John. — ^Yhis invention relates to ‘^improvements “ in the manufacture of figured or ornamented piled or plushed “ fabrics.” “ The improvements consist in manufacturing figured or orna- “ mented piled or plushed fabrics, by using for the pile or plushed “ figures thereof materials not hitherto used for that purpose ; “ that is, the figures are composed of materials known as mohair, “ or any admixture thereof, with silk, cotton, or wool, or they “ may be of silk or cotton, or admixtures thereof, the body or “ ground of the fabric being composed of other materials, as “ alpaca, &c., as well known. These are manufactured by any of “ the usual methods of weaving employed and well known.” [Printed, 2\cl, No drawing.] A.D. 1853, March IS.-^N'^ 6/0. BELLFORD, Auguste Edouard Loradoux. — (A communi- cation.) — This invention relates to “ improvements in power “ looms,” and consists, — Firstly, in “mounting the harness on a pair of rollers, each “ having its periphery of two different diameters ; the front leaf “ of harness being attached to the smaller diameters, and the back leaf to the larger diameters of the said rollers ; the said diameters being in proper proportion to compensate for the dis- tance of the leaves of harness from the filling point, and the rollers receiving an alternate circular or oscillating motion upon “ their axes.” Secondly, in “ connecting the rocker of each picker staff,” “ with “ the bed on which it rocks, by means of an interposed strap of “ leather or other flexible substance, attached at the inner end to “ the bed and at the outer end to the rocker.” Thirdly, in drawing back each picker staff, “ by means of a “ spring consisting of a strip of wood, attached at one end to the “ end of the race beam or shuttle box, and connected at the other “ end by a strap with the picker staff near the rocker.” Fourthly, in “forcing the shuttle binders inwards against the 406 WEAVING. shuttle while boxing with a gradually increasing force, by means of arms on a rocker provided with a spring, which is acted upon by a pin on the connecting rod of the lay.” Fifthly, in securing the raw hide pickers to the inner face of the staffs by means of a leather strap, or the equivalent thereof, embracing and binding the two together.” Sixthly, in ‘^retaining the taking-up motion of the cloth by “ means of a dog, which is fitted to a lever so placed as to be actuated by the operation of the filling stop motion or protecting lever in stopping the loom, and thus caused to free the dog from the ratchet ; the said dog fitting to the said lever in such “ a way that, when set free from the ratchet wheel, it will slide “ upon the lever to such a position as to be inoperative, but that when the loom is again started, and the take-up motion is set in operation, the dog will be moved upon the lever by the operation of the taking-up mechanism upon the ratchet wheel, and will, after one, two, or more picks of filling have been de- posited in the warp, resume its operative position.” Seventhly, in making the weft fork with “ moveable tines of ‘‘ split ratan cane, whalebone, light flexible wood, or any material of a similar nature, placed in a light elastic socket attached to the catch hook.” [Printed, Is, lO^cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 21.— N° 688. COLLINS, William Whitaker.— (A communication.)— This invention relates to ah improved circular loom. The patentee says, — It consists in the arrangement of self-acting machinery, by which the tissues or textures are woven in a circular form resembling tubes, and in order to accomplish which my invention performs the following operations : — “ 1st. The loom is arranged to take up a number of warps in “ such a manner as to admit of them running off again suc- cessively during the process of weaving, the necessary tension, however, being still maintained. 2ndly. The placing the warps alternately above and below the weft threads, and carry them alternately and ultimately to that part where they are joined to one another. 3rdly. The loom takes up the spooled weft thread so as to “ admit of its running off again during the process of weaving. WEAVING 407 the tension being maintained in order to join the warps. The “ spooled weft thread is placed in the machine in such a manner as to make it pass above and below the warps respectively, thus forming conjointly the required shape of the woven tissue or texture resembling tubes. The joined tissure or texture is re- moved by the machine at a speed which can be regulated at pleasure. The claim is for a loom which weaves in a running circular form instead of in straight lines, by which a new character is given to various descriptions of woven fabrics.’^ [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 24.— N« 713. BEAUMONT, John. — This invention relates to a method of manufacturing velvet or piled fabrics. The patentee says, — I 7 weave two or more fabrics together at the same time, one over the other or others, in one loom, the two or more fabrics being made or formed with or without wires, and being connected together by the material which constitutes the pile or plush surface of each fabric when the same are cut and separated. This connecting material is so woven as to form a race or guiae for the knife or other cutting instrument, and the two or more fabrics being cut and split asunder, two or more distinct fabrics are formed, each of them with a cut or piled surface. Each cloth or fabric, when cut and separated, is perfect in itself, but the pile or velvet figures are reversed. ‘‘ I also apply the invention to manufactures where one perfect fabric only is required, namely, in patterns or figures where spaces are left. An under or extra warp or weft, woven with “ the upper fabric, whether formed with or without wires, is used for the purpose of pulling out the superfluous pile after the knife or cutting instrument has cut the pile or plush surface of ‘‘ the perfect fabric. The weaving may be conducted according to any pattern, and the cutting take place over spaces of ground, however distant.” [Printed, 31tZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 24.— N« 716. DE ROULET, Charles Victor Frederic. — This invention relates to the manufacture of piled figured fabrics, and consists 408 WEAVING. in a method of preparing the threads intended to form the pile and the pattern separately and independently of the threads of “ the warp, and uniting them up in the loom together.” The warp threads (which may be of the ordinary material, as hemp or cotton,) are stretched on the loom in the usual manner. The pile threads (which will be of more costly materials — wool, silk, “ or even threads of gold or silver,) are wound in a particular order, according to the pattern which is to be produced, round moveable rollers or large bobbins,” of which the number varies indefinitely, according to the requirements of the design. “ The manufacture of the fabric is effected by the successive in- troduction of the threads of each roller between the threads of the warp in the loom, and the uniting of them by means of a “ weft, which binds the one to the other. One advantage of the “ process is this, that the rollers being moveable, can be changed at each passage of the weft;, and that as each roller has its own “ separate colors, the number of shades in the design can thus be multiplied indefinitely, without sacrificing any of the costly ma- terials in the body of the fabric. Another advantage is that the fabric has no wrong side, properly so called, because the design is repeated on each surface, the one piled or velveted, the other smooth.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 29.— N<^ 744. SMITH, Luke, and SMITH, Matthew. — These improvements relate to machinery for weaving and printing. The improvements in machinery for weaving consist, — First, in winding the warp for binding the weft face on to the back cloth, and the warp for the back cloth of fustians and other similar fabrics on separate warp beams, instead of on the same warp beam, as heretofore. Secondly, in applying the swell at the bottom of the shuttle box, whereby one or more shuttles may be acted upon by the same swell. Thirdly, in an improved weft stopper for two or more shuttles, consisting of threads corresponding to the number of sheds. The two threads for one shed are connected to a swivel piece, “ the centre of which is fitted to the end of an elbow lever ; the ‘‘ other end of this lever is connected by a thread or wire to a WEAVING. 40U trigger jointed to another elbow lever^ one end of which is acted “ upon by a cam on the tappet shaft or other suitable part of the loom. When the weft is in, the trigger is raised and the loom “ continues its work ; but if the weft fails, the trigger remains down and the end of it is pushed by the cam on the tappet shaft against a bar acting on the knocking-oflP lever.” “ Fourthly, in the application of a spring or springs to the “ under side of the lay bottom, or in other convenient place, to act on the picking stick, and prevent the rebounding of the “ shuttle. Fifthly, in an improved combination of machinery for weaving terry or looped fabrics without the aid of wires ; by which im- “ proved combination of machinery a portion of the terry warp is caught hold of by the crossing of the binding warp and the “ weft, and formed into a loop or terry by the beating up of the “ reed. ‘‘ Sixthly, in another improved combination of machinery for weaving terry or looped fabrics, in which the depth of the loops “ or terries is determined by a series of flat wires passing between the dents of the reed. “ Seventhly, in the application of three shuttles traversing the ‘‘ sheds at the same time,” “ for weaving terry or other fabrics.” [Printed, \l\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 29.— N° 750. KEOGH, Laurence Frederick. — ^The patentee says, — “ invention refers to a method of weaving two or more pieces “ of goods in a loom at the same time, and consists in adapting to the machine a series of shuttle races and other necessary parts placed one above another, according to the number of pieces of cloth intended to be produced. Each of these races is provided with a separate shuttle, actuated upon any ordinary plan of picking, and they are mounted upon suitable recipro- “ eating parts for effecting the beating up. The heddles may be attached to shafts as usual, but provided with as many sets of “ eyes as there are pieces of cloth to be woven, or shorter heddles may be employed, having separate shafts for each piece of “ cloth. The several motions required for weaving may be “ obtained in any ordinary manner.” [Printed, Drawings.] 410 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, March 29.— N° 753. HODGSON, Willi AM. —(Provisional protection refused. ) The applicant says, — “ My invention consists in the manufacture of woven, looped, and textile fabrics, direct from a sliver, as it ‘‘ issues from a carding engine, or from a portion of fibre, such as silk, hair, flax, cotton, or the like, without the intervention of spinning machinery ; and this I effect by means of certain transmitting rollers, fingers, and apparatus, which take hold of the sliver, or small portions of fibre, and deliver it or them in a state of thread on to needles, when, by means of other “ fingers and apparatus, it is formed into a fabric.’’ [Printed, l\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 30.— N° 763. NICKELS, Christopher. — “This invention consists of im- “ provements in arranging such descriptions of apparatus some- “ what similar to what is ordinarily used for making twist lace, “ that narrow fabrics may be woven of a character such as is “ produced by warps and shuttles. The first improvement con- “ sists of employing two carriages with shuttles, or (with bobbins “ therein) working in combs and acting as shuttles in each fabric, “ in combination with their warps, a middle stationary warp “ composed wholly or partly of india-rubber or of non-elastic “ threads, and a warp on either side of such middle warp ; which “ outer warps are moved by guides, bars, or harness through and “ through the stationary or middle warp, the two carriages or “ shuttles being caused simultaneously to pass on opposite sides “ of the middle warp ; and, if desired, they may in their suc- “ cessive movements be caused to change sides with each other, “ and thus wind their weft threads around the middle warp. “The second improvement consists of using an india-rubber, “ or partly india-rubber warp, with a weft guide on either “ side (front and back), and several carriages moved through and “ through the middle warp, the front and back weft guides throwing in their weft between the elastic or non-elastic warp “ and carriage threads alternately, as the carriages come into the front and back combs.” [Printed, 35. 4kd. Drawings.] WEAVING. 411 A.D. 1853, March 30.— N® 765. RAMSDEN, John Carter. — This invention consists in a mode of weaving figured fabrics, by bringing different sets of tappets or • cams into or out of operation with the treadles, which actuate the headles, so as to weave fabrics, the patterns of which are produced by changing the order of succession in which the leaves of the “ healds are worked, whether such tappets or cams are brought in or out of the operation by hand or by self-acting mechanism.’’ A self-acting apparatus for effecting the changes is described, con- sisting of a wheel or disc, having pins extending over arcs of the wheel corresponding with the number of picks required during the operation of one set of tappets, which are brought into operation by the pins, and spaces are left in the wheel without pins, corresponding with the number of picks required during the operation of the other set of tappets, [Printed, 1\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 30.— 767. HOUSTON, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to the so arranging the harness and weav- “ ing details of figuring looms, that they may work without “ the use of the ordinary leaden or other metal weights commonly ‘‘ adopted for keeping a uniform even strain upon the cords or harness. This improvement is effected by connecting the lines “ of the harness to any convenient bracket or fixed detail of the “ framing, through the intervention of separate strips or cords of “ india-rubber or other similar elastic material, so that the “ required uniform strain is kept up throughout the harness, and a free elastic movement is secured without the use of any loose pendant weights. The arrangement may be modified in “ various ways so long as this system of elastic connection is ‘‘ retained, the object being to secure economy in the fittings and a superior action in weaving.” [Printed, '■2\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, March 31.— N° 774. RADCLIFFE, J ohn. — The patentee says, — My invention relates “ to rising box looms, and consists in a method of raising and lowering the shuttles according to the design intended to be woven in the fabric. To an endless chain, strap, or other • 412 WEAVING. travelling surface, I attach projecting parts at certain situations, regulated by the pattern ; these parts, at the requisite intervals, arrive in contact with a clutch box, so as to move it into gear with a cam or other apparatus provided with surfaces of various elevations. When this connexion, therefore, is made, the cam, &c. is caused to perform a portion of a revolution, and raise the shuttle boxes to the required level, in which position they are retained by means of one of a series of catches. If the pattern to be woven requires a further elevation of the shuttles, the motion of the clutch box again takes place, and another prominence upon the cam efPects that operation ; this position of the parts being maintained by another of the series of catches. When, instead of a rising, a falling of the shuttles is required, one of a second series of projecting parts upon the chain, or other travelling surface, arrives in contact with apparatus connected with the holding catch, and by shifting its position liberates the shuttle boxes, which are then free to fall. Secondly, “ in the application of a lever to [the shuttle boxes, by which the weaver is enabled to raise them, instead of by the simple applica- tion of the hand, as is now practised.’’ [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 1.— N’’ 779 . CROFTS, William. — ^^This invention consists of a new com- bination of machinery for weaving fabrics, such as have heretofore been manufactured by looms working with warps and shuttles. The warp threads or yarns are carried by guide bars, which have ‘‘ a motion to and from each other, and also endway motions, in order that when the guide bars approach each other they may open an angular shed for the passage of a shuttle ; and that, when the guide bars are separated, they may open a shed in the other direction, when the shuttle may be again thrown across, or guide threads may be thrown into such shed. When making “ plain fabrics only, two guide bars are required; but when making figured fabrics, several guide bars, or independent guides, are employed; and they are caused, by jacquard or pattern surfaces, to bring in their warp threads, or keep them “ out of the fabric, according to the requirement of the pattern. The work or fabric is by preference beaten, and taken by points, as in lace machines.” [Printed, 2s. 9\d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 413 A.D. 1853, April 4.— 798. SIEVIER, Robert William, and CROSBY, James. — Im- provements applicable to looms for the manufacture of textile fabrics.^’ The first improvement ‘‘has for its object the “ improving and finishing the fabric in the loom, instead of “ rendering it necessary to remove the fabric therefrom to a “ separate machine or apparatus, as is now the case.’^ “Of “ course, the particular arrangement or construction of parts to “ be added to the loom must depend upon the operation or process “ to be carried on in conjunction with the weaving process, and “ this, of course, will vary with the peculiar kind of fabric intended “ to be produced.” “The next improvement relates to a method of imparting “ elasticity to the warp, so that when the batten or slay beats up “ the weft thread the warp may be made slightly to yield, and “ thereby obviate the liability of some of the warp threads being “ broken by the hard or sharp beat of the slay. This object is “ effected by adapting a spring to the warp beam, or to the “ bearings or axle thereof, or to the batten or slay itself, so as to “ prevent the beat up of the slay from being too hard or sharp.” The object of the next improvement is “ to raise all the warp “ threads into one line or plane.” This is effected by placing the shaft on which the tappet levers work “ in an angular position to “ the tappet shaft, so as to give the opposite ends of the tappet “ levers a different elevation, in order that the back healds may be “ raised higher than the front healds.” [Printed, *J\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 5.— 818. JOHNSON, William. — (A communication.) — “This invention “ relates to an improved system or mode of producing woven “ fabrics, whereby the cloth is woven in a continuous bag, being “ produced from a circular loom.” “ By this arrangement of “ loom the tedious process of warping, and consequently all “ warping machinery, will be dispensed with, since the warp is “ obtained direct from a series of cops ranged round the loom for “ that purpose. The loom consists of number of fixed and “ revolving circular horizontal plates, one of which is fitted with “ blades which slide outwards and from the annular shed for the 414 WEAVING. passage of a suitable apparatus which supplies the weft. Each thread of the warp passes through a hole in the horizontal radiating blades, and therefore, as each alternate blade moves outwards by means of traversing inclined slides, the corre- spending threads of the warp will be separated from the rest, and “ so form the shed required. The weft threads arc drawn down, when deposited, by vertical descending blades, having catches at their upper ends to lay hold of the weft thread, and carry it down with them, thereby performing the operation known as the beat- up of the ordinary loom. Two or more weft carriers may be employed in one loom ; they traverse either continuously round the annular shed in one direction, or may have a reciprocating movement given to them. In the first case, the fabric will be in the form of a bag or tube, without any selvidge, and in the other it will have two selvidges, as produced by the ordinary loom. The weft carrier contains a cop for the thread, and is fitted with wheelwork, which is driven by a large rotating wheel, with which it gears. This wheelwork gears also into fixed circular racks or wheels, and by that means is caused to traverse round the loom. A series of radiating needle points serves as the support or race of the weft carriers, which run on antifriction pulleys, and are slightly curved to suit the circumference of the loom. Fancy weaving may be produced by employing a pattern ‘‘ wheel in conjunction with the sliding inclines for actuating the horizontal warp covers.’’ [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 7.~-N° 838. MATHER, Golin. — ‘^This invention has for its object improve- ments in power looms, with a view to render them more suitable for weaving fabrics of rigid yarns, such as fine linen, and consists of increasing the length of warp between the warp beam and the breast beam, by causing the warp yarns to pass under and over several rollers or rails in their passage from the warp beam.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 8.— 854. TAYLOR, Stephen. — (A communication.) — ""This invention "" relates to the manufacture of seamless bags by weaving the WEAVING. 415 cloth double, and uniting the cloth at one or both selvages for a given distance to form the bag, and then, at given distances apart weaving the cloth single to unite the two cloths. And to this “ end the invention consists in arranging and combining two series of cams, one series to work the warps, so as to weave two cloths either united at one or at both selvages, and the other to inter- lock or interweave all the warps to make a single cloth, when this is combined with a shifting apparatus, to connect at pleasure either series of cams with the treadles that operate the harness, “ and so to produce a single or a double shed, as maybe required.” [Printed, 6|c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 18.— N° 935. FAWCETT, William, and FAWCETT, Francis Best.— This is an invention of certain improvements in the manufacture of carpets.” The patentees say, — Our said invention, which has reference to certain improvements in the ordinary cut and looped fabrics, known by the names of Florentine and Imperial carpets, has “ for its object the saving or dispensing with half the number “ of worsted or woollen threads used in forming the back of such “ carpets in the ordinary processes, whereby the manufacturer may “ be enabled to produce patterns more elaborate and beautiful, and comprising a greater variety of colors or shades of colors at a “ little above half the present cost of the manufacture of the said “ carpets. And the manner in which we effect the said improve- ments is by producing two shades of color with the same threads “ of worsted or woollen, by employing the said threads in a looped pile for a light shade, and in a cut pile for the dark shade ; the simple cutting of the pile producing a sufficient difference of shade to be appreciable in the pattern.” [Printed, 3|cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 23.— 978. KNOWLES, Thomas. — ^This invention relates to apparatus for picking warps. The patentee says, — The usual process of picking warps is for a person to examine carefully the warp threads during the process of beaming, and to pick out any lumps or knotty sub- stances that may be attached to the fibre or warp threads ; and. 416 WEAVING. “ in case of breakage, to’tie or unite the broken threads. Instead of which I propose to perform the same operation at the time of warping, or during the process of making the warp, and by attaching to or placing near the warping mill a simple appara- tus, as a rail or roller, over which the warp threads pass on their way from the bobbins to the mill, and are kept perfectly “ open and clear from each other, so that as the person turns the mill to form the warp he will have all the threads presented to his view, and be thus enabled to pick off all the uneven pieces “ or extraneous matter from them before the warp is made ; and then I propose to wind the said warp threads on a hand beam, instead of rolling them into a ball, as is the usual custom. By this plan I make a better v/arp as the threads are kept to a proper and more even tension.” [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 26.— N° 1002. LE ROY, Auguste and Jean, and PAVY, Eugene. — This invention consists in the application of certain textile plants for the manufacture of various fabrics. The textile plants are the yeuca gloriosa, the pine, jute, and the dwarf palm,” which the patentees employ either separately or together, or mixed with cotton, wool, flax, hemp, or silk, and with which the patentees form the warp or weft of tissues, and also the bodies of gimp, fringe, and other like fabrics.” [Printed, 2\d, No drawing.] A.D. 1853, April 27.— N° 1012. HOWSON, Richard. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to the manufacture of weaver’s harness. It consists, first, in constructing the harness with woven bor- “ ders; secondly, in attaching metallic eyelets thereto, without ‘‘ forming knots, loops, or braids at the ends of the eyes, as here- tofore practised ; and, thirdly, in so seperating and arranging the threads on the headle bars, as to form three leashes or lines of eyelets, instead of one or two, as has hitherto been the prac- tice. The border is woven in the usual manner of weaving, and serves to connect the ends uniformly, and to hold the headle bars. The metallic eyelets are pressed round the headle yarn in the manner already well known, but each eyelet is connected WEAVING. 417 with two yarns, one passing round one side of the eyelet, and the other round the other, so that no knot, loop, or braid con- necting the yarns previously to the insertion of the eyelet is “ requisite. The three leashes or lines of eyelets are formed in the following manner : — The upper pairs of threads attached to those two which are to form the outside eyelets, pass each pair respectively on opposite sides of the bar, while on the lower side they cross ; the threads which belong to tli ^ middle eyelet cross both top and bottom. Or the arrangement may be reversed. Thus, three contiguous eyelets may be made to stand clear of one another, so as to allow more space for the whole number.” [Printed, Sic?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, April 29.~N« 1044. MACPHERSON, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^This invention relates to apparatus for regulating the letting off of the warp, and the taking up of the cloth, in looms for weaving. The apparatus consists of a slide worked by an eccentric on the driving shaft ; the slide has two screws with travelling nuts, which can move to and from the^ centre of the slide. The nuts are fur- nished with studs, with connecting rods attached to them, which actuate the ratchet wheels of the take-up and let-off motions. The motion of the nuts up and down the slide is obtained from cams on the ends of the beams, acting on rods, which act on levers having palls working in small ratchet wheels fixed on the screws. [Printed, 4ic?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 5.— N° 1104. LIVSEY, Joel. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to “ an arrangement of mechanism for the purpose of putting a uniform strain or tension upon the yarn [warp] during the process of weaving.” This the applicant accomplishes by diverting the yarn coming from the beam between any two suit- able points out of the straight line, so as to form an angle or loop, and by making the variations in the length of the loop, “ caused ‘‘ by the difference between the taking up and letting off of the yarn,” “ to actuate suitable mechanism, which shall increase or decrease the speed of letting off the yarn, or which shall cause the yarn beam to uncoil or stop uncoiling, according as the loop W. D D 418 WEAVING. or angle of the yarn is less or greater than the length which may be fixed upon.^’ [Printed, 2|r?. No drawing,] A.D. 1853, May 6.— N° 1120. FONTAINEMOREAU, Peter Arm and Le Comte de. — (A com- munication.) — Improvements in the manufacture of hat plush.” The patentee says, — The invention communicated to me con- sists in combining horse-hair, or other similar tissues impreg- nated with gutta-percha, with silk or cotton plush for the manufacture of hats and other coverings for the head. By this process the carcass is dispensed with and greater flexibility and lightness are obtained. I proceed as follows : — I employ the loom for receiving the silk or cotton plush as usual. I add a roller to form a warp of horse-hair or other similar fibre, pre- viously dipped in a solution of gutta percha, and which forms an underneath tissue, and I join the two tissues together. [Printed, 2|c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 7.— N° 1129. HUGHES, Hesketh, and DENHAM, William Thomas. — The patentee says, — Our invention consists in weaving fabrics by means of circular machinery, in which we arrange the reeds in sections round a circle, the upper surfaces of which are formed into a circular guide or tramway, on which the bobbin traverses for carrying the weft thread or threads when more than one bobbin or, shuttle is or are used. The bobbins are caused to revolve by the rising of the reeds through the inter- vention of suitable cams or friction rollers attached to the centre shaft of the machine. The outer ends of the reeds are cen- tred upon a wire or pin attached to the general framework of the machine. The warp threads are caused to cross and recross one another, so as to open the sheds for the passage of the shuttle or shuttles, by being passed through heddles pierced through levers, which levers are acted upon by suitable cams or friction rollers attached to the main shaft.” [Printed, Qld, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 11.— N^^ 1160. EDMONDSON, Richard. — This is an invention of certain improvements in the manufacture of covered corded textile WEAVING. 419 fabrics, and in machinery to be used for that purpose, being applicable either to hand or power.” The patentee claims, — First, the covering of cords in the warp of a fabric by a woven texture above or below, or both above and below the cords.” Second, the use of a reed or reeds behind the common reed to ‘‘ keep the cords or strands from cockeling.” Third, the improved tie-up of the heald shafts, and the working of them in sectional parts, so as to produce parallel sheds.” “ Fourth, the weighting of the slay to prevent vibration.” And fifthly, and lastly, the use of covered rollers for the pur- pose of taking up the fabric as it is woven.” [Print ed^ No drawing.] A.D. 1853, May 11,--N« 1163. BOTTOMLEY, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — Im- provements in the manufacture of textile fabrics.” The inventor says, — In the manufacture of certain descriptions of fabrics, namely, those descriptions in which part of the surface or face of the fabric is of the plain or usual description, and part being of a satin or raised surface, these descriptions have hitherto been woven by the power loom, in combination with “ the complicated jacquard apparatus and its attendant harness and cords. “ My improvement consists in manufacturing these fabrics by employing, in conjunction with the power loom, heddles with “ their attendant machinery, in place of and as a substitute for “ the more complicated jacquard apparatus, which I dispense with.” [Printed, ^\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 12.— N° 1175. DENTON, Joseph. — The patentee says, — ^^My invention relates to the mode or method of raising or forming terries or loops on the surfaces of carpets, velvets, and other piled fabrics during ‘‘ the weaving thereof in a loom, in which the terries or loops are raised or formed without the aid of wires or any similar contri- vances. The loom which I use for that purpose is furnished ^vith a moveable table placed betv/een the breast beam and the slay, and mounted upon a frame or moveable arms so as to be D D 2 420 WEAVING, capable of receiving backward and forward motions. Above this table, and mounted on the same frame with it, is placed a bar capable of being from time to time, during the operation of the loom, raised and again brought down upon the warp threads, which pass over the surface of the table, as herein-after described. My said invention consists of an improved mode of arranging the parts of a loom such as I have mentioned so that “ a weft thread shall be introduced into the open shed below the terry warp threads immediately before every descent of the bar upon or towards the table, and when the batten or slay drives back the weft thread, that thread and also the terry warp threads shall be pressed against the edge of the bar, and in that position the terry warp threads be more securely held during the forma- tion of the terries or loops by the action of the loom.” [Printed, 6|c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 13.— N° 1183. THOMAS, William. — ‘^This invention consists of applying a ‘‘ stitching warp near one or both of the selvages in weaving a narrow fabric suitable for binding, in order to produce a row or rows of stitching near one or both edges on selvages, and thus to produce a better and more uniform finish to articles bound thereby.” [Printed, 2|cZ. drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 14.— N° 1191. COPPOCK, George. — Certain improvements in looms for “ weaving.” The patentee says, — “ My invention consists in an improved combination of parts for throwing the shuttle from “ one shuttle box to the other ; this is efiPected in the following manner : — On each end of the tappet shaft is fixed a cam or “ wiper which acts on a bowl projecting from a horizontal shaft, to the end of which is attached an adjustable slot lever, the slot of which fits on a stud projecting from the socket of the picking stick ; by this means every revolution of the tappet shaft causes the slot levers to act on the picking sticks, and thereby throw the shuttle across the shed. I prefer to make the tappet shaft “ revolve in the same direction as the crank shaft, and this is effected by having a carrier wheel between the pinion on the WEAVING. 421 ‘‘ crank shaft and the v/heel on the tappet shaft.” The object of the invention is to dispense with picking straps.” [Printed, 6^cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 16.— 1209. BOYD, Robert. — This invention relates to the driving of ‘‘ shuttles in looms of various kinds by means of compressed air, ** steam, water, or gases, instead of by the ordinary picking me- chanism at present in use. In applying this principle of work- “ ing to large manufactories a receiver is kept constantly charged with compressed air (when air is used), is conveniently placed “ near the looms, and pipes are led from this receiver to each side of each individual loom. On each side of the loom is fitted an “ air cylinder, with a piston therein, such piston having a rod projecting from the cylinder at one end, and carrying a picker or driver adjusted to the line of traverse of the shuttle. In this “ way, by furnishing suitable valve apparatus and catches, the compressed air is admitted to each cylinder at the required times, and the piston action thus drives the shuttle across its race. When the shuttle arrives at the end of its run its action pushes in the piston of the cylinder on that side, and prepares it for the return stroke ; various modified arrangements may be “ employed for carrying out this plan, the essential feature of which consists in the employment of aeriform bodies, or fluids for ‘‘ actuating the shuttles. The used air may be employed to heat or ventilate the weaving shop. [Printed, 6|c^. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 17.— 1218. ECCLES, Samuel, and ECCLES, James. — This invention of improvements in looms relates, firstly, to a mode of changing the shuttles for the purpose of throwing different kinds of shoots into the work. This is effected by a peculiar arrangement of machinery, which is made to actuate a revolving shuttle box, and bring up, when required, a different shuttle in a line with the shed. This mechanism is itself set in motion by a rotating tappet “ chain, the pins or tappets of which pass through a groove, having inclined ends made in a reciprocating lever, which is connected 422 WEAVING. to the boss of a star wheel that is capable of moving laterally on its shaft. The star wheel shaft is connected by a chain or strap with the revolving shuttle box, and according to the direction of the axial motion of the star wheel so will the shuttle box be moved. An axial motion is given to the star wheel by means of two plates which are mounted loosely on the same shaft;, and take their motion therefrom by means of a kind of clutch box arrangement. The motion is, however, communicated from one plate to the other by means of an intermediate pinion carried by ‘‘ an intermediate ring mounted loosely on the same shaft,, and thus the plates are driven in opposite directions. These plates are furnished with a pin for driving round the star wheel, and according to the shuttle, that is required to be thrown into the shed so is the reciprocating lever rocked by the tappet chain, in order to present the star wheel to the action of one or other of the rotating plates. When the lever stands in intermediate position the star wheel is not acted upon by either of the rotating plates. The tappet chain is driven by a pin from one of these plates acting upon a star wheel on the tappet chain shaft, and the chain itself is composed of links so formed and connected together as to admit of their ready re-adjustment to suit a change of pattern.” In order to stop the shuttle box motions without suddenly stopping the loom, a lever worked in combination with the ordi- nary weft thread stop motion is employed for throwing the clutch box or its equivalent out of contact with the boss of the adjoining rotating driving plate. In order to work a two-shuttle box the box is connected to vertical rods which move with the batten, and are connected by links to a rocking lever or levers raised by means of a rotating tappet chain. An improvement is made in the tappet chain by providing it with segmental projections which shall act as tappets.” [Printed, l\\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 18.— -N^ 1234. NEWTON, Benjamin. — ^^Improvements in the manufacture of mats.” The patentee says, — ^^The nature of my invention consists in WEAVING. 423 making mats in a matting loom, the foundations being made on the principle of weaving cocoa-nut matting, hut reversed, so as “ to place the twill or right side at the back of the mats ; by this “ process there is in the top a straight warp for the thrum, the other parts of the warp form the twill back at the same time during the process of making. The invention is carried into effect by reversing, so that in weaving the twill forms at the “ back of the mats, leaving one shed of the warp on the top of the foundation to thrum on.’’ [Printed, h\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 18.—N° 1236. BRIGGS, Edward. — The patentee says, — My invention con- ‘‘ sists in manufacturing an improved pile fabric with a cotton warp and silk weft, the weft being thrown in so as to produce a satin face on both sides of the fabric. In order to produce a “ plush face on both sides of the said fabric the silk weft is raised by suitable machinery in the same manner as is now customary in raising a single face on a plush ; the object of this part of my invention is to produce a fabric having a plush surface on both its sides, whether the same be produced exactly as above de- scribed, or by other means. I also propose to produce patterns “ or designs on raised or tissue plush during the operation of weaving by using coloured or partly coloured weft.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 23.— N« 1263. CARPENTER, Samuel Alfred. — The patentee says,- The object of my said invention is the production of, elastic webbings or fabrics in which the degree of elasticity may be made to vary between that of fabrics made of threads of vulcanized caout- chouc, and that of fabrics made of threads of ordinary or un- vulcanized caoutchouc. My said invention consists in intro- ducing into elastic webbings and fabrics a mixture of threads of ordinary caoutchouc and threads of vulcanized caoutchouc, the said threads being worked together in any desired relative ‘‘ quantities and in any convenient manner.” [Printed, ^\d. No drawings.] I 424 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, May 25.— N« 1275. BABB, William. — The patentee says, — My invention relates to improvements in the manufacture of hair trimmings, in the weaving of which I employ wire and certain fibrous materials, waterproofed or otherwise, to form the warp, and which trim- mings I propose to use in making men’s hats. [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 26.— N° 1289. SINGLETON, Thomas. — This invention ‘"consists of fixing or “ arranging certain apparatus to the loom (whether worked by ‘ hand or power), for the purpose of preventing frets or floats in “ the woven fabric, or, in other words, for the purpose of stopping “ the loom by a self-acting motion when frets or floats take place.” “ When a fret or opening takes place in the cloth a finger or “ detector, with a fine point, either falls into the said fret or open- “ ing by its own weight, or it is forced up into it from the under “ side of the fabric by means of spring risers or similar con- “ trivance. The finger or detector, being thus placed in a “ position to be moved backwards by the reed or fresh weft as it “ is beaten up during its backward motion, presses against a “ shaft or bar, and moves a rod until it presses against an “ inclined projection, when it comes in contact with a hammer, “ which acts upon the stop handle in the usual manner and stops “ the loom.” An improved weft motion is described, which is as follows ; — - Underneath the weft is a lever working on a centre attached to the temple box, the lever is furnished at one end with teeth or projections, and the other end acts upon a bell-crank lever, the lower end of which is in a line with a projection from the slay and the lever which moves the starting and stopping handle. When the weft is not thrown in by the shuttle the toothed end of the first-mentioned lever rises, and the other end of it being depressed moves the bell-crank lever, and brings its lower end opposite to the projection on the slay, and consequently the loom is stopped. [Printed, 9ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, May 28.— N° 1311. BUTTERFIELD, Illingworth. — This invention relates to an improved self-acting temple. The patentee says, — “ One mode WEAVING. 425 “ of constructing improvements is in attaching a bush near “ each end of the breast beam ; in each bush is supported a “ horizontal rod, around which is coiled a spring for pushing the “ rod towards the reed. Near the end of each rod is formed a “ pair of pincers, between which each selvage of the fabric passes ; “ the upper jaw of the pincers is furnished with a pin, which ‘‘ when the pincers are closed pass through holes in the lower or ‘‘ stationary jaw ; the upper jaw is opened at every stroke of the lay by the shuttle board striking against a trigger under the ‘‘ pincers ; the action is as follows : — When the reed strikes home ‘‘ the weft, the shuttle board comes against the triggers and opens the pincers, and by overcoming the spiral springs forces the “ rods and pincers back towards the breast beam ; but as soon as the reed leaves the cloth (being drawn back by the lay), the “ triggers are liberated, thereby allowing the pincers to spring forward again and to close ; the weft is by this means held by the pin in the upper jaw, which remains closed until the shuttle has been thrown across the shed, consequently the selvage of the fabric is protected, as the strain is taken entirely off the warps by the weft being doubled over the pin in the pincers.’^ My invention consists in taking the strain of the weft off the “ selvage of the fabric by the pins in the upper jaw of the pincers, “ or by other equivalent means. [Printed, 5|cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 1.— N° 1346. STOCKS, James, junior. — The patentee says, — My invention “ relates to the mode or method of working that part of a loom generally known as the riser, which is used to raise and fall the shuttle box at stated peniods or intervals, for the purpose of “ varying the number of picks, so as to form different patterns on “ the surface of the fabrics, which improvements I accomplish by “ fixing a pinion on the low shaft, with intermediate change “ wheels to drive a wheel on the counter shaft, on which I fix a “ plate; to this plate I fix or attach different sized segments “ according to the number of picks or pattern required ; I also “ fix a lever on the frame of the loom, one end of which has a ‘‘ cone pulley, so placed that the said segments during the “ revolution of the plate come in contact with and depress it, the other end of the said lever being connected to a vertical rod. 1 426 WExWING. which extends to the shuttle box and raises it every time ; one of the segments depresses the said lever, and by altering the size and form of the said segments I can vary the number of picks and pattern at pleasure.” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 2.— N° 1348. KNOWLES, William. — ^These improvements consist in the application of a self-acting stop motion to the machines commonly called warping mills, and to other machines of the like nature for preparing and beaming warps. The parts constituting the stop motion may be constructed in various ways.” The patentee claims, — The application to machines for warp- ing and beaming yarns or threads of self-acting machinery, by “ which such machines are stopped when any of the yarns or threads break or otherwise cease to he supplied.” [Printed, 6^. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 2.— N° 1356. HUGHES, Hesketh, and DENHAM, William Thomas. — This invention consists ^Hn making the weft or shuttle carrier of circular weaving machines for weaving warp and weft fabrics in the form of a ring, with a space cut out of it to allow of the shifting of the sheds. This ring is driven by toothed wheels, the outer circumference of the ring having teeth cut upon it, into which the toothed wheels gear, the ring being supported “ upon friction wheels. One of the open ends of the ring carries a bobbin, and lays the weft thread between the warp threads every time the carrier is caused to revolve.” [Printed, h\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 6.— N« 1391. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James. — ‘^‘Im- "" provements in weaving.” This invention consists of causing each of the pile or surface warp threads to be threaded "" through a guide in front of the reed. The pile or surface warp is placed above the loom, or is so conducted as to leave the space between the guides and the reed clear or open for the dropping or putting in of a wire or thick weft in front WEAVING. 427 “ of the reed. The pile or surface warp is not passed through the reed, but moves into and from the other warps to make the shed for the weft or wires. The batten is actuated by a cam in “ place of cranks, which, howeA^er, is not in itself new. The weft for the back of the fabric is put in by one or more shuttles in ‘‘ the ordinary manner.” [Printed, 2s. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 11.— 1424. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James. — ^‘^T his invention relates to the manufacturing carpets and other piled “ fabrics made by machinery where warped threads are looped into each other. Heretofore, Avhere wires or rods have been “ used in making the pile on such fabrics, they have been moved “ across from selvage to selvage of the fabrics, which movement “ occupies more or less time, according as the fabrics are wide or “ narrow. Now this invention consists of causing the Andres or rods to be placed across the machine in a suitable holder, ‘‘ and such holder or apparatus delivers or drops a A\dre extending “ across the fabric to the Avarp threads each time a wire or rod is to be introduced, in place of camsing each wire to be introduced at the edge or selvage, and to be mowed across the Avarp as ‘‘ heretofore.” [Printed, 35. ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 14.— N^ 1438. SIEVIER, Robert William, and CROSBY, James.— T he patentees say, — ‘‘ Our invention refers, firstly, to looms in Avhich several shuttles are employed, and. our object is to effect the “ necessary motions for bringing them coincident Avith the shed, without the necessity for raising or loAvering the boxes through a space equal to the vertical distance Avhich the number of shuttles employed Avould occupy. Tlris we effect by using a rising box “ at either side of the loom, and dividing the shuttles between “ the races thereof, one or more additional, or, as they may be termed, receiving races, being also adopted. Thus, for instance, suppose it desued to Aveave with eight shuttles, we place four of these on each side of the loom, and cause each one as “ picked from the left to be recen^ed by an additional race “ brought to the proper leA^el on the opposite side, those from the 428 WEAVING. right being in like manner received by an additional race on the left. By this arrangement the whole extent of change for eight shuttles may be effected, by causing each of the receiving races to move through four spaces only, for by that motion each one is capable of receiving four shuttles. We have mentioned one receiving race on each side, but we sometimes employ two or more. There is an arrangement to stop the loom by swells placed in the moveable boxes when the shuttles are not pro- perly picked. Our invention also consists in a method of changing the tie of the warp threads ; this we accomplish by means of a cam moved at required intervals, so as to shift a pegged barrel which forms the shed along its shaft.” [Printed, Is. 4|c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 15.— N« 1451. DEHAU, Jules. — This invention consists in ^^the application of the fibre of the plant called Lygeum Spartum in the “ manufacture of yarn, and fabricating articles therefrom.” [Printed, 2ld. No drawing.] A.D. 1853, June 15.— 1452. DEHAU, Jules. — This invention consists in “the application “ of the fibres of the stipa tenacissima in the manufacture of “ woven fabrics, yarn, cordage, ropes, paper, and pasteboard.” [Printed, 2lcl. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 17.— N° 1474. RODGERS, Edward. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists “in an improvement in that part or apparatus “ in looms known as the taking-up motion, where that is effected “ by friction, that is, where the roller upon which the woven cloth “ is wound is driven by contact with the surface of another drum “ or roller, which is covered with a material to give it adhesion to “ the cloth, the cloth either passing partly round the last “ mentioned roller and then on to the cloth roller, or directly on “ to the cloth roller ; and it consists in mechanism by which the “ friction or sand roller and the cloth roller are pressed together, “ namely, by spiral or other springs acting directly, instead of “ apparatus hitherto in use, so that as the cloth roller increases in “ diameter by winding on of the cloth the springs effect a greater WEAVING. 429 pressure, which I find of advantage in weaving ; and added to this, the mechanism is simplified, having fewer parts, besides “ possessing other advantages.’^ [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 18.— 1495. RICHARDSON, John Cross. — The patentee says, — My in- vention relates to such power looms as have two or more shuttles, and are employed for weaving checks and other fancy goods. The shuttle boxes upon one side of the loom are capable of rising and falling, being suspended from a lever which is actuated by means of certain risers and fallers upon a chain. The pulley over which the said chain passes is actuated by means of an intermittent or star wheel, which is driven by means of a disc furnished with suitable pins or pegs. This disc is usually driven with a continuous rotary motion by means of spur wheels, and thus at every two picks a fresh “ section of the chain is presented. My invention consists in giving to the disc which drives the star wheel an intermittent instead of a constant motion by means of a ratchet wheel or otherwise ; and by jjroviding the said disc with suitable pegs or pins I am enabled either to change a section of the chain every two picks, or to allow the same section to remain for twenty-four or even more picks without changing, so that one section answers instead of twelve, which in weaving broad checks is very important, as it materially lessens the weight and also the cost of the chain, besides enabling me to produce “ a much greater variety of patterns. The discs may be made “ solid and cast to the pattern required, or they may be made in sections, and the pattern changed or varied at pleasure.” [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 21.— N° 1515. COWPER, Charles.— (A communication.) — This invention “ relates to the manufacture of cards, or substitutes for cards, for “ the jacquard loom.” In lieu of employing cardboard for “ the cards, they are made of wood and paper in the following manner: — A piece of wood is passed through a machine by which it is cut into thin sheets, and these thin sheets are moistened and pressed, and they are covered with paper glued 1 430 WEAVING. or cemented to them. A pair of cylinders serve to press the sheets of wood covered with paper, and to remove the super- fluous glue. The sheets thus made are employed in lieu of cardboard, and are perforated in the usual manner, and em- ployed as cards for the jacquard loom.^’ [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 21.— N° 1520. LEACH, John. — This invention relates, “firstly, to looms for “ weaving carpets and other terry fabrics, and consists in so arranging the apparatus v/hich carries the wires upon which the loops are made that it shall be caught by the slay at suitable intervals, in order to carry the said wires from that situation v/here the loops are formed and insert them at the opened part “ of the shed.’^ Secondly, “to an apparatus for detecting the absence of the weft thread, and for stopping the loom upon such a deficiency taking place, and consists in the adaptation of an instrument having a tendency to pass through the warp threads, but pre- “ vented from so doing by the presence of the weft thread; “ should that, however, be absent, then the said instrument not being kept back will be at liberty to project, and by altering the arrangement of certain parts cause the loom to be stopped in any ordinary manner.” [Printed, DrawingwS.] A.D. 1853, June 24.— 1544. LYLE, John. — “This invention relates to the manufacture of figured or ornamental fabrics for carpeting, tapestry, and other “ goods, as well as chenille, whereby all the necessary colors to be used in weaving a given fabric are applied by means of a “ single shuttle, instead of using a reduplication of that apparatus as hitherto employed. In manufacturing goods in this way the “ different colours are measured off in separate lengths of weft, “ and these lengths are connected or tied together in a continuous piece, and the whole is then wound upon a reel as if the weft “ were one single colored piece. This chain of colors is made to “ correspond to the fabric in such manner that each increment “ of each colored section shall form a certain defined length of colour in the woven fabric. The weft so prepared is now YvEAVING. 431 transferred to the shuttle in the usual pirn form, and the weaving goes on entirely from this shuttle, each color being woven into its destined position in the piece, just as if a separate shuttle had been used for it/’ [Printed, 2\d, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 2?.— N° 1554. FAIRCLOUGH, William. — The patentee says, — The first part of my invention relates to the weft motion which is em- ployed in power looms for stopping the loom whenever the weft breaks, but more particularly to what is now generally known as the fork motion. I employ the fork as usual con- nected to a lever, which is mounted upon a bracket attached to the breast beam. Upon the lathe or slay of the loom, and “ opposite to catch of the fork, I fix a projecting catch. Behind the grid opposite to the fork I place a spring, which is acted upon by the spring of the swell in the shuttle box. As the loom beats up, if the weft thread is in front of the grid, it raises the fork out of the way of the fixed catch. If the shuttle is in the opposite shuttle box the swell causes the spring to press against the grid, and thus act in the same manner as the thread. But if the shuttle returns without weft, or vv^ith the thread broken, the fork falls, and taking hold of the fixed catch upon the lathe, the return stroke of the lathe takes the “ fork with it, and (by means of a pin attached to the lever upon which the fork is mounted) releases the spring handle from its notch, and thus stops the loom. The second part of my in- vention applies to the taking-up roller, and consists in covering the surface of the said roller with wire cards instead of emery, “ as usual, which causes it to take much firmer hold of the cloth, especially in weaving some fabrics which require to be v/oven in a wet state, and for which the ordinary emery roller is useless, as the water dissolves the glue v/ith which the emery is attached to the roller.” [Printed, 4i\d. Dra’*vings.] A.D. 1853, June 29. — N® 1568. SIE\IER, Robert Moore. — The patentee says, — I wish it ‘‘ to be understood that my invention is for a velvet cut pile cloth (and nothing else), which velvet cut pile cloth has its warp 432 WEAVING. ‘‘ printed of double the length of the pattern necessary to make one cloth when woven, and when cut will make two cloths.” [Printed, 7icl. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, June 29.— N° 1572. TATLOW, James, and HODGKINSON, Henry.— These im- provements relate to small ware looms.” The patentees say, — Our first improvement consists in constructing small ware looms with two or more lathes back to back in the same frame, whereby a great saving in space is effected. Our second improvement relates to the giving off of the ‘‘ warp.” We mount our warp rollers in a frame fixed in the inside towards the front of the loom, and beneath the axis of each roller we place a weighted lever ; we pass a cord from the lever over the axis of the warp roller, and down to the back of the roller frame ; the cord and lever act as a break upon the warp roller, and prevent it from turning until the weighted lever is raised. The frame containing the warp is so constructed that the lever acting on the warp roller is immediately over the centre of the warp pulley and weight, each weight being quite free, and without any string attached thereto. Each traverse of the shuttle raises the weight, frees the break, and allows a sufficient quantity of the warp to unwind itself from the roller. Our third improvement relates to the taking up of the work. ‘‘We cause the fabric when woven to be drawn off upon a re- “ ceiving roller made to revolve by means of bevil gearing worked “ by the power that drives the loom. The work does not wind “ itself entirely round the receiving roller, but is taken off on a “ smaller roller placed at the front and near the top thereof ; the “ smaller roller exerts a pressure against the larger receiving “ roller, and is supported in bearings from a lever, the fulcrum of “ which is in a rod attached to the lower part of the back of the “ breast beam; the free end of the lever is pressed down by a “ weight or spring, which can be regulated so as to cause the “ smaller roller to exert the degree of pressure desired upon the “ receiving roller. After the work passes over the smaller roller “ it falls into a box or other convenient receptacle at the bottom “ of the loom.” [Printed, 6id, Drawings.] WEAVING. 433 A.D. 1853, July 5.— N« 1598. MEYER, Henry. — These improvements relate to looms for I weaving fabrics in which two shuttles are required. They consist, firstly, in applying to each side of the loom “ a drop box contain- ing two compartments ; these drop boxes are made to rise and fall alternately at every pick by means of a tappet fixed on the tappet shaft acting on levers which are connected to rods pro- jecting downwards from the drop boxes.” Secondly, in a weft stop motion. Near each end of the breast beam is fixed a bracket, which supports two elbow levers, the lower parts* of which are formed like weft forks ; these forks enter between dents at each end of the reed when the lay is beating up. When the weft is in the shed the elbow lever causes one end of a horizontal lever attached to the lay to be lowered, so as to clear a finger connected to the spring strap lever ; but if the weft is absent, the end of the horizontal lever is not lowered, but strikes the finger and stops the loom. Tappets, fixed on the tappet shaft, disengage the stop motion on one side of the loom when the shuttles are on the other side. [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, July 6.— N° 1614. BRADSHAW, James, and DAWSON, Thomas. — ^^An im- proved shuttle skewer.” In the description of this invention the patentees say, — “ Instead of the present shuttle skewer, which has a spring attached to it, and which moves forward by having a pin passed through it “ and the shuttle similar to the pin which secures a knife blade to the handle, and allows it to open and shut, we propose, “ firstly, to sink a spiral groove in the skewer instead of the “ spring, as at present used.” Secondly, instead of making a hole through the shank of the “ skewer for the pin to pass through and hold it firmly to the shuttle, we propose to fix the pin through the shuttle, as at present practised ; but, instead of a hole through the shank, we make a slot, so that we can take the skewer out of the shuttle “ and put it in again without disturbing the said pin.” [Printed, Drawings.] W. E E 434 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, July 8.— 1626. MARSDEN, William, junior, and ROSCOW, Samuel. — (Pro- visional protection only.) — ^The object of this invention is to render looms working with loose reeds, confined to their deshed position by the action of a spring,” applicable to the weaving of either light or heavy goods. For this purpose the applicants employ, in addition to the well-known swell stop rod and frog ordinarily employed in looms, a secondary stop rod acting as the fulcrum of a bell-crank lever, one end of which bears a rail in contact with the lower end of the reed, and the reverse end acted upon by a spring or other mechanical equivalent, and provided with an adjustable screw or set pin for confining its action when desired. In the weaving of light goods the set screw before mentioned is turned back or withdrawn, giving freedom to the stop rod and lever, and consequently leaving the reed confined only by the action of the spring, which is calculated to yield in the event of the shuttle being detained.” In the weaving of heavy goods the applicants fix the lever and stop rod, and consequently confine the reed, by means of the adjusting screw or set pin before mentioned.” [Printed, 2\d. No drawing.] A.D. 1853, July 13.— N" 1662. CRAIG, Abraham Walker, FOSTER, Daniel, and VALENTINE, Thomas. — “ Improvements in preparing for weav- ing wet spun yarns of flax and tow.” The patentees claim as their improvements, the drying of wet spun yarns of flax and tow whilst on the bobbin upon which “ they have been wound by the process of spinning, whereby the process of reeling into hanks for drying is rendered un- necessary,” [Printed, 2\d. No drawing.] A.D. 1853, July 16.— N« 1/01. BURROWS, Benjamin. — This invention has for its object a peculiar combination of jacquard apparatus in order to arrange the same in a manner suitable for opening two sheds simulta- neously, or separately, for the passage of two shuttles, one on each side of a central warp. For this purpose the usual lifting “ wires are employed, and those which are selected by the cards WEAVING. 435 “ are' moved up by the griff or frame to make the upper shed in a similar manner to that ordinarily practised ; but the perforated \ “ board on which the lower ends of the lifting wires rest is caused \ “ to descend together with the unselected wires, by which a lower ! “ shed is opened simultaneously with the upper one, thus “ admitting of two shuttles being thrown across, the one unde* “ and the other over a middle warp, or by cross mounting, and giving separate movement to these parts, varied effects may be produced, and two sheds opened, according to the effect desired to be obtained/’ [Printed, Qid. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, July 19.— N° 1713. DART, Richard, and SILVERWOOD, Edward. — This in- vention relates to embroidering letters and figures by loom machinery. The patentees say, — The nature of this invention consists in the use of the loom for the production of a series of letters and ‘‘ numbers to any extent without alteration to the original setting up. This we effect by means of mounting the looms for the “ nine digits and the cypher (0) so that any number can be “ taken and woven into the fabric where required, thereby “ removing the great difficulty which has hitherto ahvays pre- sented itself in weaving badges, viz., the remounting of the loom. “ In the case of the adaptation of this invention to a garment, a piece of the desired size and form may be thus v/oven, and ‘‘ then be attached to the same, forming part of it.” tPrinted, Sid, Xo drawings.] A.D. 1853, July 26.— N° 1761. GIBLETT, John. — (Letters Patent void for want of final specifi- cation.) Improvements in the manufacture of woollen cloth and other fabrics.” The patentee says, — This invention consists of means of obtaining a more uniform tension to the warp threads from the “ creel until they are on the warp beam, by which the fabrics woven will have more level surfaces, for which purpose cops of yarn are used. “ The yarns in coming off pass over and under friction bars, “ which are made moveable so as to have the tension required E E 2 436 WEAVING. and at any angle. The yarns then pass through the eyes^ and from thence to a guide, and passing through this guide all the threads fall on the warping mill as it goes round, they falling side by side with uniform tension. The warping mill is similar to a reel, and when a sufficient number of threads are on they ‘‘ are spread ; they are then wound off on to a bobbin or bobbins, as the case may be. I then place these on a spindle, and the warp is wound on to the weaver’s yarn beam with the tension they had at the beginning, every thread falling in its proper place.” [Printed, 2ld. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, July 27.— 1765. KNOWLES, John. — These improvements relate to machinery for moving up and down the drop box of a loom working with two or more shuttles.” To the drop box containing the shuttles is attached a chain or cord, which, after passing over a guide pulley, is made fast to a drum loose on a stud fixed to the lay sword ; on this drum is fixed a ratchet or pin wheel, the “ number of teeth or pins in which varies according to the number of shuttles in the drop box. Two catches mounted upon studs in the loom side are placed so that one catch reaches over and the other under the ratchet or pin wheel ; the catches are “ lowered or raised so as to come in contact with the ratchet wheel by means of an endless chain, having elevators, depres- sors, and dwells upon it, passing over a pulley ; this chain is made to advance one link at every revolution of the tappet shaft by means of an intermittent wheel fixed to the chain pulley driven by a stud projecting from a disc on the tappet shaft. The above described machinery is suitable for moving one shuttle at a time, but when the shuttles are required to rise or fall two at a time it is necessary to employ two double sets of catches for acting on the ratchet wheel mounted on the stud projecting from the lay sword.” [Printed, 6^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, July 30.— N° 1781. COOK, William Woods. — This invention relates to the manu- facture of quilted fabrics. In manufacturing some kinds of WEAVING. 437 figured woven fabrics (as quiltings, for example,) both the “ fabric and the figure are perfect at one side or the face ; but on the other or back side, although the figure may be perfect, the fabric will be imperfect on account of the long threads or floats being loose on the surface, and on account of not being secured by the picks.” The object of the present invention is to remedy this defect, ‘‘ by arranging the position of the cards so that the shuttle shall pick in all the loose threads so left by making the figure or pattern,” without any further alterations in the loom “ or the apparatus belonging thereto.” [Printed, Drawing.] A.D. 1853, August 3.— N« 1812. SLACK, John. — Improvements in reeds for looms.” The patentee says, — My invention consists in so arranging the “ reed that spaces greater than the distances between the dents are obtained through a portion of the width of the reed. This “ I accomplish by using dents of two widths, and arranging them “ alternately, so that when adapted to the loom the edges thereof constitute two lines, the one projecting beyond the other, either at the back only or at front and back ; or I make the dents of equal widths, and place them in two lines, but partly projecting ‘‘ over each other, by which a similar object is effected.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, August 8. — N® 1846. CHRISTY, Richard, and KNOWLES, John.— The patentees say, — Our improvements relate only to the manufacture of such terry cloths or fabrics as have a terry or looped surface upon both sides of the cloth. We employ a double set of terry warp “ threads, one set to form the loops on the upper surface of the cloth, and the other set to form the loops upon the under sur- face of the same. We employ two parallel bars (one above and one below the terry warp threads), acting in a similar manner to the jaws of a vice. These bars are capable of performing two “ movements, closing and opening vertically so as to nip or release the terry warp threads, and also moving backwards and “ forsvards in an horizontal direction. M hen it is desired to form the terry or loops, the bars close 438 ’VV.EAVIiVG,. “ and hold the terry warp threads firmly j the bars then advance torcmg the threads upwards or downwards in the form of a loop' and hold them in that position until the shuttle has put in the requisite binding threads. “ 'lEe bai’s then open and recede so as to allow the slay to beat up file weft threads and terry loop firmly into the cloth.” [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, August 9. — N° 1852. ROWAN, William.— These improvements relate to looms for weaving, and consists, firstly, in a ‘^method of equalizing the strain or tension on the cloth and yarn by making the change m diameter of the cloth beam or yarn beam the means of vary- mg the effective radius with which the tension weights act.’" Secondly, m ^"taking-up and giving-ofi motions produced by the employment of weighted levers,” “the said levers being kept in the proper position for obtaining the bestefPect by self-contained endless screws put in motion by some portion of the machine.” Thirdly, in '' the employment of nippers or substitutes for the present temples in keeping the cloth distended, such nippers being in pairs acting alternately.” Fourthly, in “ applying the dressing to the warp in the loom “ itself while the process of v/eaving is proceeding, instead of using “ an independent machine for the purpose, the dressing being “ applied by brushes having either a rotary or reciprocating “ motion.”- ^ ^ [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, August 12.— 1892. PICCIOTTO, Daniel Illel. — (A communication from Chevalier Gaetano Bonelli.)— Improvements in weaving.” “ Heretofore the patterns in weaving have been obtained by perforated cards, by tappets, and by other instruments. Now this invention consists in dispensing with the use of such instruments, and employing electricity to operate on the warp threads. For which “ purpose a series of electro-magnets are employed, the armature or keeper of each of which is fixed to a suitable wfire or hook, by “ which means when the armature or keeper is attracted to its “ magnet the paii;ieular thread or threads ih connection will be “ acted on.” [Printed, 1\d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 439 A.D. 1853, August 13. — N° 1896. BOOND, John Clegg. — This invention consists ^^in an im- ‘‘ proved combination of parts applicable to jacquard machines, whereby a cheaper material may be used in place of cardboard for acting upon the jacquard needles. At each side of the machine is a horizontal rod, the front ends of which are acted upon by the jacquard cylinder, and the other ends of which are united by a backboard pressing upon the heels of the needles. A notch projects from each side rod ; this notch is held against the end of a spring stop when the gripe is down by a weight connected to the side rod by a cord passing over a guide pulley. To the frame of the jacquard Kiachine is hinged a lever, from which descends a slight rod, the lower end of which passes through the spring stop, and to the gripe is fixed a stud, which in rising elevates the end of the lever ; the same stud in descending depresses the end of the lever, thereby disengaging the spring stop from the notch projecting from the side rods ; the weights before mentioned then draw the side rods forward, thereby bringing the backboard against the heels of the needles, and throwing all the hooks off the knives. The cylinder in ad- vancing forces back the side rods, thereby pushing the projec- tions on them beyond the spring stops ; at the same time the ‘‘ slips of paper or jacquard cards act on the needles and place the hooks required for thfe next lift over the knives. The hooks are " connected to flat sides passing through a guide plate, and the hooks being supported by these flat sides are not influenced by the weight of the mounting, and are consequently at liberty to “ be moved freely when required.” The patentee proposes to reduce the vibration of the vertical hooks by forming a bend in each of the needles, and pushing the bend over a transverse wire each time the needle is acted upon by a card ; or another mode of effecting the same object is by magnetising the knives of the gripe and the back bars.” [Printed, Q\d, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, August 19.— 1943. HEYES, George. — Improvements in looms.” 1 he patentee says, — My invention relates, firstly, to an im- proved method of working the shuttle box when more than one 440 WEAVING. shuttle is used; and instead of allowing it to rise or drop, as hitherto adopted, I cause it to slide backwards and forwards on the slay, which I accomplish by fixing on the slay sword a pin or hearing, upon which a ratchet wheel and cam turn toge- ther, when they come in contact with a catch, giving effect to compound levers which move a sliding box on which the shut- ties rest.” ‘‘ Secondly, to an improved shape of the tappet, by giving it a sharper point, by which I cause the warp threads to twist or ‘‘ cross the weft thread before it is beaten up, and thus prevent it returning or rebounding, which being eased by springs or other “ elastic substances on or under the treddles, allows a kind of ‘‘ feeling which is necessary where all threads are crossed. Thirdly, to an improved method of working a spring check strap, having connection with the pickers by buffers, and pass- ing round rollers attached to the slay, and also under a finger or lever acted upon by a spring, which finger is raised when the ‘‘ shuttle is boxed, but falls when it is lodged in the warp ; it then acts upon a projection, giving motion to an arrangement which comes in the way of the slay or slay sword, and then stops the loom.” [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, August 20.— 1947. SIEVIER, Robert Moore. — ^‘'Improved machinery for the manufacture of terry or cut-pile fabrics, parts of which are “ applicable to the weaving of other fabrics.” These improve- ments relate, “ firstly, to the construction of the lay or batten, and consist in separating the two parts or ends where the shuttle boxes are situated from the central part in which the ‘‘ reed is placed.” In connection with this part of the improve- ments the patentee claims, making the lay or batten in sepa- rate parts, as shewn, or any modification thereof to effect the same purpose, that is to say, whereby sufficient room is left for an apparatus to introduce the wires into the fabric during the “ operation of weaving without being interfered with by the ‘‘ shuttle boxes ;” also the mode described of weighting or band- ing the warp beams to give the warp the tension desired without the aid of weights.” Secondly, to ‘‘ apparatus for introducing and withdrawing the terry wires.” The wires are connected to WEAVING. 441 slides mounted at each side of the loom. The slides are actuated by cams, levers, and rods at suitable intervals for introducing and withdrawing the wires. When the wire is withdrawn from the fabric, the end of it is forced inwards towards the shed by a spring. “ Thirdly, to an arrangement of machinery for cutting or ‘‘ separating into two pieces of cloth a fabric when woven toge- ‘‘ ther as a double cloth, and afterwards cut asunder or seperated, whether such cutting or separating be efPected during the ope- ration of weaving the said fabrics or otherwise. Fourthly, to the employment of a peculiarly constructed wedge or opener, or series of wedges or openers, for the purpose of keeping the bodies of the fabrics at an equal distance apart at the place ‘‘ where the knife effects the separation of them, thereby ensuring an equal length of pile upon the same when cut. And, fithly, to improvements in the construction of cutting wires used in ‘‘ the manufacture of cut-pile fabrics, which improvements con- sist in making the ends of such wires broader or thicker than the other parts, in order to give them a wider bearing against the fabrics, and thus prevent them from inclining on one side, so that the cutting part, when the wires are drawn out, shall ‘‘ cut the pile of the fabrics in the proper place. And, sixthly, for a mode of cutting asunder the cloths in such a manner as to ‘‘ make one a longer pile than the other, thereby producing seperate qualities of cloth, when such is desired.^’ [Printed, Is. 5^d. Dramngs.] A.D. 1853, August 20.— N° 1948. VAUGHAN, William, and SCATTERGOOD, John.— This invention relates to looms for weaving. It consists, firstly, in a mode of connecting the crank shaft of the loom with the driving pulley and fly wheel by a peculiar coupling or friction clutch. This clutch is keyed on the crank shaft, and its extre- mities or marginal parts embrace corresponding portions of the ‘‘ fly wheel or driving pulley, in such manner that their friction of contact therewith or adhesion thereto is sufficient to effect the “ necessary rotation of the crank shaft for the purpose of weaving, but in the event of the loom being suddenly stopped they per- mit the fly wheel and pulley to become partially disengaged, and to continue their rotation for a short period independently of the crank shaft, thereby mitigating the shock or concussion 442 WEAVING. “ to whicli some of the parts of the loom at such juncture are liable. Secondly, in a mode of communicating impulse to the “ picking apparatus by means of spurs or wipers carried by the slay or slay swords. Thirdly, in imparting motion to the healds ‘‘ in shedding by the partial rotation in alternate directions of a shaft extending transversely beneath the healds, and receiving an oscillating motion by toothed gear and a crank connection from the crank shaft. Fourthly, in the use of elastic bands or straps of caoutchouc or caoutchouc web for the purpose of attaching the heald shafts to the bosses on the heald roller, or on the transverse shaft before mentioned, or to the lamms ordinarily used. Fifthly, in the use of apparatus attached to the loom for the purpose of applying moisture to the materials in process of being woven. The apparatus employed consists principally of a trough and certain rollers, by the combined action whereof a regulated supply of liquid is applied to the fell “ of the cloth as the weaving proceeds. Sixthly, in suspending the cloth beam by elastic bands or straps formed wholly or par- tially of caoutchouc. Seventhly, in an improved arrangement and construction of parts of the self-acting temple, the principal features of which are that the rollers or cylinders on which the cloth is received have, in addition to the usual motion round their own axes, a motion outwards or towards the selvage of the fabric, and parallel to their axes, for the purpose of ‘‘ exerting a stretching action upon the cloth, and that the guiding fingers or directors are furnished with pins, spikes, or protuberances for retaining the cloth so stretched during the returning or inward motion of the rollers or cylinders before mentioned.” [Printed, Is. \\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, August 27. — N° 1996. LACEY, Edward, and WILKINSON, William. — (Provisional protection only.)— -This invention relates to “ a new description of cloth or fabric,” which consists ‘^of a combination of wire with hemp, cotton, linen, or other material capable of being woven or knitted or worked in a bobbin net or twist lace machine.” [Printed, 2\d. No drawing.] WEAVING. 443 A.D. 1853, August 31. — N° 2019. SMITH, Edv/ard. — The patentee says, — "^The object of this in- vention is to produce a cheap and durable fabric with a worsted surface to be used for all purposes of carpeting. This object I attain by arranging the picks of the shuttle and the motions of the harness in the carpet loom in such a manner that the shoots “ of wool shall form stripes or cords of any given width running “ parallel with the selvage. The back of the fabric is made of linen or cotton yarn, beaten up close, and the cords are formed by alternately throwing in two shoots of linen or cotton for the ‘‘ back, and two shoots of worsted for the face, but this may be varied according to the thickness of the worsted yarn employed and the quality of fabric required to be produced, the main ‘‘ object being to produce on the fabric a close worsted face Vvdth the least possible expenditure of wool.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 5. — N° 2044. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Adolphe Georges Geresme.)— (Provisional protection only.)— This invention relates to the manufacture of what are known as woven corsets, and consists in the employment of the jacquards in the loom, one of which effects the shape or contour of the corset, and the other the formation of the double portions or slots for the in- troduction of the whalebones. These slots or double portions are made simultaneously with the single parts of the corset, and in place of being terminated in a point, they are finished square off and at any required length in the corset, instead of always running the entire length, as is usually the case in woven corsets. When the corset is taken from the loom, the whale- bones are inserted into these cases, and the borders are formed, thus completing the article.” [Printed, '2\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 5.— 2045. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication.) — (Provi- ^onal protection only.) — “This invention relates to a novel or improved method of introducing the terry wires into the sheds of those fabrics in which such instruments are used to produce 444 WEAVING. the terry or cut-pile surface. Instead of introducing the wires by hand or providing fingers or other contrivances for taking hold of and pushing in or drawing them out, the inventor pro- “ poses to attach the wires to moveable arms, which are capable of being moved backwards or forwards, and in and out of the shed. In carrying out the invention two wires or arms are employed, one being on each side of the fabric.’^ [Printed, 2ld. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 7-— 2057. FLETCHER, John Gaskin, and PEEL, William. — (Provi- sional protection only.) — Improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention relates to an improved stop motion.” When the shuttle by any chance stops in the shed the swells in the shuttle boxes are pressed inwards, and bring the lower arm of a bent lever on the stop rod on a level with a vertical catch on a “ transverse rod which runs the entire length of the front of the loom, being carried by the end standards or framing. This rod carries also two other catches or arms, which are placed opposite two strong blade springs, one on each of the sword arms. The bent lever on the stop rod herein-before mentioned strikes against the vertical arm of the transverse rod, and thereby raises the two other arms, bringing them to the same level with the blade springs which strike against them, thus instantly arresting the “ movement of the slay without the sudden shock which is in- evitable when the lay strikes against the ordinary fixed frogs* By employing a fourth lever on the extremity of the transverse rod the driving belt is also thrown on to the loose pulley at the same time by this lever striking or pressing against the throwing off handle.” [Printed, 2ld, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 9. — N° 2075. LUMBY, Edwin, and SUGDEN, ZACCHiEus. — These im- provements relate to the wires used for forming the pile of terry and cut-pile fabrics. The wires are sometimes made with an eye at one end to facilitate their withdrawal from the loops of the fabric. ‘^Now one of the improvements consists in forming such eyes or loops out of wire or other metal separate from that on v’hich the loops or pile are formed, and affixing them to the WEAVING. 445 “ wires or needles by brazing or otherwise, in order that when broken or otherwise injured eyes or loops thus formed and applied may be replaced by others/’ “ When such wires or needles are used in the manufacture of cut-pile carpets or “ velvets, the cutting of the loops to form the cut-pile or velvet is sometimes effected by means of knife edges formed on the “ ends of the wires, the drawing out of which produces the required cutting to the loops.” And another part of the invention consists in applying a separate piece of steel of a suitable form for the cutting edge, and affixing the same to the wire by brazing or otherwise, by which arrangement increased strength “ and capability for wear are obtained, and such cutting edge may readily be replaced when required. The improvements also relate to forming such end of the ‘‘ wire or knife into a pointed form, the point being towards the centre of the height of the enlarged end of the wire to facilitate its passage between the warps, and to prevent cutting during insertion.” [Printed, Sid. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 9.— N® 2085. GOUIN, Ernest Alexandre. — ^^This invention has for its object improvements in hand and power looms, and consists in a combination of mechanism for letting off the warp from the “ warp beam, for winding up the fabric as it is woven, and for preventing the winding up of the fabric when no weft is thrown in.” The letting off of the warp is regulated by gradually decreasing the weight or tension on the break pulley of the warp roller.” In order to effect the winding up of the fabric a lever having drivers is used to give motion to a ratchet wheel fixed on the work beam, such lever being weighted at its front end, and acted on by an eccentric at its other end. In the event “ of the weft not being thrown across, the batten in moving up “ to the work prevents the ratchet wheel winding up the work on the work beam.” The taking-up motion is so constructed that a small quantity of fabric is given back at each stroke of the lay, so as to relieve the strain on the warp threads when the heddles open.” [Printed, Drawings.] 446 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, September 10. — N° 2089. WARNER, Arthur. — The patentee claims as his invention the application of the fibres drawn from the palm tree and its leaves to the manufacture of threads and woven fabrics, and to the arts of paper, pasteboard, and card making.’^ [Rrinted, 2|(i. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 13.— N« 2114. EWBANK, Thomas Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to the manufacture of terry or looped fabrics. The patentee says, — Instead of using wires or tags introduced at the sides of the work, I make use of wires or carriers bent or curved at the ends thereof, with or without nicks or grooves “ made therein to receive the warps of which the terries or loops are formed, which I call the terry warps ; these ends are intro- duced thro’ the slay or reed into the front of the worlc, and are raised by means of cams or other machinery adapted to the purpose, and take up with them a sufficient quantity of the terry warps to form the terries or loops, which are formed by beating up the weft against the poi’tions of the terry warps so taken up ; the wires or carriers are then withdrawn, and the loops or terries are completely fastened by again beating up the weft.” [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 16.— N« 2154. MEYER, Henry. — This invention consists, first, in an improved mode of constructing jacquard looms, in which the opening of the shed is effected by elevating part of the hooks, and allowing the others to descend by the weights attached to the mounting. Secondly, in an improved mode of constructing jacquard looms, applicable to those working with heddles, whereby part of the warps are raised and the others allowed to descend, and an even shed is produced. And, lastly, in an improved combination of tappets and levers for working the heddles of looms, whereby an even shed is produced, and motion is only given to those heddles that are required for changing the shed, whereas in looms of the ordinary construction the heddles are all put in motion at every change of the shed.” [Printed, V)\d, Drawings.] WEAVING. 447 A.D. 1853, September 17. — N° 2164. BURTON, Jonathan. — ‘^^This invention has reference to those shuttles which are used in weaving, and to the skewers used in ^vinding and reehng cops, the object of the invention being to diminish the waste of weffc or thread, and to facilitate the unwinding of the weffc or thread from the cop in the process of weaving, winding, and reeling.’^ The invention consists in placing a tube on the peg or spindle of shuttles (or on skewers), “ which will freely revolve upon it, upon which the cop to be “ unwound is placed.’^ [Printed, h\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 19.— N° 2170. THOMAS, Edward. — “This invention relates to an improve- “ ment in the means of taking up linen cloth as it is woven, and “ thereby of holding the warps to the required uniform tension.’’ The patentee proposes “to apply to looms used for weaving Hnen “ cloth, in lieu of the emery roller, a metallic or other roller “ furnished throughout its periphery (or that part of its periphery “ which is presented to the cloth) with teeth or ribs formed, by “ preference, by grooving the roller \vith a cutting tool longitu- “ dinally, spirally, or otherwise.” [Printed, 2\d. N o drawings .] A.D. 1853, September 21. — N° 2186. PEABODY, George. — (A communication.) — “This invention “ relates to a mechanical process of dressing and warping yarns.” The patentee claims, to quote his own words, — “First, the “ arrangement of machinery above described, whereby I am “ enabled to warp and dress yards directly from spools or bobbins, “ instead of from large section beams heretofore used, and secure “ a uniform tension to the yarns as they are wound upon the “ sectional loom beams, while at the same time increased facilities “ for readily producing a variety in the stripe of the fabric are “ afforded. Secondly, forming the loom beam of sectional parts “ or beams, which, when arranged side by side, form the entire “ loom beam ready for insertion in the loom, by which arrange- “ ment the length of the loom beam can be varied, and a variety “ in the stripes in the fabric can be produced by simply varying 448 WEAVING. “ the relative positions of the sectional loom beams in the looms, as herein above set forth. Thirdly, I claim the construction and application of fan cylinder as described, which cylinder is composed of slats arranged with spaces between them, and around which slats the yarns are made to pass, revolving fan blades being placed within the said cylinder, and revolving independently of and at a more rapid rate than the said slatted cylinder, whereby a large portion of the yarn surface is kept in a gentle current of air, and the drying operation is rapidly efPected.” [Printed, ll\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, September 30. — N° 2238. PLANT, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — The applicant says, — ^^My invention relates to methods of producing novel patterns upon fustians, velveteens, and other looped fabrics which undergo the operation of cutting. The first method consists in causing the same floating weft thread to pass across the warp twice in the same shed, and in order to bind the said weft; after the first of the picks, I employ a catch thread. For this part of my invention a single rising box loom is employed. The second method consists in the employment of a rising box at each side of the loom, by which arrangement I am enabled to prevent two weffc threads of the same colour being placed in two distinct and consecutive sheds, and thereby I obtain patterns when the fabrics are cut of a novel character.” [Printed, %\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 1.— N<> 2243. SUMMERSCALES, John, and BANCROFT, Benjamin. — (Provisional protection only.) — The applicants declare the nature of their invention for ‘‘Improvements in shuttles employed in “ weaving textile fabrics to be as follows : — “ The insertion or application to shuttles of a fixed or immov- “ able spindle with suitable appendages whereon to place the “ bobbin, and adapting the form of the shuttle for the free “ admission and emission of the bobbin.” [Printee, ^\d. No drawings.] WEAVING. 449 A.D. 1853, October 1.— 2250. DREVELLE, Adolphe. — A communication from Messieurs Ryo and Praxel. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improved “ apparatus to be used in connection with looms for weaving.” This improved apparatus is employed for the purpose of giving motion to the healds of looms for weaving, either upwards or downwards, so as to obtain with a single treadle the “ same efiPect as is now produced by the employment of several treadles, when the ground weaving requires many healds to be “ used. The apparatus consists of a cylinder pierced with holes like the usual jacquard cylinders, but round instead of square, “ having screws to fill up the holes according to the ground ‘‘ or pattern required. The wires, instead of being connected with the harness, as in jacquard looms, serve to give motion to the healds, both up and down, through the intervention of jacks under them.” [Printed, 2icZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 3.— N" 2260. CROFTS, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- ments in weaving.” The applicant says, — This invention relates, first, to improve- ments upon arrangement or combination of machinery for which Letters Patent [N° 779] were granted to me, bearing date “ April 1, 1853, and consists in using several guide bars to act “ upon the warp threads when producing plain fabrics, in place of only two, as described in the Specification of such Patent, each of such bars having the compound movements there “ referred to, or some bars having a movement only in one direc- tion and some bars only in the other, that is, some moving in a direction at right angles to the others, or some of such guide bars may have no endway movements. Also in using a “ stationary middle guide bar for part of the warp threads, in order to effect the forming of two sheds at the same time. “ Extra shuttles or thread carriers being used and worked (by preference) as described in such formed specification. Secondly, in causing the shuttles or thread carriers to be “ moved or struck through the shed or sheds formed for them by “ the warp threads at an angle to the front and back of the W, F F 450 WEAVING. “ machine. The warp threads being guided to effect the neces- sary opening and change of sheds for the passage of the shuttles or thread carriers in the angular direction.’’ [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 2265. CROFTS, William.— (Provisional protection only.) — The appli- cant says,— The invention relates to improvements on modes of arranging and combining machinery, described in the Specifica- tion of a Patent [N® 779] granted to me the 1st of April 1853, in which it was proposed to employ two guide bars, with their “ rows of guides, as a means of causing the warp threads to recede from, approach to, and go past each other, in order to open angular sheds for the passage of shuttles or thread carriers. Points or sleys or reeds being used for the beat up ; and the “ present improvements consist of moving the rows of warp threads from, towards, and past each other, for the opening and changing of sheds by using only one row of guides or like “ moving instruments, or guide bars, on one side only, (which guides may be independent of each other,) to guide one row of warp threads, the other row of warp threads simply passing over a bar or other plain surface, which, with the beam from which such set of warp threads passes, has a to-and-fro movement given to it, to assist in the opening and changing of sheds. Also to using one row or set of guides or other moving instruments for ‘‘ one row of warp threads, (which guides or other moving instru- ments may be independent of each other,) and a sley or reed or other row of guides for the other set of threads, the guides or other moving instruments being caused to carry their threads “ so as to open a shed on each side of the threads passed through “ such sley or reed or other guiding means, and the shuttle race being arranged to conduct the shuttle or other weft thread carried ‘‘ into either shed as desired. The sley or reed I prefer to form “ the shuttle race, and it may have an endway movement when desired. The invention also consists, when using several guide bars “ carrying different rows of threads, as explained in my application ‘‘ for Patent Protection bearing date of yesterday, in employing strands or threads of india-rubber, which strands I prefer to be WEAVING. 451 placed in some of the central rows of threads, by which they will be better covered by the other threads, and an elastic fabric will be obtained ; and when causing the sheds to be opened for the passage of the shuttle at an angle to the front and back of the machine, and the shuttle or other weft thread carrier passes therethrough at such angle as explained in my application of yesterday. My invention consists (when making narrow fabrics) of applying combs or bolts to receive the shuttles or other thread carriers placed at a like angle, and affixed to bars, by which they may have an endway shogging motion given to them, as in “ lace machinery.’^ [Printed, 2^cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 5.— 227d. CROFTS, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — The appli- cant says, — These improvements consist in the application of “ independent instruments for controlling by intercepting and bending various of the warp threads in their movements end- wise of the machine in arrangements of machinery of the character of that described in the Specification of a Patent [N° 779] granted to me, bearing date 1st April, 1853; and also for in like manner controlling various of the threads of addi- tional warp bars, when used with other warp bars of a like “ character to those referred to in other modifications contained in two applications bearing date the 3rd and 4th of the present month, in order to aid in producing various ornamental and other effects. The independent instruments which I prefer to use are such as have been heretofore used by me (under Letters Patent) in machines for the manufacture of lace, and they have “ each at the end of a long thin blade a thickened projection or “ stem with a fine point, which projection is capable of filling up the space between two adjoining warp threads, and such instru- ments are moved backward and forward in combs similar to what are used in lace machines, that they may enter the spaces “ between the warp threads of various guide bars, by which the movements of those threads may be intercepted when their “ guides are actuated ; or the threads may be bent aside in each or either direction, lengthwise of the machine, or various of the threads of one or other row or rows of guides may be guided F p 2 452 AVEAVING. opposite to spaces of other row or . rows of threads to efPect crossings of the threads. The independent instruments I prefer to select by jacquard apparatus, but other pattern surface may be employed.^’ [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 7.— N° 2293. BULLOUGH, James, AVALMSLEY, John, and AVHIT- TAKER, David. — These improvements relate to warping and sizing machines, and consist, firstly, in a method of forming the lease’’ at the warping mill instead of at the sizing ma- chine. Secondly, in using a marking apparatus at the warping mill,” and also a self-acting stop motion to stop the mill when the proper number of marks have been made. Thirdly, in conveying the v/arp threads from the yarn beams to the size trough without healds or reeds, and tieing any number of the warp threads together at the refilling of the machine wdth back beams.” Fourthly, in regulating the tension of the yarn after passing over or through the drying cylinder to the beams,” “ by fixing a small friction pulley on the end of the axle of the winding-on shaft, and another on the end of the friction roller, the said two friction pullies being driven by the winding-on shaft by means of a strap, band, or other similar contrivance. The necessary tension of the yarn is thus obtained by the difference of speed of the said pullies, being caused by the difference in the rapidity of their respective revolutions.” [Printed, 8-iC^. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 8.— 2305. DENTON, Joseph. — This inv^ention relates to a method of raising the shuttle boxes of looms in which a number of shuttles are used. The patentee says, — ‘‘ This I accomplish by fixing a peculiarly shaped pinion on the end of the crank shaft, or by ‘‘ a toothed wheel fixed on a stud bolted to the frame, and causing “ it to slide in and out, so as to act upon the star wheel at the proper times to give motion to the lever to raise each of the shuttle boxes at the ])roper times. I cut a piece out of part of the surface of this slide pinion, by which it is always in gear. WEAVING. 453 revolving on the periphery of the star wheel; the vacancy caused by the said piece being cut out prevents its acting, except at the required times, to raise a shuttle box. I fix on the lag roller pins or projections in number according to the number of picks to be thrown in by each shuttle; the said projections coming in contact with a spring bar pushes the said slide pinion on the periphery of the star wheel, and coming in contact with the pullies or bosses which are fixed in the slots of the wheel press against a lever, which, communicating with the under side of the shuttle box, raises it to the required position on the slay for putting in the necessary picks.’^ [Printed, Drav/ings.] A.D. 1853, October 12.— 2339. MORI SON, John, and HURN, Daniel. — This invention relates to the construction of “ nose bags ” for feeding horses. The patentees claim, — Firstly, the construction of bags for the purposes above described woven in one piece with a selvaged “ opening, so as to give a uniform strength to all parts thereof, by obviating the necessity for a seam or seams and strengthen- ing trimmings ; and secondly, the coating of the lower parts of nose-bags with gutta percha or other plastic material for the purpose of protecting and waterproofing them in the manner described.” [Printed, h\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 15.— N« 2374. GILL, Richard. — (Provisional protection only.) — " Improve- ments in weaving single and double fabrics.” The applicant says, — My improvements are chiefly applicable to weaving double contelle or other fabrics, in which it is desirable to pro- duce an even surface free from lint or loose fibre. “ In order to effect this, I cause the reed to strike twice against “ the cloth for each shoot of weft. The shed of the upper cloth “ having been opened in the ordinary manner, the weft is shot “ across and the reed beats up the weft in the open shed; the “ shed is then closed, and after the crank has passed the centre another shed is opened for the back cloth, the reed then binds the weffc in the crossed shed of the back cloth, and another ‘‘ shoot of weft is thrown across in the same shed. The shed is 454 WEAVING. again closed, and in opening crosses the weft previously put in the open shed of the top cloth, which is beaten up by the next blow of the reed ; another shoot of weft is then put in the same shed, and the operations are repeated as before.” “ In weaving single fabrics the weft is put in the open shed, and struck up by the reed, then the shed is crossed and another blow given by the reed ; another shoot of weft is then put in the same shed and struck up as before.” [Printed, 2M. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 15.— N° 2375. COATES, Charles. — The patentee says, — ‘^My invention con- “ sists, firstly, in an improved combination of parts whereby the motions of a loom can he suddenly checked and stopped when the weft fails or when the shuttle fails to enter the shuttle box ; the said improved parts acting in combination with or inde- pendently of the ordinary weft stopper ; the sudden stoppage of the loom is effected by disconnecting a pair of friction wheels or pulleys by which the loom is driven, and by the application of a break. Secondly, my invention consists in constructing shuttles so that the retaining spring by which the cop is held on the “ skewer is only brought into action when the cop is on the skewer, and remains inactive when the cop is put on.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 17.— N° 2391. LOW, William Scowcroft, and BARNES, John.— (Pro- visional protection only.) — “ This invention consists in con- structing shuttles with a hinged piece of metal or finger, which “ is acted upon by a spring ; the use of said finger being to cut ‘‘ the weft thread when the shed of the warp threads is inter- cepted by anything. By this invention all floated cloth will “ be prevented, no unweaving of the work will be required, and thus a great saving of the workman’s time will be effected, and also of the material employed.” [Printed, No drawings.] WEAVING. 455 A.D. 1853, October 19.— N« 2412. COLLIER, George. — ^'This invention has for its object im- provements in weaving terry and cut pile fabrics.” The patentee claims, — First, the combination with a power loom working with a single beat-up, wherein a series of independent “ wires are used, apparatus for withdrawing and carrying the last wire and inserting it again into the fabric.” Secondly, ‘^the using of wires thicker at the one end than the ‘‘ other parts, in combination with an instrument coming from behind the batten outside of the slay to press the ends of all the ‘‘ wires towards the breast bream just when the hook or instru- “ ment comes to take the last wire (the wire nearest the breast “ beam), in order to ensure the last wire being taken and with- ‘‘ drawn by the hook or instrument as herein described.” Thirdly, ‘^the manufacturing of terry or cut pile fabrics in ‘‘ power looms by combining the use of wires with the placing of the terry or pile warps on to two or more beams, so that the warps carried by the beams may be brought up to form the pile in succession by the working of the power loom, as described.” [Printed, 3s. 3^c?. l^rawings.] A.D. 1853, October 19 . — N° 2414. BARRACLOUGH, Charles. — ""This invention relates to looms "" for weaving terry or cut pile fabrics by power by tlie use of "" wires, and it has for its object improvements in the ^apparatus "" employed for stopping such looms should a wire not be correctly "" taken or a weft not thrown into the shed. For this purpose "" the wire carrier has applied to it an instrument or catch, which, "" if not supported, descends, and comes in the way of a lever or "" instrument, and is thus the means of stopping the loom, but "" if the carrier takes a wire correctly the loom goes on working ; "" and there are stationary rods resting in grooves in the shuttle "‘ race near the selvages of the fabric, and on which the weft, if "" there be any, rests ; and there are levers, having their axes at "" the back of the sley board, actuated by a cam at either side of "" the loom, which, when a weft is thrown in, descend upon "" it wherever the weft may be, and are prevented descending "" further ; but if there be no weft, the levers descend further, and "" thus cause the loom to be stopped.” [Printed, Is. 81c?. Drawings.] 456 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, October ]9.-N‘’ 2417. THOMPSON, Thomas.— (Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — This invention relates, first, to an improved method of making two pieces of terry or Brussels carpet toge- ther in one loom, and in the same time that is now required to weave one piece. This object is effected by making one piece over the other, by means of a double set of warps.” The two pieces are to be woven face to face, that is, the lower piece is to be made with the right side or face upwards, and the upper piece with the right side or face downwards.” One wire is used to form the terry of both pieces ; the worsted or figure “ warp to form the loops or terry of the upper piece will pass under the wire, while the figure or worsted warps to form the terry or loops of the under piece will pass over the wire. It will, there- fore, be understood that the two pieces will be only connected together by the wires, and therefore immediately the wire is pulled out the two pieces will come asunder. “ The next improvement relates to a means of making the two pieces into one of double the breadth or width, or, in other words, of weaving wide carpets in narrow looms. In order to effect this object I make use of t^ro shuttles, which are thrown “ simultaneously across in the same direction; but one shuttle being made to go through the upper shed, and the other through the lower shed; then the shuttle coming through the upper shed will descend and go back through the lower one, and the lower one will rise be made to return through the upper shed. To effect this object the shuttles must be made to change places on one side, but not on the other side of the work.” “ The next part of the invention relates to a means of facilitat- “ ing the introduction of the terry wire into the shed, and consists ‘‘ in the use or employment of a rod or stiff wire, v/hich is con- “ nected at one end to a moving arm, and is provided at the other end with a ring or other suitable contrivance to support or carry the wire into the opening to make the terry. After the wire has been introduced the rod or stiff wire which sup- ports the terry wire is drawn back, leaving the terry wire in the work ready to be driven up by the slay.” [Printed, 2^c?. No drawings.] WEAVING. 457 A.D. 1853, October 20.— 2428. WOOFENDEN, Jonathan. — (Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — This invention relates to the so arranging the details of power looms for weaving various fabrics that the “ fabric, as woven, may be taken up or wound upon its beam in a positive and exact quantity at each throw of the shuttle in proportion to the number of weft shots being used; the introduction of elastic crank arms or connecting rods between “ the cranks and lathe of the loom to give ease in working ; the ‘‘ use of an elastic medium in the shedding levers or heddle actuating apparatus and the heddles themselves; and the giving an elastic action to the wiper or cam of the picking “ motion. The taking-up motion is fitted with a combination of “ smooth rollers, so that the ^voven piece, as it passes from the “ breast beam, descends beneath a large smooth conducting “ roller, and thence from beneath this roller over a small smooth “ retaining roller, disposed between the first roller and a second “ and corresponding large roller, driven by the loom’s motion, and placed beneath the cloth beam to answer as the taking-up roller.” [Printed, 2\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 21.— N^^ 2431. CROSS,’ Christopher, and CROSBY, James. — (Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — Improvements in “ machinery or apparatus for weaving.” The improvements consist “ in an arrangement of apparatus whereby the shuttle is “ caused to travel in a circular direction. The dents of the reed “ are arranged radially, and the warp threads pass through them “ in a circle, or in sides constituting a polygon ; the shuttle is placed upon the dents, and is, by motion communicated to “ them, propelled so as to carry forward the weft between the warp threads, a shed being formed according to the descrip- tion of work to be produced.” Another feature of novelty is the method of beating up the woven fabric ; this is done by causing the dents of the reed to arrive one after the other in contact with the weft as it “ is progressively deposited between the warp.” [Printed, 2\d. No drawings. 458 WEAVING. A.D. 1853, October 25.— N° 2465. BOTTOM LEY, William. — This invention relates to an ar- rangement of mechanism attached or connected to the rising shuttle boxes of fancy looms, which said mechanism is actuated “ or put in motion by means of cords connected thereto, and to needles in the jacquard engine or machine, so as to bring one “ or other of the shuttles opposite to or on a level with the shuttle race, as required according to the pattern which is punched or formed upon the cards.” [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.} A.D. 1853, October 26.— 2469. AUSTIN, Edward. — These improvements relate to surveying and raising sunken vessels. In connection with the improvements a method is described of weaving strong matting cases for en- closing flexible air-tight bags. Each case consists of two prin- cipal divisions ; the body or cylindrical part, and the hemisphe- rical head.” The body is made of a number of mats, of about five feet wide, and of a length in proportion to the size of the case.” The matting is made of what is known in rope making as ten or twelve thread spun yarn slightly tarred;” and it is woven with two weft threads passing in opposite directions through each shed. A number of these mats are sewn together by the selvages to form the size of case required, which is afterwards attached to the hemispherical head.” The hemispherical mat is constructed on a frame, which consists of a series of wheels adapted to receive grummets ; these wheels are fitted to a central stem, and decrease in diameter from the upper one downwards. The upper wheel is furnished with a num- ber of pins to receive the loops of the warp, which is carried suc- cessively round each grummet. “The weft is introduced by “ opening a shed with a sword by hand, using a double weft, and “ by preference carrying them round in opposite directions, and “ driving the whole as close as possible.” [Printed, Is. 0|cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 26.— N« 2470. WOODWARD, George Gower. — This invention relates to the manufacture of carpets. The patentee says, — “ Firstly, my inven- “ tion consists of a novel combination of threads of worsted, “ woollen yarn, or flax cotton only, or a mixture of linen, cotton, WEAVING. 459 “ or silk yarns with worsted or woollen yarns, to form the warp of pile fabrics known as Brussels, tapestry, Wilton, and other ‘‘ carpets, applicable also to any piled, terry, or looped fabrics figured or woven of various colors in the manner of carpeting ; viz., I use the self or single colored yarns combined with parti- “ colored yarns, thus having one or more warps of the parti- colored combined with one or more warps of the self or single colored yarns, and I thus obtain an unlimited number of colors, and can produce any pattern desired, either with or without the use of the jacquard machine. The yarns of the different colors required for the design intended to be woven are to be wound upon bobbins or warp rollers in the order in which they are to be used in producing the woven design. ‘‘ Secondly, my invention consists of a novel combination of yarns made of the aforesaid mixture, either printed, colored, or dyed of various colours in different shades, with other yarns of a self or single color. Thirdly, my invention consists in the use of the material called the patent flax cotton, and of any of the mixtures of wool, linen, cotton, or silk yarns, for the manufacture of Brus- ‘‘ sels tapestry or other carpets or piled fabrics manufactured in “ the manner of carpeting. Fourthly, my invention consists in a mode of printing, dyeing, or coloring the aforesaid yarns, and arranging the same previous to weaving.” [Printed, S^c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 26. — N° 2471. HEYWORTH, Richard, and BATTERSBY, Thomas.— The patentees say, — “ Our invention consists in dispensing with the spring swell generally employed in power looms, and in substi- “ tuting in its stead a feeling finger, which is fixed to the stop “ rod underneath the lay bottom. To the stop rod is also fixed “ a lever, the upper end of which is connected to one of the con- iiecting arms by which the lay is moved to and fro, by this “ means the stop rod is made to vibrate in its bearings, and the “ motion is given to it at the proper time for moving the feeling fingers out of the way when the shuttle enters the box and when “ the picking stick acts on the shuttle. The object of our inven- tion is to diminish the power required for picking the shuttle, 460 WEAVING. and to reduce the wear and tear in the shuttles, pickers, picking straps, and other parts connected with the picking motion.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 27 ,—^^ 2487. VAUGHAN, William, SCATTERGOOD, John, and GRIM- SHAW, Charles. — This invention relates to the peculiar struc- ture “ or form of certain kinds of healds to the processes whereby thej^ may be constructed, and to machinery or implements for expediting and facilitating such processes; and it consists, firstly, in the form of and modes of constructing healds of new and peculiar character, in which corresponding links, loops, or “ parallel strands of yarn are connected together in pairs, either by metallic rings, which rings form the eyes of the healds, or by metallic plates pierced with holes, which holes serve as the eyes of the healds. Secondly, in the processes or manipulations whereby the links and other parts are formed and bound to- gether, and the rings or plates inserted in the construction of the healds herein mentioned. And, thirdly, in the mechanical combination and arrangement of certain machinery or appa- ratus for expediting the processes of forming the links or loops, and inserting the rings or eyes of such healds. By this appa- ratus the loops or links are formed on a reel to which the yarn is supplied by a travelling guide or trumpet mouth.” Fourthly, “ in a mode of binding together the loops of healds by means of a list, tab, or narrow slip of woven fabric as a substitute for the “ heald bands commonly used, and in which the strands, yarns, or loops of the healds are incorporated with the binding mate- rial by the process of weaving in a loom, such list, tab, binding, or woven heald band being afterwards attached to the heald shaft.” Ififthly, in making each loop of healds constructed with woven tabs or heald bands slightly elastic or capable of yielding individually and independently of the others by inter- weaving strings or strands of caoutchouc or india-rubber in the lists, tabs, or binding thereof. Sixthly, in a mode of constructing healds wherein the i)rocess of forming the heald bands or tabs by weaving is combined with one whereby the eyes are produced in the yarn by knitting.” Seventhly, in certain new and improved arrangements or modifications in or additions to the loom to adapt it to the herein-before mentioned purposes, the WEAVING. 461 principal features of which are the substitution of a creel of bobbins in lieu of a warp beam, a pair of delivering rollers for regulating the advance of the warp, and an apparatus fitted for “ taking up the work in the required manner. Eighthly, in a mode of making the eyes or loops of healds capable of yielding slightly by inserting a thin layer or cushion of caoutchouc, felt, ‘‘ wool, or other similar elastic substance between the heald shafts and the parts of the healds in contact therewith.” [Printed, ll\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 2/.— N° 2191. LEMONNIER, Jean Martin Adolphe Bayet. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^A new system of weaving by hand.” ^‘The improvements consist in the combination of machinery for weaving carpets and other fabrics with different colors or hues. “ The apparatus is composed, firstly, of a warping frame ; secondly, a mechanical reader ; and thirdly, a loom. This loom differs “ from those usually made use of for weaving, first, in its batten, which is placed vertically, and the reed of which is open at top ; second, in the substitution of flying warp for certain fixed warp ; “ thirdly, in having hooks fixed at both extremities of the reed in which the flying warp is set ; fourthly, in suppressing jacquard apparatus and other similar known mechanism. The warping frame consists of a new arrangement of moveable bobbin frames for preparing and winding the flying and fixed warps. “ The mechanical reader obviates the use of cards, and enables the design to be read off and worked with facility and economy “ of time and labor; it is composed of two straight transverse “ bars, moveable in a frame (one of which is marked with divi- “ sions), and provided with two counting slides, moving from right to left, or vice versa, to count the stitches of the pattern.” [Printed, 2\d. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, October 28.— 2497. JOHNSON, John.— T his invention relates to looms for weaving terry fabrics, m which the terries are formed on wires attached to moveable carriers. The object of the present invention is ""to "" counteract the vibratory motion communicated to the wires by "" the process of withdrawing them from the cloth, advancing "" them towards the slay, and moving them forward to introduce 462 WEAVING. them into the open shed. This is efPected by means of a holder or other similar mechanical contrivance, which will keep the wire steady and support it while it is being moved to and fro.” The necessary reciprocating motions of the wires in and out of the shed are effected by means of levers, which are actuated b}^ cams or tappets that are driven by gearing in connection with the main driving shaft.” [Printed, Q\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November l.—N« 2525. ELLIOTT, Arthur. — The first part of this invention ^‘relates to rising box looms, and consists, firstly, in a method of raising and lowering the shuttles as required by the pattern. Upon the tappet shaft or other rotatory part of the loom is fixed a cam, each revolution of which causes a lever to vibrate. This lever carries a catch, which moves over pins placed upon a wheel, such motion, however, when no change is required, not being sufficient to take hold of one of the said pins, the full extent of vibration being prevented by a projection on the lever arriving in contact with a plain portion of a jacquard [cylinder] or similar apparatus. When, however, a change of shuttle is required, the said projecting part will be allowed to pass into a perforation of ‘‘ the jacquard, and the catch will he allowed to move far enough to take hold of a pin upon the wheel, and on its return motion will cause it to perform a portion of a revolution, thereby bring- ing a cam to act upon an arrangement of levers for shifting the shuttle box. The jacquard or similar apparatus is moved at proper intervals by a catch mounted upon the vibrating lever before mentioned.” Secondly, in placing a screen above the pickers in rising box looms to prevent the said pickers from flying upward, such screen being so adapted as to be raised by hand at pleasure.” Thirdly, in causing the picker to occupy such a position when the shuttle is thrown as to receive its force, and by giving way before it act as a check upon its impetus.” The second part of the invention consists in an arrange- ment of apparatus for effecting the taking-up of the work “ in looms. The reed is mounted in a loose case after the manner of the taking-up motion known as Stone’s.” To the catch, which works the ratchet wheel of taking-up motion, two pins are attached. One of these pins is acted upon by a lever WEAVING. 463 attached to the reed case, so as to cause the catch to move over one or more teeth of the ratchet wheel, when the reed case is pressed back by the reed beating up the weft. The other pin works in a slotted piece attached to the lay sword, and upon the return motion of the lay the slotted piece draws the click so as to effect the necessary motion of the ratchet wheel, which by suitable wheelwork actuates the work roller. [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 3. — N° 2554. HINDLE, Peter. — The patentee says, — My invention relates solely to that particular part of power looms known as the taking-up motion.” This motion has hitherto been of an uniform and regularly progressive character, and commonly performed by the action of a pall or click upon a ratchet or “ toothed wheel ; whereas my invention consists in a double in- terrupted or varying taking-up motion, having a slow and quick taking-up action at any required intervals of space, the effect of which will be to produce thin and thick cloth alternately, and “ thus accomplish the weaving of transverse stripes in the cloth by the operation of a single shuttle, and of the same quality of “ weft thread throughout, instead of such patterns being produced by two shuttles, each containing a different quality of weft thread, namely, fine and coarse, as hitherto practised.” [Printed, Dra.wings.] A.D. 1853, November 4. — N® 2567. FOSTER, William. — ‘‘This invention relates to an improved “ and simplified system or mode of raising and lowering the “ shuttle boxes in looms when checked, striped, or fancy goods “ are to be produced, and consists in attaching a number of tap- “ pets or segments to a wheel at the end of the loom, or a plate “ wheel may be cut out in the form of such tappets or segments, “ such tappets acting upon a lever which gives motion at once to “ the shuttle box by a connecting rod attached to the bottom of “ it, without any intermediate mechanism being required. In “ place of the drop boxes being attached to the raising rod, they “ may work loosely over an arc or segment fixed to the top of the rod, which is guided vertically by a fixed guide in the side of 464 WEAVING. the loom. The radius of this arc or segment corresponds with the radius of the slay swords.” [Printed, 6|cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 5. — N° 2576. BARLOW, James, and SETTLE, Thomas. — ""This invention "" relates to power looms, and consists in a novel and peculiar "" method of effecting what is called the lathe motion for heating "" up the cloth as it is woven.” The improvement consists in giving a "" variable motion ” to the slay, "" for the purpose of effecting the passage of the shuttle "" whilst the slay is at rest, whether imparted by the agency of "" grooved cams, or by other mechanical equivalents, and whether "" driven by the first motion, or what is now the crank shaft, or "" other suitable moving part of the power loom.” [Printec^, ^\d. Drawings,] A.D. 1853, November 11.— N° 2619- DICKSON, James Htll. — ""This invention has for its objects "" the separating of the flax fibres and fibres of other similar "" fibrous substances, dissolving the gummy and resinous matter "" contained in flax, hemp, Chinese grass. New Zealand flax, and "" other fibres, whereby the fibres are made finer, more silk like, "" and better adapted for spinning and manufacturing (weaving) ; "" the same process being applicable to the preparation of cocoa- "" nut, aloe, plantain, and other East Indian fibres ; also in joining "" the plantain fibres so that the same may be manufactured "" (woven) without being spun.” [Printed, Drawing.] A.D. 1853, November 14. — N® 2632. HADFIELD, William. — This invention relates to looms, and consists in apparatus "" for regulating the unwinding of the warp "" on the warp beam. To the fulcrum shaft of the ordinary vibrating roller, which slackens the yarn when the shed is "" opened, I fix a bent lever or gauge ; this gauge acts upon the "" end of a slotted bar, to which is jointed a click, taking in a "" ratchet wheel ; on the axis of the ratchet wheel is a level pinion, "" gearing into another pinion fixed on the same shaft as a worm "" gearing into a wheel on the warp beam. The slotted bar is WEAVING. 465 moved in one direction by the taking-up lever or other con- “ venient part of the loom, and it is always brought back in contact with the bent lever or guage on the fulcrum shaft of “ the vibrating roller by a spring or weight, or other means. ‘‘ The operation is as follows : — At every move of the slotted box, if the gauge allows it to go back sufficiently, the click drops into a tooth of the ratchet wheel, thereby giving motion to the warp beam ; but if the gauge does not allow the slotted “ bar to mmve back enough the click does not drop into a fresh tooth of the ratchet wheel, but continues to work on the same tooth until the position of the vibrating roller is sufficiently changed to alter the position of the gauge, which then allows the slotted bar to be brought back by the spring or other agent so as to let the click drop into a fresh tooth.” [Printed, 6id. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 14.— N° 2636. GRAY, Matthew. — This invention relates to a modification “ of the ordinary solid weft fork or protector as used in power looms.” In such improved fork the front pronged portion, or that part or end on v/hich the weft thread acts during weaving, “ is made exactly as heretofore, and turns or works upon a stud centre like the common fork. But the back lever part com- “ municating with the stop rod action of the loom is made and “ arranged to work in one direction independently of the pronged portion, either on the same or on another stud centre. In a fork so made the pronged portion may rise independently as “ required in case of accident, whilst it acts in ordinary work- ing just like the common fork by means of a stop piece connecting the two parts of the fork.” [Printed, 5^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 15. — N° 2644, LIDDELL, John. — This invention consists “in the application “ of certain mechanism to the ordinary gearing of the power loom “ as shall cause one or more leaves of heddles to be dropped and “ re-engaged at certain regular intervals, so as to produce that kind of fancy fabric known as mignonette.” For this purpose the patentee employs “ a subsidiary or additional treadle and ^vyper, which wyper is actuated by such 466 WEAVING. a train of gearing as shall produce the tread at such successive intervals as may be desired, for example, every sixth shot. This mechanism is necessary and sufficient for producing longi- tudinal stripes of open work by means of a single extra leaf of heddles, and in order to produce the open work on any other part of the set of the pattern, another leaf or leaves of heddles employed in making the plain part of the pattern is or are detached from the ordinary system, and brought likewise under the action of the additional treadle and wyper, or treadles and “ wypers above described. For this purpose shifting catches are connected with the upper gear of the heddles, and these are actuated at the required intervals by means of a ratchet wheel and fall motion similar to that employed in lappet work.” [Printed, 5^c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 16.~N‘> 2653. HILL, Philip. — (Partly a communication.)— “ These improve- ments apply to the weaving of plush and other piled fabrics “ where two fabrics are simultaneously woven face to face, and “ combined by the warp threads, which when cut apart form the “ pile of the two fabrics. For this purpose two pile rollers and four pile lambs or shafts are employed, the pile warps form the two rollers being used alternately, two of the lambs or shafts standing whilst two are at work. The cylinder or barrel is arranged to open twelve double sheds each revolution. Twelve lambs or shafts of harness are employed ; eight for the ground warps, and four (as above mentioned) for the pile warps, by which arrangement the pile is better produced, for in place of the pile warps only floating over not more than three weft threads when cut apart, they may be made to float over four or more. The machinery may be worked by hand or power.” [Printed, 3|cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 19.— N° 2694. POTTER, John Gerald, and MILLS, Robert. — This inven- tion relates to a mode of economizing the worsted used in the manufacture of terry carpets from printed warps.” In the description of this invention the patentees say, — '^Hitherto the warp threads wound round a cylinder of a given circumference “ have been indiscriminately used for the manufacture of cut pile WEAVING. 467 or of terry carpets, but inasmuch as in the production of a given length of cut pile carpet a greater length of warp is required than is necessary for the manufacture of the same length of terry carpet, the pattern must he distorted to make the terry fabric approach the length which such an amount of warp should yield, or the material must be unnecessarily expended to prevent “ the distortion of the pattern. To avoid these inconveniences we calculate the exact amount of warp which the terry fabric “ is required to take up in the formation of a given length of tapestry carpet, and having thus ascertained the amount of warp “ surface required to be exposed to the printing operation to complete one pattern, we then prepare a warp cylinder with a circumference corresponding to the warp surface to be printed, and graduate the cylinder agreeably to the divisions on the side ‘‘ of the paper pattern, and number the cylinder in like manner,” [Printed, IVo drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 22.— N« 2707. BRIGGS, Edward. — Improvements in weaving and manufac- turing raised pile fabrics, and in machinery employed therein.” The “ improvements in weaving consist in the application of the double shuttle loom, for which Luke Smith obtained Letters Patent on the sixteenth of November, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three [N° 9940], to weaving pile fabrics composed entirely or partly of silk, by which means the upper and under surfaces of the fabric produced may be varied in “ material and in colour.” The improvements in the manufacture of raised pile fabrics ‘‘ consist in preparing silk yarn before it is woven, by subjecting it to a bath of diluted sulphuric or other suitable acid.” The improvements in the machinery employed in manufacturing raised pile fabrics consist in making a table with an elastic “ surface, on which the fabric is distended during the operation of “ raising, and in placing raising rollers in a diagonal position with “ respect to the selvages of the fabric on which a pile is to be raised, to facilitate the operation of raising, and to avoid or diminish the contracting of the fabric.” Another improvement consists in the application of a revolving comb to machines for shearing ; this comb is to raise or set up the nap of pile fabrics ‘‘ before they are sheared. And, lastly, in an improved machine G G 2 468 WEAVING. for ironing or finishing the surface of pile fabrics. The fabric “ to be operated upon passes between two rollers, the lower one ‘‘ of which is partially immersed in liquid to damp the surface to be ironed ; the fabric then passes over a guide roller, and parfiy ‘‘ round a drum or revolving table, from whence it goes to a deli- vering roller, and is then wound on a lap. The fabric, on being carried forward by the drum, passes over three or other suitable “ number of concave heaters, which are kept hot by steam or other “ means; these heaters are pressed against the fabric, and “ sufficient space is left between and on each side of them for luring and brushing rollers.” “ Other arrangements of the heaters and table may be made, namely, the table may be stationary, and the heaters made to move. The table, instead of being curved or cylindrical, may be longitudinal, and the heaters either stationary or moveable.” [Printed, ^\d. Dra^villg.] A.D. 1853, November 25.-N" 2743. BERRA^, John. — The title of this invention is, ^‘Improvements “ in the machinery or apparatus for manufacturing wire fencing.” The patentee claims, “ substantially, the arrangement of mecha- “ nism, or any modification thereof, for weaving or making wire “ fencing.” The machinery described forms the fencing by twist- ing and not by weaving. [Printed, 6|c?. Drawings.] A D. 1853, November 25. — N^^ 2/53. WILKINSON, Enoch, and R.ye, William. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — This invention relates to mechanical arrangements for the taking-up of the cloth by the cloth roller of a power loom. “The taking-up may be effected in two ways, — first, to give “ motion to the cloth roller by means of the connecting rod of an “ eccentric placed upon the tappet shaft of the loom, which rod “ gives vibratory motion to a pendant slotted lever, to which are “ attached catches which give a rotary motion to a ratchet wheel, “ which motion is transmitted to the cloth roller through a pair “ of bevel wheels and a worm and wheel. This arrangement gives “ a uniform velocity to the cloth roller, making no provision for “ its increased diameter as the cloth became wound round it. To “ obviate this, motion is given to a scroll, such motion to be de- WEAVING. 469 rived from the axis of the cloth roller. By the rotary motion of “ this scroll, and a consequent traversing motion of a stud and chain, a difPerential motion is given to the vibrations of the pen- dant slotted lever before uientioned, which is thereby made to “ take up a less number of teeth in the ratchet wheel in proportion ‘‘ to the increasing diameter of the cloth roller, thus insuring an uniform velocity of the periphery of the cloth roller. The other “ means by which the differential motion is obtained (of the pen- dant lever) is by driving a worm wheel from the axis of the cloth roller as before. A screw upon the axis of this wheel gives by its rotary motion a traversing movement to a nut or finger screw upon it. This movement, by means of the chain as be- fore, causes the differential motion to the vibration of the pen- dant lever.” [Printed, 2id. 'No drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 28. — N® 2/67. WALMSLEY, John, and INGHAM, John. — This ^Gnvention ‘‘ relates to improvements in that part of a power loom generally called the stop motion, that is, a self-acting apparatus by which the loom stops or ceases to act when the shuttle stops in the shed, or what is technically called misses boxing, and consists of fixing a finger or projection to the boss of the fly wheel so as to come in contact with a lever or levers which act upon the stop handle.” [Printed, 8^cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 28. — N° 2771. RAMSDEN, John Carter. — The patentee says, — “ These im- provements relate, first, to mechanism to be used in weaving “ those fabrics in which several shuttles are employed, and in “ which circular shuttle boxes are used, fixed on the end of the “ lathe, and consist in the manner of actuating the shuttle boxes to produce the required changes of weft. This is effected by mechanism fixed on the framing of the loom, which comes into operation (causing the shuttle box to revolve one way or the other as required) when actuated through connecting rods and levers by a wheel or mechanism similar to that described in the ‘‘ Specification of a Patent granted to me for improvements in looms for weaving, dated the thirtieth of March, one thousand eight 4/0 WEAVING. hundred and fifty-three, N° 765, for effecting changes in the working of the healds therein referred to, which wheel or appa- ratus, by inserting pins according as the changes are required in the weft, may be employed to effect the changes both in the working of the healds and shuttles in fabrics when such is required.^^ These improvements relate, secondly, to another arrangement of mechanism, which may be used for the purpose for which the wheel before referred to is employed, namely, for effecting changes both in the shuttle box and healds, which consists in a wheel having grooves formed in it, into which the end of a lever takes that communicates with tappets or other parts to be brought in and out of operation.’* [Printed, lid. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 30.— N° 2783. FONTAINE MOREAU, Peter Armand le Comte de. — A communication from Raymond Ronze. — This invention consists of “certaim improvements in the constructing of the jacquard machine, by which, firstly, one card is sufficient for every two shoots ; secondly, the same cards, without being withdrawn from their cylinder, will serve to weave seven or eight different kinds of articles; thirdly, the same patterns can be reproduced at “ will upon grounds of different kinds, without the necessity of a ‘‘ new reading. The improved machine does not require any alterations of the various processes preceding the mounting of a jacquard loom, such as the putting on ruled paper and the reading in ; the weaving itself is also the same. In the ordinary jacquard machine the bars of the grab are fixed, but in this new machine the grab is composed of a double row of moveable bars ; the odd and even bars of each row being set in motion by means of a disjointed or double cylinder. The part of this “ cylinder belonging to the ground harness or shafts, and giving the motion to the bars, turns for every shoot ; but the other part of the cylinder, that is to say, the part belonging to the pattern, “ strikes twice with the same card, to allow by the first shoot ‘‘ the production of the pattern read on the odd needles, and by the second shoot the production of the pattern read on the even ones. With double acting needles, when one of them communicates the motion to the odd hooks of the upper WEAVING. 471 row of the moveable bars, it acts also on the even hooks of the lower row.” [Printed, 10|c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, November 30. — N® 2/86. REDFORD, Joseph. — (Provisional protection only.) — This “ invention relates to such looms only wherein two or more “ shuttles are used or employed, and consists of a revolving drum “ placed in any convenient part and actuated by any convenient motion of the loom, having a series of moveable tappets or keys sliding in longitudinal grooves either from or towards the centre, and placed on the exterior surface of the drum. These tappets or keys have each a projecting rim forming a segmental portion of a flange. Upon these tappets a lever bears, being composed of two limbs or parts, and having small rollers where it is in contact with the tappet drum, and being brought into one piece at either ends, the one end forming the fulcrum, and the other the connection with the shuttle box or boxes. The centre part of the circumference of the said tappet drum is made with “ recesses to receive the links of an endless chain, which gives “ motion to the tappets, and also supplies the pattern, the chain “ being furnished at such parts or intervals necessary to form the “ pattern with springs or other contrivances to press outwards “ or draw inwards or otherwise retire one or more of the move- “ able sliding tappets or keys, and thereby causing the lever in “ contact with them to fall, and by acting upon the shuttle box or boxes, substitute one shuttle for another, according to the “ number of picks required to be made by any respective shuttle “ to work the pattern or colours required.” [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1853, December 2.— N° 2808. COLLIER, George. — ^^This invention has for its object im- “ provements in weaving terry and cut pile fabrics Heretofore, “ in some cases, two or more beams have been required for the “ terry warp, from which the warp is given off in succession.” Instead of which the patentee proposes to place the terry warps on one beam, and to apply two rollers or rods to divide the warp, one half the warp passing over one roller or rod, and through one of the leaves of the heddles, and the other half of the warp 472 WEAVING. jjassing over tlie other roller or rod, and through another leaf of h eddies, such rollers or rods being weighted.” “ And when light terry fabrics, with a small number of wires, are woven by power,” the patentee employs a self-acting temple, consisting of a fixed plate under the cloth to bear it up, and there is another plate to support the cloth, ^vhich is placed upon the fixed plate, and which moves and vibrates with the cloth in order to keep the cloth out to the width ; and there is a lever at each side of the loom, which is made rough underneath, and presses the selvedge of the cloth upon the plate, thus keeping the cloth “ out to the width without requiring attention from the weaver.” In order to weave printed warps by a system of cross weaving,” the patentee employs instruments with a hole at one end to receive the printed thread or threads; the instruments are fixed to a shaft, and an up-and-down motion is given them by a tappet. Instruments (fixed to a similar shaft) are also employed to receive the foundation warp, which instruments have (as well as an up- and-down movement, similar to the printed warp instruments,) a shogging or sideway movement in order to effect the cross weaving. [Printed, 2s. 2\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, December 5. — N° 2823. MUIR, Matthew Andrew. — This invention relates to an arrangement of power loom on the jacquard or barrel principle for weaving check or fancy goods. The main body of the loom is constructed in the ordinary manner, but with the pattern “ producing apparatus placed in the framing near the base, for ‘‘ being conveniently connected to the tappet shaft.” The patentee claims, — First, the general arrangement and construction of machinery “ or apparatus to be applied to looms for weaving checks and fancy pattern fabrics, as herein-before described. Second, the system or mode of transmitting the power for shifting the shuttle drop box of looms for weaving checks and similar patterns through the jacquard barrel and cards, as herein-before described. “ Third, the system or mode of producing the pattern in check and fancy weaving by the action of a jacquard barrel and cards upon pins of different lengths arranged to move the drop box WEAVING. 473 shifter to different extents, and in opposite directions, as herein- before described. “ Fourth, the application and use in looms for weaving checks and similar patterns of auxiliary pattern disc, ring or helical barrel, so arranged in combination with the jacquard mechanism for shifting the drop box that whilst the jacquard mechanism “ produces the changes, the auxiliary pattern disc, ring, or barrel marks or defines the number of shots to be thrown between each change of the shuttle drop box, as herein-before described. Fifth, the system ov mode of acting on the retaining lever or catch of the jacquard or other change movement by means of pins adjusted according to a required pattern upon the periphery of a disc, ring, or helical barrel, as herein-before described. Sixth, the application and use in looms for weaving checks and fancy pattern fabrics of a barrel or cylinder perforated helicalty, for the adjustment of pegs at intervals, according to a “ required pattern, to act upon the retaining lever of the drop box change movement, which lever is made to follow the helical line of pins to the end of the pattern, amd on being released by a stop returns to the starting point of the helix and pattern, as herein-before described. “ Seventh, the system or mode of locking or accurately deter- mining the position of the shifting drop box by means of an “ adjustable or shifting catch, as herein-before described. Eighth, the application and use of a rotating scroll or holding flange for detaining the shuttle box holding catch at each revo- “ lution of the tappet shaft.’^ [Printed, ll^cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, December 6. — N® 2832. ROSS, George and INGLIS, James. — ^^Improvements in “ looms.” “ This invention has for its object improvements in the means 01 unwinding the warp from the warp beam, and of winding up the work on to the work or cloth beam. For this purpose the fly wheel (or other convenient part of the loom) each rotation acts on one end oi a cranked lever, the other end of which lever is connected with and gives motion to a toothed rack. The quantity of movement given to such toothed rack is regulated “ by means of a lever or arm resting at one end on the surface of 474 WEAVING. “ the decreasing diameter of the warp beam, such lever or arm acting by intermediate connections on an adjustable stop. The toothed rack gives motion to a pinion, which gives motion to a ratchet on a clutch box, which when in gear gives motion to ‘‘ a screw which drives a screw wheel on the axis of the warp beam. The toothed rack is moved back by a spring or other convenient means. The winding-up motion is similarly arranged to what is above described, there being a screw wheel on the axis of the cloth or work beam, which is put in motion by a screw, which is governed in the extent of its rotation by intermediate apparatus governed by the increasing diameter of such beam, and this is accomplished by an arm or lever, such “ as before mentioned, constantly in contact with the fabric wound on the cloth beam, which regulates the position of a stop ; and by intermediate gearing or instruments, the distance through which the screw rotates is continuously changing, in proportion to the increasing diameter of the beam.” [Printed, 6^c?. Drawing.] A.D. 1853, December 10.— N°. 2878. COATES, Charles. — This invention relates to looms for weaving. The patentee says, — “The nature of my invention ^ consists, first, in the application of a break to the lay or batten, “ whereby the momentum of the working parts of the loom is “ checked ; the said improved mode of applying the break may “ be applied to looms of the ordinary construction, but it is “ particularly applicable to looms driven by friction pulleys, as “ described in the Specification of Letters Patent granted to me “ on the fifteenth day of October, one thousand eight hundred “ and fifty-three [N° 2375]. “ Secondly, in the application of a yielding stop or buffer for “ diminishing the shock occasioned in ordinary looms by the stop “ finger coming against the frog, or by the buffer coming against “ the catch lever when the frog and stop finger are dispensed “ with. “Thirdly, in the application of india-rubber or other elastic “ material to the check strap or loop, against which the picker “ strikes after it has propelled the shuttle. “ Fourthly, in driving looms by friction pulleys, one of which is “ fixed on the tappet shaft. WEAVING. 475 “ And lastly, in constructing pickers of metal or other suitable substance with a chamber to contain lubricating material when a guide spindle is required, and with a yielding surface to act ‘‘ on the end of the shuttle,” [Printed, ^\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, December 10.— 2884. THORNLEY, William. — ‘^The object of this invention is to produce a double fabric, consisting of two similar or different fabrics, which are during the process of manufacture or weaving “ connected together so as to form one double fabric. As two distinct warps are employed in this improved manufacture, it will be evident that different materials may be used for forming the two sides of the fabric, and also that plain or figured surfaces of different patterns may be made on the two faces of “ the double fabric; for instance, one face may present the “ appearance of a check or plaid, while the other face may be quite plain. The connection of the two fabrics together is “ effected by means of a separate weft thread, which is to be ‘‘ thrown or picked at intervals, a few warp threads from the upper warp being drawn down for the binder weft to pass over, “ and a similar number of the lower warp threads raised up for the binder weft to pass under.” [Printed, Z\d, Drawing.] A.D. 1853, December 16. — 2922. LIMOUSIN, Antoine. — The patentee says, — These improve- ments have reference to that sort of looms, called bar looms, employed for weaving ribbons and other narrow fabrics. To an apparatus for cutting the pile of all sorts of pile fabrics, which “ apparatus may be used by itself or form a part of the loom ; they consist, — • 1st. In using in lieu of the metallic wires hitherto employed for producing the pile a braided or plaited cord or string, a strip ‘‘ of leather, or any other suitable yielding flexible material, of proper form and length, which I call wire cord, and answering exactly the same purpose for which the pile wires are used in weaving certain descriptions of fabrics ; these wire cords are fixed to and receive their motion from a shuttle, and they are introduced in proper time into the open shed under the pile 476 WEAVING. weft in order to form the pile, and are withdrawn in proper time from under the pile weft. 2rid. In a peculiar arrangement of the needles, the slip knots, the harness cords, and jacquard cards, in such a manner as to open two sheds in the warp, and allow two shuttles to pass simultaneously, viz., the shuttle for the pile loop, and that for the ground weft or back, which is performed by means of “ threads passing over a pulley, which threads may be raised at ‘‘ two different heights by the motion of the jacquard, and in this manner open two sheds. “ 3rd. In the application of the wire cords before mentioned to a loom with an ordinary batten possessing an up-and-down movement and two shuttles. 4th. In the appHcation of the said wire cords to a loom with a batten and three shuttles, the two upper ones being provided with wire cords, and having an up-and-down motion, whereas the under one remains at a fixed height, and with the arrange- ment for opening two sheds in the warp. 5th. In the application of the said wire cords to a loom with “ three shuttles arranged in the same manner as indicated in No. 4, but without the flexible or rigid strings or wires to be described in No. 7* 6th. In an arrangement of a catch applied to the marionets or moveable vertical bars, which by the medium of string gives the motion to the shuttles, which catch, by retaining them in proper time and acting on the sword, prevents the returning motion of the shuttles during a certain time. 7th. In an arrangement of rigid or flexible wires or strings, which in combination with the batten, the shuttles, and jacquard, serve to withdraw the wire cords from under the pile weft. 8th. In an arrangement of a frame with horizontal metallic wires passing through the centre of small bobbins turning freely on these wires, on which the flushings or pile warps are wound, and which frame is situated between the harness cords and warp yarns. “ 9th. In an arrangement of weights and counterweights ap- plied to the said bobbins, having for effect to unreel the flushing ‘‘ or pile warps without any jerks. “ loth. In an arrangement for cutting the pile of pile fabrics, whicli arrangement may form a separate machine, or be applied WEAVING. 477 to and work simultaneously with the loom, and consisting in one or more cutting blades or knives, under which passes the “ fabric, which is drawn over a projecting blade placed at an adjustable distance from the knife, in order that the latter may cut as much from the pile as desired. 11th. In having the cutting edge of the cutting blades or knives form either a continuous straight or curved line, or have the same with certain parts blunt, and thereby leave certain parts of the pile uncut.^’ [Printed, Drav/ings.] A.D. 1853, December 28.— 3011. BARNES, Samuel. — (Provisional protection only.) — Thisim^en- tion relates to the motion for taking up the cloth in power looms. The inventor says, — “ In ordinary looms the cloth beam receives “ its rotation from an emery or glass covered roller, which is placed above the cloth roller, and kept in contact by means of levers and weights. In my invention I place the emery roller “ below the cloth beam, by which arrangement I obviate the “ necessity of the v/eights and levers, the weight of the cloth beam “ being found sufficient to keep the emery roller in contact with the cloth beam, which receives from it the required rotation or take-up motion.’^ [Printed, ^\d. Drawing.] A.D. 1853, December 30.— N« 3023. PICKSTONE, William, and BOOTH, John. — The patentees say, — Our invention relates, firstly, to rising box looms, and ‘‘ consists in the application of a chain provided with tappets to the purpose of governing the action of the picking motion. “ To illustrate this we will suppose the loom to be provided “ with a rising box at either side, and that the shuttles are pro- “ pelled by the arrival of one arm of a bell-crank lever in contact with the end of a bar mounted so as to be capable of being “ moved up or down ; this bar is raised or lowered by the links of the chain so as to cause the picking action to take place or “ not, as may be desired ; and as there is an apparatus as “ described at either side of the loom, we can work ^pick and ' pick,’ or several picks following from one side^ according to the pattern required. 478 WEAVING. “ Secondly, our invention consists in a particular description of “ cam for producing the same efPect. The tappets now usually employed are so arranged as to work ‘ pick and pick/ according “ to our improvement. We make them of larger diameter, and “ divide their periphery into several portions, either loose in seg- mental pieces, so as to be adjusted at pleasure, or fixed, each portion in its rotary motion corresponding to a pick of the loom. These portions are provided with two elevations, as now practised, but instead of being alternately disposed, are so arranged as to cause two or more picks to take place from one side of the loom consecutively when desired. Thirdly, our invention relates to a method of causing the ordinary ^ pick and pick ^ motion to take place in looms which have a rising box at either side, and consists in the use of the arrangement mentioned as an example in reference to the first ‘‘ part of our improvements, excepting in this, that for our present purpose we employ the ordinary cam to raise or lower the stop against which the bell-crank lever arrives in contact.” [Printed, 5^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1853, December 31. — N® 3040. BROWN, Thomas, and MACGREGOR, Peter. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements relate to an arrangement of apparatus for preventing the injury occasioned by the tearing or breaking, or what is termed plucking of the selvage of the cloth ” [in weaving], “ which said arrangement of mechanism also acts as a self-acting temple.” “Upon the back of the “ breast beam of the loom is placed a small spindle reciprocating “ in brackets or bearings, having two sockets moveable upon the “ said spindle, which may be fixed at any distance apart, as may “ be required; from these sockets small arms project, or may be “ attached to them, which terminate in points bent downwards ; at “ any convenient angle tappet or other arms are fixed to the said “ spindle acting upon the arms and points, and upon the lathe or “ slay are fixed tappets acting upon the said tappet arms. When “ the shuttle is in either box, the arms and points fall, penetrating “ just within the selvage, and between the weft and the reed, “ becoming for the time a fixed point, round which the weft is “ carried as the shuttle is impelled through the shed of warp, “ holding the weft thread firmly until the shuttle has arrived WEAVING. 479 home^ when, as the lathe beats up, the tappets fixed to it push up the tappet or other arms, and raise the arms and points from the selvage of the warp, carrying the points clear of the reed. As the cloth or work is taken up, and the lathe recedes, the arms and points fall, and retain the selvage and the weft thread ‘‘ as before, and thereby both preserve the selvage in a perfect “ state as well as performing the office of ordinary temples as commonly used.” [Printed, 2|c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1853, December 31.— N« 3041. OPPENHEIMER, Adolphus. — ^The patentee says, — “ My in- ‘‘ vention consists in manufacturing velvets with a silk pile woven as weffc, and in such a manner that I am enabled to cut the pile the length way of the piece when woven, in contradistinction to ‘‘ the ordinary way of manufacturing silk velvets, the pile of which ‘‘ has hitherto been woven as warp over wires to form the loop or terry, and afterwards cut in the loom the cross-way of the piece of goods. This new method of manufacturing silk velvet is very similar to that employed at present in weaving cotton velvets, “ only with this difference, that in weaving this silk velvet two or ‘‘ more shuttles are employed for putting in the weft threads, namely, one or more containing the bobbin with the binding threads, which may consist of cotton, linen, wool, spun silk, or ‘‘ silk, or any other textile material, and the other or others con- “ taining the bobbin with the silk alone, which afterwards, when “ cut, will constitute the pile.” [Printed, No drawings.] 1854. A.D. 1854, January 6. — N°31. TAIT, Robert. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This inven- “ tion relates to the manufacture of fabrics of the zebra class, “ suitable for dresses, robes de chambre, shawls, scarfs, and other articles wherein the ornamental patterns ’or devices are produced 480 WEAVING. by a combination of figure weaving and color printing. Such fabrics are woven by means of any suitable figure working machinery, with one side flushed or back lashed, whilst the other “ or pattern side has a pattern or device thrown up upon it by the “ weaving action. This latter or figured surface is afterwards printed with the desired colour pattern or ornament, so that the woven figure and the color produce the finished ornament in two different and totally distinct designs.” [Printed, Sd. drawings.] A.D. 1854, January 4. — N® 32. RADCLIFFE, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists in the application, employment, or use of “ elastic surfaces in certain parts of power looms, for the purpose of adjusting, regulating, and softening the impulsive force or action of the picker, in lieu of the check strap, or other contri- varice hitherto employed. Such elastic surfaces may be made of small pieces, or rings, or washers, and placed upon either or both ends of the guide spindle of the picker, or they may be attached to both sides of the ears and foot also of the picker itself, and thus form an elastic exterior for the same.” [Printed, 3d. No drawing.] A.D. 1854, January 7- — 37. ASPDEN, VvTlliam. — (Provisional protection only.) — The in- ventor declares the nature of his invention for certain im- provements in looms for weaving to be as follows : — I attach a small spring to the under part of each end of the “ slay board of the loom, to which spring I attach or join one end of a small chain, which chain runs through a slot or groove in the said slay board, and the other end of the chain is attached to a small moveable bos or nut, which is on the picker spindle of the loom, thereby preventing the picker being driven with force ‘‘ against the end of the slay board, and also giving the picker a rebounding action so as to make it meet the shuttle gradually, and not with a sudden blow as heretofore, and so avoiding great wear and tear in both pickers and shuttles.” [Printed, 3c?. N o drawing.] WEAVING. 481 A.D. 1854, January 7- — N® 42. CARALLI, Nicholas Michael. — (Provisional protection only.) — “This invention relates to the manufacture of fabrics of the “ zebra class, such fabrics being suitable for all the purposes to “ which ordinary zebra goods are applied, with the advantage “ that they present a difPerent and totally dis ' net pattern or device “ on each side or surface. A plain, twilled, or other fabric is used “ as the material for producing this duplex pattern, no flushing “ or back lashing being used. Such fabric is then printed by any “ of the known means with a distinct pattern or device in the “ zebra or similar style on each side, so that the piece answers the “ end of showing two dissimilar styles of ornamentation.’’ [Printed, Zd, ICo drawing.] A.D. 1854, January 14. — N® 95. DOBSON, Arthur. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^The in- ventor says, — “ My improvements consist in giving motion to the “ vibrating rail of looms from the tappet or other shaft which “ communicates motion to the heddles. The object of the “ vibrating rail is to slacken the warp when the heddles open the “ shed, and to tighten the warp when the weft is struck home; “ the vibration of the rail has usually been effected by a spring or “ weight. The object of my invention is to render the action of “ the vibrating rail more efficacious by giving motion to it by “ tappets on the shaft which actuates the heddles ; by this means “ the motion of the heddles and of the vibrating rail are simul- “ taneous.” [Printed, Zd, No Drawing.] A.D. 1854, January 18. — N® 115. LORD, Edward. — This invention “consists in certain improved “ combinations of parts for letting the warp off the warp beam, which parts are actuated or governed by the rocking frame or “ vibrator, over which the warp passes in going from the warp “ beam to the heddles.” “ The mode of application is as follows ; — The yarn is wound “ as usual upon a beam, and goes over a bar which is fixed at “ each end into one end of a bent lever, mounted on a centre at W, H H 482 WEAVING. eacli side of the loom, the other end of the bent levers having weights or springs attached to them, so as to keep the warp of a proper tension. When the loom is working the warp gives motion to this rocking frame, which carries a catch or click that takes into the teeth of a ratchet wheel mounted upon the end of a shaft, upon which is a worm taking into a wheel fixed upon the yarn beam. Now, if more yarn is let off than the loom requires for the time being, the rocking frame assumes a different posi- tion, and by that means draws the catch out of the wheel on to ^ a fixed stud in the frame side.’^ The next way of effecting the same object is by a break, which is made to embrace the periphery of a pulley fixed upon the yarn beam, and by a lever carrying a weight or spring. When the loom requires yarn, the rocking frame releases the break by lifting the lever, and thus lets off yarn.’’ The following arrangement is for letting off the v/arp when the yarn is only the governing and not the letting-off medium. It consists of a catch or click hung at one end to the lay sword, or working upon an excentric upon the tappet shaft or other working part of the loom ; the other end works into a catch ^ wheel which gives motion to the yarn beam in any convenient way. The catch wheel has upon it a shield governed by the rocking frame, and thus regulates the quantity of yarn the catch shall let off ; or the end of the catch may be hung by a rod, and lifted directly in or out of the catch wheel.” [Printed, Is. ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, January 18.— N^^ 119. GREENSHIELDS, Walter. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to the manufacture of ornamental fringes for various purposes, as already generally applied in different branches of textile works, such fringes having ornamental patterns or figures upon them. The fringes are woven or manufactured in the ordinary manner, wif;h the exception that yarns of various colors are woven or worked into them accord- ing to the usual system of manufacturing figured or parti- colored fabrics in the loom.” It is obvious that the same system of producing figured fringes is applicable where figured or parti-colored chenille is worked up by a sewing process.” [Printed, 3c7. No Drawing.] •WEAVING. 483 A.D. 1854, January 20.— N« 143. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Adolphe Georges Geresme.) — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This inven- tion relates to the manufacture of what are known as woven corsets, and consists in the employment of the jacquards in the loom, one of which efPects the shape or contour of the corset, and the other the formation of the double portions or slots for the introduction of the whalebones. These slots or double por- tions are made simultaneously with the single parts of the corset, and in place of being terminated in a point they are finished square off, and at any required length in the corset, instead of always running the entire length, as is usually the case in woven corsets. When the corset is taken from the loom the whalebones are inserted into these cases and the bor- ders are formed, thus completing the article.^’ [Printed, 3cl. No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, January 23.— N« 161. MUIR, Matthew Andrew. — ‘"This invention relates to a “ variable or differentially acting drop box or pattern working “ movement suitable as well for the ordinary check or fancy looms “ as for figuring looms especially built for it.’^ The patentee claims, — “ First, the general arrangement and construction of machinery “ or apparatus to be applied to the looms for weaving, as herein- “ before described. “ Second, the system or mode of working the pattern or seg- “ ment wheel action of looms for weaving checks and similar “ patterns by means of a catch or ratchet wheel and pall arrange- “ ment, actuated by a cam on the tappet shaft of the loom, as “ herein -before described. “ Third, the application and use in looms for weaving checks “ and similar patterns of an auxiliary pattern ring or barrel, so “ arranged in combination with the pattern or segment wheel “ mechanism for shifting the shuttle drop box, that whilst the “ pattern or segment wheel mechanism produces the changes, the “ auxiliary pattern ring or barrel marks or defines the number of “ shots to be thrown between each change of the shuttle drop “ box, as herein-before described. H H 2 484 WEAVING. • Fourth, the system or mode of acting on the retaining lever or catch of the segment wheel or other change movement of looms for weaving checks and similar patterns by means of pins adjusted according to a required or predetermined pattern upon the periphery of a ring or helical barrel, as herein-before de- “ scribed. Fifth, the system or mode of preventing the catching of the shuttle in the loom race at the part where a recess is made in the race for the weft fork action by arranging a filling-up piece to rise and fall in such recess by the action of the lathe or other movement, so as to fill up the mouth of the recess when the shuttle is passing over it, and to lie in the bottom of the recess “ when the weft fork action takes place, as herein-before de- scribed.” [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, February 6. — 287. VANDER MEERE, Auguste Louis Nicholas Comte. — (A communication.) — “ This invention consists in softening horn, and rendering it fiexible like ordinary whalebone, by means of glycerine, or other chemical agent having a similar effect. The horn is shaped or moulded to the required forms, and immersed ‘Mn a mixture of white wine or other suitable alcoholic liquid and nitric or other acid, and afterwards immersed in water for several days.” Amongst other purposes for which this flexible horn may be used, the patentee says, when cut into threads, it may he employed for making brooms and brushes, and these threads ‘‘ may be woven into fabrics, if desired.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawing.] A.D. 1854, February 7. — N° 296. POITIERS, Edward. — This invention consists in ^^the use and application of the fibre of the leaflet of the palm tree (Elais Guiniehsis) ” in and to the manufacture of ropes, cordage, and woven fabrics.” [Printed, Sd. No drawing.] WEAVING. 485 A.D. 1854, February 13. — N° 345. CAMPBELL, Daniel, and BARLOW, James. — This invention consists of a mode of stopping a loom when the weft thread breaks. It is accomplished by causing the weft in its transit from the spindle to the eye of the shuttle to elevate a small tumbler, which when so elevated becomes a stop to prevent the forward inclination of the vertical arm of a small bent lever, whose other or horizontal arm protrudes from beneath the sley beam, and if depressed when the latter reaches its most advanced position comes in contact with and brings into action the parts “ which effect the shifting of the strap guide. Such depression of the horizontal arm of the lever takes place then and then ‘‘ only when the vertical arm is not encountered by the stop in the shuttle box, or in other words, when the weft being ex- “ hausted or broken is no longer present to raise the tumbler.'’ [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, February 16.— 373. GREENWOOD, John, and SMITH, Robert. — Certain im- “ provements in sizeing, stiffening, and finishing textile materials “ or fabrics.” The improvements consist in the application, employment, or “ use of the mucilaginous matter of linseed or lint seed, that is, the seed of the common flax, in these processes. It may be so used either for yarns, warps, or piece goods, and either alone or “ mixed in any suitable or required proportions with any other “ sizeing or stiffening msttter as ordinarily employed.” [Printed, 3c?. No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, February 17.— N<> 378. FAWCE'ET, Thomas, the younger. — “The object of these im- “ provements in weaving is to produce plaits or folds in linen or “ other textile fabrics by a thread running through each plait or “ fold, so as to resemble and supply the place of fabrics folded “ and stitched by hand.” “ This is effected by weaving a thread “ in the fabric in such manner as to form a zigzag or waved line “ at the back of the fabric. A series of these threads are woven “ in the fabric corresponding to the number of plaits or folds re- 486 WEAVING. quired in its width. When a sufficient length of fabric has been woven, it is taken out of the loom, and the ends of each of the waved threads drawn out of the fabric, so as to cause the curved line of each thread to form a right line parallel with the selvages of the fabric, the result of which is that the portion of fabric between the waved threads is folded or doubled into a plait, and the waved thread (now brought to a straight line) as it passes over and under the weft gives to the plait the appear- ance of being stitched in the ordinary manner.” [Printed Is. Sd. Drawings,] A.D. 1854, Febuary 21.— N“ 417. SMITH, James. — ^^This invention relates to the manufacture of goods of the lappet class.” Instead of the pattern barrel, a small cylinder is used, carrying an endless chain composed of small slips of wood, gutta percha, or other material capable of being shaped to the required form of link, and hard enough to withstand the working action ; or, instead of this contrivance, a framework or combination of plates or slips of iron, wood, or other material may be used, such pieces being acted upon by a cylinder with perforated cards, so as to produce the required pattern by acting upon the usual figuring mechanism of the loom. This movement is on the principle of the jacquard. In the endless chain arrangement the links of such chain are formed and arranged to suit the intended pattern to be woven. The pattern or figure is engraved or formed either in intaglio or in relievo upon the external face of the chain, as many lines of pattern or figure being used as there are needle frames. These pattern lines extend continuously over the chain, and a pin or catch from each needle slide is connected with or enters into each of such pattern lines. The endless chain is made to traverse to suit the loom action, and the needle frames govern- ing the figuring movements are thus made to traverse for the figuring action. In addition to this movement, the endless chain carries a secondary figure actuating a set of cranked pieces, which communicate with the lines of needles, so as to throw in or out such sets of needles as the pattern may require. In dispensing with the whip rolls, the cops or bobbins of whip material are applied directly to the loom. This whip yarn is used in its natural untwined condition, and as many ends or WEAVING. 487 lines of yam are passed up in combination from these cops as may be necessary for the production of the required figuring thread. These lines of yarn in passing from the cops are kept at a regular even tension by being passed between frictional ‘‘ spring holders or elastic clips, so as to dispense with any other mechanism, and guide the yarn uniformly to the fabric as the weaving goes on.^’ [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, February 23. — N® 433. OPPENHEIMER, Adolphus. — This invention relates to the manufacture of mohair velvet or mohair plush, and consists in manufacturing velvet with a mohair pile woven as weft, and in such a manner that the pile is capable of being cut the length- way of the piece when woven. ^^This new method of manu- ‘‘ facturing mohair velvet is very similar to that employed at present in weaving cotton velvets, only with this difference, that in weaving this mohair velvet two or more shuttles are employed for putting in the weft threads, namely, one or more containing the bobbin with the binding threads, which may consist of cotton, linen, wool, or any other textile material, and the other or others containing the bobbin with the mohair alone, which afterwards, when cut, will constitute the pile.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings A.D. 1854, March 1.— N° 498. EWBANK, Thomas Henry. — This invention consists ^^of an improved method of raising or forming the terries or loops of terry or looped fabrics.” Instead of using wires or tags introduced at the sides of the work,” the patentee proposes to make use of wires or carriers, each of which has a spur or nib on one side thereof, and are supported by being passed with the spurs or nibs towards the front of the loom through the dents of the reed into a comb or bar, and through a plate or bar at the back, which are connected to- gether, and form a frame in which the carriers may be turned, and, being so fixed, the wires or carriers, with the spurs or nibs turned down, are, together with the comb, raised and carried by means of a tappet and levers, or other machinery necessary for 488 WEAVING. that purpose, towards the reed ; the said wires or carriers are then, by means of another cam or tappet, connected with a plate or bar at the back of the wires, turned until the whole of the spurs or nibs are brought into a line, with the terry warps lying across and over them; the carriers are then, by the action of the tappet, brought to the front of the cloth, with the terry warps over the spurs or nibs upon which the terry warps are fastened, in the usual way of weaving terry fabrics ; the spurs or nibs are then, by the action of the cam or tappet, turned down, whereby the spurs or nibs upon the wires or carriers are allowed to be withdrawn from the terries so made ; ‘‘ the carriers, with the comb, are then raised and drawn back towards the reed, and the spurs or nibs being again turned, to allow the terry warps to rest thereon, are brought up to the cloth, to form the next series of terries, and are withdrawn in the manner before described.” [Printed, Is, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 3.— N« 516. YATES, Timothy, and YATES, Rufus. — Improvements in looms.” The patentees say, — Our invention relates to a motion or apparatus applied to the loom for working or governing the reed, so as to make it perfectly firm at the time of beating up, and loose or slack when the slay recedes to a certain point, (what is technically called the loose and fast reed), by which we are enabled to weave strong or heavy goods without making the reed perfectly fast. Our improve- ments upon other methods used for the same purpose consist of a vertical rod fastened to the slay sword, working in a slotted bracket fixed to the frame of the loom. To the under side of the slay we fix a forked finger, which extends to the bottom cap reed, and is acted upon by the aforesaid vertical rod during the forward and backward motion of the slay, so that when the weft is to be beaten up, the said forked finger, by the action of the vertical rod, keeps the reed perfectly fast, without having any communication with the shuttle or swell, and thus preventing the usual vibrations.” [Printed, 2d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 489 A.D. 1854, March 3.— 524. VAUGHAN, William, and SCATTERGOOD, John.— This invention relates to machinery and apparatus used in weaving, and consists, — . Firstly, in the use of gutta percha instead of wood as a material for making shuttles of. Secondly, in apparatus for retarding the motion of the shuttle after it has entered the shuttle box. The apparatus comprises two parts ; the first part consists of a strap with a hole at each end through which the picker spindle is passed. The middle part of the strap is passed between two eyes or staples attached to the shuttle box, and a stop is placed on the strap between the eyes or staples, “ so arranged as to permit the strap to move in either “ direction to an extent determined by the distance of the eyes or “ staples from each other.” The second part of the apparatus consists of a strap, one end of which is secured to the back of the shuttle box, the other end is passed over the end of the picker spindle. The length of the strap is such as to allow it to bulge inwards against the picker. Thirdly, in obtaining the picking movement ^^from wipers “ placed on the crank shaft or crank arm ; and in order that the “ pick may be made from alternate sides of the loom,” “ the swells “ or bee-wings on which the wipers act ” are made moveable, and are governed by the mechanism of the shedding apparatus. Fourthly, instead of covering the taking-up roller with emery, the patentee covers it “ with metal plates, closely perforated with holes punched out in such a manner as to leave a burr or irregu- ‘‘ larly fractured edge around each hole, and so applied to the roller as to present such rough raised edges or burrs outwardly “ from the roller.” Fifthly, in the use of “ similarly pierced metallic plates to the “ rollers or barrels of self-acting temples.” Sixthly, in combining a break wheel and break with the “ friction clutch,” used for the purpose of coupling the crank shaft with the driving pulley and fly wheel. The construction of the clutch is described in the specification of a former patent granted to the patentees, and dated August 20th, 1853 [N° 1948]. [Printed, llcZ. Drawinj^s.] 490 WEAVING. A.D. 1854, March 10.— N" 5/2. DESROUSSEAUX, Emile Alfred. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements relate to looms for weaving all sorts of figured fabrics, and consist of, — 1st, the substitution of the jacquard machine acting by means of perforated pattern cards by a mechanical arrangement, consisting chiefly of two cylinders or barrels revolving on their axis, on the surface of which cylinders are implanted moveable projections or teeth combined according to the pattern to be produced in the fabric.” 2nd, a new arrangement for acting on those warp threads which during the opening of the shed in the ordinary weaving process remain stationary, and making them descend in order to open a larger shed, and offering greater facility for throwing in the weft, which lowering motion Is obtained by means of a moveable perforated board, through the perforations of which the treadles pass, and arranged in such manner as to produce the descending of the said warp threads in proper time, and according to the desired pattern.” [Printed, 3d. No drawing.] A.D. 1854, March 1/.— 643. HUGHES, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^An im- proved mode of operating the jacquard apparatus of looms employed in figure weaving.” “ The object of this invention is to render the employment of a second jacquard apparatus (now used for producing the ground- work) unnecessary. This is effected by applying two sets of cards to the same jacquard cylinder, one set for producing the ground, and the other the figure. That part of the cylinder which carries the figuring cards is covered on two sides (sup- posing the cylinder to be four sided) with blank cards, so that only every other card, as it is brought opposite the needles of the jacquard apparatus, will operate. This necessitates the adoption of the following mode of adjusting the figuring cards ; — supposing 21 to form a set, they are arranged thus, — 1, 11, 2, 12, 3, 13, and so on; and after No. 10 has been brought round, the higher numbers will follow in their proper order. The ground cards are arranged as usual, and operate at every beat up of the jacquard cylinder.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] ^ WEAVING. 491 A.D. 1854, March 18.— N° 64h REYNOLDS, George Waide. — This invention relates to the manufacture of a fabric called double loom stitched coutil.” The patentee says, — ^^My invention consists in making the weft of the upper fabric or layer of coutil of linen instead of cotton, as is usually practised, or of making the weft both of the upper ‘‘ and lower fabric of linen instead of cotton, the warp of each ‘‘ layer being of cotton. I sometimes also make the warp or upper layer of cloth or coutil of linen, and combine an upper cloth or coutil so made with a lower cloth or coutil having a warp of cotton.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 20.— N° 656. LORET-VERMEERSCH, FRAN 901 S. — The patentee says, — ^^My invention consists of certain improvements in looms for weaving fabrics, either by hand or power, the arrangement of which is as follows ; — Just below the cloth beam, and at right angles to it, is fitted a driving shaft, supported in bearings attached to “ the framing; this shaft extends outward in front of the cloth beam, and carries a fly v/heel, to which a handle is fitted for turning it by hand, or fast & loose pullies, if steam power be used. At the other end of the driving shaft is fitted an excentric, to which is attached a rod connected with a bell-crank lever, which gives motion to the batten or slay. The driving “ shaft also carries two other excentrics, one of which, by a suitable arrangement of levers, &c., causes the rising and falling of the heddles, the other effects the driving of the shuttle through the shed. By this arrangement the operation of weaving is effected “ by turning the handle of the fly wheel. For weaving fabrics where “ a number of heddles are employed, I use the following arrange- “ ment: — To the side framing of the loom is suspended a frame, which carries a cylinder or drum perforated with holes in the order in which the heddles are to be raised. In each of the holes is fitted a pin or stud, which comes in contact with the ends of a series of vertical levers, equal in number to the heddles em- ployed, and attached to them by cords. The cylinder is put in motion by an excentric on the driving shaft, and as it rotates the pins raise the heddles in their proper order. The falling of 492 WEAVING. the heddles is eiBPected by attaching strings to their under sides, which are carried down to spiral springs fixed to the cross bars “ of the framing; the lifting of the heddles causes a certain amount of tension on the springs. In cases where a smaller number of heddles would suffice, two or four, for example, I efPect the rising and falling by attaching them at the top and bottom to levers working on centres attached to the framing. These levers are made to oscillate by means of an excentric fixed on the driving shaft. Another modification consists of a toothed wheel fitted to the driving shaft, and gearing with another wheel double its diameter. On the axis of the second wheel is an excentric, which causes the alternate elevation and depression of the heddles ; the latter arrangements are adapted for weaving linen or union cloths. Another part of my im- provements consists of a mechanical arrangement for drilling the holes in the cylinder or drum used for raising the heddles.” [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 22.— 669. ROBERTS, Richard, and COPPOCK, George. — This inven- tion consists, firstly, of an arrangement of machinery for weaving terry fabrics without the aid of wires, in which arrangement the distance of the binding picks from the cloth is regulated by the vibration of a loose reed.” When the weft is required to remain a certain distance from the cloth, the reed is allowed to fall back ; but when the weft is to be struck home to form the pile, the reed is brought forward and held fast by a lever actuated by a cam, which is attached to a star wheel worked by a pin on a disk on the tappet shaft. Secondly, of a taking-up motion. A cam on the tappet shaft acts on a lever connected by a link to an elbow lever, to one arm of which is hinged the click, taking into the ordinary taking up racket wheel, and the other arm is furnished with a slot, to which the stud of the link is jointed. The stud is raised in the slot by a rod pressing on the cloth beam, con- sequently as the cloth accumulates on the cloth beam the stud is moved further from the fulcrum of the elbow lever, thereby gradually diminishing the velocity of the cloth beam in pro- portion to its increasing diameter.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] WEAVING. 493 A.D. 1854, March 22.— 671. KEIRBY, Edward. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements relate to reeds for looms, and consist in making the reed of moveahle dents or teeth of steel, brass, iron, or any other suitable material, and of such breadth or thickness as may be thought requisite, with holes at the top and bottom, and of separating those dents or teeth by washers, made of metal or other suitable material, and of such thicknesses and gauge as the cloth, fabric, or other material requires, and screw- ing or fastening them together through the holes above referred to, or to be fastened or attached in a groove in the slay of the loom by screw, wedge, or any other mechanical equivalent.’^ [Printed, Sd. No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 23.— 681. EAGLAND, Bright. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention relates to the manufacture of double wove stay fabrics. The patentee says, — The present method of making double wove cloth, such as coutill, used for stays or similar purposes, consists of all cotton, both warp and weft. But I propose to make one cloth of cotton, and the other cotton warp and linen weft, which I accomplish by using a loom with two shuttles, and an arrangement of the risers and fallers on the tappet. The mode now adopted is to insert one thread of weft in each cloth alternately ; but instead of this, I propose to put two threads of weft in each cloth alternately, by an arrangement of the risers and fallers on the tappet, and the employment of the two “ shuttles, as before mentioned.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 23.— 685. AVHITAKER, Lawrence, and ASHWORTH, Doctor.— Ihese improvements relate to power looms, and ‘^consist in ‘‘ furnishing them with a small check strap attached to or at each end of the lathe or slay, for the purpose of checking the im- pulsive force given to the picker.” ‘^This strap having its ends perforated, is to be placed upon the spindle at each end of the lathe, the spindles extending through the perforated ends of the check straps, and carrying the picker as usual upon it ; 494 WEAVING. between tbe two ends of this new check strap there is a leather stop or button, the strap working in a grooved bracket fastened to the side of the lathe or slay, which allows the check strap to move about an inch each way before its action is confined, and thus preventing the picker from rebounding after it strikes the check strap. [Printed, Qd. Drawings. A.D. 1854, March 25.— 696. WOOD, William. — ^^This invention applies principally to fabrics, such as carpets and others, which have a raised or pile surface produced by the aid of wires ; “ and the improvements consist in introducing in succession one, two, three or more of such wires into or amongst the materials of the fabric from each side of the loom, by the movement on their axes of separate lever arms ; each lever arm being attached or jointed to its own ‘‘ wire, inserts it into the open shed of the warp, and remains with it until in its turn such wire is withdrawn by its arm or lever from the formed loops for re-insertion into the open shed.” Each lever arm is jointed, and the part to which its wire is attached tends by spring or other pressure to throw the point of the wire when withdrawn from the fabric towards the open shed; or the point of each wire as withdrawn from the fabric is by a guide or conductor directed opposite the open shed for re- insertion.” Also, in making the reed of a curved or recessed form, the concave or recessed side being in a direction towards the fabric, forming hollow or curved guides to facilitate the wires entering correctly into the open shed. The required figure may be given to the reed by the dents being formed in one piece, or by additional pieces at the top and bottom of each dent, or at intervals of them. Also to the application of a bell or other alarum in connection “ with weft feelers, to indicate when weft breaks or otherwise fails.” [Printed, Is, 4d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 27.-N° 710. COLLIER, George. — This invention has for its object im- prov^ements in weaving terry and cut pile fabrics.” The WEAVING. 495 patentee has found that in weaving terry fabrics by power with fine wires, if the pressure on the terry warp is continuous, the terry warp is liable to pull back the last wire introduced when the lay recedes.” To remedy this, the patentee causes a tappet to press a break upon the lever over v/hich the terry warp passes, just at the time the shed is quite open and the beat of the lay is taking place ; then, when the shed is closed and the lay has receded, the terry warp would be too slack,” but to obviate this a spring is caused to act upon a rod that goes across the warp, and is caused to press the terry warp just enough to prevent its being too slack for forming a clear shed.” In weaving mohair plush by power,” the patentee has found that the hairs are liable to catch each other, and prevent the slay working freely.” To remedy this he employs a coarse slay, made of wires not positively fixed, to work behind the ordinary slay. In weaving some qualities of mohair and silk velvets the slay has to be very fine, in which case the patentee uses what is technically called a zigzag slay, which may be termed a double “ slay, one behind the other,” In weaving mohair plush and silk velvet where only two, three, or four wires are used, the patentee gives a to-and-fro motion to the oil brush, in order to make it oil the wire, and then move out of the way of the hook and wire holder. Weft and wire stop motions are also employed when weaving these fabrics. ^^The weft stoppers consist of forked levers suspended on each side of the loom ; outside the slay are grates, which, when the lay comes to the cloth, will in the absence of weft pass into the fork, in which case the hooked “ end of the fork would come into contact with the catch lever and stop the loom ; but if weft went across between the grate and the fork, it would raise the hooked end of the forked lever out of the way of the catch lever, and would not stop the loom. “ The said catch levers are worked by a tappet, which brings them into action when required, and prevents them from acting when not required.” ^‘The wire carrier has applied to it an instrument or catch, which, if not supported, descends and comes in the way of a lever or instrument, and is thus the means of stopping the loom ; but if the carrier takes a wire correctly the loom goes on weaving.” [Printed, 65. ScZ. DrawingsJ 496 WEAVING. A.D. 1854, March 30. — N” 725. LUCE VILLI ARD, Jean Francois. — This ^Gnvention relates to the sustaining to the body of articles of clothing, equipment, “ or harness, by means of elastic hands of caoutchouc in manner herein-affcer described.” The patentee manufactures elastic hands, having caoutchouc “ threads woven in them, and having also a frilled or plaited or “ full border on one or both edges. The article of clothing which is to be sustained is sewn to this frilled or full edge, which ‘‘ allows of the expansion and contraction of the caoutchouc band.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 31.— N° 742. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication.) — This in- vention relates to “ an improved manufacture of carpet.” The patentee claims, — The manufacture of a two-ply ingrain carpet, having the lower ply composed entirely of linen or cotton, or partly of linen and partly of cotton, and the upper ply of wool, for the purpose of producing a durable and economical carpet, to be subsequently printed upon one side thereof.” [Printed, 'Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, March 31.— N° 743. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — The “ object of this invention is to produce a carpet with a cut pile that cannot be torn or swept out, and at the same time which may be woven upon a plain loom. For this purpose a heavy linen or cotton warp is used, the same being kept at all times tightly strained, and forming one side or other of the shed. The “ opposite side of the shed is formed by a woollen warp, which is ‘‘ allowed to remain loose or but slightly strained. These two constitute the only warp of the carpet, and they are constantly upon opposite sides of the shed.” Two picks of fine linen or cotton weft are thrown in on the back and one pick on the front of the fabric between each wire. [Printed, 6d, Drawings.] WEAVING. ^97 A.D. 1854, April 7.— N° 825. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — This invention relates to the making of weaver’s double knotted “ leash harness by machinery driven by hand or power, so arranged that the whole process of making the harness is “ effected by the combined action of the working parts. “ The objects desired and which are effected by this machine are the following, viz., tying two knots, which form the eye in “ the middle of the harness ; tying a knot upon each back band “ to confine the eye to its place ; forming a leash between the eye and one of the back bands, and removing or drawing away the “ back bands as the twine is tied to them, in order to regulate the “ number of the beers to the given space.” [Printed, Is. 9tZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, April 10.— N° 837. WOOD, William. — This invention relates to the pile wires used in weaving velvet or cut pile fabrics, in which the cutting open of the loops is effected by knives formed on the ends of the wires. The present improvement consists in forming the cutting edge at an acute angle to the top surface of the wire, by which arrange- ment the loops will be cut in an inward or downward direction, “ in place of outward or upward, as heretofore.” [Printed, Zd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, April 13.— N« 867. GREENWOOD, John, and SMITH, Robert. — This invention consists in the employment of Indian corn or maize finely ground and dressed, either alone or in combination with other substances, “ for the purpose of sizeing, stiffening, and finishing textile materials or fabrics.” [Printed, Zd. No Drawing.] A.D. 1854, April 15.— N« 871. MEYER, Henry. — Improvements in looms for weaving.” — This invention consists, — Firstly, in an improved picking motion. The pieces composing “ this picking motion are put in operation by a tappet or excentric w. I I 498 WEAVING. on the tappet shaft. This tappet or excentric acts on a lever or curve projecting from a horizontal shaft, to which is also ‘‘ attached a lever connected to the picking stick by a strap or “ other^means.^’ Secondly, in an improved combination of parts actuated by a jacquard engine for governing the picking motion, applicable to looms in which several shuttles are employed, whereby the “ shuttles may be worked in any required succession. Thirdly, in supporting the picking sticks on a double fulcrum. Fourthly, in an improved combination of parts actuated by a jacquard engine, for bringing into or out of operation the weft stoppers, this improved combination being applicable to looms in which several shuttles are used. And, lastly^ in an improved comibination of parts actuated by a jacquard engine, applicable to looms in which several shuttles are used, for holding the weft of some of the shuttles out of the way of the weft fork.” [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, April 15.— N« 879. TIRET, George Louis Felix. — This invention consists in the production of a figured canvas for the purpose of embroidery, the object of the invention being to do away with the figured pattern paper now in use for reading off the design, and to devise an easier and quicker method of producing the pattern desired to be embroidered. The improved canvas is formed by the crossing of warp and weft thread placed in the same manner as the canvas now used for embroidery ; besides the common warp, however, there is placed another additional one, which is formed of much finer threads, and wmrked by a jacquard machine. This additional warp is shot across with the figuring weft, which is thus bound with the canvas warp on the back and face of the fabric.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1845, April 24.— 939. NEWTON, William Ed^vard. — (A communication.) — This invention relaies to the application of a new material or substance to the construction of certain parts of machinery. The new WEAVING. 499 material or substance consists of a combination of caoutchouc, “ gutta percha, sulphur, and earthy or other suitable matters.” I The patentee claims, first, the employment in the manu- facture of spindles, wharves, rollers, shuttles, and other ^ live ’ or other running parts of machinery, where strength combined with lightness is required, of either of the plastic compounds above referred to, which are indifferently capable of being con- verted by heat into a hard persistent substance and of combining ‘‘ with metal.” Secondly, ^^the employment of compounds above mentioned (either with or without the introduction of the vegetable matters above referred to for decreasing the specific gravity of the compounds), in the manufacture of bobbins and such like articles.” Thirdly, the employment of the compound above mentioned, either with or without the use of plumbago, in the manufacture of bearings for machinery.” [Printed, 4<^, iN'o drawings.] A.D. 1854, April 25.— N° 949. LAWSON, John, and DEAR, Somerville. — This invention relates to looms for weaving. Firstly, it consists in the application of a self-regulating cone motion (used in the bobbin and fly frame), to deliver at an “ uniform speed the yarn or warp from the beam or beams of ‘‘ looms for weaving. It is well known that to do this the re- “ volving speed of the beam or beams must increase as the ‘‘ diameter or diameters of the beam or beams decrease ; there- fore the strap connecting the cones is traversed by toothed racks “ (in connection with toothed wheels), which have the motion that is obtained from the diminishing diameters of the beam or beams. Secondly, it consists in combining with the above positive or self-regulating delivery motion,” the common drag motion, to regulate the motion of the warp.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, April 27.— N® 952. CROSLAND, Edward, and BOARDMAN, Thomas.— T his invention relates to ‘^an improved mode of weaving a double I I 2 500 WEAVING. “ fabric united by a figure or binding warp, which is cut asunder to produce two pile fabrics.” The improvements consist, firstly, in an improved mode of weaving double fabrics, in which the distance between the fabrics “ is governed by varying the stroke of the reed.” Secondly, in an improved combination of parts for varying the stroke of the reed.” The arms which connect the cranks to the lay swords are made in two parts and hinged together. These hinged arms are jointed to levers, which are actuated by a tappet, so as to cause each arm to form an elbow” when the reed is not to beat up the weft to the cloth. Thirdly, in an improved guide for regulating the distance between two fabrics woven together.” The guide consists of two blades of metal ; the upper fabric is carried over the upper blade, and thence wound on to a cloth beam, and the lower fabric, after passing under the lower blade, is wound on to another cloth beam. Fourthly, in an ‘^improved instrument for cutting the figure warp of double fabrics.” The instrument consists of two knives, which are attached to the lower guide blade. The lower knife has a motion imparted to it, by levers and a cam, in the direction of the width of the fabric, and both knives are occasionally brought forward, so that their cutting edges project beyond the guide blades, which are opened so as to stretch the pile warp when it is being cut. And lastly, in machinery for actuating the drop boxes of “ looms.” Projections on a pattern chain act on catches, which are hinged to long levers, which are constantly in motion. These catches when not raised by the pattern chain act upon a rail, which is connected to the shuttle boxes. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 12.— N° 1059. CAMPBELL, Daniel, and BARLOW, James. — The patentees say, — Our invention relates to that part or, portion of a loom “ generally known as the fast and loose reed, and consists of a mode or method of securing the reed firmly in its place “ at the time of beating up, which is essentially necessary in weaving strong or heavy goods, whilst at the same time it leaves the reed perfectly free or loose if the shuttle should be lodged WEAVING. 501 or other impediment take place in the warp or shed. We accom- plish this desirable object by placing a bar or rod at the front of “ the slay, with a finger or projection at each end at right angles with the said rod or bar. The said fingers or projections pass through the slay, and have their ends turned up so as to catch or press against the reed when necessary ; also connected with the said rod or bar is a lever or projection, either in the centre or one at each end of it, so placed as to come in contact with a stud or roller attached to the breast beam, which comes in con- tact as the slay advances, thus operating upon the fingers or projections which pass through the slay, and eventually upon the reed, which is fast or loose, according to the position of the slay.” [Printed, 8cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 13.— N° 1073. DRIEU, Jerome Andre. — This invention relates to machinery for cutting fustians, velveteens, and similar fabrics. The patentee says, — My invention consists of a peculiar arrangement and construction of a machine or apparatus with peculiar shaped knives or cutters, in combination with the ordinary grooved instrument or guide commonly used when cutting such pile fabrics by hand. The said guides are fixed on a shaft across the apparatus, and are stationary, their points resting on the surface of the fabric to be cut, which fabric rests on a plate or table for the purpose, the points of the guides being adjusted by a handle or lever, so as to present themselves to each cord of the fabric, and raising the threads thereof pre- sent them to the cutters, which, by their oscillating or undulary motion, cut the threads of the cords as the fabric advances or passes through the machine or apparatus. Motion is given to the knives or cutters from the tappet shaft, acting upon a pully fixed to the side frame of the apparatus by means of a cord or band or chain. On the shaft of the said pully is fixed “ a pinion, working into a toothed segment at one or both ends of the apparatus, which segments receive a backward and for- ward motion from the said pinion and tappet. Two rods are passed through the segments and all the knives, so that as the segments move backwards and forwards they must necessarily move the cutters with them, and their formation being of a 502 WEAVING. segment of a circle will cause them to have a peculiar or cur- vilinear motion, something like the waves of water, which will he found to he the most easy cutting motion. These guides and cutters may be placed transversely across the loom, and cut the fabric as it is woven, or they may be placed in a separate frame or apparatus and cut independently of the loom.” [Printed, lOc?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 17.— N« 1093. SMITH, William, and HAYES, William Bramwell. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements relate to looms wherein several shuttles are employed. The improvements consist in the application, employment, or use of an endless chain or succession of shuttle boxes, so that upon each shuttle passing through the slay, another is presented to follow the course or transverse design of the work, and a- continual suc- cession of an almost unlimited or any required number of shuttles may be employed. The endless chain of shuttle boxes is worked by a ratchet wheel and click (or such mechanical “ equivalents as may be found expedient), to which motion is communicated from the tappet shaft or any other suitable moving part of the loom, and the lifting of the shuttle boxes may be ejected by an endless tappet chain or other suitable contrivance.” [Printed, Scl. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 17.— N° 10.99. CATLOW, Christopher, and COMSTIVE, Thomas. — ^^Im- provements in shuttles for weaving.” The patentee claims, — Causing the shuttle peg to contract and expand by the turning upward and downward of the same, such expansion not being positive in amount, but capable of being modified by the resistance of the cop.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 17.— N" 1100. DIGGLE, SauiRE. — (Pro visional protection only.) — The inventor says, — “ My invention relates, firstly, to a method of varying at “ pleasure the amount of work taken up in looms when two or WEAVING. 503 more shuttles are employed, and consists in causing the revolu- “ tion of the work beam to take place through the intervention of apparatus which the rising box brings into a suitable position for operating. By this arrangement I am enabled to impart motion to a driving click in various degrees, corresponding to the number of shuttles employed.” The second part of my invention relates to a method of actuating the driving click of positive taking-up motions in looms generally. To the lathe sword I adapt two projections or set screws, the one operating upon the driving click in one ‘‘ direction, and the other in the reverse. By shifting the position of these projecting parts different amounts of taking-up may be effected, according to the fabric required. The motion is rendered positive by suspending the apparatus which moves the click from a rod resting upon the work roller, as in ordinary positive taking-up motions.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 18.— N« 1111. MACLEAN, John, junior, and FINLAYSON, Thomas. — “ Improvements in the manufacture or production of ornamental “ fabrics.” This invention relates to a system or mode of producing ornamental colored designs upon warps to be afterwards woven up into piece goods, and consists more particularly in the employment of apparatus or means for producing such designs “ by means of discharging agents acting upon a dye or color ‘‘ previously imparted to the yarn.” [Printed, Is. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 22.— N° 1125. BELLFORD, Auguste Edouard Loradoux. — (A communi- cation.) — This invention consists of an arrangement which effects the mechanical working of the temple, which arrangement is "" applicable to all kinds of looms for weaving, and bears principally upon the application to the toothed wheel or roller of a gudgeon, which, besides giving more solidity and accuracy "" in working, is also a guarantee against the wear and tear unavoidable in the old arrangements of the temple. Also upon 504 WEAVING. “ the application of the temple, perpendicularly, or nearly so, and also above the cloth, the temple roller having a sufficiently long axle pin or pivot to allow raising or lowering the shuttle race, “ according to the articles desired to be made, thus giving every “ facility for regulating. Also upon the application of a finger regulator, so placed that the work may be raised a little, to present itself flat to the points of the toothed wheel or roller, and thus become pierced by advancing on the points ; it becomes disengaged again by the rotary motion of the said “ points about the axis of the roller.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 22.— N« 1130. CROSSLEY, John, and CROSSLEY, William.— This inven- tion consists, firstly, ‘Gn an improved combination of parts forming a double-lift jacquard machine.” The hooks in this machine are arranged in alternate rows of long and short hooks ; the long hooks are raised by one grife, and the short hooks by the other grife. Each double row of hooks, that is to say, one long and one short hook, placed next to each other, is acted upon by the same needle, and the cords of each pair of long and short hooks are coupled together and connected to the mounting of the loom ; by this means each warp can be acted upon as many times in succession as is required.” Secondly, ‘‘in cranking the lower part of the wire forming “ the hook at each side, so as to form shoulders, which bear upon “ the hook board. “Thirdly, in an improved mode of working the jacquard “ cylinder of double-lift jacquard machines. To each grife frame “ is attached a stud, which, as the grife descends, acts on a bell- “ crank lever, the lower arm of which fits in a bar connected to “ the swing frame of the jacquard cylinder. By this means each “ grife in descending draws the cylinder towards the needles, and “ it is pushed back again by a spring or other means.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 23.— N° 1151. LEVEY, Charles. — (Provisional protection only.) — “This “ invention consists of simultaneously working two shuttles when “ weaving bags and other tubular fabrics. For this purpose the WEAVING. 505 loom is constructed and the harness arranged in such manner as to open two sheds in the two warps at the same time, and the two shuttles are simultaneously thrown through the two ‘‘ sheds so opened. The shuttle boxes are arranged to rise and fall in such manner as to bring the respective shuttles into position for passing through the upper and under sheds alter- “ nately, so that a shuttle having been thrown across through the upper shed at one movement, it is in its next movement caused to fall through the lower shed. The ends of the bags or fabrics may be closed at intervals, and all the warps woven solid, or the ends may be sewed after the fabrics come out of the loom.’’ [Printed, ZcL !N’o drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 23.— 1152. LAWSON, John. — ‘^Improvements in the manufacture of cut “ piled fabrics.” “ This invention consists in arranging series of “ yarns upon rollers, and then causing lengths of such yarns to “ be placed upon a woven fabric, and attached thereto in successive “ rows, to produce a pile thereon, threads or cords being laid “ across each series of lengths of yarn, which being stitched or “ sewn to the woven fabric by any suitable sewing machine, the “ pile is made fast.” [Printed, ^d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 24.— N« 1158. LILLIE, Joseph. — (Void for want of final specification.) — The inventor says, — “ My invention consists in dispensing with the lay “ or batten, and parts for working the same, usually employed in “ looms, and in constructing the shuttle of the shape of a flat “ wedge. The weft, which is drawn from the shuttle through an “ opening in the thin edge of the wedge, is deposited in the open “ shed by the shuttle itself, in the proper position for making cloth when the shed is crossed. I wish to remark that I do not “ limit myself to making the shuttle of a wedge shape, as other “ shapes may be found in practice to answer equally well. I “ prefer to place the warp beam at the upper and the cloth beam at the lower side of the loom. The warp, after leaving the “ beam, is taken through heddles in the usual manner, and then “ through a fixed reed. 506 WEAVING. ^^The weft, on leaving the shuttle, is pressed by the shuttle ‘‘ itself against the cloth (added to the weight of the shuttle, other “ other agents may be used, if required). By this means the stroke of the reed in ordinary looms is dispensed with. The size and weight of the shuttle must be varied to suit the various descriptions of cloth. The letting-o£F, taking-up, and other ‘‘ motions of the loom may be the same as in looms of the ordinary construction.” [Printed, 3<^. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 25.— 1163. CHEVRON, Jean Marie, and. BE ROULET, Charles Victor Frederic. — (Provisional protection only.) — This inven- tion consists, firstly, in a novel description of fabric. In making the fabric two warps are used ; one is called the fixed or founda- tion warp, and the other the floating warp.” ‘‘ Each thread of the floating warp passes across one or more of the fixed warp threads, and then through and between two of those fixed warp threads, or over the selvedge (as the case may be) to the lower or other side of the foundation or fixed warp,” and then a weft thread is thrown across by a shuttle, after which the floating warp is carried back to the opposite side, each thread passing back between the same two threads of the foundation warp. Secondly, in machinery for weaving the fabric. The foundation warp is placed on a beam at the back of the loom, and passes to the breast beam in the usual manner. The floating warp is wound on a roller, v^^hich is mounted on a “ rocking frame,” placed above the foundation warp. The rocking frame above described has motion given to it either by treddles or any other convenient means, and it is mounted so as to be capable not only of a rocking motion, in order that the front bar of the frame may from time to time be brought down upon the foundation warp and again raised, but also of a lateral motion, so that the “ floating warp threads may from time to time be placed imme- diately above the spaces between the foundation warp threads, between which portions of such floating warp threads are to be ‘‘ passed upon the descent of the front of the rocking frame, for the purpose of forming a shed through which the shuttle is to pass.” [Printed, Zd. No drawing.] WEAVING. 507 A.D. 1854, May 26.— N° 1177. LORD, James. — Improvements in the manufacture of articles of ladies’ under-clothing.” The patentee claims, firstly, as applied to articles of ladies’ under-clothing, the production of ‘‘ Vandyke, scolloped, or other such edges, by causing a portion of the warp threads to fail in being interwoven with the weft. Secondly, as applied to fabrics for petticoats, the production of open parts or pipings by weaving double cloth at intervals. Thirdly, as applied to fabrics for petticoats, the weaving of stripes or other patches, so as to produce at those parts a fustian or Other such fabric, whether the same be subsequently cut or remain as woven. Fom’thly, as applied to chemises or under-shirts, the applica- tion to a fabric of ornamental parts, which indicate the shape, or a portion thereof, to be cut out, whether such ornamental parts be obtained by weaving or printing.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 30.— 1198! MIDDLETON, Lev^is Stirling. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to a system of manufacturing or producing ornamental fabrics of what is generally understood by manufacturers as the ‘ poncho stuff ’ class.” The body or ground fabric is woven from yarns or threads of the color of the intended ground of the piece ; at the same time certain stripes or lines of grey or bleached yarn are also woven in. Such fabric is finally ornamented by printing a pattern or device on both sides or faces of the stripes, thus extending the application of varieties of color.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, May 31 .— N° 1203. HARRISON, Thomas, and HARRISON, Elisha.— (Pro- visional protection only.) — This invention relates to the shuttle boxes of power looms ; and consists in using a beam lever arranged in the side of the shuttle box, the axis of the lever is in a vertical position, therefore its movement is in an horizontal “ plane. That end of the lever at the entrance to the box is shaped so as to be forced back (in like manner to the ordinary swell arrangement) on the entrance of the shuttle into the box. 508 WEAVING. “ and the other end of the lever is shaped to form an incline for “ the picker to act upon. It follows, with this arrangement, that ‘‘ when that end of the lever at the entrance of the shuttle box is “ forced outwards the other end is brought inwards, and vice versa ; and, therefore, that on the entrance of the shuttle into the box, the incline of the inner end of the lever will be brought to force against the picker ; and when the point of the shuttle “ comes against the picker it will act against the incline of the “ lever, and thus press the other end of the lever firmly against the side of the shuttle, so that the force with which the shuttle enters the box is caused to act to destroy its motion, and to “ prevent it from leaving the shuttle box.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 3.— 1234. FONTAINE MOREAU, Peter Armand le Comte de. — (A communication.) — ^The patentee says, — “ The invention communi- cated to me consists in the production of a felted tissue of sufficient strength and impermeability to advantageously super- sede leather for card hacks, driving straps and belts, and in other useful purposes. I dispose on an ordinary hand or power loom flax, hemp, or cotton threads, or a combination of flax or hemp and cotton, to form the warp, and wool thread twisted with hemp or flax to form the weft. The mounting of the warp is set apart, to allow the flax threads composing the wrong side of the tissue to come close together during the fulling process, and form a cloth facing. I set the warping so as to produce a “ crossed double tissue, having the wrong side composed of warp, and the right side of weft. When the tissue is wove it is sub- mitted to the ordinary preparations, then pulled in the breadth, and after being dried it is sheared, cylindered, and glazed by the usual processes.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 7.— N° 1261. KINDLE, Peter. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor gays^ — My improvements consist in the application to power “ looms of a small lever or levers, or any other suitable substitute “ for the purpose of lifting the weights or springs, as commonly ‘‘ employed for giving tension to the warp and cloth when used WEAVING. 509 “ in connection with the cloth roller, whereby such tension weights or springs are relieved at each pick as the weaving “ proceeds, instead of always hanging at full tension, and conse- “ quently breaking the warp threads, as now frequently occurs. I place upon the ordinary tappet shaft two small extra tappets or cams ; for this purpose the tappets are caused to act upon ‘‘ the lifting levers just at the same time as the ordinary tappets “ act upon the treadles, so as to let the beam at liberty when the “ shed is forming, and when the taking-up wheel is in the act of taking a tooth.’’ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 10.— N‘> 1284. BOIS, Louis. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ Certain improve- ments in looms.” The improvements consist in a system of “ thread-carrying needles, by which the weft is crossed through “ the shed, another set of needles holding the weft thus shot, for “ the purpose of forming a selvage or fringed border.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 10.— 1285. WHITEHEAD, John. — (A communication.) — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — A machine for weaving wire netting of iron, ‘‘ brass, or other material.” The machine described forms the netting by twisting the wire into the required form. [Printed, l5. ScZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 21.— N° 1355. DONALD, William, and HEGINBOTHAM, William.— (Provisional protection only.) — Certain improvements in looms.” This invention relates to apparatus for producing the necessary friction on the yarn beam. The apparatus consists of a metal “ clip or friction strap, which is made in two pieces, each piece “ embracing one half of the yarn beam. The extremities of each ‘‘ segmental piece are made flat, so that when placed round the yarn beam they may be connected on the one side by means of a bolt and nut, and on the other the distance between them may “ be adjusted by a set screw, and consequently the amount of “ friction requisite may be produced by either drawing the halves 510 WEAVING. of the clip nearer together or widening the distance between them, as circumstances may direct. One of these clips is placed at each end of the yarn beam, and is prevented from revolving with the yarn beam by means of a strap or rod attached to the loom.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 29.— N° 1429. MARK LAND, Thomas. — These improvements relate to warping, dressing, and weaving textile materials ; they consist, firstly, in an expanding or contracting wraith or reed so “ constructed as to be capable of adjustment to either the smallest or greatest number of dents per inch required.” The dents are set in holes made in two straps of india-rubber, one strap for the top, the other for the bottom of the reed. The reed is adjusted to the required pitch by expanding or contracting the india-rubber straps. Secondly, in a self-acting temple, which “ consists of a small roller, longitudinally subdivided through the body of the roller, as well as through its axis, into several parts or segments.” The cheeks or standards which hold the roller are each furnished on the inside with a small piece of projecting metal as an excen- trie, which in the revolution of the entire roller (caused by the fabric passing over it) displaces or forces in a lateral direction that segment or part of the roller to which it is opposed, and by such continuous lateral shifting action a proper and equal distention of the fabric is maintained,” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, June 29.— N° 1430. SMITH, William, and HAYES, William Bramwell. — (Provisional protection only.) — Certain improvements in power looms for weaving.” The improvements consist in the appli- cation of a break to stop the loom without concussion.” This is effected ‘^by the employment of an extra pulley or wheel on the driving or crank shaft of a power loom, such pulley being fur- nished on its rim with a tooth or stop piece. A spring, also provided with a stop, nearly encircles the pulley, but when not in action allows the pulley to revolve clearly ; the spring at the WEAVING. 511 end, which is furnished with a stop, is retained by a connecting rod, having at its opposite end a finger. When it is desired stop the loom, the stop rod strikes the finger, thrusting forward the connecting rod, and presenting the stop of the spring to the action of the stop of the pulley, which, when they come in contact, immediately tighten the spring round the rim of the “ pulley, and thus form a most effective sudden break.^’ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 3.— 1451. GKEENSHIELDS, Walter. — This invention relates to the “ manufacture or working up of parti-coloured ‘ chenille ’ into fringes or trimming details, in such manner that the fringes will present symmetrical coloured patterns or regular ornamental designs or devices upon their faces.’’ [Printed, Zd. No Drawings.] . A.D. 1854, July 4.— N" 1469. BOWLAS, David. — Certain improvements in machinery or apparatus for knitting or manufacturing healds or harness used “ in looms for weaving.” The improvements consist, firstly, in the employment of pitched or tarred yarns as a basis or ground, in connection with the present machine, on which to construct ‘‘ healds or harness.” Secondly, in the employment of two screws carrying a vertical slide piece, to which is attached the respective hooks or holdfasts for the pitched yarns ; as the screws revolve by means of appro- priate gearing in connection with the driving pulley, the slide piece is drawn back from the bobbins, and the heald (partially manufactured) gives place for its completion.” Thffdly, in the employment ‘^of reed or worm wheels and worms, by the change of which any number of counts to the “ inch may be manufactured in the heald.” Fourthly, in the employment of a mangle wheel, causing ‘‘ simultaneously the necessary revolution of the braid bobbins, as well as the excentric and spring for the closing-up motion on the longitudinal rod,” on which the eyes of the healds are formed. 512 WEAVING. Fifthly, in the employment “ of one vertically placed excentric,” by which simultaneous motion is given to the two needles for forming each count. Sixthly, in the employment of guides, spring rollers, or pressers and supports for the needles.” Seventhly, in the employment of a longitudinal middle rod for knitting or forming the eyes upon. Eighthly, in the general construction of the machine. [Printed, l5. 2cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 6.— 1486. RADCLIFFE, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention consists in the use of elastic surfaces in certain parts of power looms, for the purpose of adjusting, regulating, and softening the impulsive force or action of the picker, in lieu of the check strap or other contrivance hitherto employed; such elastic surfaces may he made of small pieces, or rings or washers, and placed upon either or both ends of the guide spindle of the picker, or they may be attached to both sides of the ears and foot also of the picker itself, and thus form an elastic exterior for the same.” [Printed, Zd. No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 6.— 1490. CARALLl, Nicholas Michael. — This invention relates to “ the manufacture of fabrics of the zebra class, such fabrics being “ suitable for all the purposes to which ordinary zebra goods are applied, with the advantage that they present a difPerent and totally distinct pattern or device on each side or surface. Accord- ing to one modification, a plain twilled or other fabric is used as the material for producing this duplex pattern, such fabric having no flushing or back lashing, or, according to another modifi- cation, a double fabric may be employed, such fabric being woven according to any known system, and consisting in appearance of ‘‘ two fabrics united by intermediate flushed threads, or threads woven into both fabrics. The fabric is then printed by any of the known means with a distinct pattern or device in the zebra or similar style on each side, or on the two outer sides if the fabric is double, so that one piece answers the end of showing two dissimilar styles of ornamentation.” [Printed, ScZ. No drawings.] WEAVING. 513 A.D. 1854, July 12.— NM531. GILBEE, William Armand. — (A communication.) — This in- vention consists in the employment of the fibres of the corchorus junceus, the corchorus clitoreus, and the corchorus capsularis, of the family of the urticeas, either alone or combined with silk, cotton, wool, hemp, or flax, for the manufacture of various fabrics.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 13.— 1538. GREENWOOD, John, and SMITH, Robert. — This invention relates to sizeing, stiffening, and finishing textile materials, and consists, — First, in the use of rye flour for such purposes. Second, in the use of rye flour and chloride of calcium or “ chloride of magnesium (commonly called muriate of lime and muriate of magnesia), combined for such purposes. “ And thirdly, in the use of chloride of calcium or chloride of “ magnesium (commonly called muriate of lime and muriate of magnesia), combined or mixed with any amylaceous substances ‘‘ for such purposes.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 20.— NM 596. HACKETT, John. — This invention consists, firstly, inoovering india-rubber thread, whether vulcanized or otherwise, with sewing silk or with mohair and silk twisted together, or with linen thread or with chenille. Secondly, in the employment of india-rubber thread, covered as herein-before described, for the manufacture of web of not “ more than three inches wide.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 22.— N<> 1618. JOHNSON, William. — (A communication.) — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — This invention relates to the treatment of all ‘‘ kinds and classes of fibrous material, and the manufactured pro- w. K K 514 WEAVING. ‘‘ ducts thereof, such as flax, hemp, cotton, silk, wool, ligneous fibres, bark, straw-pulp, felt, yarns, and cloths.” For sizing fibrous materials, paper, yarn, and cloth, salts of magnesia, stearate, or margorate, and oleate of alumina, are employed,” [Printed, Zcl. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 24.— 1622. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (x\ communication from Charles Louis Alexander Williott.) — This ^Hnvention relates to the warp- ing and winding of silk, and consists, — First, in the winding of the warp direct from the cocoons. Second, of an improved construction of warping machinery. Third, in the subsidiary employment of bobbins or spools of a ‘‘ peculiar construction in the process of warping. Fourth, to the warping and formation of artificial thrown silk or imitation organzine. The warping mill is carried by a vertical shaft, and is fitted internally with a number of rotating vanes or blades, for the purpose of creating a current of air to effect the drying of the threads as they arrive at the warping mill, each thread being separate and distinct from its neighbour v/hen being wound, in place of being united. To effect this, a ‘‘ complete alteration is made in the hecks, which are constructed “ in two halves, the teeth being arranged in a vertical instead of a “ horizontal plane, as is usually the case. The two halves of the heck are fitted to slide in a suitable supporting frame, or heck- box, so that they may be brought nearer to or further from each other. The frame carrying the hecks is moveable or capable of sliding vertically between fixed standards, by the aid of a cord connected with the warping mill in the ordinary manner. When this frame has arrived at the top of its travel, the two halves of the hecks are brought together for a moment, so that their teeth shall interlace each other, and so form the lease. The silk threads are unwound direct from the cocoons, which float in suitable vessels of water, and proceed therefrom to the hecks, “ and then 36 direct to the warping mill. In certain cases when the temperature is variable, or when other circumstances require it, the silk is previously wound on to bobbins or reels of a peculiar form, to be afterwards wound on to the warping mill in the manner herein-before described. The peculiarity in the construction of the spools or bobbins consists in forming them WEAVING. 515 of a number of thin short rods of wood or metal, extending from the end discs of the spool, and on to or over these thin rods the silk is wound in place of on to the solid surface of the bobbin. In the formation of artificial thrown silk or imitation “ organzine, a double but united thread of raw silk is wound “ on to one of the reels herein-before described, being traversed “ backwards and forwards during the winding, and both threads being made to cross each other before being united. When once wound, the silk may be submitted to the ungumming or “ preparing process, or even to the operation of dyeing before being warped.” [Printed, llcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 25.— N° 1629. GRUNDY, William. — (A communication.) — This ‘‘invention “ consists in addition to the usual way of manufacturing druggets, “ in placing or introducing an extra warp or part of a warp of “ cotton, flax, hemp, or any other fibrous substance, &c., under- “ neath the ordinary drugget, and to keep each thread of this “ extra warp at such distance as to allow the upper woollen cloth “ or drugget to be milled as usual, and to any extent required, “ and in such a way that each of the ends of that extra warp will “ form a plain cloth after the milling of the whole, and that such “ extra cotton, &c., owing to the weaving, will never mix with “ the woollen cloth, or interfere with the finish or its production “ as either a raised or common drugget ; such improvement “ effecting the novel manufacture of a drugget with a carpet “ back.” [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 26.— N« 1640. OPPENHEIMER, Adolphus. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — “ My invention consists in manufacturing “ mohair velvet and worsted velvet with a peculiar arrangement “ of the threads, as follows : — For every row of pile thread there “ are to be three warp threads, which I put in one dent of the “ reed (without being limited as to the number of threads in a “ dent). The pile is introduced as weft under the first thread, “ over the second, and under the third thread ; then the pile floats “ over any number of these divisions of three, according to the K K 2 516 WEAVING. length of the pile required. The ground threads are introduced “ in such a manner that the first and last threads of the warp are up and the middle threads down, or the first and last threads “ are down and the middle threads are up, alternately to form the ground. I put in one pile thread for one division, then another for another division, then a ground thread as above, then a third pile thread, then a fourth pile thread, and then a ground thread as above ; of course there may be more than four pile threads in a pattern, according to the length of the pile required. Also, it is immaterial how often the cloth is bound in respect to pile threads ; my improvements being merely to raise the first and last of the warp threads simultaneously, and sink at the same time the middle one whilst the weft for the pile threads is introduced, or to sink the first and last simul- taneously, and raise the middle thread; or this arrangement may he reversed, whilst the weft intended for ground threads is introduced. The cloth, after being manufactured, is cut in a manner similar to that in which fustians are cut.’^ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 27.— N° 1658. JENKS, Barton H. — The patentee says, — The object of this “ invention is to simplify the construction of looms, and also to “ improve their working capacity. These advantages I attain by the adoption of the following contrivances : — 1st. For raising and lowering alternately a two -shelf shuttle box, or holding the same stationary for a longer or shorter period, I employ a rotating cam in combination with a clutch ‘‘ box, which cam, by rocking a lever, raises a lifting rod connected with the shuttle boxes. “ 2nd. For rendering the pattern or pin wheel capable of work- ing larger patterns than it could heretofore work without increasing its size, I employ a ratchet wheel multiplier, which is driven by the same click that works the pattern wheel. 3rd. I employ a series of shuttle boxes, independent of the cheeks of the lay, and constructed of shelves united by upright bars, which serve also as guides, so that it is a mere skeleton or frame, whereby the weight of the moving parts of the series of “ boxes is materially reduced. ‘‘ 4th. In place of the numerous shuttle binders, I employ one WEAVING, 517 (whether placed in the front or back of the lay) in combination “ with a series of shuttle boxes, in such manner that the binder will perform the ordinary duties of that instrument for every shuttle box of a series. This shuttle binder I operate indepen- dently of the shuttle boxes, in such manner that it shall be withdrawn from the shelves at the proper time to allow the boxes to be moved without obstruction from it. 5th. For clearing the shuttle from the picker preparatory to “ raising or lowering the shuttle boxes, I move the shuttle from “ the outer end of the box a short distance, by either a recoil spring or a slight forward movement of the picker, or by holding the picker slightly in advance of its extreme back position until the shuttle is in place, and then allowing it to retreat back from the end of the shuttle.” 6th. To work the treadles, I employ rotating cams (having also an endway movement), the bosses of which cams have two threads of unequal pitch, into which segmental screw threads or nuts respectively work intermittently and alternately, for the “ purpose of traversing the cams from one treadle to another in the order required for the weaving. 7th. For working the shuttles, I apply a parallel motion to “ the picker staff, preferring a telescope joint for connecting the “ picker staff with its fulcrum.” [Printdd, Is. 8cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, July 29.-N° 1682. THATCHER, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This “ invention consists in employing the fibres of the leaves of the horse-radish in the manufacture of woven fabrics, yarn, cordage, ropes, paper, and pasteboard. The fibres of this plant when “ obtained are spun and fabricated in like manner to hemp and flax, and may be bleached or not, according to the nature of the intended article to be made therefrom,” [Printed, 3d, No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 2. — N° 1/01 . CHEVRON, Cl]6o. — (P rovisional protection only.) — “These im- “ provements relate, 1st, to looms for weaving cut pile fabrics; “ 2nd, an apparatus for rolling the pile warp threads on their 518 WEAVING. “ cylinders. In this loom the ground warp threads are arranged and actuated in the usual manner. At the hind part of the loom is situated an arrangement, consisting of a series of re- volving cylinders on which the pile warp threads are rolled, ‘‘ each cylinder serving for one point of the tissue or throw of the shuttle, the different pile warp threads for one throw of the shuttle being rolled on each cylinder, according to the manner the colours of the pile present themselves in each shed or throw of the shuttle. At each cylinder the ends of the threads are fixed and kept in their respective positions by proper arrange- ments. At each time a new shed is opened in the ground warp, the cylinder on which are rolled the colours corresponding with this point of the tissue is brought forward, and its threads “ introduced in the tissue to form the pile ; they are then beaten up by a proper batten, and the pile is cut at proper length, by a particular arrangement of a knife sliding in the loom. The apparatus for rolling the pile warp threads on the cylinders according to the pattern consists of a frame, in which the pat- tern or design to be copied in the tissue turns, in the manner of an endless cloth before a graduated rule, by means of which latter may be observed what colours exist in each point of the tissue or throw of the shuttle ; the different colours to be used in the pattern being wound on bobbins revolving in the frame- work, the ends of the threads of each bobbin protruding through “ a perforated board in such manner, that on reading the colours along the rule the workman winds each of the threads on its turn on a pile warp thread cylinder, as explained above. [Printed, Sd. ‘No drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 8.— 1740. WEBB, Edward. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This inven- tion relates to certain means for effecting the to-and-fro traverse of the hook or shuttle of horsehair and other like looms. A “ horizontal guide is provided at one side of the loom, for the purpose of sustaining the hook or shuttle, which carries the thread into the open warp, and allowing it to slide to and fro freely. Above this guide, at about the middle of its length, a pulley is mounted, to receive around its periphery a band or cord, the ends of which pass respectively over friction pulleys, mounted near the opposite ends of the guides, and are thence WEAVING. 519 conducted to the hook or shuttle, to which they are secured. The pulley first mentioned is provided at either side with pulleys ‘‘ of much smaller diameter, which are either attached to or form one with it, thus making what may he termed a compound pulley. A band or cord connected to the batten of the loom, and conducted over guide pulleys (having their bearings in the framing of the loom), is attached to opposite sides of the com- pound pulley, in such a manner that the batten in its vibrations will cause the compound pulley to revolve alternately in oppo- site directions. When thus set in motion, the larger diameter of the compound pulley will wind up such a length of the hook or shuttle cord (opposite ends of which are wound up alter- “ nately), as will cause the traverse of the hook into the shed, and ‘‘ its subsequent withdrawal after it has laid the horsehair in the “ warps.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 9.— N‘> 1748. LIVESEY, John. — The patentee says, — ‘‘My invention consists “ in a new arrangement of a frame or loom principally for making “ bullion fringes, in which the warps to form the head of the “ fringe are opened to the right hand and left hand, to allow the “ material forming the fringe, and answering the purpose of weft, “ to be drawn from the back to the front by means of revolving “ hooks through the opening of the warps. The fringes are made “ at right angles to the beam, the reeds for beating up the work “■ being worked parallel to the beam ; this will, in effect, be making “ the fringe edgewise to the workman.” “ If it is desired to make “ a fringe other than bullion, the hooks are made to act without “ revolving, and knives are employed in connection with the “ hooks to cut the fringe. In case of desiring to put extra twist “ on the fringe, I cause the bobbins on which the material for “ making the fringe is wound to revolve, and thus give twist to “ the material as it is taken up by the revolving hooks.” [Printed, Is. 4cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 10.— N« 1/50. CLABBURN, William Houghton. — “Improvements in the “ manufacture of shawls and scarfs.” The patentee says, — “The 520 WEAVING. principle on which these shawls and scarfs are manufactured differs from all others hitherto produced, by a combination of colors in the warp and a small portion only of the shute formerly used. I have succeeded in producing a similar effect to that which in all ‘ tell-over ’ or imitation India shawls was produced by a quantity of different colored threads shot in by an equiva- lent number of shuttles, which together, being arranged accord- ing to the design, went to form one shute, and the superfluity of material hereby created had to be cut from the back ; but in my new description of shawl, by using the warp (to form a part of the figure) in some instances with a variety of color, and in others with a single color, I reduce the number of shuttles, avoid that immense waste of material, and obviate the objection raised against the cutting of the superfluous stuff. ^ In my articles, as in the real Indian productions, the shute is firmly hound in, in the process of weaving."’ [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 12.— 1761. TAYLOR, Thomas George. — Tliis invention consists in the use or application of the stalk or bine of the hop plant in the manufacture of paper, pasteboard, and millboard, cordage, rope, and textile fabrics.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 14.— N° 176.9. MOORE, Joseph, BESWICK, Samuel, and WILSON, Benjamin. — These improvements relate to piled goods woven ‘‘ upon the ‘ double cloth ’ principle.” The patentees claim, — ‘‘ First, the novel employment, application, and use of a lath or bar, composed of any suitable material, by the aid of which we “ are enabled to dispense with one warp beam when double grounds or cloths are required to be woven.” Secondly, we claim the novel application, employment, and use of a straight knife or blade with one cutting edge, mounted or encased in a guage or guide, for the purpose above explained, namely, that whilst the sheath guage or guide stretches the two cloths asunder, and the pile thereby being kept tightly dis- WEAVING. 521 tended, the sharp edge of the cutting blade is held firmly in the middle of the pile, and cuts it by means of the to-and-fro motion.” [Print(‘d, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 14.— N" 1771. TODD, William, and TODD, Jacob. — Certain improve- “ ments in power looms for weaving.” The improvements are, firstly, a picking motion.” Behind the lay sword is placed a vertical shaft, furnished at its upper end with a cross pin, and at its lower end with a segmental plate, which is connected by a strap to the picking stick. A similar vertical shaft with a cross pin is placed so as to work up and down in the framing immediately behind the first mentioned vertical shaft, and each alternate pick the cross pin on the one vertical shaft is caused to strike the cross pin on the other vertical shaft, and thus propel the shuttle. Secondly, a ‘^taking -up wheel,” which is intended to dispense with the use of change wheels. The taking-up wheel has ^‘upon “ one or both of its sides a series of concentric circles of check or click teeth, each circle of teeth of course representing a different number of picks.” Thirdly, a ‘‘ method of working the healds.” A light shaft is placed immediately under the healds, this shaft has a reciprocating motion imparted to it by a quadrant and pinion, driven by appro- priate gearing from the crank shaft. Pulleys are placed on the light shaft which are connected by straps to the heald shafts. Cams are also fixed on this light shaft for giving motions to the vertical shafts carrying the opposing cross pins of the picking motion. Fourthly, “in ‘forks ’ and ‘ grates ’ for detecting the absence of “ the weft.” The click and butt ends of the forks are cast in one, the projecting wires, being unbent, are “ simply rivetted or tapped “ in.” The grate is cast in one piece. Fifthly, a “ method of holding and releasing the ‘ reed.’ ” A small indented fitting is secured to the front framing of the loom ; a finger attached to the lay sword works on the under side of the fitting and holds the reed ; .but when the shuttle is in the shed the finger rises through the indentation, and releases the reed. Sixthly, “ a self-acting spring bearer or presser, placed near the 522 WEAVING. warp roller, for giving a proper degree of tension to the yarn as the action of the healds vary it.” Seventhly, the novel application and use. of a check strap, for the purpose of connecting one picking rod with the other.” And lastly, the employment, application, and use of a click and click wheel, for the adjustment of the friction band of the “ warp beam roller, as well as the employment of a screw and female screw for the same purpose,” [Printed, l5. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 16.— N« 1790. LAMB, John, and LAMB, Thomas. — This invention relates more especially to certain additions to and modifications of the “ existing jacquard apparatus used in the manufacture of Brussels carpets, although some of the improvements are applicable to jacquard apparatus used for other purposes.” The improvements consist, — First, in the employment of a shield, plate, or guard, which protects the ends of the needles, and prevents them from being accidentally bent. This shield consists of a moveable plate, perforated with as many holes as there are needles in the “ jacquard.” Second, in the employment of a perforated sliding plate, open frame, or grating, in place of the ordinary cylinder for bringing the cards in contact with the needles, and which may be termed the needle actuator. This plate, if perforated, is made to corre- spond accurately with the shield plate, and it slides on rods “ passing through the shield.” Third, in a peculiar arrangement of guides or studs for directing the cards against the ends of the needles. These guides consist of short rods or studs, which pass through the “ shield plate and meet the card as it is advancing, and enter into corresponding holes or eyes in each end of the cards just before the latter come in contact with the needles.” Fourth, of an arrangement for allowing for any variation in the length of the cards through changes in the atmosphere. This is effected by simply causing the guide studs to work in horizontal slots in the shield, in which slots they may be adjusted in width by a small metal slide, to suit exactly the length of card. WEAVING. 523 Fifth, in the employment of metal eyelets fitted into the nipple or pegs holes of the cards, whereby the wearing of the holes is prevented, Sixth, in a peculiar arrangement of the needles in the jacquard, whereby nine needles in depth are made to operate upon three reeds. “ Seventh, in the employment of an alarum which shall either “ stop the loom or give notice to the attendant whenever any one of the cards shall not he exactly in its place on the needle actuator.^’ [Printed, Is. 3c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 1/.— N« 1797. HACKETT, John. — The patentee says,-— My invention consists in the employment of doubled or twisted linen or cotton, or linen and cotton combined, of two or more threads to the cord, in the manufacture of cloth of not less than ten inches wide. I propose to use not less than two-thirds of the ^veft, nor less than two-thirds of the warp of the doubled or twisted linen or cotton before mentioned, the cloth to be woven either plain, “ twilled, or figured, whereby greater strength and durability will be obtained over cloth now in use, and an article of great superiority will be produced. When my improved fabrics are composed wholly of cotton cord, I do not claim the use of that material coarser or thicker than what is known in the trade as number ten two-cord.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, August 30.— 1898. NIMMO, William. — (Provisinal protection only.)— These im- provements relate to the production of fabrics by machinery in which a jacquard apparatus or equivalent thereto is used, and consist in so arranging the parts that the jacquard cylinder or ‘‘ its equivalent may cease to change at any required time, and "" continue to form the shed by successive operations of the same card or other such part.” [Printed, 3(?. No drawings.] 524 WEAVING. A.D. 1854, September 1926. FISH, John, and THOMPSON, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘‘ Improvements in the mode or method of picking warps.” The inventors say, — Instead of the nsual method of leasing the warps at the sizing machine, we propose to make a reed or wraith about half the width of the usual reed, with one side loose, so that it will slide on and off a peg or slide at each end. This half reed or wraith will resemble a long rod with fine teeth, similar to a comb which we put on the warp when it is on the bowl of the sizing machine, the teeth or comb separating the warp threads with the greatest ease. We then put on the loose side or rod at the other side of the warp threads, thus forming a complete reed, which we allow to remain, and doff the warp with it on, so that it is ready for looming without the trouble of leasing.” * [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 7.— N° 1949. CALVERT, Edmund, and MITCHELL, William.— (Pro- visional protection only.) — Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention consists in an improved combina- tion of parts for checking the momentum of the shuttle when it enters the shuttle box, and for checking the picker when the shuttle has been picked. The mode of effecting these objects is by means of a short check strap connected to each shuttle box. This strap has a hole at each end, and is supported by the shuttle box spindle. The centre of the strap is connected to a lever, which is hinged to a stud fixed in the lay bottom, this lever works between catches, also fixed to the lay bottom. The strap may be in one piece, as described, or in two or more pieces, so as to facilitate the shortening thereof in proportion to its lengthening by tension. When the shuttle enters the shuttle box, it comes against the picker, and causes it to move the check strap towards the end of the shuttle box, until the ‘‘ lever, to which the check strap is attached, comes against one of the catches before referred to; by this means the momentum of the shuttle is arrested. When the shuttle has been picked, the picker comes against the other end of the check strap, and WEAVING. 525 draws the lever towards the loom side until it comes in contact with the other catch; by this means the momentum of the picker is arrested,’^ [Printed, M, No Drawing.] A.D. 1854, September 8.— 1965. ATHERTON, James, KINLOCK, John, and SWAINSON, John, junior. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This invention relates to various novel modifications and arrangements of machinery of the kind which is technically known as the tape sizeing machine, ordinarily used for sizeing or dressing yarns for the manufacturer. In these new arrangements the squeezing rollers are not actuated simply by the tensional action of the yarn or threads under treatment, but are driven in a positive and certain manner through the agency of gearing, and mechanical connections in the arrangement preferred.” “When the yarn is finished it is wound upon the weaver’s “ beam by the agency of a frictional motion. This frictional “ motion is similar to that already in use for winding the yarn on “ to the beam in the ordinary dressing frame. At one end of the “ shaft, which is actuated from the tapered drum shaft, and which “ crosses the machine and works the yarn beam, is placed a “ toothed wheel, revolving separately from the shaft, and between “ two disc plates, which are fixed to the shaft. By means of two “ thumbscrews, passing thro’ the disc plate and pressing against “ the face of the wheel, the wheel can be connected with the disc “ plates as tightly as may be required. The object of this is that “ the yarn may be wound on the beam at the same speed as it is “ delivered from the cylinders.” “ The tin drying cylinders or “ revolving drums are actuated by the same general mechanical “ arrangement or system of gearing, and the brushes employed “ for dressing the yarn are driven in a similar manner.” “ A “ mechanical arrangement is employed for the purpose of ensuring “ an uniform delivery from the entire series of beams, and hence “ the ends of the yarn upon the several beams will all come out “ or off at the same time, the delivery being a positive one.” [Printed, Zd, No Drawings.] 526 WEAVING, A.D, 1854, September 12.— 1983. GILLMAN, Edward, — This invention consists, firstly, in obtaining filaments of a kind suited for spinning or weaving from the fibrous portion of the leaves of certain plants which are indigenous in New Zealand, namely, a running climbing plant, called Giagia in the language of the country, and a species of Dracaena called Ti.^’ Secondly, in applying the filaments obtained from Cither or both of the said plants alone, or in conjunction with filaments from the Phormium tenax, or New Zealand flax, or with other filaments heretofore employed in spinning or weaving, or to which such processes may be found applicable to a variety of manufacturing purposes."” [Printed, 4c?. No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 14.— N^^ 2001. HAYES, William Bramwell. — The patentee says, — ^^My in- “ vention has reference chiefly to looms constructed with moveable shuttle boxes.” To effect the changes of the shuttles I use any required number of shifting boxes, similar to what are com- monly called drop boxes ; but I arrange and connect them so as to form an endless chain, which revolves upon rollers mounted on the slay, by which revolution of the chain each box is brought successively into its working position. “ I apply mechanism whereby motion is imparted to the endless chain of boxes from the main shafts of the loom at intervals, regulated so as to change the shuttles according to the pattern to be produced. In order that the weft which is out of use may not become entangled by the revolution of the chain of boxes, I apply apparatus for severing the weft last used at each shifting of the boxes, and for laying hold of and retaining the end of it when the shuttle which carries it is restored to its working posi- tion, so as to ensure the insertion of the first pick. This im- provement is applicable to any kind of revolving shuttle box. The endless chain of boxes interfering with the application of the ordinary stop rod, I substitute a new arrangement of mechanism for stopping the loom when the shuttle fails to reach the box in due time ; and I connect this mechanism with WEAVING. 52/ a break applied to the fly wheel, in such manner as to make it “ effect the application of such break for that purpose when required. I apply a break of a new construction to the fly “ wheel, the skid or part which comes into immediate contact with the wheel forming part of a hoop concentric with the wheel, but of larger radius, and the spring or elasticity of which, tending to restore it to its proper curvature, when liberated, is ‘‘ sufficient to prevent it from adhering or becoming set fast to the wheel.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 16. — N° 2010. HARRISON, Joseph, ODDIE, John, EAVES, John, and GRAHAM, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- “ ments applicable to machines for warping, sizing, or otherwise preparing yarns or threads for weaving.” The mechanism or “ apparatus here referred to is more particularly intended for sizing machines, acting on the principle of those known as ^tape-leg sizing machines,’ and it is intended to perform the office of the healds and combs used in ordinary tape-leg sizing “ maehines, and at the same time secure the advantages and “ facilities in sizing resulting from dispensing with them. The mechanism or apparatus employed consists of a series of needles, combined together in the comb form, having hooked or forked ends, or a comb having short and long slits, which when a lease “ is required are inserted in the warp, so as to push or draw from the warp those threads required to be separated or selected from ‘‘ the others.” [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 18. — N” 2012. ASHWORTH, John. — The patentee says, — ^^My invention con- sists in the application, employment, or use of a novef combina- tion or mixture of ingredients for the purpose of sizing or “ stiffening all sorts of cloth or yarns, whether composed of cotton, linen, wool, or any other similar material. The ingredients I prefer to use in the composition of the sizing and stiffening mixture or compound, and the productions thereof, are as “ follows : — Thirty-four pounds of glue, or glue substitute, or 528 WEAVING. other gelatinous matter, sixty pounds of Castile or any other soap, twenty pounds of salt or saltpetre, five pounds of isinglass, and twenty pounds of ordinary wheat starch, or slightly varying in proportions, as I find the nature of the articles or fabrics to be treated or operated upon may require.’’ [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 19.— 2023. KERSHAW, James. — '^Improvements in looms for weaving.” The patentee says, — “My invention relates to the picking “ motion of looms. Upon a second motion shaft or upon the “ ordinary tappet shaft are placed cams, which in their rotatory “ motion arrive in contact with levers extending from a shaft “ situate crosswise of the machine, that is, in a direction from “ front to back. To these shafts are attached projecting arms, “ connected by means of straps or links to the picking sticks ; by “ this arrangement the cross shafts are caused to vibrate alters “ nately, and effect the required blows upon the shuttle. The “ picking sticks are mounted upon studs projecting from the “ framework, and are returned to their starting position by means “ of springs or other usual arrangements. Another part of my “ improvements in the picking motion consists in a method of “ shortening or tightening the connection with the picking stick ; “ for this purpose I make up the connection by means of screws “ and nuts, which by being turned draw the two parts nearer to “ or further from each other.” [Printed, 6(7. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 20.— N" 2028, GARNETT, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ Im- “ provements in and applicable to machines for warping and sizing “ yarns or warps.” One improvement consists in an “instrument by means of “ which the yarns forming a warp are separated from each other, “ or, as it is technically called, taking a lease, to facilitate the “ operation of joining a fresh warp to the end of one that has “ been woven into cloth. This instrument consists of a comb “ with teeth somewhat like the dents of a reed ; each tooth is “ formed with a hook, which may be slightly twisted, and its WEAVING. 529 extremity is pointed, or nearly so. When a lease is to be taken, the warp is first separated by a rod into two sheets ; the instru- ment is then passed between the yarns, and the lower yarns are caught by the hooks and drawn through the upper ones, thereby forming a lease.” Another improvement ‘^consists in applying three or any greater number of steam-drying cylinders to tape-sizing ma- “ chines, and causing the yarn to pass around them.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 22.— N° 2042. CROFTS, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘‘^Improve- “ ments in the manufacture of fringes, and other plain and ornamental fabrics.” The inventor says, — ^‘The invention relates to improvements upon arrangements of machinery, and mode of working to pro- “ duce weavings, for which Letters Patent were granted to me, bearing date on or about the 1st day of April, 1853 ” 779]. ‘‘ The specification of the said patent describes means by which, amongst other things, several narrow or other breadths of fabric may be produced at the same time, and my present improve- ments consist in part in adaptations to and modifications of the working of such arrangement of parts, so that fringes may be produced from the weft threads in spaces between narrow and other breadths of fabrics. And also the present improvements relate to the production of velvet and other pile surface in ornamental pattern or otherwise upon such fringe fabrics, and also upon other fabrics produced by means such as mentioned in the specification referred to.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 22.— 2048. COLLIER, George, and THORNTON, SAMUEL.^These im- provements relate to looms for weaving. The patentees say, — “ Our improvements relate, firstly, to a method of working the ‘‘ shafts of looms for making the shed, and of retaining any number of them in an upward or downward position until required to be shifted. This part of our invention consists in the employment of a series of cams cr tappets capable of being W. L L WEAVING. 5:^0 “ shifted around their centres at intervals so as to operate upon the shaft, such shifting being accomplished at required intervals through the agency of an endless chain of links, cards, or other such apparatus.’’ Secondly, our invention relates to the taking-up motion of looms. To efPect this we place a weighted rod in contact with the cloth between the breast beam and work roller; this rod, being kept back by the tension of the woven fabric, prevents by suitable connections the driving click from operating; but “ when a certain amount of work has been produced, then the slackening thereof will allow the rod to move backward, and “ the driving click connected thereto will come within range of the taking-up ratchet wheel. Thirdly, our invention relates to an improvement upon a method of letting ofP the warp of looms for which Letters Patent were granted to John Mason and George Collier, dated 26th March, 1849 [N® 12,535]. In the specification of that patent the yarn was caused to operate by its tension upon a lever turning upon centres, the extremity of which lever was situated “ above the centre of motion. We have found that an improve- “ ment may be efiPected by so arranging the apparatus that the part thereof furthest removed from the centre of motion shall be below it. The fourth point of novelty also refers to an improvement upon the looms specified under the aforesaid patent of John Mason and George Collier, and consists in a method of holding up the shafts to form a continued shed. According to the former method this was accomplished by causing them to rest upon the jacks. The present invention consists in the application of catches applied for that purpose, and which receive them when required. These catches may be caused to release the shafts by hand in order to bring them level. ‘‘ The fifth point of novelty in our improvement also relates to the patent aforesaid of John Mason and George Collier. “ According to the specification thereof the shafts were mounted upon rods which moved vertically in fixed guides. We use the said rods, but place them in guides capable of being moved in ‘‘ slots, so as to separate the shafts when desired. We also mount the shafts in sockets capable of being adjusted upward or downward upon the rods.” [Printed, 9d, Drawings.] WEAVING. 531 A.D. 1854, September 28.— N° 2083. SIMPSON, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — "^An im- provement in the manufacture of printers’ blankets.” The improvement consists in the ‘^employment of a worsted warp “ instead of the ordinary wool warp, the weft of the cloth being “ of wool as usual.” [Printed, Zd. No Drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 28.— N^ 2087. CRUX, George. — The patentee says,— “ My invention relates “ to bonnets, or similar coverings for the head, made of woven “ fabrics, and consists, — “ Firstly, in producing the outline of the article during the “ production of the fabric. To this end I use a loom so arranged “ as to manufacture a quilted or toilet fabric, and I so regulate “ the movement of the threads that the required shape is defined “ ready to be cut out and made up. “ Secondly, in a method of producing devices upon fabrics “ intended for bonnets, &c., which are effected by hand stitching. “To this end 1 employ a loom as now used for the production of “ quiltings, toilet covers, &c., and effect thereby the weaving of “ raised stripes and other devices ; and in order to obtain a smooth “ back to the fabric I use three sets of warps, one of them being “ employed for that purpose. These several points may be com- “ bined for the production of one article.” [Printed, 5cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, September 30. — N° 2098. BRADBURY, James, aud BRADBURY, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventors say, — “ Our improvements apply, “ first, to the hand-loom, wherein piled goods are woven upon “ double grounds. The novelties consist in the adaptation of “ tappets for the purpose of working the healds as well as com- “ municating motion at the same time and from the same source “ to the winding-on roller.” “ Our improvements, secondly, apply to the production of the “ pile of such goods as are woven on double grounds ; for this “ purpose we employ an apparatus or machine of particular con- “ struction. We first roll the goods to be operated upon on a roller E L 2 532 WEAVING. beam and place it horizontally in a framing above the roller beam, A longitudinal bar extends the entire length of the framing. This bar forms a guide and causes the fabric always to present itself in a suitable position to be operated upon, whatever the diameter of the roll on the beam. Above this guide rod are two guage plates (capable of being regulated by screws at each end to any count), and between these the fabric is passed ; it is then secured ‘‘ to two drawing or winding-on rollers, one on each side of the guage plates. On the surface of each of these winding-on rollers ‘‘ a small longitudinal mortice is sunk for the purpose of receiving a wire woven into each ground. At the commencement of the weaving of the piled. fabric, above the centre of the opening between the guage plates, the knife is carried and may be driven with the aid of a connecting rod and crank directly from the driving shaft, or otherwise as may appear most convenient for the steadying of the knife. We employ at the upper part of the machine two longitudinal guide rods as well as a surface plate (all extending the entire length of the machine or apparatus), on which the carriage of the knife runs. On one side of each guage plate we secure self-regulating sharpening stones, through which the knife passes at each traverse. The miotion is com- municated to the winding-on rollers by a worm and wheel and suitable gear, or any other mechanical equivalent, simultaneously with the reciprocating motion, which is given to the knife from the crank and connecting rod.” [Printed, Sd. 'No drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 2.— N" 2108. COOK, WiLLTAM Woods. — This invention ‘^relates to an im- “ proved method of weaving two bodies of corded cloth at the same time, being connected only at the selvages, and so ar- ranged that the thick or corded part of the face cloth shall not be woven opposite the thick or corded part of the back cloth, that is to say, there shall always be a plain part of one cloth opposite the thick or corded part of the other, and vice versa.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 2.— 2111. DURAND, Francois. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention relates to looms for weaving, and consists in a method of WEAVING. 533 actuating the shuttles by means of magnets attached to shafts placed under the shuttles. Small plates of steel are fixed to the under side of the shuttles for the purpose of attracting them to the magnets. [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 3.— N« 2124. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James.— Im- provements in apparatus used when weaving piled fabrics by the aid of wires.” This invention consists, first, of apparatus for introducing “ flat wires into fabrics when made with warp and weft, and also when made by looping warps ; and, secondly, the invention consists of apparatus for drawing out the wire from the fabrics. The apparatus for introducing flat wires is applicable in those looms and warp machines where the wires are introduced and dropped across the w^arp from a suitable trough or holder without moving the wire across from selvage to selvage of the warp, as has usually been the case, except in the machinery described by us in the specification of a former patent, and the present improvements consist of employing two arms with grooves in them corresponding with the flat wires, and such arms are caused to move under the hopper or holder of the “ wires and to receive one wire in the grooves, the arms are then “ caused to move back, carrying the wire between the warps, and they hold the wire till it is fixed in the fabric ; the arms then descend from the wire and they are again moved to the hopper or holder to receive another wire. The second part of the invention consists of the application of a sliding nipping apparatus (peculiarly formed and combined) to one side of a loom or warp machine, which nipping apparatus is caused to be constantly moved to and from the selvage of the fabric, the nipping parts being open when they come up to the selvage, and closed as they depart therefrom. The nipping apparatus consists of a fixed part, which, in going up to the selvage of the fabric, passes under the last wire, and there is a guage on such fixed part of the nipper against which the last “ wire comes. The moveable nipping surface is a lever, and moves on an axis near one end, and it has a tendency to remain “ open, hut when about to move back, a cam or inclined surface 534 WEAVING. is caused to press on an incline at the back so as to press it down and tightly hold a wire or wires between the nipping surfaces till the apparatus arrives at the end of its course, when the cam or inclined surface is again moved so as to release the move- “ able part of the nipping apparatus, which causes the nipping apparatus to let go of the wire.” [Printed, 2s. 4c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 5.— N« 2143. COLLIER, George. — This invention relates to the manufacture of carpets and other terry fabrics, and consists in an arrangement of machinery whereby the same instrument or apparatus is caused to insert and to withdraw terry wires, whereby also the wire last introduced is held, and whereby the wire next the breast beam is moved a distance to facilitate the withdrawing the same by the wire carrier.” [Printed 5s. 8d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 5.— 2148. DURAND, Francois. — Certain improvements in circular looms.” The improvements consist, — “ First, in mechanical arrangements of a circular loom, whereby “ the weft threads cross the warp threads by means of a con- tinuous circular motion. Secondly, in a system of pass thread readers, with or without a shuttle, and acting as an endless or intermittent weft. Thirdly, in the construction of a weft needle carrier, to vary the colors and form the design. Fourthly, in a new needle knife carrier, to cut mechanically plain velvet or only alternate parts of velvet on tissue. Fifthly^ in mechanical arrangements for constructing a guipeur twisting hook.” In this loom the weft threads are passed through holes formed in the extremities of needles, which furnish the w'eft to the “ pass thread reader,” which carries it through the shed of the warp. [Printed, 2s. 2d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 12.— N° 2184. HOOD, Joseph. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This inven- tion relates to a mode of applying the ordinary jacquard machine. WEAVING. t5o5 or a modification -thereof, to the lappet class of loom, for the purpose of producing the pattern formed by the whip threads.’’ The several details of this invention may he variously mo di- “ fied ; the essential feature of the invention in all cases, however, being the causing of the pikes of the needle frames to work amongst a series of wires, and in spaces formed by the action of ‘‘ a jacquard machine in lifting or shifting certain of the wires.” [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 12.— N« 2185. PARKER, Alexander. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^This invention relates to various kinds of figure weaving, and is applicable under suitable modifications to harness and lappet looms. In harness looms, the contrivances comprehended in the present invention are to be employed instead of the ordinary “ jacquard mechanism, or in combination with a part thereof. According to one modification of the invention, the harness threads are attached to needles or wires arranged in a row in “ any convenient position at a convenient distance ; below these wires the threads have knots formed upon them, and they are passed through holes in a draught board, these holes being something like key-holes in shape, and consisting of slits through which the knots on the harness threads cannot pass, combined with larger apertures through which the knots can pass. The action of the wires above causes some of the threads to lie in the slits in the draught board, and some of them to be in the larger apertures, so that on the draught board being raised, it “ only lifts those harness threads which are in the slits, the knots of the others passing through the larger holes. The wires are acted upon by a sheet or cylinder of any suitable material, upon which the pattern is produced, in such a manner that the wires "" or needles will pass through the material at some parts, whilst ‘‘ they will not be able to do so at others.” [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 13.— N« 21.90. DOBSON, Arthur. — This invention relates to looms for weaving. The patentee says, — My improvements consist in giving a “ positive motion to the vibrating rail of a loom from the tappet or other shaft which gives motion to the heddles. The vibration 536 WEAVING. of the rail has hitherto generally been effected by the tension of the warp, which is counterbalanced by a spring or weight. The object of my invention is to render the action of the vibrating rail more efficacious. One mode of carrying my invention into operation is by a tappet on the tappet shaft acting on a lever, which is connected to a lever fixed on the fulcrum shaft of the vibrator ; this tappet depresses the lever and the vibrating rail when the shed is closed, and the lever and vibrating rail are raised by a spring when the shed is opened. “ The rising of the vibrating rail being at all times equal to the opening of the shed keeps the warp at a uniform tension. In “ addition to the vibrating rail, I place a shaft between the fulcrum shaft and the vibrating rail ; a cross rail, lined below with vulcanized india-rubber or other suitable material, is supported in spring boxes above this intermediate shaft. This cross rail is pressed on to the warp when the shed is opened to secure and ‘‘ hold the warp. When the shed is closed the intermediate shaft is depressed, thereby setting the warp free to be drawn forward in the usual manner. I also propose in some cases to work the vibrating rail by an excentric on the crank shaft.’^ [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 19.— 2235. NICOLL, Benjamin. — The patentee says, — These improve- ments consist in a novel and peculiar mode of manufacturing the fronts of shirts, so as to combine two qualities of linen of “ different degrees of texture in one and the same piece of material.” “ I manufacture linen in stripes of the width which the plaits or exposed parts of the shirt front are required to be, and these plaits or exposed parts I make of very fine linen, whilst those parts or stripes of the shirt front which are between and underneath the fine stripes, and which are not exposed to view, I make of coarser linen.” And it is this novel and peculiar mode of manufacturing the fronts of shirts, by making the material of different degrees of texture, which constitutes this inv^ention of improvements in shirt fronts.” [Printed, 8d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 23.— 2256. MADDOX, John, GARDNER, Edward, and GREEN, George Dyer. — This invention has for its object the weaving WEAVING. 537 of fringes in comparatively narrow spaces in a loom to what have hitherto been required for weaving like widths of fringes, the weft which forms the fringe in each case being acted on by adjustable instruments, so as to be capable of being set or adjusted for varying the width of fringe produced, and thus to admit of weaving various widths of fringe at different times in “ the same spaces in the loom. For this purpose the warps for two pieces of fringe are arranged side by side at a short distance “ apart, and several pairs of such warps are so arranged in number according to the width of the loom employed. Each shuttle carries the weft to weave two pieces of fringe, which are after- wards divided by cutting through the weft threads which con- nect them together, as is well understood. The width of fringe to each pair of warps is governed by the action of an adjustable instrument or pusher (there being one of such instruments to “ each pair of warps), in connection with a frame which receives a “ to-and-fro movement by means of cords and pullies, connected to a lever arm fixed to the batten, or in any other convenient ‘‘ manner. After each weft is thrown across, the instrument or pusher moves, and by taking hold of or pressing against the weft thread, carries it with it, so as to extend the quantity thereof between the warp thread to such an extent as the width of fringe may require.” [Printed, Is. Zd, Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 25.— N° 2279. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from M. Poivret.) — This invention relates to an improved arrangement of circular looms for producing knitted or looped fabrics.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 27.— N° 2290. TURNER, John, HOLDSWORTH, Benjamin, and HARTLEY, Robert. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements relate to power looms. The inventors say, — Our “ improvements relate to those power looms wherein small check straps are employed at each end of the slay or lathe, such check straps acting upon spindles, and having at their centre a small button, working in a grooved bracket fastened to the side of the lathe or slay, which allows it to move about 538 WEAVING. an inch each way before confining its action. In our improve- ments we employ a bracket, secured to the side of the slay, as well as a check strap, furnished in the middle with a button or stop, and working between the cheeks of the bracket on a small spindle ; but the peculiar novelty of our invention consists in the application of a friction plate beneath the button of the check strap, and acting upwards and against it by means of springs.” [Printed, '6d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 30.— N« 2306. CHAPUIS, Pierre Benoit. — (Partly a communication.) — “ This invention has for its object so to form harness for weaving purposes that the same leaf or set of harness may be used at difPerent times with the same number of warp for weaving dif- ferent widths of fabrics, and consists of combining the parts of a set of harness by weaving them together at top and bottom, and in such manner as to be run on to the top and bottom cords, by which means a leaf or set of harness may at one time be used at its greatest width, and at other times at reduced widths, by puckering up the woven parts of the harness on the top .and bottom cords. In such cases a different reed is used according to the width of fabric.” [Printed, %d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, October 31.— 2313. VORSTER, Charles. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ Im- provements in the manufacture of ribbons.” The patentee says, — Instead of weaving the textile fabrics intended for ribbons in two or more colours, as heretofore done, I use woven fabrics or felt in the piece, or of the collective breadths of many ribbons, and print or otherwise provide them by means of print- “ ing blocks, cylinders, or other convenient means, with pattern or designs in two or more colors ; this being done, the goods maybe further ornamented by pressing, stamping, or punching. When the desired design has been produced on the fabric, the latter is then cut into ribbons of a breadth corresponding with the pattern.” [Printed, od. No drawings.] WEAVING. 539 A.D. 1854, November l.-N" 2324. BRINTON, Henry, jun., and SMITH, Richard.— (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in the manufacture of carpets, hearth-rugs, and other like fabrics.” This invention consists in the use of two or more beams of warp, one of which revolves faster than the other or others, the objects being to form a double back, and bring up a top shute. The tufts or takes (of whatever material the surface of the fabric desired to be produced may be formed) are set and bound upon the bottom shute; the top shute is then brought up “ between the rows of the tufts or takes, thereby supporting them both back and front. The warp thread or threads that work or pass over the upper shute support the tufts or takes on either side.” [Printed, ^d. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, November 3.— N« 2329. WALMSLEY, Henry, and DAY, John. — ^‘ Improvements in “ looms.” The patentees say, — Our invention relates to im- provements in the motion or process technically called picking.” Instead of the usual picking leathers, spindles, springs, or picking bands, w^ fix an angular lever, either cranked laterally or straight in the lower limb, which lever will be thrown into motion by the tappet shaft, and is brought to bear directly on the horizontal or lower limb upon the picking stick socket, and is thereby moved. We also use a double sided or jawed swivel, “ carrying the picking stick socket, which double sided swivel works upon a cast-iron stud firmly bolted to the loom, and is thereby independent of the swing rail.” [Printed, \ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, November 3.— N° 2335. ATHERTON, James, and KINLOCK, John.— “This invention “ relates to various novel modifications and arrangements of “ machinery of the kind which is technically known as the ^ tape- “ ^ sizeing machine.^ ” In the new arrangements “ the squeezing “ rollers, the rotatory brushes, and the traction rollers in front of “ the drying cylinders ” are actuated by gearing, “ so as to take 540 WEAVING. ofp all strain from the yarn.’^ “ The crude and undressed yarn is uncoiled or wound off from the yarn beams, prior to the dressing action coming into play, by means of gearing.” ‘‘ This arrangement is employed for the purpose of ensuring uniform delivery from the entire series of beams.” ‘‘ When the yarn is finished it is wound upon the weaver’s beam by the agency of a frictional motion. This frictional motion is similar to that “ already in use for winding the yarn on to the beam in the ordi- nary dressing frame.” The patentees also employ another mode of winding the finished yarn on to the weaver’s beams, which is by the agency of a frictional driving roller or pulley, having the same surface velocity as the unsized warp beams, and acting upon the surface of the warp as wound upon the beam.” For the purpose of securing an accurate measurement of the quantity of yarn required on each beam for the sizeing or dressing machine, an apparatus is arranged, in connection with the warp- ing mill, to enable the attendant to determine exactly on the “ amount delivered. A worm on the end of the measuring roller of the warping mill drives a wheel, the horizontal shaft of which carries a bevil wheel geared with a vertical shaft. The lower ‘‘ end of this shaft has upon it a worm driving a wheel parallel to the side of the machine, and carrying a bevil wheel working a “ horizontal shaft, which has upon it a finger or stud. This stud acts upon a weight or pendant lever, which being raised by the stud, slips or tumbles when a certain length of yarn has been put upon the beam. The pendant lever comes in contact with an upright lever, and a spring then acts upon the strap fork, and stops the mill. This gearing is so arranged that the teeth in the first wheel, acted upon by the first worm, denote the number of yards in each ^ cut and the second wheel, in connection with “ the second worm, denotes the number of ^cuts.’ When this last wheel has made one revolution the mill is stopped, as herein- before described. An indicator is also employed to show the workman the quantity of cuts which has been put on the beam, in case more are required to be put in than is denoted by one revolution of the wheel. This indicator is worked by means of a worm on the horizontal shaft, which has the stud or finger upon it. This worm works a wheel at the bottom of an upright shaft, at the top of which is the disc plate.” [Printed, Is. 2d, Drawings.] WEAVING. 541 A.D. 1854, November 15.— N° 2415. CHEVRON, Jean Marie, and DE ROULET, Charles Victor Frederic. — ^^Improvements in machinery for manu- ‘‘ facturing textile fabrics.” The patentees say, — Our said invention consists of a combination of machinery or apparatus for weaving or manufacturing a cloth or fabric made with two “ or more warps (one of which we call the fixed or foundation warp, and the other or others the floating warp), the floating warp threads being used to form an external facing to one side of the fabric, covering the foundation warp threads more or less, as the fabric may be more or less closely woven. “ The loom or apparatus which we have invented for manufac- “ turiiig a cloth or fabric of this description is furnished with a “ beam or roller mounted at the back part of the loom, and con- “ taining the foundation warp wound upon it ; and from this roller “ the threads of that warp are unrolled or drawn off in the usual way as the weaving of the cloth or fabric proceeds.” Above the foundation warp we place a frame (which we call a rocking frame), mounted upon pins or bearings at each side, in such “ manner in such a position that the front of the frame may be “ capable of being depressed down upon the foundation warp at a ‘‘ place immediately behind the teeth of the transverse bar comb, or nearly so. Upon the rocking frame, and at or near to the “ back of it, is mounted a roller or beam, containing the floating warp threads wound upon it.” ‘‘The rocking frame above “ described has motion given to it either by treddles or any other “ convenient means, and it is mounted so as to be capable not “ only of a rocking motion, in order that the front bar of the frame “ may from time to time be brought down upon the foundation “ warp and again raised, but also of lateral motion, so that the “ floating warp threads may from time to time, by means of such “ motion (to the one side or the other), be placed immediately “ above the spaces between the foundation warp threads, between “ which portions of the floating warp threads are to be depressed “ or passed, upon the descent of the front of the rocking frame, “ for the purpose of forming a shed through which the shuttle is “ to pass.” [Printed, Is , ^ d . Drawings.] 542 WEAVING. A.D. 1854, November 15.— N^ 2423. BUCHANAN, James, — ‘^Improvements in the manufacture of “ heddles or healds for weaving.^’ “This invention relates to “ some extent to certain arrangements of machinery for which “ Letters Patent for England were granted to David Anderson “ and James Berrie,” dated March 25th, A.D. 1835 [N° 6798]. The present invention “ consists of various modifications whereby “ the original machinery is rendered more fully available for the “ manufacture of heddles or healds, as well as of other improved “ details, wholly new. The machinery employed for the manufac- “ ture of heddles or healds, according to this process, consists of “ a light frame, on which is fitted up a rotatory apparatus, carry- “ ing bobbins of thread or yarn, for the purpose of forming the “ heddles or healds, in conjunction with other threads or yarns, “ manipulated by the attendant for aiding in the tyeing or knotting “ up of the threads. In the original form of machine the rotatory “ shaft carrying the yarn bobbins or holders was actuated by a “ treadle and fly-wheel movement ; but in the new arrangement “ this shaft, together with the whole of the mechanically actuated “ details, is driven by power from a continuous mover, a belt and “ pulley or other convenient movement being adopted for the “ necessary engagement and disengagement of the driving and “ driven parts.’’ “ A continuous and simultaneously progressive “ movement is also given to the backing or rib cords by the agency “ of toothed gearing.” “ In the new plan the use of worm wheel “ gearing renders the action certain, whilst the dividing off is “ always perfectly regular. A change wheel contrivance is also “ adopted for regulating the number of loops or splits in a given “ length of heald, so that the fineness or coarseness of the porter, “ and likewise of the count, may be varied by the mere substitu- “ tion of a wheel. The sliding frame for securing the attachment “ of the heald yarn at the place of contact with the rib cord, either “ by a series of stitches other contrivance, is actuated intermit- “ tently by a rotating cam shaft. The tensional action on the “ backing or rib cord may be kept up by the adoption of an india- “ rubber or other elastic medium, between which and a flat surface “ the cord passes.” [Printed, 1 s. 4<^. Drawings.] WEAVING. 543 A.D. 1854, November I?.— N° 2433. WILSON, Joseph. — This invention relates to the weaving or ‘‘ manufacturing of printed warps for the production of both Toop’ and ^ cut pile ’ figured fabrics.^’ The principal feature of novelty in this invention consists in dividing and alternately entering the printed figure warp through two or more headles, which are worked sejTarately or in succession. [Printed, 8c?. Drawings,] A.D. 1854, November 20.— N« 2450. GUMMING, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- ments in looms for weaving.” This invention relates to a series of contrivances, more particularly applicable for weaving, in a circle or continuously, by means of a shuttle or shuttles “ travelling round a warp or warps arranged in a circle, whilst at “ the same time the arrangements may be so modified as to render them suitable for weaving with a reciprocating shuttle, the ‘‘ line of traverse of the shuttle being either partially circular or rectilinear. According to one modification of the apparatus for circular weaving, the warp is drawn off beams or bobbins placed near the bottom of the framing, and it passes up vertically, the woven fabric being delivered upwards from the top of the ma- chine. The she4 is formed by means of horizontal heddles arranged in sections round the machine, each section being acted on in succession by a central cam revolving on a vertical axis. The weft threads of the fabric are beaten up by a series of dents or flat wires, which take the place of the reed, as in the ordinary loom. These beating-up dents are arranged radially and horizontally, and are guided vertically by an inner and outer annular reed, arranged with the dents vertical. These beater dents also serve to conduct or propel the shuttle round “ through the shed, the shuttle running on wheels along the top of the dents. In the weaving action the beater dents sink in front of the shuttle, whilst the dents immediately behind the shuttle rise, so that the shuttle is, as it were, constantly running “ down an inclined plane, whilst the dents rising behind it, as it “ proceeds along, beat up the weft thread as it is laid along the shed by the shuttle. The action of the shuttle may be assisted 344 WEAVING. by means of a magnet.” Instead of forming the shed by means of heddles, as herein-before described^ it may be formed by means of the beater dents themselves, the heddles being dis- pensed with. In effecting this, the warp threads are passed “ through eyes in the dents, or are otherwise connected to them, and a horizontal movement is given to the dents in order to produce the shed.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, November 22.— N° 2465 JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication.) — ^This inven- tion relates to improvements in the “ construction and arrangement of looms for weaving double piled goods or fabrics.” A transverse shaft situated near the upper portion of the loom ‘‘ gives all the requisite movements for the jacquard mechanism, and works also the dandy or straight warp heddles. This shaft receives its motion from the second motion shaft below, to which it is connected by a connecting rod and lever arm.” The straight and ground yarn beams are arranged at the back of the loom in pairs, above each other, in suitable supports. The straight and ground yarn from the lower beams pass over a guide roller before entering the harness, and the corresponding yarns from the upper beams pass underneath a similar guide roller. The bobbin frames are made Twice the length of the ordinary frames, and contain double the number of bobbins in each frame, the yarn employed being about half the bulk in thickness of the ordinary carpet yarns, whether such be used in one or more threads. The knife for cutting the pile or dividing the double fabric consists of one or more blades, attached to an endless band or chain, working in front of the fabric, as it is taken up by the take-up rollers. As the blade or blades are traversed along, they are made to rub against a sharpening stone or emery buff, fitted to a fixed portion of the loom. The suspension and trap boards are worked by means of toothed segments taking into racks on the lower ends of the supports of such board, the requisite inclination being obtained “ by a tail piece fixed to the ends of the boards, which work in an inclined slot. A board is situated on the top of the weights of the harness, or on knots formed on the cords of the same, by WEAVING. 545 which means the cords of the harness are brought down by the ‘‘ weight of the board, and adjust the knots for the trapboard. The jacquard cylinder is actuated by an inverted T-lever, which receives its motion from cams on the third motion shaft. The ‘‘ ^ dandy’ or straight warp headdles are connected by chains or cords with segments fast on the shaft, which actuates the “ jacquard mechanism. By a peculiar arrangement of the long eyes of the jacquard needles, a greater number of threads are acted upon by a smaller proportionate number of needles than has hitherto been employed. The ground warp headdles are hung from ^ jacks,’ and are connected to long ^ cams ’ or levers, beneath which “ ‘ cams ’ they are connected with treaddles, and actuated by cams “ on the third motion shaft. To obtain the requisite tension of the figure warp, each thread is passed round a wire fixed behind its bobbin ; the thread is then brought forward over the top of the bobbin again, and passed through a ring on a small weight suspended thereto. The tension of the ^ dandy ’ or straight warps is obtained from a pair of levers, which are connected to friction cords or chains wound round the ends of the beams ; these levers are pressed down, and consequently tighten the friction cords by a bent lever, which comes into action at every “ stroke of the slay sword by the aid of suitable tappets or cams. The figure warp is guided from the bobbin frames to the harness by having each thread passed through a perforated board, comb bar, or reed. The filling or binding weft is held until the slag “ reaches the fell by the aid of vertical levers working on centres on the slay swords ; these levers press the weft threads into two or more interstices or slots, formed similar to a ^ griddle ’ on an ordinary loom. ^‘llie shuttles are thrown by suitable picking-sticks, actuated by a cam which gives motion to a treaddle, upon which is fixed a stud, which is brought to bear upon a spring at the time that the shuttle is to be thrown. The spring comes into action the instant the cam has released the treaddle, and the shuttle is “ thrown by the agency or force of the spring alone. The tread- ‘‘ dies are connected with the picking-sticks by straps passed over “ guide pulleys. In order to stop the shuttle on arriving at the “ shuttle-box, a metal thimble is fixed in the box, into which ‘‘ thimble the end of the shuttle enters. The parting wires are 'NV. M M 546 WEAVING. made mucli longer than ordinary, and are bent down at the "" back to a holding shaft or rod below all the warp threads, and they are further held secure by being passed through a fixed "" treaddle. The take-up rollers are driven by a series of spur wheels and pinions, actuated by a ratchet wheel and pall, the latter being fitted on to the lower end of one of the slay swords. "" A detent is employed for holding the ratchet wheel steady between the strokes of the slay. The apparatus for drawing back the weft from the fell of the cloth consists of a vertical lever, which works on a centre at the lower end of the slay sword ; the upper end of this lever enters a conical or tapered slot or "" recess in the slay just before it strikes the fell, and as the weft thread is held between the lever and the recess,- it follows that it “ will be drawn back a short distance when the slay recedes, thereby facilitating its subsequent tightening, and consequently "" forming a better selvage."’ The upper half of the double fabric when cut forms an entirely new description of goods, inasmuch as the figure warp “ is raised twice therein by the jacquard.” In the upper fabric another novel feature presents itself also, which is, that it con- tains no running figure warp whatever, the only figure warp "" contained therein being that which is thrown up as pile to form the pattern.” The new ‘ fabrication ’ of the upper and lower fabrics consists in throwing a greater number of shoots than heretofore in piled good, and also in a different combination of the warp and filling weft, by which a firmer and closer class of goods is produced than heretofore.’" [Printed, Is. 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, November 23. — N° 2474. COLLIER, George.— This invention relates to the manufacture of mohair plush, and consists in singeing the mohair yarn that ‘‘ is used for the warp, and by this means the long loose hairs “ (v/hich are so detrimental to the weaving, and especially when woven by power,) are burnt off the thread without injury to the yarn, and the weaving proceeds with perfect ease, as though fine worsted, and not mohair yarns, were employed.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] WEAVING. 547 A.D. 1854, November 23.— N° 2475. COLLIER, George. — Certain improvements in the manufac- “ ture of pile fabrics and other weavings.’^ These improvements consist in giving to pile wires, used in looms longitudinally of the fabric, and having knife edges formed on or affixed thereto, to cut open the pile loops formed upon them, a quick recipro- “ eating motion in the direction of their length, by which a more “ sudden and cleaner cut will be obtained.” Also, when employing pile wires transversely of the fabric, in means for conducting their points, as withdrawn from the fabric, into position for re-entering the open shed. A spring, or it may be a finger or lever, is caused to press against each “ wire near its point when withdrawn from the fabric, and aided by a guide and stop, to move the point of the wire into position for correctly entering the open shed ; and if the wire fails to be withdrawn, the finger or lever that presses the wire forward to the open shed is made to come into contact with a stop rod, which immediately stops the loom. Also, in forming the reeds, especially such as require very fine and close dents, with certain of the dents fixed only at one of their ends, the other dents of the reed being fixed in the ordinary manner at both ends.” The improvements also relate to a novel arrangement of self- “ acting temple. The distending points are fixed to a pair of bars or rods, whose stems are formed with racks taken into by the teeth of a pinion ; or the two bars or rods carrying the dis- tending points are otherwise connected together in such manner, “ that whatever inward or outward motion is given to one bar or rod of pins, in order to effect the distension of the fabric, is also in like manner given to the other. The distending movement to the bars of points is governed by a cam or tappet, causing a driver or catch to act upon the teeth of a ratchet wheel in con- “ nection with a cam or tappet wheel, which by suitable con- nections communicates movement to such transverse bars of distending points.” [Printed, 3s. 5cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, November 24. — N” 2484. WILLAN, Robert, and MILLS, Daniel. — ‘^Improvements in “ looms.” The patentees say, — “ Our invention relates, firstly, to mm2 548 WEAVING. that part of the loom called the shuttle box, and consists of making it of any suitable metal, instead of wood, as heretofore, and of making a slide or groove in each side of the box, so that a small carriage will slide in the said grooves to and fro, as each pick is made. Through the said carriage we pass a piece of leather thong, or similar substance, so as to form a loop underneath it. As the said carriage slides in the grooves above the shuttle, when the shuttle enters the box the point of it will pass through the loop, which will then press against the shoulder or thick part of the shuttle, and act as a partial stopper to prevent the shuttle rebounding.’^ “ Secondly, in the employment of a lug or projection on the fly wheel, and also on the break, so placed that they come in con- tact when the break is in action, in order to cause a positive stop, and oblige the shuttle always to be in one of the boxes when the loom is at rest.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A:D. 1854, November 25. — N*^ 2493. HENDERSON, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘"Im- ‘‘ provements in the manufacture of carpets.” This invention consists, in the first place, in the application of the fabric, herein- after first descril^ed, to printed or parti-coloured warps ; and in the second place, in the manufacture of the fabric herein-after secondly described. The first fabric is produced by dividing “ the printed surface warp into two or more equal parts, which different parts work each in a separate leaf of heddles. Thus, if the printed surface warp is divided into two parts. No. 1 ‘‘ thread is inserted in No. 1 leaf of heddles. No. 2 thread in the second leaf. No. 3 in the first. No. 4 in the second, and so on, over the whole breadth, each alternate thread being inserted in the same leaf of heddles.” ‘^Having proceeded thus far, the first half, third, fourth, or whatever part the surface warp is ‘‘ divided into, is kept raised, and all the other parts of it lowered ; the wire is then inserted, and the first part (which was kept raised) is taken down over it, and fixed there by the weft shots intersecting the binding chain; No. 2 part of the warp is then “ raised (all other parts being kept lowered), and undergoes the same process as the first part, and so on, till all the different parts of the waiq) are gone over, when the first part is again ‘‘ proceeded v/ith as before. WEAVING. 549 The second fabric is the same as the former^ as regards the “ dividing of the printed surface warp, but differs when it comes “ to the actual weaving and make of it. Instead of any part or parts of the surface warp being taken down, and the wire inserted between the part left up and the part or parts taken down, the wire is inserted below the whole printed surface warp ; then No. 1 part of the warp is taken down over the wire, “ and fixed there by the weft shots intersecting the binding chain; it is again raised, and No. 2 part of the warp is taken down over another wire, inserted below the whole surface warp, and fixed in the same manner as No. 1 part, and so on, with all the dif- ferent parts of the warp, when No. 1 part is again proceeded with as before.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, November 27.— N" 2500. LEVEY, Charles. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- “ ments in weaving bags and tubular fabrics.” This invention consists of simultaneously working two shuttles when weaving bags and other tubular fabrics. For this purpose the loom is constructed and the harness arranged in such manner *as to open two sheds in the two warps at the same time, and the two “ shuttles are simultaneously thrown through the two sheds so opened. The shuttle boxes are arranged to rise and fall in such manner as to bring the respective shuttles into position for passing through the upper and under sheds alternately, so that a shuttle having been thrown across through the upper shed at ‘‘ one movement, it is in its next movement caused to fall through ‘‘ the lower shed. The ends of the bags or fabrics may be closed at “ intervals, and all the warps woven solid, or the ends may be sewed after the fabrics come out of the loom.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 4. — N° 2546. SHAW, Robert. — This invention consists in an improved com- bination of machinery for releasing or allowing the warp in power looms to unrol as it is woven. To the warp beam, or to “ a short shaft connected to it, is fixed a toothed wheel gearing into a pinion, to which is fixed a friction pulley. A cord is carried round this pulley, one end of which is fast to the frame 550 WEAVING. side or other more convenient place, and to the other end is attached a screw with an adjustable nut. This screw passes through a spring connected by a rod to the horizontal arm of the rocking frame or vibrator, which is drawn down by a spring or weight in the ordinary manner.’’ When the loom is in motion, the action of the cloth elevates the horizontal arm of the vibrator, when the rod acting on the spring eases it off the adjustable nut, thereby slackening the friction band on the “ friction pulley; the strain of the warp then turns the warp beam partly round, thereby allov/ing the horizontal arm of the vibrator to be pulled down by the weight or spring attached to it, and again tightening the cord on the friction pulley. In some cases the weight or spring of the vibrator may be dispensed “ with. These operations are repeated at every stroke of the batten, or whenever it is requisite to let off the warp.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 4. — N® 2549. RUSSELL, Francis William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to looms. The inventor says, — “The “ first part of this invention is intended to obviate or compensate “ for the increased strain which is thrown upon the yarns or “ threads forming the warp by the ^ beadles ’ or ‘ harness ’ when “ the shed is opened or separated for the passage of the shuttle. “ This object I propose to effect by allowing or causing the rollers “ or beams which support or carry either the yarn or the cloth, or “ both, to approach as much nearer to each other as the yarns are “ extended by the action of the ^headles,’ in order to equalize or “ render more uniform the strain upon the said yarns. “ The object of the second part of this invention is to give a self- “ acting and self-regulating ^ taking-up ’ motion to the roller or “ beam upon which the cloth is wound as it is woven, in order to “ secure the uniform advance of the cloth, and also to give a self- “ acting and self-regulating ^ delivery ’ motion to the yarn beam “ or roller, which 1 propose to effect by means of two parallel “ circular plates or discs, revolving on the same centre, and “ actuating small rollers by friction of contact. These rollers are “ regulated by a self-acting screw or ratchet, and may be made to “ move nearer to or further from the centres of the circular plates “ or discs, in order to decrease or increase their relative Speeds. WEAVING. 551 The third part of this invention is intended to compensate for “ the want of elasticity in flax yarns by imparting the requisite elasticity to the loom, to the carriages or bearings of the rollers or beams, or to the rollers or supports of the yarn or the cloth. This object is to be effected either by means of steel or india- “ rubber springs, or by tubes filled with confined air or water, or “ other elastic medium.” [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D, 1854, December 7 . — 25/5. CARNEY, Nathaniel B. — (Void for want of final Specifica- tion.) — This invention relates to a novel construction or arrange- ment of mechanism for circular weaving, wherein a continuous ‘‘ forward movement through the shed is given to the shuttle or shuttles. The warp threads are drawn from beams set round “ a central shaft, and after passing through eyes in sets of vertical ‘‘ warp wires, also arranged round this shaft, they are attached to a ^ shape ^ placed above the central shaft, and provided with pressing pieces, which lie one above the other, and receive the “ ends of the warp threads between them. The warp wires are “ notched to receive (severally) bolts, which secure them tem- porarily to a fixed or a moveable frame. Those which are attached to the moveable frame will be raised or depressed, so as to open the shed for the passage of the shuttle ; but those bolted to the fixed frame will remain stationary, their lifting “ frame sliding freely over them. This lift of the warp wires is effected by the rotation of a cam, which alternately raises and “ lowers the sliding frames to which the wires are temporarily “ attached. The selection of warp wires is effected by means of pattern cylinders, the projections from the periphery of which actuate (as the cylinders are slowly rotated) a series of short rocking levers. These levers, as they are severally actuated, withdrawn, or thrust forward the bolts with which they are respectively “ connected, and thereby severally lock the wire opposite to them, “ either to the fixed or moveable frame, by which means a selec- tion of wires is made similar to the operation of the jacquard apparatus. The rotation of the pattern cylinder is effected by means of clicks, which are actuated by an arrangement of cams “ and slides. The shuttles run in a circular race, and are driven 552 WEAVING. by pinions, taking into a segment rack, with which the shuttles are provided.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D, 1854, December 15.— N« 2643. TURNER, Luke. — “This invention is intended to apply to the “ manufacture of elastic fabrics only. The improvement is “ applicable to weaving looms, containing two or more tiers of “ shuttles, each tier of shuttles containing or working a difPerent “ colour or material, and the tiers of shuttles throwing the “ colours or materials -alternately ; and it consists in throwing two “ or more coloured threads, or threads of difPerent materials in the “ weft, to the surface at will.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 18.— N° 2665. HART, Thomas. — This invention relates to the construction of jacquard apparatus more particularly applicable for regulating the shifting of the shuttle boxes of looms. “ The tier of shuttle boxes is supported and raised or lowered by “ a rod, having at its lower end a slider capable of moving verti- “ cally.” “ And there are a series of catches at difPerent heights “ for supporting the slider at the difPerent elevations required.” Each shuttle has a jacquard needle corresponding to it, and the needles are so connected with the catches for supporting the slider and with the apparatus for lifting the slider, that by pushing for- ward any particular needle the slider is caused to rise or fall to the required point. Another part of the invention “is an improved construction “ of the jacquard cylinder, which moves backward and forward at “ each double shot of the loom.” Upon the axis of the cylinder is a ratchet wheel which is acted upon by a click. “The cylinder “ and its ratchet wheel are made so large as not to revolve more “ than once for each repetition of the pattern. Instead of flat “ faces, the cylinder has bars or ribs, having between them open “ spaces, corresponding in number and position with the teeth of “ the ratchet wheel, by which they are brought successively opposite “ to the needles ; and instead of using pattern cards,” “ stoppers ” are inserted “ into these spaces at the points which are brought WEAVING. 553 opposite to the needles to be pushed forward at each double ‘‘ shot of the loom.” Another part of the invention consists in a method of causing “ the rotation of the jacquard cylinder to stop and recommence when required.” This is efPected by an additional needle, which the patentee calls the disengaging needle,” and which, by causing the click that actuates the jacquard cylinder to be lifted, stops the rotation of the cylinder. The continued action of the disengaging needle causes an “ index wheel ” to rotate, on which is a pin, which at the required point causes the click that works the jac- quard cylinder to be brought again into action, and liberates the click that works the index wheel, which by means of a cord and weight is returned to its original position. [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 20. — N° 2683. DONALD, William, and HEGINBOTHAM, William.— This invention relates to a method of producing the requisite friction on the yarn beam of a power loom, so as to regulate the letting off of the warp. For this purpose a metal clip or friction strap ” is employed, ‘Svhich is made in two pieces, each piece embracing “ one-half of the yarn beam. The extremities of each piece are “ made flat, so that when placed round the yarn beam they may be connected on the one side by means of a bolt and nut, and on the other the distance between them may be adjusted by a set screw, and consequently the amount of friction requisite in power looms may be produced by either drawing the halves of the clip nearer together or widening the distance between them, as circumstances may require.” [Printed, Gd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 27. — N° 2730. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication). — These improvements relate to looms for weaving. ‘‘ The first improvement consists in an arrangement for raising and lowering the shuttle boxes, which must be divided into several sections, placed one above the other, and provided with shuttles supplied with weft of different colors, according to the ‘‘ intended pattern. These moveable shuttle boxes are connected “ by means of a lifting rod with the pin pattern wheel, so that 554 WEAVING. the shuttle boxes should be lifted or lowered precisely at the proper moment, and by this arrangement the shuttles may be brought into use in any particular order ; for instance, the last or lowermost may be operated immediately after the first without requiring any of the intermediate boxes to be brought into play. ‘^The second improvement relates to the picker and picking stick, and consists in attaching the picker permanently to the picking stick or staff in such a manner that the picker may project laterally from the staff, and enter the shuttle boxes on ‘‘ the side.^^ [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 27. — N° 2733. GUMMING, John. — (Provisional protection only). — ^^Thisin- ‘‘ vention relates to various mechanical arrangements to be used in the treatment or manufacture of woven ^oods having loose surface threads or flushings thereon, as in the example of what are known as Uappet fabrics.’” After weaving, these loose threads must be cut clear off to bring the fabric to its finished condition. To do this according to the present invention, the “ fabric, beamed upon a roller in the ordinary manner, is unwound “ from the roller, and passed in the first instance under or in contact with a stationary pile raiser. This is a bar, fixed along its edge with caoutchouc or other severely frictional material, so “ that as the fabric passes along and rubs against it, the loose threads or loops are raised up from the body of the fabric, so as “ to be the better disposed for the subsequent cutting action. After leaving this raiser, the fabric is passed over a bar, also stationary, and notched or recessed along its face, to suit the pitch or repeat of the pattern details ; the face of this bar is differentially curved or shaped, and it has projecting over it a set of correspondingly curved guide fingers, the free projecting ends of which fingers are set somewhat down into the notches on the bar beneath. As the fabric comes forward with its loose thread side uppermost, the free ends of these fingers catch the advancing loops, being so set that the body of the fabric passes clear away between the fingers and the bar, whilst the loose threads or loops are guided along and over the fingers them- selves. Each finger is slotted through longitudinally at some “ distance from its end, and over the line of fingers is set a rotatory WEAVING. 555 cutting shaft, carrying a series of cutting knives, one knife for each finger. These knives, which may be of the ordinary class “ as already in use for cutting fabrics of different kinds, are so set that the periphery of each works through a slot in a guide “ finger, and as the loose threads advance over this slot the knife “ in its rotation severs the threads. The fingers and their bar are “ so shaped that the finger ends may have facilities for accurately entering the loops, whilst a proper bagging action is secured for the production of an effective cut. After leaving this cutting action the fabric is passed onwards in contact with a rotatory shaving knife, which clears off the loose ends of the severed “ threads.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 29.— N° 2747. STANSFIELD, Ashton, and GREENWOOD, Josiah. — These improvements “ relate to that class of power looms wherein small “ check straps are provided at each end of the lathe or slay ” for the purpose of breaking or lessening the impulsive force of the “ picker.” The check straps act upon the ^ picker ’ guide wires, “ and are limited in their action to a certain extent by their being passed through the back board of the shuttle box, and held or pressed against a ‘ mid-feather ^ in the said back board by means of a spring or other suitable pressure. Thus the force of the “ ^ pick ’ is broken before the picker reaches the stud ’ on the “ shuttle box, thereby effecting a considerable saving in the ex- “ pense of pickers and picking straps, as well as in shuttles.” [Printed, M. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 29. — N® 2749. WIDNELL, Henry. — These improvements relate to “ themanu- facture of carpets and other textile fabrics.” They consist, ‘^in the first place, in printing threads or yarns in such a manner as to omit the ground colours of the pattern, which may be separately filled in as required. “ And secondly, in the adaptation and application to looms of a swinging frame with heddles working at the top, for the pur- pose of forming a shed for the weft to pass through.” The loom referred to has a frame, on the top of which are placed two beams containing warps or chains of cotton or other material. 556 WEAVING. Inside this frame works another frame on a pivot or axle in the centre, resting on the outer frame. Across the top of this inner frame the heddles are placed, through which the warp threads of one beam pass, the threads of the other beam passing through the intermediate spaces ; consequently, when the frame is moved to or fro, the warp ends which pass through the heddles are brought backwards or forwards, thereby making a ^ shed ’ through which the weft is passed.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1854, December 30.— N« 2757. MALLINSON, George, and RIDINGS, Horatio.— (Pro- visional protection only). — This invention consists in producing a double fabric, which is woven together in such wise that the weft is floated on the face of the upper fabric. These floated portions of weft may be cut asunder lengthwise of the piece to make ribbons or trimmings ; or they may be cut in suitable places to form flounces ; or they may be cut to form tassels and fringes, or other ornamental articles. This fabric is also appli- “ cable for making caps, bonnets, or other articles of wearing ‘‘ apparel.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] 1855 . A.D. 1855, January 9 . — N° 60. LAMB, John, and FAWCETT, Francis Best. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventors say, — "" Our invention, having reference to the construction and arrangement of certain me- chanical contrivances to be used in connection with the bobbin “ weight and frame in machinery for weaving Brussels carpets “ and other fabrics in which bobbins are employed, has for its “ objects, firstly, to secure the above-mentioned machinery from the derangement and injury to which it has hitherto been sub- “ ject from the weights being liable to fall to the ground upon “ the breaking of a warp thread, and, in order to remedy this defect, we cause the weight to be fastened or secured by suit- WEAVING. 557 “ able means to the frame or creel of the machinery, instead of “ being detached, according to the manner adopted in Wood’s, “ Crossley’s, and Prentice’s Patents ; the efPect of which arrange- “ ment is, that on the breaking of a warp thread the weight does “ not fall to the ground, but is kept in suspension on the end of the cord or thread when the latter has run down to its utmost length. “ Our said improvements having for their object, secondly, to “ release the warp thread from the increase of tension to which it has been hitherto subject during the descent of the weight, for the purpose of enabling it to work regularly from the beginning “ to the end of the bobbin, is performed by having the weight connected with the escapement of the machinery in such manner that the said escapement may move therewith, and produce an “ equable motion in the bobbin thread.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, January 12. — N° 85. TURNER, Christopher. — Certain improvements in power looms for weaving.” The improvements consist, firstly, in the employment of an “ occasionally shifting joint, which governs (by the aid of a weight or spring) the action of the slay.” ‘‘ Secondly, in a picking motion, which consists in the em- ployment of two levers on the tappet shaft, controlled by snails, “ so that when drawn back by the revolution of the shaft, they may contract or expand two springs, according to whatever ‘‘ arrangement may be considered desirable, either spring being ‘‘ attached to each vertical picking rod.” Thirdly, in placing the tappet shaft at the end of the treddle levers, and directly under the healds or harness. Fourthly, in fixing a spring with a stud in an upright position near to the centre of the lathe, in connection with the present “ continuous ^ check strap,’ or in lieu thereof a finger and rod actuated by the ^ swell ’ and back finger of the slay, so that when “ the shuttle is impeded or does not operate correctly, the said stud or finger will strike another stud secured to the ordinary “ weft motion lever, thus throwing off the driving strap, which consequently stops the loom. “ Fifthly, in fixing two small pulleys to the back part of the ‘‘ loom frame, so connected with the driving pulley by a strap that 658 WEAVING. the loom may be stopped in a shorter space of time than at present.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, January 12.— N« 86. HARRISON, Joseph, and ODDIE, John. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — The inventors say, — Our improvements relate to “ drying machines, or to drying yarns or threads operated upon in sizeing or dressing machines, and to a mode of boiling the size ‘‘ while it is being applied.” There are several inconveniences in applying steam to this purpose, as well as objections.” The object of our improvements is to remedy these inconveniences ‘‘ and objections, as well as efiPect an economy in the cost of the process, which we propose to accomplish by the application of heat (arising from combustion) or heated air, or the heated pro- ducts of combustion. The material which we believe to be most economical and conveniently applied to efPect this purpose is coal or other inflammable gas.” The size may be boiled by the combustion of jets of gas arranged under the box which contains it. The temperatures of the vessels may be regulated by in- creasing or diminishing the consumption of gas, or by increasing or diminishing the supply of hot or cold air, and it maybe ascertained by thermometers, which may be arranged with a “ piston acting upon apparatus, connected with valves, so as to increase or diminish the supply of gas, or hot or cold air, ac- cording to the decrease or increase of temperature registered by the thermometer, and by this means the temperature will be self-regulating. Our invention also consists in arranging drying apparatus so that it may be covered in by cases or boxes (which may be made non-conducting) to exclude them from the con- densing action of the atmosphere ; or it consists in an arrange- ‘‘ ment of a series of rollers, over and under which the yarn to be dried is made to pass, so as to expose as large an amount of yarn as required in as small a space as possible to a drying action, the series of rollers being covered over, to prevent as far as pos- sible the condensing action of the atmosphere, by moveable cases or boxes, the air in the interior of which being made and kept hot by hot air injected or drawn into them, or by means of interior heating boxes, pipes, or channels, or otherwise. And our invention also consists in subjecting yarn or threads to the WEAVING. 559 action of a draught or blast of cold air, in an arrangement of apparatus similar to that just referred to for subjecting it to the action of heat or heated air, with divisions or partitions in the boxes or cases, arranged to concentrate and divert the draught “ or blast, so as to cause the yarn or thread to be subjected to its action over the entire length exposed in the cases or boxes. It also consists in combining the two arrangements for drying by ‘‘ heat (or by draught or blasts of hot air) and cold air together, the yarn or threads passing from the hot to the cold air arrange- ment.’^ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, January 13.— N® 101. GREENWOOD, John. — Certain improvements in sizeing, stiffening, and finishing textile fabrics or materials. — The im- provements consist, first, in the use of barley flour for such pur- poses ; secondly, in the use of barley flour, combined or mixed with chloride of calcium or chloride of magnesium (commonly called muriate of lime and muriate of magnesia), for such pur- poses.’’ [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, January 17.— -N® 126. SLACK, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^Improvements in the manufacture of velvets, velveteens, cords, and other woven fabrics in which floated threads or loops are formed for the purpose of being cut.” The inventor says, — My invention consists in so regulating the shedding of the warp and the throwing of the weft as to produce floated threads or loops on “ both sides of the cloth, which, being cut by the ordinary process, will constitute a piled surface of similar character on either side. The ‘draft’ will be regulated according to the “ desire of the manufacturer, but the purpose of my invention will “ be attained by doubling the number to the round ; if desired, “ however, a smaller number of sheds may be opened for one side, “ in which case the general effect will be the same, although both “ sides will not be of exactly similar quality.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] 560 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, January 17.— 127. HALL, Edward. — “ Improvements in combining metallic wires with textile materials or fabrics for forming wire ribbon.^’ This invention consists ^^in combining a required number of wires with one or more thicknesses of cotton or other woven fabric or fibrous material, and cementing the same together with suitable ‘‘ adhesive substance ; the whole is then submitted to pressure, and severed into required widths.” [Printed, 6cl. Drawing.] A.D. 1855, January 18. — N^^ 152. LANCASTER, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ This invention relates to a peculiar construction and arrangement of the teeth or cloth holding portion of temples, and also to an improved form of cover to be used in connection wdth such temples. The improvements consist in the employment of one or more small rollers, composed of any suitable material, brass, however, being preferred. These rollers are furnished with several series of teeth or toothed discs, such series being situated at equal distances along the entire length of the rollers, but so arranged as to occur alternately on each roller, so that when the two rollers are working together the several series of teeth on the one roller will correspond to the intervening spaces on the other roller. Over these toothed rollers is placed a cap or cover of an improved form, the inner surface of such cap or cover being grooved or fluted to correspond with the series of teeth on the rollers.” Another form of temple consists of two plain rollers, situated some distance apart, and having an endless belt of leather formed round them, such belt being fitted with a series of pins projecting from its outer surface, and a cap or cover, which is grooved or fluted, to correspond to the series of teeth in the belt or belts, is placed over them. The selvages of the cloth pass between the pins and cap, thereby causing the belts to revolve round the rollers, and keep the cloth at the required tension. [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, January 29, — N° 222. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Gustave Born^ue.) — This invention relates to an improved construction WEAVING. 561 and arrangement of mechanism for actuating the drop boxes of looms, and consists in elevating the drop box by means of a knife edge and hook or holt, which are brought into connection with each other when the drop box is to be elevated.” The knife edge is fitted to a vertical sliding frame, which is connected to levers actuated by a cam, whicli is arranged so as to raise or lower the knife edge at the required time. In front of the knife edge is fitted a hook, which is held back from the knife edge when no change of shuttle is required, and this hook is connected “ to the drop box by a chain passing under and over suitable guide pulleys.” When a change of shuttle is required the hook is brought forward so as to be over the knife edge by means of an “ endless chain of pins or tappets or perforated cards, somewhat ‘‘ similar to those used in a jacquard machine,” and the knife edge being raised by the cam lifts the hook and with it the drop box. [Printed, Is. id. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 3. — N° 258. CLEGG, Edmund, and LEACH, James, — The patentees say,^ Our invention consists in the adaptation of ijotatory combs to temples of the ordinary construction, so as to render them self- acting ; thus, to the outward ends of the two parts of the temple we apply combs in a horizontal position, or nearly so ; the appa- ratus may therefore be expanded or contracted in the ordinary manner, so as to gain any required tension, or to remove it. As “ the cloth is wound upon the work roller it gives motion to the “ rotatory combs, which in turning continue to keep it distended. For the purpose of securing a suitable portion of the cloth for being continuously held, we adapt bent pieces to the temple, which guide it towards the periphery of the combs; or we adapt suitable guides to any stationary part for the same purpose. The temple is held so as not to advance with the cloth by a suitable ‘‘ connexion with a fixed part of the machine.” [Printed, 6cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 5. — 266. MORTON, Alexander. — This invention relates to various novel arrangements of weaving machinery as more especially contrived for manufacturing carpets.” In weaving Brussels W. ' N N 562 WEAVING. carpets according to this invention two heddles only are used, whilst the draw bar is dispensed with.” The sheds for the binding weft shots are formed first above and then below the “ main line of woollen warp threads, the weft shots being thrown in at two different levels without disturbing the woollen warps.” In adapting the ‘ fly shuttle ’ to work according to this systemj it is necessary that the shuttle race of the loom lathe should be always set to correspond accurately with the level of the sheds, which levels necessarily vary. This is accomplished by arranging a treadle for the weaver, so that he can always raise or lower his lathe at pleasure, and thus bring the shuttle race to suit the level of the shed, through which the shuttle is to be passed.” Brakes are used for holding or tightening the woollen warp threads during the formation of the shed in these threads.” The loop wires are inserted into the sheds by self-acting mechanism, under the control of the weaver.” In weaving what are known as ^two ply’ and Hhree ply’ carpeting, the drop box and fly shuttle system is used, instead of weaving with the hand shuttle, as at present. To suit the requirements of this system of working the drop boxes at each side of the loom are arranged to be shifted to suit the different colors of the shuttle weft by a treadle, or other convenient action, under the control of the weaver ; or the drop boxes may be shifted in connection with the jacquard apparatus.” [Printed, \\d. Drawings,] A.D. 1855, February 7.— 286. WARBRICK, Willi AM, and WALKER, John. — This invention, in the first place, relates to arrangements of mechanism for “ traversing the slivers to be operated upon by the drawing rollers ” of preparing, spinning, or doubling machines.” The improve- ments “ consist in the application, adaptation, and arrangement of a cam (shaped to produce a uniform reciprocating action) at one end of the machines, herein-before mentioned, which is made to “ act against a pin or anti-friction bowl attached to the traverse bar (which guides the slivers to the rollers), or against a lever in connection with the traverse bar. The cams here referred to may be such as give their action either in a direction parallel with, or “ in a direction radiating from, their axis of rotation,” WEAVING. 563 This invention, in the second place, relates to machines for warping, dressing, or sizeing and it consists in the applica- tion of mechanism similar to that referred to in the first part of the invention, for traversing or spreading the threads as they are “ wound upon the beams in those machines,” with the addition of an arrangement, whereby the extent of traverse is shortened as the beam increases in diameter after it is filled to the level of the flanges, so as to shape the ends of the beam in the conic form’.” [Printed, lOc?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 7.— N° 290. BOUSFIELD, George Tomlinson. — (A communication.) — This invention has for its object improvements in looms for weaving ornamental figured fabrics, and in the pattern surfaces used therein.” The first part of the invention consists in placing two or more patterns upon a single chain, so that by bringing the rods of the chain into operation in a certain order one pattern is produced, and by operating them in a different order another pattern is produced. “ The second part of the invention consists in placing two or more patterns side by side upon the rod of a pattern chain, and operating them in succession by vibrating the chain laterally. “ The third part of the invention consists in pivoting the rods which raise and depress the jacks at one end, the other being made adjustable.” The fourth part of the invention consists in certain improve- ments in the construction of the rollers of pattern chains for looms.” The rollers are cast ^^upon a previously formed wrought-iron tube, which is made of the exact length necessary to bring the rollers when strung upon the rods into the required positions.” [Printed, Is. 8cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 16. — N° 356. WARD, Andrew Henshaw, junr. — (A communication from Tilton, Jeremiah C.) — This invention relates to an ‘^improved “ loom temple.” The temple is composed of two parts ; one part N N 2 564 WEAVING. is termed by the patentee ^Hbe serrated spring hook/’ the other the spring cloth bender.” ‘^The serrated spring hook” is formed “ of a thin plate of metal or steel, and with its front end “ bent downward in the form of a hook, and serrated or provided with sharp teeth.” The spring cloth bender consists of a ^^thin metallic steel plate or spring ; it is applied to the under side of the shank of the spring hook,” and when the loom is in “ operation the selvage of the cloth passes between the two j)arts.” The temple is supported by a shoe or holder,” which is attached to the breast beam of the loom. [Printed, 8d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 1/. — N° 359. HACKETT, John. — (Void for want of final Specification.) — The inventor says, — ^^My invention consists in the employment of a new and improved fabric or fabrics in the manufacture of umbrellas, parasols, and buttons, or for other purposes. The fabrics I use, and which I claim, are, first, one fabric, “ composed of at least two-thirds of the warp threads and at least two-thirds of the weft threads of doubled and twisted two- thread cotton. Secondly, I use at least two-thirds of the warp threads of doubled and twisted cotton, and two-thirds of the weft threads of doubled and twisted worsted, or I use the same, alternating each. “ Thirdly, I use at least two-thirds of the warp threads of doubled and twisted cotton, and at least two-thirds of the weft threads of doubled and twisted mohair, or I use the same materials, alternating each. Fourthly, I use at least two-thirds of the warp threads, and at ‘‘ least two-thirds of the weft threads of doubled and twisted mohair, or I use at least two-thirds of the warp threads, and at least two-thirds of the weft threads, of doubled and twisted worsted.” [Printed, 8d. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 17. — N° 360. HACKETT, John, — (Void for want of final Specification,) — “ improved leather cloth, and the employment thereof for various "" useful purposes.” The inventor says, — “ My invention consists WEAVING. 565 ‘‘ in the employment of a fabric or fabrics of superior quality to ‘‘ that now in use, as a substratum or ground for the material “ that is to give it the appearance of leather or to convert it into leather cloth. The fabrics I use are, — First, one consisting of at least two-thirds of the warp threads and two-thirds of the weft threads of doubled and twisted cotton. Secondly, one consisting of at least two-thirds of the warp “ threads of doubled and twisted linen, and at least two-thirds of “ the weft threads of doubled and twisted cotton, or vice versa. “ Thirdly, one composed of at least two-thirds of the warp threads, and also of two-thirds of the weft threads, of doubled “ and twisted linen. [Printed, 3cZ. Ko drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 21.— S83. NORTON, Frederick Willi AM. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in the manufacture of printed or coloured warp “ fabrics.” “ This invention relates to the treatment and prepa- ration of that class of printed warps generally used in the manu- “ facture of tapestry and velvet pile carpets,” in which ‘^the ‘‘ printing is effected by stretching the threads upon the periphery “ of a large drum.” The object of the present invention is to facilitate the process of setting,” that is, the actual disposition “ of the printed threads in their proper relation for the production of the complete pattern.” In carrying out the invention the “ warp printer goes to work in the usual manner; and after putting the first thread upon the drum, and before printing that thread, he prints with a dissolved gum resin, or with any other suitable pigment or substance, a small line across the “ thread so wound up. This operation is repeated before com- “ mencing to print each of the threads intended to form the printed or figured warp, always printing the gum line upon the same division of the drum throughout the pattern. “ In this way hard stiff gum spots are formed upon the warp threads. After printing the threads with colours in the usual way, they are steamed, washed, and dried, and finally arranged “ to fom the pattern. When in the setting frame for this pur- pose, the operator proceeds by drawing up all the stiff gum spots or lines on the threads into a straight line side by side 566 WEAVING. across the breadth of the warp, just as is usually accomplished by the aid of the white line ordinarily left by the printer for the purpose, and which white line in this process may be dispensed with.’’ In another modification of the process the gum may be applied after the threads are printed. Or, instead of printing gum spots upon the warp threads, a composition of black mag- “ netic oxide of iron may be similarly applied, an electric wire or an electro-magnetic bar being fitted upon one or both sides of the warp for the purpose of attracting the metallic deposits, and thus setting up the threads to their proper relative positions.” [Printed, 3cL No drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 21.— 385. HACKETT, John. — (Provisional protection refused.) — This “ invention consists in the employment of a new and improved fabric or fabrics composed of cotton and of linen, and of cotton and linen combined, for the making or manufacturing, either wholly or partially, of garments or part or parts of garments, for the purposes of wearing apparel, for the use of men, women, or children, as stays, corsets, trousers for females, caps, bonnets, “ shirt fronts, collars, blouses, frock coats, long gaiters, short V gaiters, and overalls.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 21. — N° 387. MAYNES, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements have reference to temples of the class commonly known as ‘ box and roller ’ or ^ trough ’ temples. They consist in the following additions to and modifications in the construc- “ tion of such temples, applied either severally or in combinations “ of two or more of them. Firstly, the division of the roller into two or more parts or separate rollers, having such of their pivots as are not carried by the ends of the trough supported in a bearing or bearings at one or more intervals in the length of the temple, or the forma- “ tion of the said roller in one piece, but supported at one or more intermediate points in its length, as well as at its ends, together with an arrangement of rests, bearings, or supports, for carrying the intermediate pivots of the separate rollers before WEAVING. 567 mentioned, or for supporting the roller, if continuous, at the necessary intervals. Secondly, an arrangement for facilitating the temporary “ removal of the rollers or roller when gaiting a warp by mount- ing them or it in a frame capable of being turned back on a hinge joint, or affixed to the other parts of the temple by buttons or otherwise, so as to he easily removeable. Thirdly, an arrangement of two or more rollers or series of rollers parallel to each other, in the same frame or trough. Fourthly, the use of all or any of the above arrangements with the trough, guide, or straight edge placed in an inverted position.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 23.— N° 398. HARTCLIFFE, William, and WATERHOUSE, Joseph.— This invention relates to “ combinations of machinery applicable “ to looms for producing positive and uniform letting off and taking up motions. The machinery for letting off consists of a “ double lever, one end of which is held in contact with the warp on the warp beam, and the other end fits in a groove inj;he boss “ of a friction pulley. This friction pulley is put in motion by a “ disc revolving at a uniform speed ; and to the shaft of the fric- tion pulley is fixed a worm gearing into a wheel, to which is “ fixed another worm gearing into pins projecting from the flange “ of the warp beam. By this means the warp beam is turned ‘‘ round, and by varying the number of teeth in the wheel driven by the worm, the amount of yarn let off can be regulated accord- ing to the number of picks required in an inch of cloth. In the taking up motion the double lever above mentioned bears on “ the cloth of the cloth beam. The other parts are similar to “ those in the letting off motion.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 28. —N® 432. HELLIWELL, Thomas, and BARKER, Joseph. — This is an invention for “preserving pickers and picker sticks, and for “ preventing cops being knocked off the spindle in the shuttle “ during the process of weaving in the power loom;” “by the “ use of a spring from steel, wood, or whalebone affixed behind 568 WEAVING. “ the back guard of the shuttle box, and by such spring at each end being attached to pickerpate or bufPalo hide, or leather, and the same pickerpate, or buffalo hide, or leather being at the other end, by means of a hole therein, put round the sirspindle of the shuttle box, by means thereof the spring or pickerpate, or buffalo hide, or leather, form a bufPer, bringing the shuttle “ gradually to a stop, instead of an instant check, and prevent the picker and shuttle going too far in the box, and assist in “ returning the shuttle and give increased action thereto.” [Printed, 3c7. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 2^— N« 436. BRICKLES, Jesse, THORPE, Thomas, and LILLIE, Joseph. — This invention consists in constructing plain and orna- mental woven fabrics,” ‘^with a warp or weft, or both warp and weft, composed of yarns or threads twisted in contrary directions, that is, some of such yarns or threads being twisted in one direction, and the others of such yarns or threads in the contrary direction, and in giving to all or some of such yarns or threads more than the usual amount of twist, so that when moisture is “ applied to the fabrics the action of such moisture on the yarns twisted in manner aforesaid may cause the same to curl, snarl, “ or shrink, and thereby produce fabrics similar to crape.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, February 28.— N° 447. RITCHIE, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists of producing double fabrics, either by the act of weaving, as is well understood, or by sewing two fabrics together at intervals, in such manner that each double fabric may consist of numerous narrow, parallel, or oblong hollow compartments, which, being filled with ground or pulverized cork, are to be made up into linings for articles of dress ; by ‘‘ which means of manufacture peculiar and very useful linings for articles of dress are obtained.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 7.— 505. WIELD, William. — This invention relates to looms for weaving pile fabrics. The patentee says, — ‘‘The improvements which I WEAVING. 5 (^ shall first describe may be considered as supplemental to those improvements for weaving this class of goods described in the Specification of a Patent granted to me on the Twenty-first day of October, in the year of our Lord One thousand eight hundred and fifty-two, numbered 474, and relates to the mechanism for inserting the wires (more particularly to those wires which have hooks formed on or pieces attached to their ends) into the shed, withdrawing them from the fabric, delivering and transferring them for reinsertion. My improvements consist, firstly, in making the trough which “ carries the wire as it is inserted in the shed with a number of small slide pieces, as supports to the wire when in the trough, but which will retire to allow the picker and piece or hook on the end of the wire to pass them ; and in making the groove of the trough under-cut, to admit of an increase of the breadth of that part of the picker pushing against the hook or piece on the end of the wire.” Secondly, in dispensing with the connecting rod or bar “ described in the Specification above referred to, for conveying the motion of the cam employed to actuate the trough to the lever giving movement to the shaft on which the trough is “ mounted, and oscillates by causing the cam to act directly upon the lever.” Thirdly, in receiving the wire from the fabric into a groove, “ which has its open side downwards, being closed or covered when receiving the wire by a piece or a number of pieces which “ will slide or oscillate on centres, so as to cover the open side of “ the groove when pushed on one side by the trough as it comes to receive the wire, causing the wire to be delivered from the “ groove and to drop in the trough. When the wire is drawn “ into the groove, the slide pieces covering the open side of the groove are successively pushed on one side by the hook to allow it to pass, when they immediately cover the groove again when the hook has passed, being brought in that position again by “ the force of springs acting upon them.” “ Fourthly, in an arrangement by which the wires, as they are “ withdrawn from the fabric for reinsertion, are received into the same trough or groove which is employed for inserting them in the shed, and is accomplished by mounting the trough or groove and picker or pusher slides and apparatus on arms, so that they may oscillate between the point of receiving the wires and the m WEAVING. point of insertion, the amount and times of the oscillations being regulated by a cam or other means. Fifthly, in an arrangement of a roller or cylinder which is placed at one side of the loom, with its axis opposite to and in a line with the ^ fell ’ of the fabric, and its end about nine inches from the edge of the fabric, which passes over a surface in going to the taking-up roller corresponding to the curve of the aforesaid roller placed at the side, which is grooved or fluted longitudi- nally to a pitch equal or nearly equal to the pile loops formed by the wires in the fabric, a wire being placed in each groove. Each wire, carried by the grooved roller or cylinder as it comes opposite the fell of the fabric, is pushed along its groove into and through the shed ; but when across the fabric the end of it still remains in its groove in the roller, and when woven in the fabric it is allowed to remain till a certain number of wires have been successively pushed in the shed and woven in the fabric in like manner, when each wire is successively withdrawn from the fabric back into its groove in the roller, so that a certain number of wires always remain in the fabric, one wire being withdrawn from the fabric for each wire pushed into the shed, the revolving of the roller bringing forward the wires for reinsertion. The shuttle box or boxes are detached from the lay, and have a move- ment corresponding to that of the lay at the moment of picking the shuttle across the shed, but do not advance with the lay to the point of beat-up, as the fluted or groove roller or rollers would be in the way. My next improvement relates to self-acting arrangements for letting out either the pile or body warp to be woven, and consists — ‘‘ Sixthly, in a bar or roller weighted so as to put the requisite tension on the warp, but being free to movements or oscillations caused by the shedding of the loom, and free to advance with the warp as it is taken up, the oscillations of which bar or roller, when taking place at a certain fixed point, act upon a pawl connected with a ratchet wheel that is fixed on a shaft, which has on its end a worm geering with a worm wheel on the warp roller, thus causing the warp roller to uncoil the warp. If more warp is delivered than is taken up, the bar or roller retires, and its oscillations cease to act on the ratchet wheel for a time, which stops the letting off of the warp from the beam till the taking WEAVING. 571 up of the fabric causes the oscillating bar to advance, and again to act on the ratchet. The next part of my invention relates to an arrangement for letting off the pile warp in the looms for weaving those fabrics in which the pattern is formed by jacquard apparatus ; and it “ consists — Seventhly, in mounting each pile bobbin in arms or in an oscillating frame, placing the frame in such position that it will fall backwards till the bobbin comes against a pin or friction surface fixed in the creel, when not otherwise acted upon, which pin or friction surface will also prevent the bobbin from revolv- ing, either by obstructing the passage of pins placed in the head of the bobbin, or by the friction of the surface. The thread is weighted between the bobbin and a pulley or bar over which it is made to pass, the slack thread forming a loop upon which “ the weight is hung. When the slack thread is all taken up, the “ thread pulls the bobbin forward till the pin in the bobbin, which ‘‘ is against the pin in the creel, is released from it, or till the bobbin ceases to bear on the friction surface, at which moment “ the bobbin begins to revolve, letting off the thread, and at the same time it falls back against the pin in the creel or friction “ surface attached to it, which will stop the letting off of the thread caused by the pull of the weight on the loop. “ My next improvement relates to an arrangement of jacquard “ apparatus employed for weaving certain descriptions of pile “ fabrics, the principal object of which is to work the jacquard so that in such sheds where all the pile warp is require'd to be risen it may be done without pattern cards for every such shed, and consists, — Eighthly, in making the card barrel turn when required by an intermittent apparatus, actuated from some convenient “ moving part of the loom, and in employing a card, or iron plate without holes, which is inserted between the barrel and the ends of the needles by a cam action, so that when the barrel is moved towards the needles, the blank card or sheet is struck against the ends of the needles, causing all the hooks to be taken by “ the ^ griffs or the object of this improvement is accomplished ‘‘ by causing the board or plate on which the hooks rest to lift, or ‘‘ by means of an heald through which all the pile warp threads are drawn.” [Printed, <55. Gd. Drawings.] 572 WEAVLNG. A.D. 1855, March 7.— N° 509. HACKETT, John. — (Provisional protection refused.) — This in- vention consists in “ the employment of a new or improved fabric ‘‘ or fabrics for the manufacture of rick covers and for other useful articles.’^ The said fabric or fabrics is or are composed with not less than two-thirds of the warp threads, and not less than two-thirds of the weft-threads, of two or more threads of single hempen yarn doubled and twisted together, or of doubled and twisted linen yarn, or of doubled cotton yarn, or of any com- bination of the above doubled and twisted yarns ; or some of them may be composed with not less than two-thirds of the threads of the warp and of the weft of doubled and twisted yarn of New Zealand flax, or of any other plant or plants.” [Printed, M. No drawings.} A.D. 1855, March 8. — N° 512. BATAILLE, Louis Emile. — The patentee says, — My improve- ments relate to that description of looms called bar looms, for weaving pile fabrics, by employing metallic pile wires working by power, that is to say, by the action of the loom itself. They consist in applying to the said looms one or more horizontal rods or bars, serving either as bearers for the pile wires, or to make these latter perform the necessary movements, which rod or rods are placed in a direction parallel to the breast beam (banguine) of the loom, and by means of suitable mechanical arrangements obtain a to-and-fro movement in a direction also parallel to the breast beam, and which rod or rods cause the pile wires to be inserted in the open shed, and afterwards withdrawn from the fabric in proper time.” In some instances I make the said rod or rods carry the pile wires directly by means of suitable wire carriers, and in such a way as to keep the wires in a horizontal ‘‘ position parallel to the rod or rods, and leave them sufficient “ play for easy working; in other cases I have the pile wires independent from the said rod or rods, which latter in such “ cases takes hold of them in proper time by means of clasps or small tongs, and inserts them in the open shed, or withdraws them from under the row of loops. When cut pile fabrics are to be manufactured I provide the pile wires with a cutting edge for cutting the pile loops. A proper mechanical arrangement WEAVING. 573 worked by the jacquard makes the loom work, if necessary, with open shed, that is to say, that the shoot is beaten up by the “ batten while the shed is not entirely closed, which is obtained by a proper arrangement for abating during a part of the fall “ the down movement of the descending warp threads. The pile “ warp bobbins are acted upon by proper springs in order to “ obtain a uniform winding-off of the pile warp threads, and give “ them a uniform strain.’’ Two or more jacquards are employed, which work independently of each other. [Printed, Is. Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 8.— 518. BROOKS, James, and WALTER, William Stephen. — (Pro- visional protection only.) — Improvements in looms for weaving.” The inventors say, — Our invention consists in the application of “ suitable mechanism connected to the ^ swell ’ for the purpose of drawing it back and removing pressure from the shuttle previously to the picking taking place. The following arrange- “ ment will explain the improvement : — To the stop rod we adapt “ a bell-crank lever, one arm of which is connected to the ^ swell ;’ the other, as the lathe moves back, arrives in contact with a fixed roller, whereby the bell-crank is caused to turn upon its centre and draw the ‘ swell ’ outward.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 9.— N" 529. BULLOUGH, James. — “ Improvements in looms and apparatus for weaving.” The improvements are, — Firstly, to prevent what are technically called ‘ floats ’ being made in the goods during the process of weaving by making a communication from the slay or other convenient part of the loom to a fork or any similar instrument fixed in any convenient position to stop the loom when ^ floats ’ are made. “ Secondly, to prevent the warp threads becoming entangled in “ the shed when any of them break, by having an extra leaf of healds, without eyes, to move backwards and forwards on the “ warp threads, not vertically as the other healds do ; also, an ‘‘ arrangement by mirror to enable the weaver to see better the yarn behind the healds whilst shedding. 574 WEAVING. Thirdly, to an improved letting back motion for the purpose of weaving thick and thin stripes transversely on the cloth as may be required, and also for letting back when the weft thread breaks by fixing a lever or bar between the breast beam and the cloth beam with an eccentric or cam motion, so that in the pro- cess of weaving this motion will let back the warp threads and “ take them up again, as required, to make the variation in the transverse stripes. Fourthly, to an improved method of refilling the shuttle by means of a self-acting partial vacuum formed by any of the well- known processes, and applied to this purpose to prevent the necessity of the operative having to draw the weft thread through the eye of the shuttle by the breath, which is found very detrimental to delicate constitutions. “ Fifthly, to an improved stop rod to dispense with the neces- sity of a swell in the shuttle box to work the stop rod, the same “ being worked by the pressure of the shuttle in the yarn.” Also, an improved arrangement of stop rod, in which a swell in the shuttle box is used, but placed above instead of at the side of the shuttle so as not to thwart the shuttle in its direct action.” Also, for a mode of forming a lease after the warp has left the “ sizing machine, and previous to the looming or twisting in or drawing to the weavers, healds, and reed. The lease is formed as follows : — Two pointed wires or rods are barbed or otherwise prepared to receive and retain the ends as the ends are placed upon them, and by a second barb at a small distance behind the first in order to receive the ends from the first barb when it (the first barb) has got a sufficient quantity, which, when pressed back into the second or other barb, will force forward the wires or rods as the work progresses by the tension of the yarn. The wires or rods will be alternately raised, and for each successive end or ends alternately raised or depressed.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 14.~-N« 574. MITCHELL, Edmund Johnson. — An improvement in rollers employed in the washing of wool and linen, in the squeezing “ of sized cotton warps, and other like purposes.” The patentee claims the mode of manufacturing rollers employed in the WEAVING. 575 washing of wool and linen^ ir^ the squeezing of sized cotton warps, and for other purposes, where solid and compact, hut at the same time slightly elastic, rollers are required, by covering the said rollers with cloth, felt, or other suitable textile material placed so as to present the edges thereof at the outside or periphery of the rollers, and submitted to heavy pressure, so as to produce' a solid and compact, but at the same time slightly elastic, surface.’^ [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 15.— N° 583. ROBINSON, Nathan, LISTER, John, and STEVENSON, He NRY. — This invention relates to the weaving of ‘ cocoa-nut ^ matting ’ and similar fabrics, and consists, — Firstly, in the “ employment of a hollow shuttle having a cover or lid for the ‘‘ purpose of holding the ^ cop ’ of weft without ^ bobbin ’ or ^ pike,’ the yarn being drawn out or delivered from the inside of the ^ cop ’ instead of outside, as heretofore. Secondly, in the employment of a drag or holder at each edge or selvage of the fabric as it is being woven, for the purpose of holding the ^ shoot ’ of yarn whilst, by the stroke or beat-up of the lathe or slay, the yarn or weft is stretched or drawn tight across the fabric. “ Thirdly, in the employment of a tappet or tappets, capable of “ being varied, for raising and lowering the ^ picking shaft ’ into ‘‘ or out of gear with the picking wheel, so as to pick at every stroke of the lathe, or every alternate stroke, or at any other “ stroke that may be required.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 16.— N° 592. SMITH, Mark. — ^‘Improvements in looms for weaving.” The improvements consist, firstly, “ in dispensing with the scroll em- “ ployed in Luke Smith’s patent picking motion, and in giving “ motion to the picking shaft in the direction of its axis, so as to “ bring the lever alternately in and beyond the reach of the stud “ on the fly wheel. This motion of the picking shaft may be “ derived from a cam on the tappet shaft, acting on a lever in “ connection with the picking shaft itself, or on the footstep in “ which it works. 576 WEAVING. Secondly, in working the he^dles of looms by vibrating levers actuated by a stud in the face of a second motion wheel, or a tappet on such a wheel, or by a scroll on the crank shaft. One arm of the vibrating levers gives motion to one heddle and the other arm to the other heddle. By means of this arrangement the top shaft and rollers may be dispensed with. Thirdly, in regulating the tension of the warp by supporting the warp beam in levers, whereby the weight of the warp beam, when full, produces the requisite resistance to the unwinding of the yarn, and the diminution in the weight consequent on the decreasing diameter reduces proportionately the resistance to ‘‘ the unwinding of the yarn. The levers supporting the warp beam bear on adjustable studs in a second pair of levers, to which are attached the friction straps or bands by which, when slackened by the beating up of the cloth, the warp is let ofp. Fourthly, in an improved taking-up motion, applicable to looms worked with a loose reed. To the rod which holds the loose reed is fixed a lever, acting on an escapement elbow lever, the lower arm of which is connected with the click on the taking-up ratchet wheel ; this elbow lever is pressed upon by a spring, the strength of which is regulated according to the cloth to be woven. When the resistance of the cloth moves the reed, the elbow lever pushes the click over a tooth of the ratchet wheel ; “ consequently, when the lay recedes, the click, which is acted upon by one of the lay swords, draws the ratchet wheel partly round, and gives motion to the taking-up roller. Fifthly, in an improved weft stopper ; the grid acting on the weft fork instead of being in a line with the reed, as in ordinary looms, is formed at the end of a lever hinged to the batten ; the fork which is hinged to the lay bottom acts upon the strap fork by a lever, in a manner somewhat similar to that generally em- “ ployed. The grid and the fork fit in a recess in the lay bottom, and the grid is made to rise and drop to feel for the weft by a tappet on the crank shaft acting on a lever connected to another lever hinged to the batten, or in any other convenient manner. Sixthly, in an improved mode of keeping the weft threads of different shuttles out of the way of the weft fork. To the frame of the drop box is hinged a lever furnished with a fork, which is made to drop below and rise above the shuttle race by a rod connected to the drop box and to the leveri When the drop WEAVING. 577 box rises, the fork lifts the weft above the shuttle race and out of the way of the weft fork ; and when the fork drops it presses down the weft that was below into the recess formed in the lay bottom.’^ [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 2Q.— N« 621. TAYLOR, William. — ^^Improvements in the construction of ^ pickers ’ for power looms.’’ To construct a ^ picker ’ accord- ing to this invention, one, two, or more pieces of hide (which have previously been rolled between cylinders to give it solidity) are cut into an angle or L shape, and laid sideways one upon another (that is, when more than one piece is used). These L or angle pieces are wrapped round by (one or more) other angle ^pieces. One end of the inside flat piece or pieces project a little “ beyond the wrapping piece or pieces, so as to form the ^ groove ^ piece,’ or end which works within the slide groove, and the “ wrapping (piece or) pieces are made to project considerably over the reverse end of inner (piece or) pieces, so as to allow of their ‘‘ being bored for the ^ slide rod’ without coming in contact with the inner pieces. The whole is bound together by stout wire staples driven through and clenched.” [Printed, 7 cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 26.— N° 671. MARLAND, John. — ^‘This invention consists of improvements “ in preparing for and in sizing and warping woollen and worsted yarn. For this puppose several worsted or woollen yarns are to be first carefully wound side by side on bobbins or spools from cops.” Several of these spools or bobbins are then placed in a frame, and their yarns are conducted through a reed or comb.” From this reed the yarns pass round a roller and descend into “ scouring fluid.” From the scouring fluid the yarns pass over a roller and descend again into wash water.” The yarns then pass between two rollers, “ the lower one of which is covered with “ felt, and revolves partly immersed in a size trough.” The yarns next pass partly around two steam drying cylinders, and through two reeds, and are wound on to a reel, from which the yarns are ‘‘ to be wound on to the loom beam, and thus form the warp,” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] w. o o 578 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, March 27.— N° 679. TURNER, Archibald.— (Void for want of final Specification.) — This invention relates to the manufacture of the elastic web or band which is usually adapted to gloves, socks, stockings, and other similar articles, for the purpose of causing the top or upper ends thereof to bind round and fit the limb properly and comfortably.^’ ‘‘The india-rubber strands and non-elastic “ threads which form the warp of the elastic fabric are arranged “ in the ordinary way, hut instead of the weft threads being passed “ regularly round all the strands, one of the outer strands of “ india-rubber, together with its accompanying non-elastic threads, “ is bound in by only every alternate weft thread, thereby forming “ a kind of false selvage between the outermost and second elastic “ strand, and leaving openings to receive the points of the needles “ of the knitting machine by which the glove or other article is “ intended to be made.” [Printed, No drawings.] A.D. 1855, March 31.— N*^ 721. HARDMAN, Robert. — “ Certain improvements in looms for “ weaving.” The patentee says, — “ My improvements are appli- “ cable to those looms in which two or more shuttles are used, “ and consist of certain improved combinations of parts for “ raising and lowering the drop box containing the shuttles, so “ that any of the shuttles may be brought in a line with the picker “ when required. A chain consisting of links of difPerent heights, “ arranged according to the order in which the shuttles are wanted, “ passes over two drums in the ordinary manner ; one of these “ drums is made to revolve partly round, when required, by a “ screw cam taking into the teeth of a spur pinion ; by means of “ this screw cam the chain, which acts on a double lever connected “ to the drop box, is held stationary while the shuttle is picked. “ As it is often desirable to move the chain of tappets independently “ of the other parts of the loom, I drive the chain drum by means “ of a catch box ; by this means, when the catch box is discon- “ nected, the drum and chain can be moved in either direction “ with facility.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 579 A.D.1855, Aprils.— 752. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James. — ^This in- vention relates to the manufacture of pile fabrics. The patentees say, — In the manufacture of pile fabrics, particularly when several warps are used, as in carpet weaving, considerable strength and skill is required in the weaver. Now, the first part of our invention consists of constructing looms for weaving such fabrics “ in such manner that strength and skill are less required by the “ person attending a loom than are requisite in hand looms. For “ this purpose, in place of the person attending the loom acting on the treadles by his feet to give motion to the warps by jacquard and other apparatus, and by his hands to throw in and beat up the weft, the workman is relieved from these parts of the work, and has simply to put in and take out the wires.” A winch handle is applied and put in motion by a labourer, which gives motion to an axis, on which there are cams or tappets, which give motion to the treadles to “the jacquard appa- ‘‘ ratus and harness of the loom, also to the apparatus for throwing “ in and beating up of the weft, and also to the " take-up.’ But “ in these improvements two shuttles are used which are simul- “ taneously thrown across in opposite directions in two separate “ sheds from two shuttle boxes, one above the other, but divided one from the other. These improvements are peculiarly appli- cable to the old form of hand carpet looms at present in use, which now require strong and well-skilled weavers to work “ them. Secondly, our improvements apply to looms where several narrow piled fabrics are made side by side in the same loom, and were two wires are used for making the pile of each fabric. In this case two shuttles are employed for each fabric, which have toothed racks formed thereto, and they are put in motion “ in opposite directions by pinions or toothed wheels. There is a standing warp, tie warps, and a pile or terry warp, which is ‘‘ actuated by jacquard apparatus. The two wires for each fabric woven at the same time are carried by two bars, and the wires are attached to arms fixed to such bars, the wires being attached through an elastic medium capable of giving way to the beat-up. The motions are given to the several parts by cams on a rotating axis. The wires used in both our improvements may have 0 o 2 680 WEAVING. cutting edges formed at one of their ends in order to cut their “ way out, as has heretofore been practised, or in wide fabrics grooved wires may be used when cut pile is to be made.’^ [Printed, 5s. 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, April 7. — 775. HUSBAND, Richard, and MALLINS'ON, George. — (Pro- visional protection only.) — ‘^An improvement in the manu- facture of hat plush.” ^‘The pile or nap of hat plush manufactured according to this improvement is formed from the weft threads or shoot, instead of as at present from the warp, and, consequently, a more uniform and regular appear- ance of the pile when cut is produced (free from ^ steps ’ or irregularities, which are not of unfrequent occurrence in the hat plush at present manufactured), by a peculiar arrangement of the weft threads. An important feature of this invention is to allow the weft thread in the said manufacture to float over any given number of warp threads, and then to hind through such a number of alternate warp threads as required. The ^ cutting up ’ “ of the race or the producing of the pile is efPected by similar “ means to those at present employed in cutting ordinary fustians, and is to be performed exactly in a similar manner.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings,] A.D. 1855, April 7.--N" 777. WALKER, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ An im. provement in power looms.” The inventor says, — My inven- tion consists in a means of stopping the loom when a warp end breaks. To each warp thread I connect a weight ; these weights are kept in position by a frame or bar, which remains stationary so long as the threads and weights remain in their position. Immediately under this frame is another frame or bar, which is made to move backwards and forwards while the loom is in ‘‘ motion. As soon, however, as a warp end breaks, the weight connected to it falls partly into the lower frame or bar, which thereby communicates its sliding motion to the upper bar, and this bar, being connected with a belt lever spring, throws the belt on a slack pulley, and thus stops the loom.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] WEAVING. 581 A.D. 1855, April 9.— 779. TUER, AVilliam, HODGSON, William, HALL, Robert, and HALL, Samuel. — This invention consists in an improved combination of parts for working the drop boxes of looms in “ which two or more shuttles are used. The drop box is con- nected to a lever which is furnished with an anti-friction roller, bearing on tappets having as many rises or elevations as there compartments in the drop box, and with divisions in which levers or catches drop to hold the tappets in their positions ; these tappets are turned round by intermittent wheels actuated by studs projecting from an endlesss chain, which is carried over ‘‘ a drum of the ordinary construction ; this drum is also worked “ by an intermittent wheel, to which motion is communicated from the crank shaft or other convenient part of the loom. The studs projecting the chain can be changed in their positions, so as to influence the tappets and consequently the drop box in any required succession, according to the order in which the ‘‘ shuttles are worked.” [Printed, 8f^. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, April 11.— 797. FLETCHER, James.— This invention relates, — Firstly, to ‘‘ machines for spinning.” Secondly, to power looms for weaving, in which the pickers work on spindle guides, and relates to an arrangement of mechanism for the purpose of reducing the wear and tear of ‘‘ ^ pickers ’ and mechanism connected therewith. It consists in a “ more convenient arrangement of the strap employed to break “ the force of the picker at each end of its spindle than has hitherto been used, by which arrangement its advantages are combined with that of a shuttle guard, obtained by forming the shuttle guard so that that portion of the strap passing betvveen one end of the picker spindle and the other may pass through a cavity formed in the shuttle guard, and if required be acted upon by a spring arranged in the cavity of the shuttle guard, to give the friction which acts upon the strap as a retarding force.” [Printed, 7c?. Drawings.] 582 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, April 11.— N° 801. HOLT, Samuel. — This invention has for its object improve- ments in weaving plush or piled fabrics, and consists of a peculiar combination of the mechanical parts of the machinery employed when weaving two pieces of plush or piled fabrics face to face, which are cut apart (by a traversing knife actuated by the working of the machinery) as fast as the fabrics are ‘‘ woven, such machinery being combined with a view to be worked by power in place of by hand. The batten is as heretofore con- structed with two shuttle boxes at each end, such two shuttle boxes being divided horizontally one from the other to keep the ‘‘ shuttles separate. The swords of the batten move on axes below, and the batten is actuated by cranks. The cutter is moved to and fro by hands or straps, actuated by a wheel which receives motion from treadles actuated on by tappets. The ‘‘ warps have suitable sheds opened in them for the passage of the two shuttles, by means of leaves of heddles moved by treadles, which are acted on by tappets, and no jacquard apparatus is employed. Weft stoppers are used for the two wefts, and a swell is applied to each of the shuttle boxes to stop the loom in the event of either of the shuttles not arriving in its box. The whole of the mechanical parts derive their motions from the main shaft or axis, in a like manner to other power looms. The “ apparatus for carrying and guiding the cutter is similar to that heretofore used in hand looms.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, April 12.— N« 809. RICHARDSON, Alfred Thomas, and MALLINSON, George. — The patentees say, — Our invention consists in an improved mode of manufacturing velvets or plushes, the pile of which is made of woollen, worsted, mohair, or alpaca. In manufacturing these fabrics the weft threads are floated over the warp threads in such wise that they overlap each other and form several dis- tinct races, which races when cut produce a pile of a more even and uniform description than by the ordinary mode of manu- facturing piled fabrics.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] WEAVING. 583 A.D. 1855, April 13.— N" 81G. TEMPLETON, James. — ^^This invention relates to the manu- facture or production of pile fabrics for various uses, as carpets “ and velvets, from what is technically known as ^ fur ’ or ‘ pile ’ or ‘ chenille ’ material. In the existing process of manufacturing fabrics of this general class, the ‘ fur ’ material is woven in the fabric as a weft, the pattern being primarily woven in the “ manufacture of the fur material itself. Now, according to the “ present invention, the fur material is used as a warp, the ‘‘ figure or pattern details upon it being prepared in the ordinary “ manner.” [Printed, 10 857. MADELEY, William, and HANLON, Thomas. — This inven- tion relates to improved apparatus applicable to powder looms for relieving the shuttle immediately before it receives the blow of the picking rod. The improved apparatus consists of a lever mounted on a suit- “ able stud or fulcrum, and one end of which lever is placed under the ordinary stop piece of the stop rod of the loom, and the other end is placed so as to be acted upon by a stud or piece which descends and rises with each revolution of the crank “ by which the lathe or batten is driven. As the crank re- volves at each pick of the loom this stud or piece depresses ‘‘ the adjacent end of the lever, and thereby raises the other “ end, which lifts up the stop piece and partially turns the stop “ rod, the finger on which pressed the spring or swell of the “ shuttle box against the shuttle. The turning of the stop rod “ removes the finger from its bearing against the spring or swell, “ which consequently ceases to press on the shuttle, and the “ shuttle is left at liberty to obey the stroke of the picking rod without the latter having to overcome the resistance of the swell “ or spring.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, April 19.— N« 874. ATHERTON, John, BOYES, William, and LANCASTER, William. — This invention relates to self-acting temples, such as are employed in looms for weaving. The patentees say, — ‘‘ According to the first arrangement of our invention, one or “ more small rollers are employed, composed of any suitable material (brass, however, being preferred). These rollers are 586 WEAVING. furnished with several series of teeth or toothed rims or rings, such rims being situated at equal distances apart along the entire length of the roller. When two rollers are employed, the teeth are so arranged as to occur alternately upon each roller, so that when the rollers are working together the several series of teeth upon the one roller will correspond with the intervening spaces upon the other roller. Over these toothed rollers is placed a cap or cover of an improved form, the inner surface of such cap or cover being grooved or fluted, in corre- spondence with the series of teeth of the rollers. The edge or selvage of the fabric at each side of the loom passes be- tween a roller or rollers, and the cap or cover, which, being grooved internally, forces the teeth into the cloth as it passes along to the beam, and thus maintains it at its full width and prevents contraction thereof, whilst the forward motion of the cloth on to the beam is not impeded.” According to the second arrangement of our invention, the form or construction of temple consists of two plain rollers, situated some distance apart, with their axes parallel, and having an end- less belt or strap of leather passed around them, such belt being “ provided with rows or series of pins projecting from its outer sur- face. Above this strap is placed a cap or cover, which is grooved or fluted, so as to correspond with the series of teeth upon the belt or strap. The selvages of the cloth pass between the pins and the cap or cover, thereby causing the belt to revolve around the rollers, and keep the cloth at the required tension. “According to the third arrangement of our invention, the form “ or construction of temple consists in making them of a coidcal “ form, that is, tapering towards the centre of the cloth, by which “ means the cloth is kept much better distended towards the “ selvages.” “.A fourth portion of this invention consists of casting temple “ rollers with the pins or teeth on their circumference, in place of “ forming such pins or teeth thereon according to the mode in “ common use, or fitting them thereinto after the rollers have “ been cast.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, April 19.— N« 875. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication.) — This inven- tion consists in manufacturing a variety of articles of india-rubber WEAVING. 587 and gutta percha, “ by first moulding them while in a soft state^ “ and then submitting them to a high degree of heat in steam heaters^, or to the action of a sulphur bath.” Amongst other articles which are to be moulded in this manner, the patentee mentions, “ small rollers and wheels used in spinning and weaving, cones for shuttles, and shuttles themselves.” Weavers’ reeds may also be constructed by taking a piece of hard vulcanized india-rubber of the length, width, and thickness required, and forming the reed dents therein by means of circular saws or cutters. Cards for cloth pressing, and for printing or pressing printed sheets in lieu of the ordinary paper ones, may also be “ made of hard vulcanized india-rubber sheets. This material may also be used for cards in the jacquard loom.” [Printed, 4c?. No drawing.] A.D. 1855, April 20.— N° 883. LORD, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improve- ments ‘‘relate to well-known instruments employed in power “ looms, called ‘temples.’” The improvements “consists in the “ employment of three small rollers or cylinders, through or be- “ tween which the woven fabric passes, being placed at each side “ of the loom, each set being arranged so that two of the rollers “ may be below the upper one ; the surface of each roller has a “ screw or scroll turned upon it at a slight angle to its axis, in “ such a manner that the whole three, whilst the cloth passes “ between them, may revolve, the surfaces of each slightly inter- “ lapping with the other. To each set of rollers or ‘ temple ’ one “ end of an arm or lever is attached, which at its extremity carries “ a small heart wheel, cam, or other mechanical equivalent, the “ other end of the lever acting loosely on a centre secured to the “ breast beam of the loom. On the slay is mounted two small “ bowls, which as the slay advances or beats up come in contact “ with the heart wheel, causing a slight expansion of the arms, “ and consequently of the rollers or ‘ temples,’ at each vibration “ of the slay, by which means a slight extra distension is given to “ the fabric at each advance of the slay, besides the retention of the “ cloth by the peculiar surfaces of the three small rollers, which “ arrangement of apparatus constitutes a self-acting ‘temple’ “ applied to each side of selvage of the cloth.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] 583 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, April 21.— N° 892. HADFIELD, William. — These improvements relate to me- chanism for governing the letting off of the yarn from the warp beam in looms for weaving. The patentee says, — The first part ‘‘ of my invention is an improvement upon a letting-off motion, for which Letters Patent were granted to me on the Fourteenth November, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-three. [N° 2632]. 1 no^v propose to attach a spring instead of a rigid piece to the axis of the vibrator, which spring acts on one arm of an elbow lever, the other arm of which is moved by a tappet on the crank shaft or other part of the loom. To the “ elbow lever are jointed clicks acting on two ratchet wheels, which communicate motion to the warp beam, as in the letting- ^ off motion above referred to. The object of the two ratchet wheels is to obtain a more uniform supply of warp from the warp beam than was before possible, and the object of the spring on the axis of the vibrator is to render the letting-off motion more sensitive, and to enable the weaver to let the cloth back when required.. According to the second part of my invention, the tappet on the crank shaft or other convenient part of the loom acts on a lever, to which I prefer to joint three clicks ; two of these clicks act on the larger ratchet wheel, and one on the smaller ratchet wheel, which is of a coarser pitch than the other. To the same lever is also jointed a sliding bar, near the end of which is a spring. The vibrating rail is a curved plate of the ordinary construction, each end of which bears against a spring attached to the frame sides ; these springs, acting against the vibrating rail, impart the requisite tension to the warp, and this tension “ can be increased or diminished by varying the point of attach- ment of the springs. The spring attached near the end of the sliding bar above referred to comes in contact with one of the springs which act on the vibrating rail. By this arrangement, when the warp is tight, more motion is given to the warp beam than when it is slack, the amount of motion being at all times “ regulated according to the position of the vibrating rail.” [Printed, l^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, April 23.— N^^ 905. ORR, John, and TEMPLETON, James. — ^^This invention re- lates to the weaving or manufacture of fabrics, either by hand WEAVING. 589 “ or power, suitable for use as carpets, damasks, and sliawls, as “ well as for other purposes for which figured goods are used, which fabrics, whilst they are solid throughout, are capable of presenting the pattern or ornamental figure complete and dis- “ tinct on each face.” The patentees claim, — “ First, the manufacture of a solid or undivided fabric having a dead inner or centre warp, and with a complete and distinct “ pattern or device on each surface, as herein-before described. Second, the application and use of a dead inner or centre warp operated upon by a jacquard or other pattern -working me- chanism, for the purpose of producing a solid or undivided fabric, with a complete and distinct pattern or device on both “ surfaces.” [Printed, M, Drawings.] A.D, 1855, April 24.— N« 914. McKENNA, Francis. — (Provisional protection only.) — The in- ventor says, — My improvements relate particularly to the taking- up motion of power looms, by which the woven material is wound upon the cloth roller or beam. In the first place, I dis- dispense with the upper or ^ sand roller,’ and in lieu thereof employ a lever, one end of which presses beneath and upon the fabric of the cloth or winding-on roller ; the other end is worked “ from a cam or other mechanical equivalent, secured upon the tappet shaft. In connection with this lever is a second lever, placed at right angles with the first described, and receiv- “ ing from it an up-and-down motion similar to its own. The one end of the second lever carries a click, which, working in a ratchet wheel, causes the partial revolution of a worm on the ‘‘ same shaft, and through it of a worm wheel secured to the winding-on roller. As the diameter of the cloth on the ‘ winding-on ’ roller encreases, the end of the first lever beneath it becomes gradually depressed, thus lessening the number of teeth of the click wheel taken up by the click upon the second lever, and necessarily graduating proportionately through the worm and worm wheel the revolutions of the ‘ winding-on ’ “ roller. By this arrangement the first or working lever becomes likewise self-regulating upon the taking-up motion.” [Printed, ^d. No drawings.] 590 WEAVING A,D. 1855, May 3.— N° 992. PLATT, John, and TAYLOR, James. — Improvements in looms for weaving.^’ This invention relates to a method of preventing the shuttle from accidentally flying from its race, for which purpose ’’ the patentees adapt a rod or rods or other suitable apparatus to the lathe, situate above the race, and extending across the width of the warp threads.^’ [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 5.— N« 1002. MIDGLEY, Robert, and COLLIER, George. — “ Improve- ments in preparing yarns for weaving and other purposes.” The improvements relate to means for facilitating the stretching “ and drying of, and at the same time giving lustre to, yarns in the hank.” The patentees support the yarns in hanks upon pairs of pulleys or rollers, carried by lever arms or frames, by which they are capable of being borne against a revolving heated cylinder, the rotation of which gives motion to the yarns, whilst the heat thereof dries them. Adjusting means are provided to one of each pair of pulleys or rollers, which (with weight or other pressure applied to the lever arms or frames, when those arms or frames turn on axes, to force the yarns in ‘‘ contact with the heated cylinder), effects the stretching.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 9.— 1038. GEDGE, John. — (A communication from J. B. N. Coupe.) — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in the manufac- “ ture of woven or textile fabrics.” The applicant says, — In the manufacture of divers articles of linen, cloths, &c., when it is desired, by the use of ordinary fabrics, to produce certain effects “ known technically as ‘ })iqures,’ and other analogous designa- tions, it is usual to draw out of such fabrics threads, so as to render the work of designing more easy and regular; this is practised in making the fronts of shirts and other similar work. “ To save the time and trouble expended in this preparation of material I propose to employ, in making the fabric itself, threads of silk, wool, or of other kinds, which I introduce in the warp or woof of the fabric, as the desired patterns may render necessary. WEAVING. 591 "" and which being cut or otherwise destroyed during the process of cleansing the fabric by the substances used for that purpose, “ will naturally leave in their places a vacuum or vacancy, which will represent the drawn threads.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 10.— N« 1056. NORTON, Frederick William. — This invention relates to “ the weaving or manufacturing of printed warps for the produc- tion of printed pile or velvet fabrics on the double cloth principle. In one modification of the weaving details for carrying out this invention in practice, five separate warp beams and six separate heddles are used. The upper section or division of the cloth is ‘‘ woven from a ground or foundation warp carried upon a pair of “ beams suitably disposed in the upper part of the loom framing, “ so as to present two parallel lines of ground warp threads to the ‘‘ action of a corresponding pair of heddles, forming the back set “ of the series of six. The lower section or division of the cloth is similarly produced from a ground warp, carried upon a pair of warp beams set in the same vertical line beneath, and from which beams separate parallel lines of warp threads pass through a corresponding pair of heddles, forming the centre pair of the “ six. The printed warp pile, which forms the surface figure common to both sections of the cloth, is produced from a warp ‘‘ carried upon a single beam, disposed as regards its horizontal “ position between the two pairs of ground warp beams. From “ the pile warp beam the line or lines of pile warp pass through a “ pair of corresponding heddles forming the front pair of the six.” The second modification differs from the first in as far as regards the pile warp threads. These threads are in this second modification divided into four sets, each exactly alike, and are actuated by four heddles,” instead of only two, as in the first “ modification. Each split of the reed has two pile warp threads passed through it, the four threads passed through each two splits being exactly alike.” [Printed, 7r?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 11.— N« 1059. HALLAM, Joseph, and ELCE, John. — Improvements in the • ^ construction of rowels or toothed cylinders for self-acting tem- 592 WEAVING. pies and other purposes.’^ This invention consists in fixing the teeth or pins of rowels or toothed cylinders into semi- cylindrical or other shaped shells of brass or other metal, and in afterwards soldering or otherwise fixing these shells on an arbor or shaft. By means of this improved mode of con- structing rowels or toothed cylinders, the pins may be made of hard steel, thereby increasing their durability, and rendering “ them better suited for leaving the selvages of the fabric when “ used for self-acting temples. These toothed cylinders may be applicable to machines for cleaning and combing flax or other fibrous material.” [Printed, 5cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 14.— N« 108/ BUCHANAN, James. — (Partly a communication.) — “ This in- vention relates to various improvements upon the machine for making heddles or healds, for which David Anderson and James Berrie obtained Letters Patent for England on or about the 25th day of March 1835 [N^ 6798], as well as to other ‘‘ improvements of a distinct character. In this machine, as hitherto constructed, the thread forming the eye of the heddle is thrown and knotted by hand, the remainder of the operations required in the formation of the heddle being performed by the machine; according to the present invention, however, the “ machine is made to perform the whole of the required opera- tions. The thread which forms the eye and one half of the heddles is carried in a shuttle of a peculiar shape, having one of its end points turned, as it were, a little to one side; and the pirn of the shuttle is formed with an internal spring, which re- winds up the slack of the thread during the operation of forming the knot, other springs being also applied to the pirn or its “ spindle to regulate the tension of its thread.” A weft work stopper stops the machine when the shuttle thread fails, and a pin on the indicating gear stops it at the end of the set.” The present invention also comprehends certain minor improvements in the general details of the heddle-making machine. One of “ such improvements consists in the application to the several threads or cords used in the manufacture of the heddle, or to “ any of them, of a tension spring, consisting of a helical coil of wire, through which the thread or cord is passed, being twisted WEAVING. 5.93 or lapped one or more times round the coils. A helical or other spring is also made to press against the end of the bobbin from which the thread or cord is unwound, the tension produced by which last spring prevents the thread from twisting itself into a “ hitch between the bobbin and the coil tension spring. A further “ improvement consists in driving the rim wheel which carries and works the thread for forming the ‘ clasp ’ of the heddle by means of an intermediate pinion in such a direction as to r bring the bobbin over towards the worker or attendant instead 4 of in the reverse direction, as originally worked. Another improvement consists in fitting the rim wheel, already herein-before referred to, upon V slides or grooves on the sta- tionary arms, such slides being made adjustable, so that they can be set up when worn. The traversing frame carrying the braiding needles is also fitted in adjustable V slides or grooves in the stationary framing with a like object. Another improve- ment consists in making the depresser for depressing the turned back point of the needle into the recess in the ‘needle shank adjustable upon its carrying blade spring by means of a screw ‘‘ or otherwise. In the marker movement, for working the marking thread into the heddle, the cam wheel hitherto em- ployed is superseded by a grooved wheel, contrived to change “ the thread with equal rapidity and certainty in either direction.” [Printed, Is. 'dd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 15.— N« 1098. FAWCETT, William, LAMB, John, and FAWCETT, Francis Best. — The patentees say, — “ Our invention, which has principally for its object to effect an improvement in the tie or bind of Florence carpets, but is also applicable to Brussels and other carpets and similar fabrics, consists, — “ Firstly, in raising the figure warp in the process of weaving the said fabrics only half the usual number of times, thus removing every other shute from the back in such manner as to strengthen the surface. ^ Secondly, in a mode of raising the whole figure warp or worsted for the shuttle to go on the back of the cloth, which we do by means of the trapboard or its equivalent in the jacquard. 594 WEAVING. Thirdly, in a similar mode of raising or depressing the said figure warp as required, by moving up and down the whole of the jacquard machine. Fourthly, in an improved form of bows to wires, securing their accurate arrangement during the insertion of the said wires in the cloth by a projecting piece under the bow of the wire, and a guide attached to the side of the loom. Fifthly, in a method of drawing the linen and worsted warps through the stay, to assist the worsted threads to separate clearly when drawn up for the lash. Sixthly, in the use of gutta-percha cords in connection with the cords or wires from the needles of the jacquard, as working smoother and lasting longer than the ordinary cords. Seventhly, in a method of letting off the worsted warp from the bobbins by means of a pin or bar in connection with the cross wires, and with suitable arrangements in the creel. Phghthly, in a method of giving a dwell to the lay or batten at suitable times, by causing the motion link to work with a rollers on it up and down in a slot piece. “ And, ninthly, in a method of giving the lay a regulated velocity, which we do by attaching to the lay shaft a suitable arrangement of toothed wheels.” [Printed, 1.9. lid. Drawinf^s.] A.D. 1855, May 18.— N" 1124. gumming, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to a series of contrivances more particularly applicable for weaving in a circle or continuously by means of a shuttle or shuttles travelling round a warp or warps arranged in a circle, whilst at the same time the arrangements may be so modified as to render them suitable for weaving with a recipro- eating shuttle, the line of traverse of the shuttle being either partially circular or rectilinear. According to one modification of the apparatus for circular weaving, the warp is drawn off beams or bobbins placed near the bottom of the framing, and it passes up vertically, the woven fabric being delivered upwards from the top of the machine. The shed is formed by means of horizontal heddles arranged in sections round the machine, each section being acted on in succession by a central cam revolving on a vertical axis. The weft threads of the fabric are WEAVING. 595 beaten up bj a scries of dents or flat wires, which take the place of the reed/ as in the ordinary loom. These beating-up dents are arranged radially and horizontally, and are guided vertically by an inner and an outer annular reed arranged with “ the dents vertical. These beater dents also serve to conduct I “ or propel the shuttle round through the shed, the shuttle r‘ running on wheels along the top of the dents. In the weaving action the beater dents sink in front of the shuttle, whilst the dents immediately behind the shuttle rise, so that the shuttle is as it were constantly running dov/n an inclined plane, whilst the dents rising behind it as it proceeds along beat up the weft “ thread as it is laid along the shed by the shuttle. The action of the shuttle may be assisted by means of a magnet.” Instead of forming the shed by means of heddles, as herein-before ‘‘ described, it may be formed by means of the beater dents themselves, the heddles being dispensed with. In effecting “ this, the w'arp threads are passed through eyes in the dents, or “ are otherwise connected to them, and a horizontal movement is given to the dents in order to produce the shed.” The fabric “ produced in the circular loom may be taken up in various ways. According to one plan, a series of rollers or belts may be arranged inside the fabric and made to revolve in radiating planes. These rollers or belts are formed with radiating pins on their outer surface, which pins take into the fabric and lift it up, the rollers or belts being actuated by a central screw movement or otherwise.” [Printed, 3d. No Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 21.— N° 1133. MOWBRAY, Frederick William. — Improvements in looms for weaving carpets and other pile fabrics.” The improve- “ ments relate, firstly, to the manufacture of carpets and other pile fabrics in looms, in which the wires or instruments acting as such, for the pile loops to be formed over, are placed in a “ direction longitudinal of the fabric ; and these improvements consist in so arranging those pile wires or instruments and parts acting therewith, that they may be capable of working with pile warps, selected and operated to produce the desired “ pattern to the surface of the fabric by jacquard or other suitable pattern surface.” p p 2 WEAVING. 59 (; “The improvements relate, secondly, to employing guiding “ instruments in place of the ordinary healds or harness, for the “ purpose of governing the movements of warp threads in “ weaving pile fabrics when the pile loops obtained are formed “ without the aid of pile wires extending under a series of such “ loops, or when the pile wires employed are laid transversely, or “ from selvage to selvage of the fabric. These guiding instru- “ ments are formed of thin plate metal, with holes or eyes therein “ for the passage of the warp threads, and they are arranged in “ leads, or otherwise, capable of being attached to several bars, “ by which they are actuated for the shedding ; or these guiding “ instruments may be actuated separately by jacquard or other “ pattern surface.’^ [Printed, 2s. 9d. Drawing's.] A.D. 1855, May 21.— 1149. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication). — “This In- “ vention relates, first, to the application of glass as a surface “ upon which sheets or articles of india-rubber and gutta percha “ may be placed during the processes of vulcanising and render- “ ing the same hard ; and second, to the application ["of hard “ india-rubber or hard gutta percha to various parts of machinery “ or apparatus employed in the preparation and manufacture of “ fibrous substances and textile fabrics.” “ The various appli- “ cations of these materials, when rendered hard, comprised “ under the second head of the invention, include ” “ all bobbins “ and rollers employed in the several machines used in the “ treatment and manufacture of fibrous materials and textile “ fabrics generally, the reeds or revels of sizing machines, also “ the hecks of warping mills. It is also proposed to make “ weavers’ reeds of these materials.” “ Sheets or bands of these “ hard materials may also be substituted for the ordinary per- “ forated pattern cards in jacquard looms.” “ The same materials “ may be advantageously used in the manufacture of the combs “ and guide eyes used in machines for winding the raw silk from “ the cocoons, and in throwing mills, and doubling and winding “ frames used in the manufacture of silk and other fibrous “ substances, and in the eyes of shuttles used in weaving and “ heddle eyes. These materials may also be employed in the \VP:AYING, 597 manufacture of the needles, and hooks, eylinders, and spring boxes of jacquard machines.” [Printed, 4£Z. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 22.— N° 1153. COLLIER, George. — Improvements in looms for weaving “ carpets and other fabrics.” The improvements relate, first, to the manufacture of earpets and other pile fabrics by power, and especially to the production of such of extra width.” And this first part of the invention consists in the application of “ a trough or other supporting means capable of receiving and giving continuous or repeated support to each wire in the direc- “ tion of its length, as the wires are in succession withdrawn from ‘‘ the fabric by the same instrument by which the re-insertion of them is effected.” Also, to the application to such trough or other supporting ‘ means of an instrument for correctly placing the point of the wire in the position desired opposite the open shed. “ Also, of a retaining instrument to prevent the wire springing out from the trough or other such supporting means, and which yet admits of the passage of the instrument by which the with- drawal and insertion of the wires are effected. Also, to the application of a chain as the means for with- “ drawing the wires from the fabric by the same instrument by “ which the re-insertion of those wires is effected, whilst the inserting motion for the wire to that instrument is given by means of a cord, or band, or chain. Also, to giving the neces- sary motion to such cord, or band, or chain for the insertion of the wires by friction ; and when such withdrawing means to the wires are employed to giving a slight back motion to the instru- ment, which effects both the inserting and withdraw'al of the “ wires when that instrument is moving from the head of the wire last inserted to that next to be withdrawn, in order to clear “ the heads of the intermediate wdres. “ Also, to the application of varying speeds to such looms, a faster speed being given when operating for laying-in of weft than when operating for insertion of wires.” The improvements relate, secondly, to means for effecting an elastic beat-up to the batten in such and other power “ looms,” 598 WEAVING. The connecting rods from the cranks to the batten, in place of being connected directly to the batten, are connected to it by a spring or other elastic means capable of being regulated.” [Printed, 3s, 8d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 22.— 1155. HOLT, Thomas, and SAGAR, John. — (Provisional protection only. — Improvements in looms.” This invention relates to improvements in the mode or method of working the picker, and consists of using a strap with two loops or projections. This strap is fastened to the extreme end of the back board of the shuttle box, in which there is a horizontal slot. The said “ loops or projections slide in this slot with the picker between them, so that as the picker is moved backwards and forwards by the picker stick, in the usual manner, it comes in contact with the loops or projections, and the strap, by its flexibility, bends or gives way the length or distance required.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, May 24.— N« 1180. HORROCKS, George. — Certain improvements in shuttles.” This invention consists in furnishing the shuttle with a spring ‘‘ of peculiar construction, which shall act against the tail of the ‘ skewer ’ in such a manner that upon the skewer being raised “ to the perpendicular, in order to put the ^ cop ^ on, it shall be “ held firmly in that position, and, upon its being replaced within “ the shuttle in a horizontal position, it shall also be similarly retained there.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, May29.— N« 1224. ACKLIN, Jean Baptiste. — The first part of this invention consists in the disposition of a machine or apparatus applied to jacquard looms for the purpose of substituting paper for the cards ordinarily used. The second part of the invention refers to an apparatus for punching the paper. The patentee says, — In my apparatus all the needles or wires of a same length are inde- “ pendent, that is to say, they are not attached to the organs “ called hitting pieces (butoirs) which impart motion to the jacquard needles. They are guided until close to the paper, so WEAVING. 5m that even when hent through imperfection or accident, they “ nevertheless do not fail in meeting the holes of the paper. All the motions imparted to the apparatus which is firmly fixed to “ the jacquard loom take place internally, whilst in all the con- “ trivances hitherto applied the motion was imparted to the whole “ apparatus.^’ For preparing the paper used in my machine, an apparatus capable of punching it with small holes as I use it is necessary. “ That apparatus has a set of stops or keys forming a key board. “ The depressing of any of the keys causes a hole to be punched through the paper. The reading and punching of a pattern can be done in two different ways, either by causing the de- signed pattern on prepared Bristol paper (papier quadrille) to “ pass over the key-board, or by connecting the levers which impel the punches to the sample placed at the opposite side of the pulley box of the ordinary reading ; the punching of the “ design is then effected as usual.” [Printed, 45. 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, June 1.— N° 1251. JACKSON, Adrien, KERSHAW, Eli, and ROBERTS, Joseph. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ Improvements in looms for weaving.” The invention consists, firstly, of working the operations of picking and shedding by a sun and planet motion, instead of the methods now adopted ; secondly, “ of obtaining a positive delivery motion by means of a ratchet wheel, giving a surface traversing motion ; and, thirdly, of using a double weft motion connected by one rod.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, June 2.— N° 1261. COE, Clement. — (A communication). — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in the mode or m.ethod of manufacturing druggets, bockings, pilot cloths, blankets, or similar strong materials.” The inventor says, — I propose to use an extra "" floating warp of cotton or similar material, and confine it to the centre or interior of such goods, still preserving a woollen face “ on both sides or surfaces, by which process I neither encrease the consumption of warp or weft,” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] 600 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, June 6.— N« 1290. FIELDING, John, and HOPWOOD, William, — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventors say, — Our invention relates, firstly, to that part of a loom technically called the check strap, “ which works the picker motion, and which consists of a shed “ fixed to the front of the slay, with a groove in it for the strap “ to work on both ends of the spindle, by which we diminish the quantity of strapping now used ; or we work the picker by means of two springs, one at each end of the bottom of the shuttle box, and thus avoid the necessity of check straps altogether. Secondly, to a means of avoiding floats, or, in other words, to stop the loom when floats are made, and which consists of using an extra reed at the back of the slay, and so connected with the ‘‘ stop motion, that if broken warp threads or floats become entangled with the said extra reed, the loom will stop.’’ [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, June 8.— N« 1309, CAUNCE, Robert. — (Provisional protection only .) — “ Improve- ments in machinery for sizing, dressing, and warping yarn.” This invention ‘‘ consists in causing the yarn as it comes from the “ bobbins of a creel to pass through a row of hecks and then between rollers, one of which revolves in a trough containing size. The yarns thus sized are operated upon by a brush and fan to dress and dry them ; they then pass through another row of hecks and between a set of runners, from whence they go through guides and between a pair of rollers of the required width ; the yarn is then wound on a fly or reel, and is ready to be balled off by hand or to be wound on the weaver’s beam. The length of the warp is measured and marked by an expanding ‘‘ and contracting wheel, and by a brush put in motion by one of “ the rollers, by which it is delivered to the reel or fly. This fly or reel has a lateral motion on its axis to bring each compartment in a line with the rollers, and the number of revolutions it per- forms is indicated by a counter. The leeses are taken at the beginning and end of the warp in the ordinary manner.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] WEAVING. 601 A.D. 1855, June 12.— N« 1337. ARMITAGE, William. — This invention relaces to the manu- facture of union bags and sail-cloth. The patentee says, — “For “ union bags I use a mixture of jute and cotton, and vary or “ reverse the warp and weft of the said materials as I may find “ most useful. For sail-cloth I use a mixture of linen and cotton, “ and vary the warp and weft as already described. It is evident “ that this mixture of jute and cotton is also applicable for “ petticoating, canvas for tents, and other similar purposes. In “ weaving the said union bags double, that is, making them “ complete in the loom, except sewing or joining the bottom part, “ I find the two parts of the bag often become connected by the “ two warps being joined together in the weaving ; to prevent “ which, instead of the ordinary temple, I use a piece of wood, “ metal, or other suitable material with a flat surface of about 4J “ inches broad, the length to correspond with the width of the “ bag to be woven, one edge of which if made a little thicker than “ the other will be found preferable. This substitute for the “ temple keeps the two warps perfectly separate, and this prevents “ the two parts or sides of the bag becoming connected in the “ process of weaving as well as keeping the bag to its proper “ width.” [Printed, M. drawings.! A.D. 1855, June 12.— 1342. PARKER, Charles. — This invention relates to “looms for “ weaving various classes of goods, and consists, in the first place, “ of a contrivance for obtaining an uniform and equal take-up of “ the cloth as it is woven by the agency of a roller set or studded “ with pointed pins, which revolving points are in direct contact “ with the cloth being wound upon the take-up roller or beam.” “ The second head relates to the adaptation of a screw move- “ ment for obtaining the necessary shifting traverse of the yarn or “ warp beam lever weights ordinarily employed for producing a “ tensional drag upon the warp beam.” “ The last head relates to the taking back of the warp during “ the weaving process, in cases where the shuttle may have run “ without putting in any weft, or in other cases when from any “ reason it may be necessary to back the warp. In the present 602 WEAVING. improvements this is effected without necessitating the raising of the lever weights of the warp beam, as at present ; neither is the weaver compelled to go behind the loom in the operation. In this arrangement for managing the warp beam, the drag pulley is loose upon the beam as a centre, and it carries a detent capable of gearing with a ratchet wheel fast on the warp beam as a centre.” [Printed, lOtZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, June IS.—N*^ 1350. MOXON, William, and CLAYTON, John. — This invention applies solely to those looms in which looped fabrics are woven, and wherein wires are employed for the formation of the loop, and consists in a novel arrangement of apparatus for the inser- tion of the wire and its withdrawal after the loop has been made. This is effected by means of a small drum or pulley, round which the spring attached to the wire coils, which requires to be “ suitably tempered, and which pulley may be worked by means of a ratchet and ratchet wheel, the treddle or lever of which is “ actuated by a suitably shaped cam fixed on the common tappet shaft of the loom.” An arrangement is described for applying the drum or pulley to working "‘loose wires.” In a disclaimer, filed June 13th, 1857, this last arrangement is disclaimed. [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, June 15.— N« 1370. SADLER, J OHN Harvey. — The patentee says, — “ This invention “ consists, first, in the construction and arrangement of the driving “ parts of power looms, by which the treading motions are accom- “ plished and arrested for a time whilst the shuttle passes through “ the shed.” “ Another of my improvements in looms consists in the mode of “ giving motion to the pickers. At each end of the crank shaft a “ toothed pinion is fixed, which gives motion to other toothed “ wheels, on the axis of which cams are fixed, which alternately “ act on levers, which levers are connected to other levers drawn “ together by a spring, and connected to the pickers, so that when “ a projection or one of the levers drops from a rise on the cam, WEAVING. 603 the spring acts to give a sudden impulse to the lever and picker with which it is connected. The take-up and let-off motions are connected to the picking motions by a lever and ratchet motion on an axis at one end of the loom.” The stopping of the loom is accomplished by causing an arm carried by a rocking lever to be inserted under a catch wheel ‘‘ fixed on the crank axis ; the other end of the rocking lever has an arm connected to a break, which is pressed against the sur- face of the fly wheel. The rocking lever and parts connected therewith are actuated by a link, which is connected by a bell- crank lever to a stop rod in front of the loom ; the link which actuates the stop and break apparatus is also connected with “ the stop motion for stopping the loom when the shuttle remains in the shed or fails to be thrown across, and also with the weft ‘‘ stop motion, which consists of balanced levers on a rod in front ‘‘ of the lay, together with forked arms and grids, which detect the absence of weft (when such is the case). When the beat-up takes place, then a catch on the rod being acted upon by a projection on the under side of the lay, gives motion to the “ link, which places the arm under a catch of the catch wheel, which causes the break to be pressed against the flywheel. Another improvement is in the construction of a continuous self-acting temple. On the breast beam near each selvage there are two slotted bars or plates capable of rotating on a fixed stud or axis ; the four ends of these bars carry friction rollers and “ curved plates set with pin points. The curved plates are con- “ nected by links which are also set with pin points. The friction rollers in their revolution with the bars come in contact with a “ fixed cam or governing surface, which causes the slotted bars to assume different positions on the fixed stud, and thus govern “ the action of the pointed surface on the selvage of the cloth.” [Printed, Is. lie?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, June 23. — N° 1442. MOWBRAY, Frederick William. — Improvements in looms for weavil^g.” “ The improvements relate, firstly, to means for “ forming selvages to fabrics when two pieces are woven together side by side in the loom, to be afterwards separated by cutting up between them ; and the improvement consists in giving “ the selvage threads a turn round each pick of the weft, or half 604 WEAVING. a turn one pick, and the other half turn the next pick of weft, so as to lap a portion of the weft under when the cutting up is effected to separate the two pieces.” Secondly, the improvements consist of a mode of actuating rotary shuttle boxes so as to obtain greater speed in plain looms, (that is,) when jacquard apparatus is not used to make figured goods. Instead of the threads of the jacquard appara- tus being used to govern the levers which turn the shuttle box, ‘‘ a small cylinder is placed at the end of the loom, suitably per- forated to act upon two or more levers which are connected with the ordinary catches, such cylinder being capable of work- ing either with or without cards. Thirdly, the improvements consist in actuating rotary shuttle boxes in order that such in their movement may be capable of moving a distance equal to two compartments of the shuttle box, instead of only one as heretofore.” “ Fourthly, the improvements consist in an improved method of taking back the picker after having driven the shuttle, which “ improvement consists in employing a lever fixed on the casting which carries the levers for driving the shuttle box, such lever “ projecting so as to pass over the top of the box when the lathe ‘‘ beats up, and also having a lateral motion each pick, which “ catches the picker and pushes it out of the box, so as to allow the box to turn freely. “ Fifthly, the improvements consist of means for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not land properly. A pin is fixed in the end of the casting which carries the shuttle box so as to come in contact with the picker when the shuttle is driven properly home; this pin then projecting through the end of the box catches the stop rod, and carries it over the frog or stop ; but if the shuttle falls short, the pin is just flush with the casting on the lathe, and the stop rod having nothing to hold it up, falls on the frog and stops the loom. Another method is ‘‘ to fix a small lever on the end of the revolving shuttle box casting, so that one end comes in contact with the picker when the shuttle drives it up, the other end of the lever’*being con- nected with a wire carried across the lathe, and there connected with a small bent lever which works between the ordinary “ tongue of the shuttle box (for stopping the loom when the shuttle does not land) and the back of the said box, so that WEAVING. 605 when the shuttle drives the picker up properly in the rotary box, this bent lever is pulled in between the tongue and the box, holding up the stop rod over the frog, but if the shuttle falls short, the stop rod drops and stops the loom.^’ [Printed, 45. 8d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, June 26.— 1459. BONNET, Benoit. — Improvements in weaving.’’ In the manufacture of woven fabrics in certain descriptions of looms, the threads which form the warp of the piece are usually kept in tension by weights made of lead, iron, or glass, suspended from eyes through which the warp threads pass.” ‘‘ The object of the present invention is to dispense with the use of these weights and their appendages ; and in order to give the neces- ‘‘ sary tension to the warp threads,” the patentee proposes to employ in lieu thereof vulcanized india-rubber cords or strings, which will act as springs.” [Printed, 5d. Drawing.] A.D. 1855, July 6.— N« 1515. BULLOUGH, James, WILLAN, Robert, and WALMSLEY, John. — This invention relates to machinery for warping by power. The patentees say, — We apply an apparatus to be acted upon when any of the warp threads break ; the said apparatus in such cases comes in contact with oscillating, revolving, or vibra- tory bars, which acting upon the driving strap, throws it ojff from the fast to the loose pulley, thus stopping the mill, and partially preventing the necessity of reversing its motion to tie up the thread or threads when breakage takes place. We also apply a break to the periphery of the fly wheel to prevent the momentum or motion being continued too long a time after the intended stoppage ; part of the aforesaid apparatus is also applied to throw off the driving belt when any required quantity of yarn or thread is measured off. By these improvements we dispense with the necessity of the reversing motion rods, &c.” [Printed, lOd, Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 6.— N« 1521. BOYES, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention relates to an improved system or mode of locking 606 WEAVING. the reed of a loom at the time of beating up, and consists in the employment of a transverse bar running along the entire front of the lathe and sliding vertically in brackets or guides. This bar bears against a second bar in front of the lower frame of the reed, or against the reed itself, and is kept pushed up by springs underneath it when the reed is to be locked. Two or more inclined slides work transversely “ through the lathe, their inclined edges bearing upon anti- ‘‘ friction pulleys on the transverse locking bar, whilst their front ends project out beyond the back of the lathe, being held out by springs. As the lathe moves towards the cloth for the “ purpose of beating up, the ends of the inclined slides strike against fixed buffers or stops attached to the front of the loom, and the slides being thereby pushed back, the inclines recede from the antifriction pulleys on the locking bar, and allow it to rise by the action of the springs underneath, thereby locking “ the reed effectually at the moment of beating up. As the lathe “ recedes again, the slides are drawn out again by their springs, and the inclines, by passing over the pulleys on the locking bar, depress it and release the reed.” [Printed, 3c?. o drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 9.— N° 1530. ROBERTS, Richard, and COPPOCK, George. — Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention consists in an improved letting-off motion. To the fulcrum shaft of the “ vibrator is attached a lever, connected to a weighted lever or to a spring of the usual construction. To the said fulcrum shaft is also fixed a bush, to which is attached one end of a weighted cord or chain, which passes over a friction pulley mounted on the same stud as a spur pinion, gearing into a wheel fixed to the warp beam. When the yarn is too tight the friction cord or band is slackened, and the yarn is at liberty to unwind off ‘‘ the warp beam until it regains it proper tension.” This invention “ also consists in an improved picking motion. The side lever is supported on a stud passing through a swivel piece connected to the loom side, thereby allowing the said side lever to move up and down in the usual manner, and laterally, to suit the action of the picking lever, to which the picking stick is attached ; the shape of the picking lever is such, that WEAVING. 607 the action of the side lever is more advantageously applied than heretofore.’^ [Printed, Qd, Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 10.— 1537. LORET, Vermeersch Francois. — These improvements relate to a former invention for which Letters Patent were granted to this patentee, dated March 20th, 1854 [N° 656]. — The patentee says, — With regard to the motion of the heddles in one of my former looms, there are four eccentrics and four levers ; I now employ only two, and the pinion makes hut two revolutions to one of the large wheel. As respects the motion of the shuttle, the batten or lay has near each of its ends a cast-iron upright, “ having on the top a small axis, on which the small horizontal “ lever turns, its opposite end being jointed to the vertical lever. This lever goes through the driver, extends beneath the batten end, and is attached to a cord ; to the axis is also attached a spiral spring, and the lower end fastened to a small thong which “ is connected with the vertical lever. “ I employ a new regulator for winding the fabrics on the cloth “ beam, consisting of a horizontal and bell crank lever pivotted “ on a small axis attached to the cross framing. I introduce an improved arrangement for stopping the loom ; motion being given to the loom by a band passing over a suitable pulley, it “ can be stopped by simply isolating the pulley on its axis. In respect to the heddle motion in wide looms, I would observe, that near the lower ends of the levers are screw tension rods ; adapted to the heddles at the extremities of these levers are also cords, which, passing over one pulley and under another, “ are fastened to the heddles. When employing my improved loom with cylinder and (rabat) lowering heald, in weaving a twilled fabric (with twelve heddles for instance) having a heavy warp, the loom must work ^ a rabat ’ “ or with a lowering heald. The vertical levers which give motion “ to the heddles move in a cast-iron bar, which serves as a fulcrum. ‘VTo the top ends of these levers are fastened small thongs, which ‘‘ after passing over pulleys are attached to the heddles; their lower ends have also thongs, which pass over other pulleys and ‘‘ are fastened to the heddles. A cast-iron cylinder rotating on an iron shaft carries at its end a toothed wheel, and at each end is a spindle, which turns in an 608 WEAVING. outer bearing. The cylinder has perforations corresponding to the number of h eddies. The lower ends of the levers have small pulleys actuated by eccentrics on the cylinder.” Another of my improved looms has a variable number of heddles and lower healing.” [Printed, l5. 8^Z. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 13.— N« 1570. LISTER, Samuel Cunliffe. — The patentee says, — “ My in- vention applies to looms which are employed to weave pile fabrics when very fine pile wires are used, and are attached to lever arms or other instruments, which introduce the wire into the open shed, hold it while it is tied into the fabric, and then withdraw it from the fabric, so as to leave a series of loops on the surface of such fabric, or by the cutting of such loops pro- “ ducing velvet pile, the lever arm or other instrument which is operated upon to introduce and withdraw the wire never being “ at any time released from the wire which it actuates, and conse- “ quently necessitating the employment of a separate instrument and actuating apparatus to each pile wire ; and my invention consists in so applying and actuating a supporting trough with each wire, that such trough may be caused to travel into the open shed with the wire and then be withdrawn, leaving the wire to be beaten up and tied into the fabric.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 16.— 1597. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication.) — Im- proved mechanism for operating the shuttles of looms.” It has been hitherto supposed that a shuttle when driven from the shuttle box must preserve a nearly horizontal position to prevent it from flying out of the web ; and to accomplish this a picker sliding upon a rod has been most generally used, which picker was impelled by a spring or picker stafiP. To obviate the use of a sliding picker, resort has been had to a means of so hanging the picker staff as to give it a rectilinear motion, or a motion parallel to the shuttle, by means of one or more pivoted arms, or “ by connecting a rocker to it, which gives it a variable fulcrum. The object of the present invention is to dispense with the use of these parts, as it has been found that the picker staff, con- WEAVING. 609 “ fined at the lower end by a pin, in the usual way for driving the sliding picker, will act equally well directly upon the shuttle, provided it does not pass much beyond the perpendicular. In ‘‘ carrying out this plan, the bottom of the staff is placed as near the side of the loom as possible, so that when it stands perpen- dicular it is nearly at the end of the shuttle box.’^ [Printed, ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 18. -N^ 161 3. TOYE, Charles. — Tlie patentee says, — My invention has re- lation to improvements in looms for the manufacture of two pile or two terry fabrics at the same time, and consists in the arrangement of a frame with an adjusting bar, and a carrier heddle between the reed and the ordinary heddles of the loom “ to regulate and control the distance between the two fabrics, and the length of pile when cut pile fabrics are intended to be made, and the height of the terries when two terry fabric are intended to be made. The frame I make use of is fixed behind the reed, and is moved with it, and contains a series of wires or dents, corresponding with the dents in the reed, and is moveable up “ and down in grooves arranged for that purpose. In every alternate space between the wires or dents in the frame (through which spaces the warps of the under fabric are passed) is placed a blank or stop, and the warps of the upper fabric are passed ‘‘ through the other spaces and the carrier heddle ; upon opening “ the sheds in the ordinary way, the two fabrics are prevented “ from being drawn together, and an equal distance is preserved between them by means of the blanks or stops and adjustable bar. In making pile fabrics intended to be cut, I make use of two printed or other pile warps, and proceed in the usual way pursued when two fabrics are made at the same time, preserving the regular distance between them and the length of pile by means of the aforesaid frame and apparatus. In making two “ terry fabrics, I make use of two printed or other terry warps, and “ preserve the distance between the fabrics in like manner ; but upon crossing the terry warps, instead of fastening them, as in making the two pile fabrics into each of the fabrics, I introduce a wire into the shed, and bring back each terry warp over the wire to its own body, where it is fastened in the usual way.’^ [Printed, Is. lOcZ. Drawings.] ,/vV. Q Q 610 WEAVING, A.D. 1855, July 18.— 1619. KING, James, and HOLDSWORTH, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘‘ This invention relates to the manufacture of coloured fabrics, and especially of that class of fabrics known as fustian. It consists in applying to this purpose warp or weft “ spun from cotton wholly or partly dyed the color required in the fabric prior to being spun ; or, in other words, it consists in dyeing cotton intended to be spun and woven into colored fabrics while in a raw state, or in some stage of its preparation for spinning.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] ^ A.D. 1855, July 19.— N° 1631. THOMPSON, James, and MILLS, James. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — ^^Improvements in power looms.” “The “ object of these improvements is to relieve the shuttle at the “ time of ^picking’ from the pressure exerted upon it by the “ swell, which is acted upon by the stod rod lever. It consists in “ forming a finger on or in attaching a finger to one of the rods “ connecting the slay of the loom with the cranks, which finger “ is made sufficiently long to reach under one of the ^ stop rod “ ^ fingers,’ the angular motion of the connecting rod causing it “ to lift the stop rod finger during the time the slay is moving “ from the fell of the cloth, and thus relieve the swell and shuttle “ from the pressure exerted upon them ; or it consists in attaching “ a lever to the slay of the loom, or in forming an arm on the “ stop rod lever, so as to be acted upon by a stud or bowl fixed on “ one of the rods connecting the slay and the cranks of the loom, “ which will depress the arm or lever, and relieve the shuttle at “ the time and manner before mentioned.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 19.— N^ 1635. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Henri Victor Wacrenier.) — “This invention relates to certain improved “ constructions and arrangements of reeds for weaving purposes, “ which it is proposed to make of hard india-rubber, india-rubber “ and gutta percha combined, or of india-rubber combined with “ metal or other materials, and to certain peculiar constructions WEAVING. 611 and arrangements of machinery, apparatus, or means for manu- factoring the same. According to one arrangement the reed is composed entirely “ of a band of hard india-rubber, and the dents or teeth are cut in it by means of a circular saw of a diameter rather greater than the length of the reed dents. The top and bottom of the dents are prevented from cutting the warp by being protected by rounded strips of hard india-rubber, wood, or other suitable ‘ material laid along the entire length of reed. Another mode of constructing reeds consists in forming the dents of separate strips of hard india-rubber, united at the top and bottom by gutta percha or fusible metal. The shuttle boxes of ribbon looms may also be made of hard india-rubber.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 30.— 1/27. FILLIER, Joseph Marie. — ^‘This invention consists of an improved loom, which is capable of weaving sail-cloths or other “ tissues, such as silk, cotton, wool, plain or colored, from six “ and a half to eight and two-thirds of a yard and upwards in width. The looms at present employed in the manufacture of sail- cloths are only capable of producing them to a width of about two yards, reduced by the sewing to about one yard and a half. “ By the new, machine all the sails of merchant vessels and the smaller ones of ships of war can be made in single pieces. As sails of such sizes would not present sufficient resistance to the action of the wind, bands of well-twisted thread are woven in the sail-cloth during its manufacture. These bands vary in size according to the width of the sail, and are arranged verti- cally and horizontally, forming squares of seven or eleven inches wide.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, July 31.— N° 1738. DUPONT, Louis Narcisse. — (Provisional protection only). — This invention consists in making a new fabric from the waste arising from the combing of silk, as well as the waste from the cocoon. The warp and weft being entirely of this material, Q Q 2 612 WEAVING. without any mixture of cotton or wool, form a beautiful material. [Printed, Zd. No drawing.] A.D. 1855, August 2. — N® 1750. WOLLER, Samson, and BUTTERFIELD, Illingworth. — This invention relates to machinery for weaving figured fabrics, and consists, first, in allowing the hooks of a jacquard machine to be entirely at rest, and free from the knives of the grife, at the time they are pressed back by the cards and cylinder, “ whereby great ease and freedom is obtained in working the machine ; consequently the cards may be made of lighter card paper, and the machine may be worked at a greater velocity than usual. Secondly, in the means of disengaging the cylinder or swing frame, so that the cylinder and the cards may be worked hack- wards or forwards, independently of the other parts of the machine. And, lastly, in keeping the harness steady and free from vibration by means of weight, wires, and springs.” [Printed, ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 7.-~N°1783. HAMNETT, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^Improve- ments in shuttle tongues.” The inventor says, — Instead of the spring forming a bow on the tongue, whether in or out of the shuttle, I arrange it so that when it is out of the shuttle (that is, in a position, to put on the cop), the spring is flat to the tongue, and will thus enter the cop without breaking or injuring “ the interior thereof ; hut when the tongue with the cop on it is “ put into the shuttle the spring bows out, thus securing the cop and enabling the weaver to use it up almost to the last thread, and prevent waste by having large cop bottoms. I accomplish “ this object by making the spring long enough to go through the tumble quite up to the stud or pivot, and by cutting a recess in the stud or pivot, the end of the spring will enter it when out of the shuttle, and thus be flat with the tongue, but when let down into the shuttle the end of the spring avoids the recess, and comes in direct contact with the stud or pivot, by which it becomes bowed.” [Printed, 3J. No Drawinpjs.] WEAVING. 613 A.D. 1855, August 8.— N« 1793. BARON, William, LANG, Joseph, and LIVERSAGE, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to machinery for winding and for dressing yarns. The inventors say, — Our improvements in winding refer to those machines in “ which yarns or threads are wound from the cop; and consist, firstly, in adapting thereto a rod or other guide, over or through which the material passes previously to its reaching the bobbin, and by which we are enabled to avoid in great measure the waste arising from ‘ back-lash ’ in the cop, and generally to effect the winding more perfect^. Secondly, we so incline the spindles from which the yarn is to be wound that the nose of the cop occupies a position lower than that of the base thereof. Our improvement applicable to machines for sizing or dressing yarns or threads consists in the use of a certain apparatus for taking the ^ cross ’ or ^ lease.’ For this purpose we employ a series of instruments formed of thin metal or other suitable sub- stance like the dents of reeds, but with thin pieces attached to or raised from them, so as to constitute hooks or open-eyed needles. These instruments we attach side by side to a bar, by which they may be lowered through the threads in the machine, and then by a transverse motion of the said bar and “ lifting thereof, we can select the several sets of threads in the necessary order. In order to facilitate this operation, we cause the threads from the beams to be separated by passing over rollers or guides, thereby getting them in sets one above another, and these rollers or guides may be moved transversely, instead of imparting that motion to the needle bar as above mentioned. We also select the threads without a transverse motion by causing them to pass through the machine in different vertical lines, so that the needles having been lowered will fail in lifting some, but take others.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 8.— N° 1797. DEVY, Philippe Amedee. — (A communication.) — This inven- tion consists in producing a fabric from the human hair in the “ state in which it can be procured from hair-dressers. The hair ‘‘ is to be spun into a yarn, and woven either as weft with linen or cotton warps, or with warp and weft of the same material.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] 614 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, August 9.--N" 1799. SIDEBOTTOM, John. — This invention relates to the construc- tion of ‘‘ skewers for shuttles and other purposes.’^ The improve- ments consist in various modes of bringing the springs in a line with the skewer when the cop is to be put on.^^ [Printed, l5. \d» Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 9.~N‘> 1802. LATOUR, Philippe, and LATOUR, Maurice. — (Provisional protection only.) — This ^‘invention is intended to suppress the shuttle that carries the thread across the warp in the existing looms, and to substitute it by a thread holder fed by a bobbin. When the warp is open the thread holder passes across it, and, forming a loop at the other end, comes back again. The warp threads then cross each other, the comb tray strikes, and the thread holder again conveys the thread. It can be understood that by this process the warp crosses but once for the two runs of the thread holder instead of crossing twice, that is, once for each run of the shuttle in the existing system.” [Printed, ^d. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 13.— N° 1831. NORMANDY, Lewis. — (A communication from Messrs. Florence, Houguet, and Teston.) — ‘^A new circular weaving machine.” “What is particularly considered as new in this “ invention is the following dispositions of the apparatus : — 1st, “ the circular and flexible reed ; 2d, the circular inclined surface, “ working both as a shuttle driver and at the same time as a “ batten; 3d, the warp guiding blades G, disposed in a circular “ manner ; 4th, the curved shape of the shuttle. The principle of “ circular weaving, by means of a shuttle and of a flexible beating “ reed, is also considered as being new.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 16.— N° 1855. FONTAINEMOREAU, Peter Armand le Comte de. — (A communication from C. Vai and G. Bernardi.) — This invention relates to jacquard machines ; and consists, “ first, in the employ- “ ment of small iron blades in connection with a metal cylinder WEAVING. 615 or drum pierced with holes to form the design, as a substitute “ for the cards of ordinary jacquard looms. ‘‘ Secondly, in the construction and arrangement of apparatus for piercing thin sheet metal to form the design on the cylinder or drum.’’ The apparatus for this purpose is put in action by an iron lever. A wrought-iron cross piece transmits the pressure “ of the lever to a cage or frame by means of the two iron blades. The cross piece and cage work in vertical slots in the framing of the machine. The cage or frame contains a series of 1,000 tempered steel registers, sliding on rods fixed to two extremities of the same cage ; it contains also two screws to regulate the vertical pressure of the registers. These have a slot in front to “ slide between the rods ; thus, according to the paper design, the “ registers 1, 2, & 3, &c., are pushed forward, corresponding with the holes to be made on the sheet metal, which holes are pierced by the respective punches.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 16.— 1862. ATHERTON, John, and BOYES, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to certain improved “ systems or modes of locking the reed of a loom at the time of beating up, and consists in the employment of a transverse bar running along the entire back of the lathe and sliding vertically in brackets or guides. This bar bears against a second bar, ‘‘ behind the lower frame of the reed or against the reed itself, and is kept pushed up by springs underneath it when the reed is to be locked. Two or more inclined slides work transversely through the lathe, their inclined edges bearing upon anti-friction pulleys on the transverse locking bar, whilst their front ends project out beyond the front of the lathe, being held out by springs. As the lathe moves towards the cloth for the purpose of beating up, the ends of the inclined slides strike against fixed buffers or "" stops attached to the front of the loom, and the slides being thereby pushed back, the inclines receed from the anti-friction pulleys on the locking bar, and allow it to rise by the action of the springs underneath, thereby locking the reed effectually at the moment of beating up. As the lathe receeds again, the “ slides are drawn out again by their springs, and the inclines, by 616 WEAVING. passing over the pulleys on the locking bar, depress it^ and release the reed. Another arrangement consists in connecting the locking bar by links at each end to two levers on the slay stop rod. The front ends of these levers are inclined, and when the lathe moves forward to beat up they slide under stationary fingers attached to the back of the breast beam, thereby raising the opposite ends of the levers, and allowing the locking bar to rise ‘‘ by the action of springs, which force it upwards and cause it “ to lock the reed. When the levers leave the fingers on the backward stroke of the lathe, the locking bar releases the reed, it being drawn down by the action of two other springs stronger than the first, which force up the inclined ends of the levers, and consequently draw down the ends connected with the locking bar, which slides in suitable guide brackets.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 16.— N« 1864. FAWCETT, William, and FAWCETT, Francis Best.— The patentees say, — Our invention, which has reference to the manu- facture of looped or cut pile fabrics, consists, firstly, in an arrangement for mixing the colours of the woolen warp or thread so as to produce a variety of shades, the effect of which is obtained by the stamping or reading in the pattern, so as to raise two or more colours at once in each longitudinal division ‘‘ of the reed or slay, thus mixing the colours as fine again as the scale or count of the cloth. Secondly, in the employment of a long male or eye in the jacquard harness, so as to allow the figure warp or worsted to be moved up and down within the said male or eye through the medium of the heald when the jacquard harness is arranged close to it. Thirdly, in an arrangement for shifting the position of the shuttle, so as to move on the back of the cloth instead of raising the figure warp as at present. Fourthly, in a mode of arranging the hanging weights in con- nection with the bobbins, so that they may be placed at the ‘‘ back thereof instead of the front, as heretofore, the said weights ‘‘ being furnished with pins or bars so as to press against the bobbins when the weights are down. WEAVING. 61 / Fifthly, in timing or regulating the time for raising the whole of the jacquard harness when the trap hoard or its equivalent is employed, so that the harness may be kept up till the beat-up of the lay takes place, the wire being first inserted before the whole harness is raised, by which arrangement the raising of the warp thread for the purpose of inserting the wire may be effected without requiring the fall of the trap board. “ Sixthly, in the employment of certain arrangements in con- nection with the bottom board of the jacquard loom for raising “ the whole harness, as mentioned under the fifth head of our invention. Seventhly, in a mode of raising the worsted threads for the “ reception of the wire simultaneously with the raising of the whole harness, so that the whole harness may remain up till the beat of the lay takes place, and then the remainder to drop from those selected for the wire. Eighthly, in timing or regulating the time for raising the “ whole of the jacquard harness when the trap board or its equi- “ valent is employed, so as to give the longest time to the en- trapping of all the cards by adapting the hand-loom order of motion. “ And, ninthly, in the employment or mode of using the last- mentioned arrangement when the whole harness is raised by means of the bottom board of the jacquard machine. The three “ first heads above described referred either to hand or power loom machinery ; the six last to power looms only.^’ [Printed, Is. 8c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 16. — 1865. HUDSON, William. — This invention “ consists in the con- “ struction and application to the power loom of a ^ stop rod ’ or “ ‘ protector ’ of a novel form and arrangement, so contrived as “ to operate only during that part of the revolution of the crank shaft which corresponds with the time intervening between the entrance of the shuttle into the box and the ensuing pick, so that the motions of the shuttle are unobstructed by it. It is to “ be used in lieu of and as a substitute for the common ^ stop ‘ rod.’ ” [Printed, Is. 2c?, Drawings.] 618 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, August 16.— N° 1866. MAYNES, William. — These improvements have reference to temples of the class commonly known as ‘ box and roller ’ or ‘ trough temples/ and consist in the following additions to and modifications in the construction of such temples. They may be applied either severally or in combinations of any two or more of them. Firstly, the division of the roller into two or more parts or separate rollers; such of the pivots or necks of the said rollers as are not carried by the ends of the trough being supported in a bearing or bearings at one or more intervals in the length of the temple, or in the formation of the said roller in one piece, but supported at one or more intermediate points in its length as well as at its ends, together with an ar- ‘‘ rangement of rests, bearings, or supports for carrying the inter- “ mediate pivots of the separate rollers before mentioned, or for . “ supporting the roller, if continuous, at the proper intervals. “ Secondly, an arrangement for facilitating the occasional re- moval of the rollers or roller by mounting them or it in a frame capable of being turned back on hinge joints, or afiixed to the “ other parts of the temples by buttons, bolts, or otherwise, so as to be easily removeable. Thirdly, an arrangement of two or more rollers or series of rollers parallel to each other in the same frame or trough. ‘^Fourthly, the use of all or any of the above arrangements with the guide trough or straight edge placed in an inverted position. Fifthly, a method of securing perforated metal plates to the “ surfaces of the temple rollers by nailing, pinning, or screwing such plates to slips of wood inserted in longitudinal grooves sunk in the bodies of the rollers.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 17.— N° 1871. COLLIER, George. — Improvements in weaving plush by power, parts of which improvements are applicable when weav- ing other fabrics.” The improvements consist in arranging the parts of a loom for weaving plush by power, that that por- ‘‘ tion of the pile warp which for the time is in the lower portion WEAVING. 619 of the shed may have an increased descending motion given to it to depress it below the linen or binding warp.’’ Also in so arranging the reed of the batten that an increased number of dents to the inch may be employed for a short distance inwards from each selvage of the fabric to what are employed at the middle portion of the reed.” When the reed and parts connected therewith are supported so as to swing from centres of motion at the lower part of the loom,” the patentee employs tappets or cams to withdraw the batten with its reed from the work after the beat-up;” the return for the beat-up is effected by a spring. The shuttle boxes are formed separate from the middle part of the batten, and are fixed stationary to the loom. The improvements also relate, when weaving plush and other pile fabrics by the aid of transverse wires, to an arrangement of fork or feeler to stop the .loom when a wire fails to be withdrawn from the fabric.” The improvements also relate, when weaving plush and other pile fabrics by the aid of transverse wires, to the application of a trough affixed to and moving with the arms or carriers^ by which the instrument for inserting and withdrawing the wires in succession is supported, such trough being for the purpose of receiving and offering continuous support to each wire as withdrawn from the fabric and until its re-insertion.” “The improvements also relate relate to the application in “ looms of double-acting temples to each side or selvage of the “ fabric, in order that one pair of temples may be acting to keep “ the fabric distended, whilst the other pair is shifting to take “ hold of a fresh portion.” The arrangement of each temple “ consists of a pair of jaws or nippers, one of which jaws or part “ of nipper is roughened and the other is furnished with leather.” [Printed, 5s. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, August 18.— N‘> 1875. CRAWFORD, Robert. — “The chief object of this invention is “ to provide an efficient and economical substitute for the end- “ less bands of cards at present employed in looms, for the “ purpose of effecting the changes of shed required to obtain a “ given pattern. 620 WEAVING. The patentee claims, the use of a pattern block (in place of the endless bands of pattern cards) provided on its operating face with lines of uneven surfaces or recesses of unequal depth for presenting (by the intervention of rods or needles) draw bars or levers to the action of a reciprocating transverse bar or its equivalent, and thereby effecting the lifting of the harness to produce the required changes in the shed.” [Printed, Is. 10^?. Drawings,] A.D. 1855, August 24.-~N‘> 1915. WOOD, William. — The patentee says, — ‘^The improvements relate, firstly, to sizing and dressing,^_by brushing & smoothing, mohair and other pile warps or yarns, in order to lay the loose hairs or fibres, and prevent their catching or locking together in the crossing of the threads for the sheds, in weaving pile fabrics. Secondly, to wetting or damping the yarns, especially those for the warps, whilst being woven into velvet or other pile fabrics, at or near the point wherein the weaving cloth is produced. For this purpose I employ a rotating or other brush, suitably moistened, and capable of penetrating amongst, and thereby moistening the yarns. Also, to the application of “ heat to the water or other liquid used in wetting or damping such yarns during the process of weaving pile & other fabrics. Also, to steaming such yarns during the process of weaving pile and other fabrics, particularly at or near the point where the cloth is produced. “Thirdly, to using for the pile warps of pile fabrics single “ spun threads of mohair, worsted, or cotton, instead of doubled “ threads as is usually the practice. In carrying out this part “ of the improvements, I prefer to dress or prepare the single “ yarns by sizing and brushing before weaving. “Fourthly, to raising up one half of the pile warp threads at “ a time to form a shed when weaving silk, worsted, or cotton “ velvet, or cut pile carpeting, in order to avoid a striped appear- “ ance of the face of the faaric.” [Printed, 4id. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, September 5.— 2009. COLLIER, George. — “Improvements in the manufacture of “ carpets and other pile fabrics,” “The improvements relate to WEAVING. 621 employing two shuttle boxes to each side of the loom, separated from and operated independently of the middle of the batten or lay when two shuttles are used, suitable for dijfferent thick- “ nesses of weft, either of such shuttle boxes on each side of the loom being capable of acting with, and for the time of being locked to, the middle part of the batten or lay, whereby those shuttle boxes for the time in use will at the traverse of their shuttle partake of the motions and operate as part of the centre “ part of the batten or lay. ‘^Also, to the application of separate weft forks to each shuttle ‘‘ box, to act also in tightening the weft between the work and the shuttles, and thereby improve the selvages of the fabric. “Also, to the application therewith of independent picking “ motions to and selecting for picking of the shuttle for the time “ to operate. “Also, to adjusting the motions of the instrument which aids “ to keep the point of the wire in the deep part of the shed to “ the different elevations of the work when operating with the “ respective shuttles.^’ [Printed, 4s. Drawin^^s.] A.D. 1855, September 2025. TEMPLETON, Nathaniel, and MILLAR, David. — (Provi- sional protection only.) — “This invention relates to the weaving “ or manufacture of figured muslins and other ornamental fabrics.” “ According to the ordinary system of weaving harness-figured “ muslins, the plain ground of such goods is usually woven by “ the aid of a mounting or set of heddles, ordinarily consisting “ of four leaves or sections, the warp of the fabric being equally “ divided amongst such leaves. Hence, by elevating or depress- “ ing two of the leaves alternately at each shot of the ground “ weft the required plain cloth ground is produced. Now, the “ harness connected with the tail cords of the jacquard or “ figuring mechanism is connected with and governs only one “ half of the warp threads actuated by the heddle leaves, and “ when the jacquard harness elevates a portion of the warp “ threads in producing the figuring effect with the figuring weft “ thrown in for the purpose, the heddles are at rest. Now, ac- “ cording to the present invention, advantage is taken of this “ quiescent condition of the heddles to actuate one of the two “ leaves thereof, through which leaves the warp threads governed 622 WEAVING. by the jacquard harness are also passed alternately with each figuring weft shot ; that is to say, one of the two leaves which operate upon the warp threads attached to the jacquard harness is pressed down or actuated alternately at each shot of the figuring weft.” [Printed, 2>d. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, September 21. — N° 2121. LEES, Asa, and CLEGG, John. — Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention “ consists in the combina- tion of a chain of tappets and a tappet wheel or tappet plates, with the machinery for giving motion to the same, for raising “ and lowering the drop box of a loom in which four or other convenient number of shuttles are employed, whereby the shuttles are brought in a line with the shuttle race in any required succession.” [Printed, l5. ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, September 22.— 2126. EATON, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- ments in shuttles and in making cop tubes used in shuttles.” The patentee says, — My invention consists of dispensing with the use of spindles in shuttles, and of arranging the interiors of shuttles in such manner as to hold the cops of weft externally ; for which purpose the tube or spool is fixed at one of its ends in a shuttle, and elastic or pressing friction surfaces are used to hold the cop by acting on its external surface. And in making metal cop tubes for shuttles, in place of making them externally ^ ^ smooth and with uniform surfaces, I cause them to be grooved or roughed on the external surfaces.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawing.] A.D. 1855, September 26. — N° 2145. CRANKSHAW, Richard. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to machinery for sizeing warps. The improve- ment consists in so arranging the machinery that where narrow warps (or those not of the ordinary full width) are required to be sized, the inconvenience of the use of the ordinary beam may be# avoided, and the labour in sizeing economised, which im- provement is accomplished, first, by dividing the warps into two, three, or more widths ; and, secondly, in providing two or WEAVING. 623 more warp beams .in the sizeing machine, which are to be actuated by suitable gearing, so that one beam may be caused to wind on whilst another is at rest, if required.’’ [Printed, ^d. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, September 28.— N° 2164. CLEGG, Thomas. — ^This invention relates to the making of a loom harness with metallic eyes.” In the manufacture of “ heddles from wire, either one or both extremities of the eye or opening for the reception of a warp thread have been formed by simply twisting together the two pieces of round wire.” The first part of this invention consists in so compressing the two ‘‘ wires at the top and bottom of the eye as to flatten them on “ one another, and bring them to or about the thickness of a single wire when they are laterally spread out. This compres- “ sion may be produced by pressure between jaws, or by a hammer.” The second part of the invention consists in mechanism for making such heddle or harness eyes from wire.” The next part of the invention ‘^relates to mechanism or a ‘‘ machine for weaving and forming the harness.” The object of this part of the invention is to weave a loom harness from cotton, worsted, or other proper twine, and at the same time interweave ‘‘ it with metallic eyes of the kind herein-before described.” [Printed, 8s. 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 2.— N« 2196. THRELFALL, Richard, and KNOWLES, William. — This invention relates to the ^ taking-up motion ’ of looms for weaving, and is applied to the ^ taking-up ’ wheel or ratchet wheel, which is employed for the purpose of taking up the cloth as it is woven. The invention consists in a new description of catch to be “ applied to the said ratchet wheel, in addition to the ordinary “ taking-up and holding catches, for the purpose of regulating “ the recoiling motion and preventing the cloth from recoiling ‘‘ more than a certain distance in the event of the weft breaking “ (which is now ordinarily done by the weaver), and thus, by preventing the occurrence of thick and thin places, to produce “ a more even and uniform cloth than hitherto. The said catch 624 WEAVING. is constructed and arranged as follows : — A quadrant or other segment of a circle concentric with the ratchet wheel is attached to the framing of the loom by means of a suitable bracket. “ Upon this segment is placed a piece of metal, so formed as to slide freely thereon, and the catch is mounted upon a pin in this slide. The catch is constructed with a tail piece, which allows the nose of the catch to give way when the loom is weaving, and acts as a counterbalance to keep the nose of the catch in gear with the teeth of the ratchet wheel when the wheel recoils or Uets back.’ When the holding and taking-up catches are lifted and the ratchet wheel recoils, the wheel carries with ‘‘ it the recoil catch until the slide comes against a stop formed or “ fixed at the end of the segment ; the catch then holds the ratchet wheel and prevents it from recoiling further. The length of the segment thus regulates the amount of recoil allowed.” [Printed, Drawings.] A,D. 1855, October 4. — 2212. OLDHAM, Henry.— 'This invention relates to anovel arrange- ment or construction of the parts connected with the work beam “ of power looms, and has for its object to cause the take-up motion to act in such a manner as to take up the work more evenly than heretofore, so as to prevent any unevenness of the ‘‘ cloth. This object is effected by causing the work beam to be rotated at an uniform surface speed, which is produced by the use of a worm or screw working a nut which is made to regulate the position of the weight upon the ordinary weighted lever, so as to give to the weight an uniform and self-acting motion, by moving it along the lever as the diam.eter of the work beam increases.” [Printed, 8fZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 9.— N" 2248. WILLAN, Robert, and MILLS, Daniel. — (A communication.) — (Provisional protection only.) — The applicants say, — “ In the manufacture of ribbed and similar fancy goods, instead of the usual counter shaft with its wheels and apparatus to work the treddles, we make the tappet in halves, so as to slide to the right and left in a groove or key bed on the tappet shaft, and WEAVING. 625 we use two bosses grooved in a serpentine or cam form, which “ bosses also slide on the tappet shaft with the tappets to the right and left ; these bosses may be either made fast to the tappets or loose, as most convenient. The treddle levers work- ing into the said serpentine grooves of the bosses during their revolution, work the treddles in a similar manner to the old method of working them by the feet, by which we dispense with the ordinary counter shaft and its concomitant apparatus.” [Printed, 5cZ. Drawing.] A.D. 1855, October 10.— 2265. PARRY, John, and IVERS. Samuel. — (Provisional protection only.) — Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” This “ invention applies to a method of stopping the loom, either on the breaking of a warp thread or a weft thread, or on the acci- dental occurrence of imperfect weaving, and consists in the em- ployment of a light metal bar supported by brackets secured upon the ‘ breast beam ’ or other convenient part of the loom ; on this metal bar are placed at convenient distances (say, for instance, two inches apart) a series of small bent metal fingers “ working loosely on the bar, the ends of these fingers being lightly retained upon the surface of the fabric under manufacture by suitable springs. To this bar is imparted a lateral motion either v/ay in such a manner that should any imperfection take place in the fabric under manufacture, caused by either the warp or the weft thread breaking, the nearest finger becomes checked ‘‘ in its lateral traverse by partially falling through the fabric, and being there retained. The effect of this will be to stay the traverse of the bar at one end of the bar, and near the ordinary “ ‘ throwing-out ’ motion. Two small pins embrace and cause a smaller lever to follow the traverse of the bar, this small lever “ is supported by a vertical rod, having at its lower end a catch box. To this catch box a reciprocating motion is given, it being “ connected by a small slotted lever at one end to a rod secured at its other end to a pin, revolving on a worm wheel working horizontally and actuated by a worm upon the ‘ tappet shaft.’ When a ‘ float ’ or other imperfection takes place in the weaving of the fabric, the nearest " finger ’ immediately falls through the “ fabric or is checked in its traverse, and consequently with it the traversing bar. The vertical rod is now lifted by the teeth or W, R R 626 WEAVING. ‘‘ ratchets of the catch box ; the small lever on the top of the vertical rod is forced up, and lifts an arm secured at one end on , the throwing-out or ‘ stop motion this arm comes into contact with a plate on the advancing ^ slay/ and immediately forces back ‘‘ the arm and ‘ throwing- out ’ or ^ stop motion/ and thus instantly stops the loom.’^ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 10.— 2266. ODDIE, Thomas, LANCASTER,Willi am, and LANCASTER, John. — Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” The first part of the invention relates to pickers. The improved pickers are made of buffalo hide, the same as common pickers, and are principally made of one piece bent in the staple form, and blocked or shaped to leave a hole,” which is for the spindle of the shuttle box. A cavity is also made to receive the tip of the shuttle. The second part of the invention relates to the taking-up motion, “ and it consists in combining with a series of wheels employed for this purpose a lever of 'the second order, actuated from the slay sword in place of a lever of the first order hitherto used.” The third part of the invention consists in the employment of a compensation roller or bar, which is placed transversely upon the yarn between the back bearer or yarn carrier and the healds, and “ it is free to rise and fall in a slotted bracket or guide, placed at “ each end, as the shed opens and closes, thereby reducing a great portion of the strain upon the yarn, and also serving to indicate the weight required on the yarn beam.” The fourth part of the invention relates to apparatus for stopping the loom, and consists of a self-acting break for stopping the loom without the aid of ^ frogs ’ or ‘ stop rod fingers.’ ” This part of the invention is disclaimed in the complete specification. [Printed, lOd Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 12.— N« 2281. KAY, Robert Henry, RICHARDSON, Alfred Thomas, and MALLINSON, George. — This invention ‘^consists in producing piled fabrics suitable for mantles, vestings, hat plushes, trimming “ for dresses, or other purposes, the surfaces of which are either “ corded or plain. WEAVING, 627 In weaving these improved fabrics the weft threads are floated over the warp threads, and the races thus formed are cut to pro- duce the pile. The weft employed may be of flax, silk, spun “ silk, cotton, woollen, worsted, mohair, or alpaca, or any combi- nation of any two or more of these materials. By floating the weft over a sufficient number of warp threads, and by employing weft of suitable materials and colours, the fabrics when cut and finished may be made to resemble the furs of animals or the feathers of birds, or other plain or ornamental fabrics may be produced, according to the draught and tie-up employed. [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 13.— 2296. BOUSFIELD, George Tomlinson.— (A communication.) — A part of these improvements relate to driving, stopping, and arresting the motion of power looms, and consists in the appli- cation or employment of friction cones for driving power looms, when the said friction cones are combined with a brake for arrest- ing the motion of the loom when thrown out of gear and this part of the improvements also consists in constructing the belt cone in such a manner that it may be conveniently oiled when the belt is in motion. Another part of the invention relates to the delivery or giving “ out of the warps, and consists in the mode of constructing and arranging the tension roller, and of applying the brake thereto for driving said tension roller when the lathe beats up, and also in connecting the tension roller with the let-off motion, whereby the delivery of the warps is effected in a more perfect manner than has heretofore been done.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 13.— 2298. BOUSFIELD, George Tomlinson. — (A communication from E. B. Bigelow.) — This invention relates to an improved power loom for weaving wire cloth. “ In the improved loom the shuttle is handed through the shed of the wire warps by means of arms, one on either side of the loom, which simultaneously move towards and from the centre of the web.” ‘^The shuttle is provided with a wire straightener, through which the wire passes, and is straightened as it is drawn from the bobbin by the move- merit of the shuttle through the warps.” R R 2 628 WEAVING. To prevent the pull of the filling wire from drawing in the selvage wires and making an uneven or contracted selvage, pointed levers are employed, one on either side of the loom, which have a vibratory motion toward and from the 'selvage of the ‘‘ cloth, also a vertical motion up and down, by which latter motion they are alternately thrust between the wire of the shuttle and the selvage of the cloth, so that when the shuttle is taken through the warps the filling wire draws said levers respectively towards the selvage of the cloth until they are arrested by a stop, which prevents the pull of said filling wire from drawing in the selvage.’^ These levers for forming the selvage of the cloth are also employed to stop the loom when a filling wire breaks or is exhausted from the bobbin.” “ The cloth is beat up by a double stroke of the lathe ; the first stroke, or that which sets the wire, is given by the action of a spring, causing the reed to strike the cloth with a sudden blow, and the other stroke, or that which completes the operation, is given by pressure rollers. The finished cloth is taken up by a positive take-up motion, and the delivery of the warp wires is regulated by their tension acting on a vibrating roller, which yields to allow the shed to be formed, and is held firmly at the beat of the lathe.” A stop motion is applied to the warp wires, which is so com- bined with the shipper of the loom that the breaking of a single warp wire will throw the loom out of gear.” [Printed, 25. 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 20.— N° 2350. CRAVEN, Thomas, and PICKLES, Matthew. — The object of this invention is the production of a floated pattern in gauze by a modification of the mounting of the ordinary jacquard loom. It consists in using a second harness to the jacquard action in such a manner that, in addition to the portion of the warp raised or depressed for ordinary figure weaving, any thread or threads may be dropped or raised by the jacquard action in con- nection with the half heald usually employed in gauze weaving, and in the application of this arrangement to the production of a floated figure on a cross gauze ground in any fabric, such “ floated figure having hitherto been only produced loosely on the surface, whereas by this invention it is woven into the fabric.” [Printed, 3cl. No drawing.] WEAVING. 629 A.D. 1855, October 20.— 2354. VALENTINE, Thomas, FOSTER, Daniel, and HAWORTH, Giles. — Impi’ovements in power looms.” The patentees say, — The invention relates, firstly, to means for effecting the stoppage of the loom when warp threads break during the weaving.” We apply transversely of the fabric a bar or other apparatus with projecting points or teeth to vibrate close to the surface (or there may be one to each surface) of the fabric. The teeth in such bar or other apparatus are inclined, so that in the traverse of ‘‘ the bar or other apparatus in one direction they may pass over any loops formed by broken ends of warp, but in passing back they take into those loops, by which the movement of such bar or other apparatus will be arrested before it has fully returned, and by connecting means cause the driving strap to be shifted from the fast to the loose pulley, thereby stopping the loom. “ Secondly, the invention relates to means for regulating the “ tension upon the warp threads, in order to give ease thereto in their passage from the beam to the work. Fine or weak warp yarn is liable to break in power looms when the shed is open, and the beat-up is being effected by the reed of the batten driving up the weft. In the specification of a recent Patent granted to George Collier, of Halifax, a vibrating rod or roller ‘‘ operates to give ease to the warp at the part referred to, whilst at the same time it works the letting-off motion, but from ex- perience we have found this arrangement to be insufficient when “ the yarn to be woven is either very fine or weak ; and we have discovered that by removing the fixed bar or roller, over which, in the arrangement referred to, the yarn passes first on leaving the beam, and applying a second vibrating roller or apparatus, ‘‘ either between the vibrator referred to and the healds, or between it and the yarn beam, we are enabled to obtain the desired ease when using very fine or weak yarn.” [Printed, Id, Drawings.] A.D. 1855, October 24.— N« 2377. RIVES, Jacques. — "‘Improvements in looms for weaving.” “ This invention consists in substituting for the ordinary jacquard “ cards plates of thin metal, with as many holes through them as “ there are needles in the jacquard apparatus. When a set of 630 WEAVING. cards is to be made to produce some required pattern, a sufficient number of these perforated plates are jointed together, in the manner in which cards are usually connected, and all the holes in the plates are closed, by pasting paper over them, or by dipping them into a bath of a suitable cement or otherwise ; then the chain of cards is placed over a barrel, similar to the cylinder of the jacquard machine, and opposite the holes in the barrel there are a series of punches set in a frame, and the workman opens such of the holes as are required to be open by striking the heads of the corresponding punches with a tool which he holds in his hand, and when one card is completed the barrel is turned partly round, and the holes of the next card are similarly opened. A pattern surface produced as above described may also be used to make and intercept metallic contact when using electro-magnets for selecting the warp threads, as has been proposed. The invention also consists in the use of jacquard needles with slots formed in them, through which the hooks belonging to the other needles pass.” The invention also consists in a method of regulating the tension on the warp threads and the take-up of the work. To regulate the tension on the warp threads they are passed round a pulley to which a weight is attached ; as the warp is worked ‘‘ up the weight is raised, but when it gets to a certain height it acts on a lever, and removes a stop from the teeth of a wheel fixed on the axis of the warp beam, and the weight then draws off the warp ; but to prevent the weight from falling suddenly there is a screw wheel fixed on the axis of the warp beam, into which a screw gears, on the axis of which is a fly, which by the resistance which it offers prevents the warp beam from moving rapidly. To produce the take-up of the work a screw wheel is fixed on the axis of the work beam, and on the axis of the screw which gears into it a ratchet wheel is keyed. This ratchet wheel is driven by a click or driver, which receives motion by coming into contact “ with parts in connection with the batten. The position of the driver when it is so moved (and therefore the amount of motion communicated to the work beam) is regulated by a feeler which bears against the work on the beam. To the top of the batten is hinged a lever, the lower end of whidh comes in contact with the WEAVING. 631 driver before mentioned. The batten receives motion from a crank, but between the crank and the batten a spring is inter- posed, so that if the take-up is not sufficient the batten springs back. The crank which works the batten is also connected to an intermediate point of the lever which works the driver, so “ that this point of the lever always receives the full motion from the crank.’’ [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 1.— N^? 2441. BENTHAM, Joseph. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention relates to looms for weaving. The patentee says, — “ The improvements relate, first, to the picking or throwing of the shuttle across the loom. A finger or driver applied to each shuttle box, in position to act upon to drive the shuttle, is acted upon by a spring capable of compression, and when “ released of driving the shuttle. The compression of the spring of either box, to admit of the shuttle going therein, is effected by a cam or tappet, which is so formed as to admit of the spring “ being suddenly released when the reaction throws or picks the shuttle. “ The improvements relate, secondly, to means for stopping the motion of the loom when the shuttle fails of being properly boxed. By arrangements for this purpose at present in use, the “ parts for effecting the stoppages to the batten or going part are ‘‘ supported from attachments under the batten, where, by the “ force exerted, they soon become deranged ; and my improve- ment consists in causing a projection from the throwing-off motion to act with an opening to each shuttle box through “ the face of the batten or going part, which openings are capa- ble of being closed by a plate when the shuttle fails properly to box, but are clear by the removal of the plates therefrom when the shuttle properly boxes. My improvements relate, thirdly, to the letting-off motion, and consists in applying a band of india-rubber to pass partly round the warp upon the warp beam, thereby to give motion to the beam by frictional contact, whilst it is also capable of yield- “ ing to the varying diameter of the beam of warp, the band having the requisite motion given to it for the let-off in any “ suitable manner.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] 632 WEAVING. A.D. 1855, November 2. — N° 2448. COTTRILL, John. — Improvements in machinery or apparatus for washing, scouring, dyeing, sizing, and cleaning woven fabrics and yarns.” The patentee passes the material to be operated upon in a “ continuous line through a cistern with two or more compart- ments, and over rollers placed at given distances, immersed in water or other suitable liquid flowing through the cistern.” The patentee also uses a number of triangular agitators placed at intermediate distances between the rollers, and acting “ on the cloth or other fabric by revolving at any required speed, the material being worked forward by the revolving motion of a pair of squeezer rollers.” [Printed, 8c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 3.— N« 2456. COTTRILL, James Smith. — Improvements in machinery or apparatus for washing, scouring, dyeing, sizing, and cleaning woven fabrics and yarns.” The patentee passes the material to be operated upon under or over grated agitators, oscillating “ at any required speed or number of strokes, and placed at any suitable distances in a cistern with two or more compartments, with a continuous stream of water flowing through, partially or wholly immersing the material, which is worked forward by the revolving motion of a pair of squeezer rollers.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 3. — N° 24/0. COLLIER, George. — This invention relates to looms for weaving carpets and other pile fabrics. The patentee says, — ‘‘ The im- provements relate, firstly, when using fixed wires (that is, wires affixed to their carriers), to applying at the selvage of the fabric “ a moving instrument to act in succession upon the wires for the “ purpose of conducting their points as withdrawn from the ‘‘ fabric correctly into the open shed. “ The improvements relate, secondly, to forming the shuttle hox on the side of the loom where the wires are introduced and withdrawn separate from the batten, with motions to it adapted to cause it either to rise or to fall out of the way of such wire WEAVING. 633 ‘‘ motions when effecting the beat-up, yet so as to act correctly with the batten when throwing weft. Thirdly, the improvements relate to a mode of arranging the motion to the batten to effect an elastic beat-up in the weaving of plush and other light pile fabrics. In place of communicating by links direct from the crank shaft to the batten, I employ a link or links coming from a crank or cranks to an arm or arms affixed to the axis of the swords. The improvements relate, fourthly, to apparatus for operating pile wires by the use of a cylinder with grooves containing a series of them, such as for which Letters Patent were recently granted to William Wield, and consists in arranging the cylinder and parts acting therewith so that the wires passing into and from the fabric may do so from the lower side of the cylinder in place of from its upper side, and in raising it sufficiently high “ to admit of its clearing the shuttle box without the necessity for separating that shuttle box from the batten. Also, the im- “ provements relate to raising such cylinder sufficiently high that when the wires are operated from the upper part of it, it may be out of the way of the shuttle box affixed to and moving with the batten, and in order to diminish the angle which would be given to the wires by thus raising the cylinder, I move it considerably away from the selvage of the fabric. Fifthly, the improvements relate to effecting the withdrawal of the pile wires by means of a screw, this screw being cut both ‘‘ ways, that is, the groove or worm is cut to cross itself in the length of the screw, in order that the instrument working in the groove of the screw may have a backward and forward motion given to it, whilst the screw is always revolving in one direction.’^ [Printed, 2s, Zd, Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 6.— N‘> 2492. THRELFALL, Richard, and HIGSON, John.— This inven- “ tion relates to an improved mode of regulating the width or “ expanse of the dressed yarn in sizeing machines, whereby the “ wraith or comb bar usually employed is dispensed with.” The improvements consist in the substitution of an arched or curved bar, which we term a contracting bar, in place of the ordinary ^vraith or comb, for the purpose of contracting the 634 WEAVING. “ width of yarns. The dressed yarns after leaving the drying cylinder pass round a roller^, and thence round the contracting bar herein before referred to. The roller in place of being in fixed bearings is made to slide horizontally to or from the con- tracting bar, according as the width of yarns is desired to be more or less contracted, the sliding motion being imparted by means of a screw spindle worked from the front of the machine. In place of the roller being thus made to slide, a sliding motion may be imparted to the contracting bar, when a similar result will be obtained. An iron roller working in moveable arms is made to press upon the dressed yarn as it is wound on to the beam, thereby keeping the yarn quite flat and preventing the ‘‘ threads from crossing each other.” [Printed, 'Id, Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 6. — N° 2493. LISTER, Samuel Cunliffe. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving pile fabrics. The patentee says, — “ This in- vention in pile looms consists in having a slide mounted on bars or levers which oscillate at the side or selvage of the fabric, so that the wires after being withdrawn are by their movement brought opposite the open shed, and then the wires are moved ‘‘ along with the slides to which they are fixed, and placed in the warp, and are then beaten up, the slides and wires moving in advance of the slay. When wires fixed to slides have been used it has always been difficult to insert a sufiicient number of wires; this I accomplish by placing arms, which carry the slides and wires so as to oscillate upon centres above as well as below, by this means the slides and wires will pass each other more readily when being inserted and withdrawn. When ‘‘ v/eaving with^slender wires for fine fabrics, I find it advantageous to use the supporting trough recently patented by me ; this I do by having the wire to slide within the supporting trough, which moves in a slide, and carries and supports the wire into the shed and then withdraws, so as to leave the wire ; when the ‘‘ wire is withdrawn it slides into the trough and is then ready to be inserted again. I would remark that the supporting trough is placed and fixed on to the oscillating lever along with the wire and slides, and is governed and regulated so as to be WEAVING. 635 “ always opposite the open shed, and to be inserted and with- “ drawn at the proper time.” [Printed, 2d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 9. — N° 2525. WALENN, William Henry. — (A communication from George Copeland.) — This invention relates to looms for weaving seam- less bags and other open double fabrics of a similar character.” This invention does not change the general character of the loom from that of the power loom now commonly employed for weaving plain or twilled fabrics, but consists chiefly in cer- “ tain modes of constructing, arranging, & working some of the parts which require to be duplicated.” The chief points in this invention are six in number, & are as follows ; — 1st, the arrangement of the harness, cams, & the mounting them upon two shafts carried by the opposite arms of two levers. 2nd, the method of securing the levers above mentioned to maintain the proper position of the cam shaft for working the hollow portion of the bag, & the method of changing their “ position for working the closed portion of the bag by means of “ springs acting upon a hook, in order to secure & fix the lever beam, & a disc carrying a stud in order to liberate the hook “ periodically, & allow the lever beam to vibrate. 3rd, the continual rocking movement, which is imparted to the cam shafts by means of the levers, which enables the levers to ‘‘ be caught by a hook worked by a stud in a disc. “ 4th, in this invention the shuttle boxes are pivoted to the “ ends of the lay, so that by a vertically vibrating motion they “ move at the proper time opposite to the upper or lower shuttle “ race. 5th, the manner of working the two shuttle boxes so that “ both may move simultaneously to & from the positions for ‘‘ throwing and catching the shuttles, by connecting both with " a lever working under the lay, & receiving its motion by means of a treadle & cam, or other analogous means. 6th, the slots in the guides or bars of the upper shuttle race, for the purpose of enabling the weft thread which is being 636 WEAVING. carried thro’ the warp to draw in as nearly a direct manner as possible from the filling point of the fabric.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 12.— N° 2547. JOHNSON, John Henry. — A communication from Henri Victor Wacrenier. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘‘ This in- vention, so far as it relates to the manufacture or preparation of hard india-rubber, consists in the mixing with the india- rubber & sulphur the shells or scales of oysters calcined and reduced to powder, or other cheap substance, for the purpose of increasing the volume of the material and reducing its cost ; and the invention, so far as it relates to the applications of this hard compound, consists in the application thereof to the manufacture of the bobbins, cylinders, and rollers, and coupling or clutch boxes used in spinning machines, whether for cotton, ‘‘ wool, hemp, or flax ; and to the manufacture of the racks and ratchet wheels employed in hand and power looms and spin- ning machines, whereby such pieces of mechanism may be made much more economically than when composed of metal, as heretofore.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 13.— N« 2550. TEMPEST, Robert, TOMLINSON, James, HAMPSON, Richard, and HAMPSON, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists in using oval or elliptical shaped wheels for the purpose of retarding or causing to dwell at certain points the cranks of looms for weaving ; the lay or batten being worked by the cranks is thus made to move slowly when the shed is crossed and when it is opened to allow the shuttle to pass, and to move fast at the back of the stroke and when the weft is beat up into the cloth.” [Printed, 3rf. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 16. — N° 2591. PETARD, Louis Auguste. — (Provisional protection only.) — This “ invention consists in manufacturing velvet plush, or velvet- like and other similar pile and cut pile fabrics, by working the threads in the loom in such manner as to leave a space between WEAVING. 637 a certain number of weft threads passed in the ordinary manner, some over or upon a ground warp, and others over or upon a second warp, which forms the pile or surface warp, and then by “ means of the reed bringing the pile threads to the ground threads to form a loop. The loop thus obtained is repeated again and again at proper distances, to produce velvet plush or a velvet-like fabric.” [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 17. — N® 2593 . DENTON, Joseph. — "" Improvements in looms.” — The patentee says, — My invention consists of a peculiar arrangement of appa- “ ratus for working or making the shed without the use of the ordinary tappets. I employ jacks above and below the healds “ as usual, each jack being connected to each heald separately, and cause the ends of one of the series of jacks to be inclined either in straight or curved lines. The jacks are made to rise “ and fall by their ends coming in contact with pullies, bowls, or projections on slides or risers placed in a frame which has a to- “ and-fro or vibrating motion, some of the said bowls or projec- tions being below and some above the ends of the jacks, accord- ing to the pattern of the work. When the risers and frame are vibrating towards the jacks, if the pullies or projections are below, they cause the ends with which they are in contact to rise and the healds fall ; but when above, the reverse of the opera- “ tion takes place. The slides or risers are raised by means of springs acted upon by pegs in lags or a drum.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 26. — N° 2658. HARRISON, Enoch, and GREAVES, Hilton. — The patentees say, — Our invention relates to a peculiar arrangement of the warp ‘‘ and weft threads during the process of Weaving, by making “ what is technically called the ^ cord ’ or ^ tie-up ’ at certain irre- ‘‘ gular intervals, by which we produce a cloth of very superior texture.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 26. — N° 2665. BELL, Robert. — The patentee says, — This invention has for “ its object improvements in making fabrics, each consisting of 638 WEAVING. two or more warps and of three or more wefts. For these purposes I use in some cases three distinct warps of cotton and two dis- tinct wefts of wool, either of the same color or of difPerent colors, or party-coloured, the third warp not being worked into either surface, but placed in the centre between the two outer surfaces ; or when using only two warps of cotton and two wefts of wool, ‘‘ as above, I use a weft of cotton not worked into either surface, but placed in the centre ; or I use three or more warps of cotton, two of these warps being wefted with wool as above, one on each side of the cloth, and the other warp or warps wefted with “ cotton in the centre between the two outer folds, and all woven “ together into one cloth. I would, however, state, that in place “ of two or more cotton warps, one may be of wool or of silk, or of wool and silk, or wool, cotton, and silk ; and in place of the “ two surfaces being wefted with wool, either or both may be wefted with wool and cotton, or wool and silk, or wool, cotton, and silk, or altogether of silk, always having a cotton warp or ‘‘ weft, or warp and weft, in the centre between the outer plies ; “ and it should be stated that the yarn for those purposes, when “ of wool, may be spun in any of the ordinary sheep’s wool or mohair.” [Printed, hd. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 27. — N° 2679. JOHNSON, John Henry.™ (A communication from Henri Victor Wacrenier.) — Improvements in the manufacture or pre- “ paration of india-rubber and gutta percha, and in the application thereof.” The said invention, so far as it relates to the ma- nufacture or preparation of india-rubber or gutta percha, consists in mixing with these materials calcined shells, or other cheap substance of a like nature, reduced to powder, for the purpose of increasing the volume of the material and reducing its cost; and the invention, so far as it relates to the applications of those materials, when mixed with sulphur and rendered hard by having been subjected to a high degree of heat, consists in the appli- cation thereof to the manufacture of the bobbins, cylinders, and rollers, and coupling or clutch boxes, used in spinning machines, whether for cotton, wool, hemp, or flax ; and to the manufac- ^ ture of the racks and ratchet wheels employed in hand and power looms and spinning machines, whereby such pieces of WEAVING. 639 mechanism may be made much more economically than when ‘‘ composed of metal, as heretofore. It is proposed also to apply hard india-rubber to the manufacture of the teeth of wheels generally and to plate holsters, hitherto made of metal.” [Printed, 4c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, November 28.— N« 2690. WALKER, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — “ My improvements consist in producing a woven fabric which combines two or more materials, so that the face side of the fabric is of one weft or material, and the back of it of another “ and a different weft or material, such as, for instance, the face side of wool and the back of cotton. This is effected by weaving the fabric in a power loom in which there is a double or com- “ pound shuttle box provided with two or more shuttles for the purpose of throwing wefts of different materials, according to the diameter of the fabric required; and the novelty of my “ invention is, that by weaving in this manner I can produce a fabric with a complete face or weft of one material or mixtures “ of materials susceptible for the processes of milling and dressing, or of milling only, on one side, and a complete face or weft of a totally distinct character and material on the other side, so that “ the whole shall mill together and form one combined and perfect fabric.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 1.— N« 2708. WARD, William. — “Certain improvements in looms for “ weaving.” “ This invention consists of improved modes of “ letting the yarn off the warp beam ; one mode of constructing “ these improvements is as follows : — To one or both ends of the “ vibrator is attached a lever, to which is connected one end of a “ chain, cord, or band, passing around the warp beam, and then “ attached to the framing of the loom. To the vibrator are fixed “ levers connected to a spring by links. When the warp is tight “ the chain, cord, or band is slackened, thereby allowing a portion “ of the warp to be drawn off the beam, and as soon as the requi- “ site quantity has been drawn off the spring tightens the cord, “ chain, or band on the warp beam. 640 WEAVING. Another mode of construction is to convey the warp, as it passes from the beam to the heddles, over a rail or roller that is pushed upwards by a spring or springs ; to each end of this rail or roller is attached one end of a cord, chain, or band, which, after passing around the warp beam, are made fast to the framing of the loom. In this arrangement, when the tension of the warp overcomes the resistance of the springs, the cords, chains, or ‘‘ bands are slackened, and the warp is drawn ofip as before.” [Printed, Qd, Drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 6.— 2741. MARLAND, Jonas, and MARLAND, Samuel. — “Certain “ improvements in power looms.” The “ first improvement “ relates to power looms in which the beam or roller on which the “ cloth is wound during the process of weaving derives its motion “ from being held forcibly in contact with another beam, which is “ acted upon by the taking-up motion in the usual manner. It “ consists in a novel and peculiar application and adaptation of a “ spiral or worm spring or springs, by which the contact betwixt “ the two beams or rollers is produced.” “ Another improvement consists in the application and adapta- “ tion of a spring or springs of a similar construction to the above, “ to the purpose of producing the requisite tension on the warp “ during the process of weaving.” “ Another improvement relates to the mode of forming the sur- “ face of the taking-up roller.” This is “ by covering the surface “ with a woven fabric in one or more folds cemented upon it, or “ otherwise attached, as may be convenient.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 8. — N° 2775. NORTON, William. — “ This invention relates to the weaving “ or manufacturing of double cloth from two destined foundation “ warps and a separate pile warp, which latter is worked into both “ foundations or bodies of the double fabrics so that, when the “ intermediate pile yarn so worked in is cut in two, it forms a pile “ surface for each fabric. Instead of using slips of metal or other means for keeping the formation warps at their proper distance “ asunder, & thus measure the requisite length of pile warp, the “ present invention comprehends a plan of effecting the required WEAVING. 641 end by the disposition of the foundation warp beams. Supposing the reed action to be horizontal, the beams for the upper foun- dation warp are disposed at a considerable distance above the level of the breast beam, whilst the beams for the lower founda- tion warp are similarly situated at a considerable distance below the level of the breast beam. The angle at which the beam threads work under this arrangement causes the two founda- tions to be woven at the proper distance apart. To enable the ‘‘ weaver to produce double pile goods on this system with vary- ^ ing lengths of face pile, what is termed a double-dent reed “ is adopted. This reed is composed of double-storied dents, or dents with a central partition between them, and it is used in a common strong power loom, the shuttle race of which is fitted up for two shuttles to work across the piece, one above the other. The lower shuttle works along the ordinary race, but the upper one works in connection with the double-dent reed. A cross iron rod is fitted up in the loom framing, close to the breast beam, and round this rod are passed a set of metal wires, which are carried forward for some distance behind the reed, being thence passed through the upper split of each double dent, and after passing round the rod, the wires are each carried back through the lower split of the reed, and thence passed a considerable distance beyond to the starting end of the wire, and “ the two ends are then joined. To this junction of the wire there is attached a small piece of cord, the other end of which is attached to a yarn beam, weighted so as to put a severe strain upon the wire. The wires passing through the upper split of the reed act as the race for the upper shuttle, and these are also ‘‘ available for a knife to work through between the top and bottom wires. This knife is actuated by a crank or other movement from the loom, and serves to sever the pile as it is woven.” [Printed, Wcl. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 10.— N° 2779. WRIGLEY, Joseph, arid NORCLIFFE, Jacob. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in shuttles, and in the method of using the same.” Instead of the ordinary shuttle with one “ peg to hold the cop,” the inventors propose to have a peg at 642 WEAVING. each end of the shuttle/’ by which they are enabled to use two cops at the same time, and thus weave two picks at once.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawing.] A.D. 1855, December 10.— N° 2780. HALL, John, the younger. — This ‘^invention relates to those kind of looms known as ^ jacquard looms,’ and consists, firstly, of working the box motion direct from the jacquard hook by means of horizontal and vertical levers, so that as the jacquard hook acts upon an horizontal lever it causes a vertical lever to work the shuttle box. “ Secondly, of working the picker direct from the jacquard hook by similar means. And thirdly, of using a separate stop rod to each shuttle where more than one shuttle is used.” This third part is dis- claimed in the complete specification. [Printed, lOc?. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 11.— N« 2799. WHYTLAW, Robert Adam, and STEVEN, James. — This invention “ relates to a self-acting mechanical arrangement or contrivance for producing an alternate twilling and plain weav- ing action in power looms.” In one modification of the appa- ratus, as arranged for producing the simplest kind of twilling in combination with plain weaving, four heddles are used, these heddles being acted upon by four levers, which are depressed by cams upon a shaft, which makes a revolution for every four “ pricks of the loom. When the twilling action is required, the four heddle levers are worked separately in the proper rotation for producing the twill,” but when the plain weaving action is required the heddle levers are coupled together in pairs, so “ that both levers of each pair act whenever the cam of either of them comes round, and thus the four heddles act precisely as if arranged for plain weaving. The coupling together of the heddle levers is effected by means of catches jointed upon two of the four levers, these catches being turned so as to enter notches in the other levers when the coupling is required. The catches are acted upon by scroll pieces curved to the radius of the levers’ action, and which pieces when necessary are brought forward so as to act on the catches and release them from the WEAVING. 643 notches of the levers, the catches being put into these notches by the reaction of springs. The scroll pieces are formed upon the ends of arms fixed upon a spindle, a slight turn of which “ brings them into or takes them out of action. This spindle is carried through to the side of the loom, and has a small lever upon it in such a manner as to be acted upon by the rim of a wheel, which makes a shift round when the change in the weaving action is to take place, the end of the lever falling into a depression in the rim, or being raised by a projection thereon, as the case may be, and so turning the spindle, by which the “ scroll pieces are put into or out of action. The rim wheel is “ moved by a ratchet motion, similar to a take-up motion, but ‘‘ the pall lever only takes effect when permitted to do so by a small jacquard apparatus.” The cards contain two rows of “ holes, and act upon points carried by small weighted levers. The action of the card causes the lever to fall at the periods ‘‘ determined by the pattern, and thereby permits the ratchet movement to shift the rim wheel, so as to occasion the required change in the weaving action. The pall lever of the ratchet motion is afterwards caught by the tail of the small lever carry- ‘‘ ing the pin upon which the card acts, so as not to act on the rim wheel until required to do so by the pattern. The other lever acted upon by the jacquard is introduced for altering the rate of take-up, so that the cloth may be woven fuller where the twilled stripe occurs or otherwise.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] * A.D. 1855, December 14.— 2826. BOUSFIELD, George Tomlinson. — (A communication.) — “ These improvements relate to the manufacture of such pile fabrics as are first woven double, that is two fabrics at one “ operation with the pile warps between them, and then cut apart by intersecting knives or cutters, thus producing a velvet or cut “ pile face on each fabric.” In combining with the power loom for weaving two-pile fabrics at one operation a double positive shuttle motion, so “ constructed and operated as to hand two shuttles (one for each ‘‘ fabric) through the warp simultaneously, said shuttles being “ handed through the warp by means of arms, two on either side of the loom, which simultaneously move towards and from s s 2 644 WEAVING. the centre of the web, two of the arms carrying the shuttles into ‘‘ their respective sheds until they meet the other arms, which ‘‘ take them to the side of the loom opposite from whence they “ started.” Another part of the improvements for weaving two-pile fabrics at one operation consists in the employment of intersecting pile wires for keeping the two fabrics apart when said intersecting pile wires are used in combination with the aforesaid double positive shuttle motion. Another part of the improvements consists in the mode of applying the cams^for operating the shuttles, also the cams for withdrawing and inserting the intersecting pile wires, and also the cams for moving the lathe, whereby the motions required ‘‘ are given in a direct manner. Another part of the improvements consists in the employment of a rotating cutter or cutters for dividing or cutting apart pile fabrics which have been woven double when said cutter or cutters are combined with take-up rollers for drawing the two “ fabrics apart, and carrying them forward as the cutting operation proceeds.” ‘‘ Another part of the improvements therefore consists in raising the reed as the lathe advances to beat up the cloth so as to ‘‘ bring the dents against the cloth near the lower hands, and depressing it again as the lathe recedes so as to allow the shed to be formed. This part of the improvements also consists in keeping the reed vertical, or nearly so, when the lathe swings, so that the shuttles may be passed with less motion to the lathe than would otherwise be required.” [Printed, 45. Gel. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 17. — 2845. BRACEGIRDLE, Charles. — “ These improvements consist in manufacturing bolting cloths of hard spun and twisted silk wire, as being cleaner and better adapted for dressing and sifting wheat flour than the materials heretofore employed in the manufacture of bolting cloths.” The patentee does not claim ‘^the use of silk in and for the manufacture of bolters, except when such silk is of the quality or description known and distinguished by silk manufacturers as China threads.” [Printed, Sd. No drawing.] WEAVING. 645 A.D. 1855, December 18.— 2861. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James. — The patentees say, — “ This invention consists of improvements in the “ first part of an invention described by one of us in the specifi- ‘‘ cation enrolled to a Patent granted to one of us on or about the twenty-sixth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and forty-nine [N° 12,671], and these improvements areasfollows — ‘‘ In place of a weft being introduced at each time of beating up, ‘‘ the shuttle or shuttles employed are stopped during two beats up of the batten, in order that the cutters described may make “ their eut, and that the instruments which uphold the pile yarns may come out and again enter the warps with greater advantage “ than heretofore. And in place of the cutters making an inclined cut, they are caused to rise into a vertical position immediately before making the cut ; and we apply a weft-stopping apparatus on each side of the loom.’^ [Printed, l5. 9cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 21.— N° 2889. WATSON, John. — “This invention relates to the manufacture “ or production of woven fabrics for the skirts and other portions “ of ladies’ dress or apparel, in the tubular or bag form, so as to “ dispense with the operation of joining together two or more “ breadths of fabric, or the selvages of a single breadth, as is “ necessary with ordinary single or non-tubular cloth, the goods “ so made being endless transversely when they leave the loom, “ and without any selvage or longitudinal margin. This species “ of fabric is or may be woven in a common hand or power loom, “ the heddles in number and arrangement being suitably con- “ trived and worked for the production of the desired result, after “ the general manner hitherto pursued in the manufacture of “ solid tubular sacks, hose pipes, and lamp wicks, as is well “ understood by the practical weaver.” [Printed, id. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 24.— N^ 2915. LEAN, George, and THOMSON, Robert. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — “This invention relates to the application to power “ looms of self-acting apparatus, for acting on the shed move^ 646 WEAVING. ments of the loom in such manner as to produce plain weaving and twilling alternately, according to any predetermined pat- tern. According to one modification of the said apparatus, the shaft corresponding to the tappet shaft of ordinary looms is fitted with a tubular shaft or boss, revolving loosely upon it, being driven at half its speed by means of any convenient gearing.” This tubular shaft is fitted with four tappets, which act on four levers for working the heddles. The levers are formed with sliding bolts and catches in such a manner that by shooting the bolts the levers may be coupled together in two pairs. When the levers are so coupled, as the tappets are arranged so as to strike one of each pair alternately, both levers of each “ pair act alternately, and produce the heddle action required in plain weaving. When the levers are uncoupled, the four act separately, and effect the twilling action. The coupling bolts are thrown in or out by means of sliding spring guides, arranged so as to strike the bolt in any position of the lever, and to force it home as soon as the positions of the two levers of a pair become coincident, the bolt then flying home into its socket by the spring action. The shift of the guides or bolt movers is effected by means of a small jacquard apparatus.” According to another modification of self-acting apparatus for effecting the same result, the four levers for working the heddles, as herein-before described, are used, but instead of the arrange- ments for coupling them together for plain weaving, two addi- tional levers, suitably connected with the heddles, are employed. “ The tappets act on these levers by the intervention of pulleys carried upon the levers, and when the plain weaving action is not wanted the action of the tappets of these two levers is pre- vented by shifting the said pulleys in slots formed in the levers. This shift of the pulleys is produced by the agency of sliding guides, which are themselves actuated in the same manner as in “ the first modification of this invention. According to a third modification, arrangements are made for “ causing the twill to run in either direction. For this purpose a frame is fitted to oscillate on what is the tappet shaft in ordi- “ nary looms, and this frame carries two shafts, each fitted with “ four tappets, to act on the levers or treadles below. These two “ secondary shafts are placed on opposite sides of the main driving shaft, and are driven at half the speed thereof by means of a WEAVING. 647 “ spur wheel on each of them, in gear with a pinion on the main tappet shaft. The tappets on one of these secondary shafts are made smaller than those on the other, to compensate for the difPerence in the distance from the centre of motion of the levers or treadles at which they respectively act. The tappets are set so that one shaft works the twill in one direction the other “ working it in the opposite direction, one or other of the shafts “ being brought into action by adjusting the frame. This adjust- ment may be effected by means of the jacquard mechanism.” [Printed, M. No drawings.] A.D. 1855, December 24.— N° 2916. BARTON, John. — This invention relates to an improved shuttle ‘‘peg” or “tongue.” In the improved shuttle peg “the spring “ or attached piece is made to lie close or nearly close to the peg “ when it is up (or not otherwise acted upon), and not swell or “ bow from it, as in the common peg. The hole in the tumbler “ or shank, in which the end of the attached spring piece is free, “ is drilled through it to the back, so that the end of the spring “ piece can pass through and project a little. The spring which “ acts on the square of the ‘ shank ’ or ‘ tumbler ’ part of the peg “ to keep it in its proper positions is so arranged that it will act “ either directly or through a lever on the end of the spring piece “ projecting from the hole drilled in the ‘ shank ’ or ‘ tumbler,’ “ when the peg is in the position for weaving, as well as on the “ square of the shank or tumbler. By so doing it causes the “ spring piece attached to the peg to swell or bend from it, or to “ swell and exert a pressure on the interior of a cop or bobbin, “ when placed on it ; but when the peg is turned up for removing “ or placing a cop or bobbin, it is so arranged that the act of “ turning up the peg removes the projecting end of the attached “ spring piece or lever by which it is acted upon away from “ the spring acting on the squares of the shank or tumbler, and “ thus allows the attached spring piece to assume by its own elas- “ ticity its nearest position to the peg or tongue, and admit of the “ cop or bobbin being freely removed and replaced.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] 648 WEAVING. ^ A.D. 1855, December 26. — No. 2920. LEWIS, John William. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^An improved picker for looms.^’ The inventor says, — I make the picker of any suitable metal, with a slot for a piece of leather “ thong, or other suitable material, to fit into; I drill or make a hole through both the metal and material, so that instead of the “ point of the shuttle striking against the picker, it enters the said hole, by which the force is borne by the shoulder instead of the point, thus preventing breakage, &c. [Printed, 5d, Drawings.] 1856. A.D. 1856, January 2. — N° 9. BULLOUGH, William. — This invention relates to machinery for sizing yarns. The patentee says, — ^^My invention consists ‘‘ of dispensing with the cones driven by wheels and pinions, now in general use, and instead of that plan I drive what is technically called the ‘ nine-inch roller ’ by friction pulleys or ‘‘ surfaces, with thumb screws to regulate the necessary pressure, ‘‘ by which I make the said roller a perfect delivery roller, because ‘‘ it delivers the yarn only as it is required.” “ Or, instead of the “ said friction pulleys or surfaces, I can obtain similar advantages by changing the first pinion or driver according to the power and speed required. I also fix, either on the same side of the mill or on the opposite side (but the latter in preference), other fric- tion pulleys, driven from the first driver, and connected by ‘‘ straps or other convenient means, to regulate the delivery and cause the necessary and constant tension of the yarn.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, January 3. — N° 15. TOYE, Charles. — The patentee says, — ‘‘My said invention “ consists of a mode of weaving two terry fabrics at the same time “ in the same loom, the terries of each fabric being formed at the same time and over the same wire or wires. For this purpose “ I harness a loom, such as commonly used in weaving plain terry WEAVING. 649 fabrics, or any other convenient loom, for the purpose of ‘‘ receiving two distinct warps, with which I furnish it, for the pur- pose of being woven into two terry fabrics in the loom, one of them (the lower of the two) being woven with its face or terries upwards, and the other (or upper) fabric with its face or terries downwards. The loom is harnessed, so that the opening of the shed or divergence of the threads in each warp for admitting a wire or rod to assist in the formation of the terries shall take “ place at the same time, and form a single opening or shed, into which a wire or rod is then introduced for the purpose of forming a row of terries across each fabric and over or upon the same wire or rod.” When the wires or rods thus introduced are withdrawn from the terries after they have been woven into the ‘‘ two fabrics, the terries of the fabrics which have been thus formed become independent of each other.” [Printed, Is. 4222]. “ In the further modification and improvements which form the “ subject of the present invention, the principle of raising the “ drop boxes of looms by means of a hook and knife edge in “ combination with an endless tappet or pattern chain, described “ in the specification herein-before referred to, is retained, but in “ place of requiring two or more hooks and knife edges according “ to the number of shuttles to be acted upon, it is proposed to “ use one hook and knife edge only, such hook having two or “ more notches in it, one above the other, according to the number “ of shuttles employed, the distance between each notch corre- “ spending to the distance between each shuttle box. The notched “ portion of the hook is slightly bent forward, so that any one of “ the notches may be brought over the knife edge in the sliding “ box by simply pushing the hook forward more or less ; this is “ effected by employing a tappet or pattern chain fitted with pegs “ or pins of varying lengths, so that as these pegs or pins during “ the rotation of the chain come in successive contact with the WEAVING. 6(53 hook, the latter will be pushed forward over the knife edge to a greater or less extent according as the actuating peg is long or short.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 4.— N‘> 548. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication from Marguerite Constant.) — ^^This invention consists of an improved fabric, which is to be designated ^tissu imperial,’ and which is “ manufactured of wool, cotton, or linen. Cords or braids are laid in the warp to impart a certain resistance vertically, and these cords or braids may be laid regularly or in interrupted series, or in an irregular manner. StiflPness is imparted to the “ fabric to any desired extent in a horizontal direction by horse- hair, braid, gutta percha, caoutchouc, elastic ribbons, whalebone, cane, bristles, or other like stiffening agent laid in entirely or “ partially across the breadth. The particular garments for which this fabric is applicable are petticoats, skirts, and bustles.” [Printed, 4id. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 5.— N° 554. CLEGG, Samuel, and KAY, John. — This invention relates to warping machinery. The patentees say, — Our invention relates to that part of the warping apparatus between the'heck and the mill, or that part which guides the warp threads to the mill, “ and consists of arranging it so that the said threads shall be perfectly separated in the form of a shed. We attach to a slide “ rod and parallel with it a sword or bar of any desired shape, and placed so that the threads from the heck pass over and under it alternately, and then through a lift or lifts for the more effectual “ collection of the half beers at the foot lease. By lifting one of “ the alternate lifts of the heck it produces a shed, which is pre- “ served by pulling the slide rod, thereby drawing the sword into the shed ; the heck lift being then let down, the shed is retained ‘‘ by the sword, and then passes through the half beer lifts in por- “ tions ; from the lift or lifts the threads pass onwards to a double projecting pulley, having a central flange, or a pulley with one ‘‘ flange, for the purpose of keeping the shed still open and main- “ taining it the same as at the sword, in two portions, one, the 664 WEAVING. upper part of the shed^ and the other the lower, thereby pre- venting the lease from closing as it passes to the warping mill.” [Printed, llcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 8.— N« 576. COOKE, Henry. — This invention ‘^consists in the application or adaptation to dressing machines (commonly employed for dressing and sizeing yarns) of dyeing or coloring troughs, rollers, and drying apparatus, for the purrpose of dyeing the yarns in the dressing machine, and simultaneously with the ordinary process of dressing yarns.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 10. -N« 586. DAVY, Joseph, and MILNES, John. — ‘‘ These improvements consist in adapting to looms and combining therewith, in a novel manner, certain mechanism for working the shuttle boxes, so as to bring one or other of them into proper position for being operated upon according to the desired variation in the color of the weft, said mechanism being operated upon by the cylinder and noggin when in motion ; and an important feature in these improvements consists in stopping the cylinder from working, when necessary, without stopping the loom, by which we are enabled to weave plain flounces or any description of ground- “ work ; for which purpose the catch levers are so connected that as the cylinder works or revolves the pegs therein, legs or cards made of wood, or other suitable material, act upon the ‘‘ catch lever, and by so doing an eccentric tappet lever comes into contact with the catch lever, and operating upon the shuttle box ‘‘ lever turns the shuttle box upon its axis of motion. The noggin plates are placed on the tappet shaft outside one end of the loom ; one of such plates is attached by a set screw, and the other plate works therewith and is connected thereto by a small pin, which works loose in one plate, but is fast in that place, in which there is a groove to enable such last-mentioned plate to be drawn away by the fork at pleasure. There is a star wheel fixed on to the cylinder shaft, which wheel works into the plate “ without a groove. The eccentric tappet is fastened on to the shaft outside the loom end along with the before-mentioned noggin plates, and is made with a grove for a pulley to run in, WEAVING. G65 “ fastened to the eccentric lever in order to lift the catch levers connected with the shuttle box ; and in this manner and hy these means to turn round the box so as to present another shuttle, and so on, according to the desired color which any particular shuttle contains.” [Printed, Is. 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 12.— N° 602. HAYES, William Bramwell. — Certain improvements in looms for v/eaving.” "" The said improvements consist, firstly, in applying a break to the fly wheel of the loom, so as instan- taneously to arrest the motion of the same by the motive force of the crank shaft communicated by a cam tappet hook or pro- “ jection upon such shaft, and drawing the break into sudden and “ forcible contact with the fly wheel; and also in a peculiar “ manner of constructing the said fly wheel, so as to combine a ‘‘ rim of extended surface for the break to act upon with another rim of larger radius, to be grasped by the operative in adjusting “ the position of the crank shaft. “ Secondly, in applying the same break to the fly whee with "" moderated force,” by causing the motion of the spring handle, “ when liberated from its detent by the action of the weft lever, “ to operate upon the break, and apply the same with a modified pressure to the fly wheel rim. Thirdly, in causing the picking tappet in looms furnished with the pick, known technically as the under pick, to act upon the ‘‘ picking stick through the intervention of a straight lever of the first order, instead of a lever of the third order.” Fourthly, in adding to each of the treadles of the shedding apparatus in plain looms a curved arm, the extremity of which overhangs and rests upon its corresponding tappet, so that the weight of the treadle is lifted by the action of the tappet when the healds attached to such treadle are being raised, the said healds and their attachments being thus relieved from the strain otherwise caused by the weight of the treadle- Fifthly, in attaching the ropes or chains by which the weighted “ levers of the warp beam are suspended to the arms of a vibrating “ back rest, such ropes or chains passing also round the necks of “ the war}) beam, so that the adjustable weights which govern the 666 WEAVING. Ittting off of the warp serve also to effect the recoil of the vibrating hack rest when the shed is closed. “ Sixthly, in furnishing the stop rod with a blade spring or elastic arm projecting backwards, and which spring or arm is depressed by a pin upon the crank arm in all positions of the “ latter, except when the same is most elevated by the approach of the crank to the top centre, so that the tendency of the vertical arm of the , stop rod towards the shuttle box is neutralised in all other positions of the crank arm.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 13.— N« 606. DUCKWORTH, Christopher, and MARSDEN, Thomas. — This invention consists in manufacturing or producing in an ordinary loom, or by any suitable mechanism, fabrics having flushed or floated surfaces on both sides alike or similar to each other, which fabric may afterwards be printed so as to resemble cloths called ^ zebras,’ hitherto manufactured with a plain or twilled even surface on one side and a flushed or floated surface on the other side.” [Printed, 6c?. Drawing.] A.D. 1856, March 13.— N° 612. PORTER, Thomas. — (A communication). — These improvements relate to looms for weaving pile fabrics. The invention consists in the employment of a vibrating belt, provided with- fingers or “ catches which will insert and withdraw the pile wires. As the lay is vibrated back and forth with the several pile wires in the woven fabric, the one furthest from the lay is grasped by a catch, latch, or finger on a reciprocating belt, and is thereby withdrawn from the loops that have been formed over the said wire. The wires will also be carried towards the lay and inserted into the open shed, and when in its place there it will be liberated from the latch, and the latter returns and repeats the withdrawal and insertion of the remaining wires continuously while the fabric is being w'oven. The reciprocating belt passes round a small pulley, and is fastened to and is variously moved forward and backward by a large pulley. The small pulley is supported upon the end of a vibrating arm, whose axis of motion is the same in position with that of the large pulley, so that as the small pulley WEAVING. 667 is moved toward and from the lay the belt will always be tight, while the pile wires are successively withdrawn from the loops and inserted within the open shed in the proper direction.” “ When any of the pile wires are drawn out of the loops, the inner end thereof, or that end which last leaves the selvage of the cloth, is caught by a moveable finger or crotch attached to the ‘‘ vibrating arm which carries the belt, and is thereby supported and guided while being carried to and inserted within the open ‘‘ shed.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 13.— N« 613. MURDOCH, James. — (A communication.) — ^^An improved mode of manufacturing cut velvets and other similar fabrics.” The invention consists in a mode of guiding the blades or “ cutters which cut the woof employed to form the velvet surface, the cut being made in the direction of the warp. It is based upon the introduction of thin cords among the threads of the “ chain in quantity regulated by the nature of the harness, and serving when the stuff is woven as a guide to the stuff or the cutters, according as one or the other is made to move. I'hese cords pass through the reed as well as through the harness “ which raises and lowers them like the warp, of which they form a part when the cutters are fixed, which depends upon the nature and quality of the stuff. The back end of each cord is fixed to the frame of the loom behind the warp beam, and the fore ends “ are each fastened to a corresponding cutter fixed near the web beam or roller upon which the stuff is wound, so that as the w^ork advances the flushes of the woof forming a loop in the centre, and below which pass the cords, which are free in “ the direction in which the cut is made, are cut by the said cutters before the stuff is wound upon the beam.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 17.— N° 638. THOMSON, Robert. — ^‘This invention relates to the applica- “ tion to power looms of self-acting apparatus for acting on the shed movements of the loom in such a manner as to produce “ plain weaving and twilling of various kinds alternately, accord- ing to any predetermined pattern, the same apparatus being also 668 WEAVING. susceptible of adaptation to certain kinds of ornamental weav- ing.” The patentee claims, — “ First, the Siystem or mode of arranging and constructing the actuating details of heddles in looms, wherein the heddles are moved hy jointed hooks which can he put into and out of gear with the treadles by suitable mechanism, as herein-before described. Second, the system or mode of putting the actuating details of heddles into or out of gear with the treadles by means of a barrel or its equivalent, fitted with pins, capable of being dis- posed according to various patterns, and arranged to act on ‘‘ jointed portions of such details, as herein-before described, together with the various herein-before described contrivances “ for actuating such barrel or its equivalent. Third, the system or mode of keeping a shed open during “ two or more picks, for the purpose of producing a ^ cord ’ effect by means of hooks actuated by a pattern barrel, so as to hold down the treadle, as herein-before described. Fourth, the system or mode of working the heddles of looms “ by a jacquard barrel, contrived so that by shifting it longitudi- nally it will act upon the heddle levers according to various patterns, as herein-before described.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 19.— 657. STOTT, Ely Smith. — ‘‘This invention has for its object im- “ provements in the manufacture of mohair, alpaca, and “ worsted pile fabrics. For this purpose the pile face or surface “ of each fabric is made of mohair, alpaca, or worsted, as hereto- “ fore ; the weft of the fabric, in place of being of cotton or other “ vegetable fibre, is to be of wool, waste silk, or felting fibre. The “ fabrics are subjected to the process of milling or felting, and “ subsequently to the action of steam, and afterwards the pile is “ cropped or cut.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 20.— N° 664. FONTAINEMOREAU, Peter Armand le Comte de.— (A communication.) — This invention “ consists in improved ‘appa- WEAVING. 6G9 “ ratus to be used as a substitute for the littering sticks of weavers.” Two cast-iron cylinders are fixed on two iron axes. Each cy- linder is provided with ten brass rings, increasing in size so as to form a cone. The rings are armed with pointed pins, and revolve on the cast-iron cylinders. This littering apparatus is placed at each side of the breast beam, “^and the tissues wind on the cones ; during the working of the littering a permanent tension of the tissue takes place in the direction of its width by the increase of the diameter of the rings, which form a cone.” [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 22.— N« 673. BRIERLEY, William, and BRIERLEY, James Platts. — “ Improvements in looms for weaving.” This “ invention relates “ to the ‘ rising boxes ’ used for changing the shuttles, and con- sists in a method of working or lifting and falling them by the direct action or beat-up of the lathe.” On a plate spur ‘‘ wheel,” which is driven by a pinion on the crank shaft, are fixed a number of portable tappets which act upon levers so as to bring an- inclined slide piece in contact with a lever, to which a hook is attached for raising or lowering the shuttle boxes. [Printed, 9cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 22.— N« 6/7. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Louis Bolmida.) — "‘This invention relates to certain improvements in “ the general construction and arrangement of looms, suitable “ either for plain or figure weaving, with the aid of a jacquard, “ the needles of which are actuated by a peculiar arrangement of electro-magnets. I “One portion of the improvements consists of an improved “ system or mode of elevating the " griff ’ or " lifter ’ of the main “ jacquard. This is effected by means of a horizontal vibrating “ arm, working on a centre at one end and actuated at its free end by a stud or pin in a revolving disc, the pin working in a “ slot formed in the end of the arm. To this arm the " lifter ’ is “ connected by suitable rods and levers. “ A second part of the invention consists of an improved system or mode of working the small supplementary jacquard for 670 WEAVING. actuating the several ' headles.’ This is effected by two cams on “ the tappet shaft actuating a pair of levers below, which may or may not be coupled together, and are connected by rods and “ levers to the ' griff’ of the small jacquard.” ‘"The jacquard and electro-magnetic apparatus for actuating it, which forms the essential feature of this invention, are carried on a suitable "" over-head support attached to the loom. The hooks or vertical "" wires of the jacquard and the horizontal needles for actuating them are arranged in the ordinary manner, with this exception, that in place of being pushed backwards they are impelled for- wards, those not intended to be acted upon being prevented from moving by stops presented by the electro -magnetic appa- ratus.” The electro -magnets are arranged horizontally with the needles, there being as many stages or steps as there are needles in j height, each range of magnets being supported on metal bars or plates, which are again supported at each end on metallic | "" supports. Each electro-magnet is composed of a rod of soft iron fixed into the support bar and having fitted tightly thereon a species of brass reel, the bottom of which rests upon ajid is in metallic contact with the supporting bars. An insulated | “ copper wire is wound round the reel, and one of its ends is "" fastened to and in metallic contact with the lower portion of the , reel, whilst its other end is in metallic contact with a conducting plate in communication with the pattern. Above the electro-magnets are arranged a number of hori- zontal spindles corresponding to the needles and the various tiers of magnets. These spindles are all connected at the end next the needles to one common plate, whilst at their opposite j “ ends the needles of each horizontal row are connected to a cross bar of their own. To each spindle is fixed an arm of wrought j iron, which serves as an armature to the respective magnet. The ends of the spindles in front of the needles are furnished each with a bent arm or stop, which forces a needle and prevents it from being pushed out unless removed to one side by the attrac- tion of the armature to one of the electro-magnets. All the armatures are arranged to be in constant contact with the magnets, but those which are attracted are drawn on one side to an oblique position to remove the needle stops by imparting a slight lateral motion to the magnet frame, whilst those arma- WEAVING. 6/1 tures which have not been attracted remain suspended on their spindles in a vertical position immoveable.’’ It is preferred to produce the pattern by the use of a thin sheet of metal cemented on to a sheet of paper. On this metallic sur- ‘‘ face is traced the outline of the design, and the ground is then “ coated over with any non-conducting varnish, leaving the pattern “ alone uncovered.” “ The electric current is made to pass through “ the whole of the magnets by means of the several coils which are connected at one end to the conducting plates herein-before referred to ; these plates are supported by a wooden cross bar and are insulated one from the other. On each of the conduct- ing plates rests the point of a copper plate or tracer, the opposite " end of which rests upon the pattern cylinder or surface.” Between the tracers is a similar but shorter plate, resting at one end on a transverse copper bar, and at the other end on the pattern surface or cylinder. The transverse copper bar is con- ‘‘ nected by a wire with the negative pole of the battery. The copper plates or tracers and. the shorter intermediate plates are insulated from each other by having their sides covered with* paper or other suitable non-conducting material. It will thus “ be obvious that the circuit will be established only when the point of a tracer and the point of its intermediate plate rest on “ the conducting metallic surface of the pattern cylinder.” It is also proposed to employ electro-magnetism as means of governing the changes of the drop boxes ” of looms. [Printed, 25 . lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 24.— N« 693. BROWN, Peter, and BROWN, George. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — ^The inventors say, — Our invention consists in the novel application, employment, or use of a material, or com- pound, for the purposes of sizing and stifPening, not hitherto so “ employed. The principle article we employ or use is the well-known seed or grain called ^ dari,’ and frequently called ‘millet,’ which is to “ be prepared in a similar manner to which rice is at present pre- “ pared, or by simple washing, if preferred, and to be properly “ damped, so as to render it capable of being sufficiently pul- “ verized, when it is ground into flour with an admixture of about “ two per cent, of alum, and is flit for use in the ordinary manner, 672 WEAVING. as is well understood in the processes of sizing or stiiBPening. If it be preferred, a small admixture of any other grain may be used with the above.’^ [Printed, "id. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, March 25. — N° 705. FOSTER, William. — This invention relates to an improved system or mode of working rotatory or revolving shuttle boxes.” According to this invention a small spur pinion is keyed on to the end of the tappet shaft, giving motion to a large spur wheel working on a short shaft of its own, supported in suitable bearings in standards or supports at the end of the loom. On the back part or side of this wheel are four segmental projecting “ rims or clicks, the intervening spaces of which may he filled up “ by moveable segments when required. This wheel gives motion to a star wheel by means of suitable studs or pins, whilst the clicks correspond to the edge of the star wheel, and keep it from turning until required. Round a drum on the axis of the star wheel is passed an endless chain of hinged plates, which is sup- ported at its upper side by a second drum, the axis of which may be adjusted in a slot in the framing to suit any length of chain or pattern. Each link of the chain has a stud hole in it, but on "" opposite sides, that is, to the right and left alternately. These holes are fitted with studs arranged according to the pattern to be produced. Immediately beneath the chain, and corresponding to the right and left hand sets of studs, are two levers, the ends “ of which are depressed by the studs passing over them. The opposite ends of these levers are connected by rods to two move- able catches or pushers working on centres in the loom framing. These pushers work opposite to corresponding ratchet wheels on the spindle of the revolving shuttle box, which is carried by the lathe. One pusher acts upon the upper teeth of one wheel, whilst the other pusher acts upon the lower teeth of the second wheel, which are made in a reversed or contrary direction to those of the first wheel. When no change of shuttle is required the pushers are both held clear from the teeth of their respec- tive ratchet wheels, but when the depression of one or other of the levers is effected by the studs on the pattern chain, the upper or lower pusher will be brought into action. The shuttle box, on being brought forward by the advance of the lathe, will be WEAVING. 6/3 rotated in one direction or the other, according as the upper or lower pusher strikes one or other of the ratchet wheels on the spindle, and the shuttle box will thereby bring a fresh shuttle into action.’^ [Printed, lOtZ. Drawinp^s.] A.D. 1856, March 29.— N° 763. NIMMO, William. — The patentee says, — The object of my invention is the production of fabrics soft or spongy to the touch, and particularly applicable to such goods as are known in the eastern markets as zebras, Fermaheesh shawls, or imita- tions thereof. According to one method, I so conduct the weaving that a pattern more or less raised is produced upon the surface or surfaces ; upon this I print according to the usual “ methods. By another method, I so weave a fabric that the weft thread or threads become flushed or thrown upon each side thereof, the warp being in greater part contained between the two surfaces, thus producing a cloth having the appearance of a satteen on both sides, with the soft spongy texture required ; or ‘‘ the same effect may be produced by so weaving that the greater part of the weft is contained between two sets of warp. Upon both sides of the fabrics thus produced a pattern may be printed without the one interfering with the other.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, April N<^ 838. LEIGH, John. — This invention relates to the sizing and dressing of yarns and woven fabrics. The invention consists of the appli- ‘‘ cation of silicate of soda or silicate of potash to the sizing, dressing, stifPening, or otherwise preparing yarns and woven “ fabrics, instead of flour starch or other substances hitherto used for that purpose, which silicates I use either alone or in com- bination with sulphate of barytes, flour, starch, or other similar substances.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, April 14.— N° 882 ROBERTSON, Patrick. — The patentee says, — My invention “ consists in an arrangement of apparatus or mechanism in con- nection with the power loom, whereby what is commonly called w. u u 674 WEAVING. the shedding motion is operated upon, so as to produce in a “ new and economical manner the effect of double v/effc crossing the web ; and the arrangement is applicable to the weaving of all silk, cotton, or woollen fabrics where one description “ of weft is used. To the wiper in common use for plain work I attach a catch motion, operated upon by a lever with a spring, so as to stop the wiper for any number of shots of the shuttle as may be required, and alternately make the wiper revolve at intervals in such a manner as to give any pattern of crossing required. The lever for putting the said wiper catch in and out of gear is operated upon by what are called tappits or cams, which I fix on a ratchet wheel ; and for retarding the up- taking motion of the beam on which the cloth is wound, so as to beat up the weft as closely as may be required, I fix other tappits or cams on this ratchet wheel. By a wheel pinion, which I place in connection with the wheel of the up-taking motion, ‘‘ the ratchet wheel catches are disengaged, and by a counter- balance the ratchet wheel returns to a fixed point.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, April 14.— 891. LISTER, Samuel Cunliffe. — Improvements in weaving.” The improvements consist in passing warps of cotton, wool, flax, or other fibre through water, or oil and water, or otherwise wet- ting them before going through the slay, as such warps are very much stronger when woven wet.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, April 16.— 907. MELLODEW, Thomas, and DUXBURY, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — The invention relates to shuttles for weaving. The inventors say, — “ The object of our invention is to effect a delivery of the yarn from tlie shuttle with greater equality of friction ; to accomplish which we cause the cop, as it becomes reduced, to advance along the peg. An arrangement we employ^ and which will illustrate our invention, consists in the application of a spiral spring, placed around the peg, and which is com- pressed by the adaptation of the cop. As the yarn becomes unwound the resistance is lessened, and the remaining part of the cop is forced forward.” [Printed, od. No drawings.] WEAVING. 675 A.D. 1856, April 17. — N°914. HULME, Charles, IVERS, Samuel, and YARDLEY, John. —(Provisional protection only.)— This invention relates, firstly, to a method of stopping a power loom on the breaking of a warp or weft thread; ""and consists in the employment of alight metal "" bar supported by brackets secured upon the " breast beam ' or "" other convenient part of the loom.” Working loosely on this bar are a series of small curved metal fingers, "" their points or "" extremities being lightly pressed upon the surface of the fabric "" under process of manufacture by suitable springs. To this bar, "" carrying the fingers, is imparted a transverse reciprocating "" motion, in such a manner that should any imperfection take "" place in the fabric under process of manufacture, caused by the "" breaking of either the warp or weft thread, the nearest finger to "" such imperfection will be checked in its lateral traverse by par- "" tially falling through the fabric, and being there retained, the "" traverse of the bar will be stopped.” The bar is so connected with the ordinary stopping motion, that on the checking of the traverse of the bar the stopping motion is caused to stop the loom. Secondly, the invention consists in a ""method of actuating the "" picking arms of power looms.” "" The fulcrum of the picking "" rod is, in this instance, secured to the bottom bar or sword of the slay, and upon this rod a projecting pin at right angles to it "" is fixed. At a convenient point upon the ordinary tappet shaft "" is keyed a short lever or arm, having at its extremity a finger also at right angles to it. This finger, in its revolution, strikes "" an arm or rod, secured at one end of a short shaft, to the other "" end of which a curved finger is attached which falls over the pin upon the picking rod. The tappet shaft now being set in "" motion, the finger will strike the rod upon the short shaft, and "" will by means of the curved lever suddenly draw the picking "" rod against the shuttle.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, April 17. — N° 919. LUrs 1 LEY, John. (Provisional protection only.) — This "" inven- tion consists in the manufacture of a fabric or fabrics from the "" fibres of the sunflower plant, and others of the helianthus tribe, alone or by combining with silk, cotton, linen, and woollen u u 2 676 WEAVING. fibres, all or any of them, the fibres obtained from the sunflower plant, and others of the helianthus tribe. The warp may be composed of the helianthus fibres or the weft, or these fibres may be mixed both in the warp and weft ; or a fabric may be composed by ‘ plaiting ^ a cotton core with helianthus fibres on both sides, or the helianthus fibres may be used for the face and fibres of less comparative value for the back.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1856, April 22.— 963. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James. — “ This invention has for its object an improvement in machinery for weaving carpets and terry fabrics, and is applicable when weaving with looms driven by power, but wherein the wires to produce the terry or pile are introduced by hand.” The present improvement consist of causing the power to be applied to a loom during the time of putting in the wires, when only one shuttle is used ; for which purpose a shed is open to receive a wire, and at the same a shed is also opened to receive the shuttle, the power acting to throw or introduce the shuttle at the time a wire is being introduced by the workman.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, April 23.— N« 9/1. BULLOUGH, Adam. — (Provisional protection only.)— This invention relates to looms for weaving. The inventor says, — Firstly, with the ordinary loom used for weaving plain or twilled fabrics, I use a mounting either in connection with or separate from it, so that the ordinary loom weaves the plain or twilled part, whilst the mounting introduces the fancy pattern without the use of any jacquard apparatus. Secondly, I throw a check of one or more colors into the ‘‘ cloth at stated intervals with one shuttle, without the assistance ‘‘ of the drop box, by arranging the shuttle so that a cord will catch the required yarn or thread, and throw it into the shed to ‘‘ produce the check. Thirdly, I use metal shafts instead of wood, which by their “ own weight or gravity draw down th^ healds, instead of springs or weights, as heretofore adopted. WEAVING. 677 And, fourthly, I use the healds as a medium to prevent floats being made.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings,] A.D. 1856, April 24.— 985. COWPER, Charles. — A communication. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — The invention consists in the manufacture of a yarn or thread from silk waste, or the waste silk obtained in reeling the cocoons, in combination with short or waste alpaca, and the application of the same to the manufacture of gloves stockings, and looped and other fabrics.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 3.— 1054. GARSIDE, Wright. — *‘A new and improved method of letting oflP the worsted or yarn from the bobbins employed in weaving carpets.” ‘‘ This invention is designed for obtaining in a simple and eflicient manner an uniform amount of tension upon the worsted or yarn as it is drawn off the bobbin, and consists in the use and employment for that purpose of mechanism of the following construction : — Upon a horizontal cross bar two upright slides or pieces of “ round or square metal are fixed and adjusted by set screws to the width of the bobbin. There is a moveable bar, over which the worsted or yarn passes from the bobbin ; said bar works on ‘‘ the aforesaid slides, so as to fall thereon or therewith as the worsted diminishes on the bobbin, and by these means keeps the worsted or yarn at a regular tension during its removal from off the bobbin.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 10.— N° 1106. BINNS, Joshua. — ^(Provisiona protection only.) — This inven- tion relates to apparatus for winding, sizing, and beaming yarns. The inventor says, — “ Instead of the usual process of winding the “ warp threads from the bobbins on to the warping mill, then balling them into a warp, then passing the warp through a sizing machine, and afterwards to a beaming machine, I propose to 678 WEAVING. finish the said operations all at the same time, as follows : — I fix “ the bobbins in creels, collect all the threads from the bobbins to “ form the warp. I fix opposite the creel, in a frame, a size trough, with one or more revolving rollers. At a little distance from the size trough, and on the same frame, I fix any number of drying cylinders, and a little distance from the cylinders I ‘‘ fix a beam. 1 pass the warp threads direct from the bobbins through the size trough, the rollers aforesaid keeping the warp immersed in the size ; from the size trough the warp passes over the drying cylinders, and from thence to the beam, so that the operations of warping, sizing, and beaming are completed by one apparatus and one set of hands, instead of three, as heretofore.^’ [Printed, Zd., No drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 14.— 1135. POLLOCK, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^This invention relates to that part of the manufacture of ornamental fabrics of the Oappet’ class, wherein the loose surface threads by which the device or figure is formed are cut from the piece “ to bring it to its finished state. Any ornamental fabrics may be "" treated by this process, provided the figure, being of the lappet, leaf, or harness class, is made up or composed of regularly dis- posed portions of weft woven into the body of the piece. The invention is preferably carried out in the loom in which the goods are woven. The cutting knife is a straight blade, stretching across the loom in suitable guides, and made to traverse continuously with a diagonal cutting action across the entire width of the piece. The cutting traverse may be given either by cranks, cams, or other mechanical movements, or by an air-pressure cylinder and piston. The loose threads are elevated, and properly disposed to meet the cutting action of the knife, by the agency of a frame, carrying a series of diagonally disposed lifting fingers. As the piece passes over or through the cutting apparatus ‘‘ these fingers enter diagonally between the loose threads and the body of the piece, so as to insure the proper disposition of the threads to meet the cut. Instead of thus cutting the threads in the loom, the operation may be conducted in a sepa- “ rate cutting machine, quite independently of the weaving WEAVING. 679 action. Instead of using diagonally disposed fingers or lifting pieces, straight or direct acting ones may be employed, and a spiral or rotatory cutter may be substituted for the plain tra- ‘‘ versing knife.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 14.— N° 1136. DRIEU, Jerome Andre. — This invention “relates to the manu- “ facture of very thick goods, such as horse-cloths, blankets, rugs, “ bookings, pilot cloths, druggets, or any such thick materials, “ and consists of using an extra floating warp of woollen shoddy, “ mungo, or other fibrous materials, and of confining the said “ extra floating warp to the centre or interior of such goods, still “ preserving a woollen face on both sides or surfaces.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 15.— 1151, Robert, and BRACEWELL, William. — The patentees invention applies solely to looms constructed on what is caller. f loose reed ’ principle. First, a small fingei applied to the backboard of the slay, for the purpose of keeping loose part on the backboard firm, until the shuttle passes by it, whe,^ shuttle misses ‘ boxing,’ “ and is caught in the edge or selvage 02 the warp. This finger “ liberates the loose backboard, which has lin\*o^.to always been “ held by the ordinary plate spring, which improvenn^.t will pre- “ vent the shuttle from being thrown out of its course whilst “ passing to the other box. “ Secondly, we provide a guide or conductor for the shuttle “ betwixt the end of the reed and the backboard, which guide “ falls back when the reed flies out ; and when the reed is replaced, “ the finger above named and the shuttle conductor re-adjust “ themselves, and thereby prevent the breaking of the twist or “ warp. “ Thirdly, this invention allows of the shuttle being loose in “ the box at the time of ^ picking.’ This is accomplished by a “ lever, connected between the ' crank arm ’ of the loom and the “ ^ swell ’ in the shuttle box, which stays the shuttle by means of “ the swell at the time of entering the box, and also liberates the 680 WEAVING. shuttle at the time of ^ picking ; ’ or this part of our invention may be worked by any other suitable means equivalent to the above named, in order to effect this object in looms constructed ‘‘ with a ‘ loose reed.’ ” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 16.— N° 1161. HARKER, William. — (Provisional protection only). — ^'This invention has for its object improvements in giving motion to “ rotating shuttle boxes of power looms, and consists of arranging the jacquard apparatus in such manner that the same cards used for governing and acting to produce the pattern by the warps shall act on instruments and apparatus interposed between the two levers which give motion to the rotating shuttle box and ‘‘ the jacquard apparatus, by which means the one or other lever so used to rotate the shuttle box will be brought into action “ according to the manner in which the perforated cards act on the interposed apparatus, consisting of levers and connect’ "ia rods.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 21.—^’' SHAW, David.— This inventi-* relates, firstly, to a motion for stopping a loom when a w-P *read breaks; secondly, to an im- proved method of mo'^ing healds ; and, thirdly, to an improved shuttle tongue spring. The patentee says, — I accomplish the c of my said improvements by fixing a small pneumatic «« when the WEAVING. 681 action of such sudden and extra inflation is caused to operate on a small rod connected with the ordinary stop rod, and throw ‘‘ the loom out of gear.” I accomplish the second part of my said improvements by connecting or joining the two front shafts of the healds at the “ top, and the two back shafts at the top, and leaving them sepa- rate at the bottom part. Along the said connected top shafts I fix the aforesaid elastic tube, between the heddles and the main shaft, in any convenient manner, the threads of theheald passing over it, as already described ; and in making the healds, instead of securing the threads by knots and pitch, in the usual manner, I merely pass the threads over the shaft in a spiral form, and “ secure them by putting paste or glue along the edge, and then “ form the loops or eyes for the heald from such threads put on “ the shaft in that spiral form. . And for the purpose of making superior selvedges, I make the eyes or loops for a few inches at each side or extremity of the warp gradually decrease in size to the selvedge. I accomplish the third part of my said improvements by adding to the spring of the shuttle tongue a piece to correspond with the shank of the tongue, and to project a little beyond it, so that when the tongue is out of the shuttle the spring will be flat with the tongue, but when in the shuttle the ordinary “ shuttle spring will press against the said projecting piece, and cause the spring of the tongue to rise or bow out, and tighten “ the cop. I put the spring of the tongue on the under side, instead of the top side, as heretofore.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 21.— 1208. SCHWABE, Rudolph Hermann. — (Provisional protection only.) — “This invention relates to a mode or modes of manufac- turing ladies’ dress fabrics, as also ornamental fabrics applicable “ for other purposes, such as scarfs, handkerchiefs, and other “ articles, in such way that the ornamental fringes of the goods “ are ^vholly, or nearly so, produced in the loom. In weaving or “ manufacturing ornamental fabrics intended for ladies’ fringed “ flounce dresses, an additional warp beam is fitted up alongside the ordinary body fabric warp beam of the loom, and the warp 682 WEAVING. from this beam is woven in along with the rest of the material for the formation of the necessary fringes. In the process of weaving, so long as plain body fabric only is required, the additional warp is interwoven with the rest of the material, just as in the weaving of plain cloth ; but when a fringe is to be formed across the width of the piece a sufficient length of the fringe warp is drawn forward by itself by means of a rod or stretcher, so as to form a looped-up portion of such warp, which portion is kept free and clear of the body of the fabric. In this condition, of the parts the plain weaving again goes on, until the succeeding fringe is to be made, and so on.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 22.— N« 1226. BELL, Robert, — ^^This invention consists of an improvement in the manufacture of printed cotton fabrics, and the same has for its object the making a cloth, having two printing surfaces and one or more filling wefts or warps between the said printing or outside surfaces, all woven into one as one fabric, which may be printed on one or both sides with different patterns or colors.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 23.— 1230. BERRISFORD, Samuel, and WILKINSON, Enoch.— This invention is applicable to looms in which two or more shuttles “ are employed, and consists in an improved combination of parts for changing the position of the drop box, so as to bring the shuttles in any required succession in a line with the shuttle race. The drop box is connected in the usual manner to a lever, which is acted upon to raise or lower the drop box by tappets attached to intermittent wheels, and these wheels are moved “ partly round by a wheel actuated from the crank shaft or other convenient part of the loom. The order .of succession in which “ the shuttles are brought to the fine of the shuttle race is governed by a chain of tappets acting on levers and studs, which latter “ pass through a revolving cylinder or cam, and come in a line when required with the notches in the intermittent wheels.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] WEAVING. (;83 A.D. 1856, May 23.— N° 1232. GEDGE, John. — A communication from Desire Pourrez. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in looms.” The description of the invention as given by the applicant is as follows : — 1 propose to substitute the ‘ flier ’ motion for that of the spindle, “ which I expect to effect by placing on the upper extremity of “ the flier a nut perforated with a hole, through which the thread is to run, and which is passed on to a catch or hook on one of the arms of the flier ; at the extremity of the said arm is another catch, which guides the thread and imparts it to or feeds the bobbin. At the centre of the nut aforesaid will be made a spindle working on a pivot, the extremity of which is to be per- “ forated, being itself fitted in another socket, which will permit “ of its being regulated at pleasure.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 24.— N« 1246. WHYTLAW, Robert Adam, and MITCHELL, Alexander, the younger. — This invention relates to mechanism to be applied “ to power looms for weaving checks or stripes where two or more shuttles are employed, such mechanism being of such a nature “ so as to effect the obtainment of an increased speed of production, “ as compared with check and stripe looms hitherto in use. Ac- “ cording to a modification of the said mechanism suitable for wwking two shuttles, the double-celled shuttle box employed is “ connected by two stays uniting in a single rod, or in any other convenient manner, to a lever, the opposite end of which rests or presses against the periphery of a wheel formed with regularly “ arranged recesses and projections. As this wheel turns round, “ the end of the lever enters a recess or rises upon a projection “ on the periphery, and shifts the shuttle drop box down or up “ accordingly, so as to bring either of the shuttles into action as ‘‘ required. The wheel is turned periodically according to a pre- determined pattern, by a ratchet wheel and pall lever movement. “ The lever is weighted or otherwise arranged so as to fall over towards the tappet shaft of the loom, and this shaft is fitted with an arm or cam which lifts back the lever and so turns the wheel to the extent of a tooth. The backward movement of the lever brings it under a catch, which retains it, and prevents its further 684 WEAVING. “ action upon the wheel until the catch is itself lifted. The catch is lifted by means of a lever actuated by a jacquard apparatus, the cards of which are perforated according to a predetermined pattern.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 28.--N° 1277. WHITTAKER, Oldham, and WALLWORK, Cyrus.— This invention relates to the jacquard or other similar arrangements of apparatus usually employed in weaving figured patterns.” The patentees adapt two griffs or knife boxes, moving alternately “ from and towards each other in a perpendicular line, so that when the top or upper griff ’ or ^ knife box ’ is ascending the “ other or lower one will be descending. The v/ire hooks used for giving motion to the harness, &c. are also formed with an additional projection upon each, so situated that they are capable of being actuated by either of the two griffs or knife boxes in their motion as aforesaid, so that the hooks, &c. not required by the pattern to be raised or taken up by the top griff or knife- box will be caused to fall by the gravity of the lingoes, &c. in connection with the lower one, each wire hook acting upon the harness and warp threads in the ordinary manner.” [Printed, Gd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, May 30.— 1279. DREW, Alexander, and GRAY, Matthew. — (Void for want of final specification.) — “ This invention relates to a means of weaving checked or cross-over cloth in power looms, the object of the “ improvement being to produce such cloth by means of a single shuttle, such shuttle being passed more than once through the same warp shed whilst the warp remains motionless, and thereby causes two or more plies of the weft to be woven as one ply. In this manner a cord will be shown in the cloth, or the cloth will have the appearance of being woven by two different sizes of “ weft.” ‘^The essential feature of the invention is, the so arrang- ing the tappet movement for working the heddles, that one, two, or more weft shots may be thrown into a single shed of the warp at any desired interval, according to a predetermined pattern, this result being attained by rendering the tappets in- WEAVING. 685 operative in changing the warp shed when more than one weft is to be thrown in.^^ [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 4.— 1327. BULLOUGH, Adam. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention relates to a method of forming the lease in warps for weaving. The patentee says, — Instead of the usual method of forming the lease by ties, bands, or healds, separating the threads “ by hand, and then inserting the necessary ties, I propose to strike one portion of the warp threads through some strong glutinous composition, which will keep them firmly together, and then by drawing the other portion of the warp threads tight, leaving the slack portion in the composition, the lease will be formed at once, presenting a shed through which a cord, lath, or any convenient divider may be inserted, without the trouble or labour of separating and tyeing the threads by hand, as heretofore.’^ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 6.— N° 1349. SOMERVILLE, James. — ^^Improvements in weaving.” ^^The main feature of the invention is the working of the heddles by the single and direct action of what may be termed pattern “ mechanism.” “ According to one modification of the present invention, two drums, with rows of perforations disposed circumferentially round them, are carried by separate frames or supports, to which “ a reciprocating motion is given in any convenient manner, one ‘‘ drum rising whilst the other falls, and vice versa.” Each of the drums is fitted with a ratchet wheel, which is shifted a notch at each reciprocation of the drum, by the action of a stationary catch, with which the drum ratchet comes into contact.” Im- “ mediately over the axis of each drum is a row of pins, carried by separate sliding bars, and corresponding to the rows of perfora- tions round the drum. The perforations on the drum are respectively filled up or left open at each step, accordingly as the respective bars are to be acted upon or not at the period of the weaving action, corresponding to the portion of the drum which is uppermost for the time being,” Instead of the mechanism. 686 WEAVING. just described, for acting on the bars, any convenient arrange- ment of jacquard apparatus may be adopted, it being preferred, when using a jacquard barrel and cards, to make the barrel with six or more sides, so that a less turn of the barrel than a quarter turn, as ordinarily required, may at each shift bring a new side into play. The bars acted upon by the drums or barrels are connected by wires or cords to the treadles or levers, by which the heddles are moved. The catch threads for retaining the weft at the selvages, when it is thrown more than once through the same shed, are worked by one of the bars acted upon by the drums or barrels. The stopping or retarding of the taking-up motion may be effected in various ways, as, for example, by means of a rod or spindle, a short lever on the end of which is arranged to lift one of the taking-up catches, so as to prevent its action on the taking-up roller or beam. The other end of the “ spindle is also formed with a short lever, which is connected to one of the bars acted upon by the pattern drums or barrels. The loom may be prevented from making what is commonly called a ‘‘ ^ back shot,’ which would derange the pattern, by means of a ‘‘ ratchet wheel and catch, or of a wheel and friction strap adapted to the main shaft or to the low or tappet shaft of the loom.” [Printed, lid. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 13.— 1399. MASSEY, William. — This invention relates to an improved means, method, or apparatus to prevent the shuttle flying off “ the race board during the process of weaving, thus preventing serious accidents to the operatives, and consists of fiixing an ‘‘ elastic band or strap the whole length of the slay in such a position that if the shuttle has the least tendency to fly off or diverge from its direct course, it will immediately come in con- tact with the said elastic band or strap, which will keep it in its proper position.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 17.— N° 1433. NICKELS, Christopher, and HOBSON, James. — (Pro- visional protection only.) — This invention has for its objeet the more uniform delivery and tension of the warp threads or yarns WEAVING. 687 wound upon the bobbins used when weaving by jacquard or other ornamenting apparatus.” The warp thread or yarn, in ‘‘ this arrangement, passes from the under side of the bobbin over or partly around a framed or open lever, which rests on the “ surface of the yarn or thread wound on the bobbin, and from thence over a fixed rod or wire which supports the levers of “ another row of bobbins. A dancing weight is hung on the warp thread, between the fixed rod or wire and the lever it passes over, so that the warp thread or yarn is caused to descend “ with the weight, and the open lever is caused to press on the surface of the yarn ; the bobbin and the weight is raised by the taking up of the yarn in weaving. The pressure of the yarn on the open lever, and the friction of the yarn passing around it being reduced, the bobbin will be allowed to revolve to give off “ more yarn, until the weight again descends low enough to give the required pressure and friction to arrest its further descent, and so hold the bobbin until a further delivery of the yarn is required.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 18.— 1435. BURTON, Thomas. — This invention relates to machinery for sizing and dressing warps. The patentee says, — Instead of the usual method of passing steam from the boiler to the size trough and drying cylinders simultaneously, I pass the steam from the boiler direct to the cylinders, and then convey the exhaust steam “ from the said cylinders to the size trough, by which I effect a great saving or economization of the steam ; and when any con- densed steam is made in the cylinders I cause it to escape, thus “ preserving the steam sufficiently pure to boil the size in the “ machine at the same operation, instead of being boiled by a separate process, as heretofore.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 18.— N° 1437. MUIR, Matthew Andrew, and MMLWHAM, James.— This invention relates, in some respects, to an invention for which Letters Patent were granted to the said Matthew Andrew Muir, dated December 5, 1853, [N° 2823] ; also to an invention for which Letters Patent were granted to the said Matthew Andrew 688 WEAVING. Muir^ dated January 23 , 1854, [N” 161], ‘^and consists of a variable or diiBPerential acting drop box or pattern-working movement for looms intended to weave checks, and other more or less ornamental fabrics.’^ In connection with the present invention the patentees claim, — First, the application and use of apparatus for shifting the shuttle drop box or boxes in looms for weaving with more than one shuttle, wherein the shifts are effected by means of a lever, acted upon when required by a constantly revolving cam or cams, the cams, when more than one is used, corresponding in number to the number of shuttles used, and in their various proportions to the various positions of the shuttle drop box or boxes, “ motion being given to the lever through a catch bar or catch bars brought into or out of action, or the action of which is regulated by suitable pattern mechanism at the periods at which the changes or shifts occur, as herein-before described, together with the herein-before described locking and catching or tem- porarily holding details to be used in connection with the lever and cams. Second, the application and use, in looms for weaving with more than one shuttle, of a pattern barrel, formed with helically or spirally disposed perforations to receive pins of various sizes, corresponding in number to the number of shuttles used, such pins being placed in the holes in the barrel, in correspondence with the periods in the weaving action at which the shuttle drop box is to be moved to or retained in a position above its lowest position, whilst the barrel, as it moves round step by step, acts upon or determines the position of a lever, which is made to follow the helical or spiral line on the barrel by means of a screw spindle driven from or in connection with the barrel, such lever acting upon or regulating the move- ment of the details, which directly cause the shifts of the shuttle drop box, as herein-before described, together with the herein- before described contrivances in connection with the pattern barrel for reversing the motion of the barrel and lever or levers, and throwing the levers alternately into and out of gear when two levers are used. ‘‘ Third, the application and use in looms for weaving of a spring or elastic connection for aiding the action of the shuttle drop box movement, in the manner more particularly described in reference to Figure 1 on our Sheet of Drawings. WEAVING, 689 ‘‘ Fourth, the application and use in looms for weaving orna- mental fabrics of the ^ corded ’ class of connected shuttle drop boxes on each side of the loom, working simultaneously or in concert. Fifth, the system or mode of connecting the shuttle drop ‘‘ box of looms working with more than one shuttle with the taking-up motion of the loom, so that the taking-up may he varied according to the shuttle which is in use, as herein- before described.^’ [Printed, Is. 2d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 20. — N® 1453. BULLOUGH, James. — Improvements in looms.” In the de- scription of this invention the patentee says, — The nature of my said invention, which is an extension of or improvements on the Patent granted to me, and dated the ninth day of March, one ‘‘ thousand eight hundred and fifty-five, 529, relates to further “ improvements in the stop rods, in which the swells are placed either at the side or top, but constructed much thinner and lighter than usual, and made to act by means of fingers or levers ‘‘ upon a small trigger, which depresses the ordinary stop-rod finger only when the shuttle is lodged in the shed, or not boxed.” “ And to ensure a greater certainty of the shuttle boxing I regu- “ late the lengths of the treddles by making slots in them and the frames or brackets to which they are attached, in which slots the studs or pins are adjusted, and by using a detached stud to each treddle the sheds can be regulated to the greatest nicety.” Also to an arrangement of mechanism for regulating “ the tension of the yarn as the yarn beam decreases in diameter, “ which I accomplish by making the levers higher at the weight- rope end than at the stud, so that the weights may have a ten- dency to descend ; and I place a drum or cylinder under the yarn beam, worked by a rack and pinion, or ’eccentric furnished “ with a small roller, which presses against the yarn beam. Over the said drum or cylinder I pass straps, ropes, or chains, ex- tending some distance in contrary directions, which pass over pullies at the weight-rope ends of the levers, and are connected “ to the weights, which are governed in their descent by the uncoiling of the drum by means of the rack and pinion, or W, X X 690 WEAVING. eccentric, as the yarn beam decreases in diameter, thus forming a self-adjusting weighting motion.^’ “ Another part of my said improvements consists in giving a self-acting motion for retaking-up the cloth after the letting- back motion has been in action by means of an arm or lever on the cranked or letfcing-back rod, which lever has a finger or swivel catch resting in the groove or thread of a conical spiral worm fixed on the tappet shaft, the pitch and incline of which form the governing of the take-up, which proceeds as the finger descends in the groove, causing the cranked rod to resume its “ original position, and also the catch of the ordinary taking-up wheel to re-enter the teeth, the said catch having been lifted off “ when the letting back was put in action.” [Printed, lOtZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 24.— N« 1477. HARDON, Edwin, and HENRY, Joseph. — Improvements in looms for weaving and in machinery for communicating motion to looms and other machines.” The improvements consist, — First, of an improved picking motion ; this motion is given by studs and bowls on the fly wheels acting alternately on elbow levers, which are brought in a line with or moved beyond the ‘‘ reach of the said studs and bowls, as required. The elbow levers are connected to the picking sticks, which are hinged to levers jointed to brackets fixed to the cross shaft of lay swords, and guided by studs projecting from the said brackets, by which means the upper part of the picking stick is made to travel in a horizontal or nearly horizontal line ; instead of moving through the arc of a circle, as heretofore customary, the ordinary picker is dispensed with, and the shuttle is acted upon by a hood of leather or other material attached to the end of the picking stick. ‘‘ Secondly, in working twenty or other convenient number of “ shafts or heddles in any required succession by means of two treading levers and a series of jacquard hooks, which are acted upon by a chain, the links of which are furnished with notches or pegs.” Thirdly, in working the drop box of a loom, in which t wo or more shuttles are used, by means of a spiral barrel with elevators “ and depressors acting on a lever connected to the drop box. WEAVING. 691 “ Fourthly, in working the lay by crank pins fitted in fly wheels placed outside the framing, and in attaching the crank pin to the fly wheel in such wise that the length of the stroke of the lay may be altered to suit the fabric to be woven. Fifthly, in making the prongs of the weft fork at right angles to the hook, and bending the prongs of the fork at or near the fulcrum on which the hook is hinged. Also, in an improved mode of connecting the weft fork to the stop rod, so as to stop the loom at the same pick as the weft breaks. “ Sixthly, in an improved mode of regulating the amount of motion given to the taking -up roller according to the quantity of cloth on the cloth beam.’’ “ Seventhly, in an improved mode of setting out the tappets for working the heddles of looms. The guide ribs of the tappets are segments of circles or curves of such a shape that when the tappet has been moved half way between the elevator and de- pressor the shed shall be closed. ‘‘ Eighthly, in hinging the backs of the shuttle boxes to the lay, and in supporting the stop rod in bearings fixed to the breast beam or side frames. When the shuttle enters a shuttle box the back yields, and a lever attached thereto moves a light rod passing under the lay bottom so as to bring the feeler beyond the reach of a projection on the stop rod ; but as soon as the shuttle fails to enter the shuttle box the feeler comes against the projection, and the motions of the loom are arrested. Ninthly, in certain improved self-acting temples, consisting of an endless band of card, fillet, or chain, with needle points passing over rollers supported in brackets attached to the breast beam or other convenient part of the framework. The front bearings of the rollers are held by springs, which yield in case of the shuttle being trapped in the shed. Also, in making the ordinary horizontal roller temples of a partly conical form, and placing them in a diagonal position, so as to obtain a better hold on the selvages of the fabric. “ And, lastly,” the improvements in machinery for communi- cating motion to looms and other machines consists in mounting the driving pulley on a separate shaft, and in fixing to the shaft a disk or crank with a hook hinged thereto. When the loom or other machine is at work this hook takes on a stud projecting from the wheel or other article to be driven, and both revolve X X 2 692 WEAVING. together ; but when the loom or other machine is to be stopped, the hook is disconnected from the stud by means of a bowl on a lever, or by other suitable mechanism.” The parts relating to the construction of the weft fork, and to the taking-up of the cloth, are not claimed in the complete speci- fication. [Printed, I 5 . 5cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 24.— 1481. HARRISON, Joseph, and GELDERD, Christopher. — Improvements in machines for warping and sizeing, or otherwise preparing yarns or threads for weaving.” The improvements in beam warping machines relate, first, to “ arrangements of mechanism for registering the length of yarn put on the beam and stopping the machine when the required quantity has been wound on.” A worm on the axis of the measuring roller gears with a worm wheel on a short shaft, which has another worm on the end of it that gears with a worm wheel on a stud in the frame. Attached to this worm wheel is a rim having a notch or recess ; on this rim the end of a lever rests which falls into the notch that is brought opposite to it when the quantity required is wound on the beam,” at the same time a projection on the lever acts upon the rod which stops the ma- chine. The second worm wheel has a space without teeth, and it has also a cord and weight attached to it ; “ the purpose of the weight is to drag forward the wheel that instant the last of its teeth is free from the worm in geer with it, the space in the wheel without teeth permitting this advance.” “ Adjustable fingers or pins are arranged upon the worm wheels,” so that they may be readily set at the commencement of each beam. Secondly, to arrangements for traversing the backing-off driving belt in beam warping machines from the fast to the loose pulley, or for stopping the backing off of the beam when “ required, the mechanism which causes the driving belt to be traversed or the motion of the beam to be stopped being put in action by the descent of the searching rods.” The ‘^improvements in sizeing machines relate, first, to a mode “ of putting friction on the beams to give the proper tension to “ the yarn going into the machine. It consists in passing a strap “ or band over the boss or end of each beam ;” one end of the WEAVING. 693 strap is attached to the boss of a ratchet wheel ; the other end of the strap is attached “ to a boss or segmental arm on the stop lever shaft, so that when the machine is stopped the strap or band will be pulled, and will he caused to act as a break on the beams.” ^ ^ i Secondly, to that machine known as the " tape-sizeing machine,’ and consists in substituting for each of the drying cylinders used in such machines an apparatus formed by a fan revolved “ by belts from some convenient part of the machine, and by two discs or rings arranged axially with the fan, which discs or rings have annular cavities into which pipes are jointed, one end of “ each pipe being jointed with one ring or the annular cavity in one disc, the other with the other ring or the annular cavity in the other disc ; the annular cavities and pipes are filled with ‘‘ steam. The discs or rings also carry rods or bars arranged all round, upon which the yarn rests, the rods being intended to keep the yarn from contact with the pipes or tubes.” [Printed, \ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 24.— 1482. HARRISON, Joseph, and GELDERD, Christopher.— (Pro- visional protection only.)— This invention relates to a stop motion for stopping a loom when the shuttle is ‘^caught in the shed.” The reed is detached from the lay and is mounted on the ends of elastic arms. “ On the elastic arms the ^ stop rod ’ is also mounted ; “ that is, in place of being mounted on the ^ slay swords ’ in the ordinary manner, it is mounted in suitable bearings attached to the elastic arms upon which the reed is secured, so that when the shuttle ‘ fails to box ’ the ‘ stop-rod frog fingers ’ will catch upon the ‘ frogs,’ and as the ' stop-rod ’ is attached to the elastic arms, they (the ‘ stop-rod ’ and elastic arms), and thus the reed, will be prevented from advancing with the slay,’ as the arms ‘‘ will bend or give way, being elastic.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 25.— N" 1499. KENYON, James, and KENYON, Richard.— This ^^inven- “ tion relates to the endless aprons, sheets, or bands of cloth that “ form a bed for the calico or other fabric to be printed upon in printing machinery, and consists in forming the same of a linen WEAVING. “ fabric of sufficient strength or thickness, and woven at the ends „ such a manner that a joint of equal thickness with the clotl: aforesaid may be produced. For instance, the desired length o! le hnen cloth is woven of sufficient strength and width in tbs ordinary manner, but with a suitable length for a joint at each « wo"'“ 111 two parts or double; one of the parts of one end IS then placed so as to overlap that of the other, and they are secured or held together by gum, paste, or other suitable ad- hesiveor connecting substance; the other parts not required are then cut away, leaving a joint as set forth above.” TPrinted, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 26. — N® 1509. FOOT, Joseph James.— (A communication.)— “This invention relates to the manufacture of those descriptions of narrow fabrics which are woven many widths together in a piece, and in the manufacture of these descriptions of fabrics fast edges have u ™'‘de at the places where the piece is to be cut « T P threads across the two warp threads which are next it every other time that the shed is opened, or at other intervals.^’ « “ tbllowing are the improvements on this process which constitute this invention : — “/irst, in place of drawing the whip thread across two warp threads, or the threads which pass through two eyes of the “ harness, it is drawn across four Warp threads which pass through four eyes of the harness. Secondly, the leaf of the heddles which carries the mails is dis- pensed with, and the half leaf of headles, through the loops of which the threads pass, in place of having a weight attached to it, receives motion directly by a treadle and top lever. The oops of this half leaf of headles are passed through glass beads, not singly as with the mails on the old principle, but with two loops passing through each bead, these two loops being the “ loops which work whip threads to make edges on each side of “ one of the places where the piece is to be cut apart. Each of ‘ the beads has an independent weight suspended from it, and “ this weight, when the half leaf of headles is raised, causes the “ bead to slide down the loops and draw the two whip threads “ together across the warp threads, and when the half leaf of WEAVING. 695 headles is lowered the bead slips back and the whip threads return to their natural positions.” Thirdly^ in place of taking those warp threads which the whip threads cross through the same headles as the rest of the warp, “ separate leaves of headles are employed to work these warps, so that the shed of these warps may be opened wider than the rest of the shed to give greater freedom to the working of the whip threads.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawing.] A.D. 1856, June 26.— 1511. HUDSON, William, and CATLOW, Christopher. — The patentees say, — Our invention applies to power looms, and the purpose of it is the prevention of the defects in weaving, techni- cally termed ^ floats.’ We employ a serrated bar or blade, the teeth of which are applied to the surface of the fabric in the loom near the fell. This bar has a reciprocating motion in the direction of its length, and by its movement in one direction withdraws a piece or finger, which, if not so removed, would prevent the weft fork from being duly raised, and thus cause the stoppage of the loom at every alternate pick. So long as the cloth is perfectly made, the teeth of the serrated bar slide freely in contact with its surface, but if a portion of the ends of the warp happen to be thrown out, some of the teeth of the bar are caught by them and the motion of the bar interrupted, “ the weft motion in consequence of such interruption being brought into operation to stop the loom. We apply serrated blades or bars to both surfaces of the fabric, or to one surface only at discretion. Instead of causing the apparatus to stop the loom through the medium of the weft fork, a stop or filling piece may be introduced between the sley and the weft lever or “ between the sley and the spring handle, its position being con- trolled by the movements of the serrated bar so as to produce “ the proposed effect.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 28.— N° 1521. VINCENZI, Eugenio. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements in jacquard machines have for their object to facilitate the working of them, and the reading of the patterns 696 WEAVING. for such looms that are worked by means of an electric current. They consist in cutting out by means of a metallic point the outlines of each of the coloured spots of which the pattern is formed in a thin sheet of tin or other suitable metal fixed to a “ sheet of stout paper, paste or card board, or other suitable ma- “ terial, thus isolating these outlines from each other. On the margin of the sheet of paper are traced as many lines as the pattern contains colours, and on the hack part of the sheet each of these lines is made to communicate with its corresponding colour by means of small stripes of tin, pewter, or other metal ‘‘ or metals, and thereby causes the electric current to communi- cate with one or more of the said lines on the margin, so that the current will be directed to the corresponding colours without ‘‘ touching the others. By placing consequently the comb of the electric apparatus on the entire surface of the pattern, those teeth only will come into effect that touch a described colour, whereas by bringing the current in contact with other lines on the margin other colours of the pattern come into action.’’ [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, June 28.~N« 1526. MESSAGER-ABIT, Charles Armand. — The patentee says, — This invention consists in treating the plants called ligneum spartium, stypa tenasissama, the chamaerops humilis, and the plants of the genera genista and stypa for the purpose of ohtain- ing fibrous materials therefrom. The above-named plants are first submitted to bruising cylinders. The fibres obtained from this operation are afterwards straightened, then placed carefully in small bundles and carded when in a cold state in a suitable carding machine. This operation being completed, the fibrous substances are dyed, twisted, and dried by the ordinary processes. “ I also treat the sparta or alpha, and the dwarf palm and other “ plants of the growth of Spain and Algeria, by the application of steam, by which, in conjunction with the above processes, I am enabled to obtain a substitute for horse hair, which I call vege- “ table horse hair ; with the above-named plants I am also enabled “ to manufacture by the ordinary processes paper pulp, carpets, and cordage of every description.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] WEAVING. 697 A.D. 1856, July 4.— 1568. GREAVES, Hilton. — The patentee says, — My lates to an arrangement of the loom for weavinp* ‘^wo or more distinct pieces of cloth at the same time hr loom, and ‘‘ giving to each piece complete and per^'^^^ selvedges, which I - accomplish by arranging the shutt> boxes at difiPerent levels, with parts of the warp and par^- healds also at difiPerent levels. I attach an arm o- ^ever to the picker stick, which pro- iects so as to strike distant shuttle at the same time the ‘‘ other is struck picking stick ; both shuttles “ being practically struck by one picking stick at the same ^.ment.” [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 15. — 1664. NEILD, Arthur. — (A communication.) — ^^This invention con- sists in certain arrangements of machinery or apparatus in looms connected with the jacquard or other pattern apparatus for arrest- ing or retarding the taking-up motion, so as to cause a greater “ number of picks to he driven in at any required part of the cloth.” Two catches are used to work the ratchet wheel of the taking-up motion, beside the holding catch. One of the catches is actuated by the motion of the lay in the ordinary manner, and is lifted out of gear with the ratchet wheel, when a thick weft stripe is wanted, by the jacquard, which keeps it up until a certain quantity of picks have been put in. This catch is then allowed to fall, and the second catch is made to take up, all at once, by the motion of the jacquard, the teeth that have been lost by the first catch. [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 15.— N« 1666. BLYTH, Charles Bell, and BUTCHART, William Parell. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention “ relates to certain improvements in power looms, the chief object “ of which is to give a proportionately increased time for the “ passage across of the shuttle, the advantage of which will be understood by the practical weaver. The desired efiPect is produced by causing the slay or lathe to be actuated by a dif- ferential movement in such a manner that it moves compara- “ lively slowly at the period of the shuttle’s transit across^ whilst 698 WEAVING. subsequent beat up is effected with the usual or a propor- tioii^tely greater rapidity. Various mechanical contrivances may be coopted for producing the required differential move- ment; but ^I'^ording to a preferable modification of such con- “ trivances the craij^ shaft, which is connected to the lathe in the usual manner, is drivo^ means of a pair of elliptical or eccen- - trically disposed spur whea,, according- to the well understood - arrangement adopted m other ^.^s where a differential motion - IS required, the wheels being of co,.,^ 3 ^ adjusted that the quick and slow speeds respectively occur tv. points of the lathe’s movement as may suit the end intendea.'^ [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 17.— 1682. ANDREW, Frederick, and FORSELL, Samuel. — (Pro- visional protection only.) — The patentees say, — “This invention “ consists in an improved mode of working brushes employed in “ machinery for sizing, stiffening, dressing, and polishing yarns “ and threads. In performing our invention we impart a to-and- “ fro or elliptical motion to the brush by cranks, or other suitable “ mechanism, so that when the brush is applied to the yarn or “ thread, the bristles, or other materials of which the brush “ is made, enter gradually between the yarns or threads, and “ after having been drawn through or along the yarns or threads “ the brush is drawn out, so that the return stroke may be made “ without acting on the yarns or threads.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 19.— N^^ 1709. SMITH, John, and HARRISON, Enoch. — “ Improvements in “ machinery or apparatus for warping and beaming.” This invention “ consists, firstly, of using an additional heck, which is “ placed between the lease heck and the half-bear peg box. This “ additional heck does not affect the warping, except when the “ warper takes the half-bear lease, when it enables him to sub- “ divide every half bear into three parts, so preparing the warps “ that the beamer can lay them with despatch into a comb which “ contains three times the number of dents that the wraith con- “ tains, causing thereby the warp to be opened into three times ' “ the number of divisions it would otherwise have been. WEAVING. 699 Secondly, in soldering the comb between every third dent to ‘‘ the depth of about half an inch, so that, when the beamer has “ laid in the warp, by raising the comb a lease is made of one “ dent above and two dents below, which enables the beamer to introduce a pair of opening rollers, preparing the warp so as to “ prevent it sticking or breaking the yarn whilst passing through “ the comb to the beam.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 24.— N° 1761. MATHER, Joshua, and FORSHAW, William. — Tliis inven- tion relates to pickers for looms. The patentees say, — ^‘Our invention consists of making the picker of any suitable metal or material, but the former in preference, with a hollow or recess ‘‘ in that part which is struck by the shuttle tip. In this hollow “ or recess we fix a flexible composition, which, yielding a little “ to the stroke of the shuttle, prevents the tip being turned, “ by which plan we diminish to a very great extent the cost and wear and tear of the picker, because when the said spring or “ composition is worn out it can be easily replaced, even without “ taking the picker from the loom. We also fix at the extreme “ end of each shuttle box a bolster, consisting of either a flexible composition or a spiral spring for the picker to strike against.” [Printed, 'Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 25.— N° 1767. WOOD, William. — ‘‘Improvements in machinery or apparatus “ for weaving pile fabrics.” “ The invention relates to the weaving “ of such fabrics where the terry or pile surface is obtained by the “ aid of what are called loose wires, that is, such as are not, when “ in use, constantly fixed to their carriers or holders ; and the “ improvements consist in employing, for the purpose of inserting “ such wires, two lever arms, each of which is capable of being “ attached for a time to a wire, one for the purpose of effecting “ the insertion thereof into the open shed, and the other the “ withdrawal of it from the pile of the fabric.” “ For the correct “ guidance of the ends of the lever arms,” the patentee applies “ guide bars to act with them, and so arranged that the lower “ ends of the lever arms are at such a distance from one another “ that one is opposite the rearmost wire in the fabric, whilst the “ other is opposite that pai*t of the shed into which the wire is “ inserted. 700 WEAVING. Also the improvements relate to employing a double or forked lever arm with apparatus to act in lieu of the two arms before referred to. “ Also the improvements relate to arranging such lever or "" forked arms to act without the mechanism for transferring the wire from the one arm or part of fork to the other, except the "" guide bars and their catch or holding pieces.” “ The improvements also relate to the use of such combined guide bars as supports and guides to carriers, when one carrier! “ is used for the insertion and another for the withdrawal of loose wires, the to-and-fro movement of such carriers being efPectedj “ by levers or other suitable means ; and the transference of thei wires from one carrier to the other by means such as before referred to. “ The improvements also relate to employing, inserting, and withdrawing apparatus to operate upon loose wires on both sides of looms for weaving pile fabrics.” [Printed, 35. 5cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 26. — 1781. YEADON, Samuel, and CHAPMAN, George.— This inven-l tion consists, first, in a method of constructing reeds without the "" lap or wax band commonly used, the dents being arranged at equal intervals in a frame or mould, and their extremities secured between two slips of wood by a cement, which serves at the same time to unite the slips of wood together and form the reed balk. Secondly, in the composition of the cement before men- "" tioned, the principal ingredients thereof being gutta percha and caoutchouc. Thirdly, in the arrangement and construction of frames or moulds for adjusting and retaining the dents at uniform dis- tances apart whilst they are being united into a reed; such frame consisting of a series of parallel wires evenly arranged' and bedded in cement, so that the interstices between their pro- jecting extremities form receptacles for the dents.. Fourthly, in the arrangement and construction of gauges tc be used in making the frames or moulds before mentioned ; suet' “ gauges being composed of parallel flat pieces of wire arranged ir “ juxta-position, the alternate pieces being of different lengths “ The ends of the longer wires project, and their thickness corre- WEAVING. 701 spends with that of the wire of which the reed is to be composed. The shorter wires are interposed, and determine the spaces between the longer ones, their thickness corresponding with the width of the interstices or openings in the reed proposed to he made. ‘‘ Fifthly, in the construction of a clamping table or press for “ uniting the balks to the dents of the reeds. The unfinished ‘‘ reed with the frame is placed on a bench, and there subjected to compression by jaws carried by a suitable framework, the whole being actuated by a powerful screw or other mechanical means adapted to the purpose.’^ [Printed, l5. Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, July 30.— N« 1800. EVETTE, Henri. — This invention consists in arrangements for throwing the shuttle in hand and power looms by mechanical means.” Two wheels are mounted one on each side of the loom, each wheel having a stud on its periphery ; near to each wheel is an upright shaft or spindle having a projecting arm “ near the top and another near the bottom. Along the top cross beam of the loom frame is a horizontal rod, the ends of which are bent down and hooked ; when the wheels revolve the studs “ on their peripheries come simultaneously against the lower arms of the upright spindles, and their upper arms push the bent ends of the horizontal rod upward, bringing them against other “ arms or bars placed one on each side of the loom, which are connected at their further ends with a shaft or stem, which when “ moved by the arms or bars just referred to is brought against the picker, drives it, and shoots the shuttle. These arms or bars are raised alternately out of reach of the hooked ends of the horizontal rod by vertical rods lifted up and down by cams or tappets on the driving shaft, so that each bar does its work alternately ; but the horizontal rod being raised at both ends by ‘‘ the two wheels at the same time, precision and forcible action are obtained. Just as the shuttle is about to be thrown it is ‘‘ disengaged from the shuttle box by the withdrawal of the arm of the spring bolt, which holds it by means of a chain attached to a connecting rod, or this releasing action may be effected by other suitable means.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawings.] 702 WEAVING. A.D. 1856, August L— N° 1820. WOOD, William, and SMITH, Matthew. — The patentees say, — “ This invention consists, first, in an improved combination “ of machinery for inserting wires into the shed, and for with- drawing the same from the loops of terry and cut pile fabrics. The head of the wire is taken hold of by a hook or instrument moving longitudinally in a tube supported on radial arms ; this hook or instrument is moved to and fro by a screw, which is “ turned round in contrary directions by suitable mechanism. When the wire has been deposited in the shed it is detached from the hook or instrument by which it was inserted in the shed, and the hook or instrument is moved to the proper position for taking hold of the wire nearest the breast beam by the move- ment of the tube on the radial arms, so that at the next longi- tudinal motion of the hook or instrument the wire so taken hold of is drawn out of the loops or pile. By this means any number ‘‘ of wires may be employed. “ Secondly, our improvements consist in inserting wires into the shed and withdrawing them from the loops of terry or cut pile fabrics by means of a rack, to which a to-and-fro motion is imparted by tappets and other mechanism, and to which a hook or instrument for taking hold of the wires is jointed. When a “ wire is deposited in the shed the hook or instrument is then “ moved by suitable mechanism into the required position for “ taking hold of the wire nearest the breast beam, so that at the next outward motion of the rack this wire is drawn out of the loops. This arrangement is also applicable where more than two wires are employed. When cut pile fabrics are to be pro- “ duced the wires are furnished with a cutting edge, as heretofore practised. ‘‘ Thirdly, our improvements consist in the application of a hook or instrument to be used in connexion with means for inserting and withdrawing wires, so formed that the heads of the wires can be laid hold of, liberated therefrom, and pass through it without any opening or closing action being given to it. Fodrthly, our improvements consist in the application of a square or other shaped block to the wires on which the terries “ are formed, in addition to the head of the wire, and of a guard “ or slot piece for guiding the block, by which means the wires WEAVING. 703 are held upright ; and also in the application of suitable stops for regulating the position of the heads of the wires. [Printed, Is.lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 1.— N« 1821. AVOOD, William, and SMITH, Matthew. — The patentees say, — ^VOur invention consists in an improved arrangement of mechanism for cutting the wires out of the terries to form cut pile fabrics. “ In previous Patents granted to the said vViliiam Wood, he claimed the use of a knife set in a frame traversing over and across the fabric for the purpose of cutting the wires out of the terries to form cut pile fabrics ; and our invention consists in an improved apparatus for that purpose. In this apparatus the cutter is attached to a small lever work- ing loosely or jointed on its centre. When this cutter is about to have its point placed in the groove of the wire it is pushed “ against a plate or guide piece fixed on the wire by a curved piece ; the lever to which the knife is attached is then pressed down so as to keep the point of the knife in the groove of the wire which guides it. The frame containing the lever, cutter, &c. is then drawn across the fabric, and the terry loops cut, thereby liberating the wire from the terries. When fully across, the lever and cutter are raised up out of the groove of the wire, and again pushed across to cut out another wire. There is under the loose lever a stop piece, which prevents it going lower down than is desired.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 4.— 1839. FIRTH, JosiAH, and CRABTREE, Joseph. — The patentees say, — This invention has for its object the weaving by power of Scotch, Kidderminster, and Dutch carpets, and consists of one, “ two, or three tiers of boxes at each end of the loom, or of one or more barrels in which boxes are arranged for the shuttles at each end of the loom in such a way as to enable us to bring into action the particular shuttle or colour that we may require up to the number of 30, each shuttle to run any number of picks that may be required to form the pattern. The boxes are shifted, moved, or raised, or let fall, by means of a beam fixed above or below the main or driving shaft of the loom, one end of the beam 704 WEAVING. being attached to the boxes by means of an upright or perpen- dicular rod. The other end of the beam is brought into contact with a tappet or plate wheel by means of another upright or “ perpendicular rod attached to an horizontal rod, at the end of “ which is fixed a pulley to act upon the tappets or plate wheel, and may be thrown into or out of gear whenever required, that is, when the shuttles run more than one pick each ; but when only one pick each, or there is no more than three shuttles, then the pulley is kept in gear continually. When more than three shuttles are employed, the lifting or moving rods are thrown into and out of gear by means of cards working over a four- sided cylinder, having as many cards as are necessary to com- plete the entire number of changes which the pattern requires. The cylinder can be moved by an eccentric fixed on the main ‘‘ shaft or on the picking shaft below. “ For the purpose of weaving Dutch, Berlin, tapestry, Venetian, or any other class of twilled or plain Dutch carpeting, we fix four treading tappets on a shaft placed below the main shaft, which is “ used both for the means of treading the gears and throwing the shuttle, and so arranged as to enable us to inflict two strokes or bats on each pick with the lathe or going part. The boxes for forming the plaid will be moved on the same principle as in the foregoing description. The jacquard machine is trod by two treadles extending from one end of the loom to the other, the points extending so far beyond the end of the loom as to enable us to press them down alternately by means of two excentric tappets, and lifting the ground part of the jacquard with one tappet and the figured part with the other, the jacquard being a double-lifting jacquard forming double cloth. The cylinder of the jacquard we move by another tappet fixed on the bottom shaft, which is trod each alternate revolution of the loom inde- pendent of the treading of the jacquard.’^ [Printed, Is. 4c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 14.— 1901. KNOWLES, John, and CLARKE, William. — This ^^inven- tion applies to power looms, in which the shuttles are required to be changed from time to time, and consists, firstly, in mount- ing moveable shuttle boxes so that they may turn in an arc of a circle instead of sliding up and down rectilineally between WEAVING. 705 vertical guides, and not revolving round the centre, but moving to and fro between fixed points in the circle. Secondly, in a method of governing the changes of position in moveable shuttle boxes, so as to produce a change of shuttles from time to time in a determined order. The change of position in the boxes is effected by levers actuated by swells or promi«i nences projecting from* a cam wheel, which latter is turned so as to bring the swells or prominences by turns into their respec- tive acting positions by a catch or catches deriving motion from one of the shafts of the loom, and laying hold of pins or notches on the cam wheel at intervals corresponding to the changes in the pattern to be produced in the fabric. The order in which the shuttles are changed and the length of the intervals occur- ring between the changes are determined by a pattern chain, strap, or wheel furnished with prominences, depressions, or perforations, by means of which the action of the catches upon the pins or notches of the cam plate is alternately permitted and suspended in a manner well known. The pattern chain, strap, or wheel is worked by a connection with one of the principal shafts of the loom.’’ [Printed, Id, Drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 16. — N° 1915. SLATER George, WILLIAMS, John, and WHITAKER, Septimus. — (Provisional protection only.) — Certain improve- “ ments in power looms for weaving.” This invention consists “ in a certain novel arrangement of apparatus, designed for the purpose of preventing the concussion and shock of the working parts of the loom, usually arising from the sudden stoppage of the loom.” This purpose is effected by means of a novel and peculiar formation of the crank rod or arms used as a connecting medium between the lathe or slay and the main or crank shaft, and also by an arrangement of mechanism for actuating these arms or “ rods at the time required. The crank rods or arms are furnished at or near the middle of their length with a ^ knuckle ’ or ^ rule ’ joint, and are keyed into a rod passing from side to side of the lathe or slay in which the rod bears (thus forming the connec- tion between the lathe or slay and crank shaft) ; the ends of this rod, projecting through the bearings, are turned downwards or W, Y Y WEAVING. 706 cranked, and are connected to two short levers or fingers pro- jecting forwards towards the cloth beam. They are retained by a spring in such a position as to allow the crank or connecting rods or arms to remain straight, with the ‘ knuckle joint ’ unbent, “ whilst the loom is in proper working order. But (for example) suppose the shuttle should not complete its race, or any other obstruction should occur, the loom will be suddenly stopped by the ordinary stopping motion, and the projecting lever or finger will strike against a projection secured in a suitable position on the framing of the loom, and force the cranked or turned down end of the rod towards the back of the loom; this action will turn the rod slightly or partially round, and give a lead to the " knuckle joints ’ of the crank arms or connecting rods, which will thus become bent upwards, and by releasing the " knuckle,’ it will allow the crank shaft and other parts of the loom to con- tinue their revolutions and motions until they have dispersed and overcome by their own friction the momentum which they had gained.” [Printed, 3c^. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 16.— N« 1916. CHALMERS, David. — ‘^Improvements in looms for weaving.” This “ invention relates, first, to modes of giving oscillating move- “ ments to a series of shuttle boxes, instead of the vertical or “ rotary motion at present employed. The shuttle boxes are “ attached to frames made to vibrate to and fro upon shafts or “ centres, connected by bearings with one of the slay swords, and “ an external frame that moves simultaneously with the sword. “ In order to change the position of the shuttles when required,” the patentee places “ upon the shaft of the vibrating frame a single “ or double lever, which is acted upon by certain fingers or pro- “ jections, moved up and down or to and fro by means of a lever “ in conjunction with a jacquard cylinder, or lags, pegs in a drum, “ or any of the well-known methods, by which a change of motion “ is effected according to the desired pattern.” Secondly, to a combined ‘letting off’ and ‘ taking-up motion,’ “ in which the threads from the warp beam pass over or under a “ beam or roller, from which they proceed onwards to be converted “ into cloth, which also passes over or under a beam or roller to “ the taking-up beam. The shafts of the beams or rollers are WEAVING. 707 furnished with worm wheels, acted upon by worms or endless screws, put into motion by being connected to any suitable moving part of the loom.’’ Thirdly, to an improved fly reed, which is kept in its place when beating up by means of a double arm or lever, connected to a slotted rod which slides upon a pin or stud fixed to any “ suitable part of the framing of the loom. When the end of the slot presses against the pin or stud, the double lever holds the reed firmly in its place ; when not beating up, the reed is kept up by springs, which give way when the shuttle is lodged in the warp. Fourthly, to an improved temple, which consists of a bar of metal having from the middle a semi-turn or twist towards each end, or of two or more bars of metal having a semi-turn or twist from end to end. • Fifthly, to various improved arrangements connected with the wire loom.” The drawings represent improved modes of giving motion to “ the slay or reed of the wire loom.” Where cranks are employed the connecting rods are formed with slots for the purpose of causing the lay to stop during the pick. Instead of the usual cranks, eccentrics are sometimes employed. Another drawing represents the employment of eccentric wheels for obtaining a fast and slow motion.” Another drawing represents a stopping and starting motion, in which the lever for giving pressure to the break appears to be actuated separately from the strap lever. Another drawing represents a mode of assisting in the forma- tion of the selvage, in which taper pins are alternately pushed in and drawn back ” for the purpose of arresting the wire thread “ at the end of each pick or shoot.” Another drawing represents a spring with an eye, one of which is placed at each end of each warp thread, so as to cause any end which may break to be pulled out of the shed.” Another drawing represents a shifting cloth beam for the pur- pose of laying the selvage wires at the sides of each other instead of one above the other, as heretofore done, thereby pre- venting the necessity of packing.” [Printed, l5. Zd, Drawings.] Y y 2 708 WEAVING, A.D. 1856, August 20.— N° 1945. SAGAR, Thomas, and TURNER, Christopher. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to power looms. The inventors say, — Our improvements relate, first, to a novel method of governing the ^ swell ^ of the shuttle box, and consists in the application of a spiral or other spring in a nearly direct or posi- tive line to the ^ back finger ’ of such ^ swell the spring is so applied as to allow the back finger to press against it, and the spring to exert its force only when the crank is at the back centre and the shuttle is out of the box.’’ Our improvements consist, secondly, in an improved form of the slay sword levers of the ^anti-positive motion,’ being improvements upon the invention for which Letters Patent were granted to the herein- named Christopher Turner, bearing date 12th January 1855, [N° 86] ; the improved form consisting in bevilling or rounding the surfaces acting against each other, instead of forming them of square surfaces, as therein exhibited, such surfaces being the vertical part of the slay sword lever and the crank arm slide “ acting thereupon. The third part of these improvements relates also to the before-mentioned levers, and consists in fixing the ^ stop rod ’ bearings in the levers at a point below their fulcra, by which arrangement the action of the ^ stop rod ’ against the « ^ frog,’ or projecting piece, assists in throwing forward the vertical end of the lever, for a purpose mentioned in the before-named Letters Patent. And, lastly, our improvements consist in a novel method of disengaging the driving strap, or transferring it from the fast to the loose pulley; in order to efPect this we place the ordinary ^ frog ’ upon a bar of metal, extending from end to end of the loom ; this bar is fitted loosely upon the framing, so that wheS the ^ frog ’ is struck by the ^ stop rod ’ the bar is forced back against a vertical rod placed behind it, which then strikes the ^ weft fork lever,’ and the strap is thereby disengaged from the driving pulley.” [Printed, Sd , No drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 21.— N® 1951. HACKING, Joseph, and WHEELER, William.— This inven- tion relates to a method of winding, warping, sizing, and beaming yarns. The patentees say, — Instead of the usual plans of warp- WEAVING. 709 ing, winding, &c. by separate machines, we propose to combine the said processes by one continuous apparatus. We fix the “ cops in a vertical position on one or more stages, and pass the “ threads from each cop direct through a kind of sieve or perforated apparatus, from which we pass them over rollers, either stationary ‘‘ or revolving, to and through the sizing trough, then over drying ‘‘ cylinders to the beam, on which it is wound or beamed com- ‘‘ plete, ready for the loom.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 21.— N° 1953. AKROYD, William, and THOMPSON, John. — The patentees say, — “ Heretofore, in the manufacture of all carpeting, except pile or terry faced, the warp used on one side is occasionally shewn on ‘‘ the other side, so that to produce a flat-surfaced carpet or other ‘‘ fabric having no pile, terry, or raised surface, the worsted or other yarns on the face occasionally crosses in such way and manner as to form figure or ground on either or both sides or surfaces of the cloth or carpet. Our invention consists in producing a flat-surfaced carpet or other fabric having no pile, terry, or raised surface, using cotton and worsted for the warp, one or more shuttles with the weft. A portion of the cotton warp used on one side and a portion of “ the worsted warp used on the other side of the carpet or other fabric crosses the weft in certain proportions, and in such way and manner as not to form figure or ground on the contrary side of the fabric. We make use of the term ^cotton on the one side of the “ ‘ fabric and worsted on the other side of the fabric ’ simply to shew that the warp forming figure or ground on the one side of the fabric does not cross so as to form* figure or ground on the other side of the fabric.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 27. — N° 2002. GREEN, William, HOLLOWAY, George, and GRUBB, Thomas. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention, which has for its object to improve the texture of the end borders of ‘‘ beam rugs, and which is also applicable to varying the colors in ‘‘ Brussels rugs, consists in weaving the end borders of the said 710 cWEAVING. rugs seperately, and subsequently attaching the same by sewing or otherwise to the bodies of the said rugs, the backs of which are woven beyond the ends thereof for the said purpose.’^ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, August 28. — N° 2005, BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication.) — “ This invention consists in forming shuttles in several parts, and in the following manner : — The body web or frame is formed of iron or other metal, to which are screwed or otherwise affixed iron or other metal -pointed shoes or ends, and the frame covered with gutta percha, vulcanised or hardened caoutchouc, horn, or other similar smooth material. The friction rollers are also formed of gutta percha, hardened India rubber, horn, or other similar substance, and are free to revolve upon spindles set in wooden blocks, one at each end of the shuttle. In some cases the inventor dispenses with the metal frame, and forms the shuttle between the wooden blocks and metal shoes of gutta percha, hardened caoutchouc, horn, or other like material.” [Printed, M. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 8. — N° 2091. BAMFORD, Robert. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to an improved system or mode of securing the reeds employed in looms for weaving to the slay cap, whereby the reeds may be more readily changed than can be effected with the ordinary mode of securing them. According to this inven- tion the head of the reed is held in the slay cap by means of a metal or other bar, which may or may not extend the entire length of the slay. One edge of this bar is made to project under the head of the reed, which fits into a longitudinal groove in the under side of the slay cap in the ordinary manner ; but in place of the bar being fixed to the cap, it is made to slide back at right angles to the length of the slay, in order to release the reed when a change is required, and this sliding action is obtained by simply attaching the bar to the under side of the slay cap by means of screws passed through slots in the bar, such slots being of sufficient length to allow of the bar being drawn back far enough to release the head of the reed. WEAVING, 711 In order to secure a fresh reed the bar has simply to be pushed forward again, when it will at once lock the reed head inside the groove in the slay cap. This mode of securing the reed to the slay cap is obviously equally applicable either to fast or ‘‘ loose reeds.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 9.— N° 2098. PIDDING, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — Im- provements in the preparation and manufacture of certain piled, corded, or other fabrics.” As regards mosaic piled fabrics, the inventor proposes setting the threads to form the pile by securing them to slits formed in thin metal plates, which are attached to numerous pieces of wood forming the sides of the apparatus, the bottom of which is formed by a flat hoard, to which the side pieces are to be attached after the threads have been arranged in the metal plates. The apparatus will appear like a box with the two ends off. The threads are to be pushed at one end to cause them to project at the other sufficiently to admit of cutting the threads even with one end of the apparatus where the design or pattern of the mosaic will be apparent.” The threads are caused to adhere to a fabric coated with caoutchouc, which is pressed against them, and a slice is cut off, which is the mosaic fabric. The inventor proposes to produce a mosaic fabric with a pile on both sides, by inserting threads of prepared yarn into a previously prepared fabric on which the design is printed. He also proposes “ to cut corded fabrics during the process of manu- facture instead of treating them as hitherto.” He also proposes “ forming the grooves of darker shades of color than the raised portions of cords, by using dark and light shades of colored “ yarn for corded fabrics.” ^Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 11. 2126. MILNES, John, and THOMPSON, William. — This inven- tion has for its object improvements in looms for weaving. For these purposes the leaves of heddles are connected with levers, “ each of which has a rod with a hook or catch thereon, which is acted on by a spring in such manner as to have a tendency to “ he in a determined position, and the rising or falling of the leaf 712 WEAVING. of hedclles, to which any one of the levers is attached, depends on whether its rod (with a hook or catch) is or is not acted on by a pin barrel or pattern surface; The lifting and lowering of “ the leaves of heddles is by means of two levers or rising and falling bars, on to one of which the whole of the hooked rods would by reason of the tendency given to them rest, if none of them were selected or moved by the pin barrel or pattern sur- face; the other lifting bar or lever, therefore, is arranged to receive those of the hooked rods which are acted on or selected by the pin barrel or pattern surface. The lifting rods or levers are actuated by means of connecting rods attached to arms or crank pins on the face of an excentric cog wheel, which moves on a fixed stud or axis, and the arms or cranks are slotted or so arranged that the distance at which the connecting rods are attached from the centre of the stud or axis may be varied, thus admitting of one of the lifting bars or levers being moved (when desired) a greater distance than the other by the rotation of the excentric cog wheel. The excentric cog wheel is driven by means of another excentric cog wheel, in such manner that when the smaller radius of the driving cog wheel is actuating the other excentric cog wheel at its larger radius, the motion to the lifting bars will be slow, and thus allow time for throwing the shuttle, and the speed of the lifting bars will then be ac- celerated when changing the positions of the leaves of heddles. On the axis of the pin barrel or pattern surface is fixed a disc or wheel, with notches or recesses at equal distances apart, which disc or wheel is actuated by a wheel which has moveable studs or pins, and according as one or more of these studs or pins are fixed in this wheel, so will the stud barrel be actuated, in order to vary the pattern of weaving. Provision is made to admit of the loom being put back when required.” [Printed, 25 . lOc?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 16. — N° 2165. BOUSFIELD, George Tomlinson. — (A communication.) — These improvements are more especially applicable to the weav- “ ing of coarse wire fabrics.” The improvements relate to the application of apparatus for preparing and inserting the filling wire, by means of which the filling wire, instead of being intro- duced into the shed of the warp wire by a shuttle, as is done in WEAVING. 713 weaving the finer wire fabrics, is either pushed in by the action of rollers or drawn by nippers/’ A cutting apparatus is ap- plied to the lathe, or otherwise operated, so as to cut off the filling wire after each insertion, thus presenting a new end of “ wire for each operation.” When the filling wire is net too stiff to be suitably crimped by the process of weaving, plain smooth feed rollers may be employed to deliver the filling wire into the shed ; but in forming some fabrics it is necessary to good work that the filling wire should be crimped before it is inserted, in which case the feed rollers are fluted and gear together so as alternately to bring the projection of one into the groove of the other as they revolve, and thus crimping the wire.” Another part of the invention relates to controlling and de- livering out the we warps, and consists in part in giving to each warp wire a separate tension on a separate spool or beam, “ and delivering the whole during the process of weaving by “ means of rollers having a suitable connection and motion for that purpose. This part of the invention also consists in combining with a “ power loom for weaving wire cloth a railway delivery motion, so constructed as to have a carriage at the back of the loom run- ning on ways or rails, the forward ends of the warp wires being “ connected with the loom in the usual way, whilst their rear ends ‘‘ are attached to the said carriage.” [Printed, 25. 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 17.— N° 2174. CRICHTON, David, and CATHCART, James.— This inven- tion relates to apparatus to be applied to a loom for effecting the letting-off of the yarn, and the taking-up of the cloth. The patentees say, — “ The principle of our invention consists of the arrangement of machinery or apparatus to produce intermittent rotary motions of different velocities from a series of advancing and a series of receding intermittent motions, working alternate motions (backwards and forwards) intermittently. By the appli- ‘‘ cation of the said alternate intermittent motions we obtain a greater number of changes of velocities, and a more perfect application of them to the loom, than the continuous motion of 714 WEAVING. different velocities patented by the said David Crichton, the twenty-third day of October 1852, N° 495.” [Printed, M. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 19. — N° 2199. HUSTLER, Amos. — The patentee says, — This invention relates to looms where more than two shuttle boxes are used and em- ployed in the weaving operation.” Now, the peculiarity of my invention consists in the combina- tion of different movements to effect the change of the shuttles. To produce the change I cause one to drop down, or it may be thrown upwards, when it is thrown out of work, while the other is thrown into work in a lateral or sidelong direction. In the reverse action the one moves out sideways and the other returns in a vertical direction. The boxes containing these shuttles are moved by means of levers actuated by cams, driven at a suitable rate by gearing in connection with the crank shaft or other con- venient moving part of the loom. The cams or tappets moving the levers are arranged to impart a quick change to the shuttle boxes, and so that the one which moves out of work takes a slight precedence of movement to make room for the other to take its place. If more than two colours or shuttles are used, two or more shuttle boxes and shuttles may be placed on each side of the loom, and the acting gear arranged to suit. The second head refers to the arrangement of the cam appa- ratus whereby the shuttles are changed at intervals after a determined number of shoots of each or any of the shuttles have been performed, the number of shoots of each shuttle being determined according to the pattern desired to be pro» duced.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] AD. 1856, September 19.— N° 2200. TEMPLETON, Archibald, and LAWSON, John. — The patentees say, — This invention relates to the manufacture of “ those descriptions of pile fabrics in which chenille of a similar fabric is used to form the pile. Heretofore, in making pile fabrics from chenille, the chenille itself has been woven into the fabric either as the warp or weft thereof. Now our inven' WEAVING. 715 tion consists in attaching the chenille or other fabric to a back of woven or other fabric by means of sewing or cementing.’^ [Printed, 6c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 24. — N° 2241. FROST, Victor Frederic Antoine. — The patentee says, — My invention consists, — Firstly, in weaving in a perpendicular ‘‘ position ribbons, lace, and other fabrics formed transversely in the loom or frame, that is to say, instead of placing the warp ‘‘ threads horizontally, I carry them up perpendicularly, or from the lower part to the upper part of the loom or frame, the harness or heddles working horizontally, and I arrange the threads so that the fabrics when woven may have their selvages parallel, presenting their edges to the front and back of the loom or frame, whereby a considerable number of articles of narrow width, such as ribbons, lace, edgings, &c. may be woven in a loom or frame of ordinary length at the same time. The warp threads may be inclined to a certain extent instead of being quite perpendicular. Secondly, my invention consists in improved harness heddles, or their equivalent, the shafts, bars, or strips of which are drawn back or restored to place by means of springs, elastics, india rubber, or other resilient agents, and are brought to the proper position by the action of the jacquard, to the hooks of which the strips or laths of the harness are connected. Thirdly, in the employment of a batten having a rising motion, acting also as a reed or slay, placed horizontally and lengthwise of the loom or frame, so as to act on all the fabrics simultaneously. Fourthly, in the employment of bobbin carriages, thread carriers, or shuttles, carrying the weft threads, and sliding on straight or curved, flat, grooved, or hollowed bolts or guides. Fifthly, in combining or arranging the parts composing the loom or frame for the weaving of ribbons, lace, and fabrics gene- “ rally in a perpendicular position, with a harness or heddles “ acting horizontally, a batten having a rising action, and bobbin carriage or shuttles for shooting the weft, travelling on straight or curved bolts.” [Printed, 8cl. Drawings.] 716 WEAVING; A.D. 1856, September 25. — N° 2252. MUIR, Matthew Andrew, and WALKER, William James. — This invention relates to certain improved modifications of what is technically known amongst manufacturers as the ^ tape ’ sizeing or dressing machine, as commonly used for sizeing or dressing yarns or threads. According to one of such modifica- tions provision is made for effecting the actual sizing or dressing operation separately and distinctly for each color in the threads under treatment. To this end separate and distinct size or dressing chests are provided for each color in the warps passing through the ma« chine, so that the colors cannot intermingle and spoil the work. Each distinct colored warp is also brushed separately, and the threads do not in any way come in contact until they arrive at the drying cylinder. This arrangement of separate size chests also permits of color being used in one or more of them should it be wished to give a tint or tints to a portion of the threads through the medium of the size or dressing. Instead of placing the unsized warp beams on a continuous level at the rear of the machine, as is usual, these beams are so disposed at different levels, and the threads are so conveyed from them, that the w'hole is peculiarly open and accessible to the attendant. As the threads pass off their beams to reach the dressing chambers they pass through an improved reed, or guide waith, or comb. This reed is entirely open on its upper side, so that the threads can be dropped into it from the top ; and when the lease is to be formed the operator has great facility for doing it by simply elevating the reed, when, as each thread is passed separately through its own dent or division, the accurate formation of the lease is always ensured. As the threads pass to the finishing beam cold air is blown upon them for the purpose of mellowing them and removing the dry harshness so commonly felt as an objection in the ordinary process.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 26.— 2259. WOODWARD, George Gower. — ^^Improvements in the manufacture of carpets.” In the description of this invention the patentee says, — WEAVING. 717 The first part of this invention relates to the application of certain improvements described in the specification of Letters Patent granted to me, and bearing date the 26th day of October 1853 [N° 2470]. I apply the combination of ^self-colour’ and parti-coloured warps as therein described to the manufacture of ‘‘ other descriptions of carpets than are described in such speci- fication. Secondly, my invention consists in working self-colour and parti-coloured warps in the same reed of the slay, that is, above and below each other, rising as the pattern requires. Thirdly, my invention consists of improvements in dying parti-coloured warps.” The next part of my invention consists of improvements in apparatus for winding yarns. A moveable frame is made to slip easily on to a driving shaft, to which it is secured by a pin. The frame is put in motion by a pair of toothed wheels ; the axis of the driver passes through one of the standards which support the main shaft. The yarns to be wound are supported on a frame carrying the bobbins ; the threads are passed through guides and fastened to the moveable frame ; when this is set in motion by means of the toothed wheels the whole of the yarns are wound thereon.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, September 30.-~N<> 2284. IVERS, Samuel. — (Provisional protection only. — These im- provements in looms consist in an improved picking motion, or ‘‘ a combination of parts for throwing the shuttle across the shed. To the tappet shaft or other convenient part of the loom are attached two levers acting alternately on levers projecting from side shafts ; to each side shaft is attached a second lever acting on a stud projecting from the picking stick. By varying the distance of this shed from the fulcrum of the picking stick the strength of the pick can be regulated to suit the fabric that is being woven.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1856, October L— 2296. NAYLOR, Henry, and CRABTREE, James. — ^These improve- ments relate to machines commonly known as warping mills;” 718 WEAVING. The patentees say, — In warping mills having their axes vertical, as hitherto arranged, the threads, after passing through the ^eyes^ of the ‘heck,^ are divided into beers by anti-friction pulleys or rollers, having their axes perpendicular to the plane in which the threads pass from the eyes of the heck, which arrangement causes the threads to become massed together, in which state they pass on to the mill.^’ The object of our invention is to make arrangements whereby the threads forming each division or beer will pass on to the mill parallel and side by side, or tapewise. Our invention con- sists in accomplishing this object by placing guides in front of the anti-friction pulleys, dividing the threads into beers, the surfaces of which guides are made to come against the threads of each division so as to place them in a position oblique to the plane in which the threads pass from the eyes of the heck, which arrangement, by assistance of the anti-friction pulleys dividing the threads, changes the plane of each division or beer from an horizontal to a vertical position, in which position they pass on to the mill.’^ [Printed, lOd, Drawings.] A D. 1856, October 2.— 2305. HARDON, Edwin, and HENRY, Joseph. — These improve- ments relate to looms for weaving. The patentees say, — ‘‘ The nature of our invention consists, first, in supporting the heddle roller shaft of looms in bearings acted upon by springs to allow the roller shaft to yield to the unequal action of the mechanism ‘‘ for moving the heddles, and to compensate for any irregularity in the motion imparted to the heddles. Secondly, in making the straps to which the heddles are sus- pended or attached of vulcanized india rubber or other suitable elastic material, and in the application of springs to such straps. ^‘Thirdly, in an improved mode of suspending the heddles when “ more than four heddles are employed by means of rollers, pulleys, and cords or straps. Fourthly, in the application of the sun and planet motion for working the picking motion and the heddles. Fifthly, in an improved arrangement of parts in combination with the vibrator for allowing the yarn to be drawn off the warp beam. WEAVING. 719 Sixthly, in working the drop boxes of looms in which two or more shuttles are employed by an apparatus similar to that described in the specification of Letters Patent granted to us on the twenty-fourth day of J une, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six [N° 1477], and shown in fig. 6 of the drawings " attached to the said specification. “Seventhly, in regulating the motion of the taking-up roller “ by a vibrating lever, the action of which is governed by the “ increasing diameter of the cloth beam. “And, lastly, our improvements in machinery for communi- “ eating motion to looms and other machines consists in dispensing “ with the separate shaft shewn and described in reference to “ figs. 13 and 14 of the specification above referred to, and in “ mounting the driving pulley loose on the shaft; to be driven.” £Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 2.— N° 2311. EDMESTON, Robert.— “This invention has for its object “ improvements in looms for weavings and the improvements “ consist of a combination of apparatus actuated or governed by “ jacquard or pattern surfaces of the loom, in order to move the “ shuttle boxes according to the requirement of the particular “ pattern which is being woven in the loom. For this purpose “ the cam shaft of the loom is caused by a tappet or cam to act “ on a lever or instrument in connection with the shuttle boxes “ in such manner that the shuttle boxes are caused to be lifted, “ when the tappet or cam is by the jacquard or pattern surface “ allowed to act on the lever or instrument above mentioned ; “ but when the lever or instrument is moved out of the way of “ the cam or tappet, the shuttle boxes are not raised by the “ rotation of the shaft of the loom. The shuttle boxes are “ retained from descending by a catch acting in the teeth of a “ ratchet, carried by a lever or instrument, which lifts the shuttle “ boxes, and this catch retains the shuttle boxes from descending “ to their lowest position (which they have a tendency to do) excepting when the jacquard or pattern surface of the loom “ causes the catch to be removed. By these means the several “ shuttle boxes of a loom are brought into and removed out of 720 WEAVING. position, according to the requirement of the particular pattern which is being woven.” [Printed, ls» Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 3.— N° 2316. HALL, John, the younger. — ^^Improvements in looms.” In the description of this invention the patentee says, — My invention relates to those kind of looms known as ^jacquard looms,’ and consists, firstly, of working the box motion direct and indirect ‘‘ from the jacquard hooks by means of horizontal and vertical levers, and also shafts, pulleys, or cams, so that as the jacquard hook acts upon a horizontal lever, it causes a vertical lever to work the shuttle box ; which improvements in jacquard looms ‘‘ I accomplish by causing the jacquard wizard or other hooks in conjunction with the same cards or lags used for forming the pattern in the manufacture of figured cloth to be the first means of putting levers or pulleys into motion as a preparation, “ which may be afterwards acted upon by any of the well-known methods of raising the shuttle or drop box where a series of shuttles are used. The jacquard hooks are connected to levers or lifters, which raise, lower, or move transversely certain inclines or wedges, which act upon a lever connected with the drop box motions. When a star wheel is employed, it is moved in conjunction with the cam wheel, thereby causing the indentations of the said star wheel to be either in or out of gear “ of a stud or pin on a toothed wheel driven by another toothed ‘‘ wheel on the crank shaft of the loom. The cam wheel connected to the star wheel acts upon a bowl or roller attached to either a ‘‘ straight or cranked lever connected by a bar or rod to the drop box, which is caused to rise and fall as the cam wheel is moved, ‘‘ according to the pattern desired ; or the jacquard wizard or other hooks may act upon arms or levers, upon which are placed catches or pulleys operating upon ratchet wheels or ‘‘ pulleys, one placed upon one end of a tube or tubes and another upon one end of a shaft or shafts passing through the aforesaid tube or tubes. Upon the other ends of the tube and shaft are placed cams or lifters, which raise and depress an arm or lever, according to the positions of the cams, giving a corre- WEAVING, 721 spending motion to another arm or lever, which operates upon the shuttle boxes by means of a connecting rod.’’ [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 3.— 2324. HASLAM, Robert, and HASLAM, James. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — ‘^Improvements in looms for weaving.” “The “ object of this invention is the stopping of the loom upon that “ defect usually termed floating taking place. This we accomplish “ by causing the weft thread to be severed or removed from the “ action of the usual detector apparatus.” “ Above the shuttle is “ placed a. curved spring or small vibrating lever, so situate as to “ pass freely through the shed during the operation of weaving, “ excepting when the defect termed floating has taken place. The “ said spring or lever is then pressed down, and is thus made to “ bring a piece of metal or other material into action upon the “ weft, by which the latter becomes broken.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, October / 2342. BOTTOMLEY, Smith, and CROSSLEY, James William. — This invention applies to the manufacture of pile fabrics. The patentees say, — “ The improvements relate to that class of fabrics “ where the pile is produced from weft, and consists in employing “ for such weft threads yarns of worsted, alpaca, or mohair, with “ cotton warp in place of woollen yarns heretofore employed for “ such purpose, in combination with means of treating the fabric “ when woven, and previous to the cutting up of the rows of weft “ to form the nap or pile, by which especially to produce a light “ fine description of nap or pile fabric, suitable for ladies’ dresses, “ mantles, window curtains, table covers, and other purposes. “ When the pile weft is of alpaca or mohair, we prefer that the “ binding weft be woollen or worsted. After the weaving of fabric “ according to our improvements, and before the cutting up of the “ loops to form pile, it is scoured, cleansed, boiled, crabbed, “ steamed, and set, during which the cloth is shrunk, and the weft “ to form the pile, as well as that used as binding weft, becomes “ well fastened and felted into the body of the cloth. The cloth “ is then dried and the pile cut, after which such fabric is dyed, “ brushed, subjected to a Lewis’ machine, and then pressed or w. z z 722 WEAVING. otherwise, as desired ; or the dyeing may be effected before the cutting. “ The improvements also relate to subjecting fabrics, where the pile is produced from woollen weft, to the second part of the process referred to, and before being cut up, dyed, brushed, &c.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 8.— 2350. WARD, William. — ‘^The object of this invention is to produce a fabric with rough or uneven surfaces. This fabric may be used for towels or other purposes. In order to obtain the uneven surfaces on the fabric I prepare the weft in the following manner : — Three yarns, two of which are twisted in the ordinary manner, and the third spun harder, but with twist in the con- trary direction, are twisted together in such wise that previous to winding the combined yarns on the bobbin the hard twisted yarn shall be slack, while the other two are distended, by which means the hard twisted yarn forms snarls when uniting with the others. The prepared yarn is then woven with a warp of the usual description, and the snarls projecting from the weft produce the uneven surfaces required.^’ [Printed, 6cl, Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 13.— 2394. TODD, William and Jacob. — The patentees say, — Our im- provements relate, first, to that part of the power looms known as the tappet shaft, and used for actuating the tappets which give motion to the healds, and consists in a novel method of driving such shafts, which is accomplished by means of a second ‘ ^ shaft, to which a rocking or reciprocating motion is imparted, and at each end of which shaft -is a small pulley or drum to which is attached an endless band or strap of metal, leather, or other suitable material ; the strap also passes round and is attached to a loose pulley upon the tappet shaft ; this pulley has upon the interior surface of its rim a spring pressing upon a pawl or “ catch which acts against a plate secured upon the tappet shaft, and having two or more ratchets or teeth formed on its periphery. “ By this arrangement, when a rocking motion is given to the pulleys at the end of the rocking shaft it will be imparted to the WEAVING. 723 ‘‘ loose pulleys, which will cause the pawl to force round the “ ratchet and give an intermittent motion to the tappet shaft as required. This arrangement is applied at each end of the loom, and both driven in the same direction by the straps being one open and the other crossed, or by an arrangement of driving wheels, as the pawls are required to force the rackets alternately. The motion given to the yarn bearer for ensuring the equal tension of the yarn is also actuated from the rocking shaft by means of an eccentric in connection with and through the medium of a suitable arrangement of levers. The second part of this invention relates to the rocking or oscillating shaft above mentioned, and consists in imparting to the said shaft an uniform reciprocating motion, through the medium of which a positive dwell given to the healds.” [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 14.— 2400. SUMNER, Richard. — The patentee says, — My invention is designed for the purpose of producing or forming patterns, figures, or devices upon a fabric during the process of weaving, and consists in a novel arrangement and application of mechanism for effecting the same by self-acting means. At any convenient part of the loom near the ^ roller beam ’ is ‘‘ situated a pawl and ratchet wheel, carrying a ^ change wheel,’ ‘‘ which is capable of alteration according to the pattern required “ or quantity of fabric to be ^ taken up ’ at each movement of the pawl ; this wheel imparts motion through a train of wheels to the ^ roller beam,’ by which means the fabric is wound thereon or Haken up;’ the pawl working the ratchet wheel receives motion from the vibration of the ordinary ^ slay,’ and is also in ‘‘ connection with a similar train of wheels and arrangement of mechanism at the opposite end of the loom, though of a coarser “ or finer quality of pitch of wheels, &c., and so applied that when the apparatus at one side of the loom is moving the beam to ‘ take ^ up,’ the pawl at the opposite side is lifted from the ratchet wheel, and consequently ceases to work. The two sides having been regulated as to the size of ‘ change,’ and other wheels, and the ^ slay ’ set in motion, the ratchet and other wheels all commence ‘‘ to* ‘ take up ’ the cloth at a rate varying with the size of the “ ^ change wheel’ and throw of the pawl of the ratchet wheel, and z z 2 724 WEAVING. “ the required number of picks of the shuttle will be made at the varioTis distances apart to produce or form the pattern. When the design requires fewer or greater number of picks to be made, the apparatus on the opposite side of the loom is brought into operation either by an arrangement of jacquard apparatus, move- able shuttle boxes, or pattern wheel, by which means a greater or fewer number of picks ’ constituting the figure or design will be made to form any pattern upon the fabric for which the apparatus may have been previously arranged.” [Printed, 9d, Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 16.— N° 2414. COLLIER-, George. — This invention relates to the manufacture of piled fabrics. The patentee says, — The improvements relate, firstly, to when (as in the specification of a recent Patent granted to me, dated the 22nd day of May 1855 [N® 1153] ), a cord or band, or it may be a chain, is employed as the means by which the insertion of each pile wire into the open shed is effected, and consists in so arranging the motion given to such band, cord, or other like acting instrument, that the wire may be moved faster in the middle of each motion into the sheds than at the begin- ning or end thereof, by which ease will be given to the wire carrier and parts acting therewith.” Secondly, the invention relates to the production of that class of pile fabrics which are woven double, or face to face, and united by the pile threads in the weaving, to be cut asunder to produce two fabrics, and particularly to those looms commonly called vertical looms (that is, such as have the warp & fabric placed during the weaving somewhat vertically, or in a direction from the upper to the lower part of the loom, in place of hori- zontally, or from back to front). The warp threads are supplied from the upper part of the loom, whereby the work produced will pass towards the lower part thereof, the beat-up being subsequently effected in a downward, in place of, as heretofore, an upward or horizontal direction.” Races for the shuttles in such looms are formed of combs, projecting inwards through the sheds from the back of each fabric towards the space between them, in such manner as to admit of the free action of the reed in beating up. Bars are WEAVING. 725 employed to come into the space between the two sheds, to act upon the pile warps, and bring them into a line with the shed in which such pile is next to be bound, thereby to ease the v/orking of the weft. The cutter for cutting the pile, and thereby separating the two fabrics, is of the rotary kind, tra- versing with its carriage, and this rotary motion is caused to be slow at one end as compared with that whilst cutting the pile, in order that the sharpening thereof by suitable means may more readily be effected.’’ [Printed, l5. Id, Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 17.— 2428. WILSON, George. — Improvements in power looms.” The improvements have reference to looms in which two or more shuttles are used, and consist of arrangements whereby two or more picks may be effected from one side of the loom in imme- diate succession.” In carrying out the invention in practice the picking sticks are carried upon the lathe, in the plane of which they work, their centres being at the feet of the lathe swords. The picking sticks are actuated by vertical spindles carried in bracket bearings at the back of the lathe swords, and connected to the picking sticks by straps attached to cams or projections upon the spindles. Each spindle has formed or fixed upon it a pin or projection, which, on the lathe moving backwards, comes in contact with a pin or projection upon the stationary framing, and causes the spindle to turn, and thereby give the stroke to the picking stick. Each ^ pin in the stationary framing is capable of moving in a slot into or out of the way of the pin of the picker spindle, accordingly as the pick is to be made from one side of the lathe or the other. These shifting pins may be actuated in a variety of ways, according to the pattern to be produced.” In connection with the improved picking movements, shifting drop boxes are used at both sides of the lathe for the shuttles ; these shuttle drop boxes may be shifted so as to bring the shuttles into play in accordance with the pattern by means of any of the arrangements in use for that purpose, and such pat- tern mechanism for shifting the drop boxes may in most cases, by a slight modification, be made to act in addition upon the 726 WEAVING. shifting pins of the picking movement, so as to do away with the necessity for a separate pattern movement for that purpose.^’ [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 17.— N° 2434. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — ^‘The kind of fabric to which the present improvements refer is composed of tufts of yarn to form the figuring pile, and held by a linen warp and weft to form a back resembling the back of tapestry ‘‘ Brussels carpeting, interwoven with the usual heddles and shuttle, as in weaving tapestry Brussels carpeting, such fabrics being generally known under the name of Axminster carpets.” To carry the yarn which forms the pile, spools about as long as the intended breadth of fabric to be produced are employed, the number of spools composing the series being equal to the num- “ ber of ranges of tufts required to complete one figure. These spools are mounted in succession on the links of a pair of endless ‘‘ chains, which move in unison and with a positive motion to shift the spools and bring each in succession to the required position for introducing one range of tufts. The yarns are wound on each spool according to the determined arrangement of colors.” To commence weaving the first of the series of spools is detached from the chains and carried down in front of the lay just over the tufting warps;” ^‘the tufts are then severally grasped by a series of nippers, and drawn out and ‘‘ carried around the pairs of tufting warps.” The headles are next suitably operated so as to hold the tufts in their place while the nippers let go their hold, and the several tufts are cut from the spool, which is done by shears equal in number to the number of tufts in a range. The tufts are then woven into the body of the fabric, and the operations are repeated. [Printed, Is. 5cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, Octob*er 20.— N« 2450. HARRISON, Joseph. — The patentee says, — First, my in- vention relates to creels for holding the bobbins containing the yarn used in connection with machinery for warping and for other purposes, the object of my invention being to provide against wear and reduce the friction in the bearings in which the axes of the bobbins rest; and my invention consists in WEAVING. 727 ‘ bushing ’ those parts of the rails, in which the bearings are usually formed, with metal, glass, or porcelain. Second, my invention relates to beam-warping machines, and consists in the application of the elastic force of an india rubber or other spring to give increased pressure of the beam upon “ which the yarn is wound on to the cylinder which rotates it, and thus increase the adhesion between the two.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 21.— N° 2465. THOMPSON, Henry, and CURTIS, Thomas. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventors say, — Our invention con- “ sists in manufacturing healds or heddles of wire or thin plates or pieces of metal, through which eyes or holes are formed for the warp threads to pass ; these wires or thin plates or pieces of metal are secured above between two plates, the lower one of which has notches to receive the hooked end of the wires or thin plates or pieces of metal, the lower ends of which fit loosely between two plates, or in a groove in a single plate. By this arrangement the lower ends of the wires or thin plates or pieces of metal are free to move laterally when drawing in the warps, or for piercing an end, or for other pur- poses. The plates for supporting the wires or thin plates or pieces of metal are connected by end pieces so as to unite the whole heald or heddle together.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 29.— N° 2534. ROBINSON, Richard. — (Provisional protection only.)-^This invention relates to machinery for sizing, dressing, finishing, and polishing yarns or threads. “ It consists in the application of a revolving fan, the circumference of which is furnished with a number of bars of wood or metal ; these bars are either plain “ or grooved, as circumstances may require, or are covered with a woven fabric, using by preference one that is of a piled or tufted description. The whole is covered with a case, except at one part, where the bars are brought into contact with, the yarn during the process of finishing. The yarn, being first sized, stiffened, or dressed in the usual manner, is placed in the machine, and being stretched and put in motion, it is brought into contact with the outside surfaces of the bars. The fan 728 WEAVING. being made to revolve rapidly, friction is produced on the yarn, and at the same time a stream or blast of air from the fan is directed upon it, the process of finishing, polishing, and drying the yarn thus goes on simultaneously.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, October 31.— N° 2557. LAWSON, John. — ‘^This invention consists in manufacturing terry or looped and plaited or plain fabrics by fastening a face, consisting of worsted or other yarn on to a material to form a “ back by sewing the same thereto by machinery. When a terry fabric is to be made, pile wires are used, and they are placed parallel to the selvedge of the back, and the yarns to form the ‘‘ face are laid across the wires, and are attached to the back in between the wires by the thread of the sewing machine ; or in ‘‘ place of looping the yarns over wires, the loops may be formed on cords, or hooks, or otherwise. The terry fabric thus produced may be converted into a cut pile or velvet fabric by cutting the loops, as is well understood, either by means of a knife on the end of the wire or otherwise. When a plaited fabric is to be produced the yarns are laid transversely across the back as “ when producing a terry fabric, and they are attached thereto by the thread of the sewing machine in the same way, except that they are kept in an extended state in place of being drav/n “ into loops over wires, as in the former case.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 5. — N® 2593. WEIJjD, William. — This invention relates to the manufacture of pile fabrics. The patentee says, — First, my improvements in velvet or cut pile fabrics relate principally to such as are intended for carpets, and they consist in forming such fabrics with weft, composed of two or more separate and distinct fine threads, in place of one single coarse thread,” Second, my improvements in looms or machinery for weaving cut and other loop pile fabrics relate to ^ picking ’ in ^ single ^ shed ’ looms in contradistinction to the ‘ double shed ’ loom, “ where a separate shed is formed at the same time both for the “ passage of the weft and the wire on which the loops are made. In these looms (the ‘single shed’) a ‘pick’ is omitted during “ that revolution of the crank at which the shed is formed for WEAVING. 729 the passage of the wire.” To meet this peculiar requirement of the picking I employ either of the following methods in which this part of my invention consists : — First, I geer the picking tappet shaft to make one revolution to four of the crank shaft, and place picking bowls or tappets to act when required on the picking mechanism on both sides of the loom at the same time, so that whichever box the shuttle is in it "" is picked to the other. Second, I geer the picking tappet shaft to make one revolution to eight of the crank shaft, and arrange the picking bowls or tappets to act alternately, making the two omissions required. Third, my improvements relate to an arrangement of reed to prevent its too rapid destruction, by always striking the same part of it against the wire on which the loops are formed in beating up; and my improvements consist in so fixing the reed that it can be readily risen or lowered by suitable adjustments, so as to change the part striking against the wire.” Fourth, my improvements relate to metallic harness, and con- sist in a method of constructing the ^ mails ’ and attaching them to the wires in such manner as to prevent them becoming entangled. This is accomplished by making each mail with two holes at one end at least ; the ends of the wire after it has passed through the inner hole (both being formed in the mail in the line of the wire) are both passed through the outer hole, one from one side and the other from the other side, crossing each other ; the mail is thus held from turning so much out of the line of the wire attached to it as to become entangled. Fifth, my improvements relate to a mode of weighting pile yarn where it is wound on bobbins ; and they consist in a bar attached to or formed with arms that are jointed to the creel, so that the bar always rests longitudinally upon the yarn on the bobbin. The thread from the bobbin passes over the bar (an^ the usual supporting wire), and presses it against the yarn when the weighted loop of the thread is sufiiciently long, and thus prevents the bobbin from revolving.” Sixth, my improvements relate to the ‘ wire motion ’ de- scribed in the specification of a Patent granted to me, numbered 505, and dated the seventh day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty-five; and they con- sist in a simplification of the parts.” [Printed, 1^. 5d, Drawing.] 730 WEAVING. A.D. 1856, November 7. — N® 2624. HOLT, Amos, and BENTLEY, Jabez. — This invention relates to certain new and improved mechanism to be adapted to and constituting part of a loom to be employed for weaving ^ stufp ’ and other goods, and the principal features of novelty in these improvements consist, — Firstly, in lifting the stop rod of the loom by the action of the picker. Secondly, in an improved mode of working the cylinder by means of an eccentric placed on the cam shaft for that purpose. Thirdly, in an improved mode of working the shuttle boxes, and especially the causing of such said boxes to move as near as ‘‘ may be in a straight line, or horizontally from back to front of the loom, instead of moving them in a curved line as heretofore practised in looms in which more than one shuttle box is employed. The above improved machinery, or part thereof, may be worked by a jacquard machine, or it may be worked direct from the loom, as may be found most desirable.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 10.— -N^ 2645. SOMERVILLE, James. — This invention relates to machinery, apparatus, and means to be employed in or upon looms of various kinds for the purpose of weaving what are technically and commercially known as corded, checked or ^ cross-over ’ fabrics.” The patentee claims, — First, the system or mode of weaving corded or checked fabrics, wherein one of the anti-friction pulleys (or the parts which the cam or tappet acts on when forming the shed) is removed from its usual position, and the other treadle lever is held down by means of a detent spring, so that the cams although continuing to revolve cease to act upon the treadle levers, and thereby allow the shed to remain open for any number of shots of weft.” Second, the system or mode of working the catch threads at ‘‘ the selvages by means of a lever actuated by the cams or tappets, and a fixed spring or weight to reverse the movement, “ thus causing the catch threads to cross each other and bind in the weft shots.” WEAVING. 731 Third, the system or mode of preventing the derangement of the pattern by means of a ratchet wheel and pall used in connection with the mechanical arrangements herein-before described.^’ [Printed, \\d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 15. — N° 2710. ROBINSON, Nathan, LISTER, John, and STEVENSON, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventors say, — Our invention relates, first, to that part of a loom known as the lathe or ^ going part,^ and consists in the application and “ arrangement of apparatus in connection therewith, whereby we “ are enabled to have the reed secure in its place at both ends when the shuttle is properly in the box at either end of the lathe, but loose or free to move out of place when the shuttle is out or not properly in either box, by which means we prevent breakage of the warp when the shuttle stops in the shed.” Secondly, our invention relates to the picking motion, and consists in the application to ordinary looms of certain apparatus for picking, which was secured to us in a former Patent, dated March 15th, 1855, No. 583, and described in the third part of the specification thereof, as applied to looms for weaving cocoa-nut matting.” [Printed, hd. Drawing.] A.D. 1856, November 19.— N« 2730. CHURCHILL, William Smith, and BRADSHAW, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to appa- ratus for drying yarns or fabrics, applicable to sizing machines. The patentees say, — " Our invention consists in a certain combi- nation of mechanism or apparatus, namely, in a cylinder or pipe, or in a series of cylinders or pipes, heated by steam ; but we prefer a series of pipes arranged in a circle to form a skeleton cylinder or the segment of a cylinder. We surround this skeleton cylinder or segment of a cylinder by a skeleton cylin- drkal frame or cage, which is placed in suitable bearings, so as to rotate round the pipes, which are fixed. The yarn, threads, or fabric passes over and rests upon this skeleton cylindrical frame or cage, which is carried round by it as it passes through the machine, being employed to bring the yarns, threads, or 732 WEAVING. fabric as near the drying steam cylinders or pipes as possible with- out touching, and without friction upon them. We combine with the arrangement of mechanism and apparatus described a fan placed outside or axially within the skeleton cylinder or pipes to produce a current of air upon the passing yarns, threads, or fabric, and thus facilitate the drying thereof.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 19. — N° 2735. HINDLE, Thomas. — The patentee says, — My invention relates to that method of producing textile fabrics usually termed cross weaving. In order to effect this I draw in the warp threads, according to the ordinary method of weaving, and cause them ‘‘ to be crossed when required by a positive direct action of headles or harness. To explain this, I will suppose, for the sake of example, three warp threads, one raised above the others, the two outside ones being mounted on shafts in the ordinary manner, the centre or upper one passing through a loop, connected at one end to one shaft, and the other to a second shaft, such ends passing under the ordinary loops. As one of these descends it pulls the centre loop sideways, and with it the thread therein, so as to effect the crossing over the warp threads, and as the other descends the same effect is produced in an opposite direction. The shafts are returned to their former position by means of weights or equivalent apparatus. Another part of my invention consists in the application of a rod applied below the warp threads, so as to support and cause them to enter the reed at a proper level.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 22. — N° 2777. LAYCOCK, William Edward. — The patentee says, — My invention relates to such looms as are employed for weaving goods known as horsehair seating, crinoline, or the like, and has for its object such an arrangement as will facilitate the working by power. The first point of novelty refers to the employment of the ‘jacquard ’ for opening the shed, and for this purpose I employ “ two driving catches capable of acting on opposite corners of the “ box or ‘ cylinder,’ such catches being so mounted that the WEAVING. 733 attendant may bring the one or the other into action, so as to effect a backward or forward motion at pleasure, without stopping the loom. Also I form the said box or ^ cylinder ’ “ with five or more sides properly perforated, and dispense with the cards usually mounted thereon. “ Another part of my arrangement refers to the picking motion, ‘‘ and consists in mounting the picking stick on a centre above “ the shuttle race, to which centre a lever is connected, actuated by means of a revolving tappet driven from a second motion. ‘^Another part relates to a method of adapting the lathe, and consists in mounting it upon pairs of vibrating levers connected “ together by means of a rod, to which motion is communicated ‘‘ by the crank. Another part relates to the stopping and starting of the loom. For these purposes I use two treadles, one acting upon the spring lever for the former purpose, and the other upon a rod in connection with the strap fork for the latter ; I also adapt to the said rod an inclined piece, which upon the starting of the loom arrives in contact with a stop situate beneath the lathe, so as to lift it and allow the weaving to go on ; also I apply springs and swells for holding the shuttles of the aforesaid “ looms in a steady position on their return from the shed.” [Printed, l5. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 24.-~N« 2780. HUNT, Edmund. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^Thisinven- “ tion relates to a system or mode of working the shuttle boxes of looms employing more than two shuttles, whereby the speed of production may be increased, whilst a comparatively large ‘‘ number of shuttles may be used, and a change may be made at any time from one shuttle to any other of the set, the improved arrangements thus admitting of a greatly increased variety of patterns. The object of the invention is to arrange the shuttle box “ movement of many-shuttled looms, so that the shift required between one shuttle’s entrance into the shuttle box and the succeeding shuttle’s exit is never greater than that which takes place in a two-shuttle loom, whilst there may be three or more shuttles, and any one of these shuttles may succeed the shuttle last thrown. The invention consists essentially in making a 734 WEAVING. preparatory shift of the shuttles, or in bringing whatever shuttle is about to be wanted close to the cell of the last shuttle before this shuttle actually enters its cell, so that at the actual time of changing the shuttle in the web the shift required is as short “ as it is possible for it to be.” [Printed, 4c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 24. — N° 2/81. SALT, George. — This invention relates to the manufacture of pile fabrics. The patentee says, — In the specification of a Patent granted to Frederick William Mowbray, bearing date the 21st day of May 1855, [N° 1133], for ‘improvements in “ ‘ looms for weaving carpets and other pile fabrics,’ it is pro- “ posed to weave carpets and other pile fabrics by the use of “ longitudinal pile wires or instruments of a peculiar character ; “ and my invention relates to improved means for effecting the “ crossing of the pile threads, to form the pile loops over such “ description of pile wires, when the pile threads are operated by “ jacquard or other harness. For this purpose I employ a bar “ of points between which the threads to form pile are raised, and “ by which they are conducted correctly to the desired side of the “ pile wires. Guides or instruments interspersed between the “ upper and back parts of the pile wires aid the operations of “ the points.” [Printed, Is. 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 24.— N<^ 2782. BROADLEY, James. — “ Improvements in weaving.” The patentee says, — “ The improvements relate to when weaving “ simultaneously two or more breadths of fabric side by side in “ the same loom, which breadths are connected together in the “ weaving by the weft threads, and afterwards separated by the “ cutting up or across of such weft threads. “ Letters Patent were obtained by Frederick William Mowbray, “ of Shipley, near Leeds, bearing date the twenty-third day of “ June, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-five, [N° 1442], “ for ‘ improvements in looms for weaving,’ part of which im- “ provements consists in effecting the tieing-in of such weft “ threads at adjoining selvages, by giving to a pair of warp threads WEAVING. 735 ‘‘ at each of such selvages continuous rotary motion, in place of, “ as heretofore, motion alternately in one and then in the opposite direction, and for cutting up between the breadths during the weaving ; and my improvements consist in improved means for ‘‘ operating these selvage threads. Such threads of each such “ selvage are supplied from a pair of bobbins, which, according to my improvements, are retained by spring or other friction, one upon each end of a small shaft carried by a disc or other frame, which is caused to rotate. These bobbins of each disc or frame are placed at opposite sides of the axis of motion thereof, and the threads therefrom pass through suitable eyes or guides to the same face of the disc or frame, but at opposite parts of its axis, in order that in the rotation of such disc or fram^e the threads may alternately open a shed for the passage of the shuttle, and then cross one the other for the twist. [Printed, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 24. — N° 2789. ORR, John. — This invention relates to the weaving and arranging ^ fur,’ ^ pile,’ or ^ chenille ’ material, suitable for being afterwards longitudinally fastened to the surface of another cloth by an adhesive paste, or for being sewed or stitched thereto, or for being woven into another cloth by a second pro- cess of weaving.” The patentee claims, — First, the system or mode of weaving or manufacturing and arranging ^ fur,’ ^ pile,’ or chenille ’ material by means of harness and jacquard machinery, or other figure working or producing apparatus, as herein-before described. Second, the system or mode of weaving by harness and jacquard machinery, or other figure working or producing apparatus, figured fabrics in one, two, or three plies, suitable for being subsequently cut up into strips and cemented, woven, or otherwise secured to a foundation fabric, as herein-before described. Third, the system or mode of weaving by harness and jacquard machinery, or other figure working or producing apparatus, figured fabrics showing floral or other patterns or devices, and which fabrics shall be suitable for being subse- quently combined by re- weaving or otherwise, to form a pre- 736 WEAVING, determined pattern, composed of various colours or standinjr up in relief above the level of the groundwork of the foundation fabric.’^ [Printed, hd, INTo drawings.] A.D. 1856, Nove];nber 26. — N° 2800. BROWN, John, and ADIN, John. — Certain improvements in jacquard machines.” In the description of this invention the patentees say, — The nature of our invention consists in an improved combination of parts for giving motion to the cylinder or drum of jacquard machines, and for connecting the grife to the healds or harness, whereby the shed is formed, by raising a portion of the healds or harness, and allowing the other portion to be drawn down by weights or springs. The swing frame of the cylinder or drum is connected to the grife by a link, so that when the grife rises the swing frame is . moved outwards, and when the grife descends it is brought towards the jacquard machine. The grife in rising takes up those hooks that are connected to the healds or harness forming the upper portion of the shed, and the grife being connected to a system of levers and links, allows the healds or harness of the lower portion of the shed to be drawn down by the action of the springs or weights attached thereto. In order to form an even “ shed, the fulcrums of the levers are connected to the links from the grife at difPerent distances.” [Printed, 9cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, November 28.~N° 2817. CELLIER, Auguste. — The patentee says, — My invention con- sists in the preparation of a composition which I employ as substitute for gums or other preparations employed in the printing or sizing of textile fabrics. I place* in about ten pints of ordinary water about half a pound of lichen or pearl moss, boil for five minutes, and then strain, I recommence the same operation with the residue, by which I obtain a result equivalent to the first. The residue of the second operation may also be treated in the same way and with a similar result.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] WEAVING. 737 A.D. 1856, November 29.— N° 2825. DRYDEN, James. — ^^This invention relates in the first instance to the arrangement and construction of looms of various kinds in such manner as to obtain an uniform and equable take- up motion for the woven cloth as it is produced by the weaving action. The actual cloth roller or beam is worked in the ordinary manner by ratchet or other gearing, and the fabric as it is woven passes in its course to this beam round and beneath a fixed guide roller carried by the loom framing, thence round and beneath a roller studded wdth pins or projections, and finally up to the cloth beam. The studded roller is driven by a train of gearing, the first wheel of which is actuated by a ratchet arrangement connected with the loom lathe or slay arm. This train of gearing is contrived so that it can be adjusted to suit various thicknesses of cloth, the wheel upon the spindle of the “ studded roller being so proportioned that each of its teeth represents one ^ porter ’ of weft. The detent catch of the ratchet “ motion of this train has attached to it a rod or link, passing upv/ards to the level of the breast beam, along which a con- tinuation of this link, or a connection thereof, passes to the other side of the loom, where a stud or lever is fitted to it to be acted upon by the weft fork or protector movement. When the v/eft thread breaks the weft fork action raises the detent of the ratchet movement out of gear, so that the cloth cannot be taken up by the studded roller whilst no weft is being thrown in. The stop action of the loom is also fitted with a spring stud which acts so as to retain the detent out of gear until the “ loom is again set on. By this system the cloth is taken up uniformly, and in cases of stoppage due to the failure of the weft thread, thin places cannot occur in the fabric.^^ [Printed, lOtZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 1. — N° 2844. RAMSDEN, John Carter. — The patentee says, — “This inven- “ tion relates, first, to mechanism to be used in weaving those “ fabrics in which several shuttles are employed, and in which “ circular shuttle boxes are used fixed on the end of the lathe, “ and consists in the mode of actuating the shuttle boxes so as to w. 3 a 738 WEAVING. “ produce the required changes of weft. This is efPected by mechanism fixed on the framing of the loom, which mechanism “ causes the shuttle box to revolve one way or the other as “ required when actuated through connecting rods and levers by an endless tappet chain, the tappets on this chain being inserted according to the changes required in the weft. ‘‘The mechanism alluded to in the framing of the loom for “ efPecting the changes of the weft may be toothed racks, friction “ rods, or other similar mechanism attached in such a manner as “ to be capable of being raised or lowered by the mechanism “ referred to and arranged so that a toothed wheel, friction pulley, “ or other wheels on the axis of the shuttle box, or in communi- “ cation therewith, will play between or clear of them when “ changes are not required ; but when a change is required the “ position of the toothed racks or friction rods are changed, so “ that they will come in contact with and operate upon the toothed “ wheel, friction bowl, or other wheels on the axis of the shuttle “ box or connected therewith, which by the vibrations of the lathe “ is turned one way or the other, according as its upper or lower “ side is operated upon by the racks or friction rods.” “ The second portion of this invention relates to an arrangement “ by which I substitute an endless tappet chain for the pattern “ wheel described in the specification of a Patent granted to me “ for ‘ improvements in looms for weaving ’ on or about the “ thirtieth day of March, one thousand eight hundred and “ fifty-three,” [N« 765]. [Printed, ll6Z. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 2.— N° 2856. APPERLY, James. — (P rovisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — “ The object of this invention is to produce a fabric, which, “ when made up into feeding cloths or aprons, will form an even “ travelling surface, not liable to shift laterally or pucker, and get “ out of shape. To obtain this desirable result, I propose to “ introduce into the shed, while the cloth is being woven, wires or “ strips of whalebone or other rigid substance, at suitable distances “ apart, and parallel with the weft, and thereby to weave these “ substances into the fabric after the manner of weaving in terry “ wires. These strips or wires must be of sufficient strength to “ give a degree of rigidity to the fabric in the direction of its WEAVING. 739 breadth, and thus their introduction will destroy the tendency of the fabric to move sideways during its forward traverse, and so drag out of shape. ‘‘ Instead of introducing the wires into the shed, I may in some cases find it desirable to insert them between two webs of cloth, connected together either by india rubber or other suitable cement, or in some other convenient manner.” [Printed, Sc?. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 3. — N° 2866. CRABTREE, Thomas. — The first part of this invention relates to an improvement in card-setting machines. The second part of the invention relates to machinery for cutting tappets or cams. The patentee says, — I fix the material or blanks of which I form the tappet or cam on a spindle, capable of rotating in bearings upon suitable framework, and on ‘‘ the same spindle 1 also fix a pattern tappet or cam, or a tappet of the form required to be constructed, and on each side of the said spindle I employ a carriage for holding or carrying the cutting tools, which are so arranged as to be capable of sliding on a suitable bed or framework. The pattern tappet, as it revolves with the rotating spindle, acts upon or against the said carriage, causing it to move in and out, or reciprocate to or from the spindle, according to the eccentricity of such tappets, whereby I obtain exact copies or counterparts of the pattern tappet or cam, either in single or duplicate.” “ It is clear by this invention any number of tappets or cams can be cut to any form required according to pattern with perfect truth and accuracy,*and tappets thus cut or constructed may be applied to various useful purposes, especially where irregular reciprocating motion is required to be obtained or derived from rotary motion, as in looms for weaving, &c. &c.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1856,'December 3.— 2867. BULLOUGH, Adam, and BULLOUGH, William. — The patentees say, — “ Our invention^consists in causing the dobby or “ lags employed in fancy looms, whether worked by hand or “ power, to act upon two slides or lifters, the one ascending as ‘‘ the other descends, passing each other alternately, thereby 3 A *2 740 WEAVING. ‘‘ maintaining a perfect equilibrium by mutually assisting and “ balancing each other, whereby the loom can be worked with much greater speed and also ease to the yarn than in the looms where one slide only is used, as at present adopted, besides being “ more particularly^ adapted for large patterns, as one lag or card may serve for two or four picks instead of requiring one lag or card for each pick. Or we employ two dobbies on a loom, the one ascending as the other descends, there being a pattern cylinder and a row of wires for each dobby. This arrangement will have the same effect as the two slides in one dobby. We also regulate the taking-up motion for the purpose of producing thick and thin cloth when desired by means of a projection on the lags, lattice, or endless chain acting upon a hooked rod, ‘‘ causing it to be lifted by one of the lifters, and acting by means of a lever upon the catch of the ratchet wheel of the taking-up motion, holding it any required time, and making thick and “ thin cloth accordingly.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 8. — N® 2908. BLAIN, James. — ^^This invention relates to what are technically known as the ‘ cards ’ or perforated pieces or surfaces employed in weaving ornamental fabrics in the jacquard loom, and consists in making the cards or pattern surfaces of such ‘‘ materials and in such manner as to secure them from derange- ment from thermal changes, which ordinarily result in seriously objectionable expansion and contraction.” ‘‘ These new cards or pattern surface pieces are made of woven fabrics, such as linen or cotton cloth, joined by adhesive matter to any other suitable substance, such as paper; and when a pattern is worked out, the old cards may be rendered fit for carrying new patterns by having an unperforated layer joined “ down upon the face, when the perforations for the new pattern may be made as in a fresh, unused card.” [Printed, 4id. No drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 11.— N° 2933. VIGNAT, Louis. — (Complete specification, but no Letters Patent.) — This invention is not very clearly described; but it appears to relate principally to methods of causing the lay of a WEAVING. 741 loom to work in parallel lines, instead of describing, a curve, either by attaching wheels to the bottom of the lay, and running it on a “ railroad,” or causing it to slide on hard wood or iron. [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 11.— 2941. COLLIER, George. — This invention relates to the manufacture of double pile fabrics, which are afterwards separated by cutting the pile that unites them. One improvement consists in dividing “ the pile threads into four sets or divisions, and in operating “ each set of such pile threads independently, and so that they “ may follow each other in succession, or in such other order that may be desired.” ‘^Each set or division of pile warps is “ operated by a separate leaf of heddles, and the four leaves of heddles for the pile warps with the other leaves of heddles for operating the back or binding warps are actuated by pairs of levers acted upon by cams or tappets cut or formed to give them the desired movements, suitable guides being provided for the leaves of heddles.” The patentee also operates both sets of binding warps by only two heddles, each having two complete sets of eyes ; one heddle “ serving for one set or division of back or binding warps of each “ fabric, and the other heddle for the other of each shed. Also the improvements relate to arrangements in connection “ with and means of operating the reed for effecting the beat-up in such double fabric looms. The reed has direct motion given “ to it, so as to beat square against the two fabrics being produced. And there are combs, which at the times of beat-up are capable ‘‘ of sliding along and at the same time of maintaining the “ spacing of and of giving additional and intermediate support to the dents or combs of the reed. Another mode of operating the reed for the beat-up is to cause it, whilst moving, to beat up as stated, to move sideways, so that the beat may be effected by one or other ends of the dents, ‘‘ in place of the centre of the length of them.” “ The cutting of the pile for the separation of the two fabrics is effected during the weaving by means of a jjeculiarly formed cutter wheel, which, acting with a spring blade, operates as a succession of pairs of scissors.” [Printed, 45. Drawings.] 742 WEAVING. A.D. 1856, December 12.— 2961. BOUSFIELD, George Tomlinson. — (A communication from Erastus B. Bigelow). — These improvements relate to the mode of organizing certain parts of the power loom for weaving cut piled fabrics double, whereby the motions of the jacquard machine shuttles and pile wires are brought into different relative co-operation from what has heretofore been done, the object being in part to obviate the difficulty of making an even selvage consequent upon the figuring warps as they pass from one fabric to the other crossing the other warps forward of the fell or cloth-forming line, and in part also to form the fabrics woven, whether of double or single bind shot velvets, in the same manner with respect to the said binding shots as when such fabrics are woven single. One part consists in the mode of operating the shuttles in power looms for making cut piled fabrics double, whereby they are operated separately, (that is, one shuttle to be passed while the other is at rest,) to introduce the top or binding shot or shots of weft into their respective fabrics and together, (that is, the shuttles for both fabrics is to be passed at the same time,) to introduce the back or ground shots of weft. Another part of the improvements consists in the mode of operating the pile wires for keeping the two fabrics apart, whereby each of said wires is withdrawn and inserted twice at each operation of the system of motions of the loom, by which double action of said wires the figuring warps each and every time they are carried from one fabric to the other are pushed home to the fell or cloth-forming line ; thus the shed is cleared and the filling allowed to be suitably drawn in to form the selvages of the cloth. Another part of the improvements also consists in the mode of combining the cams which operate the shuttles, the pile wires, ‘‘ and the jacquard machine, whereby said parts are made to co- operate in the required order of time to produce the fabrics specified. And another part of the improvements also consists in the employment of clearing rods, wires, or bars to be inserted and withdrawn at each crossing of the figuring warps, to clear the shed and force said figuring warps home to the fell or cloth- forming line to allow the filling to be suitably drawn up to form WEAVING. 743 the selvages of the cloth ; and this part of the improvements also consists in giving to the lathe a double beat, the first beat “ being to push said clearing rods, wires, or bars forward to clear “ the shed and force home the figuring warps, and the other to beat up the filling after the said rods, wires, or bars have been ‘‘ withdrawn.” [Printed, Zs. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 13. — N° 2963. SMITH, John. — These improvements apply to jacquard machines. The patentee says, — 1st. My invention relates to an improved arrangement of the needles and hooks of jacquards that are sprung by a bent tail piece on the hook.” “ It consists in bending the tail piece to the side opposite to that on which it is usually bent, and in forming a long or slot eye in the needle, through which both “ the hook and tail piece are passed, the tail piece having its abutment against a wire or bar on the outside, which causes the “ elastic action of the spring tail piece of the hook to force the hook against its end of the long eye of its needle. 2nd. My invention consists in substituting iron or other “ metal for the wood hitherto employed for ^needle boards,’ ‘ bottom hook boards,’ and ‘ cumber boards.’ ” 3rd. My invention relates to a mode of causing the griff to “ become inclined as it rises in hook jacquard machines, so as to make the warp threads form an even shed, and it consists in mounting the griff or griff frame on pivots placed in the centre of the griff frame so that it may be swivelled, and in jointing an arm from it to one on a pivot secured to the frame of the machine; or this pivot may be the lifting shaft, and arms secured on it may be jointed with arms secured to the griff frame.” 4th. My invention relates to an improved mode and arrange- ment of mechanism for actuating the card barrel to bring it “ against the needles. This consists in connecting the barrel frame by a rod or rods with a crank pin or pins, the crank pin in relation to the connection rod or rods being in the position described by the expression ^ on the centre ’ when the barrel is against the needles.” ‘‘ 5th. My invention relates to jacquard machines where the griffs or trap boards are made so as to work when required iu 744 WEAVING. tAvo diAdsions, Avhich alternately rise and fall, the card barrel turning one card for both lifts of the grifPs or trap boards. Such machines have hitherto been actuated from the loom by separate movements. This part of my invention consists in actuating such machines from the loom by one motion or movement, the mechanism being also arranged in such manner that it may be readily changed to work the grifPs either as a Avhole or in tAvo diAu- sions.^’ 6th. My invention relates to an improved arrangement of that part on the card barrel called ^the lantern,’ and the parts operating upon it which are employed to rotate the barrel back- Avard or forAvard and to hold it square after each rotatory moA^e- ment. These improved arrangements consist as folloAvs : — The mechanism for turning the barrel backAvards is a rod arranged and made to slide A^ertically ; it has a pawl jointed to it; this paAvl acts against pins in the ^ lantern ’ ; the rod is kept up so "" that the paAAd is clear of the pins of the ‘ lantern ’ by a spring, but Avhcn this rod is pulled down by a greater force than the spring exerts to keep it up, the paAvl comes against the pins in the lantern and rotates the barrel back, one descent and ascent of the rod rotating the barrel, equal to one card.” [Printed, Is. lid. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 13.— N° 2969. TURNER, Archibald. — This invention relates, firstly, to a method of ornamenting elastic cords such as are manufactured in a braiding machine, “ by forming round them a helical coil.” Secondly, to a method of ornamenting flat elastic bands or fabrics, by submitting the fabric Avhen made to a considerable pressure, whereby portions of the ribbed surface will be flattened, and the well-knoAvn appearance of watered silk will be thereby produced.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 16. — N° 2977. HEYWOOD, Edwin. — ‘^Improvements in machinery or appa- “ ratus used in weaving.” “ The improvements relate, firstly, to means for facilitating the “ obtaining of variations in the pattern to the fabric being WEAVING. / 45 “ produced during the working of the loom, and consist in form- “ ing the cards of the jacquard apparatus used to work the ‘‘ heddles with several sets or series of holes, or perforations, each set or series ’heing capable of acting independently upon the needles or wires of the jacquard apparatus, combined with a “ capability of shifting the position of the ends of those wires or needles operated upon by such cards, that the attendant may vary the pattern by simply operating upon a lever handle or other connection, to cause another set or series of holes in the “ same cards to operate upon the needles or wires. The im- provements also consist in giving rotary motion to the card “ cylinder by a portion or portions of a thread or screw acting “ upon a suitably cut wheel or disc upon the axis of such card “ cylinder and of retaining such cylinder from rotation at the “ time of acting on the needles, by a continuous rim or run of such screw wheel till the next partial rotation, when the portion “ or portions of thread or screw will again operate. Also the improvements consist in connecting the jacquard wires or needles v/ith levers or rods, so as to bring them into or take “ them out of position to be operated by a vibrating bar, so that “ such levers or rods may bring parts into position to be acted ‘‘ upon by other levers for effecting the rising or falling of the “ heddles. The improvements relate, secondly, to means for giving motion to rotary shuttle boxes.” A pinion fixed to the series of shuttle boxes or chambers is taken into by a toothed segment upon a lever arm, which is “ operated by tappets or other pattern surfaces, to give at the time required the desired amount of rotation to the series of boxes.” [Printed, Is. 5 d. Drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 23. — N° 3043. ECROYD, William Farrer, HEYWORTH, Jonathan, and SCARR, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements have reference to looms for weaving. The inventors say, — Our invention relates, firstly, to the ^ taking-up ^ motion. To accomplish this, we arrange a rod or shaft, over which the cloth passes in contact with the cloth beam, and upon which there are two levers or arms, one forming the holding catch for 746 WEAVING. the ratchet wheel, hereafter mentioned, the other being formed L shape, and carries at one end a vertical lever or rod, on which is mounted the working or actuating click ; this click acts upon a peculiarly formed ratchet wheel, the projections being on the face, and arranged in a radiating direction, so that when the vertical lever or rod aforesaid receives motion from the lathe sword or other convenient part, the catch acting upon the ratchet wheel gives motion by a train of wheels to the cloth beam, the variable motion of the catch above described being produced by the rod in contact with the increasing diameter of the cloth beam actuating the L shaped lever. Another part of our invention relates to the apparatus of looms for producing stripes or plain edging lists upon twilled fabrics, and consists in an arrangement of heddles or harness, whereby the wear and tear is reduced. For this purpose we mount the heddles for making the shed of the plain or striped part of the fabric by straps or bands upon friction rollers or pullies, the motion of the shed being obtained from the upper and lower edges of one of the ordinary heddles in a direct vertical line.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1856, December 24. — N° 3057. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication from Charles Arthur Callow.) — This invention consists in a method of treating all kinds of pile fabrics, whether the loop or pile be cut or not by fulling, teasling, and drawing, by means of teasels upon straight or oblique teasling machines on emery rollers, the whole being followed by shearing. The invention also consists in certain new fabrics, which the inventor styles ^ moquette mousseuse,’ and which are produced by the foregoing process. In carrying out the invention the pile fabric after the loop has been formed is passed through scouring vats, where the fabric becomes cleaned and the colors revived by soap or by mordants, then it is fulled, whereby it takes body, and the loops swell out. The fabric next passes on to the straight teasel or to the emery roller, the action of which destroys or opens the loops, then it goes to the oblique teasel, whereby the fibres composing the pile become mixed, then on to a shearing machine, which equalizes the whole surface. After being sized WEAVING. 747 or not at back the fabric is ready for the market. The pro- ‘‘ cess may be applied to convert old pile fabrics such as carpets “ and others into ‘ moquette mousseure.’ “ For pile fabrics, in which the pie is not so high as in carpets, “ they are first scoured and fulled, and passed directly to the shearing machine.” [Printed, 3 748. DEAN, Thomas. — (Provisional protection onlj^) — Improve- ments in looms.^’ The inventor thus describes his invention : — To ease the shuttle, or reduce the concussion of it in the box, “ I attach to the back of the stop-rod finger a spring with a bolt projecting through a slot, so that the shuttle or swell pressing “ against the same, the shuttle will be considerably eased, and the concussion reduced. And to relieve the concussion of the picker in the shuttle box I fix a spring under the slay by studs or suitable fixings, and attach the short check strap or pick saver to the same, the governing and yielding power of the spring, keeping the picker in check, prevents the severe concussion which is now so much complained of.” [Printed, 3d. No drawinp;s.] A.D. 1857, March 19.— N« 7 / 0 . ARMISTEAD, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to an improved picker to be used in power looms. The inventor says, — “My invention consists principally in so “ forming or constructing the ^ picker ’ that 1 enabled to impart “ motion to the ^picker ’ at a point between the situation of the guide spindle and the part of the ^picker’ by which the shuttle “ is struck. This principle I have adapted or applied in a novel “ form of ‘ picker,’ which works in an upright position, but moving “ or acting in a horizontal direction as usual, and consisting of “ an outer metallic tube or frame, the interior of which is filled “ with wood or other yielding substance'; the guide spindle passes through a hole near the top of such tube, and the “ bottom of the tube sliding in the ordinary guide slot in the “ shuttle box. The part of the ^ picker ’ which strikes the shuttle “ is recessed through the metal, so as to present the filling of “ wood, &c. to the shuttle point, and motion is given to the said “ vertical picker by means of a link attached to the strap from “ the ‘picking stick,’ such link being secured at the point “ referred to between the guide spindle and the point of concus- “ sion, by which improvements the picker and shuttle are driven “ in a more direct manner than heretofore.” [Printed, 3d. No Drawings.] WEAVING. 777 A.D. 1857, March 21.— 791. MOXON, William, CLAYTON, John, and FEARNLEY, Samuel. — These improvements are particularly applicable to looms for weaving carpets and other piled fabrics. The patentees say, — “ Our imi)rovements relate, first, to machinery or apparatus ‘‘ designed to insert and withdraw the wires (either fixed or loose) from the loops of the fabric. The apparatus consists in a grooved cam or cams, which by means of a lever, chain, or rack “ actuate certain arms, which move a carriage along a slide, the “ carriage being provided with a suitable apparatus for holding the wires, thereby inserting or withdrawing the wires as the “ carriage moves backv/ards or forwards. “ Secondly, our invention consists in an improved method of working or imparting motion to the ‘slay’ by cranks and arms “ so arranged as to ‘ beat up ’ one or more times at one revolution “ of the crank, and also in so arranging the action of the slay as “ to cause a ‘ dwell ’ during the passage of the shuttle or the “ introduction of the wires. This ‘ beating-up ’ motion is effected “ by means of two connecting arms extending from the crank to “ two centres (one above the other) on the ‘slay,’ so that as the “ crank revolves, the arm having the lower centre will ‘ beat up ’ “ the weft first, and a second beat up or stroke will be given as the “ arm or link attached at the upper centre is forced down by the “ link. The ‘ dwell ’ is obtained by forming a slot or slides in “ the link or arm connected to the slay, so that the action of the “ ‘ crank ’ will not affect the ‘ slay ’ during the whole course of “ its revolution, but will move in the slot and allow the slay to “ dwell whilst so doing. This apparatus is equally applicable to “ all looms wherein an extra beat up and dwell are required. “Thirdly, our improvement applies to certain maehinery or “ apparatus for governing or regulating the motion of the warp “ beam in order to ‘ let off ’ the warps therefrom in an uniform or “ regular manner ; this is accomplished by attaching a weight and “ band to the roller or beam over which the warps pass, and “ applying at the end of such rollers a pinion gearing into a rack “ on the framing, so that when an extra tension is exerted upon “ the warps the beam or roller will move along the rack, and “ yield to such extra strain. “And, lastly, our invention consists in lifting the ‘jacks’ by a “ direct upward action, in order to prevent or lessen the strain 778 WEAVING. exerted upon the healds, this portion of the invention being also applicable to all such looms wherein healds are lifted by ‘jacks.^” [Printed, I 5 . 4d, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, March 25.—N° 836. HENDERSON, John. — These improvements relate to an inven- tion for which Letters Patent [N° 13,859], dated December 16th, 1851, were granted to Frederick William Norton, for improve- ments in the manufacture or production of plain and figured fabrics.^^ “ In Mr. Norton’s arrangement the printed pattern warp threads were laid over foundation warp threads by a system of cross weaving, so as to produce a full or close covered warp surface on the fabric; hut according to the present improvements the foundation warp threads are dispensed with, their place being supplied by stationary longitudinal wires or cords, such wires or cords being fixed behind the healds or bed dies, and passed through them and also through the dents of the reed. The surface pattern warp threads are wrought by the cross weaving action of the healds or heddles over and over the fixed wires or cords by the binding weft.” ‘^If a velvet pile fabric is wanted, the stationary wires are formed with a cutting edge, so that as the newly woven cloth is drawn off the wires the loops are severed and the pile completed.” [Printed, l^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, March 26.— N° 842. RADCLIFFE,John,FEARNEHOUGH,James, and MATHER, Joseph. — The patentees say, — “The nature of our invention “ consists in an improved combination of machinery for giving “ an up-and-down motion in addition to the usual to-and-fro “ motion to the cylinders of index machines, in order to vary the “ pattern produced in the loom. The cards passing over the “ cylinder are made with two or more rows of holes, and these “ cards act on the needles of the index machine in the usual “ manner, the object of raising and lowering the cylinder being to “ bring each row of holes in a line with the needles, thereby “ changing the pattern to be woven with facility, and without stopping the loom. WEAVING. 779 “ Our invention also consists in an improved system of levers “ for raising the top knife or grife and depressing the hole board, so as to act equally on the hooks and mounting, by which the “ shed is formed.” [Printed, 6d, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, March 26.— N« 853. WHITE, George. — "‘This invention relates to a system of “ weaving, whereby what may be termed an " artificial resilience ^ “ is given to the warp being woven, to allow or compensate for “ the inordinate or excessive tensional action to which the warp “ threads are subjected at the formation of each shed. This end “ may be accomplished in various ways, but it is conveniently “ provided for by causing the tappet cam or wiper shaft of the “ loom to impart a continuous action to a duplex ratchet move- “ ment working a worm wheel movement connected with the “ yarn or warp beam. This combination of parts is so arranged “ that at the instant when the shed is formed in the warp the “ tappet shaft, acting upon the worm wheel movement, turns “ the warp beam slightly round in a forward direction, so as to “ slack off the warp threads sufficiently to allow of the formation “ of the shed without straining the warp threads. Then, as the “ shed closes prior to the formation of the succeeding shed, the “ slack of the warp threads is taken up by a reverse turn of the “ warp beam. This reverse or backward turn of the warp beam “ re-winds up the slackened warp threads to an extent slightly “ less than the forward turn slackened them, so that in this way “ the take-up of the woven fabric is fully allowed for without “ resorting to pacing the warp beam or to any other contrivance. “ The duplex ratchet action, or other substantially similar move- “ ment, effects both turns of the warp beam, but this giving off “ and taking up of the warp may be effected by various mechanical “ combinations.” [Printed, 7d, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, March 27.— 859. SUGDEN, George, and BRIGGS, Jonas. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — This invention relates to machinery “for weaving “ checks or figured fabrics,” in which “ the pattern is produced “ by means of weft threads of divers colors, which are thrown 780 WEAVING. into the shed (formed by a parti-colored warp) by means of difPerent shuttles.” The number of pecks or shoots of any one color, and the order of succession of the various colors, so as to produce any given pattern, is regulated by a ^pattern ^ wheel,’ which is provided at or near its periphery with a number of moveable segmental pieces. This pattern wheel, the size of which may be varied according to the nature of the pattern, is driven by means of toothed gearing connected with the main driving shaft, and as the pattern wheel rotates it is made to act on a tappet shaft ; and through the tappet mounted thereon it will actuate a lever or levers, which will cause the shuttle boxes to rise or fall in their guides to the extent required to bring the desired shuttle ojoposite the shed of the warp.” [Printed, 3cZ. IN'o drawings.] A.D. 1857, March 31.— N« 8.92. GLOVER, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says,^ — My invention relates, firstly, to a method of regulating the speed of the beating-up motion in looms, in order to retard that motion at certain periods and hasten it at others. To effect this I employ intervening mechanism between the crank (or equivalent part) and the reed, which will fail in com- municating the motion, or a portion thereof, at required periods.” Secondly, my invention relates to a method of passing the ‘‘ shuttle between the warp threads. For this purpose I employ shuttle carriers, one on either side of the warp, which advance towards and recede from the centre, during which motions the shuttle is carried in by one and transferred to the other for being passed between the remaining portion of the warp threads.” Thirdly, my invention relates to the beating-up motion, in order to effect which I introduce a wedge-formed or other apparatus in the shed, between the warp threads, from the side or sides thereof.” [Printed, 3tZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 1.— N« 902. SMITH, William. — ‘‘This invention relates to a new system or “ mode of drawing or preparing manufacturers’ designs for the WEAVING. 781 “ production of figured fabrics having two distinct patterns, one on each side of the cloth, or the same pattern on each side of the fabric with reversed colours. The invention is carried out in an ordinary loom ^vith a full harness. [Printed, 8cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 6.— N° 964. SLACK, John. — The patentee says, — “My invention relates to a “ method of lubricating the spindles of the picking motion of “ looms. In order to effect this, I apply a piece of sponge or “ other substance for conveying lubricating material in such a “ position that the vibrations of the slay will bring the spindle in “ contact therewith.” [Printed, 3d, Drawing.] A.D. 1857, April 7-— N« 975. DEARDEN, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — This “in- “ vention is designed as a substitute for the ‘ check straps ’ “ employed in looms for diminishing the concussion of the “ ‘ shuttle ’ and ^ picker,’ and relates to a novel description of “ apparatus to be applied to power looms for such purpose. The “ apparatus consists in a cylinder or barrel, within which is con- “ fined a spiral or other spring exerting an outward pressure upon a rod or plunger, one end of which presses against a finger or “ lever extending to the ^ spindle ’ of the shuttle box, so that as the picker strikes against the finger it will force in the rod, and compress the spring, and thus offer a yielding check to the “ picker and shuttle; the action of the lever is confined by stops “ formed at a suitable distance before it.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 7.— N<> 9 / 6 , ROBINSON, John. — “An improved apparatus for driving or “ giving motion to power looms, which said improvement is also “ applicable to driving other machinery.” “The improvement “ consists in the employment of one pulley ordy, which is capable “ of revolving loosely as a ‘ loose pulley,’ or with the shaft as a “ fast or driving pulley. Near one end of the crank or driving “ shaft of the loom, for example, is secured a flange or plate, upon 782 WEAVING. which is formed a bush, fitting on to the said shaft, and upon which bush the driving pulley revolves freely or loosely when the action of the loom is not required. A similar plate or flange is placed on the other side of the pulley (the pulley being “ between the two), having also a bush or collar, so as to enable the said plate to slide freely upon the shaft to and from the side of the pulley, but keyed upon and revolving with the shaft; behind this bush is situated a spiral or other spring, exerting pressure against the said plate and a collar upon the shaft. It will now be evident that when the spring is compressed and the plate drawn from the side of the pulley (by means of a lever or otherwise), that the pulley will revolve upon the bush, after the manner of an ordinary loose pulley, and motion will cease to be ‘‘ given to the loom, but upon the spring being released it will ‘‘ force the plate again into contact with the pulley, which will then act as a fast or driving pulley, by which the loom will be again set in motion.” [Printed, 5cl. Drawing.] A.D. 1857, April 9.— 1002. THOMPSON, Henry, and WALMSLEY, HENRY.--(Provi- sional protection only.) — This ^‘invention relates to improvements in the construction of those parts of looms which are used to drive the shuttle through the shed, called ^ pickers,’ and con- sists in forming them of a combination of metal and buffalo hide, leather, or other suitable material or compound of mate- rials of like nature. The frame of the ‘ picker ’ is of metal, and has arrangements provided to receive pieces of hide (or other material before referred to) at those parts subject to friction and the shock of the shuttle.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 9.— N® 1010. LEACH, John. — This invention relates to looms for weaving. The patentee says, — My invention consists, firstly, in an arrangement of apparatus for shedding the warp. For this purpose I cause rollers to revolve and act within recesses or “ slots formed in moveable plates. These recesses or slots are so formed as to admit of a dwell or slower motion at certain “ periods, as when the shuttle is being thrown. To the moveable WEAVING. 783 plates are adapted straps, or bands, or other suitable apparatus for giving motion to the heddles. Another part of my invention refers to the picking motion, “ and consists in the use of apparatus whereby the propelling force is apphed in a right line or parallel to that of the picker’s motion.” [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 11.— 1016. SMITH, William. — (A communication from Charles Anciot.) — This invention relates to a novel arrangement of jacquard appa- ratus, by which it may be applied to every description of loom “ for the purpose of producing a pattern or figure upon woven fabric. “ It consists in arranging the needles vertically, each having an eye in or near to its upper end, through which a warp thread is passed, and also, where necessary, a suitable enlargement for giving increased weight, and as each needle by its own weight ‘‘ is free to fall between a given line, should there be a hole in the card to permit of its passing therethrough and into the pierced roller or box, whether with three or more faces upon which the cards rest, and is held by suitable pins whilst under the ver- tically sliding frame containing the needles, or when the said frame is brought down by the intervention of suitable levers. Certain of the needles are caused to rise above the rest whilst the others pass through the holes in the card, and supporting a roller or box, as before described, also when a vertical motion is given to the perforated roller or box upon which the cards rest “ whilst so much of the pattern is being transferred to the fabric. The enlargements upon the needles are caused to come into contact with suitably formed holes in the upper plates or needle “ guides, thus producing a sufiicient degree of opening between “ the upper and lower divisions of the warp threads.” A second feature of this invention is, giving a vertical motion combined with an intermittent rotative action to the pierced or ‘‘ drilled roller or box upon which the punctured cards rest whilst “ in use for transferring the pattern to the fabric.” Instead of the ordinary comb or reed, one formed like the ordinary hair comb is preferred.” “ It is preferred to form a ‘‘ groove, hollow, or recess in the bottom or hollow part of the 784 WEAVING. shuttle, for the purpose of allowing the point of the picker or shuttle thrower to come in contact therewith and be guided “ thereby. The movement or change of the shuttle is effected or “ produced by the arrangement of suitable needles belonging te and connected with the jacquard.” [Printed, 2s. 2d, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 13.— 1046. McFARLANE, Patrick. — Improvements in looms for weaving.” The first part of the invention consists in uieans or arrangements by which a loom is made to supply its shuttle or shuttles ’ with fresh weft when the weft last placed in the shuttle or shuttles has become broken or exhausted. The weft “ to supply the shuttles is placed in a case, which fits into the shuttle or shuttles used in the loom, and will remain securely in the shuttle while it is weaving, but it is so constructed and arranged as to be easily displaced from the shuttle and replaced by another weft case. Any convenient number of cases provided with weft are placed in a suitable receptacle or re- ceptacles, so that each case in succession can take the place of ‘‘ the one removed from the receptacle. The receptacle or re- ceptacles containing the weft cases are placed on or attached to the framing of the loom opposite the shuttle box or shuttle boxes. When the absence of the v/eft is detected by the weft fork, mechanism is brought into operation that forces a v/eft case from the receptacle or receptacles before mentioned into the shuttle, this act displacing the weft case at that time in the shuttle, which passes into a suitable box or basket provided to receive it.” “ The second part of the invention consists in means or arrange- “ ments for stopping a loom when any certain or definite “ number of warp threads have broken. In these arrangements each w’arp thread passes through an eye or loop, similar to the mails of jacquard harness, and each eye has a small weight suspended to it. When the warp threads break these weights drop on to a trough or table placed under them. The trough is balanced, so that when the number of threads fixed upon is broken, the weight due to them will place the trough in such a “ position as will bring in action mechanism that will release the ‘ spring handle and stop the loom. WEAVING. 785 • The third part of the invention consists in arranprements for indicating and calling attention to the requirements of each of “ a number of looms by certain signals.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 14.— N« 1049. WICKS, Peter, and GHISLIN, Thomas Goulston. — This invention consists in ‘^the adaptation, application, preparation, and uses of the fibres, vegetable substances, their roots, barks, stems, fronds, stipes, cuticles, leaves, flowers, and fruit, their medicinal, farinaceous, saccharinous, gelatinous, alcoholic, fatty “ and all other properties of the following South African plants, “ their species and families, viz. : — ^^juncecC, serratus, trista, &c., aloe arborea, &c., sanseviera, malvaceoe, Watsonia latifolia, “ narvoso humilis, papyracse, &c., restiacese, gladiolus, antholyza, “ lapeyrousia, &c., tuiipa beyniana, babiana hortenses, &c., Witsenia cyperacece, cycadese amaiyJlidece, belladonna, &c., gnaphaliurn papyrous, tritomanthe, triticum, strelitzia, sali- cornia, euphorbiaceae, vergelia, tritonia holeus, maze, graminac, saccharinae, &c., stipea, oxalis, fi-coideae ficus, sparaxis aspho- ‘‘ delae, proteaceae, phoenix reclinatai, &c., hibiscus, bryonia, &c. “ &c., for the purposes of manufacturing pulp, paper, yarns, jute, “ coir, thread, cordage, roping, making tilts, horse cloths, sacking bagging, platting, felts, cloths, crinolines, cottons and silks, textile fabrics, spinning and weaving purposes in general; making artificial and substitutes for bristles, horsehair, and “ whalebone ; also for the purpose of stuffing chairs, sofas, &c.” [Printed, 4t?. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 15.— N« 10G2. KNOWLES, Robert. — Certain improvements in power looms for weaving.” This “invention is designed for the purpose of “ stopping the action of the loom at certain required intervals “ during the weaving, so as to allow of a number of separate por- “ tions or divisions of the piece to be woven consecutively without “ detaching each portion of the length from the ‘ cloth beam.’ “ The apparatus for effecting this object consists in the employ- “ ment and use of a ‘ change wheel ’ gearing with a pinion on “ the end of the cloth roller or in connection with the ^taking-up ’ “ motion. This wheel is provided at the side with a stud or w. 3 d 786 WEAVING. finger, which, as the wheel rotates, will strike a projection on the ‘stop rod,^ and thus release the rod from its catch, and “ consequently stop the motion of the loom. The attendant “ weaver may now wind the fabric on to the ‘beam’ by hand, “ and by again putting the loom in motion another length or “ portion may be woven in connection with that last finished, “ being attached by the warp threads only.” “ A second part of this invention relates to an arrangement of “ apparatus for ‘ letting back ’ the fabric from the ‘ cloth roller ’ to “ a regular and uniform distance when the weft thread breaks. “ This is accomplished by means of a ratchet and ratchet wheel “ secured upon the end of the ‘ cloth beam,’ by which means a “ certain portion of the fabric is ‘let back’ in a degree which is “ adjusted or regulated by the pitch of the said ratchet wheel and “ the action or throw of the ratchet.” [Printed, 76?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 18.— N° 1092. SMITH, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — “ My invention, which has reference to the manufacture of “ terry and cut pile carpets by power loom, consists in causing “ the wefts which bind the rows of pile loops to be more effectually “ embodied and hidden within the said fabric, so as present a “ closer and more finished appearance than hitherto ; to effect “ which object I cause an additional vibrating roller (round which “ the warp is passed from the usual vibrating roller in connection “ with the letting-off motion) to be employed, so as to supply the “ requisite tension to the linen or binding warp at the time of the “ beating up of the lay, the said additional roller being actuated “ by a cam and lever for that purpose, and so arranged as to “ admit of an increase of tension being applied to the back or “ front wefts, as required.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings ] A.D. 1857, April 18.— N° 1101. HEALD, Henry. — The patentee says, — “ My invention consists “ in a method or methods of packing with india-rubber metal “ pickers for looms, particularly such pickers as or similar to those “ described in the specification of a patent granted to myself and “ Arthur II eald jointly for ‘ improvements in pickers and picker WEAVING. 787 ^checks employed in weaving/ dated 18th February, 185/ “ [N® 395], being pickers formed with a chamber for the packing ‘‘ running through the picker with a collar, or narrowing in the chamber so contrived as to retain the packing. The packing is eflPected in such manner that when in the picker the rubber shall be in a stretched or elongated state, in order that the effort of the rubber to resume its natural form may cause it not only to fit the picker very tightly, but also to remain therein, in, as it were, a compressed state. I allow the rubber to project beyond the picker about the sixteenth of an inch (more or less) on each side ; this increases its durability, for as the rubber wears in the centre by reason of its being on the stretch, it is drawn “ from the sides towards the centre, and tends to fill the cavity.’’ [Printed, Zd, N o drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 22.—N® 1128. BURTON, Thomas, and LORD, Simeon. — “An improved self- “ acting steam-pipe regulator, which is also applicable to drying “ cylinders and other similar purposes.” In the description of their invention the patentees say, — “ For the purpose of carrying off “ the air and condensed steam or water from any description of “ steam pipes or vessels, without the usual loss attendant upon “ their escape, we use a chest or chamber of any convenient size, “ and made of any suitable metal or material, and connect it to “ the pipe or vessel containing the air and condensed steam or “ water. At the upper part of the chest we place a small ball “ valve, which opens inwards, so that when the apparatus is in “ operation the air may be forced out of the chest or chamber. At “ the lower part of the chest or chamber we place an outlet or “ delivery pipe, communicating with the interior of a barrel valve, “ the passage being open at both ends, and also having an aperture “ which can open to or be closed from the outlet pipe by turn- “ ing on its seat. Within the chest or chamber there is a float, “ made of any suitable material, and connected to an arm sup- “ ported on a pin or pivot in a bracket attached to one of the “ sides of the chest. Connected to the barrel is another arm or lever, “ which is attached by a connecting rod to the arm to which the “ float is attached, so that as the float rises or falls motion is given “ to the barrel valve, causing the aperture in the barrel to be either “ closed or open to the outlet pipe. When the air is expelled and 3 D 2 7S8 WEAVING. the float rises, the tap gradually opens ; and when the float is raised to its full height by the accumulation of condensed steam or water, the aperture in the barrel is full open to the outlet pipe.” [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 22.— N« 1129. HIGGIN, James, and LIGHTFOOT, John. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — The inventors say, — “ Our invention consists in producing tough elastic insoluble compounds of glue, glutinous, mucilagenous, albuminous, or gummy substances with metallic oxides or salts, such compounds being either applied direct to fibrous materials, or by applying first the solution of animal or ‘‘ vegetable substance to the fibrous material, and afterwards the solution of metallic oxide, or vice versa. We precipitate or produce the compound on or in the fibre, whereby a more com- plete union takes place between them. The animal or vegetable substance may be glue, gluten, albumen, gum tragacanth, Car- ragheen moss, Iceland moss, linseed, mucilage, or mixtures of these substances, or any of them, or any other gummy or gluti- nous substance which will form an insoluble compound with metallic oxides ; and in some cases to render the combination with the oxide more certain, or to introduce a larger proportion of oxide, we add to the vegetable substance an alkali or basic “ salt, and any metallic solution which will form insoluble com- binations with the above class of substances, will answer for producing the precipitate or compound wanted ; amongst these “ may be named, as proper for the purpose, alum, sulphate of alumina, muriate of alumina, and muriate of lime.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 23.— 1140. TEMPERTON, Thomas Ato.— (Provisional protection refused.) — This “ invention consists in the application of the flour of beans or peas, either alone or mixed, or in combination with the flour of Indian corn, rice, or other grains or materials, to the manu- facture of size for sizing, stiffening, and finishing yarns, fabrics, and other substances, and for the manufacture of the articles of “ commerce known as British gum.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] WEAVING. 78 !) A.D. 1857, April 23.— N« 1145. MILNES, David. — (Letters Patent void for want of final specifi- cation.) — The inventor says, — “My invention consists in applying “ or substituting yarns made from ^ silk noils ’ and ‘ silk waste ’ “ instead of yarns made from animal wool, for the manufacture of “ that description of goods or fabrics in general wherein yarns “ made from wool have been hitherto employed, but my invention “ applies more especially to the manufacture of that description of “ goods or fabrics called ‘ moreens.'’ ’’ [l^rinted, Zd. Xo drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 23.— 1146. SCARE, George, and POLLARD, James. — “ Certain improve- ments in power looms for weaving.” This “ invention consists “ in the novel application and use of a link and catch so arranged “ that they shall cause either a permanent or a broken connection “ between the crank arm and the slay of the loom; one end of the said link is attached to the slay arm, and allowed “ to swivel in the same, and the other end (through the “ medium of the catch) forms the joint for connecting the crank arm to the slay ; this link is securely kept in its place so “ long as the shuttle completes its throw or race from box to box “ by means of the catch resting upon the link. If the shuttle does “ not complete its race the said catch is lifted or raised from the “ link joint by means of a finger underneath, worked from the ^ stop rod’ of the loom, the said ^ stop rod ’ being in connection “ with the swell of the shuttle box, so that when the shuttle does “ not complete its throw, the ^ swell ’ remains inactive, thereby “ bringing the finger on the stop rod in contact, and lifts the catch off the link when the next pick is required, consequently causing the crank arm to push back the link joint, and allow “ the crank to complete its revolution. The link joint is kept “ from falling back in that portion of the throw when the loom is “ not picking by means of a slide spring attached to the slay arm, “ and pressing against the link.” [Printed, 5cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 25.— N« 1164. SMITH, Matthew. — This “invention consists in an improved “ combination of machinery applicable to looms in which two or 790 WEAVING. “ more shuttles are employed for bringing any of the shuttles when required in a line with the shuttle race. The shuttles are “ held between jointed levers or other stationary supporters, and the shuttle that is required to be thrown across the shed is liberated by means of an endless chain of lags and pegs or ‘‘ other agents. When the shuttle is liberated it drops on guide rails, and is brought forward into position for entering the “ shuttle boxes of the lay by an endless belt with projecting studs. The shuttle box of the lay is furnished with a moveable guide rail, which is lowered as the lay advances towards the shuttle to be thrown across the shed, and at the same time the shuttle that has been employed is raised out of the shuttle box, and is depo- sited when the lay advances into the jointed levers or other suitable fixings supporting the other shuttles. By this arrange- ment the shuttles are held in stationary levers or other sup- porters, and the lay, with the exception of the moveable guide “ rail, is constructed in the ordinary manner.” [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, April 25.— 1167. SUNDERLAND, Samuel, and DEAN, Richard. — This ‘‘ in- ‘‘ vention consists of an improved weft break ” to be applied to looms. The break is a segment of a circle, of metal or other “ material, covered with leather or other suitable substance. Con- nected to or forming part of the said segment is a projection or tang, fitting a corresponding space in a frame fitted to a side frame of the loom, and placed so that the segment may act ver- tically, horizontally, or at any angular position. The end of the ‘‘ tang or projection is not connected to the lever, but presses upon “ the end near its fulcrum, similar to a steelyard, or it may be “ jointed to the end of the said lever with a slot, so as to maintain the straight action of the break. In either case all parts of ‘‘ the break touch the balance or fly wheel at the same time, in “ consequence of its moving in a slide or groove, and not con- nected to a lever working upon a pivot or fulcrum. The lever may be either straight or bent, and is attached to a faller catch supported by a pin, and also resting on the weft fork lever when “ not required to act, but when a weft thread breaks, and the weft fork le^er is pushed forward, the faller catch falls in the usual manner. The said faller catch can also be knocked off the weft WEAVING. 791 fork lever by means of the concussion which occurs when the ‘‘ shuttle is not in the box, thus causing the break to be applied the same as when a weft thread breaks.” [Printed, 6c?. Drawing.] A.D. 1857, May 1.— N® 1230. RATCLIFFE, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^‘Improve- ments in preparing or in machinery for preparing yarns or threads for weaving.” This invention ‘‘ consists in subjecting yarns or threads which have been sized and dried to the action of a brush, or of brushes, or their equivalents. This brushing operation may be performed in the sizing or dressing machines ; or, if the yarns or threads are sized in mass, then the operation may be performed at the time the warp is being beamed, or the “ warp may be acted upon when in the loom before passing through the healds. The brush or brushes employed may be stationary, the yarns or threads passing over them, or the brush or brushes may be arranged to rotate and act against the passing yarns or threads.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 2.-~N« 1238. LEVY, Henry. — This invention consists in weaving or com- bining in the process of manufacture a woollen facing, back, or “ lining with velveteens, cords, and such like materials, thus forming an integrant facing, back, or lining, which will operate as a non-conductor to repel excessive heat or cold, and will obviate the necessity of using loose lining in making up these articles for wear.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 2.— N° 1241. DAVY, Joseph, and BENTLEY, William. — ^‘This invention consists in adapting to looms a system of shuttle boxes, hinged, jointed, or connected together similar to the links of an endless chain, working around hexagonal shaped cylinders, each of the sides of which is equal, or nearly so, in width to the boxes con- taining the shuttles. The aforesaid cylinders have intermittent rotatory motion imparted thereto by an arrangement of pins or studs fixed in the end of one of said cylinders, said pins being 792 WEAVING. “ acted upon by hooked levers, suitably connected to and actuated “ by an ordinary jacquard engine attached to the loom. The aforesaid system of shuttle boxes is connected to one end of the loom outside the framing thereof.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 9.— N° 1307. GLOVER, William. — (Provisional protection onl}^) — This in- vention relates to machinery for weaving. The inventor says, — “ The main feature of novelty in my invention consists in the application of a circular revolving warp, and of a stationary “ shuttle or other instrument containing the weft ; the reeds are made in four or other convenient number of parts or segments of circles, and a corresponding number of sets of healds are employed for opening and closing the shed. The requisite ‘‘ motion may be given to the reeds by attaching them to levers, “ vdiich (in revolving) are pressed against fixed rollers at one end “ of the loom. The healds may be attached to curved levers, which (in revolving) are pressed against a shooting roller or bolt at or near the top of the loom. This shooting roller alter- ‘‘ Lately is brought in contact with the different healds. The “ taking-up rollers may be turned gradually round to wind up the fabric wo /en by a ratchet wheel and. by a worm and wheel, or other equivalent means ; or the cloth and yarn beams may be connected together by a cogged chain or strap, with holes ‘‘ working on small spokes of a wheel, thus diminishing or re- movdng the necessity for heavy weights. I wish to remark that an oscillating, instead of or in addition ‘‘ to the rotary motion, may be given to the warp, and that by gradually reducing the circle and the reeds a balloon form may be woven. A double working form may be used by double “ shooting rollers or bolts acting upon the healds twice in the “ circle, and a shuttle box or receptacle at each side of the four sections of the circle.” [Printed, 8cl. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 15.— 1375. WHITESMITH, Isaac, and WHITESMITH, William.— This invention relates to various improved arrangements of looms for “ weaving.” The differential alternate action of the several WEAVING. 793 shuttles in looms for checked fabrics is regulated, according to the present invention, by the length and position of a suitable number of studs placed in slots round the circumference of a polyhedronal or cylindrical barrel. The contour of this barrel is formed by a succession of equidistant longitudinal slots and ribs. This barrel is centred upon a stationary axis, at least one half the length of which has a screw cut upon it. Within the nave of the barrel is fastened a pin, taking into the screw in such a way that when the former is made to turn on its axis in each direction a longitudinal motion is communicated to the barrel, one complete turn corresponding to the pitch of the screw. On the contour of the ])arrel are drawn two spiral lines, forming a double-threaded helix, and between one pair of these lines are placed the studs intended to regulate the pattern, and between the other pair of lines the ratchet catches, for pushing the barrel round in either direction, operate.” The pattern studs of various lengths operate so as to bring one of a set of double inclined planes (corresponding in number to the shuttles in use) into action, according to the shuttle required. An arrange- ment is described for actuating the picking sticks directly from the tappet shaft, and drawing back the picking sticks by means of a spring.” Also an arrangement for “ effecting the j)icking action by means of a shaft, to which a reciprocating or rocking motion is communicated from the crank shaft.” Also a ‘^mode of preventing the friction of the warp threads upon the eyes or mails of the heddles, by causing the heddles to move in a cur- vilinear path.” The next part of the invention refers to a mode of preventing the breakage of the warp threads when the shuttle traps in the shed. “To effect this, slots are formed in the double snugs at the back part of the swords or rocking trees, and pins or studs are put through these slots, and the ordinary connecting rods of the loom are attached to the centre part of these pins. When “ the loom is in motion these pins are kept to the posterior end “ of the slots by means of a lever and spring, but in the event of “ a shuttle not duly reaching the box, the levers are struck out of “ position, the pins come forward to the other end of the slot, and the stroke of the lathe being in effect shortened, no mischief is “ done to the web. “ The remaining portion of the invention refers to a new ar- 794 WEAVING. rangement of jacquard or twilling apparatus.” Pattern cards, carried round in succession by means of a polygonal barrel, are used for determining the operation of the needles and hooks. In the improvements the cards, instead of, as usual, being perforated to suit one pattern only, are slotted out and furnished with portable clasps, which can be shifted to suit a variety of pat- ‘‘ terns. By means of a duplex arrangement of levers and inclines put in motion by the tappet shaft of the loom a shed can be formed upwards and downwards at the same time.” [Printed, Is. ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 15.— N° 1379. SANDS, Sophia. — (A communication from Robert Sands.) — This invention has for its object improvements in the manufac- ture of fringes. For these purposes it is preferred to employ a vertical warp for the making of each fringe, and to open and close the sheds of such warp by using guide or warp bars, such “ as are employed in lace machines, such guide or warp bars being actuated by jacquard cuts of wheels or other pattern surfaces. The weft is introduced by a guide or thread carrier, which, each time the shed is open, is caused to pass through and return, the weft being held from coming back with the guide or thread carrier or other suitable instrument.” The weft is beaten up by a suitable reed, moved by a motion derived from a cam, when the guide or thread carrier goes back out of the shed, and such beating up causes the weft around the retaining instrument to be moved up thereon till it comes in position to be cut by the moveable limb of the cutter.” [Printed, 25 . \d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 19.— N° 1407. WHITEHEAD, William. — This invention relates to an im- “ proved construction of cards used in jacquard machines, whereby greater economy and durability are obtained, one set of cards answering for any variety of patterns or designs. Ac- cording to this invention the cards, which may be composed of wood, metal, or other strong and durable material, are per- forated throughout to correspond to the whole of the needles “ in the jacquard, and when required for any particular pattern WEAVING. 795 the holes are plugged up by small pegs inserted therein in any required order and number to suit the particular design to be produced. When a change of design is required the pegs are withdrawn and are again inserted in a different order, one set of cards being thus made to serve any number of designs.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 21.— N° 1434. TODD, William. — This ^Mnvention applies to the wetting or saturating of yarn (and principally to yarn spun or wound in ^ cops’) prior to weaving. The improvements consist in saturating or wetting the ‘ cops ’ or yarn before doubling or weaving by means of the application of hydraulic pressure.” [Printed, 6c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 27.— N« 1483. DAVIES, Charles David. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists mainly in the application of coir or cocoa-nut tree fibre in manufacturing the articles called ^ hairs ’ employed by oil millers in seed crushing.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 27.— N« 1501. WILLIAMSON, John, WILLIAMSON, Francis, WRIGHT, John, and WADSWORTH, Joseph. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in looms.” This invention consists, first, in giving various and different motions to a leaf of heddles, by means of two or more sets of levers or treddles working in slides, and put in motion by tappets, and kept in their position by means of catches, which motion can from time to time be changed so as to produce satin or twill and plain weaving, or vice versa, in one and the same piece or woven fabric, by means of another lever or levers acting upon the sets of treddles, and throwing one or more set or sets into or out of gear or working order.” Secondly, ^‘in having two or more catch wheels of different diameters to the same loom, one or more of such catch wheels being thrown into or out of gear or working order by means of a lever or levers acting upon and connected with the catches 796 WEAVING. to the wheels, and by this means we from time to time vary the number of picks or threads per inch in one and the same piece or woven fabric.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 29.— N° 1520. MERRYLEES, James. — This ^"invention relates to the manu- facture or production of woven fabrics with patterns or ornamental devices on both sides or faces thereof, and it con- sists in certain preparations or arrangements of designs, cards, or other pattern producing apparatus, whereby three, or, if desired, four plies of cloth are or may be woven simultaneously ; each of these plies either consisting simply of a warp and ground weft, or having spotting weft or wefts in addition to the ground weft, and the various plies are so intermixed with each ether in the process of v/eaving as that wherever one of them is exposed on one side of the fabric, either one or other of the remaining plies is exposed at the corresponding part of the ‘‘ other side, according to the pleasure of the designer.” [Printed, 5d. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 29.— iV 1521. MERRYLEES, James. — “Improvements in the manufacture or “ production of carpets and other ornamental fabrics.” The patentee claims, — “ First, the system of weaving or producing “ three-ply carpets or other three-ply ornamental fabrics, whereby “ different patterns can be simultaneously produced on both “ sides of such fabrics through the united operation of two com- “ partments of perforated card surface upon two compartments “ or sets of double-eyed needles, which regulate the action of four “ combs or draught boards upon one double and two single “ harnesses, so as to operate on three different warps in proper “ rotation in order to the simultaneous production of the said “ patterns. “ Second, the system or mode in connection with the arrange- “ ments herein-before described of raising in proper succession “ by the jacquard machinery the journals or apparatus by which “ the three plies are woven into cloth, independently of the “ needles and perforated card surfaces which are required for the WEAVINCx. 797 production of the said patterns, and the concentration thereby upon the action of a single lever or treadle of the motion or propulsion of the whole machinery for governing the harnesses “ and journals, in order to obtain greater facility in the weaving of said fabrics than in the ordinary three-ply carpet loom.” [Printed, 5d, No drawings.] A.D. 1857, May 30.— N° 1525. CHAPUIS, Pierre Benoit. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists in improved combinations of mechanism for working the shuttles containing the weft for weaving ribbons, trimmings, or fringes, or the cord or thread for weaving healds. The shuttles are moved laterally, as well as to and fro, for causing them to pass through the sheds of the warps, and to ‘‘ cross each other so as to loop their threads together, each shuttle ‘‘ being alternately taken hold of and liberated by travelling pieces “ furnished with springs and retaining or releasing catches. In weaving healds or deep fringes two moveable pins are required, around which the weft is looped by the shuttles.” The invention also consists in making the machinery so that two or more ribbons, trimmings, fringes, or healds may be woven at the same time, and the various working parts actuated “ by the same mechanism, the parts being placed in suitable posi- tions above each other, or side by siUe, or both, each warp having “ a separate reed, but all the reeds actuated by the same mecha- nism, thereby economising space and time in manufacturing such articles.” [Printed, 3cl. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 3.— N« 1561. LEES, Samuel, LEES, James, and LEES, Frederick. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventors say, — This inven- tion consists in certain new mechanical arrangements and com- binations for warping cotton, &c., in a more efficient manner “ than heretofore ; said improvements are designed for causing more uniform tension upon the yarn as it is drawn off the “ revolving reel or skeleton frame upon which it is wound. This ‘‘ we propose to effect either by gathering the separate threads or ‘‘ filaments of the yarn together in the usual way, and then passing each through holes in a bar which may have recipro- 798 WEAVING. eating motion imparted thereto; or the same result may be attained by having a fixed bar with vertical spindles fixed therein, each carrying a roller for guiding the yarn • in proper position, the said threads or yarn radiating from the guide rollers (between which they are first gathered, as above men- tioned) in an opposite direction to that in which they pass from the reel from which they are drawn off, and by these means the threads that are the most oblique receive the same amount of tension, or nearly so, as the straight ones, or those that are less oblique, and thus prevent breaking of the yarn.” [Printed, 3cl. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 5.— N° 1579. ROBERTS, Richard, SHAW, Wright, and SHAW, Samuel. — The patentees say, — Our invention relates, first, to looms for weaving, and is applicable to those looms in which two or more shuttles are employed. The drop box containing the shuttles is connected to a rack working in a pinion, which pinion is moved round first in one direction and then in the other by a double rack, suspended to a lever actuated by tappets on the tappet shaft. The position of the double rack is governed by a chain of links, similar to the cards of a jacquard machine, which links move the double rack as required, and change the position of the tappets, so as to make the shuttle box rise or fall one or more shuttles at a time. The mechanism for working the jacquard apparatus is connected to the weft stop motion, so as to stop the working of the chain of links when the weft fails. The links of the chains are united by split rings, thereby affording great facility in changing the order of the links. This part of our invention is applicable to all looms where small jacquard links are used. Another part of our invention has reference to the picking motion, and consists in dispensing with the shoulders on the shuttles, and in so shaping the picking tappet that the shuttle is stopped when in the box, and the picker taken out of the way by a spring when the shuttle box is raised or lowered. The box drop is prevented rising or falling when the shuttle fails to enter the drop box by means of a cross piece in the end of the lay, with a relieving notch into which a spring catch on the back of the drop box enters. WEAVING. 799 Our invention of improvements in machinery for folding fabrics consists in the application of curved instead of straight surfaces for the carriage with the folding instruments to run ‘‘ upon. By this means the various parts of the machine are “ better balanced than hitherto.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 5.— 1584. COLLIER, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to the setting ” of parti-colored yarns previous to weaving, and consists in submitting such parti-colored yarns to a stretching and drying process capable of adjustment as required, in order to stretch and set them to definite lengths.” Another improvement consists in supporting the bobbins, on which the parti-colored yarn has been previously wound, “ in a “ stationary frame in place of a moving one, and giving the to- and-fro motion only to the one pair of clamps by supporting them on a suitable travelling frame.” Another improvement consists in placing the bobbins on ‘‘ horizontal spindles arranged in such manner that the yarn therefrom is drawn partly round upright rods.” [Printed, Sd. No drawing.] A.D. 1857, June 9.— 1608. WHITESMITH, Isaac, and WHITESMITH, William.— Improvements in weaving.” The first portion of these improvements relates to the picking action.” In this arrange- ment, instead of obtaining the picking action from the ordinary tappet shaft or from a reciprocating shaft,” as described in the specification of a former Patent [N° 1375, A.D. 1857], granted to these patentees, “ one or both of these shafts is dispensed with, and the picking action is obtained directly from the two ends of the ordinary crank shaft.” “ The second portion of the invention relates to the shedding motion for the warp, which is obtained from the action of two toothed annular wipers or cams, one of which is attached to each fly wheel of the loom. These wipers or cams are free to revolve upon flanges or collars, which retain them in an axial position coincident with that of the crank shaft. The teeth upon the edges of these two wipers gear with the teeth of 800 WEAVING. suitable secondary pinions on the axis or spindles of the lunar “ pulleys, which when in motion give a suitable difPerential motion to the wipers ; the waved contour of which, through a suitable combination of levers, pulleys, and straps, or through a sliding rack and pinions, communicates the requisite move- ment to the heddles.” The third head of the invention relates to a self-operating pace lever and weight, by means of which, during the gradual reduction of the diameter of the warp beam, as the warp is being drawn off by the process of weaving, the pace weight is made to move in the same ratio towards the fulcrum of the lever, in order that the strain upon the warp may be as nearly as possible uniform throughout.” The fourth part of the invention has reference to a peculiar arrangement of brackets, with interposed pieces or cakes of “ caoutchouc or other elastic substance, by which means a certain amount of yielding is secured to the warp at each shed as it passes over the ordinary whip roll or back rail of the loom. “ The last im])rovement is a new arrangement for the measuring take-up roll, the cloth roll, and the breast beam of the loom. In this plan the measuring roll is placed immediately under and nearly close to the breast beam. The cloth roll is supported by the front extremities of two bell-crank levers, which have their fulcra on studs at each side of the loom ; the longer ends of the levers extend towards the interior of the loom, and may be weighted or not, as required. In either case the cloth roller is pressed against the lower part of the measuring roll, and as it tills with cloth it is made gradually to descend in an arc of a circle downwards and forwards.” [Printed, lid. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 12.— N° 1646. BUCHANAN, James. — This invention relates to improvements in machinery for manufacturing heddles for weaving, described by the patentee in the specifications of two former Patents, dated November 15th, 1854 [N° 2423], and May 14th, 1855 [N° 108/]. In the present arrangement the engagement and disengagement of the machine with the driving power is efPected by frictional surfaces; a friction brake being used to stop the machine. ^^A continuous motion is given to the lap cord holder by means of WEAVING. 801 gearing.” “ By means of a spiral spring fitted on the mecha- “ nical finger, the pressure of which is regulated by a milled headed screw, an accurate and readily adjustable tension on the “ yarns is obtained. The bobbins are held by centre contact with spring pressure.” ‘‘The point of the hook of the needle is “ depressed by an instantaneous pressure in lieu of the prolonged “ pressure formerly used.” “The eyes of the heddles are pushed “ off the mesh stud by means of a curved lever actuated by the “ moving parts of the machine. The regulating of the unwinding “ of the rib cords is effected by means of cords passed round the “ rib cord pulleys, and attached to spiral springs, the tension of “ which is adjusted by thumb screws. This arrangement is also “ applicable to the yarn beams of looms.” “ The ‘ count ’ of the “ heddle is regulated by means of an arrangement of a ratchet “ wheel.” “The knot or eye of the heddle is formed by mecha- “ nical means, the folder being turned round or set over by the “ action of a toothed rack upon a pinion carried by the folder “ spindle.” “Various parts of these improved heddle machines “ are made of malleablized cast iron in lieu of wrought iron or “ brass.” “ The second part of this invention consists of improvements in “ the system or mode of dressing the heddles.” “ The heddles “ are distended by mechanical means, and they traverse along a “ rail overhead, and as ^he heddles pass between the brushes or “ smoothers the rapid rotatory and reciprocatory motion imparted “ thereto brushes the paste or varnish, with which the heddles “ were previously roughly coated, evenly and uniformly over the “ surface. “The next improvement consists in drying the heddles by “ means of air heated by passing it through a length of pipe or “ pipes, which may be fitted in a chimney or furnace shaft. A “ portion of the heated air pipe is preferred to be of unglazed “ fire-clay, in order to absorb the moisture of the air ])assing “ through. A current of air may be driven through the pipe by “ the mechanical action of a fan or blower.” [Printed, 2s. 4cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 12.~N^ 1656. BRAZIL, Clarance. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention has reference to looms for weaving. The inventor says, — w. 3 E 802 YVEAVING. My invention relates to the taking-up motion, and consists, “ firstly, in the use of the ‘jacquard’ or equivalent thereto for “ effecting the driving, whereby the same is caused to operate, “ and I am thus enabled to bring it into action, or cause it to “ remain out of operation at pleasure, according to the require- “ ments of certain patterns. “Secondly, I so arrange the taking-up motion that the ‘jac- “ ‘ quard ’ or equivalent apparatus is capable of imparting thereto “ a variable motion, so that at one time the ratchet wheel may be “ caused to move one tooth for instance, and at another time a “ greater number of teeth, as the pattern may require.” “Another part of my invention relates to the apparatus for “ raising the shuttle boxes of rising box looms. To accomplish “ this, I employ two or more levers, mounted in a frame capable “ of so moving as to bring either of the said levers into position “ for being acted upon by a revolving tappet, and by connexion “ with the rising box the desired shuttle is then raised to the “ proper level, and kept there the necessary time by a catch. The “ said levers I cause to traverse by a rod worked by the ‘jacquard,’ “ which rod communicates motion to a pulley, on which is a crank “ pin connected to the lever frame, and upon the pulley I place a “ brake to ensure a correct position thereof. Upon a lever being “ caused to rise it withdraws the catch which held the box in its “ former position, and it is therefore at liberty to assume the “ level for another shuttle. Instead of causing the levers to “ traverse as above described, I also impart such motion to the “ tappet so as to cause it to act upon any required lever ; and “ when more than two shuttles are used, I gain the different “ degrees of traversing motion for levers or tappets by varying “ the leverage which moves the crank pulley.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 17.--N° 1690. SMITH, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This “invention “ relates particularly to the manufacture of pile goods, such as “ tabby velvets, velveteens, corderoys, and all kind of goods “ that have the pile to be cut parallel with the selvages of the “ cloth, which is afterwards fired or shorn, and consists of “ forming a race and cord or rib alternately crosswise on the “ cloth, that is, from selvage to selvage, or at right angles with WEAVING. 803 the selvages, in contradistinction to the cords hitherto made ‘‘ parallel with the selvages, which ribs or cords may be varied in size and variety at pleasure.” [Printed, 5c/. Drawing.] A.D. 1857, June 18.— 1706. BARTON, John Everard.— (Provisional protection only.) — An improvement in winding worsted on to creel bobbins of carpet looms.” This invention consists in arranging and “ combining the machinery to wind worsted from the skeins on to creel bobbins without the intervention of the singling machinery, thus dispensing with the ‘ singling ’ and the spools or large bobbins, and the consequent expence thereof.” [Printed, 3c/. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 19.— N° 1716. JAEGER, Herman. — (A communication.) — (Provisional protec- tion only.) — This invention consists in adapting to the warp beam of looms compensation apparatuses, that is to say, apparatuses for maintaining the warp at an equal and uniform tension. There are three apparatuses employed, one acting on one end and the other on the opposite end of the warp, and “ so regulated that the one apparatus shall take up as much as the other lets out. The third apparatus acts when the warps are opened to throw in the weft, whereby a uniform tension is constantly maintained in the warp. Upon the upper shaft of the loom there are fixed two excentrics, which communicate by connecting rods to a crank shaft, and these cranks and ex- centrics are so set, with respect to the opening of the warps, as to cause the shaft to lie at such an angle as to compensate for the extra tension created by the opening of the warps, and ‘‘ again resume its position upon such extra tension being removed.” [Printed, 3c/. No drawings.] A.D. 1857; June 20.— N*’ 1727. DUNINGTON, Henry. — This invention has for its object an improvement in the manufacture of cotton and silk and other warp pile fabrics; and the invention consists of sub- jecting warp pile fabrics made by introducing soft yarn, to be 3 E 2 804 WEAVING. afterwards raised into a pile, as is well understood when made “ of cotton or of silk, or of such materials combined, or of other “ fibres, to a process of shearing or cropping after they have had a pile raised thereon, without subjecting such fabrics to felting “ or fulling processes.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 20.— N" 1735. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication.) — Cer- tain improvements in looms for circular weaving, partly ap- plicable to other purposes.” ‘‘The principal features of novelty, “ whereby the objects of the invention are effected, are, 1st, the “ construction of a circle of guides or their equivalents, in or “ upon which the warp bobbin carriages of a circular loom work, “ with a circular pathway intersecting the said guides to admit “ of the passage of the carriers or devices which carry the weft “ threads. “ 2nd, operating the warp bobbin carriages for the purpose of “ effecting the crossing of the warps by means of cams revolving “ round the circle of guides in which the said carriages work, “ projecting pieces or their equivalents being placed on the backs “ of said carriages for the cams to operate upon. “ 3rd, the attachment of the weft carriers and bobbins to a “ circular frame or its equivalent, to which are attached the cams ‘‘ by which the warp bobbin carriages are operated, so that they “ pass through the circular pathway intersecting the guides of “ the warp bobbin carriages, and deliver the v/effc between the “ threads of the warp as the latter change their relative positions by the alternate elevations and depressions of their bobbin “ carriages. “ 4th, the construction of elastic guides, by which the finished “ fabrics and the internal filling cord or its equivalent are held “ in place and prevented from turning during the weaving “ operation. “ 5th, the application to the warp or weft bobbins of circular “ looms, or to other bobbins or spools, required to give off thread “ or yarn at a uniform tension, of a coiled spring, connected with “ the bobbin or spool, and working within a box attached to the “ carriage of the bobbin or spool.” [Printed, 10 cZ. Drawings.] WEAVING. 805 A.D. 1857, June 26.— N° 1708. CROOK, William, RUSHTON, Gilbert, and CROW- THER, Joseph. — ‘^Improvements in looms.” The patentees say, — “ Our invention consists of further improvements on “ inventions for which Letters Patent were granted to the said “ William Crook and others, dated September 1 8th, 1845, “ N° 10,832, and to William Crook, October 5th, 1852, N° 233, “ and relates, — “ Firstly, to the sun and planet or star motion frequently applied “ to looms working two or more shuttles. We add a compound “ meter or measuring motion to the aforesaid planet or star wheel, “ for the purpose of obtaining greater latitude and power in “ diminishing the speed and regulating the number of picks “ required for varying the pattern, the said meter wheels consist- “ ing of notched drums, one on the planet or star wheel stud, and “ another on a shaft extending across the back of the loom. Or, “ instead of notched drums, we employ gearing or toothed wheels “ for diminishing the speed and obtaining change, which diminu- “ tion and alteration can be obtained to a still further extent by “ the employment of a clutch causing the back shaft to be sta- “ tionary or in motion, as required. At the end of the aforesaid “ back shaft we fix a pattern plate or other suitable apparatus to “ carry the projections which act upon the lever and rod to raise “ the shuttle boxes as desired. Or, instead of carrying the back “ shaft across the loom, we can employ the pattern plate on the “ same side as the diminishing gearing wheels, the clutches being “ placed on the tappet shaft instead of the back shaft, thereby “ taking the pinion out of gear instead of the large toothed “ wheel. “ Secondly, to the employment of a clutch to each tappet “ instead of using one clutch tappet, as patented by the said “ William Crook in 1852. We use two of them, the said tappets “ being stationary or in motion, either separately or conjointly, “ and also the motions changed from one to the other, so as to “ meet the requirements of diversified patterns of cloth. “ Thirdly, to an improved stop and taking-up motion. In the “ specification of the Patent granted to the said William Crook and “ others, dated in 1845, the taking-up or stop motion is shewn as “ being influenced by certain wheels which only allow the taking 806 WEAVING. up of the cloth at intervals or by degrees, instead of which we pass the whole space at once, as may be required for the desired pattern, by employing a projection or catch, so as to act on the taking-up wheel and give the necessary letting-off or taking-up all at once. Foui’thly, to an improved arrangement of the treddles, which we place outside the framing of the loom instead of inside, as heretofore, having motion imparted to them by means of tappets placed outside the framing in conjunction with a pinion and racks. And also, instead of connecting the treddles and jacks to cords for the purpose of giving motion to the jacks and healds, we employ rigid hooked bars, plates, or streamers, having projections upon them, the whole being pushed in and out by studs or projections upon an endless pattern strap for the purpose of making diversified patterns of cloth, the counter motion of the jacks and healds being produced by springs placed in or near the floor ; or we reverse the operations by placing the springs at the top of the framing, and cause the treddles to lift jacks placed near the floor by means of short hooked levers or plates pushed in and out as the pattern requires.” [Printed, Is. llcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, June 27.— 1811. CARTER, John, and HODGSON, Brook. — The patentees say, — ‘^This invention has for its object improvements in weaving carpets and other fabrics. For these purposes, in place of the wires used when weaving carpets and other fabrics being intro- duced and withdrawn as heretofore by mechanism actuated by the power which works the loom, the wires are introduced and withdrawn by power independent of the first mover of the loom, and we use for this purpose the direct action of the piston rods of pistons which are actuated by steam, water, air, or other fluid. And, secondly, in place of employing the means heretofore resorted to for performing the picking motions of looms derived, from the first mover of the looms, the direct action of the piston rods of pistons actuated by steam, water, air, or other fluid is used to produce such picking motions. YvEA.VIi\G. 807 “ And the third part of the invention consists in the employ- ment of a peculiar combination of mechanism in power looms “ for governing the give-off motions of the warps therein. For “ this purpose the warp beam of a loom has a strap break, one “ end of which is fixed to the framing of the loom, the other end “ is attached to a weighted lever, and such lever is by a connect- ing rod attached to a second weighted lever, which moves on an axis fixed to the framing of the loom, and such lever carries the bearings of a roller, over which the warp is conducted after having passed over a fixed bar which is below the roller. The effect of this arrangement is, that as the warp is taken up (as “ the weaving progresses) the warp causes the roller to be depressed “ by its tension, which lifts the lever to which the strap break is attached, and relieves the warp beam from its friction, by which “ the warp will unwind more freely, till, by the descent of the break lever, the break is again put on.” [Printed, 2s. Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 9.— N° 1904. DOBSON, Arthur. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- “ ments in machinery or apparatus to be used in bleaching, ‘‘ washing, starching, airing, and finishing fabrics, and in sizing '' yarns.” The inventor says, — My improvements in starching and airing apparatus consist in placing an endless web or sheet over rollers “ and between two bowls, the lower of which imparts starch or size to the outer surface of the web. The web is kept in a state of tension sufficient to allow the fabric laid upon it to be pressed down by rollers without giving way too much. The airing apparatus consists of a frame containing drawing and delivering rollers (through which the fabric is continuously “ passed from the starching machine) ; this frame is moved to and fro by an eccentric, so that the cloth being stretched in the “ frame is by this moving about aired by the air finding its way “ through the interstices of the cloth. I also propose to use a wire cylinder containing a fan as a means of airing. “ The above description, without the airing, applies to my yarn “ sizing machine, except that I use two sheets, so as to size both ‘‘ sides of the yarn at once.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] 808 WEAVING. A.D. 1857, July 10.— N« 1916. EASTWOOD, Eastwood, — (Provisional protection only.) — Inaprovements in picker bands for looms.” The inventor pro- poses to make picker bands “ of any suitable metal, and to arrange and construct certain joints or hinges in them, that they will give way to the joint action of the picker and picker stick, and thus be sufficiently flexible for the purpose.” [Printed, 5e?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 14.— N« 1953. CALVERT, Frederick Grace, and LOWE, Charles. — This invention consists in the application, employment, or use of calcined amylaceous substances, salts of soda, potash, ammonia, magnesia, and mucilage, as a substitute for animal size, in stiffening, sizeing, preparing, and finishing yarns, textile fabrics, paper, and such like purposes.” [Printed, 2>d. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 15.— 1968. WALKER, Gavin, and CLACHAN, James. — ^These improve- ments relate to an invention for which Letters Patent were granted to Matthew Andrew Muir and James Mcllwham, dated June 18th, 1856 [N° 1437], for ‘^improvements in looms for weaving.” “ In “ addition to the ordinary figure movements involved in the loom “ or looms herein-before referred to, the present invention pro- “ Audes for the addition to such mechanism of a separate twilling “ heddle action. This twilling action is operated upon by an “ additional traversing lever working over a portion of the barrel, “ in a similar manner to the figuring lever actuating the drop “ boxes of the shuttles.” [Printed, \s. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 20.— N° 1995. AVHYTE, Alexandre. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ An “ improved mechanical arrangement for weaving.” This in- vention “ consists in using two or more reeds at the same time, “ & in communicating movement to the reeds either by hand or by WEAVING. 809 “ power, so as to give ornamental forms to the warp, & produce various patterns according to the arrangement of the splits upon “ the ribs of the reeds & the movement given to the reeds.’’ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 20.— 1996. BOLTON, Richard. — An improved mode of weighting the “ yarn beam in looms used in the manufacture of cloth by steam. power.” A cord is passed two or three times round each end of the yarn beam ; one end of each cord is fastened to the frame of the loom, the other end is passed round a pulley and attached to a lever, which is weighted at its other end. [Printed, 8c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 23.— N° 2025. HUDSON, William, and CATLOW, Christopher. — Cer- tain improvements in looms for weaving.” The improvements consist, firstly, in arrangements for applying drag to the warp beam. The weight is not attached directly to the beam, but acts upon it through the intervention of a rod or shaft furnished with a helical thread or worm, which latter gears with the teeth of a ‘‘ worm wheel on the beam, the worm shaft and the worm wheel “ bearing to each other the relation of a rack and toothed wheel^ “ in so far as they are instrumental in elevating the weight by the rotation of the warp beam. When the weight has been elevated “ it is again lowered by causing the worm shaft to revolve.” Another arrangement consists in deriving a retarding force from the pressure or weight of the warp beam. For this purpose the flanches of the warp beam are furnished with projecting rims, which rest on fixed brakes or friction segments, thereby sup- porting the beam. A modification of this arrangement is obtained ‘‘ by substituting the common sway rope applied round the end of “ the warp beam for the breaks in the last-described arrangement, ‘‘ and causing its grasp to be relaxed by the tension of the warp in - shedding.” Secondly, in apparatus for the purpose of stopping the loom “ upon the occurrence of ‘ float.’ It is effected by the application “ of a rack or comb composed of a series of dents or fingers which “ act as feelers, and operate so as to stop the loom upon encoun. 810 WEAVING. terlng any place in which the warp is not being duly crossed in shedding.” Thirdly, in the application to the stop rod of a spur or arm and spring,” meeting each other at an acute angle when the crank is near the back centre, for the purpose of aiding the stop rod spring in ensuring the descent of the tongue or finger of the stop rod in due time.” Fourthly, in mounting drop boxes,” so that they may ‘‘ have a movement distinct and separate from that of the sley although derived from the same shaft, and such that they may move with ‘‘ the sley during the times of the transit of the shuttle, and remain stationary during the times of the changes of the boxes, and partly in a mode of applying one swell to serve the exi- gencies of any number of boxes.” [Printed, Is. 9cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 25.— N« 2032. JOHNSON, William. — “Improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention consists in an improved mode of forming the “ shed of the warp in the loom. The parts for effecting the shed- “ ding consist of rods which are used in the place of half the “ healds usually employed, and acted upon by tappets or other “ machinery. “ Also in an improved mode of checking the shuttle when en- “ tering and leaving the shuttle box. This consists of a lever or “ spring, actuated by the crank shaft or other convenient part of “ the loom acting in combination with the swell and stop rod. “ Also in an improvement in the taking-up motion, consisting in “ placing the cloth roller above the emery or fluted roller, by which “ means the springs, weights, and levers are dispensed with.” This last improvement, relating to the taking-up motion, is not claimed in the complete specification. [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 27-— N° 2038. WILLIAMSON, William Blake. — This invention relates to apparatus to be applied to a loom, in connection with the ordinary weft fork, for the purpose of stopping it when a warp thread breaks. The apparatus is thus described by the patentee : — “ I employ a WEAVING. 81 r “ number of needks with holes in them (similar to ^ mails ’ or common darning needles), which I hang or string one upon each separate warp thread, either in advance of or behind or in the “ midst of the ‘ healds ’ or ^ heddles ’ of the loom, and in such manner that they may rise and fall along with the healds or “ heddles, which are actuated in the ordinary manner (or the “ needles may be arranged to remain stationary, if preferred). And I so dispose or place the needles in a guide or stay as to allow of “ a vertical play or motion, and to keep them upright when the “ breaking of only one or more of the warp threads allows any of them to fall. And further I attach to the loom an upright “ hammer standing above the weft fork ordinarily employed for “ stopping the loom as before stated, the said hammer being held ‘‘ up (while the loom is working) by a lever or slide conveniently ‘‘ placed for the purpose. And also I employ a band or one or more iron rods, and cause it or them to move backwards and forwards underneath the needles, the efiPect and consequence of which arrangement is as follows : — When a warp thread breaks “ or slackens the corresponding needle drops perpendicularly, and its lower end falls into a grooved board placed for the purpose “ of receiving it. The band or the rods which previously could travel or move freely will now come into contact with the needle, “ the needle and board remaining still, the band will give way and will actuate the before-mentioned lever or slide and remove its “ head from under the hammer, which consequently will drop on “ to the weft fork, and this fork being held down will immediately “ .stop the working of the loom by means of the arrangements ordinarily adopted.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, July 31.— N° 2086. MARKLAND, Thomas. — Certain improvements in pov/er ‘‘ looms for weaving.” This invention consists, firstly, in a method of actuating the picker stick by means of discs on the crank shaft. Curves on the discs actuate an arm attached to a rocking shaft, to which the picker stick is also fastened. Secondly, in a method of mounting and driving the slay. The slay swords are mounted, near their centre, upon a shaft, instead of being mounted at their lowest extremity ; and they are worked by cranks connected to the lower part of them. 812 WEAVING. Thirdly, in a method of working the heddles. This is by the inner surface of the same discs that actuate the picking sticks. A motion is described for stopping the loom when the weft fails. This is effected by a ‘^fork’^ and ‘‘ grid” attached to the shuttle, to the fork is connected a finger, which, when the weft fails, is pro- jected beyond the external surface of the shuttle, and coming into contact with a rod in connection with the spring handle ” stops the loom. A knife is also attached to the shuttle for the purpose of cutting the weft on the occurrence of float.” [Printed, Is. Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, August 3.— 2103. DAVISON, Robert, and LEE, James. — Improving the edge or selvage of linen, cotton, woollen, silk, or any other cloth or fabric while in the act of weaving.” This invention consists in the use and employment of one strong thread as the outside warp thread of each of the edges or selvages of the cloth or fabric which it is intended to weave ; said strong threads may be either single, one, two, or more plies, twisted similar to sewing thread, and may be made either from flax, cotton, wool, silk, or other suitable material, and of suffi- cient strength to bear a greater strain than the yarn of which the rest of the warp is composed, such greater strain being given to the said outside warp threads for keeping them tight and rigid, to enable them to resist the drag of the shuttle, or any pluck or jerk which may occur while the weft yarn is unwinding off the pirn or bobbin in the shuttle.” [Printed, 9c7. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, August 3.— N« 2104. ELCE, John, and LEECH, John. — This ^Hnvention relates to those self-acting temples known as side roller temples, and con- sists in the application of guide rollers to the caps of such temples, to prevent the rubbing of the fabric against the edges of the said caps.” Also ‘^in setting roller temples or the rollers of the temples in a diagonal position, for the purpose of dis- tending the fabric as it is drawn through the temples.” [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings.] WEAVING. 813 A D. 1857, August 4. — N° 2107. DUMERGUE, Eugene Antoine. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘‘This invention consists in establishing a new description “ of fringe by inserting, during the weaving of lace or braid work, “ in the open sheds of the warp, tufts, tresses, flocks, or locks of “ hair, or long stapled wool or fleece in its entire length or staple, “ with or without part of the skin or hide left adhering thereto, “ after which the weft thread is thrown in and beaten up in the “ usual manner by the slay or batten, by which the lock or tress “ of wool or hair becomes solidly inserted in the tissue, so that, “ after having cut ofiP the adhering piece of skin or hide, the hair “ or wool remains in its full length, and thus forms the fringe of “ the lacework. Chenille, gold, silver, or coloured thread, or “ other ornaments may be inserted also in or between the locks, “ tresses, or tufts of fleece, wool, or hair in the fabric, and the “ hair or wool may receive any suitable colour.’’ [Printed, 3c/. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, August 6. — N° 2121. BOTTURl, Sebastien. — “A system of weaving for the manu- “ facture of all kinds of textile goods, viz., shawls, silks, stufPs, “ carpets, knotted or unknotted, single or double-faced gobelins “ tapestry, drapery, velvets, damasked linen, and various other “ articles, by means of a frame which replaces the jacquard “ loom.” The patentee says, — “ When I wish to make a textile of several “ colours in the chain I employ a movement of to-and-fro motion, “ and of a cylinder, in place of the boards in jacquart frame. This “ cylinder is supplied with wedges going in the sense of the cir- “ cumference. These wedges give motion to each point of the “ motion, but it is necessary each point should work alone. The “ wedges are taken by means of an endless screw, which gives “ only way to the wedges, and is to work. The motion is com- “ posed of groove pieces. These grooves are as numerous as the “ rows in the textile, and are placed according to the quantity “ and dimension of the cylinders. The grooves are kept by a “ brass wire or a rope, the end of which forms an opening in “ which enters the wedge of cylinder ; the other end is fixed to the 814 WEAVING. ropes of cylinders used to take up each row of thread, and must be in same number as they are in drawing. Such cylinders are set in motion by a cylinder, and by the movement of to-and- fro which replace the boards of the jacquart system. The “ cylinders gets up the threads of the chain by way of iron rods, on which are hooked all the threads holding the rings and threads. These iron roads are kept tied to the cylinder by means of the ropes passing equally through a pully. The iron rods must, as well as the cylinders, be equal to the number of rows in the drawing. When I wish to make a velvetted textile, knotted or unknotted, to avoid a loss of wool, I prepare my rolling propellers in a different way. I place each row of the drawing in the holes made in the propellers, then each row is passed in an independent riband, and stopped in a curb. After having been passed in the card, the height and breadth of which are in proportion to the number of rows which are to enter in the drawing, when each range or row is prepared, I take it up by means of an independent ribond in the upper part of the frame, and I grapple the curb holding the wool to the hooks prepared for it. When the drawing is prepared I begin by the lower range by means of a motion of my independent ribond ; I tie it at my will, make some double-faced velvetted on one or both sides, smooth on both sides, smooth on one side only, shortly any textile I think proper to make. When this row is finished, I get the wools under the chain and do the same operation in all the rows, and when the drawing is finished I get up all the rows, taking good care to put the chasse against the textile that the threads may pass freely. When I wish to get fine velvetted by motion, I take two blades, more or less high, according to the height of the velvetted. These blades act as the flying bobbin, and are cut through by another blade crossing mechanically the frame.” “ When we wish to make a textile with an unlimited num- ber of colours with shuttles instead of doing by chains, we take as many shuttles as there are colors in the textile. These shuttles are all placed on the same cart or wheel, going forward or backward, according to necessity, by means of a regulator ; ‘‘ each shuttle sets at work in its proper time.” [Printed, 2s. 5cl. Drawings.] WEAVING. 815 A.D. 1857, August 8.— 2133. HOLDS WORTH, William Irving. — (A communication.) — This invention has for its object improvements in weaving woollen damasks, and consists in manufacturing the ground of such fabrics transparent. For this purpose the cards or pattern surfaces used in producing the ground are so cut or formed as to allow a given number of threads of weft to go under a given “ number of threads of the warp, and this is accomplished by lifting every alternate thread up to the ninth for five successive shoots. The adjoining five threads are lifted altogether for every alternate shoot of the said five shoots. Then reversed action takes place, that is, the threads lifted altogether will be lifted over every alternate thread, and those lifted alternately will be lifted altogether for the next five shoots ; then again the “ action is reversed. The weaving of the ground of the cloth can be varied so as to produce a greater or less amount of trans- parency by using more or less thread than nine and five in the two changes.’^ [Printed, Qd. Drawinjjj.] A.D. 1857, August 11.— 2149. NEWTON, William Edward.— (A communication.) — ^‘This invention consists in making a picker without a seam or joint by the employment of a composition consisting of a preparation ‘‘ of hard rubber, gutta percha, or other analogous substance, as the material of which the pickers are manufactured, this material being vulcanized in the customary manner in suitable moulds.’’ [Printed, 5 2743. RONALD, Robert Alexander. — ^^This invention relates to the manufacturing of shawls in such manner that the external appearance of the garment may be varied in three or four ways, so that a single shawl may be made to present the external “ characteristic appearance of three or four separate and distinct articles of wearing apparel. Under one modification the shawl is made of the cut pile fabric known as ^ chenille,’ to the ordinary fringe of which is attached a secondary fringe, either of another colour or made of a different fibrous material. These shawls may be so woven and made as to present a distinct appearance upon each side of the fabric. One corner of the shawl is rounded off, whilst the others are left as usual. When the rounded part is worn outside, and its opposite corner turned inwards, the shawl has the appearance of a mantle, whilst if the angular corners are turned outwards, it has the appearance of an ordinary shawl. In another modification, the chenille shawl is made with a plaid, figured, or plain centre upon one side ; this is done by sewing or otherwise attaching a square or other shaped piece of woven material to one side of the shawl. In this modification one of the corners is rounded off, as before described, and a secondary fringe is attached to the ordinary chenille fringe. “ A shawl made in this manner may be worn in four different ways, that is to say, as an ordinary chenille shawl, as a tartan figured or plain shawl with a chenille border, as a chenille “ mantle, or as a tartan figured or plain mantle with a chenille border. By varying these combinations in the manufacture of shawls, a great variety of pleasing and effective designs may be obtained.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawinj^s.] A.D. 1857, October 29.— N° 2751. CRAVEN, Jonas. — These improvements relate to jacquard appa- ratus used in weaving. The patentee says they ‘"consist in “ giving independent motion to the bottom or knot board, in “ order that a downward motion may be given thereto at the time “ of giving upward motion to the frames of lifting blades to form “ sheds, by which the distance of traverse for the lifting motion WEAVING. 839 “ may be reduced and time saved to work the jacquard and loom at increased speeds. The ordinary lifting frame and the bottom ‘‘ or knot board are operated by separate levers and cranks, or other like acting means, capable of being shifted or timed to vary the times of operating of the parts in relation to each other as ‘‘ desired. Sometimes I apply india-rubber or other suitable springs to draw down the harness in place of weights. Also, the improvements relate to giving independent motion from the loom shaft to the card cylinder, this I accomplish by a chain or other endless band passing over suitable pulleys, or by connecting rods, or other suitable means. Also to obtaining a capability for giving motion to the cylinder in either direction (when the loom is not in motion) by the direct action of a lever handle operating a catch or catches capable of taking on to th^ pins of the cylinder.’’ [Printed, 6d, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, October 30 .— 2760. DAVY, Joseph, and BENTLEY, William. — The patentees say, — This invention relates to ^ pick-and-pick ’ looms, and con- sists in adapting certain new mechanical arrangements thereto for taking two or more ^ picks ’ alternately at each end of the loom, or in such other order as may be required according to the pattern of the work which is to be produced. For this purpose we propose to use cams made with sliding noses, and “ we connect them with certain mechanism for throwing them either into or out of contact with the axes of the ‘pickers,’ “ and by these means we are enabled to work any number of “ ‘ picks ’ according to the variations of color in the weft.” [Printed, Is. 2d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 13 .— 2858. GIFFORD, William James. — ^This invention relates to sails, masts, spars, and rigging for ships and boats. That part of the invention which relates to the subject of this series of abridgments consists in what the patentee terms “ gaff-yard canvas.” “ The “ gaff^yard canvass differs from the common canvass in this, that “ although its weft or cross threads are of the same size and “ strength as ordinary canvass, the warp or down threads are “ made much stronger and larger than ordinary, according to the 840 WEAVING. ‘‘ strength required, and are taken up or shortened as little as possible in the process of weaving, so that they may each pre- sent as nearly as practicable a straight in place of a wavey line. By this means a canvass is obtained which is comparatively non- extensible in the direction of its warp.” [Printed, 25. 4c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 16. — N° 2870. POCHIN, Henry Davis. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements consist in the use and application of hydrate of ‘‘ alumina, either alone or mixed with silica, rosins, gums, muci- lages, glues, or gelatines, for stiffening, sizeing, and finishing textile fabrics and yarns.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 18.-N° 2890. ALCAN, Emile. — (A communication. An apparatus to be applied to looms for producing figured fabrics of all kinds.” The object of the present invention is to compose an arrange- ment combining the incontestable advantages of the Indian “ spooling with economy in cost.” The patentee claims as his invention, ^^for the purpose of producing figured fabrics, the “ application to looms of a mechanism in which, firstly, the shuttles (or other contrivances) for supplying the various colored wefts are ranged side by side in a direction parallel to the threads of the warp, and which shuttles are moved laterally and not endwise, the shuttles being ranged in sets corresponding to the number of repetitions of the design or pattern in the breadth of the stuff, and the number of the shuttles in each set being equal to the number of colors in the pattern ; and, secondly, each group of the figure threads when raised by the treadles is drawn up into a triangular form, under the apex of which the ‘‘ passage of the shuttles takes place, whereby the space requisite for the course of the shuttles is reduced to a very small quantity.” [Printed, 1*. 2d. Drawings.] A..D. 1857, November 19. — N° 2908. MELVIN, David. — ^‘This invention relates to improvements in “ the details of a well-known partially self-acting machine for ‘‘ making heddles or healds for weaving,” The patentee claims, — '^^EAVING, 841 First, the application of the gearing by whicn motion of the rib cords is proportioned to the number of clasps the drum or drums giving off the rib cords, instead of to the take-up drum. ** Second, the omission of the contrivances hitherto employed for raising the depressers when the braiding needles are moved outwards or towards the great wheel, and the slight bevilling of the points of the depressers so as to be raised by the braiding needles themselves. Third, the application and use of a revolving wiper acting by means of an antifriction roller for moving the carriage bearing the braiding needles. Fourth, the system or mode of mounting the 'great wheel’ or " toothed ring upon a complete cylindrical surface.^’ " Fifth, the herein-before described arrangement of mechanism " for actuating the ring or tube which pushes the heddle eyes off " the stud on which they are formed.” " Instead of the ordinary " complicated way of working this ring or tube, it is actuated by a link passing to a lever on the outside of the machine, to the " opposite end of which lever is jointed a link or rod which is " moved by a pulley on a wheel or wiper on the shaft working the " braiding needle frame.” [Printed, dd. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 20.— N° 2917. DENTON, Joseph. — These improvements relate to an invention for which Letters Patent were granted to the patentee of these improvements, dated October 8th, 1853 [N° 2305], which said in- vention relates particularly to apparatus used to raise and fall the shuttle boxes in looms for weaving. In connection with the present improvements the patentee claims, — " Firstly, the employment of a shuttle-box lever, having any required number of steps or in dents, so as to give the proper " positions to the shuttle boxes by means of revolving bowls pushed out by a lever regulated by pegs on a pattern chain, and “ returned back again by a spring, or performing a similar opera- " tion by the lever and pegs without the intervention of a spring. " Secondly, the employment of revolving bowls having steps or " indent^ acting upon a plain shuttle-box lever^ the said bowls 842 WEAVING?- being also by pegs on a pattern chain with or without And, thirdly, the general arrangement of the machinery or apparatus as applicable to the above improvements.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 21.— N<’ 2927. FABxlRT, Jean Marie Auguste Eugene. — This invention relates to a machine or apparatus to be applied to looms for the purpose of weaving shawls or other figured goods. The patentee says, — The machine consists of a bottomless box divided by per- pendicular partitions. These partitions reach from the right- hand extremity to the left-hand extremity of the two sides right and left of the machine. Each partition plate is of any metal, and divided throughout its width by vertical clefts or recesses terminating above the shuttle. The surface of the partition plates or the spaces between each recess are the width or nearly so of the shuttles. There are as many compartments as there are rows of shuttles; each compartment is composed of any number of shuttles furnished with material of the same colour or of different colours ; each shuttle is kept in its compartment and in its place by pallets or moveable guides. In order to obtain perfect accuracy in engaging only those threads of the chain in the recesses which should enter therein, I employ two different methods ; the one method consists in giving a particular form to the teeth of the comb which separates the threads of the chain so that they may not be taken by the sharp teeth of the machine ; the other method consists of a rack giving the same result. These teeth or this rack may be placed either at the top or at the bottom.” [Printed, 10c?, Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 25.— N° 2943. WILLAN, Robert, ABBOTT, James, and MILLS, Daniel. — Improvements in looms.” The patentees say, — Our said in- vention consists, firstly, of improved modes of raising two or more shuttles ; we employ gearing or change wheels from the crank or tappet shaft for the purpose of giving motion to a pattern or tappet wheel, and also place on either of the aforesaid WEAVING. 843 shafts a cam or eccentric, which gives an easy alternate motion “ to an arm or rod, which, when required, is pushed by a projec- tion on the pattern wheel, so that its lower end may come in contact with an ordinary shuttle box lever, and raise the shuttles, a catch being employed to hold them so long as is necessary. Secondly, of an improved method of disconnecting the tappets by means of gearing, so that the treddles may work at any required intervals ; we employ the same gearing as in the former case, but have another circle of tappets or pattern projections acting upon a lever, which gives motion to a bell-crank lever, one end of which is connected to the sliding part of a clutch “ box, so that it may be either in or out of gear with the tappets as desired.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 27.~N« 2956. TAYLOR, William Bowers. — The patentee says, — In driving power looms it is customary to communicate motion by means of a strap passing from the motive power to a pulley on the ‘‘ crank shaft of the loom. Now my invention consists in “ dispensing with the driving power, and in working the crank ‘‘ shaft and all the other parts of power looms by a treadle or by a hand wheel connected to the crank shaft by multiplying gearing ; the object of this multiplying gearing is to increase at “ pleasure the velocity of the crank shaft and other working parts of the loom while the treadle or hand wheel remains at the “ speed best suited to the operator. By this means a considerable ‘‘ saving in labour is efPected, as the attendant who minds the “ loom can also give motion to it, and the whole expense of motive power is avoided. The above improvements are particularly ‘‘ beneficial when applied to looms for weaving linen.*’ [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 30. — N° 2970. NICHOLS, John. — This invention relates to apparatus for sizing yarn in the hank. The patentee says, — “ In sizing yarn in the hank, the plan hitherto has been, after steeping it in the size trough, to wring it by hand to take out the surplus size, or partially dry it and then to shake it so as to open or separate 844 WEAVING. the threads; instead of which I fix over the size trough an apparatus constructed of two large plates or discs fixed to each end of a shaft, which revolves on suitable bearings driven by wheel gearing or other mechanical contrivance, forming a kind ‘‘ of open or skeleton cylinder. On the faces of the said plates or discs I fix any convenient number of projecting hooks, on which the skeins or hanks of yarn are put when taken from the size, the revolving motion of the discs giving the necessary twisting “ to any convenient number of hanks at the same time, from which they are passed either by hand or slidden off by a guide to an apparatus for shaking or opening them. The shaking or “ opening apparatus consists of a vertical pillar with projecting arms, the top ones being fixed, and the bottom ones loose, so that when the hanks are placed on the two arms, the bottom “one shall fall, and thus stretch the hanks to their full length, “ and shake or open the threads at the same time.’^ [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November SO.—No 2972 . KAYE, Thomas. — ^The patentee says, — “This invention consists “ in adapting to looms certain new mechanical arrangements or “ apparatus for the purpose of simplifying the mode heretofore “ practised of gearing weaving looms, and I propose to effect the “ above object by the following means : — I employ a metal con- ducting frame fixed to the side of the loom, and capable of “ holding any desired number of hook cases sliding alongside of “ each other. Each case is furnished with a double hook or piece “ of metal hooked at each end, and vibrating upon an axis central “ between said hooks. These hooks project from the edge of the “ aforesaid case, and alternately come into contact with two slides “ or levers mounted upon the front edge of the before-mentioned “ conducting frame before the face of the aforesaid hooks. The “ aforesaid slides or levers move in contrary directions by the “ ordinary means of treddles in hand looms, and by an arrange- “ ment of excentrics in power looms, one of such said slides or “ levers being placed at the upper part of the said conducting “ frame, and the other at the loom part thereof, so that when the “ lowermost hook is caused to project from the case, which may “ be effected by the ordinary means of pegs in the ^ lags,’ the “ hook or case comes into contact with that slide or lever which WEAVING. 845 is situate at the lower part of the conducting frame, and the “ same action takes place with the upper hook and slide or lever. The hook case being connected at both ends by cords to ordi- nary L arms, jacks, or pulleys, produces the effect of rising and falling the healds for shedding the warp. Each heald in the series of healds requires separate top and bottom jacks and one of the hook cases and hooks before mentioned to make a separate round of gear for each heald.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, November 30.— N° 29/7. GOODYEAR, Charles. — ^This invention relates to the manu- facture of buoyant fabrics. One mode of making the buoyant fabrics is to make cells or spaces between two waterproof or air- proof fabrics, and furnish the spaces with any light material which will keep them distended. Another mode of rendering water- proof fabrics buoyant is by the application thereto of cork “ cuttings or other light and buoyant substance.” [Printed, 10(/. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, December 2.— N'^ 2991. BIRD, William, ASHTON, Richard, and BIRD, Thomas. — Improvements in looms and pickers for looms.” The im- provements consist ^Hn coupling or attaching at each end of the “ loom two or more picker sticks or levers by means of straps, ropes, or joints. When two are used, one of the sticks or levers is connected with the picker and placed either inside or outside of the slay or lathe.” “ The aforesaid lever passes either through the centre or the side of the picker, projecting above the top of “ the shuttle box, and having at the end a stud or slot, so as to couple or attach it to any ordinary picking stick either above or “ below the slay or lathe, and also inside or outside the framing “ of the loom.” The improved pickers are made of bone, horn, ‘‘ or similar material, each being furnished with a hoop placed either externally or internally, in order to prevent splitting, the hoop being filled with leather, gutta percha, or other similar material, which hoop may be advantageously employed in the ordinary pickers of leather, buffalo hide, wood, or other material.” [Printed, Id, Drawings.] 846 WEAVING. A.D. 1857, December 5.— N® 3021. BRINTON, John, and CRABTREE, James. — ^^Improvements in the preparation of weft yarn to be used in the manufacture of carpets and other pile fabrics.’^ The patentees ‘^wind the yarn direct from the swift into a cop or pirn, and in so doing cause it to pass through suitable sizing or other saturating liquid, aided by rollers, by which the yarn becomes more uniformly saturated before being formed on to the spools. The trough is provided with a jacket for steam to keep the saturating liquid hot, and the rollers for conducting the yarn through the saturating liquid are carried by frames turning on axes, and so arranged that so soon as a yarn breaks the rollers conducting the same can be immediately lifted out of the liquid in order to avoid the necessity for the operator putting his hands therein. There is also a rubber to prevent too much liquid being taken by the thread. The details may be varied.’^ [Printed, 6d, Drawing.] A.D. 1857, December 7.— 3025. HILEY, Daniel, HILEY, Perceval, HARGREAVES, Wil- LIAM, and HALEY, Enoch. — (Provisional protection only.)-— This invention relates to power looms. The inventors say,— Our improvements consist of a double shuttle or different arranged shuttle to what is commonly used ; it is constructed with two bobbins upon one spindle, one bobbin throwing out the thread on one side of the shuttle, and the other bobbin throwing out the thread on the opposite side of the shuttle, the bobbins being placed back to back upon one spindle. Another part of our improvements consists of two sharp in- struments, which may be termed knives or scissors, attached to the loom, which will cut off the thread pick by pick, or any given number of picks, and is made self-acting by means of levers, wheels, and tappet. And another part of our improve- ments consist of a waved reed or slay, by which means we can weave any kind of waved stripes. By the use of the improved ' shuttle, knives, or scissors, we can weave different colors with one shuttle without stopping the loom.’’ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] WEAVING, 847 A.D. 1857, December 8.~N° 3040. ROWAN, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — '‘This in- " vention relates to the spinning of yarn of flax, China grass, " and similar fibres, to its after treatment preparatory to weaving " it in the loom, and to arrangements of machinery employed " therein. It has for its object the superseding of the present “ intermediate processes of reeling, drying, and winding the “ yarn.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1857, December 16.— N<^ 3087. GIBSON, James Green, and BERRISFORD, Samuel. — (Letters Patent void for want of final specification.) — These im- provements relate to looms for weaving, “parts of which im- “ provements are applicable to lubricating bearings generally.” The improvements consist, firstly, of “apparatus for regulating “ the changing of the position of the shuttle boxes of looms.” “ Also, this apparatus is applicable to regulating and putting “ into operation mechanism that is used for raising and de- “ pressing the warp threads.” Again, this apparatus is appli- cable for changing the position of the cards or needles in those looms “ where two or more rows or series of holes are used in the “ cards that act on the needles, and each row or series of holes in “ such cards being so arranged as to produce different patterns “ in the same cloth.” “ And also this apparatus is applicable to “ looms for putting into operation the variable take-up motions “ at the proper time when it is required to put into a given “ length of the same cloth a greater or less number of picks in “ various parts of the cloth. “ The apparatus consists of an endless chain that can be so “ arranged or re-arranged to suit the pattern required, mounted “ with variable segmental step-like projections laid on the chain “ spirally, with any desired number of spirals, the said chain to “ revolve on a species of drum, and traverses laterally at the same “ time, the drum and chain to make a portion of a revolution for “ any number of picks so required, so as always to bring another “ part of the chain opposite the end ” of what the inventors call “ the feeling or regulating lever.” “The position of this lever 848 WEAVING, regulates the apparatus for changing the position of the shuttle boxes.” Secondly, in the application of two bowls, one attached to the slay on a level with the race board, the other attached to the slay sword above the race board ; and so placed as to force the ends of the shuttles into their boxes, should any of them project, when a change of shuttle is required. Thirdly, in “apparatus for lubricating the crank and tappet shaft bearings or other parts of looms.” “ It consists of a re- ceptacle which contains the lubricating material, to which a species of tube or semi-tube is attached to each receptacle, which tube has a vibrating motion given to it at any desired “ period, that lifts from the receptacle any determined quantity of “ lubricating material and conducts it to the bearing.” Fourthly, in an arrangement of levers acted upon by a ^4oose reed,” which cause the loom to be stopped when the weft fails. Fifthly, in apparatus for securing the reed when the weft is being beaten up. The apparatus consists of a tappet which acts on a lever that actuates mechanism for locking and unlocking the reed. Sixthly, in apparatus “ for stopping the loom when any of the links of an endless chain for governing the pattern by shuttle boxes are deranged.” Seventhly, instead of placing the rollers of roller temples parallel or nearly so to the reed, the patentees give the inner ends of the rollers “ an outward direction from the reed.” Eighthly, the patentees “ substitute for the shuttle eye a curled thread or other guide attached near one end, and in the recess of the shuttle at that end nearest to the end of the tongue or “ skewer, and nearly opposite the centre of such tongue for con- ducting the weft from the cop or bobbin, in as near a straight “ line as possible to the centre of the cop or bobbin for the pur- “ pose of equalizing the friction of the weft;” and they “also “ affix another guide or guides at the same end of the shuttle for “ the purpose of increasing the friction and guiding the weft.” Ninthly and lastly, the invention consists in placing “a “ spring or other elastic medium between the heddles and the “ treddles.” [Printed, 5cf. No drawings.] WEAVING. 849 A.D. 1857, December 16.-^N° 3088. THORNTON James. — T his invention has for its object im- provements in the manufacture of carpets and other cut pile fabrics. For these purposes each loom is fitted with a bar across the front, and this bar has affixed to it instruments on “ which the pile warps are lapped; at the back end of each of these instruments there is an incline so arranged that the pile warp acting thereon is caused to ascend on one side and “ descend on the other side of such instrument. The weaving in respect to the throwing in of the weft or wefts used may be ‘‘ in the ordinary manner. The instruments are each formed “ v/ith a groove near the bar which carries it, and in this groove is applied a knife or cutter, so that as the laps of the pile warp around an instrument are driven towards the bar by the beating up of the work, the lappings of the pile warp on each of the instruments are brought in succession under the action of the cutter or knife, and they are in succession divided thereby.’^ [Printed, ^d. Drawing.] A.D. 1857, December 17. — N° 3100. BARTON, John Everard. — This invention consists in com- bining worsted winding machinery with swifts or reels, in such manner that worsted may be wound directly on to the creel or carpet bobbins from the skeins or hanks.” [Printed, ^d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, December L9.-~N° 3116. LEES, Asa, and CLEGG, John. — ^This invention consists in certain improved combinations of parts, whereby the picking sticks [of looms] are brought into operation when required.” A pinion is fixed on the crank shaft of the loom gearing into a "" wheel having twice as many teeth as the pinion ; to this wheel is fixed a cam or excentric, for giving motion to a link con- nected to a lever fixed on a cross shaft, which has another lever at the opposite side of the loom, these levers are connected to the picking shafts, which are thus made to slide in their bearings, thereby bringing the picking fingers alternately within reach of the picking studs fixed to the fly wheels on the crank shaft.” [Printed, 6rf. Drawings.] w. 3 H 850 WEAVING. A.D. 1857, December 19.— N" 3117. HART, Thomas, junior, and JONES, Abel. — Improvements in looms called dobby looms.” The inventors say, — “ Our invention consists in the mode of giving motion to the hooks which operate upon the jacks and healds. Instead of giving the knives or lifters a parallel sliding motion, working on rods or slides, we give them a vibrating motion, by being attached to or forming part of levers working on fulcrums supported by the framing, thereby accommodating the depth of lift to the distance of the healds from the traverse of the shuttle, the said levers and lifters being worked by other beams or levers connected by rods to the ordinary treddles. In order to bring the knives or lifters completely down so as to clear the hooks, we connect the two vibrating levers together by means of a band and springs, the band passing over a pulley working on a stud connected to the framing, The two pattern cylinders are connected by gearing, so that when a revolving motion is given to one of them, a corre- spending motion at the same time is given with certainty to the other. Each pattern cylinder is furnished with a ratchet wheel, one being employed for giving motion to the cylinders and lattices in one direction, and the other ratchet wheel for giving motion to them in an opposite direction.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, December 23.— N^ 3146. CROSSLEY, Daniel Jones. — Improvements in the manu* facture of certain textile fabrics called ‘ pellones,’ and used for saddle covers, and in the machinery or apparatus employed therein, which improvements are also applicable for weaving other fabrics.” The improvements consist in weaving the pellones or saddle covers of an unequal or varying width in the direction of the length from end to end, that is to say, that the two outer ends are woven the broadest, and the warp threads are gradually contracted or narrowed towards the middle of the ^ pellone,’ which is the narrowest part of the fabric. This may be effected by the employment of a peculiarly formed ^ reed ’ in the loom, which is made of a width at the top to correspond “ with the width of the widest part of the pellone, and gradually WEAVINGc 851 narrowed to the bottom to correspond with the width of the narrowest part or middle of the fabric. This reed is caused to ride and fall once during the weaving of a single ^ pellone,’ so that the warp threads passing between the ^ dents ’ of such reed will be gradually contracted and expanded in width as required. It will be evident that this improved manufacture may also be applied to the weaving of other fabrics requiring to be v/oven of difPerent or unequal widths throughout the lengths.’^ [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1857, December 30. — N° 3188. BOOTH^ Tempest. — ^^Improvements in the treatment of certain vegetable matters, and in the application of the same to sizeing, stiffening, dressing, and finishing textile materials, and which is also applicable to thickening colors for printing.” The patentee claims, — The addition, application, or use of oxalic acid, tartaric “ acid, or citric acid to wheat flour, barley flour, rice flour, farina, sago, mandioca, tapioca, starch, and slimes of starch ground and dressed into flour, or any other vegetable matters containing amylaceous substances, so as to convert them into soluble starch, gum, or dextrine.” [Printed, 3d, 'No drawings.] 1858. A.D. 1858, January 1. — N° 1. HENRY, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This ^^inven- tion of improvements in weaving fabrics for petticoats and dresses, consists in weaving fabrics with casings or tubes, into which strips of steel, whalebone, or cane are inserted, in order to stiffen such fabrics and render them elastic, such casings being woven continuously and alternately with the other part of the fabric, and formed of two substances of woven fabric, which “ perfectly enclose the stiffening elastic material. 3 H 2 852 WEAVING. The steel, whalebone, or cane may be introduced at the time of weaving such casings or tubes, or the tubes may be formed in the weaving, and the steel, whalebone, or cane afterwards introduced.’^ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] ; A.D. 1858, January 5. — 16. LEEMING, James, and RAMSDEN, John Carter. — Im- ** provements in looms for weaving.” The improvements consist, firstly, in the application of a scroll plate for the purpose of governing or regulating the difPerent changes in the working of healds or needles, to produce difPerent styles of weaving.” The plate is divided into any even number of parts or divisions. Each part serves for two picks, and into each or any part a stud or pin can be inserted, which operates upon a lever; which lever, by connecting rods and other levers, can be made to operate upon tappets or cams, so as to slide them in and out of contact with their respective treddles, or it may be made to operate upon the catches of a heald engine, so as to cause them at the proper time to change from the cards or lags punched or pegged for one style of weaving on to those punched or pegged for another style.” Secondly, in the application of a similar scroll plate, for govern- ing or regulating the picking motion in power looms. Thirdly, in the application of india-rubber springs for propelling the shuttles. Fourthly, in the ^^application to rotary or revolving shuttle- boxes of catches or drawers, when composed of more than one tooth, catch, or notch. [Printed, Is. Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 11. — N° 44. KNOWLES, Thomas, and OGILVIE, William.— Improve- ments in looms.” The patentees say, our invention consists, firstly, of an improved shuttle-box motion, and modifications thereof. On the tappet-shaft we place a pin wheel, acting in “ the ordinary star wheel, for giving motion to a pattern drum, chain, or belt. Connected to the pin-wheel or on the tappet WEAVING. 853 shaft is a cam, which gives intermittent motion to levers having hooks or catches, which, when desired, come in contact with ‘‘ and put in motion certain tumblers, working in a bearing or bearings, in an arm or frame connected with the slay or lathe, and, consequently, moving with it. The tumblers, as they revolve either way, give motion to external or internal cams, acting on a rod connected to the shuttle-boxes, thereby raising or falling them according to the pattern required. The afore- “ said levers are regulated by means of perforations in the drum, chain, or belt, the latter passing over a perforated drum or pulley. A similar drum with pattern pins is also adapted for small patterns, or, instead of the star wheel, we employ a ratchet wheel, for giving motion to the pattern drum, chain, or belt, and place it in any convenient position for acting on the hooked levers. Secondly, in an improved shedding motion. To the upper and lower jacks we connect one end of cords or chains, having “ their other ends attached to pulleys, bell cranks, or segments, connected to hooked rods, which can be raised by a pattern wheel or drum, so as not to give any motion to the jacks or healds, and thereby vary the pattern of the cloth. When the hooked rods are not raised, they are moved to and fro by means “ of arms, bars, or levers, having motion given to them from the “ crank shaft, or other moving part of the loom, thus imparting the required movement to the jacks and shed; or the hooked ‘‘ rods may be acted on when they are down by perforations in the pattern wheel, instead of by projections upon it.’^ [Printed, 2d, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 14. — N° 62. BROADLEY, James. — ^‘Improvements in apparatus used in “ weaving.” “ The improvements relate, first, to means of operat- “ ing rotary shuttle-boxes, in order that any shuttle compartment “ of the series may be brought into a line with the race of the lay “ in effecting change of shuttle. Upon one end of the box is “ affixed a pair of ratchet wheels or a catch wheel, with which “ work a pair of rods, each of which has ratchet teeth, and is “ capable of causing the box to rotate, or partially so, one in one “ direction, the other in the other. The lower ends of these rods ‘‘ are each attached to a lever, by which they are operated, but in 854 WEAVING. “ such manner as not to be interfered with in the motions of the lay. These levers are each at their other ends attached to a link, whose upper end is capable of movement upon another lever, operated by a suitable cam or tappet, to give the desired “ motion to its catch rod ; and that the motion thus given the ‘‘ catch rods for the rotation of the box may be varied, or alto- gether suspended. Although the levers for actuating such links continue uniformly to move, each link is capable of being slided on its actuating lever. For this purpose, that end of each link is controlled by another lever or arm, operated by jacquard or other pattern surface, to place it in the position desired, and to “ facilitate the correct action of the levers operating the links ; these levers are provided with recesses or stops, capable of ‘‘ adjustment which determine the length of leverage exerted. “ When jacquard cards are employed to operate such con- trolling levers, they are, in addition to the ordinary blanks, pro- vided with studs or projections of different thicknesses, to operate on pins from these levers, and adapted to the amount of motion required to be imparted to them, or these controlling levers may each be provided with studs of several lengths, and adapted to the amount of motion required to be operated by ‘‘ suitable cards. The jacquard barrel or cylinder is moved to and from the levers it operates, and rotation thereto is obtained by a click or driver, which may be thrown out of gear by jacquard or pattern surface, or otherwise, when desired ; and the difference in motion to these controlling levers may be obtained by vary- ing the extent of motion to such jacquard barrel. In place of “ jacquard other pattern surface may be employed. The adapta- tions are applicable to rotary boxes, applied at each end of the loom. In place of catch wheels to the boxes, pinions may be used with toothed racks on the rods to act thereon. Secondly, the improvements relate to giving motion to rotary “ shuttle boxes by an endless chain or band, with studs passing over that end of the box nearest the race, and another suitable pulley, turning upon a stud projecting from the lay sword, and upon which is affixed a pinion, to which motion is given by another pinion, by preference of double the diameter of the first pinion, and which receives motion by a catch wheel or catch wheels, operated by rods with catches, actuated as before explained. WEAVING, 855 Thirdly, the improvements relate to a mode of using two or more shifting shuttle boxes, by arranging them in radial lines in a frame, capable of turning upon a centre of motion, carried by the race and operated by jacquard or pattern surface, to bring the required box in a line with the race ; and the pecu- liarity of this part of the improvements consists in placing the axis of motion of the shifting boxes at that end of them nearest the centre of the batten. "" Fourthly, the improvements relate to means for actuating heddles, so as to obtain change in the character of the weaving being produced, as from plain to tweel, or tweel to satin, &c. For this purpose, the heddles are suspended by bands or chains from rods which have moveable catches or projections, capable of being raised by pattern surface, when required, into position, to be acted upon by a sliding bar or frame to move such rods "" in either direction, and thereby effect the desired selection of heddles; and the parts are so arranged that the selection of the catches by the pattern surface is effected in the middle of the whole extent of traverse of their rods, when the shed will be closed, by which a saving in time will be obtained. And the traversing bar is capable of acting on the catches in either direction, and the two Efcting or knife edges which take into the catches are, by preference, inclined to each other, in order thereby to open an even shed, or to open all the warps to the same angle. The pattern surface to operate the catches in the sliding rods is brought into operation by the jacquard or pattern surface operating the shuttle boxes, or it may be otherwise effected, but by thus combining the operations of the heddles with those of the rotary boxes, great simplicity of working is obtained.” [Printed, hs, Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 19. — N° 88. TREMESCHINI, Giuseppe Antonio. — This invention relates to, lly, substituting for the transverse jacquard cards longitudinal bands of thin cardboard or stout paper placed “ side by side ; 21y, for the purpose of applying the said bands, substituting for the ordinary jacquard apparatus a proper mecha- nical arrangement ; 31y, employing new methods and proper “ mechanical arrangements for the reading, and in som.e cases for 856 WEAVING. the designing of the pattern, and the perforating of the above- mentioned bands of cardboard. The length of each of the said bands depends on that of the pattern ; they are provided with guide holes and rows of holes arranged in compartments, so “ as to make a row of compartments corresponding on each of the bands, situated side by side, represent an ordinary jacquard card, thus allowing of forming any desired combination of pattern. The reading of a pattern with two or more variations “ of harness, and difiPerently colored weft threads for one shed, takes place by an arrangement consisting of a plate perforated with holes arranged in rows, each of which rows serve for a corresponding line of squares of the rule paper, each of which holes of the said standard plate contains at the beginning of the operation a shot (such as used for shooting); the table bearing the plate is furnished with a valve apparatus for clearing of their shot, the holes corresponding with those squares of the design upon the rule paper that are not marked with the color to which the row applies. Part of one end of a proper lever acts on a rack moving the valve apparatus, whereas the other part of this end acts on the wires for moving the said valves. The opposite end of this lever is situated above the design, and serves to the workman for regulating the said operations. The perforation of the bands of cardboard takes “ place by means of proper punches guided by a row of needles corresponding with the rows of holes of the above-mentioned “ perforated standard plate, which latter is laid under the said punches. For patterns with only one color for each shed the putting upon rule paper and the reading are dispensed with, the clearing of the holes of the standard plate taking place “ directly by the superposing and pressing down thereon of the ‘‘ original design traced on paper or any other suitable material, with colors properly thickened by means of gum or any other suitable adhesive substance, so as to cause the required shot to “ adhere thereto, and to withdraw them from their holes, thus forming at once a true designing for the perforation of the bands. ‘‘ The standard plate may be composed of several pieces, and instead of forming the design by means of shot, pieces of paper or other fabric suitably cut out and glued to the surface of th^ standard plate may be made use of, WEAVING. 8S7 The apparatus for applying the perforated bands to the weaving of figured fabrics is affixed to the loom instead of the ordinary jacquard, and consists of a perforated cylinder, the length of which is sufficient for carrying side by side two or more of the perforated bands. The needles with perforated grooves and proper points turned towards the cylinder are arranged in series or steps on a suitable grating ; small vertical ** blades furnished at their lower ends with a hook for the harness cards, and having a spring and a tooth cut out in their length pay through the perforations of each needle on which they may rest by the said teeth. The arrangement of the needles, the “ hooked blades, and the grating, dispenses with the grffi of the jacquard, by which means the cylinder and the frame carrying the grating and the needles are the parts receiving an up and down motion by means of the usual treadle.^’ [Printed, 1^. 2d, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 22, N° 118. BROWN, James. — The patentee says, — ‘^My invention consists of improvements in certain parts of looms, but more especially “ adapted to those looms which are used for ribbon and silk weaving. These are, in the first place, in improved forms of shuttles, by which I am enabled to convey one, two, three, or more shuttles through the fabric, thus throwing several shoots of various colours simultaneously, and by which I also gain considerable advantage in the batten, as these shuttles enable "" me to make a much wider fabric with a shorter shuttle, and also to make a greater number of pieces at one time and within the same space. Thus I can make with the same loom fabrics of varying widths. I of course require to modify the form of the receiver, which catches the shuttle after passing through the shed, and which I make of such form as to clutch the shuttle at one end instead of sliding the shuttle in grooves in the batten as at present practised. In the next place my improvements consist in affixing a peculiar guide to the breast piece of the loom, through which guide the fabric will pass perfectly flat, and thus be prevented from twisting. In weaving what are known as ^ terry’ or raised fabrics, a wire is caused to enter above the centre shed forming 858 WEAVING. the terry or pattern out of the top shed, and the ground or back out of the bottom shed simultaneously, so that no shoot is lost.” [Printed, 8d, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 22. — N® 119. BROWN, James. — This ^Gnvention consists of certain improve- ments applicable to most descriptions of jacquard machines, but especially so to those employed in weaving silks and ribbons, and they relate, firstly, to the employment of a double hook in jacquard machines, whether such machines be worked by barrel or card,” by the use of which double hooks, either one, two, or three sheds or openings may he produced at the same time and in either of the positions known in the manufacture as rising, falling, or standing, thus allowing, one, two, or three colours to be introduced into the fabric at one and the same time, enabling the operator to produce on either side of the fabric ornamental, brocaded, or other figures, or to ‘‘ make by single labour plain fabrics of the description known as ^ double laboured,’ or ^ drawn in.’ ” Secondly, the ^^improvements consist in the application of three lifts or gratings, instead of one, as at present in use, and these gratings are also capable of assuming either a rising, falling, or ‘‘ standing position, as already named, with respect to the hooks.” [Printed, Is. 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 23. — 130. CRAVEN, Jonas, HEY, Wignall, and WORSNOP, Charles. — Improvements in actuating rotary shuttle boxes of looms.” The improvements have for their object simplicity with facility of working, in giving motion to rotary shuttle boxes. Upon the tappet or other suitable shaft of the loom is afiixed a tappet capable of sliding on such shaft, though it is controlled to rotate with it. The sliding of the tappet is effected at the times desired by the action of jacquard or other suitable pattern WEAVING. 859 surface, and is for the purpose of placing that tappet in position for acting upon one or the other of a pair of levers, or so that it may rotate free of either of them. These levers, capable of being so operated upon, turn each upon a centre of motion, and are connected to catches or drivers for operating upon studs or teeth in a wheel or plate, to give rotary motion thereto, one in one direction, the other in the opposite. The wheel or plate so ope- “ rated is provided with studs and segmental pieces, to act upon a star-wheel affixed upon one end of the box or series of shuttle chambers. Steadying means are applied to hold the wheel or plate operating the star-wheel to prevent motion, except when operated by the catches or drivers.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, January 26.--No. 139. SIMCOX, George Price. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^The application of certain materials in the manufactures of carpets.” The inventor says, In all kinds of carpets, whether Brussels, tapestry, Venetian, or other descriptions where worsted has been hitherto used as the warp or pile threads, I propose to introduce cotton for the same purpose, the same to be made of a soft description.” [Printed, 3d. 'No drawings.] A.D. 1858, February 4.— N® 205. SMITHIES, David. — (Provisional protection only.) — The in- ventor says — ‘^The nature of my invention consists in producing clasp healds by the operation of weaving in a loom of the ordi- nary construction instead of by knitting as hitherto customary. In performing my invention I employ a loom with eight or other convenient number of leaves, and first weave two separate por- tions of plain cloth, each with half the warp ; a space of warp equal to the depth of the heald is then left, and in that space each pair of warp threads is made to pass over and under the other ; two other plain portions of cloth are then woven, leaving the warp crossed. Rods are woven in the plain portions of the cloth which form the tabs. After this operation the partially- “ formed clasp healds are taken out of the loom, and the two upper “ tabs are folded together, the two lower tabs are also folded 860 WEAVING. together, thereby forming clasp healds. These clasp healds are made to answer the purpose of ring healds, by attaching the tabs of one clasp heald to one side of a pair of staves, and the tabs of another clasp heald to the other side of the same pair of staves.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, February 8.— N° 231. CUNNINGHAM, Robert. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improvements are especially applicable to apparatus for composing and distributing types used in letter-press printing; hut the patentee says that an ornamental effect may be pro- ‘‘ duced in various arts, such as weaving, for example, by means of built-up sets or masses of types, pins, or similar elements, and the improvements comprehended in the present invention are, in most cases, applicable to the production of such built-up seta or masses of types, pins, or similar elements.” [Printed, id. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, February la.—N^^ 275. DUNCAN, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This inven- tion relates to the manufacture of ornamental chenille fabrics, in such manner and with such results as to bring out the effect of goods embroidered or worked by the hand in relief. In pre- paring for the manufacture of ornamental goods in this way, the operator first of all manufactures the necessary chenille weft in the required colours, in such a way as that the thread or founda- tion upon which the chenille is made shall have bare spaces at certain predetermined intervals ; these bare intervals are regu- lated by the paper pattern, according to which the fabric is to be worked in such a way that when the chenille weft is woven into the fabric, the bare spaces shall fall in at the parts where the actual ground of the piece is to appear, or in other words, at the intaglio or sunk parts of the relief figure to be produced. The “ chenille weft so produced is then woven into the body of the ‘‘ piece to be ornamented by arranging harness to suit the intended figure. As the weaving goes on, the harness action, being set accordingly, throws the whole of the actual pattern portions of WEAVING. 861 the chenille to the surface of the piece, whilst it buries the bare “ chenille threads 'in the centre of the fabric. In this way the figure, as originally laid down on paper, is beautifully developed in chenille pile relief upon the; piece at a very economical cost. Of course, whilst the chenilk is thus woven in, the body or ground portion of the fabric is woven by two or more separate shuttles in the usual way. Such ornamental chenille goods are available for various uses, but in particular as ‘ furnitures ’ for the imitation of embroidery. Instead of thus using the prepared chenille as a weft, it may be woven in as a warp to produce a generally similar result.’’ [Printed, Sc?. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, February 16.— 294. ARMITAGE, William. — The patentee says, — My said inven- tion relates to certain improvements in looms in which a double or duplicate fabric is woven, either as a bag or round piece with one or both of the selvedges united, or for weaving two separate fabrics ; the said improvements being an extension of the pecu- liar character or principal of the invention for which Letters Patent were granted to William Henry Walenn, of No. 46, Regent Street, London, dated the 9th day of November, 1855, N° 2,525, in the specification of which the shuttle-boxes are described as being pivoted or hinged at their outer extremities to the end of the lay or lathe, so as to leave their inner ends free to move up and down opposite either end of the two race ways, each shuttle-box being in an inclined position when receiving the shuttle driven from the opposite box, both boxes being horizontal when the shuttles are driven from them. Instead of placing the shuttle-boxes on pivots or hinges so as to be alternately in an inclined position, as shewn in the speci- fication and drawings of the aforesaid Patent, I work them up and down horizontally by means of rods and levers moved by a cam or tappet on any of the working shafts of the loom, the movement of the boxes being so arranged as to receive each shuttle when shot simultaneously from the opposite box. The pivots or hinges are hereby dispensed with, more certain and mechanical movements being substituted in their stead. These improvements are employed in connexion with the two sets of 862 WEAVING. “ harness and shedding motions, and also the movements when required for weaving the closed part of the fabric or bottom of the bag. For the purpose of weaving two independent fabrics of great length in one loom, two sets of shedding motions are employed with or ^vithout the race-way of light guides ; but instead of one moveable shuttle-box at each end of the lay, I fix two at each end, and employ two shuttles which are alternately deli- vered from and received in their corresponding boxes.’’ [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, February 20. — N° 331. GENTILE, Giacomo. — (Provisional protection only.) — " This invention has for its object improvements in ornamenting lace, netted, knitted, and woven fabrics. For these purposes small pieces of coral or rock coral are used, each piece being perfo- rated to admit of a thread being passed through it, and in the making of lace, netted, knitted, or woven fabrics, threads are “ worked in having pieces of coral thereon, and the same are so “ introduced as to produce the desired pattern or ornament on “ the fabric, whether the same be of silk, wool, cotton, or other fibrous substances ; and the fabrics thus ornamented will be applicable in the making up of garments or parts of garments ‘‘ for ornamental parts of dress, and in some cases the perforated coral is applied after the fabrics are produced, and threaded and fastened on such fabrics to give ornament thereto.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, February 26.— N<^ 382. MORISON, James, senior, and MORISON, James, junior. — This invention relates to certain improvements in what is known as ^ double lift ’ jacquard apparatus, the object of which is to simplify the construction and improve the working action of the apparatus. In double lift jacquard apparatus each mail or eye is connected by separate threads to two ‘ tails ’ or knot cords, and on one of such threads being lifted, the other is thrown slack, which makes it liable to be improperly acted upon by the jacquard needle when it happens to be required to be WEAVING. 863 ‘‘ lifted at the next shed. This defect is in the present invention remedied by attaching small weights to each tail, between the point where the several mail threads are attached to it and the point where the needles act upon it, so as to insure the tightness of the tails under all circumstances. It is preferred to use small tubular pieces of lead or other metal for these weights, ‘‘ the tails being passed through them and knotted below. In- stead of the weights, the same effect may be obtained by applying springs of caoutchouc or other suitable material to the same part of the tails. The improvement just described is equally applicable in apparatus in which the jacquard tails act ‘‘ on the warps through the intervention of leaves of heddles. Another improvement consists in connecting the two lift boards to opposite ends of a lever on a rocking shaft or centre, so as to act as counterpoises to each other. In jacquard appa- ratus for power looms, this rocking lever may be prolonged on one side, and jointed to a rod working vertically, and by which the apparatus is actuated. In applying the apparatus to hand “ looms, a double armed lever may be fixed on the rocking shaft in a convenient situation for connecting it to the treadles. “ Another improvement is a mode of working the jacquard barrel wherein the barrel is carried in a frame capable of sliding horizontally, the frame being shifted by means of a groove or “ slot, portions of which are inclined in opposite directions, and which acts on a pulley carried by the frame, and in the case of power looms may be attached or connected to the vertical rod ‘‘ actuating the jacquard apparatus. In hand looms a vertical motion for actuating the grooved or slotted piece is derived from any suitable part of the apparatus. This groove is made so as to act on the frame carrying the jacquard barrel in the same way in whichever direction it moves, each upstroke and “ each downstroke bringing a resh card into action.” [Printed, lOd Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 12.-~NM98. SMITH, Mark. — The patentee says, — My invention is appli- “ cable to those looms in which three or more shuttles are em- ployed, and consists in applying two chains thereto, one of which acts in combination with a rising and falling finger to 864 WEAVING. govern the number of picks to be thrown with each shuttle, and the other acts on an elbow lever to govern the position of the drop-box or other box in which the shuttles are contained. The chain barrels are driven by intermittent wheels, and a sliding box with a pin, for entering into the botches of the intermittent wheels, or other suitable mechanism, is provided to bring the chain by which the shuttle-box is governed into ope- ration if required. When a shuttle-box with several compartments is applied at each end of the loom, another chain or tappet, acting on a sliding bar in communication with a diagonal shaft, is required to regulate the picking motion. Another part of my invention consists in moving the heddle roller shaft by a stud on a second motion wheel, giving motion to a lever acting on a slot lever fixed to the heddle roller shaft ; by this means the requisite dwell can be given to the heddles. The picking shaft is moved up and down, to bring the picking- peg in contact with or beyond the reach of the picking-stud by “ excentrics on the shaft of the heddle roller acting on levers connected to the picking shafts.” [Printed, Is, 7cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 15.— N° 526 . AKED, JosiAH, and CRABTREE, John. — The patentees say, — Our invention relates to improved means of forming certain yarns known as ^ grandrell ’ into warps, and winding the same on the warp beam, ready for the loom, and consists in arranging and combining apparatus in such manner that a sufficient niim- “ her of yarns to form a full warp can be conducted from the warping bobbins direct to the warp beam at one operation. Heretofore the yarns have been first taken from the bobbins and wound on a warping mill, where they were formed into a warp, “ from which they were taken and formed into balls, and after- wards wound on the warp beam, or they were wound on several “ beams, which together contained sufficient to form a full warp, and the v/hole wound together on one warp beam. But we ‘‘ find by the use of a creel capable of holding as many bobbins as we wish to have threads of yarn in the warp to be produced, and by the use of framework, having guide eyes for the threads WEAVING. 8G5 of yarn to pass through, and placed in suitable positions in relation to the creel, that we can conduct the said yarns direct “ from the bobbins to the warp beam. The beam is placed in a suitable frame or machine, and driven or caused to rotate by “ the friction or pressure of two rotary rollers, which act upon opposite sides of the beam for winding on the yarns. The said “ driving rollers are capable of expanding as the yarn is v/ound on the warping beam, but maintaining a parallelism to each “ other, so that the same uniform diameter of the beam is main- tained throughout its length or width of the warp at each and ‘‘ every coil of the yarn, whereby the same uniform length of “ yarn is taken up at every convolution. We also apply an indi- “ cator, or an apparatus to the machine, which receives motion from the driving rollers, for measuring the length of the yarns as they are wound on the beam, and which actuates the strap guide, so as to stop the machine when a sufficient quantity of yarn for a piece or ‘ cut ’ is wound on the beam, and at the same “ time causes a bell to ring to call the attention of the attendant for marking the cuts.” [Printed, 10(f. Drawinj^s.] A.D. 1858, March 17.-~N° 541. TODD, William, and TODD, Jacob. — The patentees say, — ‘‘ The first part of these improvements is solely applicable to such power looms in which moveable shuttle boxes containing a number of shuttles are employed, and relates to a novel and ‘‘ peculiar method of actuating and regulating the motions of “ such shuttle boxes. The apparatus consists in a horizontal shaft, placed below the ordinary crank shaft, and receiving motion therefrom by means of spur gearing ; upon this shaft a hollow shaft slides and revolves with it, carrying two or more tappets, such horizontal sliding to-and-fro motion being obtained by means of a face cam upon the driven spur wheel, and a “ weight or spring to withdraw or bring back the shaft; this sliding motion is also imparted to a feeler, or finger, connected ‘‘ with the hollow shaft ; the hooked end of this finger is in con- tact with the face of a ‘ pattern disc,’ or face plate, or ^ pattern ‘chain,’ in which indentations and projections forming steps “ are made in number and depths to correspond with the shuttle w, 3 1 866 WEAVING. boxes. This pattern disc is caused to rotate slowly by suitable “ gearing in connection with the horizontal shaft, and when the apparatus is in motion its action is thus : — The face cam forces forward the revolving hollow shaft, carrying the tappets, also revolving, and simultaneously the finger is forced forward until the hooked end overhangs the irregular or stepped surface of the pattern disc ; the shaft and finger are then drawn back by the spring or weights until the finger hooks upon one of the ^ steps ’ of the disc. This prevents the hollow shaft receding further, and consequently the tappet thereupon as it revolves strikes and forces back a cranked lever a certain distance, to which the pattern disc or chain may have been designed to regulate it, and raises the opposite end of such lever, which lifts a lever resting upon it connected to a vertical rod, which moves the shuttle box, and also brings a finger or lever upon the cranked lever into contact with a ^ frog ’ stepped in correspond- “ ence with the [pattern disc, thus preventing the vertical rod falling, and retaining it in its position until another shuttle is required, the lever being so arranged that in the event of any “ obstruction of the shuttle, a weight upon the lever may be “ lifted instead of moving the shuttle box, so as to prevent breakage.’’ “The second part of the invention relates to the moveable “ shuttle box (of such looms), in which three or more channels or “ boxes are formed to contain three or more shuttles. The im- “ provement consists in placing a suitably curved bracket behind “ the back springs of these shuttle boxes ; the object being to re- “ tain or press the spring of the shuttle boxes not in use against “ the shuttles and retain them in the boxes, the bracket being so “ constructed or curved as to allow the ^back spring’ of the “ shuttle box in operation to remain unpressed by such bracket, “ or free from the pressure of the same ; and also in providing two inclined or sloping springs in the shuttle box above and below “ the picker,’ so as to form an elastic ^ stopper ’ for the shuttles “ at the end of the ‘ race,’ and by means of the incline to bring “ them into proper position to be struck by the ^ picker,’ a simpler substitute for such springs being hereafter described. “ Our improvements relate, thirdly, to that portion of the loom “ known as the ^ tappet motion,’ and employed when a number of healds are used, and are applicable to all descriptions of power WEAVING. 867 looms: the apparatus consists in two or more shafts placed around one central shaft, and all connected and driven together by means of spur gearing ; upon each of the outside shafts may be placed one or more cams revolving with such shafts, which are to act upon treadles in connection with the healds, the entire combination of wheels and shafts and cams being worked by an arrangement of ^ pattern disc ’ or ^ pattern chain,’ and ap- pertaining apparatus similar to that herein-before described; the object being to weave one description or pattern of fabric ‘‘ by the use of one cam, so that a number of different fabrics (such as ^ twills,’ satin tops, &c.,) may be woven consecutively in one piece, the number of cams and shafts being dependent upon the number of different fabrics, each cam being brought to the lowest point of the circle to act upon the treadles by an inter- mittent motion, regulated by the ‘pattern disc.’ Another “ method being to cause the tappets as ordinarily used to work “ the treadles by the presence of an intermediate roller, tappet, or “ cam, mounted upon a link hinging upon each of the treddles, “ the links being in connection with a ‘ pattern disc ’ by means of “ rods which, when a treddle is required to be depressed, will “ raise the link to a vertical position and bring the cam or roller “ thereupon into contact with the rotating tappet; the pattern disc “ allowing the link to fall, causes the absence of the roller, and “ thus disconnects the tappet and treddle. “And fourthly, our improvement relates to the heald motion of “ such looms wherein only two healds are employed, and consists “ in attaching the ‘ heald straps ’ to one half or part of a ‘ clutch “ ‘ box,’ which is made to slide to and fro upon a rocking shaft “ upon which the other part is secured, and whilst the clutch box “ is out of gear or disconnected, the healds remain open during “ the passage of the shuttle for as many picks as required, the “ loose part of the box being steadied by a pin or stud fitting “ therein ; but when the box is in gear the healds are moved by “ the rocking shaft at every pick. “ Fifthly, the invention relates to a novel method of regula- “ ting the tension of the yarn beam, which consists in attaching “ a spring to the slay sword, and connecting ifc to the rope or band “ passing round the warp beam, so that at each ‘ beat up ’ of the “ slay extra tension will be placed upon the yarn as required. “ And lastly, the invention relates to ‘ the peg or pin,’ of the 3 I 2 868 WEAVING. shuttle upon which the weft is placed ; the improvement con- sists in dispensing with the ordinary solid ^ pin/ having one or more springs thereupon, and substituting four or more wires or springs secured together at each end and widening towards the middle, which will exert pressure upon the interior of the bob- bin or cap more evenly, and retain it more securely in the shuttle,” [Pi’inted, l5. 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 24.— 622. WOOD, William, and WOOD, Robert. — The patentees say, — The object of our invention is to size yarns or threads at the time or during the process of spinning or doubling in those spinning and doubling machines having the character of the throstle frame. This has been attempted, but hitherto, we believe, without success ; we accomplish it (and in this our in- vention consists) by a certain arrangement and combination of mechanism and by materials for sizing having peculiar charac- teristics. For spinning threads from roving we employ the throstle frame, having an under clearer acting upon the front fluted roller ; and for doubling or giving extra twist to single thread we employ the doubling frame, and for each purpose “ we modify the ordinary flyers, so that the friction of the threads upon them will be greatly diminished, otherwise, owing to the gummy state of the threads, the ^ drag ’ would he de- fective ; this modification of the flyers consists in making them similar to the tube flyer used in slubbing and roving frames. The size is applied to the thread both in spinning and doubling machines between the rollers and the guide wires by a roller rotating in a trough containing size, this roller being covered so as only to expose a small portion of its surface to the threads passing from the rollers to the flyers. The size we employ is a gum or a solution of gum and water, and is of that kind which does not cake, namely, gum tragacanth, or those of similar nature. This may he improved by the addition of gum arabic, or other gum of the same character.” [Printed, Id, Drawings.] WEAVING. 869 A.D. 1858, March 25.— N° 627. CROOK, William. — “Improvements in looms.” The paten- tee says, — “ My said invention relates to an improved shuttle box motion, and consists in placing in suitable guides two racks “ working with a pinion geared into them so as to maintain a “ perfect balance. The shuttle box frame is connected to either “ of the racks, which are made of any desired length, according “ to the number of shuttles employed. In order to raise and “ depress the shuttles, I pass through the racks spring stops or “ pins, one above the other, which are acted upon by a pattern “ strap or other contrivance for regulating patterns or designs, so “ that at the front of either rack a pin or stop projects whenever “ a change of shuttle is required, the said pin and also the rack “ and shuttles being moved upwards by means of a lifter put in “ motion in any convenient manner, so that as one set of pins are “ shifted and made to m^ove up their corresponding racks move “ simultaneously with them, and the opposite pins and racks are “ depressed. I connect to the shaft of the pinion an ordinary “ friction wheel, and also a star friction wheel, to he used sepa- “ rately or conjointly, as may be desired. Motion is given to the “ pattern straps by means of an intermittent wheel or other “ dividing apparatus, which can be thrown out of gear and “ reversed and regulated in order to obtain good work.” [Printed, Tc?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 25.— N° 628. NUTTALL, James. — This invention relates to arrangements for shifting the shuttle boxes employed in fancy looms, and also to shedding and jacquard motions. The patentee says, — “ I connect the drop box to a lever which “ is raised or lowered by a cone pulley, round which a chain re- “ volves with different lengths of links and pins. The cone “ pulley is furnished with steps and recesses to admit of the dif- “ ferent lengths of pins in the chain. The lever is also raised or “ lowered by a cam or tappet wheel or a chain, both of which are “ put in motion according to the pattern desired by two separate “ intermittent wheels, which are acted upon by a wheel with “ flanges on both sides, and furnished with a moveable pin, to the “ end of which is attached a section of the flange. The said 870 WEAVING. flange wheel is driven by a pinion and carrier wheels. The moveable pin is moved laterally by a spring swell and lever, to which is attached a finger, and is put in motion by a third iii- termittent wheel, which is acted upon by the flanged wheel and moveable pin. On the shaft of this third intermittent wheel is a perforated cylinder with two rows of holes, round which re- volves a straight or twisted chain with lags or cards perforated according to the pattern required, and which is acted upon by the finger and lever. This motion is applicable to all kinds of index and jacquard machines. I also connect the drop box to a lever, which is raised or lowered by a cam or tappet wheel, or a chain put in motion either in one direction or the other by a moveable intermittent wheel, which is acted upon by pins projecting from two bevil wheels with flanges driven in opposite directions. To one of these bevil wheels I attach a spur wheel driven by the pinion wheel, the said bevil wheel driving a small bevil wheel in the centre, which drives the other bevil wheel. The moveable intermittent wheel is made to move laterally into gear with one or the other of the bevil wheels, or into the centre by a fork, swell, spring, and lever, to which are attached two fingers of different lengths acting on a straight or twisted chain, lags, or cards, with two, three, or any convenient num- her of rows of holes perforated according to the required pattern, which revolves round a moveable cylinder, also perfo- rated, and to which motion is given by an intermittent wheel driven by a pin projecting from one of the bevil wheels. The moveable cylinder is made to move laterally by means of a fork, spring, and lever acting on a cam or tappet wheel, to which is attached an intermittent wheel, with a flange driven by two or more intermittent wheels with flanges driving each other by pins projecting from each of the intermittent wheels, the first being driven by a pin projecting from one of the bevil wheels. This motion is also applicable to all sorts of index and jacquard machines, and to rotary shuttle boxes with two, three, or more rows of boxes, and two, three, or more boxes in each row, which are raised or lowered, and a rotary motion given to them at the same time. To obtain a jacquard or shedding motion, I furnish the jac- quard machine with one or more rows of needles, which are acted upon by springs, each needle having two eyes or recesses WEAVING. 871 to admit of two or more rows of hooks. The said needles are “ acted upon by perforated cards revolving round a perforated cylinder, to the end of which I attach an intermittent wheel acted upon by a pin projecting from an eccentric wheel to which is attached a flange and spur wheel driven by a hevil “ wheel. There are two hooks to one heald shaft, and one row of hooks draws the top side of the shed up at the same time as “ the other row of hooks is drawing the bottom side of the shed do^vn by cams on the shafts of two wheels which are driven by the spur wheels.” Printed, 1^. 4:d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 27.— 651. BURROWS, Benjamin. — ^^This invention has for its object improvements in weaving webs or narrow goods, and inforna- menting elastic \vebs. One improvement consists in weaving coach lace or such like narrow goods with terry weavings on their surfaces, by constructing looms in such manner as to combine the use of separate terry wires with the employment of two shuttles moved simultaneously in opposite directions by means of racks and pinions, or by what is known as the peg motion. For this purpose three sheds are simultaneously opened, two for the shuttles to pass through in opposite direc- tions, and one for the wire, which is supplied by a hopper at one selvage, from which the lowest wire is moved when the shed to receive it is opened. By this means narrow terry fabrics may be woven when two shuttles are used in such manner that several separate terry wires may be constantly in the fabric ; and by using two shuttles simultaneously moved in opposite di- rections by racks and pinions or peg motions, narrow fabrics may also be woven without the use of terry wires, and such “ fabrics may, when desired, be composed of strands or warp of india-rubber, in order to obtain elastic webs. Another improvement in weaving elastic webs consists in a mode of employing strands of india-rubber as warps, such strands being coated or covered with difPerent colors, so that “ there being several such strands in a warp, they may, by jac- quard or other means, be brought to the surface, so as to pro- duce patterns according to the order in which the diff erent 872 WEAVING. colours are brought to the surface. At other times such coloured india-rubber strands are covered by the interweaving of the weft or wefts used ; and the non-elastic warps and such different coloured yarns may be used in combination with or- dinary uncovered strands of india-rubber, which in weaving are all covered by the non-elastic warps, interwoven with the weft or wefts employed. And another improvement consists in subjecting such or other woven elastic webs to pressure between the surfaces of rollers, one or both being engraved so as to produce embossings to one “ or both surfaces.’’ [Printed, l5. id. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 29.-~N° 658. GARNETT, William; GELDARD, Christopher; and DUGDALE, John. — ^^Improvements in looms for weaving.” The patentees say, — "" Our invention consists, first, of an improved let-off motion, which may be applied on one or both sides of the loom on the beam flange, or other suitable place ; having a con- nection with the beam is a wheel, into which works a worm or pinion. This worm or pinion is upon the same shaft as a ratchet wheel, in the latter of which works one or more catches. These catches are made to move out and into gear of the ratchet wheel alternately by means of a finger or stud properly adjusted on the vibrator or other moveable part of the loom, so that when the shed opens to receive the shuttle the vibrator is “ depressed, and the before-mentioned finger comes in contact with one of the catches and relieves it from the ratchet wheel, “ thereby allowing half a tooth of the ratchet wheel to escape and give off the yarn from the yarn beam. An excentric may be applied to the vibrator to regulate the tension of the warp "" during the action of the catches. When the shed closes the vibrator rises, consequently allows the detached catch to go to its former place ; also the finger or stud in its backward motion relieves the second catch, but does not allow more than half a ‘‘ tooth to escape of the ratchet wheel. This operation is only repeated when the yarn that has been let off is woven. The “ catches and wheel may be relieved by any other moving part of ‘‘ the loom in connection with the warp on the beam. WEAVING. 873 The second part of our invention consists in having a fixed ‘‘ bearing at each side of the loom to hold the lease rods, so that they can be set at any required distance from the healds.” [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, March 31.— 684. WHITEHEAD, James Heywood. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — ‘‘This invention has for its object “ improvements in making woollen bags. For these purposes “ woollen yarn is employed for weaving tubular fabrics of the “ diameters desired, and in like manner to what other tubular “ fabrics are woven ; and in order to close the end of each bag the “ same is done either in the loom by throwing in shoots of “ woollen weft so as to weave the warps into one fabric, or in “ place of so weaving the ends, the tubular fabrics are sewed or “ run across by hand, using a needle and woollen yarn. This “ latter mode of joining the ends of woollen tubular fabrics is “ peculiarly applicable when the ends of the bags are of a curved “ form or not at right angles to the sides of the bags. The woven “ tubular fabrics having been divided into lengths for bags, and “ the ends thereof closed by woollen yarn, they are then to be “ milled, by which the end of each of the bags which was pre- “ viously simply held together by the woollen yarn will become “ felted together, and it is this peculiarity which constitutes the “ novelty of my invention.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings,] A.D. 1858, March 31.— N« 687. EDWARDS, Frederick, and EDWARDS, William.— The patentees say, — “ The object of this invention is to prevent the “ necessity of using rising and falling shuttle-boxes, and to substi- “ tute a fixed shuttle race or fixed shuttle races on the top of the “ case or box containing the slides and other working parts “ connected to an ordinary narrow fabric weaving loom; also to “ pass the shuttles through the same shed as in an ordinary “ single batten loom. The shuttles employed in carrying out our “ invention are of improved forms, each one carrying a quill, “ supported in an opening, as in ordinary shuttles,” [Printed, Drawings,] 874 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, April 1.— N° 700. BOARDMAN, Thomas, and ALLCOCK, John.— Improve- ments in looms.’" The patentees say,— Firstly, we employ an improved arrangement of mechanism for working two or more shuttle-boxes. We fix behind the shuttle-boxes a stud or stationary shaft to the framing of the loom, having upon it two ratchet wheels, a lock or check wheel, and also a pattern plate, the latter being furnished with projections of various depths according to the number of shuttles employed, the said projec- "" tions acting as they revolve upon a lever giving motion by means of a rod to another lever, which rods are connected to the shuttle-boxes, which thereby rise and fall according to the "" motion of the pattern-plate. The teeth of the ratchet wheels are in contrary directions, and acted upon when required by rods or catches connected to a lever having motion given to it by means of an eccentric on the tappet shaft. The pattern plate may have a dwell or be turned either way, and thereby produce an indefinite number of changes, by means of revolving pattern chains placed under the rods and catches, so that both may be lifted off, and thereby cause a dwell according to the number of picks required to be thrown ; or the ratchet wheels put in motion turning the pattern plate backwards or forwards, and con- sequently shifting the boxes; or the rods and catches may be lifted by means of a cylinder furnished with any desired number of pattern cards. Secondly, we employ an improved positive shedding motion for acting in any convenient number of healds. We place out- "" side the framing of the loom two treddles, and give them a vibrating motion by means of eccentrics or tappet plates, the said treddles are connected by rods to slides which have a con- tinual up-and-down motion so as to lift and depress by means of intermediate levers and springs, a series of rods having two hooks or projections upon each of them, the rising and falling taking place when the said projections are in the way of the slides, their positions being regulated by pegs, lags, or revolving “ pattern bowls placed on spindles linked together. The hooked rods are connected to the top and bottom jacks or levers, giving “ to each of them half of the shedding motion when the pattern bowls act upon the said hooked rods, and place them in the WEAVING. 875 way to he operated upon by the slides. Motion is given to the pattern cylinder by means of a catch placed on one of the shdes, which as it moves up and down acts on a ratchet wheel “ on the cylinder shaft.’’ [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, April 5.— N" 722. SMITH, John. — ^This invention relates to the manufacture of pile fabrics. The patentee says, — I produce a velvet or pile or plush fabric with a cotton back and silk or pile plush face ‘‘ without using two yarn beams or introducing wires to enable the operative to cut open the plush or pile of the cloth. I use cotton warp with cotton and silk weft, and I only require a two shuttle power loom to weave it. By this improved plan I can produce the fabric either with a plain or twilled back, the pile or plush being made of silk and cotton mixed, or silk alone. I have only named here silk and cotton because these materials difiPer most in price, but it is evident that I can “ use any fibrous material either alone or several kinds mixed together. ‘‘ My invention consists of a peculiar method of designing adapted for the weaving of two-back or foundation* picks one next to the other; thus I am enabled to weave a back or foundation of any sort of weft and a pile of another sort of weft, by employing a loom with one rising shuttle-box, thereby “ rendering the operation very easy, simple, and straightforward, and making a much cheaper and better pile cloth than has hitherto been accomplished, and also preventing the necessity of "" using two rising shuttle-boxes, one at each end of the lathe, or weaving with two shuttles at the same time.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, April 6. — N° 735. DAVY, Denis, BENTLEY, William, and DAVY, Joseph. — This invention applies more particularly to looms working with rotary shuttle boxes, and consists of four principal features of “ novelty. First, a sliding tappet acting upon a bent pin fixed in an horizontal lever, in which said lever two straight pins of dif- 876 WEAVING. ferent lengths are fixed, said pins being operated upon by a jacquard cylinder and cards of the ordinary kind. In con- nection with the above lever, it is proposed to employ two or “ more cams of different sizes for raising or lowering said lever at the proper time, so as to operate upon the shuttle box for bringing one or other of the shuttles into a line with the shuttle race of the loom ready to be acted upon by the picker. The object sought to be attained by making the before-men- tioned cams of different sizes is to enable the shuttle box to work more steady than heretofore, or in other words, to cause the box to be as long in moving from one shuttle to the next and adjoining one as from one shuttle to the third or fourth, according to the number of shuttles employed. The second feature of novelty in this invention consists in an improved construction of stud wheel, that is to say, in- stead of fixing the pins or studs in the face of said wheel as commonly practised, it is proposed to make and arrange such ‘‘ said pins so that the points thereof are kept flush with the face of the wheel, and only two of them are forced outwards at one time by inclined planes fixed to a costing behind them ; these projecting pins are taken hold of by the hooked end of levers acted upon by the above-mentioned horizontal lever to which they are connected for turning the shuttle box round. The object sought to be attained by thus constructing the stud wheel is to enable the albresaid hooked levers to pull in a direct ‘ line with the pin, with which it is brought into contact for turning the shuttle box partly round. “ The third feature of novelty in this invention consists in being enabled to connect together at will two circular shuttle “ boxes, one at each end of the lathe or slay of a loom, so as to work them together as a pick-and-pick loom, or to work only one shuttle box at one end as a plain or common loom ; for this “ purpose it is proposed to fix one shuttle box upon a long rod passed through the solid part of the lathe or slay board, and having a clutch thereon, which can be moved forward, so as to lock into the shuttle box at the opposite end of the lathe or “ slay. By these means, when the loom is required to be worked “ as a plain or common loom, the face of the shuttle box is left free or clear for the passage of the weft from the several shuttles contained in said box. It is proposed to work the said boxes WEAVING. 877 when used as a pick-and-pick loom by means of cams made with sliding noses, as patented by Joseph Davy and William ‘‘ Bentley on the 30th day of October, 1857, N*^ 2760. The fourth feature of novelty consists in attaching a spring to the axis on which the before-mentioned horizontal lever is mounted, the use of such said spring being to enable the axis to move or give way when the shuttle box meets with any obstruction to its 'turning on its axis, and thus breakage of the mechanism is prevented.’^ [Printed, l5. 5cl, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, April 7.— 748. NIMMO, William. — ^^This invention has for its object im- provements in the manufacture of printed woven fabrics, and consists in weaving figured fabrics of a peculiar description, and printing such fabrics on one or both sides, by which better zebra and other printed fabrics are produced than heretofore. “ For these purposes the fabrics are woven with an all-over or “ nearly all-over raised figure on one side, and with comparatively only a small part of the surface covered with the raised figure on the other side. The printing of such fabrics, whether on ‘‘ one or both sides, is to be performed in like manner to printing “ other woven fabrics, but it is preferred that when printing one ‘‘ side only the side on which the raised pattern occupies the least extent of the surface should be printed.’’ [Printed, 5cl, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, April 8.~.N'’ 758. MOWBRAY, Frederick William, and BROADLEY, James. — Improvements in means or apparatus employed in weaving.” The patentees say, — ‘^The improvements relate, first, when weaving carpets and other pile fabrics by the use of longitudinal “ pile wires of the character described in the specification of “ Letters Patent granted to me, the said Frederick William Mowbray, bearing date on or about the 21st of May, 1855, ‘‘ [N° 1133], to means for more effectually insuring the crossing of the pile warps over such wires. For this purpose I employ, in addition to the short guides or combs into which the selected pile warps for the next row of loops are raised to be slogged in 878 WEAVING. the direction desired, other guides or instruments interspaced between the back parts of the pile wires, and sufficiently long to admit of the warps fully raising and falling within them. These additional guides may be stationary at their lower ends, but their upper ends are capable of being shogged in the same direction as the short guides, but somewhat later than them. Also, the improvements relate to obtaining a tightening to the weft after each throw of the shuttle, in order to obtain better selvages. For this purpose we apply, in a recess in the lay near each shuttle box, a slide with pins capable of acting upon to tighten the weft so soon as the shuttle has entered its box. The slides are each attached to a lever or such like operating means, which at the times desired are permitted by their weight or otherwise to act, aided by a cam or tappet to draw their respective slides. Secondly, the improvements relate, when using two shuttle boxes at the end of the race, to means for effecting the change “ from one to the other. For this purpose a lever or arms carried by the end of the lay, is capable, when operated upon, of effecting the change ; and one end of this lever or the arms are acted upon by a wedge-formed piece, which acts first by one inclined surface thereof, then the other, and this wedge-formed piece is changed in position by the jacquard or pattern-surface acting upon a lever and parts in connexion therewith to cause a stud or pin in the rotation of one of the shafts of the loom, aided by connecting rods to act upon or to miss acting upon, to pull or push a lever arm on a shaft carrying the wedge. The boxes after each change are held stationary by a spring or springs, and the wedge or inclined surfaces may be otherwise operated. Thirdly, the improvements relate to means of effecting changes in the order of picking. For this purpose we employ two noses or projections revolving with and by preference turning upon axes carried by a boss affixed to the tappet shaft, in place of one for operating each picking lever, and either of such noses or projections is brought into, thrown out of, and ‘‘ held in the position required by means of a cam course or cam courses brought into position by the jacquard or other pattern surface, the jacquard or other pattern surface operating on levers, by which such cams have a step motion given to them WEAVING. 879 at the times desired ; or in place of having two noses or pro- “ jections, by causing the tappet shaft to have double speed, one nose or projection will serve, similarly operated. Fourthly, the improvements relate to means of eflecting changes in the order of picking. In place of obtaining the selection of picking by moving the noses or projections, we apply the arms carrying the pulleys or cones, and their pullies or cones on the axes of the picker levers upon pin joints, so that they may be capable of being moved (by jacquard or “ pattern surface) into and out of position for being operated by noses, which would otherwise operate each time. Fifthly, the improvements relate to means for effecting changes in the order of picking. In carrying out this part of ‘‘ the improvements we form the axes of the picking levers in two “ parts, capable of being connected and disconnected at the times desired by the jacquard or pattern surface. Sixthly, our improvements relate, when causing jacquard cards or surfaces to act upon pins carried by levers, in con- necting such pins to the levers by pin joints, and guiding their ends correctly to the cards or pattern surfaces. Seventhly, the improvements relate, when using two or more shuttle boxes, to the end of the lay capable of being changed to the one desired, in causing them to turn upon a centre or “ centres of motion above the box, or so that the open parts of the boxes are in a curve radiating towards such axis of motion, in place of such axis of motion being below or behind the box, as has heretofore been the case. "" Eighthly, the improvements relate, when using two shuttle boxes for change of shuttle at the end of the lay, in placing one at right angles to the other in place of in a radial line, and “ the shuttle for the time out of use will be laying sideways. Ninthly, the improvements relate to means for carrying back the pickers clear of rotary or other moving shuttle boxes after each pick. For this jiurpose we apply a slight spring or spring “ lever to the outer end of the picker lever or arm, with a cord or band attached by one end to the outer end thereof, and the other end to the picker, with a tendency to keep the picker always clear of the box.^’ [Printed, 8«. Drawings.] 880 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, April 12.~N« 790, CLARK, William. — (A communication.) — (Provisional ’pro- tection only.) — The object of this invention is to render the use of paper of any kind practicable and easy to be substituted for laced cards, and this without making any change in jacquard apparatus, no matter what may he the system of its construc- tion. The paper is previously cut out and pierced like the cards by the same processes and with the same instruments, which in no way changes the pattern or reading. Each of these pieces of pierced paper corresponding to each weft of the material, and numbered like the cards, does not undergo like these latter the operation of lacing in order to form the con- tinuous chain which presents a new card to each weft. In this system the continuous chain is formed by a series of sheaths or cases of a determined number. These sheaths are composed of two pieces of paper mounted on cloth united at three edges, “ the fourth edge not being closed serves as an opening or inlet for introducing or withdrawing the pierced papers into or from the sheath. These two papers or sheaths are pierced with the same number of holes as the roller of the jacquard apparatus, and have besides the holes for the pedonnes or driving pegs ; all the sheaths are laced or joined by small pegs glued to their exterior face ; they work with the apparatus in the same manner and in the same position as the ordinary cards. In order to use the pieces of paper on which the design is pierced, they are introduced successively in proper order one into each sheath, the holes of which correspond with those of the paper. The work is then continued as with an ordinary design. The driving and registering action of the pedonnes or driving pegs being exerted on the sheath, the paper is not worn by them. The pressure of the needles takes efPect on small surfaces sup- ported by the unpierced parts of the sheaths, thus giving the necessary support to the paper. When it is wished to change a design, the squares of paper pierced with a design are replaced “ by others in proper order in their sheaths without changing the “ chain of laced sheaths ; the design may even be changed without removing the chains of sheaths from the jacquard apparatus.’^ [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] WEAVING. 881 ! A.D. 1858, April 14.— 802. George, SMITH, Robert, and CROASDALE, Ben- jjAMiN. — “ Improvements in looms.” The patentees “ employ M one or more tappets to give motion to one or more treddles placed in the interior of the loom, which treddles are employed to draw down hooks attached to the healds for the purpose of making a shed according to the pattern required. The hooks “ are pushed under the treddle or treddles by pegs or projections “ on one or more pattern cylinders, and held off by means of springs of any material. Motion is given to each pattern cylinder by means of a worm-wheel on its shaft working into a worm on the tappet shaft, or by any other suitable gearing. When two treddles are used, their ends are attached by a band, “ chain, or cord to a pulley or drum, so that when one is pushed down the other rises, the healds being attached to quadrants, or to jacks and springs, or guide pulleys and springs.” [Printed, Gd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, April 1/.— 837. CHALMERS, David, and SWALLOW, John Theophilus. — These improvements relate, firstly, to a mode of actuating the heddles of power looms. The lower shafts of the heddles are connected by cords or wires to two systems of hooks in pairs, there being a pair of hooks to each heddle. The hooks are acted upon by knives carried by two pairs of levers (one pair being on each side of the framing), each consisting of three arms; the upper and lower arms of the levers are connected together by links, and the links of the upper arms carry the card cylinder, which acts alternately on two sets of needles, which are in con- nexion with the hooks. The card cylinder is turned round by a hook, and this hook is connected by a lever and tube to the weft stop motion, so that when the weft breaks the motion of the cylinder is stopped. Secondly, to a mode of actuating shuttle drop-boxes. The shuttle boxes are attached to a rod, carried by a crank lever, the upright arm of which is connected by a link and arm to a vibrating frame, and on the position of this vibrating frame depends the position of the shuttle boxes. Below the vibrating frame are placed ‘^lifters,” with prongs of different lengths, which determine the position of the vibrating frame, w. 3 k 882 WEAVING. The lifters are acted upon by cards or plates in a similar manner to the needles of a jacquard. The cards or plates are arranged in the following manner : — One or two bands of listing, either of tape, leather, or india-rubber material, or other fabric, are pro- vided, which are perforated, and eyelets inserted at the proper distance to receive the projecting pins on the square axis, ar.d on this band or bands are fixed at the proper places the cards or plates by which the lifters are to be raised and the shuttle changed.” [Printed, I 5 . 4(Z. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, April 852. BULLOUGH, William, and HARRISON, Joseph.— Cer- tain improvements in looms for weaving, and in machinery for “ winding the cord used in the manufacture of weavers’ healds.” This invention is applicable to those looms in which a box con- “ taining two or more shuttles is employed, and consists in an improved combination of machinery for moving the box, so as to bring either shuttle when required in a line with the shuttle race. A tappet fixed to the tappet shaft or other convenient part of the loom gives a vibrating motion to a lever, to which is ‘‘ hinged a catch taking into a ratchet wheel; to this ratchet wheel is fixed a cam with elevations corresponding to the number of shuttles in the box ; this cam acts on a lever in con- nexion with the shuttle box. The catch of the ratchet wheel may be in connexion with a jacquard or other apparatus, by which it is brought into action when required. The catch of the ratchet wheel may in some cases be worked direct from the jacquard or other apparatus for producing the required “ pattern.” The improvements in machinery for winding the cord used in manufacturing weavers’ healds consists in making the spindles of such machines to fit both the bobbins and the pirns used in “ the machines for knitting or manufacturing healds. The ‘‘ shaping rail of the winding machine is also capable of being moved so as to alter the level of the guides. By this arrange- ment the same machine may be employed to wind both the bobbins and the pirns used in manufacturing weavers’ healds,” [Printed, lOtZ. Drawings.] WEAVING. 883 I A.D. 1858, May 10.— N° 1045. WILLAN, Robert, and MILLS, Daniel. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — This invention relates to apparatus ‘‘for drawing “ in, twisting, or looming textile materials.” The inventors say, — “ Instead of passing or drawing the yarn, thread, or warp through “ the eyes of the healds by hand, as at present adopted, we effect “ the same by machinery or apparatus which can either be worked “ by motive power or manual labour. “We place the reed in front of the healds as usual, but below “ the reed we have a dividing apparatus acted upon by change “ wheels, so that the divisions of movement may correspond with “ the spaces of the reed ; and the drawing of the yarn through “ the healds is performed by a falling drum, cam, or eccentric “ acting upon mechanical fingers, which push the hooks through “ the eyes of the healds, and after the yarn is placed upon the said “ hooks they are drawn back again, drawing the yarn with them, “ which yarn is afterwards passed through the reed by means of a “ self-acting hook, the said fingers and hooks being connected “ with the dividing apparatus ; all the movements being perfectly “ self-acting, and working with exactness and rapidity.” [Printed, Zd . No drawings.] A.D. 1858, May 19.— 11 15. BOTTOMLEY, James, and MARTIN, Alexander Hennah. — “ Improvements in means or apparatus employed in weaving.” The improvements relate, firstly, “ to means for giving motion to rotary shuttle boxes.” In the specification of a former patent granted to J ames Bottomley and his brothers, they “ described a “ series of studs of different lengths standing out from the faces of “ part wheels or plates, and capable of taking into and for a time “ acting as teeth, with the teeth or projections of another wheel, “ to give partial rotary motion thereto, and thence to the shuttle “ boxes.” “ And one part of the present improvements consists “ in improved means of employing such character of stud wheels.” For this purpose the axis of the shuttle chambers is connected to the axis of the wheel operated by studs by means of an endless chain or by a pair of connecting rods and cranks, or otherwise ; and the' sliding required by such stud wheels, in order that the studs may be in or out of gear with the wheel with which they are 3 K 2 884 WEAVING. capable of working, is effected by levers operated by a series of cards or other pattern surface. The card barrel has motion given to it by a worm taking into the teeth of a pinion on such barrel. The “ barrel is connected to the pinion by a clutch arrangement.” And the hollow axis of the wheel operated by studs is also formed in two parts,"with teeth at the adjoining surfaces, borne together by spring pressure.” One or both of the chain wheels for giving motion to the shuttle boxes is formed with a clutch box or such like connection. Secondly, to working the levers for sliding the stud wheels from jacquard apparatus employed to work the harness of the loom.” Thirdly, to another method of giving motion to rotary shuttle “ boxes.” In this case the patentees ‘‘ employ an endless chain, passing over a toothed wheel connected to the series of shuttle “ chambers, and also over a wheel placed eccentrically upon the crank or other suitable driving shaft, in such manner as to compensate for the vibratory motion of the boxes ; and this chain is provided with studs capable of being acted upon by “ levers actuated upon by card or other suitable pattern surface, to stop its progressive motion, and thereby cause it to move the series of boxes for the desired change, at which time the chain will slip on the surface of the excentric wheel.” Fourthly, to means for holding and releasing the series of boxes. “ For this purpose the tendency of the holding means is by springs or otherwise to release itself, so that the boxes may freely move, and it is brought into a holding position by leverage acted upon by a cam or tappet.” Fifthly, to means for governing the order of motion to a series of shuttle chambers from jacquard apparatus employed to work the harness of the loom, by cords therefrom being connected “ to levers, which by rods operate the drivers for acting upon the ratchet or pin wheels to give motion to the series of shuttle chambers.” Sixthly, to means for effecting changes in the order of lifting and lowering leaves of heddles, so as to change from plain to satin or tweel, or otherwise. According to one arrangement, the “ rods from the lever arms operating the leaves of healds or heddles, in place of their being affixed at their lower ends to the heddle “ levers, are at those parts formed with hooks, capable of being WEAVING. 885 acted upon by studs projecting from the heddle levers, and each heddle lever is capable of operating at the same time upon two or more of such hooked rods, which rods are moved ** out of position for being operated by the heddle levers, as ‘‘ desired by pattern surface.” Seventhly, ‘‘to operating the selvage threstds of adjoining “ selvages of fabrics woven side by side in one piece, to be sepa- “ rated afterwards by cutting up, and thereby form distinct “ breadths.” This is effected “by a system of alternate cross “ motion to such selvage threads, one or more of these threads “ being caused to pass through separate eyes or guides, whilst “ another or others to each pass alternately from one side thereof “ under to the other, and are there tied in by the weft.” Eighthly, “to means of operating the slay or reed. For this “ purpose the slay is held in position by spring pressure or other “ means, and the hand-rail is formed in two parts, so as to be “ capable of being moved into an inclined or slanting position, “ and thereby produce a better face on the cloth. The reed or “ slay is moved into this position by pattern surface acting upon “ arms or other instruments.” [Printed, Is, Id, Drawings.} A.D. 1858, May 24.— N° 1155. HATTERSLEY, Richard Longden. — “This invention relates “ to looms to which rotary shuttle boxes are employed, and con- “ sists, firstly, in the employment of portable hooks or catches for “ connecting the lever or levers, which is or are acted upon by the “ cam on the picking or treading shaft, with the levers which “ operate the rotary shuttle boxes, such hooks being connected to “ the said levers at the time only when the boxes require to be “ changed by means of taper rods alone, or in connection with “ suitable cams or levers, which are operated by the jacquards or “ other indicating apparatus. “ Secondly, in having the first-named lever or levers so attached “ at the fulcrum ends as to be capable of lifting therefrom, if the “ shuttle does not box or not go properly into the box, or from “ any other cause when the shuttle boxes are fast and not capable “ of rotating, which lever or' levers is or are so constructed and “ arranged as to act upon the strap guide and stop the loom. “ Thirdly, in working the rotary shuttle boxes by means of right 886 WEAVIJSG. “ and left hand ratchet wheels and catches^ which catches are kept out of gear therewith at all times, except when acted upon by the before-named lever or levers through the medium of a rod or rods for turning or changing the boxes. Fourthly, in the application of a friction roller or pulley to the spring pin, which acts on the star-wheel attached to the rotary boxes for holding them in a proper position. ‘‘ Fifthly, in the employment of friction rollers or pullies at the end of the shuttle boxes, instead of the plates now in use for pushing the shuttle back into the box. And sixthly, in having a groove formed in the bottom of each "" shuttle box for the picker tang to move in to keep the picker steady.’’ ; [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, May 27.— -N^ 1190. SCHOFIELD, Joseph, and HARLING, George. — ^^Improve- ments in means or apparatus employed in weaving.” The patentees say, — “ The improvements relate to means of giving motion to shuttle boxes when a series, say three or more of them, is used, so that any one of the series may, when required, be brought correctly in position with the lay. For this purpose the lever for lifting the series of boxes is connected to a lever or levers, each of which is formed with a series of segmental surfaces of varying depths capable of being operated by rollers or pulleys or other acting surfaces, and adapted in number and depths to the dis- tance of change of shuttle which may be required, as from the first to the second, or third, or fourth, &c., &c., in either direc- tion ; or in place of the variations of depths being in the segments “ of the levers, they may be formed on the surfaces of the rollers or pulleys, or other parts acting on the levers. ‘‘We form the pullies with bosses, or such like projecting “ surfaces, in order to obtain a capability of varying the changes “ by simply reversing these pullies on their axes.” [Printed, l5. Gd, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 2.— 1240. BROWN, Henry, HODGSON, Brook, and CARTER, John. — “ This invention has for its object improvements in machinery WEAVING. 887 for introducing and withdrawing wires when weaving. For these purposes each of the wires is made with an enlarged head or end, on one side of which is a vertical groove, in order that “ the instrument which takes hold of the wire to draw it out of the fabric, and moves it again into a fresh shed in the warp, may for the time act on such head, and readily leave hold thereof at the proper time. The instrument and apparatus by which the wires are drawn out of the fabric and introduced into fresh sheds in the warp consist of a sliding vertical bolt, which moves between V guides, which are carried by a sliding ‘‘ frame, which moves in horizontal V guides in a direction to “ and from the reed. The sliding bolt is formed with a projection ‘‘ at its lower end, 'which fits into the groove formed on one side of the head of each wire, and such bolt is constantly drawn downwards by a spring. The sliding bolt has at its upper end forked projections or instruments suitable for raising such sliding bolt when the forked or projecting parts are acted on by an instrument worked by a cam or otherwise. In addition to the projection on the lower end of the sliding bolt, which takes into the groove on the side of the wire head, there is also a projecting spring plate, which comes on the other side of the head of the mre to that on which the groove is formed. The sliding frame which carries the sliding bolt has the fol- lowing movements given to it by cams and levers, or by other convenient means : — A motion at right angles to the ‘‘ selvage of the fabric, in order to draw out wires from the fabric ; then a motion towards a shelf or horizontal projection on the batten which receives the end of the wire when it is drawn out from the fabric, the sliding frame going back with the batten ; a motion towards the selvage of the fabric, so as to move the wire into the shed, and then another motion towards the front of the loom in advance of the batten, in order that the 'wire may be beaten up into the fabric before the wire is released from the end of the sliding bolt. When the beating up has been per- formed, and the sliding bolt has been raised, the forward motion is continued till the shding bolt comes into position to descend and take hold of the wire next to be drawn out of the fabric. The head of the wire in the movement forward of the sliding bolt towards the front of the loom is brought under a spring catch or hook, which holds it correctly when the sliding bolt leaves 888 WEAVING. it. The projecting shelf on the batten which receives the end “ of each wire when it is drawn out of the fabric, is formed with a notch or recess at that end of it which is nearest the selvage of the fabric into which the end of the wire passes, and by a moveable pin or stop is retained for a time.’^ [Printed, 3^. 4c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 2.~N" 1242. ROBERTS, Richard, and SHAW, Wright. — This invention relates to machinery for forming the shed in looms for weaving. The healds are connected to levers, which are acted upon by jacquard cards. The perforations in the cards which are required to be closed are supplied with buttons, having shanks fitting in the perforations. “ It is evident that these buttons can be taken out of the perforations in which they are shown, and put into other perforations, to vary the pattern.” Some of the levers before mentioned are so moved by the buttons in the cards that their ends are raised by a swing frame, acted upon by the crank shaft, or other convenient part of the loom, and the other levers descend, being drawn down with the healds by springs, weights or bottom jacks. [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 3.— N° 1249. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication.) — ^‘Thisin- vention relates to the production of a woven fabric to be used “ as a substitute for leather, or vulcanized india-rubber cloth, in the making of bands for machinery, soles for boots and shoes, “ backs for card teeth in carding machinery, and analogous ‘‘ purposes. The improvement consists in weaving the warp threads in reference to the filling threads in a peculiar manner. The filling threads pass straight across the line of warp threads “ as usual, but in order to produce a thick fabric of great strength, and with a uniform texture throughout, several sets of warp “ threads (say twelve, or more or less), are used and interlaced ‘‘ with the filling threads after the following manner : — The two “ sets of warp threads which come to the outer surfaces of the fabric, pass above and below the upper and lower filling threads respectively, as in ordinary cloth manufacture, in order to givg WEAVING. 889 a smooth and solid exterior surface to the fabric above and ‘‘ below. The sets of warp threads, numbers 1, 1, and 4, 4, counting from the face of the fabric, pass around the first and second sets of filling threads, and unite these two sets of filling threads together. The sets of warp threads 3, 3, and 6, 6, pass around the second and third sets of filling threads, and unite them together. The warp threads 5, 5, and 8, 8, in like manner unite the third and fourth sets of filling threads together, the warp threads 7 , 7 , and 10, 10, unite the fourth and fifth sets of filling threads, and the warp threads 9, 9, and 12, 12, unite the fifth and sixth filling threads together. Thus it will be understood, that each of the respective sets of filhng threads is united by a double set of warp threads to the filling threads on each side of it, and that while the exterior surfaces are uniform and smooth, the whole of this thick fabric is united throughout its mass, no straight warp entering into its composition. In order to render this fabric insensible to moisture, it may be saturated with a solution of caoutchouc or resinous matter. Another mode of interweaving the warp threads on the same principle, is to make every set of warp threads turn around the outer filling threads, and cross all the outer filling threads diagonally ; this unites all the filling threads compactly together “ throughout, and, as in the other mode, there are no straight warp threads in the fabric.’^ [Printed, 6c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 4.-=.N° 1257. STOEHR, Emil Moritz. — A communication from I. A. Henze. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention is appli- “ cable to looms, in which two or more shuttles are employed to produce the pattern, and it consists of an improved combination of machinery for changing the position of the shuttle-box, so as to bring any of the shuttles, when required, in a line with the “ shuttle race. In performing this invention, a pinion on the crank shaft is ‘‘ used to drive a pair of wheels, each of which has a stud for giving motion to a tappet-plate, which acts on a lever connected to the shuttle-box in the usual manner ; in order to regulate the position of this tappet plate, a chain of perforated and plain links is employed; this chain is moved forward by an inter- 890 WEAVING, mittent wheel, actuated by a stud projecting from a disc fixed to the same shaft as one of the wheels above referred to. The chain is moved forward one link for every pick, and above the drum, round which the chain passes, are placed suitable instru- ‘‘ ments, which either pass through or hear upon the link ; these ‘‘ instruments being connected to the tappet plate, produce the requisite change in its position to bring the shuttles in a line with the shuttle race, in the order required to produce the pattern/^ [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 7.“-N° 1280. DUNLOP, John Macmillan. — This ‘invention consists in employing squeezing rollers in sizing machines, or dressing frames covered with vulcanized india-rubber, or any compound “ thereof, with other materials either hard or elastic, according to the purpose for which they are desired. In order to make the elastic india-rubber covers of the required size and form, and to make them straight and uniform in substance, they are vulcanized in moulds and upon maundrils adapted for the purpose. Each of the elastic india-rubber “ covers is enlarged or expanded, so that the body of the roller may enter therein, which cover is afterwards allowed to collapse “ and fit tight upon the roller ; the exterior or surface of the cover being afterwards turned or ground perfectly true to the exact diameter and form required. The hard vulcanized india-rubber covers are vulcanized upon the rollers themselves, placed in suitable moulds, the covered rollers being afterwards turned or ground as required.’’ [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 8.— N° 1286. WAPPENSTEIN, Rudolph. — This invention relates to the manufacture of artificial whalebone. The patentee says,— I take the horns of animals and cut them spirally, either by hand or suitable machinery, to any required breadth or dimensions; I then open or untwist the said spiral so cut, and submit it to the necessary pressure to flatten it, by which process I obtain a length of artificial whalebone, varying with the size of the horn, and the width of the spiral cut, the said artificial whalebone WEAVING. 891 being applicable to the manufacture of umbrellas, parasols, stays, hats, bonnets, reeds, crinolines, shuttles, pickers, scab- bards for swords, and other similar purposes.’^ [Printed, Zd , No drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 10.— N« 1313. MELLOR, Thomas Walton, and JAMIESON, William. — This invention consists in certain alterations and additions to looms for weaving figured fabrics, which are mounted either with heddles or harness, which are operated upon by springs or weights. A square axis or batten, similar in its action and con- struction to that used in jacquard looms, acts upon pins project- ing from a series of lances or levers, which are so arranged as to “ press or incline towards the batten. These lances or levers again act upon a series of hooks, each lance having its cor- responding hook. ^ A knife or blade ^ is provided, and also a ^ rest plate,’ which move up and down in contrary directions ; the ^ knife or blade’ and ^rest plate’ are each connected to cranks or eccentrics in such a manner that when one of them rises the other falls, and the contrary. By the action of the lances upon the hooks a portion of the hooks are forced out- wards ; these hooks are in consequence taken hold of by the ^ blade ’ and forced downwards ; this action raises a correspond- ing portion of the warp by means of the connexion betwixt the hooks and the heddles or harness. The other portion of the hooks bear against the ^ rest plate ’ by the action of the springs or weights, and the ^ rest plate ’ rising at the same time that the ^ blade’ falls, the other portion of the warp is carried down, and thus the shed is formed for the passage of the shuttle.” [Printed, 10c?. Dramngs.] A.D. 1858, June 15.— N° 1349. MASSON, Louis Casimir Stanislas, and MORINI^IRE, Felix de la. — These improvements consist in suitably printing the threads which are to serve as weft for weaving fabrics, so “ that by weaving by any of the ordinary methods with these coloured weft threads tissues may be obtained presenting any suitable coloured pattern. For this object the weft, after having been wound from the bobbins on a suitable reel, is taken off 892 WEAVING. therefrom and stretched out, so as to form one or more layers of threads in a parallel direction to each other, each layer of a suitable width, on which layer or layers any suitable number of colours are printed, according to the pattern to be obtained on the tissue, suitable bench-marks being formed in order to serve as guides during the weaving, which latter may take place by ‘‘ any suitable means, so as to make this method applicable to the weaving of any sort of tissues and patterns, whatever may be the textile materials and colours made use of,’^ Printed, 7cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 17.— N« 1371. HASLAM, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improve- “ ments in looms for weaving, and also in shuttles and pickers connected therewith.’^ The first part of these improvements consists of a longitudinal slide plate of any suitable material, to be attached to the shuttle-box of the loom, and so arranged as that the back or top of the picker shall slide or work in or against it, whereby increased steadiness is given to the picker. The second part of these improvements consists in cutting away part of the shuttle near the point, either at the top, bottom, or ‘‘ side thereof, so as to form a step or shoulder against which the picker is intended to strike (instead of against the point as heretofore), by which means a much more solid and efficient “ blow is given, and the picker is not so soon worn out as when it strikes against the metal point of the shuttle. The shape of the spring which acts upon the cop pin is also somewhat varied, ‘‘ so as to avoid the necessity of cutting away so much of the ‘‘ wood of shuttle as is usually done with the ordinary form of spring. The third part of these improvements consists in forming the ‘‘ pickers with a solid projection, adapted to strike against the above-mentioned step or shoulder of the shuttle. The picker “ may be made of metal, wood, buffalo hide, or other suitable material, and the hole through which the guide rod runs is to be fitted with a fast or loose bush of metal, glass, or earthen- ‘‘ ware.” fPrinted, 3cf. No drawings.] WEAVING. 893 A.D. 1858, June 23.— 1417. LIVSEY, Peter Joel, and STOTT, Frederick Luke. — The patentees say, — Our invention has for its object the stopping of warping machinery, or the giving of notice by self-acting means, when a warp thread breaks, or is absent from its proper place, which is accomplished by arrangements in connection with that mechanism for dividing the threads or forming the ^ lease ’ in warping machinery known as the ^ heck.^ Our in- ‘‘ vention consists in arrangements combined with the ordinary ‘ heck,’ by which it is modified in such manner that it per- “ forms its common office, and also acts to detect the absence of a thread or threads from it, and in mechanism which is brought into operation to give notice or stop the machinery when the absence of one or more threads is detected.” Upon the first principle of action, the eyes of the ‘heck’ are arranged to have “ a vertical movement to a limited extent, each thread when “ present supporting its ‘ eye ’ at its highest limit, but when the “ thread is absent the eye falls by its own gravity to its lowest “ limit, where it comes in contact with a toothed rack, and “ obstructs the reciprocating movement which is imparted to it. “ Upon the second principle of action the eyes of the ‘heck ’ are “ arranged in the ordinary manner, and a small lever is added for “ each eye. One end of this lever overbalances the other^ so that “ the heavy end has always a tendency to fall, causing the lever “ to come in contact and obstruct a moving toothed rack ; but “ the thread when present, acts upon the light end of the lever, “ and prevents the heavy end from acting. “ Upon the third principle of action, the eyes of the heck are “ arranged so as to turn on an horizontal axis, the eyes being “ balanced so as to move, when unimpeded, to a position in “ whioh they will obstruct the movements of a toothed rack, the “ eyes being arranged so that the friction, principally of the thread “ passing through each eye will keep it from obstructing the “ moving rack. “ Upon a fourth principle of action, a lever is added for each “ eye in an ordinary heck, which is arranged and acted upon by “ the thread in a manner similar to the balanced lever employed “ in the third principle of action.” [Printed, 1^, Drawings.] 894 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, June 26.— 1447. PINCHON, Edouard, and HARRIS, William Randal. — The patentees say, — Our invention consists of manufacturing “ healds or harness by self-acting machinery or apparatus, and counting the healds as they are made, marking the tokens, stop- ping the machine when any given number of healds are made, when the heald twine spools become empty, when the twine be- ‘‘ comes too slack on the spools, or when it breaks, thus making the machine so useful and perfect in its operation as to require very little attention on the part of the operative, and enable one person to work several machines at the same time. First, we use two centre or foundation cords proceeding from stationary spools, from which the cords are so arranged as to pass in a vertical manner between the take-up cylinders at any required distance apart for making any depth df heald or har- ness desired ; each of the said cords are so arranged as to allow a twine or yarn to be carried around them, and in contact with hooks and needles operating so as to form the tress to hold the healds firmly to the cords. Secondly, we employ two fixed wires descending between the aforesaid cords in a parallel direction, and between the cord cylinder shafts, to receive the healds as delivered by the take-up “ motion or cylinders, and in the employment of a fixed centre piece, round the lower part of which are formed the heald eyes or loops, through which the warp threads in the loom are in- tended to pass. Thirdly, we use a moving frame for carrying two heald twine boxes, and a peculiar arrangement of mechanism to catch and hold properly the said twine boxes as they are driven forward and backward in their respective positions upon the frame.^^ [Printed, lid. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, June 30.— N° 1474. PETRIE, John, the younger. — This invention relates to appa- ratus for drying warps and woven fabrics. The patentee says, — My invention consists in an arrangement in which the apparatus which conveys heat and the chamber in which the articles to be dried are caused to travel, and also the necessary apparatus for effecting such motion are combined together, so as to constitute WEAVING. 895 a machine complete in itself. Thus, I construct a chamber pro- vided mth rollers over which the yarn or cloth is caused to ‘‘ travel in a vertical direction. Beneath I place a steam pipe or other source of heat, and under that a revolving fan for driving the heated air upward, the whole being connected together by suitable framework.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, July 2.-N‘> 1486. LORD, Edward. — ^This invention consists, first, in the "^appli- cation of improved shaped friction wheels and palls to the letting-off motion of looms, and to other machines, and in the ‘‘ machinery employed in combination therewith. Secondly, in moistening the warp in its passage from the warp beam to the healds. Thirdly, in supporting one or more of the lease rods on ad- justable brackets. Fourthly, in the application of friction wheels and palls of improved shapes to the taking-up motion of looms and other machines, the said friction wheels and palls being used in lieu of the ordinary ratchet wheels and clicks. Fifthly, in an improved combination of parts applicable to the taking-up motion of looms for regulating the motion of the taking-up roller, according to the increasing diameter of the cloth. Sixthly, in the application of a locking apparatus to the vi- “ brator for holding the warp tight when the lay or reed is beating the weft up into the fabric. » Seventhly, in making the circumference of break wheels with a V-shaped groove, or with a bevilled rim, and the break of a corresponding shape. And lastly, in the application of suitable machinery to bend rods or bars of iron into cranks, to make the crank shafts of looms or other machines.” [Printed, l5. 5c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, July 5.— N‘> 1508. NEWBERY, George John. — ‘ improvements in the manufac- “ ture or production of coverings for floors, applicable also to the 896 WEAVING. manufacture of table mats and other articles or coverings/’ The patentee says, — “ My said invention relates to the manufacture or production of a new fabric applicable to most purposes where a durable and impermeable waterproof fabric having a perma- nent or ingrained pattern may be required. According to one mode of construction, this fabric is composed of threads, tapes, yarns, ^ bobbins,’ twines, flexible gums or compositions, such as threads of india-rubber, gutta-percha, kamptulicon, and other suitable materials, colored or not, and woven together, either in the ordinary manner, or plaited or interlaced together. These threads, when of fibrous material, whether dyed or undyed, or colored in the skein, or printed in pattern in the yarn, are to be saturated and covered with any elastic gum, siccative oils, varnishes, or albumen, as a vehicle, combined with pigment colors before being made into a fabric, after which process such fabric may be pressed by passing through rollers, slightly heated, if desired, by steam or otherwise, so as to incorporate “ the threads and produce an even and flat surface on the fabric. The pressing process may, however, in some cases be dispensed with. Threads or yarns of any fibrous materials, colored or printed in the manner above described, may also be woven into looped or pile fabrics, and afterwards pressed even and flat, so as to incorporate the several threads, and blend their various colors by passing them through slightly heated rollers, or the pressing process may be dispensed with, the interstices between the threads or pile being filled in with oil paint, or other suitable composition. The fabric may be strengthened by having a back piece or extra fabric cemented thereto by suitable adhesive ‘‘ material. When compositions only are used, such as kamp- “ tulicon, the fabric to be ornamented may be passed through embossing rollers, arranged so as to produce an indented set pattern of any design, such indentations being subsequently “ filled up by having a colored or uncolored composition printed, scraped, or rolled therein by any convenient apparatus, such “ composition being of a nature to combine or hold readily with the body fabric when set. By this process an ingrained pattern is produced, which will be more or less permanent or durable according to the greater or less depth of the original indenta- tions. Or the ornamentation of kamptulicon and similar fabrics may be effected by cutting designs entirely out of the fabric, WEAVING. 897 and filling in the perforations or openings so produced with ‘‘ corresponding pieces or similar or other fabrics, or materials of ‘‘ a difPerent color, or by scraping or rolling or pressing into such perforations colored or uncolored compositions, by which “ means inlaid and ingrained patterns will be obtained. This “ inlaid work may also be carried out with materials of dif- ferent natures to the body fabric, as, for example, I propose to employ ornamental tiles, slabs of wood, pieces of leather, felt, or colored cords or threads, or woven fabrics, and inlay or in- sert them in the manner above described, or in the case of “ threads, by means of a needle into the body fabric, which, if “ tiles or slabs of ornamental wood be inlaid therein, will require in some cases to be made of extra thickness, so as to be even or of equal thickness with the pieces inserted. The openings made to receive the inserted parts may in some cases be bevilled or inclined at the edges, the better to hold or lock the parts in- serted, v/hich should be shaped at their edges to correspond, or the edges of the inserted parts may be cemented to the body fabric. The backs of the inlaid fabrics are strengthened by the cementing thereon of an extra fabric. The above fabrics may be applied to all the various purposes for which oil cloths, “ floor cloths, carpets, or other similar fabrics are at present em- ‘‘ ployed.” [Printed, id. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, July 9.— N° 1547. BROADLEY, James. — These improvements relate to looms for weaving. The patentee says, — One part of the invention has for its object means for giving motion to series of shuttle boxes arranged around an axis of motion now commonly called “ rotary shuttle boxes. For this purpose I apply upon the tappet “ or other suitable shaft, a disc, or plate, with several teeth ‘‘ arranged concentrically upon the surface of the plate, the first being a single tooth, the next two, the next three teeth, and so “ on, according to the extent of change desired to be by them produced in the selection of shuttles, as from the first to the next of the series of shuttle chambers, or to the second or third, “ &c., and there is a pinion with a number of teeth corre- spending with the number of shuttle chambers, and capable of being slided into gear with either the single tooth, or W. 3 L WEAVING. cS98 the two or the three teeth, &c. This pinion is placed upon a shaft, which by suitable gear gives motion to the series of boxes. According to one arrangement the change in the direction of motion of the series of boxes or chambers is obtained by employing another set of these concentrically arranged teeth “ on the opposite side of the surface of the disc or plate, and the “ pinion operated by the teeth in such plate is capable of being slided by the jacquard or other pattern surface employed to act in either of them, by which the alteration in the direction of motion is obtained. The pinion which takes into the teeth on the disc is shifted to the required concentrically arranged teeth by levers acted upon by studs or projections of different eleva- tions upon a rotating cylinder or by a chain of them passing over such cylinder, and the cylinder has rotary motion given to it in ‘‘ the working of the loom. But other pattern surface may be employed. And according to another arrangement there are two other pinions in the axis of the pinion operated by the teeth in the plate and forming part of this gear, either of which pinions is capable of being locked to communicate motion to “ the series of shuttle chambers so as to obtain variation in the direction of motion of them. Secondly, the improvements relate to so arranging parts in connection with rotary shuttle boxes operated by straps or bands “ that when by the sticking of the picker or other derangement, a stoppage of the working of the series of boxes takes place the pulley wheel operating such band may be permitted to slip so as to prevent breakage. For this purpose, such pulley wheel in place of being fixed to its axis is free to turn thereon, and is caused to rotate with it by spring pressure acting against pro- jections, or in such manner as to admit of yielding of the parts, “ and permit the pulley wheel to slip without injury to the ‘‘ mechanism. Thirdly, the improvements relate to the construction of series of rotary shuttle boxes or chambers, in order to give additional strength thereto. For this purpose I form the inner end plates thereof or those next the batten with projections to embrace, and thereby give firmness to the framing forming the side walls or partitions of each shuttle chamber, by which those side pieces will be better able to resist the strain exerted when from any cause the picker sticks in a chamber. WEAVING. 8.99 Fourthly, the improvements relate to means of obtaining pattern surface for operating to select rotary or other shuttle boxes, and which is also applicable as the selecting means for other purposes in weaving. I apply pegs, studs, or other pro- jections or perforations in the sides or surfaces of a cylinder constructed as a jacquard cylinder, and in manner such as is now sometimes employed in using such pattern surfaces. But in place of applying such cylinder in a horizontal direction, and causing it to rotate to present a fresh square for each change, I apply a sufficient number of pegs, studs, projections, or per- forations along each surface for a series of changes, and give motion to such cylinder endways, till all the changes of pattern on one surface have been made use of, and then I turn this cylinder partially round on its axis so as to present a fresh side or surface of pegs, studs, or perforations, and I cause the cylinder to move endwise, then by preference in the opposite direction till that surface is exhausted, and so on with each surface. In place of the endway motion being given to the cylinder, the same effect may be obtained by causing the in- strument or instruments upon which the cylinder operates to move endways. I also form the series of changes in spiral lines in place of vertically on the cylinder. Fifthly, the improvements relate to apparatus for stopping the loom when weft fails as adapted to picking successively from the same side, or what is called pick and pick. For this pur- pose the lever operating the weft fork or feeler at each side of the loom is jointed at that end next the cam or tappet, by which it is operated and is acted upon to throw it into or out of the way of its cam or tappet simultaneously with throwing into and out of gear of the respective picking apparatus. Sixthly, the improvements relate to means for selecting the order of picking. For this purpose hinged or other moveable nose pieces are applied to act upon the cone or arm of each picker axis, and they are held in position or kept out of position "" for operating at the times desired by sliding pieces acting be- “ tween these moveable noses and other unyielding surfaces, and these sliding pieces are brought into or taken out of position by jacquard or other suitable pattern surface.” [Printed, 4«. 9cZ. Drawings.] 3 L 2 900 WEAVING, A.D. 1858, July 12.— N® 1563. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication.) — This invention consists in new or improved machinery for making wire heddles, consisting of a pair of revolving tubes, cylinders, or other equivalent holders, with appurtenances for drawing in the .wire, gripping, twisting, and discharging the same, all lieing worked by appropriate mechanism, whereby the complete heddle is made and discharged automatically and with great speed and economy. The twisting cylinders are “ shewn detached from the frame (though in their proper relative positions), and from the trains of wheelwork, cams, &c., by which motion is communicated to the several parts. These are all omitted in this specification, as being common devices easily applied and arranged in divers ways to produce the motions upon the twisting cylinders, and to operate the other parts used in connection therewith. The cylinders lie in a horizontal position, and in a line with each other, a short space “ being left between their inner ends. A heddle (which is usually a string or cord, having a loop or eye midway of its length, ‘‘ and affixed upon a shaft at each end), is by this machinery to be formed of wire, (having a loop or eye at each end, and a third midway between,) by twisting in a peculiar manner. Thus, in the first place, a piece of wire of the proper length is at commencing doubled together, and this is done by a rod with a hook upon its end, which passes through the cyfinders and seizes the wire as it lies across the mouth. It is then for- cibly drawn into, and through the cylinders (the bores of which are quite small). Being thus doubled together, certain spaces are kept open by having the wires separate at those parts, while other parts are firmly gripped by pincers. The cylinders then revolving twist the wires together at appropriate places to form the required eyes.” [Printed, 7 d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, July 13.— N° 1576. BEADON, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention has for its object improvements in the manufacture of bags for corn and other articles, and sails for ships. For these purposes, in place of such bags and sails being woven wholly WEAVING. 901 of yarns of fibrous vegetable substances, as heretofore, metal wire is introduced, together or in combination with such yarns of vegetable fibrous substances, and they are woven into suit- “ able fabrics for making bags and sails, by which not only will greater strength be obtained, but in respect to bags to contain corn or seeds, or other matters which are liable to be attacked by rats and mice, such bags will be rendered less accessible.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, July 14.-~N° 1579. DE POORTER, Charles. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in hand or power looms.” The first improve- ment consists in applying directly shuttle driving rods to power loom battens, which hitherto were separated from them.” The second improvement consists in a new process for stretch- ing out the warp and woven cloth on hand or power looms by a contrivance, the effect of which is to maintain the warp or warps at a regular and constant tension during their unrolling from their beam, and to roll up with a like tension the cloth as it is woven, by yielding to the warp threads at the moment they open for the shuttle’s passage.” The third improvement consists in applying to hand or power looms several new processes, which allow weaving by merely “ raising and lowering (tisser a leve et a baisse) many kinds of tissues, which hitherto have been produced only on the old hand looms, by using either cording (armures), jacquards ap- paratus, or drawing the blades by the help of a great many “ treadles and all their appendages. This third improvement consists of three things, — 1st, applying in the whole breadth of the loom a long iron roller or drum furnished with moveable “ stops, and suitably divided in its circumference; 2nd, the “ application of small beams, carrying pulleys or small levers “ for hanging the blades thereon for raising the warp threads; ‘‘ 3rd, applying on the long roller lifts or stops for working the shuttle warp or shuttle box. The fourth improvement consists in new processes for work- ing or effecting the raising, lowering, or stoppage of the shuttle boxes that slide in suitable apertures and guides of the batten. 902 WEAVING. and also in applying on the driving shaft of the loom a bevel wheel gearing, with a similar one fixed on a small shaft, having a worm cut round it, which worm actuates a tooth wheel carrying a disc, divided into as many parts as the tooth wheel, and moving freely on their shaft, a treadle being hung under the disc, with a roller touching the circumference of the said disc, which bears as many thin segments of a circle as there are shuttle boxes ; the segments work the lowering of the treadle by corresponding to levers which operate the raising of the shuttle boxes when the treadle’s roller leaves one or several of the segments mentioned.” The fifth improvement consists in applying a steady and motionless stretcher to any loom working with a regulator, the points of which stretcher are engaged in the edges of the tissue in a straight line, imparting during the weaving action the for- ward motion of a leather or gutta percha strap provided with fine points and suitably disposed.” The sixth improvement consists in transforming the old ribbon or lace loom into a new one by doing away with all the partial warp or ribbon beams or rollers, with their pulley and counterpoises, and giving to such looms a single warp beam, and a single cloth rolling beam, as in common looms, and by subdividing the warp threads in a reed in as many portions as each ribbon is to contain of these threads, and applying the improved stretcher on both beams.” [Printed, 6N^ 1851. WORTH, Thomas, and SPENCER, PIenry. — ^^Improvements “ ill machinery or apparatus for preparing for spinning, and for “ spinning, cotton and other fibrous materials, in winding and “ warping yarns of the said materials, and in making wire cards ** for such preparing machinery.’^ The improvement in warping consists in adapting to the heck of the warping mill a sponge or other substance, for conveying coloring matter as a mark to the warps, such sponge being brought into action by adjustable tappets connected to the « swift.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, August 14.— N^ 1856. MENNONS, Marc Antoine Francois. — (A communication.) — This invention consists in an improved construction of jacquard looms specially applicable to carpet manufactures, and in certain cases to the production of shawl and ‘broche’ tissues. The prin- ‘‘ cipal parts of the improved machinery are, 1st, an articulated ‘‘ apparatus with four hooks and moveable lames ; ” ‘‘ 2ndly, a free “ batten ; ” ‘‘ 3rdly, a secondary apparatus mounted with hooks ; ” 4thly, a series of guides, which indicate to the workman the colours to be employed ; ” and 5thly, a colour plate.” In the mechanism of the jacquard machines as at present con- structed the lames are fixed in position. In the improved ap- “ paratus these lames are mounted on a rackwork,” and are thus rendered moveable.” In the ordinary jacquard loom the batten is worked by the hand. In the present case it is put in move- “ ment by the treadle, provided with the following accessories : — 1st, a spiral spring;” ‘^2dly, a shoulder piece in iron: 3dly, “ an iron beater; 4thly, a v/ooden roller;” “5thly, two puilies, “ one at each extremity of the I'olier, and on which are passed the bands in communication with the batten ; bthly, two bands se- ‘‘ cured each at one end to the batten, and at the other to the pul- lies on which they work ; /tlily, a third band secured to the centre of the roller, and connected to the treadle by iron rods. ‘‘ When the loom is at rest, the bands fixed to the extremities of the batten are unrolled from the puilies, while the third band 910 WEAVING. communicating with the treadle is coiled on the centre of the roller. In this state the spring is expanded, and the heater “ touches the shoulder piece or stop. When the loom is in opera- tion, the beater falls back in describing a semicircle, and the hands fixed to the extremities of the batten are rolled on the pullies, whilst the third or central band is uncoiled from the roller by the action of the treadle, and so on alternately.” The secondary mechanism,” which commands the articulated ap- paratus,” “ is mounted with twelve hooks, four of which act on the four corresponding pieces of the latter. The remaining eight of these hooks are thus distributed ; — One for the ground “ stroke, one for the binding, three for the bell, one for the return stroke, one for the unrolling, and one for the false moves.” By means of the guides employed in the present system, the colours, instead of being pointed out by a sample piece, are in- dicated by a number inscribed on each guide. These guides, which are equal in number to the colours required by the design, are each fixed to a fork, which corresponds to the first hooks of the articulated apparatus. The forked pieces are passed on the first and second ranges of the thread plate, and the guides are attached to their under extremities. The spools or small shuttles containing the threads to be woven have each a number corresponding to that marked on each guide, so that the workman in pressing the treadle causes a portion of the chain threads to rise, and raises at the same time the corresponding guide.^’ The colour plate is formed of a flat piece of wood of about 3 feet 3 inches in length by one foot in height. This plate is provided with forty or fifty ranges of pins, on which are placed the bobbins, and each range is marked with a number corre- spending to those of the guides. The plate thus mounted with its bobbins is placed before the workman, who, according as the ‘‘ supply of his shuttles becomes exhausted, recharges them with the bobbins of the corresponding numbers.” [Printed, M. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, August 14.— 1857. HOLT, Joseph. — The patentee says, — “My invention relates to “ mechanism or apparatus employed in working or operating rotary “ shuttle boxes for producing the various changes of shuttles re- “ quired in fancy weaving, and consists in constructing, com- WEAVING. .911 billing, and arranging apparatus in such manner as to be capable of control or be governed by a small jacquard machine affixed to the loom end or other convenient part of the loom, and re- ceiving motion therefrom. The boxes are turned or changed by means of a tappet applied to the end of the tappet or tredding shaft, which is formed with three sizes of projections or different lifts, capable of sliding endwise on the shaft, and driven thereby. Each size of tappet is adapted to the number of boxes required to turn at one change of shuttle. The tappet operates upon a “ lever, which is hinged at one end to the loom frame, and at the other end are two rods or ^ lifters,’ jointed and suspended there- from. To the lower end of each lifter is affixed a pointed stud or projecting pin, which is brought into contact with a circular plate or disc fixed on a short shaft working in bearings attached to the loom end opposite the centre of the fulcrum of the lathe or ^ going part.’ This circular plate is formed with a recess or circular groove on one side near the outer edge, into which the points of the studs enter and rest, one on each oppq- site side or edge of the plate. Holes are made at equal dis- tances in the groove through the plate, into which one or other of the studs is caused to enter (when a change is required to be made) by means of levers and rods actuated by the jacquard machine, which is worked by a tappet from the tappet shaft. On the same shaft upon which the circular plate is fixed is also a pulley with pegs or cogs on its periphery, and on the spindle of the shuttle boxes is a similar pulley, but less in diameter. An endless belt or chain, in which are holes to suit the pegs in the pulleys pass around the two pulleys, so that when the lever (and lifters) are raised, one of the studs or pins being forced by “ the tappet into one of the holes in the circular plate, the boxes “ are turned. The lifters coming down and acting one on each opposite edge at points horizontally through the centre of the plate, it depends which of the lifters is moved or in action ‘‘ whether the box turns backward or forward. Near to the bot- tom of the lifters are joints, which are held tight or in position by springs, so that if the shuttle should not get properly into the box, or if the picker should stop in the box when the boxes are turning, the joints at the bottom of the lifters will move or give way, allowing the studs to come out of the holes, thus pre- venting the box from being broken or the machinery from being 912 WEAVING. injured. The sliding tappet and the lifters are moved into their “ places by means of levers, which are operated by the small jac- quard machine. On the end of the sliding tappet is affixed a cam, which, wiien the tappet is moved, operates upon a lever which ‘‘‘ is pressed up by a spiral or other spring forcing another lever with a vee-formed projection thereon against a ‘ star wheel ’ on the spindle of the boxes, thus releasing the boxes from the pressure, so that they can be turned without interruption from the lever which squares or holds them in position. “The circular plate which turns the box also forms a break “ pulley, so that wffien the box is turning two or three divisions “ the break is applied to steady or stay the boxes. I also place the tredding tappet at the pulley end of rotary shuttle box “ looms, so as to give room for the machinery to w^ork the shuttle “ boxes at the other or fly wheel end of the loom. I also lift the “ catch of the small jacquard machine by bands from the shedding jacquard, operating upon a lever to prevent the cylinder from “ turning except when a change of shuttle is required to be made, or the tappet v/hich works the jacquard may be moved so as not to operate.’* [Printed, Is. 4:d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, August 19. — N® 1886, HUDSON, William, and CATLOW, Christopher.— (Pro- visional protection only.) — “ Certain improvements in looms for weaving.” The inventors say, — “The said invention consists in “ the follo^ving improvements : — “ Firstly, a mechanical arrangement or combination of parts for “ regulating and controlling the delivery of warp from the warp “ beam in wffiich the warp as it passes from the w^arp beam to the “ healds is caused to pass under a moveable rod, shaft, or roller “ connected to the weight levers. As the warp is taken up in the “ process of weaving, it has a tendency to raise the rod or roller, “ and the attached weight levers along with it, and b}^ so doing to “ slacken or relieve the swag rope, chain, or break by which the “ necessary retarding force is applied to the beam, the beam being “ thus allowed to rotate gives off portions of warp from time to “ time, as required. Secondly, a mechanical arrangement or combination of parts WEAVLNG. 913 “ for regulating and controlling the delivery of warp from the “ warp beam, in which the said warp is caused to pass under a moreahle rod, roller, or shaft, which falls or rises as the weaving proceeds, according as the quantity of warp delivered is in excess ‘‘ or deaciency. The depression or elevation of the rod or roller so varies the position of a strap, belt, or cord by which motion is transmitted to a worm and worm-wheel, as to retard or accelerate the said motion by the greater or less lap of the strap or tension of the cord. The rotation of the warp-beam being effected by the worm-wheel is retarded or accelerated in a corresponding degree, and thus anj!' excess or deficiency in the deliveiy is at once corrected or compensated by the consequent alteration in the velocity of the beam. “ Thirdly, an improvement upon a certain part of a former invention, for which Her Majesty’s Letters Patent were granted “ to us, bearing date the Twenty-third day of July 1857 [No. 2025] ; such part being described in our specification of the said invention, as consisting in the application of a spring to aid the stop rod in regaining its working position after the shuttle has left the box. Our present improvement consists in the application of a stop latch, detent, or other contrivance to retain the stop rod in its working position, and to prevent it from recoiling or rebounding, such stop or latch being withdrawn or thrown out of action upon the shuttle effecting a lodgment in “ either shuttle box. “ Fourthly, the application of a pair of buffers (one upon each “ spindle) to absorb the momentum of the pickers, and to prevent ** the collision thereof with the spindle studs, such buffers being moreover connected by a small rod or wire extending between them, so that the yielding of the one under the impulse of the ‘‘ picker may replace the opposite one in its working position. Fifthly, the construction and application of an apparatus for preventing floats, which apparatus consists of a coarse reed or comb carried behind the ordinar}^ reed, and having dents with cutting edges which divide the portions of yarn or broken ends entangled with the warp into short pieces, which may be subse- quently shaken out of the warp in the act of shedding.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] 914 AVEAVING. A.D. 1858, August 20.— 1899. KNOWLES, Thomas. — (A communication.) — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — “This invention consists in certain novel srrange- “ ments of the parts constituting several motions of tjie loom. “ Firstly, as regards the driving, the strap pulley is mounted upon “ a short shaft capable of actuating a second or main shaft hy “ gear. Upon this second shaft is fixed a stud, which when the “ loom is required to be driven is held by a catch mounted upon “ the wheel, which is driven by the pulley and brought into “ action by the stop-rod ; the driving power is thrown off hy disen- “ gaging this connection. The lathe is caused to vibrate by a “ cam acting against a lever, which lever causes a bell crank “ to turn upon its centre, and to communicate motion to the lathe “ by a connecting rod. The lever is kept in contact with the cam, “ and the lathe consequently brought back by the action of a “ spring. In the picking motion a lever is forced backward against “ the action of a spring, and carries with it the picking stick ; in this situation it is confined by a catch or trigger, which is libe- “ rated when the pick is required, and the force of the spring pro- “ jects the shuttle. To the lever above mentioned is connected an “ arm, which causes the picker to occupy its proper starting posi- “ tion. To the warp beam is applied a metal band, constituting a “ brake. This band is held by levers, which are regulated in posi- tion by a roller placed in contact with the warp. As the yarn is “ drawn off, this roller, through the medium of the levers, loosens “ the brake, and thereby diminishes the resistance to the drawing “ off. During the shedding of the warp the yarn is slackened by “ a cam, which, through the intervention of bell-crank levers, alters “ the position of the yarn guide roller.” [Printed, 3c7. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, August 30.— N° 1902. HANSON, Benjamin. — (Provisional protection only.)— “ Im- “ provements in means and apparatus for sizing and drying “ woollen yarns for warps.” “This invention consists in the “ employment of a series of tiers of heated pipes or other fixed “ heated surfaces, so arranged that woollen yarns can be traversed “ at a suitable distance from them, betwixt pairs of rollers which “ keep them steady and detached or separate from each other. WEAVING. 915 Also in the employment of fans or other suitable means for pro- ducing a current of air, which is heated in passing the hot pipes ‘‘ or hot surfaces. The yarns are caused to pass through a reed in single or detached threads to a sizing trough, and from which to the pairs of rollers which conduct them over or at a suitable distance apart from the heated surfaces, by which and the heated air, the yarns are dried ; thence through another reed in detached threads, from which they are taken to a reel or Svarping mill.’ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, August 31.— N" 1976. HEYWORTH, Daniel, and HEYWORTH, John.— These improvements relate to looms. The patentees say, — “ First, across the hand-rail of the loom by which the top of the reed is supported, we carry a piece of metal or other suitable mate- rial, forming a bar or rod, supported aft or near each end by the lathe or slay swords, or by the hand-rail, or other convenient part or parts of the loom, in such manner that when the loom is working it is projected forward from the reed at a certain ele- “ vation by the action of a positive motion of the loom to such a position as efiPectually to prevent the shuttle from passing mate- rially out of its true course, or from what is generally termed “ flying out. When the loom is at rest the bar or rod is planted “ against the face of the reed just below the top balk-bar or rib thereof, so as to protect the dents of the reed from being damaged by the pressure of the weaver’s hook immediately under the top-balk bar or rib. Motion is given to this bar or “ rod by the setting-on rod, strap, guider, or other simultaneous movement in the loom. To this rod we connect another rod near to each end in such a manner, that when the loom is in work it is depressed so as to keep the shuttle from rising above “ the warp threads ; and when the loom is at rest it is elevated, so “ as not to inconvenience the weaver when drawing the warp “ threads through the reed ; this we call a ^ self-acting shuttle and ‘ reed protector.’ Secondly, to the lathe or slay we fix a spring or weight, to which we attach a strap of leather or other suitable substance, passing therefrom to the open end of the shuttle box, and so 3 M 2 916 WEAVING, firmly held as to receive the force of the picker when it has dis- charged the shuttle; the spring slightly yielding breaks the “ force of the blow ; this we call the ^ picker check.’ ‘^Thirdly, to the back of the fly box or lathe sword we fix a strap of leather or other suitable material, v/hich we pass across the back of an elevated finger from the swell, or the finger from the stop-rod, which acts upon the swell midway of the shuttle box ; we pass the strap inside and fix it near the extreme end thereof in such a manner that, at the instant the shuttle is driven against it, the swell is caused to press tightly upon the shuttle and prevent any rebound ; this we call the ‘ shuttle check.’ Fourthly, upon the treddle or jack we place a sliding hook or link so arranged that, when adjusted to its position by the setting of the jack iron connecting with the healds, it cannot move from its place. By this arrangement we preserve the bottom ‘‘ shafts of the healds from coming in contact with each other and damaging the healds ; this we call the ‘jack or treddle link.’ ” f Printed, lOt?. Drawings.] A.D. I85S, September 6.— N° 2015. RAMSBOTTOM, John, and WATSON, Thom as. --(Provi- sional protection only.) — “ Improvements in machinery or “ apparatus for weaving.” The inventors say, — “ The first part of “ our said invention consists of an improved method of stopping “ a loom when an obstruction occurs in the shed by any of the “ warp threads breaking, in order to prevent the formation of what “ are technically called ‘ floats.’ ” “ We fix a spring on a hollowed part of the nose or taper part of “ the shuttle, where it is least liable to be afPected by entering or “ leaving the shed. We attach a pin or projection to the said “ springs, which passes through an orifice in the nose of the “ shuttle, in order to actuate a lever in a recess, one end of which “ lever is caused by the depression of the spring to interfere with “ and break the weft thread when leaving the cop, thus causing “ the stoppage of the loom by any of the well-known weft motions “ in th^ usual manner. A spring may be attached to the lever, if “ found desirable, or necessary to leave it in its place ; or the pro- “ jection from the spring may be made to interfere with a break, or “ cut the weft thread directly when passing the eye of the shuttle. WEAVING. 917 The sprhifT is depressed by the floats or obstructions occurring in the shed pressing upon it, or causing the shed to press thereon in passing through.’^ ‘^The second part of our improvements are intended principally to avoid concussion and fracture of the warp, and consists in the application of one or more springs or weights in connection wdth an L-shaped lever, the said springs or weights being attached to what is generally known as the rising frog motion; and also in the application of another spring to the slay upon which the rising frog operates. We also affix the said frog in a moveable “ frame, which recedes with the concussion, thereby giving motion “ to a double break, which operates upon the two opposite parts of the fly-wheel of the loom.” [Printed, 5c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, September 9.-~N° 2047. NIMMO, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — The in- ventor says, — “ This invention has for its object improvements in “ weaving checks in power looms. For these purposes the warp “ is arranged in a loom as heretofore, according to the size of the check to be woven ; the same weft is employed for weaving the thicker stripes or tapes as is used for the weaving of the other parts of the fabrics. The peculiarity of the invention consists in arranging a power loom in such manner that from time to time it shall cause a greater number of picks of the weft to be thrown into a given length of fabric than at other times. The fabrics may be plain, twilled, or figured. The manner of from “ time to time changing the speed of the take-up of the fabric, so as to obtain the desired check may be greatly varied, and the relative quantity of weft put into the stripes or tapes across a fabric, and the other portions of the fabric intermediate of the stripes or tapes may be greatly varied according to the effect desired to be obtained. I use any suitable pattern surface or counting apparatus to act on or with the take-up of the loom, so that during the time of v/eaving a stripe or tape across a fabric the take-up of the fabric shall for a time be rendered slower than at the time of weaving the other parts of the fabric, and according to the greater number of shoots of weft it is 9]8 WEAVING. determined shall be introduced into the stripe or tape across a fabric over what is thrown into the other parts of the fabric intermediate of the stripes or tapes across the fabric.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, September 10. — N° 2054. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Michel Bouteille). — (Provisional protection only). — ‘^This invention re- lates, firstly, to a peculiar construction and arrangement of the card actuating cylinders employed in jacquard machines. Secondly, to an improved mode of changing the position of the cards on the cylinder. ‘‘ Thirdly, to a mode or method of allowing for the longitudinal expansion of the cards. And, fourthly, to a system or mode of adjusting the ends of the needles to the expansion or contraction of the cards. According to this invention the cylinder, which is four-sided, and resembles in external appearance the ordinary cylinder, with the exception that the holes are rather smaller, remains sta- tionary until the trundle or ratchet wheel on the end thereof has made a revolution by, say, four successive movements, such “ trundle being capable of moving independently of the cylinder. This trundle is carried by a hollow spindle, within which works the solid spindle of the cylinder. The hollow spindle carries a pair of bevil pinions inside the cylinder, which pinions gear each into four other pinions respectively carried by the stems of the four card pins at each end of the cylinder. These pins are all placed eccentrically on their axes, so that as the latter revolve by the rotation of the trundle shaft and gearing, the pins will change “ their positions, the holes in the cylinder through which they pass being sufiiciently large to allow of such displacement. “ As these pins carry the cards, it follows that the latter will have their position changed four different times on one face of the cylinder, each change bringing into action a fresh set of pattern holes in the card, which is provided for that purpose “ with four sets or ranges of holes, so as to enable four strokes to “ be made from each card in place of only one, and consequently “ effecting a saving of three cards to every one employed. The longitudinal expansion and contraction of the cards is allowed WEAVING. .919 for by making one of the pin holes of an elongated form in the direction of the length of the card, so that the card will he free to expand and contract, and still lay perfectly flat upon the face of the cylinder. The ends of the needles are adjusted so as to suit the cards when expanded or contracted by passing them through a guide board composed of a number of separate pieces arranged longitudinally or end to end in a grooved metal frame, and placing between each piece a strip of india-rubber or other elastic material, so as to enable the several pieces to be brought nearer to or further from each other by the aid of adjusting screws placed at each end of the frame,’’ [Printed, 3c?, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, September 14.~N« 2080. RILEY, William. — Certain improvements in looms.” These improvements consist, firstly, in a warp break or series of rollers for carrying and guiding the warp. Immediately over the warp beam is a sand roller formed of wood, and roughened on the surface with sand or emery. At each end of this roller there is a toothed wheel, that on the left of the operator for receiving motion from the driving part, the opposite one for giving mo- tion to the warp rollers, which are m.ounted in a suitable carriage bolted to the loom frame. The warp rollers are of iron, two of them being coupled together by toothed wheels on their outer extremities, one of which wheels gears into the driving wheel of the sand roller, which is so proportioned as to ensure an uniform rate of motion. A fourth roller is employed to hold the warp in its proper position when the next or still beam is raised or lowered to adapt it to the particular class of goods which are to be manufactured. Motion is given to the sand wheel and warp rollers by a ratchet proceeding from the slay boards acting on a catch wheel and pulley, kept steady by a weighted strap. On “ the axle of the catch wheel there is a pinion gearing into a toothed wheel mounted on a fixed stud or axis, and carrying a pinion which gears into and drives the toothed wheel on the “ outer end of the sand roller, the adjustment being such as to give one sneck in the catch wheel for each pick in the piece. A “ single weighted lever suffices to keep the beam steady and the warp tight. By this arrangement the heavy weights formerly 920 WEAVING. employed are dispensed with, while more regular and better work is produced by the loom.” The second improvement in looms consists in the addition of a measuring apparatus. On one end of the uppermost warp roller there is a worm which takes into and drives a worm wheel ‘‘ on the axis of a pinion of ten teeth gearing into a wheel of one hundred, on the axle of which is a pointer traversing a dial face divided into quarters, one revolution being the measure of a piece.” [rrinted, Is. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, September. 18. — N° 2104. OSTERMOOR, Gerhard. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to the ornamenting of boas, victorines, and muffs. The inventor says, — ^‘The ornamentation of the said “ articles, made of velvet or plush, is executed by pressing or embossing figures, ornaments, or devices on them in the ordi- nary manner; or 1 perform the same during the process of printing or weaving, by printing the figures on them, or weaving them in during their manufacture. All I wish to claim is the ornamentation of the said articles, either during their manu- facture or afterw'ards.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, September 18.— N® 2109. TURNER, Archibald. — The patentee says, — “ My invention of “ improvements in looms for weaving relates to a novel mode of constructing the shuttles used in weaving narrow fabrics, and also the planks, batten, or slajq in the grooves of which the ‘‘ shuttles work. In weaving narrow fabrics in looms of the “ ordinary kind, the shuttles are caused to work in grooves made in the face of the planks or batten ; and in order to balance the shuttles and cause them to work properly in their grooves, they are made in length considerably more than double the width of ‘‘ the fabric intended to be produced. This length of shuttle is required to ensure that the ends of the shuttles shall enter the grooves properly as they are traversed to and fro through their “ sheds. I have found that by increasing the bearing surface of the grooves, and making the shuttles to fit the same, the shuttles WEAVING. 92l be considerably reduced in length, and that less than “ double the width of the fabric is sufficient for the length of the “ shuttles. By thus reducing the length of the shuttles, I am enabled to weave a greater number of pieces, or of wider widths “ within a given space, than heretofore ; consequent!}^, space is “ economised, and by reducing the length and weight of the shuttles, they may also be driven at greater speed than here- “ tofore.” [Printed, Qd, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, September 24.— 2145. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication from A. J. Hargez.) — ‘‘This invention consists in the manufacture of a “ new kind of pile fabrics, particularly carpets, whereby designs “ in all colours may be produced with great sharpness and dis- “ tinctness, whatever the length of pile. The machinery consists “ of a very simple loom. The most important feature in the “ manufacture is the arranging of the warp threads to form the “ design ; this is performed upon a frame furnished at one end “ with a comb, and towards the centre with bearings supporting a “ roller or beam, upon which the threads are to be wound in the following manner : — Supposing, for example, a pattern to be “ produced in which the first square in the lower row from left to “ right is yellow, a yellow thread is fastened to the roller after “ being passed through the comb on the frame, next take a thread “ of the colour of the second square in the pattern, attach it to “ the roller, and so on. When the first row is completed, com- “ mence with the next, and proceeding always from left to right, “ tie to the end of the threads corresponding to the colours in the “ first row the threads which correspond to the colours of the “ second, by knotting or otherwise ; tie thus successively the end “ of the threads of the different colours to each other, row by row, “ and always from left to right, until the whole arrangement of “ the patterns is completed ; then take the roller, with the threads “ carefully wound and arranged by the aid of the comb before “ mentioned, to the loom about to be described. “ The loom is composed of four uprights, held together by cross “ bars, the front and back bars are rather inclined, and receive “ the ends of wires which act as warps. The two upper bars are “ furnished with two blocks, to one of which is attached the 922 WEAVING. batten composed of a wooden frame, the under side o£ which is grooved for the reception of a reed or comb ; the lower end of this comb fits into another groove formed in a piece of wood which forms a continuation of the batten, the wires pass between “ the teeth of the reed or comb. To the other of the blocks the “ heddles are connected, the loops in which are beneath the wires. Three treddles drive the heddles. At the back of the loom the beam on which the threads are wound is supported in brackets. The ends of the threads from the beam are passed through the loops in the heddles and teeth in the comb, and may be fixed to commence with, or not ; make one shed and throw one shoot, then change the shed and throw a second shoot, and so on, until four throws of the shuttle have taken place, then stop ; work a second treddle, which raises the loops in the heddles “ above the wires, so as to leave an opening into which a grooved rod is inserted, then release the treddle and the loops will descend below the wires ; begin again, make four more shoots, insert another grooved rod, and so on until the end of the carpet or other pile fabric is reached.” The pile fabric pro* duced, as herein-before explained, may be transferred to an ordinary loom, to be applied upon any required lining or ground. “ The loops forming the pile may be cut by any of the means now in use, or they may remain uncut.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 2.*~N« 2194. BRIERLEY, William, the elder.- — The patentee says, — ‘^This invention relates chiefly to the weaving of Scotch carpets by power, but may be adapted to other weavings ; and consists in so combining, arranging, and applying mechanism or apparatus in conjunction with a jacquard machine as to render such looms self-acting in the production of the various figures or “ designs required in such fabrics. A series of rising and falling or other change shuttle boxes are “ employed at each end of the lathe or going part,^ the number of such boxes corresponding with or suitable for the various “ colors or changes of weft required. Tappets or cam wheels having different elevations or lifts corresponding with the number of boxes employed, are applied at each end of the lathe, or to WEAVING. .923 each series of boxes, affixed on a shaft which receives motion from the crank shaft of the loom for operating the said shuttle boxes. The picking tappets are affixed on the crank shaft, and are put in or out of gear or contact with their respective picking levers as may be required by means of suitably formed cams affixed on the tappet shaft, which operate levers at proper times so as either to cause a pick to be made alternately from each side, or twice from one side and once from the other, or in any other determinate order that may be required to suit the pattern or design of the fabric. I also raise the shed or open the warp by means of a cam or cams affixed on the crank shaft, “ or so as to be operated thereby, and which act alternately upon levers and rods for working the jacquard machine.” [Printed, Is, 4cl, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 4.— 2204. VAN PETEGHEM, Maximilien. — (A communication from Edward Van Peteghem.) — (Provisional protection only). — ^‘This invention relates to a novel arrangement of the parts of looms for weaving figured fabrics, whereby the operation of reading off the pattern to be woven may be effected automatically in the ‘‘ loom itself during the process of weaving instead of being performed in a separate machine, as is now the case. For this purpose the pattern to be woven is painted or printed upon ‘‘ a sheet of wire gauze or perforated metal, with some substance of sufficient consistency to resist the push of a set of needles “ with which its meshes are successively brought into contact as it is caused to travel onwards. These needles are made to act upon a set of rocking levers, whose other extremities are con- nected with the warps. It will therefore be understood that “ as the needles are presented to the wire gauze, those needles “ which do not come into contact with the pattern will pass through the meshes and remain inoperative, whilst those needles which do come into contact with the pattern will be thereby prevented from passing through the meshes, and will, by acting on their respective rocking levers, act upon and raise those “ warps required to form the pattern.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] 924 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, October 5.~-N« 2214. MILNES, John. — (Letters Patent void for want of final speci- fication.) — This invention has for its object improvements in weaving fabrics where cross weaving is employed. In the speci- fication of a Patent granted to Edward Hey wood, of Glusburn, in the county of York, foreman to Messrs. Bairstow, of Sutton Mills, is described an invention wherein part of the warp threads are carried by blades, in order to facilitate the manufacture of fabrics where cross weavings are employed. Now the present improvements consist in combining the use of jacquard or per- forated cards or chain of pins or pegs with such descriptions of looms, in order that such looms may be caused to work for any desired length of time to produce cross weavings, and then by reason of the perforated cards or chain of pins or pegs to change the character of weavings produced, and to continue the ‘‘ working of the loom for such change of weavings for any desired length of time, then again to change back to the “ weaving of cross weavings, and so on according to design, the “ perforated cards or pattern surfaces being suitably arranged to produce the extent of cross weavings, and of other weaving which shall be produced in succession. The ‘ take-up ’ of the looms is arranged in such manner that when the looms are working to produce cross weavings, the speed of the ‘ take-up ^ shall be greater than when making to produce other weavings, so that more picks of weft may be thrown in when not making ‘‘ cross weavings. And such changes in the ‘ take-up ’ come into “ action by the working of the looms at the times when the classes of v/eavings are changed.” [Printed, 3cl. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 7.— N° 2226. NICOLL, Donald. — This invention relates to the manufacture of cloaks and other garments. The patentee says, — My invention consists, firstly, of manufacturing cloth by power or by hand looms, for cloaks and other garments, in separate circular forms or webs with a finished edge, selvage, or border.” ‘‘ The loom must be adjusted so as to weave a circular and “ distinct web of cloth with a finished edge, border, or selvage. WEAVING. 925 in place of the customary arrangement for weaving square, or a continuous web or pieces of cloth; but the latter mode of making cloth I also claim, so far as it is applicable, for the manufacture of a cloak or tent without a seam or join, and as herein-after described. “ My invention consists, secondly, of cutting these and other garments by steel stamps or knives, actuated by the pressure of a heavy weight or spring.” ‘‘Thirdly, my invention consists of the application of these “ garments to purposes of covering in lieu of tents in the field ; “ this is effected by attaching rings or loops to, or by making “ holes in the outer edge, selvage, or border of the cloak, and by “ fixing to or in the opening made for the weaver’s neck, sticks, “ rods, or guns, or other supports, so as to hold and retain the “ material in the bell-like form and position under which sports- “ men, emigrants, soldiers, photographic artists, and others, may “ obtain shelter ; and the central opening ma}^ either admit of the “ insertion of the supports herev/ith described, or may be wholly “ or partially closed by a cape, hood, or collar. “ Fourthly, my invention consists of the application to cloaks “ and other garments of strong stays composed of flax or some “ strong fibre, such stays to be either introduced in the process of “ weaving the circular forms or webs of cloth, or subsequently by “ being attached to the same, and in parts where additional “ strength is required, to resist pressure from wind, snow, or other causes.” [Printed, 4c?. IsTo drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 7.-~N« 2230. NAYLOR, David. — “Improvements in looms for weaving car- “ pets and other fabrics, and in methods of manufacturing the “ same.” The improvements consist, firstly, “ in employing, in connexion “ with the jacquard apparatus, a series of shuttle boxes at each “ end of the slay or lathe, which are governed in their motions “ by means of suitable hooks acted upon by the cards. “ Secondly, in a double weft motion, the forks of which are “ near each end of the reed, and placed at right angles with the “ slay or lathe. In the absence of weft the forlis fall through 926 WEAVING. slots in the lathe, and cause the stoppage of the loom unless prevented by means of a hook and pattern card, which pre- vention alternately takes place w'hen the loom is working. Thirdly, in forming the picking shafts of two or more parts, “ which can be disconnected as required by means of hooks and pattern cards, thus making the pickers perfectly independent of each other, and providing the means of allowing one to be stationary while the other is working, or putting them both out ‘‘ of gear when the pattern is adjusted. Fourthly, in employing edging levers with projections above and below, for the purpose of guiding the wefts and regulating the selvedges of the cloth, the said levers being governed in their action by hooks and pattern cards. Fifthly, in attaching to the stop rod certain inclined or cam- formed levers, which act against studs or rollers in order to prevent any pressure on the swells at the time of picking. Sixthly, in causing the catch of the ratchet wheel to be lifted off by means of a hook and cards, or connecting it with the stopping apparatus, so that the pattern of the cloth or carpet “ may be varied, or the ratchet wheel stopped when separate ‘‘ motion is required either for the loom or jacquard appa- ratus. Seventhly, in employing wires, cords, or strips of any suitable material for preventing the numerous threads of weft from “ entanglement, in making grooves in the jacquard cylinder, and placing in them bands of gut or other material connected to elastic bands or springs, in order to obtain the certainty of “ throwing ofP the card when it has done its work, and also in “ furnishing each shuttle with one or more extra drag pins, and delivering the yarn at the bottom instead of through an eyelet in the side. Eighthly, in forming an improved texture of cloth or carpet by picking one pick of ground and one pick of color, both of which are governed by two cards, another card being employed “ for the purpose of raising the shed of the warp in two equal “ threads, so as to be able to throw a pick of wadding, yarn, or “ other material between the two cloths, and thus bind them together.’’ [Printed, llcZ. Drawings.] WEAVING. 927 A.D. 1858, October 14.— N‘> 229?. DIGGLE, Squire. — The patentee says, — ^^My invention relates ‘‘ to those looms which are provided with moving boxes for two or more shuttles, and the improvements consist, firstly, in a method of bringing cams or other apparatus into action so as “ to effect the raising or lowering of the shuttles. For this purpose I employ an endless chain of plates provided with apertures of various widths, and acting against step-formed bars. These plates by moving to and fro thrust forward the “ bars to the full extent, or allow one or more of the steps to “ enter the apertures, so as to diminish the motion. I also employ a second endless chain or other such apparatus which regulates the driving of the plates aforesaid or of similar apparatus, so that they may be caused to move at intervals “ only, thereby dividing the pattern between the two. The chain is so arranged that by shifting the plates end for end, the “ pattern may be varied. • “ Secondly, I employ sliding cams with a series of elevations so as to act more or less upon a lever or other apparatus for raising and lowering the shuttle boxes in order to bring any desired shuttle into operation, and I mount cams on both sides of the said lever, whereby it is moved positively to and fro in order to effect the change. The lever employed for this purpose acts upon a treadle provided with recesses for retaining it in its correct position. “ Another part of my invention relates to the taking-up motion of looms of the above description or to those working with one shuttle only, and consists in the application of a series of adjustable stops for the taking-up lever, which stops are mounted in concert with the several shuttles so as to vary the ‘‘ ‘ taking-up ’ according to the particular weft thrown, or are moved by an endless chain or equivalent apparatus when one “ shuttle only is used. Another part of my invention consists in the application of a “ cam or tappet upon the shaft of the second motion for bringing the shuttle back when it has passed beyond its proper position in the box.’^ [Printed, l5. Drawings.] 928 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, October 15.— N« 2300. JACKSON, Robert Raynsford. — (Letters Patent void for want of final specification.) — Certain improvements in machinery or apparatus for sizeing yarn.” The invention consists in the novel application and use of a ball or other fioat tap or valve as a means of regulating the supply of size to the sizeing machines, in which tap the escape of the liquid through the tap is prevented by a piece of india-rubber or other appropriate substance, which is pressed by means of the float against the seating or opening of the tap, or is opened and leaves the same to supply the cistern as the float rises or falls in the sizeing liquid. The float tap may either be placed in a separate cistern, so as to feed a number of machines, or in a trough or small cistern attached to the trough of each machine.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 1.9.— 2331. OWEN, John, andDUCKWOETH, Kindle. — These improve- ments relate to power looms. The patentees say, — Our invention “ consists in placing the crank shaft as near the bottom of the loom as it can be conveniently worked, and the sword arm shaft much higher than at present adopted. We obtain the picking motions by placing on each fly-wheel a bowl or tappet, “ which acts as the wheel revolves on a lever connected by a rod or band to an arm in connection with the picking stick, the top of which is either at the side or passes through the slay bottom. Each lever is made to move out of the way of its corresponding bowl by means of a cam, and where several shuttles are used, pattern cards or lags are employed to govern the movement of the picking sticks. The traverse of the slay or lathe may vary more or less in order to accommodate the loom to different “ kinds of goods and qualities of yarn. We also employ a damping “ apparatus under the cloth and yarn beam.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 21.— N° 2348. MARLAND, Jonas, and MARLAND, Samuel. — Certain “ improvements in power looms.” The patentees describe their invention as follows ; — Our invention consists, first, in an WEAVING. 929 improvement in the mode of producing and regulating the ten- sion on the warp. This we effect by varying the shedding motion and combining it with the letting-off motion in the following manner ; — Instead of a vibrating rail sliding on studs, as in our specification, No. 2741, 1855, we fix the vibrating rail on a shaft or axis, turning in bearings attached to the framework of the loom ; at the end of this shaft is fixed a lever which rests upon a spring, which thus produces the requisite tension on the warp. From this lever, at a point nearer to the centre, is attached the swagger rope or chain which passes “ round a pulley connected to the \varp beam, and the other end attached to a fixing on the loom side, or a spring, as may be required. By this arrangement when the warp becomes too tight, the swagger rope or chain is slackened and more warp is let off, and when the warp becomes too slack the swagger rope or chain is tightened, and less warp is allowed to uncoil from the warp beam. ‘‘ Second, in an improvement in the taking-up motion of looms, in which the cloth is coiled upon a roller as it is woven by what is called a positive taking-up motion. To retain the cloth roller we employ a catch, which retains a clutch or friction wheel, and which catch and also the impelling catch is in connexion with the letting back rod of the weft motion. In case the weft breaks or the loom stops, these catches are thus rendered inoperative, and the cloth v/ould subject to be uncoiled from the cloth beam if the cloth beam were not retained by another ‘‘ catch and catch wheel, which only allows it to return a certain distance. The effect of this is that the loom ceases to take up the cloth the moment the weft breaks, or the driving strap is thrown on to the loose pulley, the warp ceases to be drawn for- ward, and consequently the operative has not to uncoil the warp again on to the warp beam in order to prevent a thin place “ in the cloth. A third improvement consists in applying a clutch box held in geer by a spring or springs, for the purpose of connecting the friction pulley with the warp beam, so that the warp may be tightened at any time when required without disturbing the position of the swagger rope or chain. Or instead of using a clutch box we apply a catch wheel, and catch or catches, for the same purpose. 930 WEAVING. A fourth improvement consists in a new mode of releasing the shuttle from the grip of the retaining apparatus at the moment the picker is required to operate on it. This we efPect by fixing a finger on the stop rod, at the end of which is an inclined plane or curve, which coming in contact with a catch retained in one direction by a stop, vibrates the stop rod and releases the retaining apparatus or swell from the pressure of the spring, and thus liberates the shuttle at the moment the shuttle is required to be impelled through the shed/^ [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 23.-.N° 2370. DAVIES, George. — (A communication.) — (Provisional protec- tion only.) — This invention is applicable to weaving both plain and figured fabrics, and relates to weaving articles of a circular ‘‘ or elliptic form without seam, and it will be evident that this method of weaving may be applied to the production of an infinity of goods, such as mantles, talmas, petticoats, table “ and other covers, and other articles of a circular or elliptic form in one piece and without seam, and that by the application of the jacquard or other pattern weaving machinery, any variety of colours and pattern may be produced. The principal feature of this invention consists in weaving such fabrics with two circular or elliptical lists or selvages, either parallel, concentric, or otherwise, the weft threads passing in a radial direction. In order to effect this object the width of the warp is divided into several separate breadths, each independent and distinct from the other, and wound upon beams or rollers weighted in a different manner, those composing the inner circle being “ weighted the heaviest. The number of these breadths or divisions will depend upon the nature of the material, and the quality, form, and breadth of the fabric. The reed is parallel to the warp beams, and the cloth roller is formed of a truncated “ cone corresponding with the form of the article to be woven. Supposing the warp to be divided into four breadths, and each of the breadths to be separately weighted, the threads are passed through the healds or through the strings of the jacquard machine, and finally as usual through the reed. WEAVING. 931 The weaving is effected as follows : — Two or three weft shoots are put in across the first or outer division or breadth ; next, a similar number across the first and second divisions together, then across the first, second, and third divisions, and, finally, across the whole width or four divisions of the warp. The effect of this will be the weaving of a triangular or tapered piece of fabric forming a radial division of the ultimate develop- “ ment of the article to be produced. “ It will be evident that a repetition of this mode of proceeding “ will eventually weave a piece of material of a circular shape, “ having the form of the development of a truncated cone, and that this same method may be adapted to weave a plain, cir- ‘‘ cular, or elliptical, or other analogous form, by arranging the divisions of the warp, the number of weft shoots to each division, and the form of the cloth beam accordingly.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 25.— N« 2376. WELCH, Joseph James, and MARGETSON, John Stewart. — This invention consists in manufacturing gentlemen^s scarfs of silk, woollen, or other suitable fabric, in such a manner that the ends can be displayed in a full stiff form, without the incon- venience of having too stout a fabric round the neck.” The patentees propose making the centre part of the scarf (about the length of the circumference of the neck) about half the sub- stance of the remaining parts, by changing the shuttle in the process of weaving.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, October 25.— 2379. ASHWORTH, Thomas, and ASHWORTH, Joseph. — The patentees say, — Our improvements relate to that description of power looms employed for weaving patterns, and the first part of our invention relates to an improved arrangement and con- struction of apparatus for actuating the picking rods, and known as a picking motion. The apparatus consists in a single endless pattern chain, by means of which a greater number of single ^ picks ’ of various colours or threads can be given than 3 N 2 932 WEAVING. hitherto ; the chain passes over toothed pulleys or barrels, to which an intermittent motion is given hy means of a star wheel driven hy suitable gearing; this chain is composed of links halving a varying amount of surface according to the number of picks required, and are so placed as to come beneath and lift a lever during their passage over the top pulley, the lever being lifted for different durations of time, according to the surface of the links; this lever, by means of other intermediate levers, causes a rod (extending across the loom, and having a cranked lever at each end,) to slide horizontally, bringing the picking lever or hammer on one side of the loom in a position to be struck hy the stud on the fly wheel as it revolves, and out of the way of a similar stud on the fly wheel on the opposite side, so that as long as the lever is raised by a link, so long will the cranked levers he struck hy the stud, and the ‘ picking ’ effected on one side of the loom (by an intermediate lever and ‘‘ strap) until the link passes and the lever falls, which will transfer the motion to the opposite picking rod, and the shuttles or a certain number of them will be returned. In reversing the action of the loom, the chain reverses without altering the pattern.’^ A second part of our invention applies to a novel method and arrangement of apparatus for raising and lowering the ‘ healds ’ simultaneously. . Upon each of the ^reddles’ a vertical bar works upon a central stud, the top and lower ends of such bars being hooked and notched to receive the knife edges of two horizontal rods extending across the treddles, and having a constant motion to and from each other ; the upper ends of the hooked bars are in connection with levers worked by pegs upon a pattern band or endless chain, so that such levers as are moved by the pegs cause the top end of their corresponding hooked bar to come into contact with the knife edge of the upper bar as it rises, and also clears their lower hooks from the descending lower bar, by which means the healds corresponding to the levers moved becomes lowered, whilst the hooked bars not moved by the pegs are caught by the descending bar, and their healds become raised, by which means a simultaneous or double action of the healds is effected, and a ‘‘ wide shed ’ produced and secured.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] WEAVING. 933 A.D. 1858, October 28.— 2400. VARLEY, Duxbury. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- vention relates to an improved picker for looms,” which the in- ventor describes as follows : — I make a metal frame with a slot for the picker stick to work in, as in the ordinary picker, and in the vertical part of the fram^e I make another slot or hole, by which I fasten a piece of bufPalo hide, or other suitable substance, by means of a screw or other fastener, so that the said bufiPalo hide or other material can be easily taken ofP, turned upside down, or replaced with another piece, the frame- work remaining good, and capable of wearing out many pieces of buffalo or picking material. I also make two holes in the said metal frame, through which the spindle passes.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 1.— N°2429. DAVIES, George. — (A communication.)-—^^ These improvements relate principally to looms driven by steam or other power, for weaving two pieces of velvet or other piled fabric face to face at one operation, the said pieces being connected together by “ means of the pile threads, upon severing which two separate “ and distinct pieces of piled fabric are produced. The invention consists, firstly, of a peculiar combination of ten cams, for working the healds or harness and the pile cutter in looms for weaving such double piled fabrics. The second part of the invention relates to the mechanism for ^ letting off ’ the pile warp at the proper speed for forming “ the double piled fabric which is constructed as follows : — Upon the lower or cam shaft of the loom is a spur pinion engaged with a similar wheel, the axis of which carries a friction plate, or the side of the wheel itself forms a friction plate; and in contact therewith is a convex friction pulley mounted upon an inclined shaft, one end of which carries a v/orm in gear with a "" worm wheel fixed upon the axis of a roller covered with cloth “ or other suitable material, upon the surface of which rests the circumference of the pile warp beam, which is consequently unwound or ‘ let off ’ by friction of contact. The other end of “ the same shaft may also be furnished with a worm or worms. 934 WEAVING. actuating worm wheels in connection with rollers for separating and taking up the two pieces of piled fabric after the pile has been severed. In another modification this shaft is driven from the cam shaft by means of a worm wheel and worm, instead of a friction plate and roller, and effects the ‘ letting off ’ of the tie or back warp, and the ‘ taking up ’ of the cloth simultaneously. This ^ letting off ^ and ^ taking up ’ arrangement or combination is also applicable to other looms. “ The third part of the invention relates to the ^ pile warp lease ^ rods,’ or mechanism for distending, and raising, and depressing the pile warp, as required. An axis above the loom carries two arms, which are connected to the ‘ pile warp lease rods ’ by “ elastic or spring rods or wires ; and another arm on this axis is connected to the lever actuated by the pile warp cam. ‘‘ The fourth part of the invention relates to the knife for cutting or severing the pile and to the apparatus for sharpening the same. The pile cutting knife or blade is mounted upon a carriage working in a transverse slide, and is drawn backwards and forwards by means of cords actuated by levers in connec- “ tion with the cam before mentioned. For sharpening the under side of the cutter, a series of small stones is mounted upon rods and pressed upwards by springs, being controlled and prevented from rising too high by means of screws. A somewhat similar apparatus is employed for sharpening the upper side or edge of the knife, the principal difference being, that in this instance the springs press the stones downwards. The fifth part of this invention relates to apparatus for throwing the ^ taking-up ’ motion out of gear when it is necessary to ^ let back ’ the pieces of fabric. Upon the axis of the ^ taking-up ratchet ’ is a curved arm, which is acted upon by a spring lever so as to throw the said ratchet out of the teeth of the ^ taking-up ratchet wheel ’ when required. The sixth part of the invention applies to the temple which consists of a blade at each end of a rod, round which the weft threads pass, and which slides in a fixed piece, being regulated by a screw, so as to give the requisite amount of transverse tension to the fabric as it is woven.” [Printed, 2s. 9d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 935 A.D. 1858, November 3.-~N° 2450. BOTTOMLEY, Smith. — These improvements relate to the manufacture of moreens and other similar fabrics. The patentee says, — In the manufacture of that class of fabrics commonly known as moreens, the material employed for warp and weft has hitherto been wool, or a combination of wool, alpaca, and “ mohair, except in the case of a moreen recently introduced, wherein a cotton thread is combined with wool, mohair, and alpaca, to form a weft thread. My improvements consist in the employment in the manu- “ facture of moreens of weft composed of hemp, flax, linen, or other similar vegetable fibre, excepting cotton, in place of weft composed of wool, wool alpaca, and mohair, or wool, alpaca, and mohair combined with a thread of cotton, as “ now in use. My improvements also relate to the use of weft composed partly of wool and partly of hemp, flax, linen, or other similar “ vegetable fibre, excepting cotton. The warp I use for the manufacture of the fabric is composed of wool, but a similar effect may be produced from a warp composed of alpaca or mohair, or a combination of wool, mohair, and alpaca, and a “ somewhat similar effect may be produced by the use of a warp composed of wool and hemp, flax, or linen combined. The improvements also relate to the employment of linen, flax, or hemp as weft threads, in conjunction with worsted warp “ in the production of other fabrics wherein worsted wefts have hitherto been used. By the combinations of materials referred ‘‘ to, strength and durability with economy are obtained. Whilst mention is made of other vegetable fibre than hemp, flax, and linen, it is not meant to include cotton either as warp “ or weft, either singly or in combination with other material,. “ The improvements apply to the use of hemp, flax, linen, or “ other vegetable fibres except cotton, as weft in the manufacture “ not only of moreens, but other classes of fabrics, such as “ ‘ durants,’ ‘ tammys,’ and other similar fabrics wherein worsted warp and weft are employed.’’ [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] 936 WEAVING* A.D. 1858, November 3.— N° 2466 . MAWDSLEY, Peter Alfred. — The patentee says, — The first part of my invention relates to improved machinery or ajjparatus for drying yarns after having been sizened or stiffened, and consists in furnishing one or more of the drying cjdinders, “ over which the yarn passes, after having been sized or stiffened, with projections, rods, bars, or blades of w^ood, iron, or other suitable substance placed longitudinally and at convenient distances from each other on the circumference of the cylinder or cylinders, in order to prevent the yarn from coming in con- tact with such cylinder or cylinders ; but this improvement I do not claim. The second part of my invention consists in the use or appli- cation of alkaline aluminates, such as the aluminate of soda and the aluminate of potash, for the purpose of sizing, stiffening, or otherwise preparing yarns or v/oven fabrics. The aluminates of soda and of potash may be used either separately or mixed, alone, or in combination with a substance or substances calculated to impart body and whiteness to the aluminate, such as flour, starch, or other substances used in the sizing or stiffening of yarns and fabrics.’^ [Printed, Zcl. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 12.— N° 2539. OGDEN, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — This inven- tion consists in making shuttles ‘^totally of steel, homogeneous metal, malleable iron, brass, copper, or like metal, instead of ‘‘ making them of wood and metal.’’ [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 13. — N® 2543. MILLS, Mark Nield, and SIDEBOTHAM, Nathan. — This invention is chiefly applicable to looms for weaving figured “ fabrics, and it consists, — “ First, in working the jacquard cylinder of the pattern card by means of an improved shape cam fixed to the crank or tappet shaft. Secondly, in making the hooks of the jacquard to swivel on centres ; these hooks, which are of an improved shape, may be WEAVING. 937 taken down from the top by a lever or knife, or the shed may be divided in the centre by two levers, the said levers or knife for forming the shed being worked by a single or double tappet or excentric of an improved construction. And, thirdly, in the application of elastic bands to the shafts or healds of looms for the purpose of raising them after they ‘‘ have been drawn down by the improved shaft motion described, or by any other means.” [Printed, lOcl. Drawhij^s.] A.D. 1858, November 13.— N° 2544. BENYON, John, and BOWDEN, John Warburton Bridge. — This invention relates to the shedding motion of looms, and consists in working the healds from below by means of bottom jacks or tappet levers of the usual construction, which are connected by rods to the lower side of the healds; the “ healds are secured in rigid frames, guided at the sides or in any other convenient manner ; by this means the healds are raised and lowered by the bottom jacks or tappet levers only, thereby dispensing with the top jacks and roller shafts usually employed.” [Printed, 8d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 17. — N° 2581. MUIR, Matthew Andrew, and McILWHAM, James. — This invention relates to the arrangement and construction of looms for weaving various classes of fabrics, but in particular what are known as ‘ check ’ and ‘ corded ’ goods as well as other more or less ornamental fabrics, partaking more or less of the character- istics of such goods. The regulation of the pattern producing “ or figuring actions in these looms is wholly derived from a ‘ barrel ’ or perforated figuring cylinder fitted up in connection “ with the drop box for the shuttles, the take-up motion, and the heddles, so as to afford a wide and conveniently adjustable range of figuring and variable or differential action of the weaving details. The ‘ barrel ’ or prime regulator of the figuring me- chanism is a cylinder running loose upon a horizontal fixed stud on the outside of one of the loom framing standards,, and it is fitted on its inner side or edge with a wheel or a circle of 938 WEAVING. teeth, in which there works one hook of a double ended lever catch or detent. This lever or double working catch is carried “ loosely upon a lateral adjustable stud in the upper end of a short vibrating lever arm working loose upon a stud centre in the framing standard, the vibratory action being given to it from a revolving cam or stud on the projecting end of the tappet shaft of the loom. This cam works against the under side of a long “ lever forming part of or attached to the short lever arm directly connected with the barrel-action. The other end of the double catch lever has a catch arranged to gear at pleasure \vith the teeth of a small spur pinion running loose on a stud carried by a bracket fast to the frame. This pinion is constantly in gear with the teeth of the barrel or operating cylinder. In this way when the back catch of the double detent lever is in gear with the teeth of the barrel, the latter receives a forward rotary move- ment, whilst when the front catch is in gear with the pinion, the barrel’s motion is reversed and it rotates backwards. The barrel is perforated with a plain row of stud holes completely encircling it. These holes are for the reception of the regulating pins or projecting studs, which are employed for shifting the drop box, the presence or absence of such pins operating through a short vertical lever upon the drop box movement, a rod being passed backward from such lever to the drop box connections, so as to raise and lower the drop box in accordance with the predetermined positions of the pins, a blade or other spring being fitted up to bring back the link rod after each operation ‘‘ of a stud or studs. The same holes of the barrel serve also to carry other stud pins cranked over to give a reversing action to the barrel, one such reversing pin being fitted at each end of that portion of the barrel over which the operating studs for the drop box extend. It is these reversing pins which set either end of the double catch lever down as may be required.” [Printed, Is. Zd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 17.-~N" 2590. CATON, Matthew. — The first part of this invention relates to the treading motion of power looms. The patentee places upon “ the ordinary tappet shaft of the loom a plate wheel or cam having an excentric groove in the face. In this groove works a pin or roller which is fixed to a lever. One end of this lever WEAVING. 939 works on a fulcrum, and to the other end the healds or harness are attached or connected. The healds may be connected to this lever in any convenient manner, so that the rising and fall- ing of the end of the lever occasioned by the working of the pin or roller in the excentric groove of the cam shall cause an alternate “ rising and falling of the healds, one heald rising as the other falls, and vice versa, so as to produce the requisite opening or shedding of the warp threads.’^ The second part of the invention “is intended to lessen the wear and tear of the picker, and to dispense with the ‘ check ^ strap,’ as ordinarily employed in power looms for intercepting or lessening the force of the blow of the shuttle and picker against the end of the shuttle box.” According to one modifi- cation of this part of the invention the patentee places at the end of the shuttle box (against which the shuttle strikes the picker) a plate, to the back of which is attached a spiral or other spring. This spring plate acts as a sort of cushion, and breaks the force of the blow of the shuttle and picker against the end of the shuttle box.” In a second modification the patentee employs two levers vibrating on fixed studs, and each provided at their upper ends with a finger resting on the spindle on which the picker works. The lower ends of these levers are connected to a spring in such a way that upon the picker striking against the finger attached to either of them, the spring receives the force of the blow and the shock.” The third part of the invention relates to the shuttle box swells,” but the patentee disclaims this part of his invention in the complete specification. [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 18. — N° 2602. SHARP, John, and SHARP, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to working the cylinder or pro- “ ducing the oscillating motion thereof required in jacquard machines.” The “improvements consist in causing the said “ cylinder to beat up the cards thereon to act upon the needles “ at such time only as they are free to move, or when the ^ grifes ^ “ or lifters have not hold of the hooks.” These improvements are effected “ by means of an arm (or arms) having a recess or “ cavity formed in one end, and suspended by the other to the 940 WEAVING. frame of tine jacquard machine, capable of oscillating thereon, and connected at the recessed end by a rod to the cylinder frame. In the recess is a ^ tumbler ’ or catch, hinged so as to tumble or fall by its own gravity towards one side of the recess, (yet capable of being removed to the other side), leaving a space on the other side in which the end of a pin or stud, which is fixed in the lifting frame and projecting through a slot in the main frame of the jacquard machine, may move or slide up and down alternately on each side of the tumbler, whereby oscilla- ting motion is communicated to the cylinder.’^ [Printed, ScZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 18.—N^ 2603. STOTT, Henry. — This ‘^invention consists in the application to, or employment in connexion with warping mills, of a ‘ heck ’ or apparatus for separating or ^ taking the lays ’ at the ^ tail end ’ of the warp. It is formed or constructed similar to the heck now in use for taking the lays at the head end of the warp ; but instead of having eyes or holes for the threads to pass through,” the patentee employs forks or slots open at the top, so that the separate lays can be lifted out at the open- ings thereof.” [Printed, dd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 19.— N« 2611. BROWN, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — The object of my improvements is to dispense with the weights and springs hitherto required in index and jacquard machines to draw down the healds or harness. In performing my invention I make use of two grifes, one of which raises the ‘‘ hooks up and the other depresses them. These grifes act upon a double hook of an improved shape, or upon two hooks of the usual shape ; the hooks are connected to top and bottom jacks. The top grife, by which the hooks are depressed, is worked from the side links described in the specification of Letters Patent “ granted to the within-named John Brown and John Adin, in one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six, or by any other “ suitable machinery. Various modifications may be made in the machinery for raising and lowering the hooks, but the novelty WEAVING, 941 of my invention consists in depressing part of the hooks to form part of the shed, by which improvements the weights and springs above referred to are dispensed with. “ Another part of my invention consists in an improved mode of turning round the jacquard cylinder. To the jacquard cylin- ‘‘ der is fixed a bevel wheel, gearing into another bevel wheel loose on a shaft, which is driven by the crank shaft or tappet shaft of the loom. This wheel has catches taking into a catch-box fixed on the said shaft, and sufficient play is left between the catches to allow the cylinder to be moved from the needles “ before it is turned round. The usual hammer and spring are required to act on the cylinder. In some cases the catches may be dispensed with, and the requisite play left between the teeth of the wheels.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 19.— N" 2614. LEECH, Samuel Collier, and LEECH, John, — (Provisional protection only.) — These ‘‘ improvements in the construction of temples consist, first, in the employment of wooden rollers or cylinders revolving upon an axis, and each suitably furnished “ or clothed with pins or points, and are also provided with guards or covers moving upon the same axis. These rollers or ^temples ’ are mounted at each end of a horizontal bar which extends across the loom (its upper surface being level with the peripheries of the ^temples’), and is jointed near the middle of its length to he adjustable to the width of the loom, and also “ at each end for the adjustment of the ^temples.’ The hori- ‘‘ zontal bar is rivetted or hinge-jointed upon brackets in such a manner that it may move or vibrate laterally upon such brackets, which are secured to the framing of the loom. The fabric is ‘‘ distended between the ‘temples,’ and bears upon the upper “ surface of the bar, which has the effect of distending the fabric “ in a direct line across the loom, and of preventing the usual “ curving thereof, as when any uneven strain is exerted upon the “ fabric the temples and bar move laterally, and thereby equalize “ the tension of the fabric.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] 942 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, November 22. — N° 2647. MELLOR, Charles Hanson. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention consists in combining that peculiar description of weaving known as honey-comb weaving with plain, twilled, “ fancy, or double weaving, in order to produce woven fabrics of an improved description, suitable for petticoats and other gar- ments for women. ‘‘ When steel or cords are required, the fabric may be made with double portions, into which the steels or cords are inserted. These improved fabrics may be made of cotton, wool, silk, or other fibrous material, or of any suitable combinations of fibrous materials.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 23.— N° 2657. EAIRWEATHER, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention relates to the weaving of bags, sacks, and other tubular fabrics. The inventor says, — “ The bags or sacks to which my improvements refer principally are such as are used for guano, grain, flour, potatoes, coals, and many other purposes, and are made mostly of ’jute,’ or a combination of ^jute’ with tow or flax, and sometimes with other similar substances and combina- tions of materials, and frequently with colored stripes and cotton selvages. The present system of making these sacks or bags is by weaving the cloth (either plain or twilled) in the usual way, and afterwards cutting it into suitable lengths, and sewing the seams and ends with twine. In carrying out these improvements, I propose, firstly, to employ two sets of warps, and to weave the above or similar fabrics double, and either with or without a cord or cords, or bands of any kind being woven in the cloth at that part of it where the seam usually exists, or at any other part thereof where it may be required. These cords or bands will give strength and shape to the bag or sack, and they may be formed with loops for hanging or lifting the sack when full without injury thereto, or the cords may be used for tying the mouth of the bag or sack. ‘‘ Secondly, I propose to weave one, two, three, or more bags or “ sacks on the same loom and at the same time, and this I accom- WEAVING. 943 plish by weaving a strip or strips of united cloth (that is, weaving the two warps together) between each sack, and cutting it after it is woven ; I then turn each bag or sack inside out so that the raw edge of the united cloth shall be inside the bag or sack. Bags and sacks made in the above manner can be woven in an ordinary hand or power loom by making slight alterations or variations in the mountings of the loom, as will be evident to any practical weaver or mechanic,’’ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 25.— N» 2672. CALVERT, Frederick Grace, and LOWE, Charles.— This invention consists in the application of caustic alkalies for the purpose of dissolving the gluten or proteine matter contained in flour and amylaceous substances employed in the manufacture of size, such gluten or proteine matter, in its undissolved state, being disadvantageous to the free working of the size.” [Printed, 4c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 25.— N^’ 2677. NUTTALL, James, RIDING, George, and COULTHURST, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention con- “ sists in the use of a peculiar size or composition for sizeing cotton, linen, or other warps or yarns for weaving. The said size or composition is made from the following ingredients, and the following proportions are preferred, namely, China clay, 100 lbs. ; or Spanish white, 100 lbs.; together with muriate of soda or common salt, 56 lbs. ; alum, 56 lbs. ; or nitrate of soda, 6 lbs. ; and farina, 20 lbs. (if about 20 lbs. of flour be also used therewith) ; or farina 40 lbs., if flour is not desired to be used. It is proposed to manufacture the size, either as liquid or as a powder, as required, and one or more of the above-mentioned “ ingredients may be used, either separately or together, with any ' ‘ other of the said ingredients, as may be desired for the peculiar consistency of the sizes’required for sizeing cotton, linen, or other “ warps or yarns for weaving.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] 944 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, November 25.--N° 2679. PARKER, Charles. — This ‘^invention relates to the arrange- ment), construction, and working of looms of various kinds, as regards what is technically known as the take-up motion for winding up the cloth upon the cloth beam as it is woven. The improved taking-up apparatus consists entirely of plain rollers, which maybe covered with woollen cloth or other elastic substance, operating by a combination of tension and frictional contact upon the woven cloth so as to take it up uniformly as it is produced by the weaving action. This roller arrangement “ is disposed in the loom at the front, or usual place of the take- up, it being preferred to use a series of three rollers working in concert. These rollers are carried by their spindles in end bearings in the loom framing, and they are placed one above the other, but so that a line drawn transversely through their centres will form a considerable angle with the vertical line, say, an angle of 45 degrees. As the woven cloth leaves the breast beam it passes down beneath the lowest roller of the series, and round it, and then between the upper part of that roller and the lower part of the second or intermediate roller. From this part it passes round or over the top of the interme- diate roller, and thence between it and the top roller or cloth beam, round which it is wound up. The gearing of the take- ‘‘ up motion may be of any convenient kind, the motion from it being communicated to the bottom roller of the series, which roller again is geared by spur pinions with the seeond or inter- mediate roller. The third or top roller runs loose, and is driven simply by frietional contact with the intermediate roller. Instead of three rollers, any other suitable and convenient number may be used.^^ [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 27 .— 269/. COLLIER, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — These im- provements relate to looms. The inventor says, — The improve- ments have for their object the obtaining an elastic beat-up to the batten or lay, and which may be capable of being varied in power or degree. For this purpose the links or arms which usually connect the lay or batten to the cranks or other means WEAVING. 945 employed to govern the extent of motion to the batten in this case connect the cranks or equivalents to a separate arm or arms rising from or near to the axis of the lay swords, so that the batten or lay may, except when otherwise controlled, be capable of considerable vibration, and the connection of the batten or lay with the separate arm or arms, so as to cause them to move together for the time required is effected by a lever or ‘‘ levers, with catch or catches operated by cams or tappets in such manner that the batten and separate arm or arms move together for a time, and then, by the batten being released, an elastic beat is obtained varjdng in power or degree with the time when “ in the rotation of the crank shaft the batten becomes released. The separate arm or 9.rms m.ay be connected with or without hinge joint, and a spring or springs maybe employed to aid the motion of the batten in beating up. “ Also the improvements relate to effecting the motion to beat up by a spring or springs, and in giving motion to the batten or lay in the direction from the cloth by means of cams or “ tappets acting upon links or connections from the batten or lay, the links or connections being attached to the batten or lay at or near where the links are usually connected when using the ordinary crank motion. Also the improvements relate to giving tension to fabric by stretching it breadthwise as it is taken by the work roller, in order to prevent creasing or folding in the middle or otherwise during the winding on to the cloth roller. For this purpose T employ wheels or rollers, the peripheries of which are provided with pins, teeth, or other roughening or holding means, or two or more rollers acting together at each selvage and placed at an angle, or so as to have a tendency to “ draw out the fabric breadthwise as it is taken by the work beam, or nipping or such like acting means may be employed. I also obtain such extension breadthwise to the fabric, as it is con- ducted on to the work roller, by passing it over a surface with grooves thereon, inclined outwards in opposite directions.^^ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, November 27. — N° 2/04. DIGGLE, Squire. — This invention consists in a method of ‘‘ joining the links or plates of chains, or other such apparatus w. 3 o 946 WEAVING. used in weaving, and consists in formiug them with joints similar to hinges, through which split pins are passed, so that the expansion thereof keeps them in their places.” [Printed, hd. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 4.~N° 2777. SIBLEY, Thomas. — The patentee says, — My improvements apply to those looms in which tappets are employed for working the treadles that operate the warp threads, and refer to such tappets as are commonly known as Woodcroft’s patent segment tappets;” ^^the object of my invention being to facilitate the changing of such tappets when required. Hitherto the tappets or those parts acting upon the treadles have been secured by bolts, generally one bolt to each row of tappets, so that in sets of tappets, say, of twenty to the round, that number of bolts required to be unscrewed and screwed in changing the tappets for a new pattern. The bolts as hitherto used not only keep the tappets in their places, but bind together the plates holding the tappets. Now, my improvements consist in introducing bolts to bind the tappet holding plates together, which bolts need not be un- screwed to change the tappets for a new pattern, and in em- ploying pins in place of the bolts (one for each bolt) to keep the tappets in their places, the pins being kept in their places by a plate (or its equivalent), centered on the tappet shaft, and secured to it by a set screw, this plate having as many spaces in it as there are pins, so that when the pins are to be removed, the plate only requires to be turned on the shaft till the spaces come opposite the pins, when they may be freely withdrawn.” [Printed, Zd, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 4.— N° 2783. HENRY, Michael. — (A communication from F. Durand and Pradel. — This invention relates to a mode and means applicable ‘‘ to the weaving of shawls of various colors and patterns, and of various other fabrics, also of ribbons, small ware, &c. By “ means of these improvements colored threads intended to pro- duce a figured effect, or to contribute to the design or pattern, “ &c., will be interwoven only at the precise spot at which WEAVING. 947 they are required to appear. A most important feature consists in the employment, arrangement, and method of action of a number of weft bobbin carriers, or hooks, rods, or pins fitted to the loom or apparatus, and carrying weft bobbins or pirns, ‘‘ and which effect, in respect of the weft, what the jacquard effects for the warp, so as to produce or form a weft pattern in parts, and so that a very large number of small colored weft may be kept on the same line and in the same direction [Printed, Is. 5cl, Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 7. — N® 2805. HASLAM, John, and LUTENER, John. — (Provisional protec- tion only.) — ‘^This invention relates to a peculiar construction and arrangement of metal healds for weaving, and also to the application of healds composed of metal to dressing frames used in preparing yarns for the loom. The improvements con- “ sist in the use of several perfectly flat thin strips of metal, having two holes perforated in them on their flat sides, namely, one at or near the top, and the other at or near the middle of the strip. The top hole admits of the passage therethrough of a wire, which suspends the strips side by side in a row, whilst the middle hole is for the warp to pass through, which it does sideways, the hole being made at right angles to the direction of such threads. The several strips are kept from moving for- “ ward or backward at their lower ends by a wire placed on either side of them at or near their lower extremities, whilst at the ‘‘ same time the metal strips or healds are perfectly free to be moved or adjusted laterally. The supporting and steadying wires are carried by an upper and lower slave through the inter- vention of stays and end pieces. These healds are applicable to the weaving of wirework as well as to the weaving of fibrous substances. The improve- ments in healds for dressing frames consist in the substitution of metal healds for those hitherto used in such machines.’^ [Printed, 3cl. No drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 11.— N° 2845. ROBERTSON, Patrick. — (A communication.) — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^This invention consists in manufacturing 3 o 2 948 WEAVING. shuttles by combining with wood, bone, ivory, or metal, the hard material formed from india-rubber, or gutta-percha and sulphur ; and also in manufacturing shuttles entirely of such hard material. For this purpose a core of wood or other ma- terial of suitable form is coated with a composition of india- rubber or gutta-percha and sulphur, to which in some cases other substances are added ; and afterwards the whole is heated, so as to convert the coating of composition into the hard ma- terial. The shuttle thus produced is fitted with a skewer and tips of metal, as usual. To form a shuttle entirely of the hard material the comxposition is moulded to the required form and heated so as to convert the composition into the hard ma- terial.^’ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 13. — N® 2850. CARRUTIIERS, John Anderton, and BLACKBURN, Thomas. — ^The patentee says, — Our invention consists in substi- tuting for the ordinary comb or wraith used in warping and sizing machines a double or compound spiral spring in con- nexion with a longitudinal shaft or rod, at the extremities of which we place right and left hand screws, with the necessary nuts or apparatus for wwking the same, so that by turning handles, levers, or wheels, we are enabled to expand or contract the threads or divisions of the springs equally to any desired pitch, by which a greater or less number of ends or threads of the warp may be placed upon any given width. We also place between the divisions of the compound spiral springs peculiar forms of straight springs, either in separate parts or in one entire piece, constituting the desired length of the comb, or we place between the aforesaid divisions either split or solid dents or teeth in single pieces, having holes at the bottom through which a wire passes. The compound spiral springs are also used for a looming comb ; we also substitute for the ordinary reed a straight spring interlaced at the top and bottom into spiral springs.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] WEAVING. 949 A.D. 1858, December 14.— N° 2862. WADE, Joseph. — ""Improvement in means or apparatus em- "" ployed in weaving.” ""The improvements have for their object the obtaining facility in changing from plain weaving to tweel or "" such like weaving, and then to plain again when desired, and so on. For this purpose, in place of employing only a pair of treddle levers or such like instruments operated by a pair of tappets to give motion to the heddles, there are four or other number of treddle levers connected to the heddles according to the extent of change which it may be desired to produce, with a separate tappet or like acting surface to each treddle lever adapted to produce the variation or variations desired in the shed- ding. And these treddle levers or such like acting instruments are capable of being connected together so as to form one pair as when weaving plain, and then ordinary plain weaving will be produced. Catches or such like connecting means operate to connect the two or other number of levers together, and these connecting means are operated at the times desired by jacquard or other pattern surface. One arrangement of pattern surface for acting upon the con- ‘‘ necting means consists of an endless chain of studs or surfaces “ capable of acting on a lever or levers for the purpose of placing "" such lever or levers in the way of holding other levers which by "" cords or bands are connected to the catches ; springs or weights "" aid the motion of the catches, but this may be varied. "" The heddles are connected at their under sides to cords passing "" under pulleys, which are connected to a frame or frames acted "" upon by spring pressure so as to impart uniformity of tension "" thereto.” [Printed, Is, id. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 15.— 2873. BULLOUGH, John. — The improvements relate to looms. The patentee says, — "" I give the required motion to any suitable number "" of healds for forming the shed according to the desired pattern, "" by attaching them to cords passing over guide pulleys, which "" cords are connected to other cords, v/ires, or rods in a horizontal position, having collars, knobs, or hooks upon them. At the top or other convenient part of the loom I work one or more 950 WEAVING. rocking or oscillating shafts, for the purpose of giving an oscillating or sliding movement to one or more bars, plates, or knives, so that when the aforesaid horizontal cords, wires, or hooks are pressed on their tops by pegs, on a pattern cylinder or lattice, the knobs or hooks shall either be put on or taken off the bar or bars, and thereby raise the healds or leave them free, according to the bend of the hooks. When two bars are em- ployed they are connected at each side by a horizontal bar, in “ order to procure their simultaneous movement, the return stroke of the healds being performed in the usual manner by weights or springs. The form and dimensions of the parts are varied according to the requirements of the kinds and sizes of looms, but the peculiar arrangements of placing the hooks, wires, or cords in a horizontal position, and the horizontal movement of the bars, plates, or knives, are maintained throughout.’’ [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 18.~N° 2899. AIT KEN, John, and BROOKS, John. — These improvements relate to power looms. The patentees say, — We employ a moving ^ back bearing rail,’ and give it motion by attaching it to one or more arms each furnished with a block of wood or other suitable material, which block or blocks are in a line with one or both of the connecting links from the cranks to the sword “ arms, so that as the links move up and down in their to-and-fto “ movement, either one or both come in contact at certain intervals with the block or blocks, thus causing the rail to vibrate, so as to maintain an equal tension of the yarn when shedding, and thereby prevent the oscillation of the yarn beam and consequent strain upon the yarn. Or we produce the same effect by placing on the crank shaft an irregularly-shaped cam or tappet, which comes in contact with an arm or arms fixed to the back bearing rail,’ thereby causing the latter to vibrate at the exact time required. In connection with the aforesaid movements we employ a stationary rod fixed across the loom, for the purpose of holding ‘‘ the yarn in the same relative position with respect to the moving ^ back bearing rail ’ and yarn beam. “ Secondly, we employ at the back of each shuttle box a coiled spring, to which is attached a strap, so placed as to receive the WEAVING. 951 picker gently when throwing the shuttle. Each strap may be readily adjusted as required, and in connection with the spring forms a yielding check of great efficiency. Thirdly, we employ an elastic break, by attaching leather or other friction material to an arm or lever of wood or other suitable material, of sufficient strength, but capable of slightly yielding, so as to temper the shock when the break acts, and also its mode of adaptation. Fourthly, we employ for working the stop rod an elastic swell, consisting of a spring of the same form as the present swell, thus lessening the difficulty of communicafing motion to the stop rod, and preventing the excessive strain upon the fingers and chisel, in the event of trapping the shuttle, and also diminishing the wear of the shuttles.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 22. — N° 2923. NICHOLSON, Joseph, and CROSSLEY, David.— (Provi- sional protection only.) — The inventors say, — The object of our invention is the weaving of all kinds of double, triple, and two- faced or reversible cloths, plain or twilled, by hand or power, without the use of heddles, gears, moveable harness boards, or “ having to stamp the Aground ’ on the pattern cards, by means of jacquard machinery or apparatus so constructed and ar- ranged that it can be operated by a single treadle or the tread- ing tappet of the loom. We employ lifting bars, which receive “ reciprocatory motion from the treadle or treading tappet by means of a lever and connecting rod ; also a series of ^ grifes ’ or lifting boards, with knotted ^ tabby bands,’ for working both the ^ figure ’ and the ^ ground,’ which are raised by hooked rods, hinged so as to be capable of connecting the boards with ‘‘ the lifting bars at the proper time required, and which is indi- cated by cams suitably arranged on a shaft or shafts, which receive intermittent motion from the motion of the lifting bars The pattern cylinder receives intermittent motion from the lift- “ ing apparatus at the first, second, or third lift of the machine, according to the kind of cloth required to be made, and is so arranged that it may be turned without moving the loom.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] 952 WEAVING. A.D. 1858, December 24.— N" 2941. CHILD, John Weight. — The patentee says, — The object of these improvements is to produce fabric of a character now generally called ^rep’ or ribbed, and adapted to be used for curtains, coverings for furniture, table covers, and other uses of a like character, with pattern in various forms, alike on each surface thereof, combined with a groundwork composed of ribs of equal or unequal thicknesses, and such pattern or figure may be obtained on each side of the fabric from either the warp or the v/eft ; but v/hen it is obtained from the warp on one side it will also be obtained from the warp on the other side ; and in like manner, when the pattern or figure is obtained on one side from the weft, it will be obtained on the other side from the weft also. I would state that I am aware that fabric for the purposes referred to, or some of them, have heretofore been pro- duced with a pattern alike on each surface of it, with a ribbed ground, but in such cases the pattern obtained has always, to the best of my belief, been limited to squares or figures bounded by lines parallel to the warp or weft threads of such fabric, and the ribs thereof v/ere of like thicknesses. I am also aware that a fabric adapted to the uses referred to, or some of them, has been produced with pattern diverging from such parallel lines on an unequally ribbed ground, but such figure was obtained in a perfect form on one surface only, whilst by my improve- ments I am enabled to obtain various figures diverging in va- rious directions from such parallel lines, alike on both surfaces, combined with a ribbed groundwork, also alike on both sur- faces. For this purpose, when the pattern or figure is to be obtained from the warp, such warp will be operated by the jac- quard, or otherwise, to obtain a like floating or satin pattern of the figures therefrom where desired, and at the same time on each surface of the fabric, and to produce the difPerent sizes of ribs, weft of different thicknesses or quantities are employed. When the pattern or figure is to be obtained from the weft, the operations will be conducted so as to obtain like floating of iveft threads in place of warp on each surface of the fabric.’^ [rrintcd, 3cl, No drawings.] WEAVING 953 A.D. 1858, December 24. — N° 294G. RAILTON, John, and LANG, Seth. — This ‘‘invention relates “ to those looms in which a double ‘ dobby ’ is employed for “ working the healds and the “ improvements consist in the “ application of a single slide to work the double ‘ dobby,’ which “ slide is moved to and fro horizontally by means of a toothed “ wheel or pinion gearing into a rack fixed to or forming part of “ the slide. The pattern cylinders are turned round by catches “ jointed to a lever put in motion by the slide. The pegs on the “ pattern cylinders or on the lattices passing over them, act on “ wires or tumblers connected to the slide, and these wires or “ tumblers are Jiooked to catch hold of knives or hooked rods, “ to which the healds are conducted by cranks or cords passing “ over pulleys.” [Printed, lOd Drawings.] A.D. 1858, December 30.— N° 2997. DUNCAN, John Wallace. — This invention consists of im- provements in, and connected with electric telegraph cables. The following relate to the subject of this series : — “ I weave tape for “ electric conductors for telegraph purposes with warp consisting “ of either one, t^vo, three, four, five, or six wires of two or more “ different metals in the series, arranged as requisite, and inter- “ posed or not with linen or other warp thread, and with weft of “ wire or of silk, worsted, or cotton, &c.” “ I prepare suitable threads by saturating them with thick hot “ drying or linseed oil, or by drawing them through any hot “ compound of the balsams of pine, or terrebenthine tribe of “ trees, or shellac, or other substance,” “ and pass them through a “ gauge, to force the superfluous matter from the yarn before it is “ wove into strips to envelop conductors. I weave textile fabric “ to be used as convolute lamina, to insulate and protect electric “ conductors, by selecting warp threads of a thicker and stronger “ quality to form the middle portion of the fillets or tapes con- “ stituting the web that embraces the core than the threads for “ that portion of the fillet near and at the edges of the fillets, “ which lap together when applied on the conductor.” “ I prepare threads of any suitable fibrous material by treating “ them as in Schoubein’s process, or such like process, or I 964 WEAVING. varnish or coat them with cement, and cover them with the finest dust of cast-iron borings, and pass them through a solution of a salt of copper, in order to apply a metallic coating of copper, which may be further plated by the electrotype process with other metal, and used in a state of thread, or woven prior to being used in electric conductors or cables. I prepare fabric suitable for protecting insulated cables as an outside envelope, having warp consisting of horse or bullock hair spun into strands, in combination or not with suitable wire or coir, and worsted or waste silk used for weft, impregnated with waterproof insulated matter.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] 1859. A.D. 1859, January 1. — N° 10. ASHWORTH, Henry. — (Provisional protection only). — This improvement in power looms relates to that portion thereof known as the picker and picker guide, or wire upon which it moves, and is designed for the purpose of effecting the perfect “ lubrication of such picker wire. The improvement consists in providing or inserting a roll of felt or flannel within the picker in such a manner that the motion of the picker along the we or guide, shall effect the lubrication by carrying with it the “ flannel roll, which is to contain the oil of lubrication, and which may be supplied thereto through a hole in the top of the picker ; a similar effect may also be obtained by inserting a piece of felt ‘‘ or flannel into a tube filled with oil, et cetera, leaving a portion projecting, and so arranging it that each time the slay ‘ beats ^ up ’ the felt shall touch the guide wire, and leave a sufficient “ amount of oil or lubricating material thereupon.” [Printed, dd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 1. — 13. ECCLES, William. — Improving the machinery or apparatus for regulating the tension of the twist threads or warp whilst it is weaving in power looms into cloth.’^ WEAVING. 955 In the description of this invention the patentee says,- — First, as respects the back bearer ; instead of using a bearer fixed in position, or one dependent for its motion upon weights or springs, I place the back bearer between two levers approxi- “ mately vertical in position, one of which is on each side of the loom, in such a manner that the fixings of the back bearer are near to, to wit, within three and a half inches of the centre of the stud or fulcrum of the lever, on the short end of which the back bearer is carried. The longer end of the said lever is on the reverse or under side of the said fulcrum, and is linked or connected by a rod or chain to the slay sword. Hence when the loom is at work the back bearer has a to-and-fro motion derived from the slay sword.^’ The second part of my invention consists in placing a hori- “ zontal bar or rod very low down behind the loom and below the ordinary weight levers. The said bar or rod is, with a view to easy removal when necessary, placed in brackets horizontally slotted, and instead of weights being used, I produce tension on the weight ropes by substituting a stiff spiral spring between the rod aforesaid and the weighted lever in place of the ordinary weight ; the said stiff spiral spring is moved by the weaver nearer to the fulcrum as the beam diminishes in diameter, in precisely the same manner as the ordinary weights were formerly moved from notch to notch. It is, however, sometimes practicable so to use the first part of my invention as to make an exceedingly strong spring available for regulating the tension of the weight ropes, and this leads me in some cases to prefer substituting a mere stud or catch for holding up the end of the weight lever aforesaid instead of the springs and horizontal bar aforesaid. But under the last-mentioned circumstances it will be found convenient slightly to alter the ordinary form of lever, and to place the fulcrum between the rope and the stud or catch, and to place the said stud or catch below instead of above the longer end of the lever.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January d. — N® 43. KIRKMAN, James, and GRUNDY, Isaac. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — This invention is applicable to the manufacture of fabrics known as Bolton or Marseilles quilts, or of others of 956 WEAVING. ‘‘ like texture and materials. So far as relates to the fabric or tissue produced, it consists in the combination of a new and peculiar kind of ground with a damask or calico figure. The said ground is produced by the intertexture of the binding weft with both parts of the warp, that is to say, both with the part thereof which is interwoven with the weft put in to form the figure, and also with that part which is usually interwoven with the binding weft to form the ground or plan part of the fabric. Alternate picks of the binding weft may be flushed on the back of the figure or otherwise, in order to vary the appearance and color, and in colored goods the difPerently colored ends of the warp may be grouped in pairs of the same color or alter- nate with each other. One part only of the warp is interwoven with the weft which forms the figure or face, but both parts with the binding weft. The resulting ground is of unique and peculiar character, and not capable of being classed either as a plain cloth or calico, a tweel, nor a satin. The figure combined with the ground is produced by a double pick or weft thrown in for each card,’’ but the inventors claim also as part of their invention, any modification which may be produced by throv/ing in a single pick only for each card, ac- cording to the ordinary mode. So far as the said invention has reference to weaving, it consists in the combination of certain arrangements in the mounting and interweaving necessary to produce the fabric described. The part of the warp to be inter- woven with the figure or pattern is placed on a weighted beam, the remaining portion or portions on a fixed or unyielding beam. If the alternate picks of the binding weft are to be flushed at the back or reverse side of the figure, the shed of the warp is ‘‘ unequally divided, but otherwise the two parts of the shed may be equal. To group the ends of the warp (in colored goods) so that ends of like color may lie together in pairs, the ends are drawn through the heddles in such order that the figure or face end in each split of the reed is made to fall next to the figure or face end in the adjacent split, the ground ends being treated in like manner. To ])roduce the contrary effect, or a simple alternation of the different kinds of ends, they are to be drawn in accordingly. “ The figure or face portion of the warp is worked entirely by the heddles, the back or ground portion partly by the heddles and WEAVING. 957 partly by a jacquard apparatus, the heddles being employed to form the shed, and the machine to determine the part to be raised or sunk in putting in the figure.’’ [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 6. — N° 44. BURY, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — These improve- ments are applicable to power looms ^Un which the picker is ordi- narily connected or attached to the picking stick by a cord or ‘‘ leather strap, and they consist in the substitution for the strap or cord before mentioned of a flexible metallic connection, such “ as an iron chain, and also in the application of a metal ferrule encircling or enveloping the end of the picking stick for the puiqDOse of strengthening the same, and of facilitating the se- cure attachment thereto of the aforesaid chain.” [Printed, od» No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 6. — N® 49, JOHNSON, John PIenry. — (A communication from Andre Paul Roger.) — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘^An improved textile fabric applicable to the manufacture of varnished cloths, and to other purposes.” This fabric may be woven in a suit- ably mounted ordinary loom, and may be composed of any fibrous material capable of being woven ; it is of a double tex- ture, that is to say, it is a species of double fabric presenting two different appearances in its face and back. The one surface ‘‘ is composed of a fine warp and weft, and the other of a con«* siderably coarser warp and weft, and the two surfaces are con- nected together by occasional threads of the finer warp being interwoven with the coarser warp and weft.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 7. — N° 53. HEYWOOD, Edwin. — ^^The improvements relate to the pro- duction of a peculiar description of double fabrics united in the weaving at parts, and enclosing between them thread or yarn as stuffing ; such fabric being adapted to be used for skirts, ladies ‘‘ petticoats, the lining of coats and other garments, and for other 958 WEAVING. uses in imitation of where two fabrics are united by stitching in various forms, and enclosing wool or other matters as a padding. For this purpose the loom is arranged to produce two fabrics of “ like or dissimilar character or material, and yarn of softer or thicker kind, and of the same or other material is laid in and enclosed by these fabrics, so as to produce a thickening or pad- ding. And the imitation of or resemblance to stitching is ob- tained by the weft and warps in the lines or forms desired, being caused to unite the two fabrics, and at the same time hold in position the thick or soft threads between them. Such uniting “ threads may be of silk or other material, different from that used for the general surface of the fabric in order that as it appears on the surface of the fabric produced it may represent stitching or other sewing. The direction of the lines or forms thus ob- tained are governed by the action upon the warp threads, as operated by jacquard or other suitable pattern surface.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 12. — N® 93. THOMSON, John. — “ This invention relates to the manufacture or production of what are technically known as ^ beam rugs,’ entirely or chiefly from jute or jute hemp. In manufacturing rugs according to this invention the jute or jute hemp is woven from a beam or beams in the ordinary manner of weaving other fabrics, and the jute or jute hemp warp is subsequenrly cut in the process of weaving to form the pile or shag of the rugs ; the essence of the invention being the application and use of jute or jute hemp, either wholly or chiefly in the portion of the “ warp which is made to form the pile or shag in the manufacture of beam rugs.” [Printed, 8d, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 14. — N° 122. HOLT, Samuel. — The patentee says, — ‘‘The object ofmy inven- “ tion is the production of woven silk fabrics wholly or partly “ from spun silk threads, having peculiarities resembling those “ silk fabrics made wholly of thrown silk threads.” “ My invention consists in treating spun silk threads (dyed or “ undyed, as required) by saturating it in a solution of gum and WEAVING. 959 “ water, or a solution having equivalent chemical properties, and then in drying the threads so treated and weaving it into the fabric required, and afterwards in subjecting the fabric thus prepared to heat and pressure combined to produce the requisite ^ appearance ’ and ^ feel.’ Or, I take the spun silk thread, and after treating it with the gum solution subject it to a polishing “ process by heat and friction ; the thread so prepared being sub- “ sequently woven into the fabric required, and may be then subjected to combined pressure and heat. Or, otherwise, I weave the fabric first and then pass it through a solution similar to that herein-before mentioned used for treating spun silk “ thread, and then subject it to heat and pressure to bring out “ the requisite finish.” [Printed, 4d, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 18. — 152. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald. — (A communication from C. Depoully, senior.) — ^^An improved silk thread, and a new fabric made entirely or partially from the same.” The patentee claims, “ first, the manufacture of an improved silk thread, by combining silk waste soie fantaisie ’) with raw or other silk by any suitable means. ‘^Secondly, the manufacture of a new fabric, by forming a fabric having the said improved silk thread either in whole or “ in part as a warp or as a weft, or as both, by any suitable “ means.” [Printed, 3cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, January 27. — N° 246. DIXON, Elijah, and WHITTAKER, Henry. — This invention relates to apparatus to be applied to shuttles for the purpose of breaking the weft thread whenever a float or imperfect shed oc- curs. The patentees say, — One arrangement of apparatus which we propose to use consists of two small levers working on pivots fixed into the opposite sides of the shuttle, near the hole through which the weft passes from the cop. One of these levers has a broad head formed upon it, over which head the thread passes on its way from the cop to the hole, and the oth» “ lever is fitted with two vertical fingers or pins, the one project- 96Q WEAVING. ing upwards and the other downwards. These pins are opera- ted upon by the warp when a float or imperfect shed is formed, and by being pushed or turned to one side impart motion to the first-mentioned lever, which elevates the weft thread above “ the tongue of the shuttle, and by thus increasing the resistance or drag causes it to break, whereupon the loom will be stopped by the intervention of the ordinary weft fork or other suitable contrivance for stopping a loom by the breakage of the weft. According to a second modification, the broad head of the lever above referred to is fitted loosely thereto, and rises in a vertical guide groove formed on one of the inner sides of the shuttle when its lever is elevated, which is effected by the depression of “ a second lever actuated by an arm, which is operated upon v/hen “ a float occurs.’’ [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 1. — N® 280. GRIMOND, Joseph. — Improvements in the manufacture of hearth rugs.” The patentee claims, ‘Hhe manufacture of hearth rugs of jute or jute hemp, with a mixture of cotton, common or low priced wool, or other cheap material woven in a Kidder or other suitable loom, with an ornamental border either all round or at each end only.” [Printed, dd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 2. — N° 304. HIRST, John, junior, and HOLLINGWORTH, James.— Improvements in the construction of power looms.” ^^The “ improvements relate, first, when series of lifting shuttle boxes are used, to operating them by a series of cams or tappets capable of being slided so as to bring the particular cam or tappet into position to operate upon the connecting means to the boxes, in order to the box required being brought into a “ line with the race or lay ; and at the same time operating sup- “ porting catches to such boxes to release them to the extent desired to enable the particular catches alone to come into position to support the particular box. ‘‘ The sliding to the tappets is effected by L lever or L levers operated by chains of pattern surfaces, and such L levers are WEAVING. 961 held between the changes of surfaces by catches or other suit- able means. Secondly, the improvements relate to clearing the wefts when series of rising boxes are used. For this purpose the front part of the lay is cut away, the filbow is attached to the end of the lay and lay sword, and the shuttle boxes at the part adjoining the lay, as is also the lay, are bevilled to admit ‘‘ of the weft falling down out of the way of the upper shuttles.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 3. — N® 308. WOODROW, Jeremiah. — (Provisional protection only.) — Im- provements in the manufacture of hats or covering for the head.” The improvements consist in the novel application, employment, or use of a woven fabric called ^ Swiss tissue,^ as an external covering for the foundation or body of the hat, such fabric Swiss tissue ’) being composed of straw or other ‘‘ material of similar character, interwoven either with yarns or threads of silk, cotton, flax, or other fibrous material as a groundwork, the straw being principally on the top or outer surface of the cloth, and giving a glazed or straw-like appear- ance to the hat, and with the advantage of being woven in place of ^ plaited,’ as straw has hitherto been used.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 4.— N® 314. SMITH, Mark. — ^The patentee says, — ^‘The first part of my invention is appHcable to those looms in which a jacquard or index machine or other apparatus of the like nature is employed for working the healds in combination with a box containing two or more shuttles. When a chain of lags with pegs is employed to act on the hooks which work the healds, I make use of a series of pegs on the same lags, which act on a lever when a change in the shuttle box is required, and liberates a catch lever, by which the mechanism for working the chain of tappets or other suitable mechanism for working the shuttle box is brought into action ; as soon as the requisite change in the position of the shuttle box has been effected, the catch lever is again held by the lever actuated by the pegs, and the parts w. 3 p 962 WEAVING. ^ remain inaction until another peg on the chain of lags again hberates the catch lever, and the position of the shuttle box is then again changed according to the shape of the next link in the tappet chain. When jacquard cards are used to act on the healds, I produce the requisite changes in the position of the shuttle-box by a needle acted upon by the jacquard card. Another part of my invention is applicable to the looms for which Letters Patent were granted to William Bramwell Hayes, of Manchester, in the county of Lancaster, manufacturer, bear- ing date the Fourteenth day of September, One thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, N° 2001, for the invention of ‘ Certain ^ improvements in looms for weaving,’ and it consists in sup- porting the axles of the endless chain shuttle-box in stationary bearings, instead of allowing the shuttle-box to move with the lay ; also in moving the shuttle-box by a star wheel, and in the “ machinery for stopping the loom when the shuttle fails to enter that compartment of the shuttle-box that is m a line with " the shuttle race.” [Printed, Is. 4d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 9. — N° 363. ARCHER, WiLLiAM.“—(Provisional protection only.) — Certain "" improvements in jacquard machines.” ‘"The improvements “ relate, first, to that portion of the jacquard apparatus used to “ effect the ascent and descent of the ‘griffs’ or ‘grates,’ and “ consists in effecting the ascent of one ‘griff’ and the descent of “ another simultaneously by means of a toothed pinion, situated “ between the two ‘griffs,’ and taking into a rack upon each « ^ griff,’ the pinion being caused to partake of the required “ reciprocating semicircular motion by the ordinary means, so as “ to lift one ‘ griff’ and lower the other by the same semicircular “ movement of the pinion. “ Secondly, the invention consists in so connecting a helical or “ other spring with the ‘ batten,’ that upon any displacement or “ unparallel position of the card cylinder, or from other oppo- “ sition to the correct working of the machine, the said spring “ shall yield to the extra pressure, and prevent an undue strain “ or breakage of the machine. “ A third part of the improvement consist in mounting the “ ‘ blades ’ in the ‘ griffs ’ upon pivots or centres at each end. WEAVING. 963 upon which they may vibrate, so as to allow them to yield to the ^ wire hooks,^ in contradistinction to employing them in a rigid form, by which improvement the bending or breaking of “ the said ‘ hooks ’ is prevented.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 10. — N° 380. BURROWS, Benjamin. — ‘‘This invention has for its object “ improvements in looms for weaving narrow fabrics. For these “ purposes, where looms for weaving narrow fabrics are con- “ structed in a suitable manner to weave with two shuttles to “ each slay or reed, so that one shuttle is ordinarily used to in- “ troduce its weft on the front side of the fabric, and the other “ shuttle to introduce its weft at the reverse side of the fabric, “ apparatus is apphed in such manner that the warp may be “ divided into two parts or sections, each capable of producing a “ distinct but narrower fabric than the slay or reed is capable of “ producing when the whole width of the warp passing through “ it is made up into one wide fabric, and is shot with weft on both “ sides, or different slays may be introduced into the same “ opening of the batten when the two fabrics are desired to be of “ different degrees of fineness. The two sections or parts of the “ warp which passes through each of the reeds of a loom are “ worked by suitable headles or harness, and one of the sections “ is kept down, so that the sheds opened therein may be at all “ times in a position for the passage of the lower shuttle, and “ admit of the passage of the upper shuttle over such section or “ part of the warp. The sheds opened in the other of the sections “ or parts of the warp are kept up to such a position that the “ upper shuttle may pass through them, and admit of the lower “ shuttle passing under such section of the warp. By these “ means the same loom may be used to produce opposite each reed or slay or opening in the batten, either a fabric having the “ wefts of two shuttles, one on one side and the other on the “ other side ; or two fabrics of lesser width, each having the weft of only one shuttle introduced therein.” Another improvement “consists in arranging or constructing “ such descriptions of looms in sections or parts, all capable of “ being worked together as an ordinary loom, so long as the ^ whole of the sections are working well, yet so that any one 3p 2 964 WEAVING. section or part, or more than one section or part, may be stopped by being for a time disconnected from the driving or actuating mechanism of the loom, whilst other sections or parts continue in connection with and actuated by the driving mechanism of the loom, and are thus caused to work. This ‘‘ construction of such description of looms is applicable to looms which work with one or more shuttles to each fabric made therein.” [Printed, Zs. Id, Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 12.— 393. HAD WEN, Gaylard, and WADSWORTH, John. — This invention relates to jacquard machines applicable to power looms. The patentees say, — ^‘Our invention consists in employing two card cylinders, and two sets of hooks and needles, two needle boards, and two spring boxes, instead of one card cyhnder, one set of hooks and needles, and one needle board, and one spring box, as hitherto adopted, both sets of hooks and needles being united to one harness by means of double-nick bands ; and we thus obtain all the advantages hitherto attained by two machines. We cause each cylinder to work half the number of cards of the pattern, and are thereby enabled to work the loom at a greater speed, and consequently obtain a greater result, and also economy in the wear and tear of the cards. The cylinders are worked to and fro, and the shed formed by means of levers, connected by rods and cranks on the tappet shaft.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 18.— N® 457. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Monsieur Amans de Chavagneur). — This invention consists in the pro- duction of a new species of woven fabric, wherein the weft threads are beaten up at various angles to the warp, or in undulating lines, in place of as hitherto being beaten up at right angles to the warp. It is also proposed to undulate ‘‘ certain of the warp threads in the production of these fabrics. “ The angular or undulating weft threads may be used in com- bination, or not, with straight weft threads for the purpose of WEAVING. 965 maintaining an even width of fabric, but where this is not required, the straight or right angled weffc threads may he dispensed with. In carrying out this invention, certain modifi- ‘‘ cations upon the loom will be necessary. The reeds should be made flexible and extensible, so as to ‘‘ enable them to be adjusted to the particular requirements, and the dents should be round in place of flat, to prevent undue friction upon the warp when the reed is beating up at an angle ; a rigid reed may also be used when no change of design is “ required in the piece, the reed being in that case constructed specially for one design, an undulating weft, for example, at its upper portion, whilst its lower half may he of the ordinary or straight construction, so as to produce ordinary weaving. By ‘‘ raising or lowering the reed, either undulated or straight weft threads may he produced. Or the top and bottom of the reed may he constructed for difPerent designs, and the middle portion for plain weaving. The slay requires also to be mounted in a peculiar manner, so as to enable it to he inclined to the right or left, as required, whereby the weft may be beaten up in the form of a number gf fans, with their converging points or apices alternately on the right and left selvages, a progressive motion being for that purpose imparted to either end of the slay, whilst the opposite end is maintained stationary. The angling of the weft threads may also he effected by making the cloth- beam conical, so as to take up one selvage quicker than the other. The patterns may be greatly diversified by combining the "" jacquard with the loom. The warp may be undulated also at intervals in the width of the piece, for which purpose separate “ rollers or bobbins will he required for the undulated warp, so that the straight warp will not he interfered with, and will serve ‘‘ to maintain the undulations of the rest.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 22. — N® 482. CURTIS, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — This “inven- ‘‘ tion, which has reference to the manufacture of an improved net, from which the various descriptions of regulation military “ sashes are made by machinery, in place of by hand as hitherto, “ consists in causing the threads of silk, bullion, or otherwise, “ to be arranged longitudinally side by side to the required width 966 WEAVING. for forming the sash, and separately attached through the intervention of headles and looped harness to a vertical standard frame, a shifting-bar and tappet action being employed for giving an alternating movement to the threads or warp during the elevation and depression of the headles, and consequent opening of the shed, by which arrangement a continuous over- lapping of the threads or warp is obtained, and the net or " fabric produced, the texture thereof being formed and regulated by the introduction of a wire of the requisite thickness between each shed, and the striking up of the work effected in like manner by means of hand laths or beaters.” [Printed, Sd, 'No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 22.-~N° 485. LUND, Edward. — This “ invention consists in so weaving or forming the fabric or texture to be used in covering the frames of umbrellas and parasols that it shall be thicker or more sub- stantial, or contain stronger threads, or a greater number of threads at those parts which, by repeated folding and unfolding of the fabric from friction, or from other causes, are the most likely to become worn, broken, or injured by use.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 23.-~N« 489. SMETHURST, Augustus William. — This invention relates to apparatus for increasing or diminishing the speed of a loom mthout stopping it. The invention consists in fixing the driving pulley to a supplementary shaft, to which is fixed a cone; a similar cone is also fixed to the crank shaft, and a strap passes around the cones, thereby communicating motion to the crank shaft from the supplementary shaft. The cones are placed in contrary directions (that is to say), the smaller end of one cone is opposite the larger end of the other, consequently by moving the strap along the cones, the speed of the crank shaft is increased or diminished.” The speed of the loom may also be varied at pleasure by a friction disc and pulley, the pulley being moved nearer to or further from the centre of the disc.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] WEAVING. 967 A.D. 1859, February 24.— N« 503. CROSLAND, Joseph. — This invention relates to the produc- tion of fancy goods, and consists in working two or more shuttle boxes, and regulating the picking motion by the same jacquard machine which forms the shed in the warp. By this means of regulating the above motions any change of shuttle may be effected, and two or more shuttles may be consecutively picked from one drop box, the opposite picking motion being ‘‘ for the time thrown out of action by the jacquard and suitable mechanism in connexion therewith.” DPrinted, Is. Zd, Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 25. — 509. REID, Alexander, and TONGE, Richard. — The patentees say, — The object of our invention is to economise material and time in weaving fabrics requiring two or more warps. In weaving such fabrics it is now customary to sink or drop the warp that is not required on the face of the fabric, and to cut away the portions of warp thus dropped after the piece is taken out of the loom, thereby occasioning a considerable loss of time and material. In performing our invention we wind the separate warps on separate beams, and we apply suitable holders or instruments near the breast beam of the loom; after a portion of the fabric has been woven with both warps, one of the warps is dropped, and any given length of fabric is woven with one warp, the warp that was under, and which during the weaving of the single part of the fabric, had continued to be given off its warp beam, must now be tightened up so as to allow the single fabric to be drawn into a loop, which is then ‘‘ held fast by the holders above referred to, a portion of fabric is next woven with both the warps, and then the weaver, by means of a suitable instrument, guided by a grooved cross rail, cuts the warp that had held the single fabric in a loop ; when the portion of fabric thus liberated has been taken up, the ** operations proceed as before, that is to say, the warp that is not required is sunk, and when the requisite length of single fabric has been woven, it is looped up as before, then another portion 968 WEAVING. of fabric is woven with both warps, and after cutting the warp, to liberate the loop of single fabric, the weaver proceeds as above described/’ [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 25.— N° 510. REID, Alexander, and TONGUE, Richard. — (Provisional protection only). — ‘^This invention is applicable to the reed, or that part of the loom by which the weft is struck into the cloth, and it consists in placing the dents or wires of the reed in curved or diagonal lines instead of in a straight line, as hereto- fore customary, or in placing them in partly curved, partly diagonal, and partly straight lines. The object of the inven- tion is to produce fabrics in which figures or patterns are woven, by striking the weft into the cloth in irregular lines, thereby accomplishing, in an easy and expeditious manner, the same effects as are now produced by jacquard or other similar apparatus.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 25. — N° 514. FIELDEN, Robert, junior, and FIELDEN, Thomas.— This invention relates to the manufacture of pickers. The patentees say, — It consists, first, in a new mode of building, lapping, or combining the materials of which the pickers are constructed. We first of all cut the buffalo hide or skins into certain lengths and breadths, according to the weight and size of the pickers intended to be made. The material thus prepared is coiled up so as to resemble a pipe or tube, which is then submitted to pressure, by which it is formed into a fillet or ribbon. The fillet or ribbon is then made into a picker of the required form. The second part of our invention consists in the application of certain machinery, by which we effect the coiling and pressing of the buffalo hide or skins, so as to form the fillet or ribbon before mentioned, and afterwards to form or shape it into a picker. The first machine is a press of a peculiar construe- “ tion, the bottom plate having in it a groove corresponding to the fillet or ribbon to be produced, and the upper plate having WEAVING. 969 a long projection or die corresponding to the groove. In this groove we place a mandrell, having a handle or winch, by which it “ is turned round. We coil on the mandrell a piece of the bufPalo ‘‘ hide or skin (previously cut to the size required as before "" mentioned). We next withdraw the mandrell and bring down "" the upper plate of the press on to the pipe or tube thus formed, by which action it is thus pressed and formed into a ribbon or fillet. The fillet or ribbon is then withdrawn and folded round another piece of metal of an oblong form, and placed in another press or vice, by which it receives the form of a picker, it is then wired and completed in the usual manner."’ [Printed, 7cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 28. — N° 525. MARTIN, Alexander, and CRICHTON, Alexander. — These improvements consist in the substitution of shedding apparatus in the power loom, so constructed as to weave either plain or tweeled cloth, or plain cloth, into which is introduced tweeded striping or tweeded cloth, into which is introduced plain striping. For accomplishing these objects, four shedding levers or treadles are used under the loom, into each treadle a pulley box is cast, into which is fitted a friction pulley, as in “ the common shedding lever. Immediately alongside each of these levers (which may be called major levers) a shorter lever ‘‘ passes, working on its back end on the same pin or spindle as the major series, terminating at the other or moving end in a “ slot cast in the side of the major treadle. This minor series of ‘‘ treadles also has a pulley box and pulley on each, the friction pullies of both series being placed at same distance from the heel, so that they form an unbroken row of eight friction pullies. On each major treadle is fixed a catch or bar, which ‘‘ being held in position by a spring, couples each of the major treadles with its neighbour of the minor series, or which being held back allows each treadle to move freely and independently by itself. Over these treadles is a shaft carrying four double wypers containing two segments each; the two segments being ‘‘ placed at opposite sides of the centre, a pap of the wypf^r ‘‘ beside being placed a short distance right and left of eacn other, so that each of the segments of the same wyper act upon “ two separate friction pullies, the one on the major, the other on 970 WEAVING. the minor, so that when a major and minor treadle are joined together, whichever of the two is acted on, the major treadle must descend ; hut if the two treadles are uncoupled by the catch or bar being moved back, then the minor treadle, when acted on, descends by itself and leaves its major neighbour at rest. The major series are kept in contact with the wypers by being suspended from the treadles, and the minor series not being suspended from the treadles, are kept in contact with the wypers by a spring or weight ; or the minor treadles may be dispensed with by casting on the major treadles under the pulley box a slot or dovetailed slide working downwards, in which is a corresponding dovetailed feather carrying at its top end a pulley box and pulley, being kept in contact upward with the wyper by a spring or weight, and being locked or unlocked to the major treadle to which it is attached by a bar or catch. The office performed by the minor treadles in the one case, or their substitute the dovetailed feather and box in the other, is that when weaving plain cloth they must be locked each to its neighbour major treadle, so that whichever of the two treadles or treadle and dovetailed slide are being acted on by their section of the wyper, the major treadle must descend, causing plain cloth to result ; then when tweeling is required ^ the treadles are unlocked by the catch being drawn back, so that when the minor treadle or dovetailed slide is operated on it descends by itself, leaving its major neighbour at rest, and as the wypers are so placed on the shaft as to act in regular suc- cession on each of the four treadles major, a regular three and one tweel results.” [Printed, 7d, Drawings.] A.D. 1859, February 28.— N® 532. TURNER, Archibald. — (Provisional protection only). — ^The nventor says, — My invention of improvements in the manu- facture of elastic fabrics relates to the employment (in the manufacture of such fabrics) of threads or yarns, composed of wool in combination with some other fibrous material, such as ^ cotton, silk, flax, &c. The object I have principally in view is ^ the production of a fabric with a surface resembling that of woollen cloth, to do which a woollen yarn must of course be employed, but a yarn composed wholly of fine wool will not be WEAVING. 971 of sufficient strength to admit of being used as a warp thread in the usual way, but I have discovered that by doubling or twisting together a fine yarn of cotton, silk, flax, worsted, or other suitable fibrous material, with another yam of fine wool, ‘‘ I can obtain the requisite strength to admit of the yarn being used with facility as a warp, and at the same time, owing to the fineness of the wool employed in making the compound yarns, a good woollen surface will be produced on the elastic fabric.’’ Elastic fabrics of any convenient widths may be made with “ these compound threads in combination with strands of india- “ rubber.” [Printed, 3c2. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 2.-~N« 558. KERSHAW, Joseph. — “Improvements in means or apparatus “ employed in weaving.” The improvements relate, first, to means for regulating the delivery of the warp as drawn from the warp beam or roller. ** An eccentric upon the crank or other suitable shaft rotates in the open end of a lever arm to give vibratory motion thereto. “ This lever arm carries# a driver or clawker, which acts upon to “ give motion to a ratchet wheel in connexion with a pinion and “ other intermediate wheels, for giving rotary motion to one of “ three rollers or beams, partly around and between which the “ warp is caused to pass to be drawn from the warp roller or “ beam. These three rollers or beams may be covered with cloth or other elastic or holding material, to facilitate the holding and “ consequent draft of the yarn, and they are pressed together so as “ to effect a nipping of their surfaces by spring pressure applied to the axes of the outer ones. There is also a vibratory rod carried by arms, and operated upon by spring pressure to act upon and give elastic tension to the yarn after it has left these “ feed rollers or beams, and thereby compensate for variations in “ length of yarn at the opening and closing of the shed. The improvements also relate to means for effecting a uniform “ winding on of the work on to the work roller or beam. The “ clawkers or drivers which act upon the ratchet wheel for giving motion to the work roller or beam are carried by arms from “ bosses formed to receive sliding arms, whose outer ends are by “ connecting rods operated from cranks or eccentrics. These 972 WEAVING. sliding arms are formed to receive a stud or studs, carried by a rod resting on the cloth upon the work beam, by which, as the diameter of the work beam increases with the increase of cloth th ereon, the sliding arms will be moved outwards, increasing their leverage, and, consequently, lessening the amount of motion given to the work beam. The cranks or eccentrics have motion given to them from the cam or tappet or other suitable shaft by preference by change wheels, so as to give facility for varying speed and timing with the delivery motion. In order that the work beam may at once cease to wind on work when weft fails, the ratchet wheel giving motion to the work beam is capable of sliding with its axis, and it is connected to the toothed wheels operating the work beam by studs or other suitable clutch connexion. The sliding of the ratchet wheel on its axis is efPected by levers and connecting rods in connexion with the weft fork or feeler, by which the ratchet wheel will cease to give motion to the work beam when weft fails. The patentee also forms the click or catch to the ratchet wheel in parts, with spring connection and screw adjustment adapted to the re coil required.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 3.— N® 567. JACKSON, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — Im- provements in shuttles.” The inventor says, — My invention consists in a method of constructing the shuttle so as to prevent the cop from flying off. For this purpose I construct the tongue of tempered steel, and adapt it so as to be fast at both ends upon the shuttle peg.” [Printed, 8d. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 7.—N« 597. ORR, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention has for its object improvements in weaving ornamental fabrics,” and it relates to a former one patented April 23rd 1855, [No. 905.] “ One part of the present invention consists in laying two shoots in place of one, as heretofore, into each shed of the inner warp ; this method of working admits of the loom being simplified by WEAVING. 973 using apparatus for changing the shuttle at one end of the batten only in place of at both ends, as has been necessary ‘‘ heretofore when producing such fabrics. Another part of the invention consists in producing fabrics of a similar description, but having one face only. In pro- ducing such a fabric, the process is as follows : — A shed is opened in the inner warp, and a weft shoot is introduced, whilst the whole of the outer warp is above the shed of the inner warp. The outer warp then descends, and is by a process of cross weaving lapped round the inner warp, and ‘‘ again brought up over the inner warp, in which another shed is then opened ; another weft is laid in this shed, and thus the operation is continued.^’ [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 12.— 631. CUNLIFFE, John; PIGGOTT, Frederick; and MALLIN- SON, George. — Improvements in the manufacture of orna- mental woven fabrics.” The patentees say, — In performing our invention, fabrics are woven by any suitable mechanism with the weft floating over the warp so as to leave races, and the ornamental velvet effects or patterns required are produced by cutting parts of the races and leaving the other parts uncut ; by this means designs of great variety can be obtained in silk, cotton, wool, or other materials. [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 15.— 650. DESURMONT, Charles, and GOUDEAU, Charles. — This invention relates ‘‘ to looms for weaving figured fabrics, and has for its object to obtain a greater speed in the action of the lames or heddles by means of a double action, and thus obtain a greater quantity of work. The improvements consist, first, in the employment of two ‘ presses^ or slides, in combination with hooks and levers, for raising the lames or heddles alternately ; secondly, in a peculiar arrangement of levers for lowering the heddles or lames ; thirdly, in the construction and combination of a ^ design composer,’ or 9/4 WEAVING. endless tappet chain or rack, which permits a design to be im* mediately formed or changed.’’ The design composer” for* small designs consists of a number of iron rods, placed at a certain distance apart, united at their ends by iron links, and terminated by screw nuts. Upon each of the rods are mounted cams, equal in number to the hooks and levers of the machine. These cams are moveable when the design is being composed, and fixed by rods passing through the links when it is formed. The design composer” for large designs consists of cards or sheets of gutta-percha or other material. Each of these cards is pierced with three rows of holes ; above each hole is a valve of gutta-percha,” fixed by a screw so as to close or open the ‘‘ holes at will. All these cards or sheets are united together by a band of gutta-percha to form an endless chain.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 16.— -N® 657. ROBERTSON, William, and ORCHAR, James Guthrie. — Improvements in weaving.” This invention relates to what is technically known as the ^ take up’ motion, or the movement which winds the cloth upon its proper beam in accordance with the rate of weaving. In this take-up motion a ^ pike’ roller, ‘‘ or beam studded with pointed projections or pins, is used as the actual agent in taking up the cloth, the drag or quadrant up-take being applied to or fitted up in connexion with this pike or pin roller, which apparatus can be so adjusted as to give the exact number of weft shots in the cloth that are required, ‘‘ whilst at the same time it provides that there shall be no take- up when the shuttle in action ceases to give off any weft. A separate and distinct roller is employed for receiving and taking ‘‘ on the woven cloth, so that as the pike or studded roller to which the quadrant is applied always remains at its normal diameter, the quadrant can be trimmed or adjusted at the com- mencement of a piece of cloth to work steadily and evenly to the end thereof. There are two or more arrangements by which this desirable end may be conveniently obtained, the woven “ cloth being wound upon the second roller. In one of these arrangements a pulley or disc is fitted on each end of the stud- WEAVING. 975 ded or pointed roller or its spindle, and similar pulleys or discs on the corresponding portions of the actual cloth roller, the pulleys of the cloth roller being allowed to rest in frictional contact with the pulleys in the studded roller, so that the frictional effect rolls on the cloth. In another arrangement ‘‘ there is a toothed spur wheel on one end of the studded roller, and a corresponding wheel on the cloth roller, the two being ^ in gear. The wheel on the cloth roller is frictionally connected to the roller or its spindle.” Instead of an actually studded roller, a roller covered with emery, or otherwise prepared so as to be capable of taking up the cloth with a good hold, may be used ; or a plain roller may be adopted, the object of this part of the present invention being the adaptation of the drag or quadrant take-up to a roller which always remains empty, and is consequently always of the same diameter.” The present invention also comprehends a convenient and effective means of taking back the warp yarn when necessary, and to this end the yarn beam has fast upon it a pair of ratchet wheels, set side by side and close together, the teeth being cut or formed in reverse directions as regards each wheel. This part of the loom movement is actuated by a horizontal lever passing forward to the front side of the loom, and having two palls or catches, so that the turning of the yarn beam can thus be accomplished in either a forward or backward direction, as may be required. When the lever is set in a horizontal position the upper pall or catch rests on a fixed stud pin in the framing, and quite clear of the ratchet teeth ; but when the weaver must take any warp yam back, he simply gives a few strokes to the lever, when the pall comes at once into contact with the ratchet as the lever is lifted.” [Printed, llc2. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 16.— No 658. PARKER, Charles. — (Provisional protection only.) — This in- ‘‘ vention relates to the so arranging and working looms for weaving that the warp threads may be slackened just prior to and during the formation of the shed, and again tightened for the beat up ; this tightening and slackening operation is whoUy performed at the front of the loom, the necessary motions ^76 WEAVING. « being derived from the slay or lathe. The slay or lathe has jointed to it a pair of short connecting or link rods, the front ends of which again are jointed by adjustable slot and stud connections to short pendant levers set on a long cranked bar, « or shaft, carried in end bearings in the loom framing; this bar or roller stretches entirely across the hne of the newly woven fabric, and either above or below it; and it is also “ arranged, that when the beat up is about to take place, it is pressed by the action of the lathe or slay forcibly against the “ woven cloth laterally; in this way the woven cloth and the warp “ threads are at once tightened, so that the beat up of the weft “ may take place in the most effectual manner. Then when the “ lathe or slay recedes, the lateral pressure of the bar is removed “ from the cloth, and the warp threads are thus at once slackened to allow of the formation of the warp shed.” [Printed, Sd, JN'o drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 18.— 684. William Bowers. — The patentee says, — ^^The nature of my invention consists in an improved combination of machinery or apparatus for applying the dressing to the warp 2 when in the loom, in order to dispense with the usual dressing “ machine now generally used. In performing my invention, the dressing is supplied to the warp by a brush revolving in a trough, which brush delivers it to a roller furnished witu a doctor; the warp passes over this roller, and is pressed upon by another roUer covered with flannel or other suitable material, and then through two stationary brushes. The warp on leaving ‘‘ the warp beam, or in any place between the warp beam and the ‘ healds, passes through one or more reeds, and it is separated by one or more lease rods, to keep each warp thread distinct from ‘‘ the others. A fan is applied to cause a current of air to act on the warp threads to dry or partially dry them before they pass through the healds.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 21. — N® 709. HUDSON, William, and CATLOW, Christopher. — This invention relates to power looms, and consists in improvements WEAVING. 977 on a certain part of a former invention patented July 23rd 1857, No. 2025. The patentees say, — ^^The part of our said former invention to which the improvements which constitute this our present invention relate, is that which is in the specification described as the second improvement, and which is therein stated to consist in the application of certain novel apparatus for arrest- ing the motions of the loom upon the occurrence of defective or imperfect weaving, commonly known as ^ float.’ ” Upon reference to the said specification it will be seen that the manner of effecting the improvement in question is by the application of a comb pivoted behind the reed with the dents thereof pointing downwards and penetrating the warp at intervals. In the event of any fragment of yarn becoming entangled with the warp, so as to prevent the perfect opening of any part of the shed, the obstruction so created acts upon the dent or dents of the comb which encounter it as the slay goes back and vibrate the comb towards the reed, thereby raising a projecting finger which, being retained in its elevated position by a detent, “ impinges at the next advance of the slay upon a stop piece, the consequent motion of which effects the stoppage of the loom through other mechanism with which it is connected. The first of our present improvements consists in dividing the comb into several sections or short parts which are sus- pended from the axis of a bar occupying the place of the stock or back rib of the comb in the original arrangement in such a manner that the motion of each section is independent of that of the others, but each of them when pressed towards the reed beyond a certain point, acts upon the bar before mentioned so as to cause it to turn upon its axis through a small angle ; any one of the sections encountering the contemplated obstructions in the shed is thereby caused to approach the reed, pressing against and slightly oscillating the bar ; the latter carries the “ finger which strikes the stop piece, and which finger being slightly elevated by the motion of the bar, stops the loom by the same means as in the original arrangement.” Our second improvement consists, firstly, in disconnecting the finger or arm which acts up the weft-stopping apparatus from the comb, so that the motions of the latter may not necessarily ‘‘ disturb the position of the said finger; secondly, in causing w. 3 a 978 WEAVING. the disconnected comb, when its dents are urged towards the reed beyond a certain limit to act upon and raise the aforesaid finger into the position proper for acting upon the weft forks ; and, thirdly, in imparting to the comb a positive separate and distinct motion proper to itself, and timed and regulated so as to cause the dents of the comb alternately to enter into and withdraw from the warp, inserting themselves as the slay recedes and disengaging themselves as it advances. According to this improvement, we retain the original construction of the comb in one entire piece. The comb may be applied either with the dents pointing downward as in the original arrangement, or in an inverted position with the dents pointing upwards.” [Printed, \ld. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 22.— N« 730. MANLOVE, Thomas, and HODGKIN SON, William.— (Provisional protection only). — ^‘This invention consists in manu- facturing plain, figured, striped, and plaited textile fabrics by the aid of ordinary twist lace machinery, such as is at present commonly employed in and for the manufacture of bobbin net and other lace, but with the addition thereto of other and novel mechanism ; the intention of this invention being to produce fabrics which shall, in their general appearance, resemble fabrics such as are now manufactured in looms. The nature of this invention will be best understood by the following description of the means by which it may be effected, as follows : — To manufacture plain fabrics it is proposed to arrange and dispose the weft and warp threads on beams placed one above the other at back and front of the machine, and work them to a carriage, the fabric being made in sections according to the guage of the machine. To manufacture figured fabrics we propose to employ a similar arrangement of the weft threads and warp threads to the foregoing ; but we employ more weft threads, some colored and some plain, and such of the threads as are inten- ded to produce the pattern we pass through perforated bars, for which said bars Letters Patent, bearing date the 15th day of “ December 1849, and numbered 12,897, were granted to James Oldknow, under the title of ^ Manufacture of Lace and other ^Fabric;’ these patent bars we connect to an ordinary jacquard “ engine for producing the desired figure, stripe, or pattern, and WEAVING. 979 operate therewith in the manner commonly practised in lace “ machinery. To manufacture plaited fabrics we employ any “ additional number of warp threads ; and this in connexion with a jacquard engine or not, according as it is required to produce either plain, figured, or striped plaited fabrics. By different arrangements of warp threads and colored warp threads, any kind of figuring or pattern can be produced on the fabric ; this invention consisting in working large quantities of warp threads to a carriage, and operating upon the same in such manner as to produce a fabric similar to a loom-made fabric, ‘‘ as above stated.’’ [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, March 28.— N° 776. TURNER, Archibald. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — The object I have principally in view in my in- vention of improvements in the manufacture of elastic fabrics, is the production of a fabric with the surface resembling that of woollen cloth, to do which woollen yarns are usually em« ployed, but yarns composed wholly of fine wool will not be of ‘‘ sufficient strength to admit of beihg used as warp threads in “ the usual way. I have discovered that by doubling or twisting together a fine yarn of cotton, silk, flax, worsted, or other “ suitable fibrous material with another yarn of fine wool, I can ‘‘ obtain the requisite strength to admit of the yarn being used with facility as a warp, and at the same time, owing to the fine- “ ness of the wool employed in making the compound yarns, “ a good woollen surface may be produced on the elastic fabric. “ The first part of my invention, therefore, consists in the em- ployment of threads or yarns composed of wool in combination with some other fibrous material, such as silk, cotton, flax, ‘‘ &c.” The compound threads or yarns thus produced are chiefly in- ‘‘ tended to be used as warp threads, but they may be sometimes advantageously employed as weft.” ‘‘ Elastic fabrics of any convenient widths may be made with “ these or either of these compound threads, in combination with " strands of india-rubber. 3 a 2 . 980 WExWING. Another mode of making an elastic fabric with a woollen face or surface, consists in employing an ordinary woollen weft in combination with cotton or other warp threads and india- rubber strands. The pile or surface of the cloth is produced from the woollen weft, but I do not consider this mode of making the fabric is so useful as when the pile or surface is ob- tained from the warp threads. The next part of my invention consists in dressing and finishing elastic fabrics made of woollen, or partly of woollen yarns, in combination with india-rubber strands.^’ The fabric to be produced from the compound threads, which form the first part of my invention, is intended to be employed more particularly for the fronts of ladies’ and gentle- men’s boots.” [Printed, 3cZ, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 847. SOWDEN, David. — (Provisional protection only.) — This ‘‘in- “ vention consists in imparting motion to the bottom board and “ groove of jacquard machines by means of two rods or slides, “ and one lever and one treading rod, which simphfies the work- ing, and gains increased speed thereof. This invention can be applied to either new or old jacquard machines, and be har- nessed to or with old lingers or weights.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 9.— N° 887. HUGHES, Edvtard Joseph. — (A communication from Ed- ward Davies.) — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in the manufacture of woven fabrics.” ‘"The warp and weft threads are arranged so as to obtain an improved mode of "" threading or tramping, technically called the "tie-up or cord,’ ” "" which dispenses with the employment of temples, and weaves "" with much less strain on the cloth, thus requiring less weight "" on the yarn beam, and allowing the loom to be worked at a "" greater speed.” [Printed, 5d. Drawing.] WEAVING. 981 A.D. 1859, April 12.— 916. HILL, Philip, and MOORE, John. — “This invention has for “ its object improvements in weaving double pile fabrics. For “ these purposes, in place of the arrangements of warp rollers “ and of leaves of heddles heretofore used when weaving such “ fabrics, six warp beams or rollers are employed, and eight leaves “ of heddles ; two of the six rollers or beams have the ground “ warps wound thereon, and the pile warps are wound on to the “ other four beams or rollers. The ground warps are passed “ through and actuated by four leaves of heddles, and the pile “ warps are passed through and actuated by four leaves of hed- “ dies. The batten or slay is caused to beat up twice for each “ weft, and the shed in the warp is changed between the two “ beats. An extra leaf of heddles is used to divide the warps, “ in order to keep the warps clear. This extra leaf of heddles “ remains stationary during the process of weaving, no eyes “ being used therein, but only single heald threads, between “ which the warp threads move up and down, thus clearing them* “ selves. The clearer leaf of heddles is set at the back of the “ other leaves of heddles.^’ [Printed, 5c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 14.— N° 936. BIRD, Thomas. — Improvements in the manufacture of pickers, drawing rollers, cop tubes, and steps where lubrication is re- quired. The patentee says, — “ I use the nuts known as the coquilla “ nut (attalea funifera) and the vegetable ivory nut (phytelephas “ macrocarpa), which from their oily nature require no additional “ lubricating matter, a very considerable item in machinery and “ manufacturing establishments, the same being peculiarly appli- “ cable to the following purposes ; — “ For pickers for looms ; by putting a bush made of the said “ substance in the tube, bush, or barrel of the picker, which runs “ on the spindle, whether the said tube be made of buffalo hide, “ wood, metal, or other material; and I make the picker of a “ simple T shape, the tube at the top forming the top part with- “ out any slot for the picking strap, the picking strap being fixed “ round the tube and the centre of the picker; the bush or 982 WEAVING. barrel may also be bounded with caoutchouc, leather, buffalo hide, or other suitable substance.’’ The said nuts are also applicable for drawing rollers used in spinning machinery, which will require neither covering on the outside, nor oiling on the journals. For small tubes on which the cops are built on the spindles. For pulleys, wharves, cotters, journals, barrels and rollers for castors, wharves for window or Venetian blinds, tips for “ skewers, steps and journals for gas or water meters, steps, journals, and bushes for time pieces, steps for looms, bearings for heald shafting or other bearings for looms ; in fine for all steps, bushes, and bearings for machinery where lubrication is required, provided the same be not required larger than the said nuts can be found.” [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 14. — N° 942. SINNOCK, William. — Part of this invention relates to ma- chinery for weaving an outer covering around electric telegraph cables. The warp threads are taken through holes in vertical sliding pieces, arranged around a hollow shaft, through the centre of which the cable is passed. A cam wheel, with two grooves cross- ing each other at a certain point, is attached to the hollow shaft, and gives motion to the sliding pieces so as to effect the crossing of the warp threads. The weft bobbin is connected to a wheel placed at the upper part of the hollow shaft, and is actuated by pinions which receive motion from a wheel attached to the cam wheel. [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 16.~N° 960. HARRISON, Henry. — This invention consists in making the taking-up rollers of looms of sheet metal. The patentee says, — In performing my invention I prefer to use a sheet iron shell “ attached to cast-iron discs or ends fixed to a shaft, or furnished " with trunnions ; the shell, after being varnished, is covered with “ emery in the usual manner, or it may be covered with card fillet or other rough surface.” [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 983 A.D. 1859, April 16.— N° 961. SIDEBOTTOM, John. — ^‘Improvements in the construction of “ tubes and partial tubes, and in machinery or apparatus for “ placing them on the spindles or machines used in spinning, “ doubling, winding, and warping; also improvements in ma- “ chinery for making such tubes and partial tubes.’’ The patentee says, — “ My invention of improvements in the con- “ struction of tubes and partial tubes consists in applying to slit “ tubes or partial tubes, projections to facilitate the operation of “ placing them on to the spindles of machines with which they are “ used. The object of these tubes is to keep the hole in the cop “ perfectly open when the cops are removed from the spindles, “ and until they are placed on the skewers of the shuttles or “ winding machines, so that the yarn can be wound ofp without “ or nearly without waste. I also make tubes of suitable metal “ or material, with a slit made in each of them lengthwise, with- “ out applying thereto the projection above described. These “ tubes may be placed upon the spindles in the usual way, and by “ means of their elasticity will readily adapt themselves to the “ spindles, though their diameter may be somewhat too small, as “ occasionally happens. “ My improvements in machinery or apparatus for placing my “ improved tubes or partial tubes on to the spindles, consist of a “ rail or holder or other suitable apparatus extending the whole “ length, or any portion of the length, of the machine containing “ the spindles ; this rail or holder or other apparatus is moved “ from and towards the spindles by excentrics, levers, hinges, ‘‘ pinions, slides, or other mechanism actuated by hand or other “ power. The sht tubes or partial tubes are supported *on the “ rail or holder or other apparatus on suitable projections, which “ are made to fit in corresponding perforations or slots in the “ back of each tube ; the projections may be made of sufficient “ length to enable them to pass through the opening or slit in the “ front of the tube, and thus hold them securely in a line with “ the spindles ; the projections may also be made of suf&cient “ thickness as to partly expand the tubes, and thus facilitate the “ operation of the tubes being sprung open in putting them on “ to the spindles. The tubes are then easily sprung on to the “ spindles.” [Printed, lOd. Drawings.] 984 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, April 18.— 981. EDWARDS, Frederick, and EDWARDS, William. — ^^This invention relates to the working of the shuttles in ordinary narrow fabric looms, where two or more sets of shuttles are used, and consists in the employment of treddles so constructed that they can be brought in contact with the levers communica- ting motion to the shuttles, the treddles being worked by two tappets on the tappet shaft ; these treddles are connected with a lever that is worked by a cam on the tappet shaft, which gives an oscillating motion to the treddles, which motion connects and disconnects them with the levers connected with the shut- ties.. The shuttle levers are worked in joints, and are brought in contact with the treddles by taper slide propellers, which are connected with the jacquard machine. As the machine rises so the action is communicated to the propellers ; the cards of the machine cause the propellers to rise, and by doing so bring the shuttle lever in contact with the treddles, and the lever is borne down by the treddle, thus taking the shuttles connected with that lever through the warp. By the sliding of the propellers “ motion is given to any set of shuttles as the figure of the work requires.” [Printed, lOd Drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 19.— N° 991. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication from John Pender.) — This invention consists in an “ arrangement of mecha- nical devices, by which bags without seam or selvage can be woven of any desired size or form ; the shape preferred, however, and that which is best adapted for cartridge bags, for the manu- facture of which the invention is more especially designed, being one the transverse section of which is of a circular form, ‘‘ gradually tapering, without losing the circular shape or fulness, that is, so that its longitudinal section shall be about the shape “ of a parabolic section of a cone to a point, the apparatus being so arranged and contrived, that the tapering can commence at any desired point of the operation, whereby any desired amount of fulness may be imparted to the bag. “ These results are effected by using, in combination with an “ ordinary jacquard harness, a tapering reed which narrows from WEAVING. 985 top to bottom, between the wires of which the threads or yams of the warp pass. The reed is held stationary while the straight portion of the bag is being woven, and gradually lowered when the tapering conical shape is desired to be given to the bag ; the fulness, when the bag begins to taper, being obtained by passing the shuttle, with its filling, through that portion of the warp or the shed where the fullness is desired, on the same principle as in ordinary weaving.” [Printed, Is. Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 25.— N‘> 1031. WARD, George. — The patentee says, — My invention relates to certain improvements in Berrie and Anderson’s well-known machinery, for making healds or heddles used in weaving, and consists of an improved taking-up motion, worked by toothed gearing, instead of worms and worm wheels ; of an arrangement of guide and stretching pullies for enabling the entire length of the heald to be formed, without winding or lapping any part on a drum ; of the employment of a carrier wheel for giving motion to the pinions, which turn the bobbins containing the braid bands or tie threads, and also the revolving lappers ; of an im- proved mode of working the pusher for pushing off the eyes of the heald as they are formed; and of a simple and efficient arrangement for working the sliding bolts, or frame for working the braiding needles. “ The other parts of this machine are similar to those described in the specification and drawing of Berrie and Anderson’s Patent, dated the Twenty-fifth day of March, in the year of our Lord One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five. No. 6798, such as the great wheel open in the interior, and working upon three rollers ; the rim being mounted with the bobbin and stem “ for the clasp thread; the passing of the backing cord from ‘‘ drums or pullies loaded with friction cords and weights ; the employment of revolving bobbins and lappers, for laying the braid bands or tie threads round the backing cords ;, the thread on the bobbins being maintained at its proper tension by means of springs.” [Printed, lOc^. Drawings.] 986 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, April 25.— N® 1032. OWEN, John, and DUCKWORTH, Hindle. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in apparatus for leasing yarns. The inventors say, — For sizing warps, we place in any convenient position, beyond the rest beam, a bar of any suitable shape, with indentations or slight grooves cut in it of different dents or counts, according to the counts or quahties of yarn to be operated upon, and at each side of the said bar we place a comb, with incisions of about three quarters of an inch in depth, so that at the time of leasing, one of the said combs will ascend, and the other descend, thus causing one half of the yarn threads to rise and the other to fall, by which the lease is made without further trouble. We also use a brush to straighten the threads, when necessary, in taking the lease. Although we have described the operation as applied to a sizing machine, it will be evident to every one conversant with the subject, that the invention is also applicable to the warping mill, and to all kinds of yarns, whether plain or “ fancy, when a lease has to be made.’’ [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 29.— 1077. WELCH, John Wellington. — This invention consists in the use of animal gelatine and sulphate of magnesia combined for sizing and dressing yarns for weaving, [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, April 30.— N° 1086. MORISON, James, senior, and MORISON, James, junior. — (Provisional protection only.) — ‘‘ This invention relates, firstly, to certain improvements in jacquard apparatus, of the kind used for acting upon leaves of heddles in the production of orna- mental fabrics; secondly, to certain improvements in details connected with shifting shuttle boxes; and thirdly, to an improvement in shuttles. An improvement in jacquard apparatus consists in arranging the horizontal needles, to act each upon one or more pairs of vertical hooks, one of each pair of vertical hooks having its "" point turned in one direction, and the other having its point WEAVING. 987 turned in the other direction. The brander is so contrived that it lifts either one or other individual of each pair of hooks, being made with double catching edges, or if a lifting board is used the holes are made, each with two slits in opposite directions, a pair of tails passing through each hole in such a manner, that when one tail is in its slit, the other is in the central enlarged part of the hole. The horizontal needles are fitted with springs, tending to keep them all to one side, and the jacquard cards push those selected over to the other side. A portion of the vertical hooks or tails are connected directly to the heddle ‘‘ leaves, in order to lift them, another portion being connected to “ them through reversing levers, in order to draw them down. The jacquard apparatus may be placed above the centre of tlie warps, or to one side, as is sometimes preferred; and in “ the latter case, the action is transmitted by means of segmental pulleys, to which the tails or cards are attached, and which act like bell-crank levers. In carrying out the improvements con- nected with shifting shuttle boxes, jacquard apparatus is em- ployed for obtaining the shifts or changes of shuttle, as and ' when required by the pattern. The horizontal needles of the jacquard apparatus act upon a series of pins, jointed upon the end of a lever, contrived to shift the jointed end of a second lever, by which the shuttle boxes are raised or lowered. The shifting of the jointed end of this last lever brings it under one or other of a series of cams, fixed upon the crank of first motion “ shaft of the loom, and the cam in revolving effects the requisite shift of the shuttle box. The pins acted upon by the jacquard needles are of different lengths, and, when required, one or other of them is brought into, or left in a position to be acted upon by the descending or ascending brander or lift board, and the lever to which the pins are jointed, is accordingly shifted thereby to a greater or less extent ; provision may be made for acting upon shuttle boxes on both sides of the loom. The improvement in shuttles consists in making them so as each to receive two pirns, the skewers for these pointing from opposite ends towards the middle, at which part the eye is placed. The inner end of the thread of one pirn is attached to the outer end of the thread of the other pirn, and when one pirn is exhausted, the other continues to supply weft.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] 988 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, May 9.^N‘> 1163. MORTON, Alexander. — This ^Gnvention relates to jacquard apparatus aud adaptations of the loom to act theremth in the production of figured fabrics, such as figured damask quilts and other fabrics when one shuttle is used ; and also for fabrics of the harness-work class, such as plaids and shawls, when several shuttles are used in rotation.” With regard to the figured damask loom, the patentee says, — In carrying out my improve- “ ments I use no heddles, the strain is equal on all the yarns, and I can have a shed for a shuttle of any size. The lifting comb (or lifting board or brander) I divide into as many sections or parts as may be required to work the required twill on the fabric to be woven ; thus it may be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, and so on. Each division acts independently, and has its own sepa- rate action. I shall illustrate my plan by supposing that a four-leaved twill is required. In this case I shall have four combs, which I shall call a, b, c, d, in each division ; the cords are so arranged that each will lift one-fourth of all the yarns in the following order: — a, 1st, 5th, 9th, and 13th threads; 5, 2nd, 6th, 10th, and 14th threads; c, 3rd, 7th, 11th, and 15th threads; d, 4th, 8th, 12th, and 16th threads, and so on. The pattern is cut on the cards without any twilling on them, and placed on the cylinder of the jacquard in the usual way. The four combs, a, 5, c, c?, are each of them moved by cams at the back of the jacquard, and all the combs are capable of being lifted together ; for the first shot, the comb a is pushed as much out of its place by the cam as that it will not lift anything, but must miss every- thing, thus leaving down what is necessary for the twill of the figure ; comb c at the same time is pushed the contrary way, so ‘‘ that it will lift the whole fourth of the web, thus lifting the twill for the ground, and a shot is then passed ; then by the action of the cams, the combs a and c come to their former places, and the combs h and d are next acted on in the same way, and a shot ‘‘ is passed ; then c and a are operated upon and a shot is passed ; ‘‘ and then d and 5, and then a shot is passed, thus completing the twill ; and as many shots can be put on the card as are re- “ quired, by not turning the cylinder of the jacquard ; and for the “ extension of the figure or pattern, instead of having one eye on the needle of the jacquard, if I want to extend it two-fold, I use “ two eyes on the needle ; if I wish to extend it three-fold, I put WEAVING. 989 three eyes on the needle, and so on, each with their cord or lifter, “ and each needle mil act on or lift the two, three, four, or five contiguous threads of the web, thus extending the pattern as required.'’ For working harness work, such as harness plaids and shawls, by my improvements I use no heddles ; the ordi- nary plan is to lift the pattern by the jacquard and twill, and bind ‘‘ by the pressure heddles. My machine for this work is divided into as many divisions as may be necessary for forming the twill, and the figure is extended by the eyes on the needle of the jacquard in the same way as for damasks. If a four-leaved twill is required, then four divisions of the combs are used, but the harness is made in the usual way of single-mail harness at the mail, and for about nine inches above it, or as long as to be a httle above the under harness board, and this is called the mid- piece of harness, and at the top of the mid-piece the harness is made treble, or with three legs tied to each mid-piece. The “ under harness board is made into four separate divisions, or as many as may be required for small shot, each being moveable by a jacquard machine ; or, instead of the four under moveable harness boards, shafts are put through the cleft of each harness, to answer for the moveable divisions of the under board These shafts are acted on by the jacquard in the same way as the divisions. One leg of the harness of each of the No. 1, 2, 3, mails is put up through hole No. 1 of the top board, and tied to the first cord of the first eye of the needle of the jacquard ; then the legs of No. 2, 3, 4, are put up through the second hole of the top board and tied to the cord of the second eye of the needle. Then the legs of ,No. 3, 4, 5, are put up the third hole, and tied to the third cord, and then 4, 5, 6, up the fourth hole and tied to the fourth cord, and 5, 6, 7, up the fifth hole and tied to the first cord of the second needle, and so on throughout. The machine “ is worked as follows : — At the first shot the comb a lifts the pattern and a shot is passed, and then the comb a, and another shot, until the whole series of colours are gone over. Then the “ jacquard lifts one of the divisions of the under harness or hole board, and the small shot is driven. This completes the series, and then the colours or shots are repeated in the same order, but the comb 5 is lifted instead of a ; then after this series the comb c is actuated, and the same sequence goes on, and then ‘‘ the comb d, and so on, repeating the comb a. Or by the power 990 WEAVING. loom all the combs lift together, but by the action of the cam at the back of the jacquard, three of them are pushed out of their places (so that they will lift nothing) in their respective rotation.” A weft stop motion is described, in which the weft fork is made to act separately on the weft of each shuttle when a series of shuttles are used, and the weft which has been detected is moved by threads or wires out of the warp, so as to allow the fork to act on the next weft. There is also a shuttle box protector, in which the shuttle driver must come back to its proper place before the boxes shift ; if it does not do so the loom will stop.” The driver slides on two spindles, between which there is a bell-crank moving freely on a fixed stud. The upper part of the bell-crank is tapered, so that the driver will shde on it when it returns ; the top arm stands up, so that the driver will press it down, when it comes back to its place,” and in so doing, lift two palls, which would otherwise strike the ordinary frog and stop the loom. [Printed, l5. Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, May 10.— N° 1172. THOMSON, Robert. — This invention relates to improve- ments in the construction of shuttles for looms, and has for its object to prevent or lessen the breakage or separation of the ^^|cop, which has hitherto been so common a cause of waste. The breakage which it is intended to prevent or lesson is that separation of the cop into two portions which occurs or may occur during the action of the loom, either on the starting or stopping of the shuttle, and is considered to be due to the strain arising in overcoming either the inertia or the momentum of the cop. This breakage it is by this invention proposed to prevent by mounting the skewer or spindle upon which the cop is placed, so that such skewer, with the top on it, may be capable of yielding longitudinally in the shuttle when the latter is suddenly started or stopped.” [Printed, 7c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, May 18.— -N^ 1233. HASLAM, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — This^^inven- tion relates to the construction of metal healds for dressing ma- WEAVING. 991 ‘‘ chines and looms, and has for its objects convenience of separation for access to the several warp threads when required, and also in- creased faciHty for taking out and replacing any number of the healds, and changing the count without disturbing the re- maining healds, or the frame. The healds are made of thin “ narrow strips of metal or flattened wire, having an eye or hole through about the centre, and furnished at or near the top with an slot cut out so as to form a hook, by means of which they are attached to and detached from the heald frame without disturbing the remainder of the healds, or taking the frame to pieces, and also the necessity for intermediate stays ‘‘ is dispensed with. The heald frame is composed of an upper ‘‘ and lower stave, united by vertical end pieces, or the frame may be made in one piece. The upper stave is furnished on each “ side with a projecting slide or rail, on which the healds are hung by means olP the aforesaid hook, and are secured by an upjjer rail or cop. The lower stave is composed of three parallel plates bolted or rivetted together (or the stave may be formed in one piece), so as to leave a space or groove back and front, in which the lower ends of the healds are held loosely; and in this " groove at about every four inches apart are stops, which keep ‘‘ the healds in place, and prevent them from being pushed more than a certain distance apart, one heald longer than the others being placed intermediate between each two stops for that pur- “ pose. There are also stops placed in the upper stave, which are intended to have a similar effect.” [Printed, 8d. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, May 23.— N‘> 1261. KNOWLES, John. — Certain improvements in power looms.” This invention consists, — “ Firstly, in the construction and com- bination of the parts of an endless or circulating tappet chain compounded of several subordinate chains or parallel series of links, each link being furnished with one of the projections known to weavers by the various denominations of ‘jiggers,’ ‘ risers and sinkers,’ or ^ elevators and depressors,’ and in the “ application of such chains to the purpose of regulating the dis- tribution of the warp in the sheds in fancy weaving by elevating “ and depressing the leaves of healds in varied orders of succes- 992 WEAVING. sion dependent upon the manner in which the links of the chain are selected and arranged in composing the chain.’’ Secondly, in the combination with the tappet chain before ‘‘ mentioned of an extra series of links furnished with ^ jiggers,’ adapted to the purpose of raising or lowering a system of moveable shuttle boxes.” Thirdly, in the combination with the tappet chain firstly before mentioned of an extra series of links adapted to give impulse to the taking-up click, or to allow the action of the same to be suspended.” Fourthly, in the combination with the firstly before- mentioned tappet chain of an extra series of links adapted to slide the picking tappets or wipers into or out of their working positions, so as to alter the order of the picks.” Fifthly, “ in making the prominences or swells of the cam wheel, employed for raising and lowering moveable shuttle boxes according to the invention of John Knowles and William Clarke,” patented 14th of August 1856, N° 1 901, “ perpendicular to the disc of the said cam wheel, instead of being in the plane thereof, or employing in the place of the said cam wheel a cylinder with undulating grooves.” And sixthly, in the use and application, in combination with the before-mentioned improved cam wheel, of a pair of parallel discs fixed on and revolving with a sliding boss, and by means of pins or teeth imparting occasional motion to the said cam wheel, together with the mechanism and pattern chain for transmitting motion to and regulating the action of the same.” [Printed, 11c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, May 26.— N° 1307. MICHAELIS, Michael, and KERSHAW, Robert.— (Provi- sional protection only.) — The inventors say, — Our invention relates to velvets and other piled fabrics which are manufactured with a silk face and cotton or other inferior back. According to the usual method of producing these goods, the ^ tic’ or * binding ’ thread is of silk, but according to our invention we employ a thread of cotton or other inferior material, and to enable us to accomplish this, we use a ^ rising box ’ loom and two or more shuttles. We have mentioned the fabrics as having a WEAVING. 993 " face of silk, by which we mean that the character thereof is silk, but other materials may be mixed therewith.” [Printed, 3d No drawings.] A.D. 1859, May 27.— 1311. WEILD, William. — Improvements in looms for weaving pile fabrics.” Firstly, the improvements relate ^^to hook jacquards for weaving Brussels carpet and similar pile fabrics ; ” and consist in arranging the jacquard so that one of the five hooks required for the five threads shall be taken by the ^ griff ’ at all times, except when such hook is acted upon by the card striking “ against one of the needles, which occurs when any of the other five threads are required, each of the needles that are acted upon by the cards being connected with the fifth hook by passing through a loop formed in each needle of the other four hooks ‘‘ acted upon by the cards, so that there are only four needles to five hooks, and any one of the four needles being acted upon by the cards puts the fifth hook out of action, the fifth hook coming into action when the needles are not operated upon by the cards.” Secondly, the improvements relate to mechanism for working wires in looms for weaving pile fabrics ; ” one part of the im- provements is made upon that wire motion shown by sheet 7 of the drawings accompanying the specification of a former patent dated 29th January 1857, No. 267, ^^ahd consists in dispensing with the slide which pushes against the heads of the wires when they are inserted into the shed, and in modifying the shape of the head of the wire so that a projection from the reciprocating slide, giving end movement to the wire, will act directly upon the head of the wire while it is being inserted into the shed, and also in so arranging the mechanism so that the head of the wire only will slide in the groove of the guide bar, the point “ end of the wive when withdrawn from the fabric being sustained by spring pieces or their equivalents fixed to the grooved guide bar, at the end nearest the fabric.” Another part of the improvements is made upon the wire mo- tion shown on sheet 8 of the drawings accompanying the afore- said specification, ‘‘and consists in giving the required move- w. 3 R 994 WEAVING. merits to the slide carrying the hooked instrument, which engages with the heads of the wires by causing it to grasp a bar hinged and having motion imparted to it in a manner “ similar to the grooved bar or trough used for guiding the wire in the mechanism shown by sheet 7 of the drawings ac- companying the aforesaid specification, so as to slide upon such bar. Another improvement consists in modifying the instru- ment for engaging with the heads of the wires, which is em- ployed in the wire motion last referred to, and shown by sheet 8 of the drawings accompanying the aforesaid specifica- tion, by dispensing with the hooked part of such instrument used for withdrawing the wire, and using instead thereof the instrument employed for this purpose in the wire motion shown by sheet 7 of the drawings of the aforesaid specification. [Printed, 2s. 8d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, June 4.— N° 1373. CROSSLEY, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^^This invention consists in an improved combination of parts forming “ a ^ double lift-band jacquard machine.’ The ordinary wire hooks are dispensed with, and bands substituted for them, ar- ranged in alternate rows, the odd rows being raised by one grife and the even rows by the other grife. Each double roW of bands (that is, one odd band and one even band,) is acted upon by the same needle, the two bands being coupled together and attached to one thread of the mounting of the loom. The aforesaid bands are held tight when the cylinder is acting on the needles by means of weights or springs, so that a propel selection of threads can be made according to the desired pat- tern. By this means each end of the warp can be raised as often as required, and thus enable the ^ double hft-band jacquard ^ machine ’ to produce any kind of fabric.” [Printed, Sd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, June 4.— N° 1376. NUTTALL, James, RIDING, George, and COULTHURST, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — This invention re- lates to and consists in the use of an improved size powder or WEAVING. 995 composition in sizeing cotton, linen, or other warps for weaving. The improved size powder or composition is made from the fol- lowing ingredients, and by preference in the following quantities or proportions, namely : — - Two parts, - One part. - One part. Paris white Muriate of soda Farina - Rice flour - One quarter of a part. The above parts or quantities are worked or mixed up in the form of a powder, together with a suitable quantity of common flour, according to the particular consistency of the sizes re- quired for sizeing cotton, linen, or other warps for weaving. It “ is also intended that any one or more of the above-mentioned ingredients may be used in making or mixing the size powder, either separately or together, with any other of the said in- ‘‘ gredients, as may be found desirable.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, June 8.— N° 1394. HENDERSON, John, HENDERSON, William, BAGLEY, Thomas, and HOLDSWORTH, Samuel. — Improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention consists, firstly, in an im- proved clutch, which the patentees call a safety clutch,” for driving or giving motion to a loom or other description of ma- chinery.” Secondly, in ^Hhe application of an additional spring or ad- ditional springs to a shuttle box, for the purpose of preventing or assisting in preventing the rebound of the shuttle.” Thirdly, in a mode of keeping the heads of the wires used in a terry loom in an erect or vertical position when loose wires are used.” The patentees employ a small bar or instrunjent which is passed through openings in the heads of the wires, and holds them in an erect or nearly erect position.” Fourthly, in apparatus (which may be called a wire stopper) for stopping the action of a terry loom, when from any cause the loom fails in proper time to draw out a wire which ought to be mthdrawn.” For this purpose, the patentees ^ place a wire stopper at each side of the cloth in the loom close up to the place at which each of the wires is intended to be drawn out of 3 R 2 996 WEAVING. the cloth. If a Avire^ when it comes in its turn to the place at which it ought to be withdrawn, happens from any cause not to be drawn out, it will in its further progress, occasioned by the take-up motion of the cloth upon the cloth roller, come into contact with one or both of the wire stoppers, each of which is ‘‘ connected with mechanism by which the loom will he caused to stop.” Fifthly, in a combination of parts for transferring the terry wires as they are withdrawn from the cloth in a pile or terry loom to the front of the work for insertion into the open shed, also for working the oil brush and for tightening the weft.” Sixthly, in ^^the mode of constructing a lever, which is em- ployed for withdrawing, or for inserting and withdrawing terry ‘‘ wires in a terry loom with a curved slot in such* lever.” [Printed, 2s. 6c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, June 8.— N° 1398. MOLOZAY, Jean Baptiste. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — I propose to manufacture stuffs known as velvets, forming lengthwise upon them everything that has hitherto been necessarily formed in their breadth, such as stripes, designs, et cetera. I use in my loom a large cog wheel, double ratchet wheel, moving backwards and forwards to regu- late the manufacture of the velvet above or below, lever, toothed roller, batten, the ordinary velvet wires attached to a “ bar rack, or a comb soldered between two bars, double or other mesh bearings, with slides carrying steel lames, which may be arranged in several ways in winding the pile thread round the wires, thread-stick, thread and piece rollers, and roller with two pullies, the one turning the pile thread to the right, the other to the left ; also taffety lever. My arrangements may be adapted to existing looms, and ‘‘ may be used in the manufacture of plain or figured velvets ; “ one wire drawer is dispensed with, and the pattern or stripe may be continued indefinitely, there being no limit but that of the design or the will of the workman.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] WEAVING. 997 A.D. 1859, June 11.— N° 1414. DONBAVAND, William, and CRICHTON, David. — “ Im- provements in looms for weaving.” This invention consists of improvements on and in Crichton and Cathcart’s patent, dated the seventeenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six. No. 2174, and consists, firstly, of ‘‘ an improved cam, which is constructed to move a recipro- eating lever a greater distance on the change throw than any other part of its travel, in order to compensate for the back lash in the wheels of the alternate motion. Secondly, of an arrangement of spur and ratchet wheel motion for producing, by alternate intermittent rotary motion of different velocities, ‘‘ the decreased speed of the cloth beam, and also for combining with the aforesaid motion a differential motion obtained from the said spur and ratchet wheels in order to obtain a more per- feet result. The said spur wheels may be of equal or different numbers of teeth ; if of different numbers of teeth, that is, one wheel having one or more teeth than the other, they will give different revolutions on their axes, one wheel more than the other. By the combination of this differential motion of revo- lution with the alternate motion of different 'velocities, there is obtained a constant decreasing motion of the cloth beam. When the said differential motion is combined with the alter- nate motion of different velocities, and applied to the letting-off beam of a loom, the only difference will be that the motion will be the slowest at the commencement, and gradually increase as the yam is let off. Thirdly, of an improved apparatus acting from the surface of “ the cloth beam in connexion with the differing radius lever “ which works the ratchet and spur wheel motion. And, fourthly, of the application of a friction lever acting on the said cam hob, for the purpose of giving steadiness to the ‘‘ cam as it turns on its axis.” [Printed, Is. Sd, Drawings.] A.D. 1859, June 13.— N° 1429. NEWTON, William Edward. — A communication from Charles Miller — (Provisional protection only.) — “ This invention of improvements in the manufacture of piled fabrics, and in the 998 WEAVING. machinery employed in such manufacture, consists in a novel mode of manufacturing piled fabrics suitable for carpets* or for other purposes, by the introduction into a previously woven foundation of threads, which, after being passed through the said foundation in the form of a series of rows of loops at regular or suitable intervals, are secured by a continuous filling thread, “ which passes through the several rows of loops in succession. In this way a pile may be produced on either or both sides of the foundation, the protruding loops forming it on one side, and the portion of the thread between the loops forming it on the other side, and by cutting the thread between the loops, a cut or velvet pile may be produced on one side. The invention also consists in the employment in this manu- facture of a series of needles, arranged side by side, at suitable distances apart, for passing the threads through the foundation in the form of loops in rows extending the whole width of the fabric, and a long needle operating transversely to the first- mentioned or loop needles for carrying the fiilling thread through the loops. The invention also consists in the employment of a pin stud or other contrivance, for holding the filling thread during the retreat of the needle, which passes it through the loops, the object of this pin or stud being to prevent the thread from being withdrawn wholly or partly from the loops by the retreat of its needle. In addition to the above, there is a mechanical arrange- ment for feeding the foundation fabric forward to the needles for the reception of the pile threads. A set of wires are also employed in some cases for the purpose of forming the pile.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, June 16.— 1445. BIRKMYRE, William. — ^^This invention relates essentially to the drying of yarn either in the process of winding or warping it, or in the process of putting it upon pirns, as preparatory to the ultimate weaving process. In treating flax or linen yarns in this way, instead of drying the material as a separate process, after it has been boiled or bleached preparatory to winding and other processes, as at present pursued, the yarns are taken direct from the boiling house or from the bleach field, or from the WEAVING. 999 “ ^ steep/ or ‘plashing/ or spinning frame, in a wet or damp “ state, and dried in the actual process of winding, warping, or “ putting on to pirns. This drying may be accomplished in “ various ways, but it is preferred to pass the yams over or in “ contact with steam cans or cylinders as they are wound, warped, “ or put on to pirns. Prior to effecting this drying operation, it is “ preferred, in some cases, to brush the yarns by means of rotatory “ brushes or other suitable mechanical means. “ The invention is applicable more especially in the manufacture “ of flax and linen goods, but it is also suitable for use in the “ treatment of other materials.’’ ^Printed, 3d, No drawings.] AT). 1859, June 17.--N° 1466. COMBE, John, and SMALPAGE, Robert. — “This invention “ consists, firstly, in making the spindles of winding machines of “ two parts, the lower part of which is free to slide up and down, “ while the top part of the spindle and wharve revolve freely upon “ it; also in making the revolving part of the spindle a tube, and “ causing the wharve which it carries to revolve on a hollow fixed “ stud ; in making the winding spindle slide in the wharve, and causing it to return or react in the slide by means of a spring ; “ in certain improved apparatus for regulating the operation of “ winding machines. “ Secondly, in the application of a quick traverse motion and “ compensating spring lever or other reacting movement to mules “ and other spinning or roving machines, in order to produce a “ cop which may be packed into a shuttle or other receptacle, and “ drawn from the internal surface without ravelling. “ Thirdly, in the arrangement of cops in balanced sliding, “ swinging, or fixed frames as a substitute for the bobbins and “ creels of Warping machines, or for the warp beams of dressing machines or looms ; and in the application thereto of guides so “ formed as to give a uniform friction to the yarn or thread as it “ is drawn from the cop. “ Fourthly, in securing cops in shuttles or other receptacles, by “ having one side of the shuttle or cop holder to close in on the “ cop by means of a spring, so as to retain the last coils of the “ end of the cop, and deliver them without ravelling.” [Printed, 11c?, Drawings.] 1000 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, June 18. — N° 1472. FIRTH, JosiAH, and CRABTREE, James. — (Provisional pro- tection only.) — The inventors say, — These improvements consist in the introduction of an extra color or quantity of colors in the manufacture of the carpets known under the foUo^ving designations, viz., "two ply,’ "super,’ "Scotch,’ or "Kidder- "" " minster ’ carpets.” "" In this class of carpet, as at present "" manufactured, only two colors or threads of weft can be woven "" in the same space across the piece, forming a double or two ply "" cloth. By our improvements we introduce three colors or "" threads of weft in the same space as two are used in the prp^nt "" process of manufacturing this class or description of carpet, "" thereby giving the cloth or carpet in efPect t>u’ee covers or plies, "" as in the carpet known as "three ply super imperial carpet,’ and "" that with a saving of about one-third of the number of threads "" of warp used for a three-ply super imperial carpet.” "" We so "" bind or knit these separate plies or covers of the carpet together "" as to make them in effect one cloth throughout the whole piece, "" and that ^vithout being perceptible, or in the least damaging the "" appearance of the fabric, and we thereby produce a much thicker, "" firmer, and more durable carpet than either the carpets known "" as the two-ply, super, Scotch, or Kidderminster carpet, or the "" three-ply super imperial carpets above named ; the warp used "" is either to be dyed in the usual way or printed. A jacquard "" machine of either one, two, or three lifts is attached to the loom "" for weaving carpets according to this invention, and the cards "" for the jacquard machine are stamped in such a way as to cause "" the machine so to lift or depress the threads of the warp, in "" order to form the pattern to be woven upon the carpet, and also "" to raise and depress certain of the threads of the said warp, so "" that by throwing in the three threads of weft with the shuttles "" in place of two threads, as at present in use for two-ply, super, "" Scotch, or Kidderminster carpets, the proper pattern is obtained "" with the addition of the extra thread or color ; and the ply or "" plies of cloth that would be separate, as previously explained in "" the old method, would be so bound together as in effect to form "" one solid cloth throughout the whole piece.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] WEAVING. 1001 A.D. 1859, June 22.— N° 1497. SMITH, Robert. — ^^Improvements in apparatus applicable to looms for weaving fancy fabrics.” This invention consists in fixing or jointing a support at each end of the loom below the warp, each support having holes or bearings in which the ends of two bars of wood or other suitable material are capable of moving “ or vibrating. The said bars are mounted with any required “ number of pins, which act upon a cord or thread placed be- tween the warps at the opening of the shed, so that when the “ bars are partially turned and the pins raised, the cord or thread is placed in a zig-zag or Vandyke position, and afterwards beaten “ up, thus forming a fancy fabric, which can be varied to an indefinite extent by employing a greater or less number of healds, and giving few or many picks of weft. The two sets of pins are raised simultaneously, either by means of handles on the bars or by pulleys encircled by cords connected to one or more levers, the return position of the bars and pins being obtained by springs, elastic bands, or weights.” [Printed, Qd. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 1.— N« 1565. BEARD, James Rait. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — This invention is an improvement on or an extension of two patents granted to Rudolph Wapperstein, dated respectively the third day of November, one thousand ‘‘ eight hundred and fifty-seven, N° 2793, and the eighth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-eight, N° 1286, ‘‘ and which have been assigned to me by the said Rodolph “ Wapperstein, and consists of steeping the horn of animals in ‘‘ oil, or a composition of oil and other matters heated to the requisite temperature until it is sufficiently soft, giving it ‘‘ elasticity and brilliancy, and then put it in a mould heated by steam, after which processes a mandril made of wood or metal is “ driven into the horn to straighten it, when it may cut spirally . “ as described in the specification of the aforesaid patent, dated “ the eighth day of June 1858, granted to Rodolph Wapperstein,” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 1.— N° 1566. JONES, Abel. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in machinery or apparatus for dra^ving in, twisting, or looming 1002 WEAVING. textile materials.” The inventor says, — Instead of passing or drawing the yarn, thread, or warp through the eyes of the healds by hand, as hitherto adopted, I effect the same by machinery or apparatus. I place the reed in front of the healds, with a dividing apparatus below it, acted upon by change wheels, so that the divisions of movement will correspond with the spaces of the reed. The drawing in of the yam through the healds is effected by a triangular motion, worked by a shaft acting on mechanical fingers, which push hooks through the eyes of the heald. When the yarn is placed on the hooks, they are drawn back again, drawing the yarn with them, which yam is afterwards passed through the reed by a self-acting hook, the said fingers and hooks being connected with the dividing apparatus, all the movements being perfectly self-acting, and working with exactness and rapidity; or, instead of the tri- angular motion, I can use a cam, or any similar mechanical contrivance.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, July l.-~N° 1568. CARRON, Anton. — A communication from Henri Carron. — (Provisional protection only.) — An improved loom for themanu- facture of silk and other velvet.” The loom described is for weaving two pieces of velvet joined together by the pile. The ground warp is placed on a beam, and passed round two rollers in contact with each other. After leaving the rollers, this warp is separated and passed through a frame, the opposite borders of which are smoothed by glass rods. An important improvement lies in the very disposition of such pieces, calculated to keep a regular distance between the two stuffs, and to give to every piece a very uniform height of the nap. In order to obtain that object, a frame formed by two rollers, joined together at each end by two cross bars, is to be placed at the top of another similar frame; they must be kept in immediate contact by small spindles and screws, so that they should be properly drawn closer or put aside, while they go through the above-named sashes.” The knife which cuts the pile is carried by a small waggon ” sliding in the grooves of a long ruler. At every beat of the lay the waggon ^^is made to run right and left, and to cut down a row of silk at a time ; whenever it reaches the end, the blade WEAVING. 1003 “ is sharpened on whetstones.” The silk threads destined to form the nap of velvet pieces are rolled round a cylinder, at the same time they ^vrap up two other rollers, which are in close contact ; the last one is set in motion by a regulator, which gives up at every instant a quantity of silk just necessary to form the velvet.” [Printed, 6cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 2.— N° 1582. FOURMAUX, Edouard, junior. — (Provisional protection only.) — A new weaving loom.” The inventor says, — By the use of my improved loom, a workman may manufacture at one and the same time two pieces of cloth of the same stuff, or of different ‘‘ materials. This is effected by enabling the workman, by the “ same movement, to command two shuttles, and by a com- bination of the pedals, by which they may be motived by “ the same workman without trouble or fatigue. The shuttles are placed in the usual position, but ai’e combined with rollers in such wise that the cords which give motion to the shuttles ‘‘ centering at one point, may be properly worked by one handle. The pedals, instead of being placed in the centre of the stuff to be woven, as is usual, are in my loom placed between the two “ parts of the loom, and, consequently, between the two pieces to be woven ; the workman may therefore proceed, as if he were weaving but one piece of stuff. I produce the oscillation of the woof holder by the use of an iron rod, and employ a regulator in rolling the stuff as it is woven. In weaving two stuffs “ of different material at one time, it is only necessary to prepare the two parts of my loom as if they were distinct looms.” [Printed, 3cl. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 11.— 1646. PICKARD, John Charles. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in weft forks for looms.” The inventor makes the prongs of the fork in separate pieces, and fixes them to the body of the fork by a wedge or key, which fits a recess in each prong, and beds against the body, so that if one or more prongs should break or require renewal, they may be easily removed and fresh ones substituted.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] 1004 WEAVING, A.D. 1859, July 18.— N° 1694. PHILLIPS, Andrew. — This invention relates more particu- larly to the manufacture of the class of carpeting known as Kidderminster or yard-wide carpeting, so as to produce generally similar fabrics, either with a looped or piled surface similar to the Brussels and Wilton manufactures. According to this invention the looped and piled surface of the carpet is produced wholly by the weft which is bound to the body warps by a secondary or binding weft. The ordinary hand or other loom may be employed in the manufacture of this improved carpeting, and under one modification there is arranged at the back of the loom a beam on which is wound a series of sta- tionary or loop forming warps, cords, lines, or threads.” ^^The loop forming warps, cords, or threads are carried through the dents of the ordinary reed, and then through the dents of a secondary reed or ‘ regulator,^ arranged in front of the loom.” The upper bar of the regulator is fitted with a series of teeth or dents through which the ends of the stationary warps are brought and are firmly held at that point by forming a swell or enlargement at the part, so as to prevent their receding through the dents of the regulator. It is at this part of the stationary warps that the small cutting blades are fitted, if the carpet is to be made with a pile or velvet face. The body warps are carried in the ordinary manner from the beam or beams through the reed, and then through the dents of the regulators, and away to the cloth beam. The heddles through which the stationary and the binding or body warps are passed are connected with a jacquard machine for forming the shed for the different colours of weft.” The depression of the body warp carries and holds down the weft on each side of the stationary warps, and one or more shots of binding weft are thrown in to bind the loops to the body warp.” The necessary slack or surplus of weft to form the loops is obtained by means of a hook-shaped piece of metal secured to the hand rail of the lay. ^^As the fabric is woven, the tension of the take-up draws the loops over the slightly enlarged ends of the loop-forming warps, cords, or threads, or if it be piled fabric, the loops are cut by means of the blades inserted at the ends.” The arrangement of the take-up motion consists of a sliding bar fitted to the side of WEAVING. 1005 the loom which projects out beyond the framing in the direc- tion of the lathe, and is kept in that position by a spring. There is a projecting part on the sliding bar which traverses in a recess cut in a guide piece fitted parallel to the bar, and which hmits its traverse. A pawl on the under side of the sliding bar takes into the teeth of a ratchet wheel on the spindle of the tensional cloth beam ; the ratchet wheel is prevented from re- coiling by a second pawl, which holds it during the movement of the first one. As the lathe beats up the weft a projecting part in front of it strikes against the end of the sliding bar, the backward motion of which moves the ratchet wheel round to the desired extent, and the spring acting on the bar moves it outward again in readiness for the next beat up of the lathe. The arrangement also provides for shots of weft being thrown in without actuating the ratchet wheel.” [Printed, lid. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 19.— 1701. PARENT, Henri. — This invention consists in the construction ‘‘ and application to power looms of an improved arrangement of mechanism for producing thereon figured fabrics, such as have hitherto been produced by hand looms only. The action of this mechanism is as follows : — ^The lams are raised and lowered by drawing them with iron hooks placed horizontally above and below, with which hooks the lams are connected by means of straps or bands. The hooks are drawn along by two grabs which move in a horizontal position outside the loom opposite to the driving pulley. The upper grab, by means of a hook, causes the card cylinder to turn, which puts in motion pierced iron cards provided with keys or pieces of wood. The same means may be employed on each side of the loom for working a card cylinder, the keys of which are made to raise levers which raise hooks, and the latter catch the square cyhnder one on each side of the batten, and have on each face a shuttle box ; one of the shuttle boxes is empty to facilitate the weaving operation ; several shuttles may therefore be employed.” [Printed, 7c?. Drawings.] 1006 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, July 21.— 1713. ROBSON, Isaac. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in apparatus for drying and cutting cotton warps after being dyed or sized.” The inventor says, — “ This invention consists in the construction of a machine composed of a series of rollers which may be placed either at the top and bottom of the machine or at each end of it, and fixed in a chamber or enclosed space, through which a current of hot air is forced by a fan or other suitable means. The rollers are so arranged that the warps in passing through the machine will be exposed to a free current of air, and in order to prevent entanglement and the “ risk of breakage, I employ two endless webs of netting or other ‘‘ open fabric to pass over the whole set of rollers, which nets are so contrived that the warp can be admitted between them at one end of the machine, and after travelling together through it, they may be delivered at either end according to circumstances. The hot air may be produced by any of the ordinary methods. The warps are taken from the machine by a cuttling apparatus, to which a traverse motion is given, thus cuttling or folding them in a lateral or sidewise direction as well as in the backward and forward manner heretofore adopted.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 23.— N« 1724. BROADLEY, James. — Improvements in means or apparatus used in weaving.” The patentee says, — ‘^The improvements relate, first, to a method of arranging and actuating the batten ‘‘ for the beat up.” The batten is supported with capability of traversing as actuated by the crank or other suitable motion on “ guides with adjusting means, by which facility is given for “ varying the angle of the beat, and also so that in such traverse an extra rising or falling motion may be given to the reed at the beat to aid in bringing the weft to the desired face of the fabric.” ‘‘ Secondly, to means for obtaining additional holding to the “ cloth on the fluted drawing-off roller. For this purpose I apply “ over the fluted drawing-off roller an additional metal or other " pressure roller, and the work as produced is conducted under this fluted roller back under the additional roller, so as to be WEAVING. 1007 pressed behveen it and the fluted roller, thence over the addi- tional roller to the work beam.’' Thirdly, to means for actuating what are commonly called rotary shuttle boxes.” The drivers “are supported by arms “ from an axis carried by the framing of the box, and to this axis there is another or other arms with trucks or bowls to prevent friction, and capable of being operated by inclined or other suitable surfaces to move the series of boxes in either direction. These surfaces I apply upon a lever or slide carried by the main framing of the loom, and it is operated to move it in position for one or other of the surfaces acting as the batten moves to and fro by studs or such like means carried by jacquard or “ pattern surface.” Fourthly, to means for effecting the movements of what are called rotary shuttle boxes so as to obtain changes to different numbers of boxes. For this purpose the wires or cords of the jacquard are connected to or capable of acting upon the oppo- “ site limbs of a lever, in number and at distances apart corre- spending with the number and distance of changes in either direction desired, and this lever is connected to a T lever, or “ may have an arm from its centre of motion to act as one in “ connexion with a sliding piece, upon which are formed steps “ adapted by acting upon the moving parts of the box to effect the changes desired. “ Fifthly, to stopping the motions of the jacquard cylinder or “ other pattern surface simultaneously with the failing of the weft or other improper delivery of the shuttle. For this pur- “ pose the weft fork or feeler in acting upon the stop motion when weft fails, also operates to throw out of gear the means for giving motion to the jacquard or other pattern surface “ employed.” Sixthly, to means “ for producing ‘ lino,’ ^ cross,’ or ^ gauze/ “ weaving. One set of the warp threads are passed through eyes “ in instruments set in leads acting as guides of a character “ similar to those heretofore proposed to be used in operating warp “ threads in looms, whilst the other set of warp threads passes through a sley or slea with short dents or combs ; and to this “ slea endway motion is given for the desired crossing, and the openings or sheds for the passage of the shuttle are effected “ partly by the motions of the slea and partly by the guides.” 1008 WEAVING. Seventhly, to means for operating the grifs ” of the jacquard apparatus.” Each grif or lifting means is actuated by links to ‘‘ arms on opposite sides of an axis, operated by eccentric motion, or other suitable means.” Eighthly, to means for operating the grifs or lifting means of “ the jacquard apparatus at inclinations adapted to obtain clear sheds.” The upper grif rests by bowls on inclined upper surfaces of levers, somewhat of L shape, the lower limbs of which are connected to and operate the lower grif to effect the desired motion.” Ninthly, to means for obtaining independent motion for operating the jacquard cylinder for change of card. For this purpose the jacquard cylinder is operated independently of the other parts of the jacquard apparatus by a connecting rod formed in two parts, with pin or other connection capable of being released when desired to work the cylinder by the part of such rod, and then again readily attached.” Tenthly, to giving motion to the card cylinder.” The card cylinder is provided with two catch wheels of different diameters ; the larger of them has very fine teeth as compared with the “ smaller one ; each is operated by a separate driver, and when the pattern is required to be simply repeated for a number of times, the larger wheel alone is operated upon by a driver, and the driver of the smaller wheel is kept from operating by rises, or studs, or other suitable means.” Eleventhly, to the face board or plate of the jacquard apparatus through which the points of the needles pass ; and consists in applying this face board or plate moveable and operated by spring pressure, so that its tendency is to stand out to or slightly beyond the points of the needles. Twelfthly, to means for operating the arms of the jack rods, operating the heddles so as to obtain facilities for easy change in the character of the weaving. The lower levers operated from the cam or tappet shaft are formed with knife edges, or such like means, and the connecting rods therefrom to the arms of the jack rods have hooks at their lower ends, so as to take on “ to or miss the knife edges of the lower levers, and these con- ‘‘ necting rods are operated by studs on cards or cylinders, or such ‘‘ like means to which they are borne by springs.” [Printed, 95. 8d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 1009 A.D. 1859, July 25.^N° 1728. ROWLAND, John, junior, and HALL, George. — (Letters Patent void for want of final specification.) — This “ invention is “ designed for the purpose of regulating the supply and pressure of the steam employed to heat the cylinders of sizing, dressing, ‘‘ drying, and other similar machines by self-acting means, and consists in connecting the valve or valves at present used to control the supply with the lever and handle, which is connected to the guide of the driving strap of the machine, so that when the said lever transfers the strap from the fast to the loose pulley to stop the action of the machine, it also, by means of ‘‘ a simple arrangement of cranked levers, closes the steam valve and shuts off the steam from the cylinders.’^ [Printed, Sd . No drawings.] A.D. 1859, July 28.— N° 1746. HUDSON, William, and CATLOW, Christopher. — Certain improvements for looms in weaving.” The improve- ments consist, firstly, in the use and application of a pen- dulous weight or heavy body attached to or suspended from the stop rod of a power loom in such manner that the ^ inertia ’ thereof, or the ^ motion ’ transferred thereto by the motion of the sley, shall operate or tend to turn the stop-rod in such directions and at such times or parts of the sley’s traverse as to relieve the “ shuttle from pressure at the time of the pick, and to depress the stop-rod tongue as the sley beats up.” Secondly, in the use and application of a plate or vane at- tached to the stop rod of a power loom, so that the resistance of the atmosphere against the surfaces of the plate or vane, as the sley vibrates to and fro, may tend to cause partial rotation of the stop rod in alternate directions, so as to aid in relieving the pressure of the swell as the slay recedes, and in depressing the stop-rod tongue as the sley beats up.” Thirdly, in the use in and application to the taking-up ap- paratus of power looms, which take up the cloth by means of emery rollers, of a supplementary or additional detaining click, which is momentarily disengaged and suspended from action at the instant of each beat up of the sley, for the purpose of “ allowing the cloth beam to recoil.” w. 3 s 1010 WEAVING. Fourthly, in ^^the use in and application to the taking-up apparatus of power looms, which take up the cloth by means of ^ emery rollers,’ of an arm connected with the detaining click, and through that with the driving click, whereby at each beat- up of the sley both the said clicks are disengaged from the ratchet wheel, and the cloth beam allowed to recoil.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, August* 2.— N° 1/85. OLORENSHAW, Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^This invention consists in manufacturing neck-ties, each partly of a single and partly of a double fabric, the single portion of the tie being a close, and the double portion an open fabric.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, August 5.— N° 1804. SWAINSON, Edward.— (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says,— My invention is applicable to looms in which two or more shuttles are employed, and it consists in certain improved combinations of machinery for raising and lowering the drop box containing the shuttles. In performing my invention, I connect the drop box to a rod passing through a swivel socket, coinciding with the axis of the lay swords; to this rod is attached a strap, cord, or chain, passing over and fixed to a pulley, which is moved partly round when required by a rack and pinion ; this rack is acted upon by tappets fixed to a disc, strap, or chain, and the tappets are brought into action, when required, by a vibrating lever, worked from the tappet shaft or other convenient part of the loom ; this lever has one or two catches, which act on a double, ratchet wheel, connected to the tappet plate, strap, or chain, and the position of the catches is governed by an endless belt, with pegs or other equivalent means. The lateral motion given to the rack by the tappet raises the drop box, or allows it to drop, according to the shape of the tappet; consequently, any shuttle can be brought in a hne with the shuttle race when required. The tappet plate, strap, or chain can be moved round, first in one direction and then in the other, by changing the position of the catches.” [Printed, 3d No drawings.] WEAVING. 1011 A.D. 1859, August 6. — N° 1819. WELCH, John Wellington. — (Provisional protection only.) — The inventor says, — “ My invention consists in a method of applying heat to the stiffening matter of sizing or dressing ‘‘ machines. This is usually done by steam, which is allowed to pass into the fluid by perforated pipes ; but, according to my invention, I employ a heated surface for transmitting heat without the issue of steam. I thus place the stiffening matter ‘‘ in a vessel, provided with a jacket or casing, to which steam is admitted ; or I employ a coil of pipes without perforations, or other arrangement on the same principle.’’ □Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, August 8.— 1822. CUNNINGHAM, John. — Improvements in and connected with jacquard apparatus for weaving.” This invention consists, firstly, in combining two or more used or perforated jacquard cards, to form a blank for re-perforation and re-utilization.” Secondly, in the arranging of jacquard weaving apparatus, so as to work off separate sections of the needles alternately, or at different times, for the purpose of producing a twill, with half the usually quantity of cards.” Thirdly, the invention relates to a machine for testing jacquard cards, ‘^and consists in contriving a machine of the jacquard class, through which the cards to be tested may be passed, and by the jacquard action shift markers, corresponding to the several holes or spaces, so that when all the cards of a set ‘‘ or bridle have been passed through the apparatus, all the markers “ will have been shifted equally, if perforations have not been omitted nor repeated. Where a perforation has been omitted or repeated, the corresponding marker will show it by being to one ‘‘ or other side of the general line, and the defect may be at once traced and corrected.” [Printed, Srf. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, August 13.— N° 1870. GREEN, Willi AxM; FAWCETT, William ; and FAWCETT, Francis Best. — This ^Gnvention, which has reference to the in- 3 s 2 1012 WEAVING. troduction of ornamental patterns or designs in beam rugs, in place of plain striped borders and central mixture, as heretofore, and the production of a superior effect in the centre of the same, as also obviating the tendency of the pile to be opened or widened by the fine weft, consists, firstly, in printing the whole of the warp, both border and centre (or the border only), and combining such printed warp with the usual texture or fabric of a beam rug, by which a more saleable article is obtained; “ and, secondly, in causing the fine weft, which binds the pile, to range itself in the space between two of the thick wefts, in place of upon one of the same, as hitherto, thus causing the pile “ to be supported on either side, and prevented from falling apart.” [Printed, 4cZ. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, August I/.— N« 1892. SIDEBOTTOM, James. — This ‘^invention relates, first, to a novel method of driving power looms, and consists in the em- ployment of an extra driving shaft, extending between and coupling two looms, and having at each end a hollow pinion gearing, with a pinion upon the end of the ordinary crank shaft, and thus communicating motion thereto from the single driving pulley on the extra driving shaft.” Secondly, ‘^to that part of the power loom known as the “ ^ taking-up motion.’ ” The taking up of the cloth is regulated by a short roller bearing against the beam of cloth, and supported by a pair of horizontal levers having their fulcra about their centres, the opposite ends of the levers being connected by an adjustable link to a piece sliding upon a vertical bar in connection with the slay sword, so that as the cloth accumulates and the diameter to the roller increases, the short roller and one end of the levers becomes depressed, and the other ends of the levers raise the sliding piece, being connected to a frictional propeller or foot acting upon the taking-up wheel upon the ends of the cloth beam, causes a less “ quantity of cloth to be taken up at every revolution of the beam.” [Printed, lOc^. Drawings.] WEAVING. 1013 A.D. 1859, August 22.— N° 1911. HARDON, Edwin. — Improvements in looms. The patentee says, — “ The nature of my invention consists in an improved com- bination or arrangement of parts, for raising a part of the healds while the others are sinking, to form the shed. In per- forming my invention I connect the healds to the toothed segment levers now commonly used, and I connect these levers to cords passing over pulleys suspended to roller shafts, sup- ported in spring bearings, similar to those for which Letters Patent were granted to me and to Joseph Henry, on the second day of October, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six, « N<^ 2305. ‘‘In the present arrangement the roller shafts are placed at “ right angles to the healds, and in some cases the roller shafts “ may be supported in ordinary fixed bearings, and the cords or “ straps for connecting the segment levers and healds to the “ roller shafts, may then be made of vulcanized india-rubber or “ other elastic material, as described and claimed in the patent “ above referred to.” [Printed, 8cZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, August 23. — N° 1928. HOLLINS, William, and HYDE, Frederick. — “Improve- “ ments in power looms for weaving, part of which improvements “ is also applicable to other machines driven by power.” “These improvements relate, firstly, to an arrangement of “ mechanism for lifting the taking-up catch whenever the loom “ is knocked off or stopped. “ Secondly, to an improved self-acting temple.” “ Thirdly, to a rising step for the journals of the yarn beam to “ work in. “ Fourthly, to an improved lathe motion. “ Fifthly, to an improved arrangement for regulating the “ weight upon the warp threads. “ And, sixthly, to an improved construction of pulley adapted “ to compensate for the slip of the strap in power looms and “ other machines driven by power.” In order to lift the taking-up catch, the patentees place “ imme- 1014 WEAVING. diately behind the spring lever which works the strap guide a bracket placed at an angle to the slot in the breast beam in which the spring lever works. This bracket acts upon a finger fixed on the spindle, which carries the taking-up catch, so that whenever the spring lever is throvm out it lifts the taking-up catch off the taking-up wheel, and when it is thrown in again returns it into gear.’’ The improved self-acting temple is constructed of an endless chain, with pins or teeth passing over two rollers, and working in a slot under each selvage of the cloth. There is a third roller below, which is moveable, for the purpose of keeping the endless chain distended. The rising step for supporting the yarn beam is formed with a rack, and a catch of a suitable construction is attached to the loom framing, so that when the yarn beam is raised it is supported and held in its position by the catches, one at each side of the loom. The lathe motion is effected as follows : — To the crank shaft is connected a crank arm, having a pivot about its centre ; to this pivot is attached a guide of a convenient length, and it is so placed in position that at a certain point the lathe will obtain a certain excentric motion by the revolution of the crank shaft. To the other end of the said crank arm is connected a shorter crank arm, which is attached to the crank arm box in the ordinary manner.” The arrangement for regulating the weight upon the warp consists in having a treadle ’with a joint in the middle, one end acting as a lever, and having a weight to regulate the strain upon the shed, that is, when the power can lift a catch attached to one end of the treadle, it acts upon a ratchet wheel which works a screw, for the purpose of moving back the weight of the swagger lever, and by so doing always to keep the weight equal at any diameter of the yarn beam.” To compensate for the slip of the driving strap, the patentees construct a pulley having a spring fastened to the shaft, and attached to the pulley. The pulley is loose on the shaft, being held by the spring, so that when the motions of the loom require the strap to slip, it works the spring, which gives way as re- “ quired, but in the course of a revolution it regains the power that would have been wasted.” fPrinted, 7rf. Drawings.] WEAVING. 1015 A.D. 1859, August 23, — N° 1929. MAGGS, Oliver. — (Provisional protection only.) — This “ invention has for its object improvements in apparatus for weaving straw, rushes, and other materials into fabrics. For these purposes ^vires or yarns, or strings, or other materials may be used as the warps of the fabric, the straw or rushes or other materials being the weft. Each of the warps is wound on a bobbin, to which friction is applied by a weighted band, and each warp is passed through a hollow axis, which receives motion by wheelwork or by other means. On the hollow axis is fixed a bent hollow arm, through which a binding wire or yarn, or cord of any suitable material, is passed. The binding wire or other binder is wound on a bobbin on the hollow axis, the friction is applied to such bobbin by means of a friction band, which is weighted or is acted on by a spring. The straw, rushes, or other materials are laid in succession transversely on the wires or other warps, and they are bound thereon by the binding wires or other binders which are applied by the rotation of the bent arms.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, August 24.— N° 1933. HENRY, Joseph, and ANDREW, James Edward Hyde. — These improvements relate to looms. The patentees say, — Our invention consists, firstly, in improvements connected with the picking motion, giving movement to the improved horizontal picking sticks by means of diagonal rocking shafts, each having an arm or projection acted upon by a tappet, so that it may be out of the way when the opposite pick is given. We also give motion to the improved and ordinary picking sticks by plac- ing on each sword arm a shaft having an arm or lever forming a crank at each end, one of which is acted upon by a tappet, either on the ordinary tappet shaft or on the improved oscillating shaft for working the treddles, and the other lever or crank is connected to or operates upon the picking stick when the sword ‘‘ arms recede from the beam, and come in contact with one or other of the tappets.” Secondly, in applying the sun-and-planet system of gearing to the taking-up and letting-off motions of a loom.” 1016 WEAVING. Thirdly, in an improved leading or pattern chain for regulating ‘‘ the movement of the drop box, or giving a sliding motion to a pattern cylinder, or other required movement in fancy weaving. “ The said chain consists of links, having at any desired position a projection which operates upon an indented wheel of any number of spaces, so that when a projection on the chain acts upon one of the projections on the wheel, a single or compound cam is partly turned, and raises a lever which is connected either directly or indirectly with the drop box, or to the lever “ for operating upon the pattern cylinder or other required move- ment.’^ ‘‘Fourthly, in an improved arrangement of the pegs on the “ pattern cylinder, which pegs are placed in two or more rows in “ each bar or lattice, so that when the cylinder shall be moved “ laterally one or other series of pegs will act on the hooks con- “ nected to the healds.” “The hooks are pushed back to give freedom to the pegs “ during their lateral motion by means of a lever or faller acted “ upon by one of the treddles, or by a triangular shaft having a “ revolving motion, regulated by my improved leading or pattern “ chain. “ Fifthly, in improved modes of giving motion to the treddles “ which work the hooks attached to the healds. The treddles are “ connected by a rod or rods to one or more cranks or levers on “ the oscillating shaft, so that as the latter vibrates the treddles “ will move up and down according to the proportion of their “ points of connection, the oscillating shaft being worked by a “ rack geared into an oval wheel, the back of the rack being “ formed so as to allow the teeth to gear with the varied diameters “ of the wheel. “ Sixthly, in causing the oscillating shaft to give motion to “ tappets or cams for acting on the treddles.^^ “ Seventhly, the application of jacks or quadrant levers to “ pulleys for suspending the healds, which pulleys work above the “ jacks, and below the heald roller shaft. “ Eighthly, in improved modes of connecting the hooks with “ the jacks for opening the shed, top and bottom, both ways, so “ that when one hook is put on the treddle the other hook is “ taken off by the same peg, the treddles also closing the shed. “ Ninthly, in an improved form of jacquard hook, consisting of WEAVING. 1017 two parts, one above the other, one part employed for shuti^‘i^ and the other for opening the shed. ‘‘ And, tenthly, the application of aforesaid im- provements as may bp desi^d to looms in which the ordinary crank and tapn^* shafts are employed.’’ [Printed Drawings.] A.D. 1859, September 6. — N® 2032. SIEBER, John James, — (A communication from Henry Honegger.) — Improvements in power looms.” This invention relates to mechanism whereby the shuttle is stopped and prevented from recoiling when it arrives in the shuttle box, and released again when the pick is to he made. When the shuttle is thrown by a stick passing through the bottom of the shuttle box, the patentee connects the stick by means of a strap to a stop piece which is drawn in and pressed against the shuttle by the action of the shuttle against the end of the picker stick. The stop piece is released at the required time by a cam acting on a lever connected to the stop piece by a cord. When the shuttle is thrown by means of a fly and strap attached to the stick, an angle, moveable on a point, is attached to the back of the shuttle box ; one end of the angle is in contact with a stop piece, the other end is attached by a strap to the end of the shuttle box. As the shuttle arrives in the box it pushes the fly against the strap, and draws in the stop piece, which is again released by a lever and cam in a similar manner to the former arrangement. [Printed, 9d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, September 6. — N° 2034. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication from Ne- hemiah Hunt.) — The object of this invention is to produce by weaving a fabric suitable for being manufactured into belting and hose pipe, the fabric being of any required strength and “ thickness, less liable to decay and less expensive than that formed by connecting different plys together by means of india- rubber. The material is formed of three, four, five, or more plys, which are ingrained as woven, so thal: the whole shall form but a single cloth ; any desired thickness or strength of fabric may thus be obtained. Where the material thus formed is employed for the manufacture of belting, it may be used as it comes from 1018 WEAVING. “ tlaa loom, or it may receive a thin layer of india-rubber or other elastic compmind upon one side to promote the adhesion of the belt to the pulley ; »uoii Rxivfnoe coating will not prevent the cir- « culation of air through the belt, x.ov pvo-mote the decay of the material. ‘^When employed in the manufacture of hose tov carrying water, the material is coated upon one surface with a cemfcn+. Qf india-rubber compound, and the hose is put together by means of metallic rivets in the customary manner ; the cemented sur- face is placed inside. The hose is thus rendered water-tight, while it will readily dry should the outside become wet.’^ [Printed, Drawings.] A.D. 1859, September 16.— N« 2106. BOTTOMLEY, James, and MARTIN, Alexander Hennah. — ^The patentees say, — The object of the improvements is to give facility in the production of various figured fabrics. When hooked rods are employed, the hooked ends of which are capable of being acted upon by the knife edges of suitable levers or sliding rods, whilst their other ends are connected to levers, in connexion with the heddles, in order to produce various effects in the weanng (or with other parts in the working of the loom); we form the needles, which are acted upon by the jacquard or pattern surface, to select such rods (in order to their hooked ends being placed in the position required), so that they may also act as stops or holders to such rods ; and we form such rods with catches, to be taken into by the ends of such needles, by which facility is given for holding such rods, and parts acting therewith in position, during changes of the other parts. We also control the motions of the levers or bars acting on the hooked rods, so that in their motion to take on to the hooks, they each incline to the same point, whilst in going back they recede therefrom, at an angle to each other, by which facility is given in taking on to the hooks for operation, and of clearing them after operation. We also incline the upper part of the knife edge, and such inclination of the levers or bars is capable of adjustment. The hooked rods are drawn towards the needles by springs (by preference coiled), acting between such rods and the levers, to which they are attached, and so as to move with them, by which simplicity of working is WEAVING. 1019 “ obtained with little friction. The jacquard cylinder is moved to and fro by a lever, operated by a cam course, formed in. a cylindrical surface on the crank or other suitable shaft ; and “ in order to obtain repetitions of certain of the cards, for the pro- duction of plain weaving at certain parts, when weaving by means of heddles, the card cylinder is capable of being moved in either direction by a pair of drivers or clawkers, con- nected together, and they are thus brought into position to be operated by a cord or band, or such like means, acted upon by the weaver, and worked by a separate tappet, whilst at other times the cylinder is caused to rotate continuously by one of such clawkers or drivers.” [Printed, Is, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, September 20. — N° 2140. McILWRAITH, William. — This invention relates to a novel system of or arrangements for weaving various classes of fabrics, but especially woven, roved, or split harness figured muslins, by the agency of the ^jacquard,’ or ^simple’ apparatus. In either case, the improvements are carried out in practice by adopting a peculiar mode of tyeing or attaching the cords of the jacquard apparatus, or the lashes of the simple to the harnesses, each harness representing one split of warp, one or both threads of which split may be in the mail. In commencing to form the improved attachments. No. 1, or the first jacquard or simple cord, is tied to No. 1, or the first harness cord. Then No. 2, or the second jacquard or simple cord, is tied to or has attached to it Nos. 2 and 3 of the “ harness cords. No. 3, or the third jacquard or simple cord, is then attached to No. 4, or the fourth harness cord. No. 4, or the fourth jacquard or simple cord, is then tied to Nos. 5 and 6 of the harness cords. This sequence of connection is carried out along the whole length of the tie, or across the whole width of the fabric being woven. In this way, the range or weaving power of the jacquard or simple is increased by one half, as compared with the ordinary arrangement; the expense of manufacture is reduced, and the outline of the woven figure or design is accurately preserved, the ordinary rough or irregular edges being entirely removed.” [Printed, 6cl. Drawings.] 1020 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, September 20. — N° 2141. BEADS, John. — (Provisional protection only.) — ^The inventor says, — These are improvements on an invention for which Letters Patent were granted to me, dated the 25th day of January, 1856, N° 203, in which I employ a star wheel, and partial star wheel, or a wheel with the spaces of the teeth, cogs, or rollers, at different distances to accommodate the different speeds at which the wheels may be required to revolve, or the changes required, instead of the two friction pullies used in Sharp and Roberts’ mules, to take out the different changes and put “ them in. My present invention consists, firstly, in the employment of “ an additional catch or escape lever which holds the star wheel free of the teeth or rollers on the partial star wheel until a ‘‘ change is required, which catch is raised by a lifter, having as many lifts as there are teeth or rollers in the star wheel, and fixed either to the wheel or shaft in such a position that the catch can only be raised, and the star wheel set free when there is no possibility of contact. Secondly, in the employment of toothed wheels in which the “ boss and the rim are in separate parts ; the boss being formed with recesses, containing springs or any yielding material in contact with projections on the rim, so that when any undue shock is given to the teeth, the boss slightly yields and pre- vents the breakage that might otherwise occur, which improved gearing may be advantageously applied not only to spinning machinery, but to other purposes, such as looms, mill work, and ‘‘ machinery in general.” [Printed, 3d, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, September 21.— 2149. BLAIR, John. — This ‘invention consists particularly in the novel application of sizeing matter or materials to yarns at a certain period of their manufacture prior to or during the “ operation of spinning, that is to say, the yarns are to be satu- rated with sizeing material between the front drawing rollers and the spindles by means of a trough and rollers conveniently situated for the purpose, the sizeing roller being in contact with “ the yarns. WEAVING. 1021 And a second part of the invention consists in the application “ of dyeing materials or other liquids to yarns at such said period, the sizeing, dying, or other liquids being applied to the yams by means of a suitable arrangement of rollers and troughs, or receptacles for the liquids, through which they are passed, and placed at any required position or place in contact with the yarns between the drawing rollers and spindles, such appa- ratus and treatment being equally and similarly applicable to ^ roving,’ ‘ stubbing,’ and ‘ doubling ’ machines.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 3.— N° 2237. LEMAIRE, Louis Henri Ignace. — Improvements in the “ the manufacture of chenille.” The patentee says, — Chenille is now ordinarily made from silk threads, woven with cotton threads between every set of silk threads, and each row of silk threads is subsequently cut by scissors, the cotton threads serving as a guide to enable the operator to cut without injury “ to the silk threads. After being separated, the silk threads are twisted and form chenille. Now, my invention consists in weaving two or more wires between every row of silk or other threads composing the ‘‘ chenille, and in constructing a cutting apparatus formed of a holder in which as many blades are mounted as there are rows to be cut. The distance between the blades is adjustable, to adapt the blades to different widths of silk. As soon as the fabric is finished, it is subjected to the cutting apparatus, the blades in which are set to cut between each pair of wires. The “ fabric is either drawn past the cutting apparatus, or the cutting “ apparatus is drawn along the fabric. After the cutting has “ been effected, the wires are removed, and the chenille is finished in the ordinary manner.” [Printed, Qd» Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 5.— N° 2255. SHIELDS, John. — ^^This invention relates to various arrange- ments of jacquard looms or machinery.” The improvements are, first, an arrangement of apparatus for working or actuating a greater number of upright wires or needles than has hitherto 1022 WEAVING. been the case by one horizontal needle, without the necessity of the latter being in parts or sectional portions. In this way the improved jacquard accomplishes, by the aid of a harness only, all that is at present done by a harness and a comb, or what is ordinarily known as a pressure harness.” According to the present improvements each horizontal needle actuates from two to five vertical needles, and a single thread only is passed through each mail. The latter, where the twill is to be of a five leaf on, run in five, ten, or fifteen rows, according to the number of upright wires or needles which the cross needles have to work to make the pattern large or small. The cards only work the pattern in the same manner as the pressure harness, and by throwing off every fifth row the pattern is twilled just as in a pressure harness loom.” Second, an arrangement wherein the vertical wires or needles are rested upon horizontal rods carried in cross slides. A cam traverse movement is employed to actuate these slides, so as to cause the horizontal rods between the needle wires to move backwards and forwards, and thus move the needles themselves into contact with or clear of the ^ brander,’ as the twilling may require, irrespective of the jacquard cards. ‘‘Third, an apparatus for turning the jacquard barrel every second, third, fourth, or fifth shot, as the pattern being woven may require ; this is done in the usual manner by a pair of “ snecks, latches, or shears lying on the top of the barrel, but “ only allowed to come into positive gear with the jacquard barrel “ at the proper intervals, that is, at every three or four shots, “ thereby increasing the size of the pattern. “ Fourth, the application of horizontal stop rods for the purpose “ of preventing the tops of the vertical wires or needles from “ getting too far beneath the branders.” [Printed, lOcZ. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 6. — N° 2275. FREEMAN, George, and ROYLE, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — Improvements in looms.” This invention consists in an improved ring barrel having any suitable number of spaces. The said barrel is fixed on the ordinary tappet shaft on the outside of the loom for giving motion to improved pat- WEAVING. 1023 tern chains, and also for separating the treddles so that they can he worked separately perfectly independent of each other.” The pattern chain is composed of any number of links or sec- tions forming the risers and fallers, and are put together as re- quired with great facility by pins, the distances between which are uniform, so that the positions of the sections can be varied according to the pattern without difficulty or loss of time, cou- pling ^vith odd or even numbers as desired. The joints of each section of the chain have a space between them forming pro- “ jections or teeth, which fit hollows or indentations in the space of the ring wheel to which it is applied, the chains thereby obtaining a constantly advancing motion when the loom is working.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 8.— N° 2290. DAWSON, William, and SINGLETON, Thomas. — Im- provements in apparatus applicable to looms for weaving.” The patentees describe their invention as follows’: — To keep the shuttle peg in its proper position, we fix on the pin a piece of “ metal with four or more sides or surfaces to form the peg bearing, each surface having a difPerent incline, so that when one side is “ worn so far as to cause the peg to sink out of its proper position, by turning the said bearing to another inclined surface the shuttle peg will be restored to its proper position without taking the pin out. Or we screw a small headed bolt in the peg, so that when the pin becomes worn we can regulate the position by adjusting the head of the bolt to any required projection, and thus keep the peg right. When weaving with gold thread we put on the shuttle peg behind the bobbin a conical tube made of elastic material, so that one end of it will fit the peg, and the other the end of the bobbin, by which the gold thread is pre- vented getting off the bobbin and breaking, thus preventing waste. Instead of the round spindle for the picker to work on, we make it square, and place metal bushes in the picker to ‘‘ fit the square spindle, and where the picker strikes the shuttle we make a hole through it with a thread in the hole, so that by ‘‘ placing a piece of caoutchouc or other elastic material to strike “ against the shuttle, the interior thread will keep it firm in its place, and, if desirable, we fix a spring in the back part of the 1024 WEAVING. picker pressing against the elastic material to resist the blow. To avoid the difficulty of keeping the cop firmly on the shuttle peg, we make a frame with a number of tubes on the surface, the said frame fitting a vessel containing water, so that when a cop does not easily fit the peg, instead of wetting the peg in the mouth, the weaver puts the cop into one of the said tubes, and the end of the cop is immersed in the water, which answers the desired purpose. We also use an additional check strap to act against the back part of the picker to relieve the shock of the blow.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 185.9, October 12.— N° 2321. NUTTALL, Zaccheus. — Improvements in looms for weaving.” This invention consists in an improved combination of ma- chinery for raising and lowering the healds to form the shed.” The patentee makes use of top jacks with double shot bolts, that is to say, with a shot bolt at each end ; these top jacks are or may be connected with plain bottom jacks, and the healds are connected to the jacks in the usual manner. The double shot bolts are moved laterally by a chain of lags with pins or other suitable mechanism, and at each end of the top jacks is a swing frame of lever by which the jacks are depressed ; these swing frames or levers are connected by toothed segments.” [Printed, 9c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 13.— N° 2332. HOLDEN, Abraham, and HOLDEN, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — This ^‘invention consists in an improved machine, in passing through which yarn or thread is subjected to the various processes of washing, dyeing, sizing, and drying consecutively and without stopping, that is to say, the yarn or thread which is supplied to the machine in the form of cops or wound on bobbins, is taken over guides and conveyed into a cistern containing hot water or other fluid, by which it is washed; it then passes between squeezing rollers, and then passes through one or more vats containing the dye material, then it again passes between squeezing rollers, and afterwards it is again washed, and then taken through a cistern containing the sizing material; it then again passes between squeezing WEAVING. 1025 “ rollers, and then over one or more heated tin drums, by which “ the yarn or thread is dried, after which it is wound again on to “ bobbins, spools, or rollers. By means of these improvements “ any convenient number of yarns or threads can be operated upon simultaneously.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 17.— N« 2364. NEWBERRY, Samuel, and MOORE, Henry. — This invention consists in the “ method of constructing shedding tappets for power looms separate from their boss or bosses, and attached thereto so as to allow the excentricity of their axis of revolution to be varied or adjusted in respect of each or of any of the said “ tappets severally and independently of the other or others of “ them.” [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 17. — N° 2370. THOM, James, and KENNEDY, Angus. — ^‘This invention comprehends improvements in mechanism for actuating, shift- ‘‘ ing, or changing shuttle boxes, and in mechanism for actuating “ the heddles so as to produce varied weaving effects.” The improvements connected with shifting or changing shuttle boxes is more particularly designed for use where the shift “ takes place horizontally, but is also applicable where the shift “ takes place vertically or otherwise. The improvement consists in using a peculiar wheel in place of the ordinary tappet wheel, formed with alternate elevations and depressions on its outer edge. The improved wheel has a deep groove formed in one side or face, and within the outer edge; the inner surface or “ contour of this groove corresponds to the ordinary tappet wheel, and acts on the antifriction pulley of the lever in the “ same way, whilst the outer surface of the groove is shaped to keep the antifriction pulley in contact with the inner surface, and thus insure its steadiness. It is preferred to actuate this ‘‘ improved tappet or shifting wheel by mechanism of the kind described in the specification of Letters Patent, granted to James Thom and Hugh McNaught, under date 24th October, “ 1857, N^^ 2708, but it may obviously be actuated by means of various kinds of pattern mechanism. W. 3 T 1026 WEAVING. In carrying out the improvements connected with heddles, each heddle leaf is connected by cords or otherwise to a sliding rod, which passes down between two treadles. Each treadle is worked by a cam or tappet on the low shaft of the loom, such cam acting inside a box formed in the treaddle, and making the latter vibrate independently of any reactionary movement. One treaddle vibrates above, and never descends below the mid position, whilst the other vibrates below, and never rises above the mid position. Each heddle rod has jointed upon it a Z-shaped catch, contrived so that it must engage with one “ or other of the treaddles, and according to its position the rod is raised or lowered by the action of the treaddles. The rod is always brought back to its mid position by the return of the treaddles, being formed with lateral projections for that purpose, the Z-shaped catch acting only during the movement from the mid position. Various kinds of pattern mechanism may be used for adjusting the Z“shaped catches, but it is preferred to use a modification, in which the Z-catches of the several heddle rods are acted upon each by the vertical arm of a bell crank lever, the horizontal arm of which bears, by means of an antifriction roller, upon a wheel formed with a depression at one or more parts. When the bell-crank lever rests upon the outer circumference of the wheel, the Z-catch is acted upon, but is left free to fall over to one side, being weighted or poised for that purpose; but when a depressed part of the wheel comes “ under the bell-crank lever, the latter turns down by its weight and sets the Z“Catch over to the other side, the heddle rod being raised or lowered accordingly. To obtain the desired succes- “ sion of heddle movements, the several wheels are fixed on a spindle, with their depressions in suitable relative positions, so as to act on the respective bell-cranks in proper order. The spindle carrying the wheels is connected by suitable gearing with the first or second motion shaft of the loom, so as to rotate' uniformly in concert therewith. To obtain varied weav- ‘‘ ing effects, such as alternate plain weaving and twilling, two or more sets of bell-crank levers are used, and those not working at any one time are kept out of action by a lever, which simply prevents their entering the depressions of the corresponding wheels. Where there are two kinds of heddle action, two of the last-mentioned levers are used, and their WEAVING. 1027 “ alternate action is derived from pattern mechanism of any “ suitable kind, preference being given to that described in “ Thom and McNaught’s specification, herein-before referred “ to.” [Printed, lOf?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 26.— 2447. PATERSON, James Henry. — (Provisional protection only.) — “ This invention relates to the adaptation, application, and use of “ what is technically known as honey-comb cloth, in the manu- facture of shirts. This honey-comb cloth is woven, according to this invention, in special lengths and widths as a shirting cloth. It is cellular on both in its faces, so as to present alter- “ nated hollows and crossing ridges, and it answers admirably as a material for shirts, and the shirts so made of it are of a very superior class,, in comparison with ordinary shirts. It is preferred to be made of cotton for general ordinary purposes, but it may also be made of silk or other material, or of mixed materials.” [Printed, 3d. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 28.— N« 2467. DILLIES, Deile. — (Provisional protection only.) — These im- provements relate to apparatus applicable to power looms, by means of which two shuttles may be thrown successively from one side, then two from the other, and so on. The shuttles are thrown by means of cams on the main shaft, acting upon conical pieces attached to vertical shafts, having at their upper ends the whips ‘‘ or shuttle drivers.” Each. cam is connected by a socket to a roller with two grooves, which cross each other at a certain point. A pin attached to the framing works in these grooves, and causes the roller and cam to slide on the shaft, so as to bring the cam out of action with the conical piece, or take it into action, as required. [Printed, 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 28.— N° 2468. HIGGINS, James. — (A communication from Richard Garsed and Clayton Denn.) — "" Improvements in machinery or apparatus 3t 2 1028 WEAVING. for warping yarns or threads.’’ The improvements consist, firstly, in a stop motion. From each thread of the warp is suspended a drop wire,” which, on the breaking of a thread, drops on to a finely balanced platform. The weight of the drop wire on the platform causes it to fall, and, by suitable connexions, release the strap lever. Second^, in a cut marking and registering apparatus. The cuts are marked by a brush projecting from a cylinder, containing the coloring matter. The cylinder is actuated by a rack and pinion, set in motion by a cam. This cam also moves a ratchet wheel, one tooth for each revolution of the cylinder. Two pins are placed in the ratchet wheel at a distance apart, which is governed by the number of cuts required. A small arm hangs from the axis of the ratchet wheel between the two pins ; as the ratchet wheel revolves, the pin behind the arm drives the ai^m forwards, until its lower end releases the spring detent, and allows the ratchet wheel to revolve backwards, which it is caused to do by a spiral spring at the back of it. A hammer attached to the ratchet wheel strikes against a bell, and gives notice that a warp is completed. Thirdly, in the employment of a rod with fingers for taking the lease. Fourthly, in the combining of a vibrating tube, stationary hook, moveable hook, and pin, for the purpose of forming the yarn into links. [Printed, Ss. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, October 31.— 2480. INGHAM, John, and COLLIER, George. — These improve- ments relate to the manufacture of a fabric called ^‘camlet,” and to the winding of yarn employed in such and other fabrics. The patentees say, — “ The fabric technically called ^ camlet ’ is a plain cloth with slight and almost imperceptable ribs or rolls in "" a direction from selvage to selvage of it ; and this fabric is pro- duced by employing in the weaving two -fold worsted warp \vith generally a single worsted weft. Now the object of our im- provements is to produce a fabric similar, if not identical, in appearance and utility, though at less cost, by certain combina- tions of cotton and worsted, mohair, or alj^aca. For this pur- WEAVING. 1029 pose we employ two-fold worsted warp, or it may be mohair or alpaca, with two-fold cotton weft or a single fold, equal or thereabout to the two-fold thread ; or in place of the two-fold or a single fold cotton for the weft, we use two threads of single spun cotton, but in such case we throw the two threads at the same time into the same shed. The improvements also relate to employing two threads of single spun worsted for the weft, ‘‘ with a warp of two-fold worsted, mohair, or alpaca, by which a superior fabric of the character referred to will be produced. When two separate threads of single spun weft are employed in place of one thread of two-fold, or one weft of single thread, we prefer that the substance employed be together about equal “ to that of one two-fold, or the one single ordinarily used. In each case the threads or yarns for the warps are woven in the “ raw state, and the dyeing if effected in the piece. It is im- “ portant, in order to the fabric formed with two single threads of weft being of uniform character, that when winding such two threads on to the same shuttle bobbin either thread breaks ‘‘ the winding should stop. For this purpose we arrange the “ winding apparatus so that to each thread there is a feeler, so “ that in the absence of thread from breakage or otherwise, such feeler operates upon the stop motion to stop the motions of the apparatus. This means of operating may be employed when two threads are required to be laid on to the same shuttle bob- bin for other weavings.” [Printed 6d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, November 3. — N*^ 2498. LEEMING, James, and RAMSDEN, John Carter. — The patentees say, — These improvements relate to mechanism or looms to be used in the weaving of those fabrics in which ^ pick ^ and pick ’ is introduced,” “ and in which rotary, horizontal, or vertical shuttle boxes are used, and it consists, firstly, in the construction, arrangement, and combination of mechanism for and mode of actuating the picking motion of power looms, so that we are enabled to pick either once, tuice, thrice, or more times from one or both sides of the loom, according to the re- quirements of the pattern to be woven. We effect this by at- taching to each picking shaft a short adjustable elbow lever ; on 1030 WEAVING. one end of each lever is a bowl or friction pulley ; these bowls or friction pullies are placed either in contact with or at a suitable distance from the inside faces of two circular plates, which are fixed one on each end of the crank shaft, and on the inside of each of these plates is fixed an eccentric, nose, or swell. The bowls on the elbow levers, when the picking levers are at rest, are inside the circle described by the eccentrics, noses, or “ swells, and are therefore not operated upon except when brought into action by mechanism, which we shall hereafter describe.” “ The mechanism we employ to raise the picking shafts and the ‘‘ elbow levers, so that they will be operated by their respective “ noses or swells, is as follows : — A shaft is placed inside the loom behind the tappet shaft, and is driven by gearing from that shaft ; if it is required to pick six times from each side alter- nately, this shaft will revolve once every twelve picks. On the said shaft we place two plates underneath each picking shaft, which plates are each divided into twelve parts or divisions. On the periphery of one of these plates on each side we place tappets on every other division ; that division which has a tappet ‘‘ on one side has none on the other, and vice versa; therefore it will be understood that both sides can never be in operation at the same time. When it is required to pick twice from one side and then twice from the other, we place two tappets fol- lowing each other on the other two plates, and then two spaces. The tappets on one side are opposite the spaces on the other, as before described. When the plates are so set the loom will weave pick and pick and plain. Two levers, which work upon studs, fixed into the framing of the loom, project one under each picking shaft ; in each of these levers, there is a bowl, the levers being connected together by a rod which can be moved ‘‘ by means of a T lever and any suitable pattern surface, so that the levers which project under the picking shafts can be operated “ upon either by the tappets set for plain weaving or for pick “ and pick, and when operated upon they raise their respective picking shafts, so that the bowls in the elbow levers come into contact with the noses or swells fixed inside the plates on the ‘‘ crank shaft, and thereby pick the shuttles. Secondly, in the construction, arrangement, and combination of mechanism for and the mode by which we are enabled to “ move out of the way of the weft fork all the threads of weft WEAVING. 1031 except the one which is required to be in operation. On each end of the lathe of the loom we place a common weft fork and weft fork lever, but in this case the weft fork levers are in “ operation every pick. Projecting upwards from the fulcrum of the lathe swords at each end is a rod, and on the top of each rod, and at right angles thereto, is a piece which projects forward “ to the grates of the weft forks. These rods are caused to move up and down at proper times by two levers which work under “ them, such levers being operated by plates with tappets, in the same manner as described for the picking motion, and fixed on “ the same shaft. The levers which work the upright rods are “ moved from one set of tappets to the other by the same T lever “ and pattern surface that move the picking levers.” [Printed, 10c?. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, November 8. — N® 2540. THOMSON, John. — ^‘This invention relates to the manufactme or production of what are generally and technically known as Brussels and velvet pile carpet fabrics, or carpeting and hearth rugs entirely or chiefly of jute and jute hemp, in or by the “ agency of power looms. In manufacturing Brussels and velvet “ pile fabrics according to this invention, the jute or jute hemp is woven or manufactured in power looms similar to what are at present used in the manufacture of Brussels and velvet pile carpet fabrics from wool, or wool and other materials combined, “ or in power looms of a generally similar arrangement and con- struction. The back of the manufactured goods may be com- posed of any suitable fibrous material or combination of materials.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, November 9. — N® 2550. SPILL, George, and SPILL, Daniel. — ‘^An improvement in “ the manufacture of bands for driving machinery, and for various other purposes.” The patentees claim, “ the manu- “ facture of bands, by weaving together covered strips of metal with cords of hemp, or other fibrous material.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] I 1032.. WEAVING. A.D. 1859, November 11. — N® 2562. JONES, Frederick de Castro. — (A communication from Paul Gadrat). The patentee says, — “ My invention consists of a weaver’s loom, with combs opened at the summit, and with “ moveable floating chains. It is composed, in first place, of a “ frame formed by four posts united by cross bars. The stitches “ or healds of the ordinary looms are replaced here by one or “ more combs opened at their summit. These combs are fixed to ‘‘ rods that cross horizontally the breadth of the looms parallel to “ the feeding cloth. Each comb is composed of a row of plates “ of metal, regularly distant, and fixed, in the vertical sense, to “ the rod that serves as a fulcrum for them, and forms the edge “ of the comb. The plates are pierced near to their upper end ‘‘ with an opening or needle’s eye, into which are passed the ‘‘ threads of the fixed chain stretched in the length of the loom, “ and having for purpose to produce the tissue or canvass into ‘‘ which the nap of the article is to be put. As to the materials “ which shall compose the nap of the tissue and the design, they “ are disposed in the form of floating chains, independent of the fixed chain and of the loom, and folded on moveable rollers. “ The axle of the batten is at the lower part of the frame of the “ loom. It is provided in its horizontal length vdth a comb, also “ open at its summit, the plates of which are exactly correspond- “ ing to those of the comb or combs into which pass the threads of the fixed chain. The form and arrangement of the combs, “ open at their summit, working upwards so as to leave free the “ surface of the loom, the independence of the floating chains “ prepared distinct from the fixed chain, the mobility of the “ rollers that allow of the introduction in each pick of the fabric “ of a combination of different colours, constitute the essential principle of our weaving system.” [Printed, Is. 4 id. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, November 17. — N® 2604. DRIEU, Jerome Andre, andLEGEAY, Auguste. — “A tissue, “ being a substitute for leather, millboard, and papier macbe.” “ The invention relates to the manufacture of a thick tissue of “ any material capable of being woven, such as cotton, flax, wool, “ silk, or any other fibrous material, either singly or mixed, and WEAVING. I03o combined together, and consists in using more than one warp, the one loose, the other as lacing or stitching, besides the one “ weaving in the ordinary way, the two faces (under and over) “ of the said tissue, and forming altogether a single and solid cloth, as thick as required in proportion to the weft used. After it is woven and out of the loom, the cloth is dipped in a “ hot solution, of which ‘joiners’ glue,’ soap, and alum form the “ basis, when half dry it is placed in a hot press, and there left “ to dry.” [Printed, 5d. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, November 19. — N'* 2618. KNIGHT, John. — These improvements are apphcable to looms. The patentee says, — “ The first part of my invention consists in “ japanning the boxes and covers of roller temples to prevent “ them from rusting when the fabric is woven in a wet or damp “ state, and to economise the labour of polishing. In performing “ this part of my invention, the boxes and covers of the temples “ are japanned in the same manner as is now customary in japan- “ ned letter-copying presses or any other articles of cast iron ; the “ journals for the rollers are then bored or cleaned out, and the “ temples are otherwise completed in the usual manner.” “ The second part of my invention consists in turning or “ forming a spiral groove or spiral grooves in contrary directions “ on the crank axle or other axles of looms ; the grooves extend “ the length of the bearings, to retain and distribute the oil or “ other lubricating material. The bearings are or may be made “ with shoulders to prevent the escape of the lubricating material “ laterally, or the spiral grooves may be made in the bearings, and “ the axles can remain plain. This second part of my invention “ is applicable to axles and bearings for other purposes.” [Printed, 6cl. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, November 19. — N° 2621. BANCROFT, John. — (Letters patent void for want of final spe- cification.) — The inventor says, — “The object of the improvements “ is to produce a novel character of fabric adapted to be used for “ curtains, coverings of furniture, table covers, and other pur- 1034 WEAVING. poses, by the combination of peculiar descriptions of weavings. “ I form parts of the surface of the fabric of ribs of the character of that known as ^ rep,’ and which may be either in continuous “ lines or broken, of equal or of unequal thicknesses at right or other angles to the warp threads ; other parts of the surface I form of ribs, either in continuous lines or broken, of equal or unequal thicknesses at right or other angles to the ribs first mentioned. In these two parts of the fabric both sides are alike, that is, where one side of the cloth is formed by the warp, the other side is formed by the warp also, and where one side is formed by the weft, the other side is formed by the weft also, and of the same character ; other parts of the surface are formed with a satin face or other character of face from the warp or the weft threads. These effects are obtained from jacquard or other figuring apparatus, operating the warp threads in such manner that where the different ribs or reps are to be produced, the warp or weft, as the case may be, will be divided so as to have them appearing in like manner on the opposite surfaces, whilst the other yarns are for the time enclosed as binding or filling threads, and at those parts where other weavings are to be introduced, the tying up is adapted to the character of effect desired.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.^ A.D. 1859, November 19.— N« 2628. NAYLOR, Henry, and CROSSLEY, William. — ^These im- provements relate to pickers, the upper ends of which work on a spindle or rod, and the lower ends on a slot in the bottom of the shuttle box. The improved picker is made of strips of buffalo hide (same as the common picker), the strips being folded so that their edges will strike against the point of the shuttle when the picker is working, the folds being arranged so that the point of the shuttle will come as near as possible against” ^^the centre of the lower turn of the folds.” A metallic bush is placed in the picker to work on the spindle. The improved picker is sometimes made in two parts ; and then the upper part may be made of metal and the lower part of buffalo hide. [Printed, 7d. Drawings.] WEAVING. 1035 A.D. 1859, November 22. — N° 2638. HUGHES, Edward Thomas. — (A communication from Horace Verzier.) — “ Improvements in weaving silk and other materials, " and in the machinery or apparatus employed therein.” This invention consists in making the loom semi-automatic or partly ‘‘ self-acting.” “In the fabrication of silken stuffs there are two “ modes of working the beater or slay, one in which it is attached “ to a connecting rod so as to be restrained within certain limits, “ and the other in which the beater is free.” “ For giving motion “ to the governed or mechanical beater,” the patentee places “ at “ either side of the loom, on the outside of the framework, a series “ of toothed wheels, one being the driver mounted with a cranked “ handle at each side, which wheels transmit motion to a shaft “ carrying a crank connected by a rod to a guide or conductor, “ which is firmly fixed to the beater or slay, so that the latter may “ move to and fro as the crank revolves. The crank is furnished “ with a slot, in order that the pin for the connecting rod may be “ adjusted according to the required stroke of the beater. One of “ the toothed wheels of the series has a slotted arm, in which is “ adjusted a crank pin, to which a rod is connected, giving motion “ to the levers and swing frame of the jacquard apparatus.” “ In order to obtain a uniform motion of the working parts,” the patentee attaches “ a counterpoise to the conductor by means of a “ rope passing over pulleys.” “ The throw of the shuttle takes place by alternately raising two strong hooks worked by the “ jacquard apparatus, the hooks being attached by cords to sticks “ or levers in connection with the pickers.” The foregoing apparatus is only applicable for special fabrics ; the patentee therefore modifies the apparatus “ so that the free “ beater can be employed. The series of toothed wheels and ‘‘ cranked handles are the same as before described, but the con- “ necting rod and conductor are suppressed. The toothed wheels “ give motion to a short shaft or pin, on which is fixed a slotted “ crank, over the pin of which is passed the end of a rope having “ a ring of horn or other suitable material. The rope passes over “ pullies, and is attached to a counterpoise which is weighted as “ required. At the under side of the beater is a projecting rod of “ such length that a rope attached to it shall not touch the warp. “ This rope after passing under one of the guide pullies is firmly 1036 WEAVING. fixed to the counterpoise rope connected to the crank, so that ‘‘ the beater shall move to and fro without any undue shock. “ When the counterpoise rises the beater falls against the fabric, “ the rope attached to the beater being longer than the counter- “ poise rope, the difference being adjusted according to the fineness “ or coarseness of the materials to be woven, and when the coun- “ terpoise descends the beater is drawn hack.’’ [Printed, lid. Drawings. A.D. 1859, November 25.— N*^ 2667. SMITH, Charles, SMITH, Isaac, and SMITH, John. — This invention relates to looms for weaving terry and other fabrics, in which wires are employed. The patentees say, — The first part of our invention consists in the application of an endless chain, strap, or belt, for in- sorting the wires into the open shed; secondly, in an improved arrangement of levers with hooks or catches for drawing the “ terry wires out of the fabric; thirdly, in an improved combi- nation of springs and holders for retaining the wires with the right side upwards whilst they are being dra%vn out of the fabric and inserted into the shed, also for checking their motion when entering into the shed ; fourthly, in the application of a single curved or diagonal grove or guide, by which the wire while being withdrawn is moved from the plane in which it was held in the fabric, to the plane in which it is required to be inserted into the shed, the withdrawing and inserting of the wire being effected by our improved combinations of machinery ‘‘ or otherwise; fifthly, in the application of two endless chains, straps, or belts working in contrary directions for inserting and “ drawing out the wires, in combination with a lever and catch, ‘‘ or other suitable agent for loosening or partly drawing the “ wire out of the fabric before it is taken hold of by the with- ‘‘ drawing chain, strap, or belt; and, lastly, in an improved apparatus for cutting the loops to form the pile of fabrics, whereby all the loops on the terry wire are cut by moving the “ rod to which the cutters are attached, only the half or other portion of the width of the fabric.” [Printed, Is. He?. Drawings.] WEAVING, 1037 A.D. 1859, November 2G. — N^’ 2680. WATSON, Thomas, and HEALEY, George. — This invention “ consists in the novel and particular application of a certain “ description of ‘ silk waste’ (which has not been hitherto so em- ployed) to the manufacture of silk velvets. Such silk waste is known in the trade as " soft silk waste’ and " hard silk waste,’ and is made from the windings of raw or thrown silk in its “ dyed or colored state, and from the weaving or manufacturing ‘‘ of raw silk goods, or by any process in which this class of waste “ arises, whether colored or uncolored.” r Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 1, N*^ 2720. COCKS, James. — This invention of improvements in the mode “ of manufacturing cloths or materials for trowserings, has for “ its object the manufacture of the cloth or material so as to “ admit of its being cut and made up into trowsers without the necessity for an outer side seam, thereby avoiding the incon- veniences attending the present modes of cutting and making up when a border or borders, or broad stripe or pattern, is “ introduced into the fabric.” And the ‘^invention with this “ object in view consists in merely changing the positions of the border or borders or broad stripe or pattern from the side or sides of the piece to the centre or thereabouts. The fabric is “ thus manufactured with the border or borders or broad stripe “ midway, or nearly so, between the two sides of the piece. In “ this manner every pattern, either wdth or without a border or “ borders, will be made to originate from or terminate in or near “ the centre. By this means the present interference with the “ pattern by the necessity of having an outer side seam is obviated, and also the waste in all dressed goods, on which the border “ or broad stripe or pattern has to be formed at each side of the piece, especially when the material has to be made up without “ a boarder or broad stripe. The manufacture of the material is the same as usual, except that the mechanism employed therein “ is arranged so as to secure the placing of the border or broad “ stripe or pattern in or near the centre of the piece, or diverging “ therefrom or converging thereto.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] 1038 WEAVING. A.D. 1859, December 3.— N° 2741. BOND, Richard, and HAYHURST, William. — ‘"This inven- “ tion relates to the manufacture of ‘ temples,’ by self-acting “ machinery, and more particularly to a certain description thereof “ known as ‘ Elce and Bond’s ’ patent roller ‘ temples.’ The im- “ proved machinery consists in a suitable bed or frame, upon “ which two supports or carriers are placed to hold the piece of “ metal or ‘ blank roller,’ of which the temple is , formed, whilst “ the surface is under the operation of being roughened or cut. “ This cutting is effected by a pointed punching tool fixed in a “ sliding tool box or holder, capable of adjustment to various “ angles of inclination ; upon this tool box or hammer is caused “ to descend striking the tool into the roller, and raising a “ metallic point, which is termed ‘ rasp cutting.’ Or, instead of “ the tool being inserted in a sliding holder, it may be attached to “ the hammer, which may act directly upon the roller. The “ roller supports or carriers are provided with suitable mechanism “ and gearing to cause the blank roller or ‘ temple ’ to rotate “ and travel forward, so as by the simultaneous double motion, “ the points are formed in a spiral course from end to end of “ the ‘ temple,’ the hammers and tool boxes being actuated by “ cams and eccentrics on the main driving shaft. After the “ ‘ temple ’ has thus been roughly or ‘ raspcut,’ another tool is “ employed, having a countersunk die, which forms the roughly “ formed projections or points into perfectly shaped pins, and a “ more regular and perfect ‘ temple ’ is produced than hitherto “ done by hand.” [Printed, 9c2. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 6. — N"* 2753. TURNER, Archibald. — (Letters Patent void for want of final specification.) — This invention relates to a mode of producing an elastic fabric with a fine terry surface. The inventor says, — “ In “ carrying out my invention I use a large number of fine elastic “ strands of india-rubber, which I place much closer together “ than is usually the case in making corrugated fabrics or shurred “ goods, taking care, however, that there is a clear space between “ all the elastic strands, so that the two covering fabrics between WEAVINCx. 1039 which the elastic strands are placed may be cemented together. The inner surfaces of the covering fabrics are coated with india- rubber, or other elastic cement, and the elastic strands having “ been properly arranged between the fabrics, the whole are passed “ between rollers so as to cause them to combine and become one “ united but compound fabric. In order to produce the terry surface, the rollers or one of them should be grooved or cor- rugated, and when the fabric has been passed between them the grooved or corrugated roller will indent the surface of the fabric, and impart thereto an appearance closely resembling a fine terry "" fabric.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 10. — N® 2806. WHITELEY, William. — (Provisional protection only). — ‘‘This “ invention relates to the shuttle box and picking motion of “ looms, and consists in working two or more shuttle boxes by “ means of a wheel, placed on one or both sides of the loom, and “ having projections or tappets screwed or otherwise secured to “ its periphery, and worked by a ratchet or sneck wheel, or any “ other suitable mechanical contrivance, from the crank shaft, so “ as to raise or lower the shuttle box at any required time. This “ same arrangement also serves to regulate the picking motion “ when desired.” [Printed, Zd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 16. — N° 2864. KNIGHT, John, WALBANK, Alder, and BENTHAM, Joseph. — (Provisional protection only). — “ A new woven fabric, “ and in the materials employed in its manufacture.” “The tops “ from which the yarn is spun is composed of animal wool or hair “ mixed with one or more of any of the following vegetable fibres : — “ China grass, Madras hemp, sunn hemp, white roping, Manilla “ hemp, common China hemp, prepared rea grass, white Bom- “ bay. New Zealand half-dressed, aloes fibre, brown Bombay, “ and flaxen fibres of every description. Any or all of the above “ materials are mixed in any proportion for forming the tops, “ which are afterwards spun into yarns of the required fineness 1040 WEAVING. or coarseness, which yarns are employed as wefts, and woven with warps of any material into cloth, forming a new woven fabric, to which is given the name of brilliantes.” [Printed, Zd, No drawings,] A.D. 1859, December 17. — N° 28/0. SELLARS, John. — (Provisional protection only). — Improve- ments in the manufacture of size for stiffening, finishing, and dressing woven fabrics and yarns.” The inventor mixes resin with alkali, in such proportions as will cause the alkah, whether it be salts of soda, potash, or any preparation of alkali, to dissolve the requisite quantity of resin, so as to cause the earthy or mineral matter, starch, or amylaceous ingredients, to adhere to the fabrics or yarns, thus forming or constituting a better and cheaper size, applicable to sizing, stiffening, finishing, and dressing. For some purposes the said improved size may be mixed with flour, rice, gums, or similar substances.” [Printed, 3c?. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 20. — N® 2898. COLLIER, George, and COLLIER, John. — Improvements in means or apparatus for the manufacture of carpets and other “ pile fabrics.” The patentees say, — ‘^The improvements relate to novel arrangements of parts of the wires used in forming the pile, and also to means for operating the wires. The wire- head, or a part thereof, is of an angular or wedge-shaped form, such form being bevilled, undercut, or hollowed out, or the wire- head may be of other suitable form, and bevilled, undercut, or hollowed out ; and in each case the instrument or carrier which actuates the wires is of such a character as enables it to em- brace or securely take hold of the wire-head or a part thereof, for the purpose of withdrawal and insertion of the wire. The wire carrier is adapted to slide upon, and is governed in its to- and-fro movement (which may be effected by any convenient means) by a guide rail or slide rail turning upon an axis at one end, so that its other end may traverse between the point of in- serting and that of withdrawing the wires. We may here remark, however, that heads of wires and the instrument or WEAVING. 1041 earner of the character named, may be used in combination with other means of guiding or operating them. In some cases a “ spring may be attached to the carrier, to assist it in inserting ‘‘ the ivdres, such spring being prevented, if found desirable, by a stud or stop, from acting upon the wire, except during its inser- tion. To that end of the slide or guide rail nearest the fabric, we attach a spring or other plate for the purpose of support- ing the point end of the wire, when withdrawn from the fabric, and aiding to guide it into position for re-insertion. A spring catch operates to hold the last wire introduced in position after it has been beaten up by the reed. In order to release the wire head from its carrier when the wire has been inserted, we employ a plate which, in addition to sustaining the heads of the wires in the cloth, also prevents the head of the wire, which for the time “ is being introduced, as well as the spring attached to the carrier (when such spring is used) from going beyond a certain point. ‘‘ The carrier, however, still moves forward a little towards the cloth, so as to detach itself from the head of the wire, or a guide plate may be so arranged that after the wire carrier has com- pleted its inserting motion, and is bringing the wire forward to the fell of the cloth, the wire-head comes against an incline of the said guide plate, and is thus pushed back a sufficient dis- “ tance to free it from the wire carrier, which is then brought opposite the wire nearest the breast beam, and in its withdrawal movement, it again comes into contact w'ith the head of the wire, and draws it out as before. “ Another part of our invention relates to withdrawing the wires from the fabric in an inclined or deflected direction, in place of drawing them out in a line at right angles with the selvage of the fabric.” [Printed, 45. 8cl. Drawin^^s.] A.D. 1859, December 23. — N° 2926. ECROYD, Edward, DODGEON, John, and HEYWORTH, Jonathan. — (Provisional protection only.) — “Improvements in “ looms.” The inventors say, — “ This invention consists, firstly, “ of an improved mode of working the swivels or vibrators em- “ ployed for weaving plain selvedges on twilled fabrics. We cause “ the said swivels or vibrators to work upon a rod extending across w. 3 u 1042 WEAVING. ** the loom below the warp, or upon studs placed for the purpose, the said rod and studs being fixed at any suitable position to the “ framework of the loom. The swivels or vibrators are made to vibrate in the usual manner by passing each yarn thread of the ‘‘ warp through two or more healds, according to the kind of twill, but by causing them to work upon a rod or studs, we obtain great steadiness and certainty of action. By placing the swivels or vibrators at any desired place betwixt the selvedges, plain “ stripes may be woven parallel with them. Secondly, of an improved variable tappet for altering the depth of the shed. The tappet is of the ordinary shape, but “ instead of fixing it at once upon the tappet shaft, we cause the hole in the boss to fit the exterior of an eccentric, the latter “ being fixed to the tappet shaft. By changing the position of “ the eccentric within the boss of the tappet, and afterwards fix- ing it with a set screw or key, we obtain corresponding changes ‘‘ in the depth of the shed.” Thirdly, of certain arrangements for giving an oscillating “ motion to a temple or bar extending across the loom below the cloth. To the said bar or temple is fixed one or more adjustable levers or fingers, which are acted upon by levers or inclines connected to the lay or lathe, so that at every beat the bar or temple shall be slightly raised, by which means we obtain a better cover of the cloth. Fourthly, of an improved mode of connecting the ends of “ the check strap. Each end is bent where it passes over the picker spindle, so that a short piece of leather may be attached to it between the bend, the other end of the short piece passing “ through the end of the shuttle box, fixed either with or without “ a spring in any convenient manner.” [Printed, Sd. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 27. — N° 2948. HUDSON, William, and CATLOW, Christopher.— (Pro- visional protection only.) — “Improvements in looms.” “The “ first of the said improvements consists in making the connexion “ or means of attachment between the lamms and the treadles, or “ between the lamms and the heald staves, elastic by the use of a “ spring or springs, in order that the friction rollers of the treadles WEAVING. 104:^ may always work in contact with the tappets, and that the depth ‘‘ of the shed may be variable without alteration in the tappets or “ treadles by simply relaxing or tightening the cords by which the “ healds are attached to the lamms. The second improvement has reference to the stop rod, and consists in causing the shuttle to actuate the same by contact with the edge of a friction roller projecting through the back- board into the shuttle box, the said roller being carried by an adjustable upright finger or arm upon the stop rod (or by a “ lever in connection with such finger or arm), and being more- over variable or adjustable as to its distance from the reed space, so that in weaving fabric narrower than the reed space, the shuttle may be made to lift the stop rod as soon as possible after “ the former has cleared the shed. The third improvement applies to the ordinary double beam taking-up apparatus, in “ which the taking up is effected and regulated by the adhesion “ of the cloth to a roller with a roughened surface, commonly “ called the emery roller. The improvement consists in causing the emery roller, revolving with an uniform motion, to drive “ the cloth roller with a varying or gradually retarded motion by means of the friction or adhesion of a strap *or cord, which tightly embraces both rollers (or their respective pulleys). The motion imparted by the emery roller revolves the cloth beam as rapidly as the delivery of the cloth will permit ; the cloth beam being thus caused to exert a constant draught on the cloth, and “ aiding the taking-up action of the emery roller. The super- fluous motion is expended in causing the strap to slip on the beams or pulleys.” [Printed, Sd. No drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 29.— N° 2968. KIRBY, Edward. — This invention is applicable to machines for spinning, doubling, winding, reeling, and weaving, and to cop tubes used in such machines. The patentee says, — The nature of my invention consists in applying to the spindles of spinning “ and doubling machines, and to the skewers of machines for winding and reeling, and to the skewers of shuttles used in weaving, a conical piece of wood, metal, paper, or other suitable material, of the form of the nose of the cop to be made. This 3 u 2 1044 WEAVING. ‘‘ conical piece, when applied to the spindles of spinning or doubling machines, may either be fixed to the spindle, or loowse thereon, so that when the cop is doffed, it will leave the spindle with the cop. When the conieal piece is fixed to the spindle, I “ make use of a cop tube, made of paper or other material, of the “ shape of the conical piece, which cop tube is removed with the “ cop when doffed. By thus applying a conical piece to the spindles of machines for spinning and doubling, the shaping “ plate of the copping motion may be of a plain diagonal form, “ corresponding to the taper of the nose of the cop, thereby dispensing with the machinery now required for building the “ bottom of the cop. I also propose in some cases to conneet the conical piece with a tube of the length or part of the length of the cop. In order to overcome the difficulty now experienced, “ in removing the coils of yarn, which are wound on the spindles “ below the ordinary cop tubes, I apply to the lower part of the “ conical pieces above referred to, wire hooks or other substitutes, “ around which the yam is coiled, when the cops are completed. These wire hooks or other substitutes enable the attendant “ to cut the yarn, and then remove it with facility. My invention also consists in applying hooks or other substi- “ tutes to the rings or braids now used in connection with the “ ordinary cop tubes. The skewers of machines for winding, “ reeling, and weaving, are also furnished mth conical pieces “ of wood or other material, corresponding in shape to those used “ in the spinning and doubling machines. “ Another part of my invention consists in driving the spindles “ of spinning and doubling machines by means of double grooved “ wharves, or of two wharves, placed near each other on the same “ spindle.” [Printed, Id. Drawings.] A.D. 1859, December 29.— N« 29/0. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent. — (A communication from Charles de Jongh.) — The object of this invention “is to submit “ lengths of thread while in motion to the action of liquid or “ gaseous bodies, for the purpose, say, of dyeing or drying the “ same, and preparing it for spinning or weaving. This is effected “ by winding the threads round drums or reels in the form of a AVEAVING. 1045 helix, or one coil of thread beside the other, a space being left between each coil. These drums or reels will have a continuous rotary motion, and ^vill deliver out of the machine or apparatus, as much thread at one end of the helix as they take up at the other end. By this arrangement, any length of thread can be collected and submitted to the action of the operating agents sufficiently long to ensure the perfect action of such agents. These agents may be air, either heated or not, if the object be to dry the threads; baths of mordants or dye stufPs, if the object be to dye the threads ; size or glue, if the object be to stifPen them ; or any other agent or agents proper to obtain the desired effect, or a combination of them. This invention is specially applicable to the winding or drawing off from the cocoons of raw silk, which by this means will be delivered out of the machine or apparatus in a dry state, and can be imme- diately wound on to bobbins.” [Printed, lOcZ. PraAvings.] 4 -I i APPENDIX. CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF WORKS AND PAPERS RELATING TO THE ART OF WEAVING. 70? Cams Plinius Secundus. Historia Naturalis. (First edit. Venice, John de Spira, 1469. — English translation by Philemon Holland. London, 1601. 2 vols. fol.) 1622. John Bonoeil. His Majesty’s Letter, commanding the set- ting up of Silk Works in Virginia. London, 1622. 4to. 1649? John Collings. Weaver's Pocket Book; or Weaving spi- ritualized. 8 VO. 1677. Thomas Manley. A Discourse shewing that the Exporta- tion of Wool is destructive to this Country. London, 1677. 4to. 1679. Richard Plaines. A Breviat of some Proposals for the speedy restoring the Woolen Manufactory. London, 1679. 4to. 1694. Josiah Child. The Interest of England considered; in an Essay upon Wool, our Woollen Manufactures, and the Improvement of Trade. London, 1694. 8vo. 1700 ? Robert Murray. Proposal for the better securing our Wool from. Exportation. 4to. 1701. John Justin Ciampinus. On the Asbestos, and the man- ner of spinning and making an incombustible Cloth of it. Phil. Trans. Abr. iv., 604. 1701. 1704. John Cary. On carrying on the Linen Manufacture of Ireland by a Joint Stock. London, 1704. 8vo. 1705. Louis Crommelin. An Essay towards improving the Hempen and Flaxen Manufactories in the Kingdom of Ireland. Dublin, 1705. 4to. 1710. Mons. Bon. Dissertation sur I’Utilite de la Soye des Araignees. Paris, 1710. 8vo. Avign., 1748. 8vo. Translated into Italian. Sien., 1710. 8vo. Into German. Lips., 1711. 8vo. 1048 APPENDIX. 1712 . Joseph Beaumount. Mathematical Sleaing Tables ; or, the great and only Mistery of Weaving Linnen Cloth ex- plained. Dublin, 1712 . 12mo. 171 b. John Haynes. Great Britain’s Glory; or. Account of the great number of Poor employed in the Woollen and Silk Manufactories. London, 1715. 8vo. 1727 . Francis Ernest Bruckman. Historia Naturalis, tov aa^t(TBov ejusque preparatorum chartse, lini lintei, et ellychniorum incombustibilium. Brunswick, 1727. 4to. 1731 . Christopher de Blon, or Blond. Account of his Principles of Printing in Imitation of Painting, and of Weaving Tapestry in the same manner as Brocades. By Cromwell Mortimer. Phil. Trans. Abr. vii., 477, 1731. 1735 . Dictionarium Polygraphicum ; or, the whole Body of Arts regularly digested. London. 2 vols. 8vo. 1747 . John Smith. Chronicon.Rusticum Commerciale; or. Me- moirs of Wool, &c. ; being a Collection of History and Argument concerning the Woollen Manufacture and Woollen Trade in general. London, 1747. 2 vols. 8vo. 1756-7. 2 vols. 8 VO. 1749 . Richard Cox. Letter shewing a sure Method to establish the Linen Manufactory. Dublin, 1749. 1750 . David Ramsay. The Weaver and Housewife’s Pocket Book. Edinburgh, 1750. 12mo. 1751 . Collection of the Acts of Parliament now in force relating to the Linen Manufacture in Scotland, with an Abstract thereof under Proper Heads. Edinburgh, 1751. 8vo. 1753 . A Review of the Manufacturers’ Complaints against the Wool Grower. London, 1753. 8vo. 1753 . A short View of the Woollen Manufacture in England. London, 1753. 8vo. 1756 . Zachary Betti. Poem on the Silk Work, entitled,- — Del Baco de Seta, canti IV. Con Annotazione. Verona. 1756. 4to. 1756 . George Maxwell Clerk. Two Letters to the Trustees for Fisheries, Manufactures, and Improvements in Scotland ; containing Observations on the common mode of treating Wool in this Country, and suggesting a more judicious Scheme of Management. 1756. APPENDIX. 1U49 1757. State of the late Commotions and Rising of the Weavers in the County of Gloucester. London, 1757. 4to. 1757. John Smith. Memoir of Wool, Woollen Manufactures, and Trade from the earliest to the present times. London, 1757. 2 vols. 4to. 1758. Reasons humbly offered against laying any further British Duties on Wrought Silk of the Manufacture of Italy, the Kingdom of Naples and Sicily, or Holland ; shewing the probable ill consequences of such a Measure in regard to the Landed Interest, Woollen Manufactories, Silk Manu- factories, Fisheries, Wealth, and Naval Power of Great Britain. London, 1758. 4to. 1758. William Bailey. A Treatise on the better Employment and more comfortable Support of the Poor in Workhouses ; together with some Observations on the Growth and Culture of Flax, and divers new Inventions, neatly engraved on Copper, for the Improvement of the Linen Manufacture. London, 1758. 8vo. 1759. Robert Barbour. An Essay on the Construction of Sleying Tables, or an attempt to illustrate geometrically the fundamental Principle of the Art of Weaving. Glasgow, 1759. 8vo. 1759. George Bonnell A Plan of short heads of a Scheme whereby this Nation may for ever keep the sole Manu- facturing up ,of our Wools, to prevent the infamous Smuggling of it. 1759. 4to. 17b4. M. Marcandier. A Treatise on Hemp, in two parts; con- taining: — 1. Its History, with' the Preparations and Uses made of it by the Ancients ; 2. The Methods of Culti- vating, Dressing, and Manufacturing it, as improved by the Experience of Modern Times. Translated from the French. London, 1754. 8vo, 1764. The Handmaid to the Arts. (Containing an article on Tapestry Weaving, vol. 2, p. 436.) London, 1764. 2 vols. 8vo. 1765. A Letter from a Spitalfields Weaver to a Noble Duke. London, 1765. 4to. 1765. Thoughts on the Times and the Silk Manufacture ; shewing its Utility and the great Loss that is occasioned by the Importation of French and Italian Wrought Silks; with the Cause of the Weavers’ Dissatisfaction. London, 1765. 8vo. 10f>0 APPENDIX. 1772 . M. Paulet. L’Art du Fabriquant d’Etoffes de Soie. Paris, 1772 . Fol. 1773 . Jaubert. Dictionnaire des Arts et Metiers. Paris, 1773. 5 vols. pet. 8vo . ; ou Lyon, 1801. 5 vols. 8vo. 1774 . Mr. Glover. The Substance of the Evidence delivered to a Committee of the Hon. House of Commons by the Mer- chants and Traders of London concerned in the Trade to Germany and Holland, and by the Dealers in Foreign Linens. London, 1774. 8vo. 177 b. William Nicholson. Abstract of such Acts of Parliament as are now in force for Preventing the Exportation of Wool and other Commodities, Tools, and Instruments used in the Manufacture thereof ; and also for preventing the seducing of Artists into Foreign Parts. London, 1776. 12mo. 1786. 8vo. 1776 . John Reinhold Forster. Liber Singularis de Bysso Anti- quorum. London, 1776. 8vo. 1778 . Thomas Day. A Letter to Arthur Young, Esq., on the Bill then depending in Parliament to prevent the Exporta- tion of Wool. 1778. 8 VO. 1779 . R. March. Treatise on Silk, Wool, Worsted, Cotton, and Thread ; describing their Nature, Property, and Qualities. To which are added Descriptive Remarks on Framework Knitting, Knitting with Wires, and Patent Manufactures. London, 1779. 8vo. 1779 . Joseph Briganti. An Essay on the Method of carrying to Perfection the East India Raw Silk. London, 1779. 8vo. 1780. Ralph Mather. Representation of the Case of the Cotton Spinners in Lancashire. London, 1780. 8vo. 1782. The Contrast; or, a Comparison between the Woollen, Linen, Cotton, and Silk Manufacturers. London. 8vo. 1782. Considerations on the Present State of the Woollen Trade, the Laws made concerning that Article.. London, 1782. 8 VO. 1782. Sir John Dalrymple. The Question considered, whether Wool should be allowed to be exported, when the Price is low at home, on paying a Duty to the Public. London, 1782. 8vo. APPENDIX. 1051 1782. Nathaniel Forster. Answer to Sir John Dalrymple’s Pamphlet upon the Exportation of Wool. Colchester, 1782. 8vo. 1782. The Propriety of allowing qualified Exportation of Wool. London, 1732. 8vo. 1782-1830. Encyclopedie Methodique, ou par Ordre de Matieres. 4to. 147 vols. avec 30 vols. des planches. Paris, 1782- 1830. 1782-91. Dictionnaire des Arts, et Metiers-Mecaniques ; parune Societe de Savans. Paris, 1782-91. 4to. 1783. Peter Colquhoun. Observations on the State of the Cotton Manufacture. 1783. 1785, Roland de la Platiere. Dictionnaire de Manufactures, Arts, et Metiers. 4to. Paris, 1785, (forming part of the Encyclopedie Methodique). 1787. Arthur Young. The Question of Wool stated. London, 1787. 8vo. 1787. John Anstie. General View of the Bill presented to Parliament, for preventing the illicit Exportation of Wool and live Sheep. London, 1787. 8vo. 1787. Earl of Cliarlemont. The Antiquity of the Woollen Manu- facture proved from a passage of an ancient Florentine Poet. Trans. Irish Acad. L, part iii. 1787. 1788. A Letter on an Amendment of the Laws relating to the Woollen Manufacture. London, 1788. 8vo. 1788. John Anstie. Letter on the advantages of manufacturing the combing Wool of England. London, 1788. 8vo. 1788. The Question of Wool truly stated. London, 1788. 8vo. 1788. A Speech on the Wool Bill. London, 1788. 8vo. 1789. William Ratcliffe. Trade Law; containing Abstracts of Laws relating to Brewers, Dealers in Spirits, Growers and Manufacturers of Wool, Corn, Cotton, Linen, Silk ; Builders, &c. 1789. 2 vols., 8vo. 1790. Letters to the Lincolnshire Graziers, on the subject of the Wool Trade. London, 1790. 8vo. 1790. Brulles. The Mode of Cultivating and Dressing Hemp. London, 1790. 4to. 1790. A Treatise on the Cotton Trade, in Twelve Letters, addressed to the Levant Company, West India Planters, and Merchants. London, 1790. 12mo. 1052 APPENDIX. 1791 . Wool encouraged without Exportation ; or Practical Obser- vations on Wool, and the Woollen Manufactures. Lon- don, 1791 . 8 VO. 1794 . George Burder. Collin’s Weaver’s Pocket Book; or Weaving Spiritualized. 1794. 12mo. 1800? Henry Wansey. Strictures on Wool, and the Woollen Manufactory. 8vo. 1800. John Baker Holroyd (Lord Sheffield). Observations on the Objections made to the Exportation of Wool from Great Britain to Ireland. 1800. 8vo. 1801. J. Butterworth. A Guide to Universal Manufacture; or, the Web analyzed. Manchester, 1801. 8vo. 1802. John Anstie. Observations on the Nature and Necessity of introducing improved Machinery into the Woollen Manu- facture. London, 1802. 8vo. 1803. Observations founded on Facts upon the Propriety or Im- propriety of exporting Cotton Twist for the purpose of being manufactured into Cloth by Foreigners. London. 8 VO. 1803. Baudry des Lozieres. A Memoir on Animal Cotton; or, the insect Fly-carrier. Nicholson’s Journal, iv., 2()6. 1803. 1804. Thomas Plummer. His Speech addressed to the Com- mittee of the House of Commons, to whom a Bill to repeal certain Restrictions contained in various Acts of Parlia- ment had been referred, relative to the Woollen Trade. London, 1804. 8vo. 1804. Robert Wissett. A Treatise on Hemp, including a com- prehensive Account of the best Modes of Cultivation and Preparation, as practised in Europe, Asia, and America : with Observations on the Sunn Plant of India, which may be introduced as a Substitute for many of the Purposes to which Hemp is now exclusively applied. London, 1804. 8vo. 1808. 4to. 1806. Randle Jackson. Speech addressed to the Committee of the House of Commons, appointed to consider the State of the Woollen Manufacture. London, 1806. 8vo. 1807. Bakewell. The Moorland Bard ; or Pastoral Recollections of a Weaver of the Moorlands of Staffordshire. 1807. 2 vols. 12mo. APPENDIX. 1053 1807. The new Encyclopaedia [Encyclopaedia Perthensis] ; a Universal Dictionary of Ai-ts and Sciences. {See articles Loom and Weaving.) A. Aitchison. London, 1807. 23 vols. 8vo. 1807. G. Gregory. A Dictionary of Arts and Sciences. London, 1807. 2 vols. 4to. {See article Loom.) 1807. J. Thorp. A Letter to the Lords of Trade on the Cotton and Silk Manufactures. 1807. 8vo, 1808. John Duncan. Practical and descriptive Essays on the Art of Weaving. Glasgow, 1808. 8vo. 1809. William Nicholson. The British Encyclopaedia ; or. Dic- tionary of Arts and Sciences. London, 1809. 6 vols. 8vo. 1809. William Jones. The proceedings of a Trial of an Indict- ment against John Hanson, Esq., for a Conspiracy to aid the Weavers of Manchester. 1809. 8vo. 1810. Lord Somerville. A Treatise on Hemp; including a com- prehensive account of the best Modes of Cultivation and Preparation, as practised in Europe, Asia, and America ; with Observations on the Sun-plant of India, which may be introduced as a Substitute for many of the Purposes to which Hemp is exclusively applied. London, 1810. 4to. 1810. Duchesne, Dictionnaire de ^Industrie, ou Collection de Procedes utiles dans les Sciences et dans les Arts. 3® edit. Paris, 1810. 6 vols. 8vo. 1811. James Hall. Account of a Substitute for Hemp, prepared from Bean Stalks. Nicholson’s Journal, xxix., 278. 1811. 1811. C. G. Maewade. Commercial and Political Observations on the State of the Cotton Market ; shewing its various Fluctuations in Price, from the Treaty of Amiens in the year 1801, to the present time. 1811. 8v'0. 1811. Mayet. Des Manufactures de Soie et du Murier. 1811. 8vo. 1811. William RadclifPe. The Exportation of Cotton Yarn proved to be the real Cause of the Distresses of the Manufacturers. 1811. 8vo. 1811. Edward Smith. On the Manufacturing of Thread and Articles resembling Flax, Hemp, Tow, and Cotton, from the Fibres of the common Nettle. Nicholson’s Journal, xxix., 161. 1811. 1054 APPENDIX. 1812. J. Butterworth The Fustian Manufacturer and Weaver’s Draught Book. Manchester, 1812. 8vo. 1812. Edward Smith. Manufacture of Cloth and Cordage from Nettles. Nicholson’s Journal, xxxii., 132. 1812. 1812. E. Lydiatt. A description of the Smicrologometer, for ascertaining Tenacity of Metals, Silk, Cotton, and Linen. Thread, &c. Nicholson’s Journal, xxxii., 81. 1812. 1813. Joseph Ainsworth. Observation relative to a proposed Duty on Cotton. London. 1813. 8vo. 1813. David Macfarlane. The Cotton Spinner and Manufac- turer’s Calculator; shewing the Prices of Cotton Yarn, Grey, Bleached, or Dyed. To which is added an Appendix, containing tables of Cotton Yarn as sold independent of Discount ; with Tables of Interest. Glasgow. 8vo. 1813. John Baker Holroyd, Lord Sheffield. Two papers in the Pamphleteer. On the Trade in Wool and Woollens, ex- tracted from the Reports addressed to the Wool-Meetings in 1809, 1810, 1811, 1812. And, Report at the Meeting at Lewes Wool Fair, July 26, 1813. 1813. Edward Sheppard. Observations on the best State in which it is advisable to bring the British Marino Wools to Market. Nicholson’s Journal, xxxiv., 121. 1813. 1814. J. Gladstone. Letters to the Earl of Clancarty on the Importation of Wool from the United States. London, 1814. 1818. John Maitland. Observations on the Impolicy of per- mitting the Exportation of British Wool and of pre- venting the Free Importation of Foreign Wool. 1818. 8vo. 1819. Andrew Gray. A Treatise on Spinning Machinery; Illus- trated with Plans of different Machines made use of in that Art, from the Spindle and Distaff of the Ancients to the Machines which have been invented or improved by the Moderns. With a Postscript, including an interesting Account of the Mode of Spinning Yarn in Ireland. E dinburgh, 1819. 8 vo . 1819. Abraham Rees. The Cyclopaedia, or Universal Dictionary of Arts, Sciences, and Literature. London, 1819. 39 vols. 4to. APPENDIX. 1055 1822. James White. A new Century of Inventions, being Designs and Descriptions of one hundred Machines relating to Arts, Manufactures, and Domestic Life. (Contains a Motion for Driving the Shuttle in Power Looms, p. 372.) Manchester. 4to. 1822. Observations on the London Silk Manufacture and the Spitalfields Act. London, 1822. 8vo. 1822-35. Dictionnaire Technologique. Paris, 1822-35. 22 vols. 8vo. et 42 coh. de pi. 1823. George Crabb. Universal Technological Dictionary. Lon- don, 1823. 2 vols. 4to. 1824. The Book of English Trades, and Library of the Useful Arts. London, 1824. 12mo. 1825. J. Butterworth. The Manufacturers’ and Weavers’ Guide; or, the Web unravelled. Second Edition. Manchester, 1825. 8vo. 1825. M. Noel. Manuel du Filateur, ou Art de la Filature de Coton, mis a la Portee des Ouvriers. Paris, 1825. 12mo. 1827. J- Murphy. A Treatise on the Art of Weaving. Second Edition. Glasgow, 1827. 8vo. 1827. Francis Sellon White. A History of Inventions and Dis- coveries. London, 1827. 8vo. 1827. Maiseau. Histoire descriptive de la Filature et du Tissage de Coton. 8vo. avec atlas. 1827. 1828. William Radcliffe. Origin of the new System of Manu- facture commonly called Power-loom Weaving. Stock- port, 1828, 8 VO. 1828. Leblanc et Molard (jeune). Nouveau Systeme complet de Filature du Coton. 4to. avec atlas. 1828. 1830. J. Duncan. Articles on Carpet and Cloth Manufacture in the Edinburgh Encyclopaedia. 18 vols. 4to. 1831. A Treatise on the Silk Manufacture. London. 8vo. 1831. 1831. G. R. Porter. Treatise of the Origin, Progressive Improve- ment, and Present State of the Silk Manufacture. 1831. 1834-41. Dictionnaire de 1’ Industrie Manufacturiere, Commer- ciale, et Agricole, parM. M. A. Baudrimont, Blanqui aine, et autres. Paris, 1834-41. 10 vols. 8vo. 1835. Edward Baines, jun. History of the Cotton Manufacture in Great Britain. London, 1835. 8vo. 1056 APPENDIX. 1835. Charles Babbage. On the Economy of Machinery and Manufactures. London, 1835. 12mo. 1836. Luke Hebert. The Engineer’s and Mechanic’s Encyclo- paedia, comprehending Practical Illustrations of the Machinery and Processes employed in every Description of Manufacture of the British Empire. London, 1836. 2 vols. 8vo. 1836. G. S. White. Memoir of Samuel Slater, the Father of American Manufactures, connected with a History of the Rise and Progress of the Cotton Manufacture in England and America. Second edition. Philadelphia, 1836. 8vo. 1839. Cotton Fields and Cotton Factories. London, 1839. 16mo. 1839. Major-General Briggs. Cotton Trade of India. London, 1839. 1839. M. Oger. Traite elementaire de Filature de Coton. Paris, 1839. In 8 VO., et atlas in fol. 1840. James Montgomery. A Practical Detail of the Cotton Manufacture of the United States of America, and the State of the Cotton Manufacture of that Country con- trasted and compared with that of Great Britain: with comparative Estimates on the Cost of Manufacturing in both Countries. Also a brief Historical Sketch of the Rise and Progress of the Cotton Manufacture in America, and Statistical Notices of various Manufacturing Districts in the United States. Glasgow, 1840. 8vo. 1840. Coquelin. Essai de la Filature Mecanique du Lin et du Chanvre. 8vo. 1840. 1841. Encyclopaedia Brittanica ; or. Dictionary of Arts, Sciences, and Miscellaneous Literature. Edited by Professor Napier. Edinburgh, 1841. 21 vols. 4to. 1841. Choimet. Elements, Theoriques, et Pratiques de la Filature du Lin et du Chanvre. 8vo. Avec table. 1841. ' 1842. James Bischolf. History of the Woollen and Worsted ^ Manufactures ; and of Sheep. London, 1842. 2 vols. 8vo. 1842* William Smith. A Dictionary of Greek and Roman \ Antiquities. (Article Tela.) London, 1842. 8vo. APPENDIX. 1057 18^13. M. Strickland. A Memoir of the Life, Writings, and Mechanical Inventions of Edmund Cartwright, D.D., F.R.S., Inventor of the Power Loom. London, 1843. 8 VO. 1843. J. Yates. Textrinum Antiquorum; an Account of the Art of Weaving among the Ancients. London, 1843. 8 VO. 1844. C. G. Gilroy. Art of Weaving by Hand and Power. New York, 1844. 8vo. 1845. Statistics of the Woollen Manufactories in the United States. By the Proprietor of the Condensing Cards. New York, 1845, 12 mo. 1845. A. Kennedy. Practical Cotton Sjunner. London, 1845. 12mo. 1845-46. Falcot. Traite Encyclopedique et Methodique de la Fabrication des Tissus. 1845-46. 2 vols. 4to. 1846. W. Scott. Practical Cotton Spinner. London, 1846. 8vo. 1846. John Beckman. A History of Inventions, Discoveries, and Origins. Translated from the German by W. John- ston. {See article Ribbon Loom, vol. 2, p. 527.) Lon- don, 1846. 2 vols. 12mo. 1846. G. White. Practical Treatise on Weaving. London, 1846. 8vo. 1846. Bedel et Bourcart. Traite Elementaire du Parage et du Tissage du Coton, &c. 1846. 8vo. 1847. Alcan. Essai sur ITndustrie des Matieres Textiles, com- prenant le Travail complet du Coton, du Lin, du Chanvre, des Laines, du Cachemire, de la Sole, et du Caoutchouc. / 1847. 8 VO., atlas 4to. ' 848. P. Barlow and C. Babbage. The Encyclopaedia of Arts, Manufactures, and Machinery. (From the Encyclo- { paedia Metropolitan a.) London, 1848. 4to. H9. W. Pickles. The Flax and Tow Spinner’s Complete t Calculator. London, 1849. 18mo. > S51. R. Scott. The Practical Cotton Spinner and Manufacturer / the Manager’s, Overlooker’s, and Mechanic’s Companion. Corrected and enlarged by Oliver Byrne. Philadelphia, 1851. 8vo. w. 3 X 1058 APPENDIX. 1851. The American Cotton Spinner’s and Manager’s and Carder’s Guide ; a Practical Treatise on Cotton Spinning, &c. Compiled from the papers of the late Robert H. Baird. Philadelphia, 1851. 12mo. 1851. Charles Knight. Knight’s Dictionary of ArtS;, Commerce, and Manufactures. London. 8vo. 1852. P. Falcot. Traite de la Fabrication des Tissus. Second edition. Elbeuf, 1852. 4to. 1852. J. Ryan. Preparation of Long Line Flax, Cotton, &c., by the Claussen Processes. London, 1852. 8vo. 1853. Andrew Ure. A Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines. London, 1853. 2 vols. 8vm. 1854. Ibbertson’s Woollen Manufacturer and Overlooker’s Guide. London, 1854. 12mo. 1854. M. Chevreul. Rapport sur les Tapisseries et les Tapis des Manufactures Nationales, &c. Paris, 1854. 8vo. 1854. Charles Tomlinson. Cyclopaedia of useful Arts, Mechanical and Chemical Manufactures, Mining, and Engineering. ^ London, 1854. 2 vols. 8vo. ' 1855. J. F. Royle. Fibrous Plants of India fitted for Clothing, Paper, &c. London, 1855. 8vo. 1855. Loreiitz and Jullien. Nouveau Mamie complet du Tisse- rand. Paris, 1855. (Part of the Series of the Manual Roret.) 1855. J. Montgomery. Cotton Spinner’s Manual. Glasgow, | 1855. 12mo'. » 1855. J. Montgomery. Details of the Cotton Manufacture oj America. Glasgow, 1855. 8yo. 1855. Appleton’s Dictionary of Machines, Mechanics, Engim work and Engineering (contains descriptions of Po\\| Looms). New York, 1855. 2 vols. 8vo. i 1855. J. Malloch. The Practical Flax Spinner. EdinburA, 1855. 12mo. 1 1856. John Moss. The Cotton Manufacturer’s, Manager’s, a^d Spinner’s New Pocket Guide. London, 1856. 12mo.". 185/. John James. Flistory of the Worsted Manufacture 5 England from the earliest Times. London, 1857. 8vo. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. [The nuinbors refer to the page in which the abridgment containing the subject commences.] Alpaca waste : Application of ; Cowper, 677. Bags : For nails ; Haden, 36. Manufacture of ; Taylor, 414. Levey, 549. Whitehead, 873. Beadon, 900. Whitehead, 908. Fairv/cather, 942. Newton, 9S4. Balling warps : Machine for ; Taylor and H rst, 296. Bays : Manufacture of ; Baker, Be Mages, and Cook, 12. Beaming {see also Warping) : Comb for ; Smith- and Harrison, 698. Machinery for; Schwabe, 99. Dickens, 260. Binns, 677. Hacking and Wheeler, 70S. Beams : Construction of ; Roberts, 289. Andrew and Mark land, 2C3. Tuer, Hodgson and Hall, 390. Bearings : With grooves for lubricating ; Knight, 1033. Bed-ticking : Materials for ; Harvey, 23. Belting : Fabric for ; Newton, 1017. Binding : Manufacture of ; Thomas, 420. Blankets : Manufacture of ; Williams, 13. Edmonds, 302. Blinds : Webbing for ; Thomas, 262. Bobbins : Construction of ; Johnson, 514. Saunders, 835. Horrocks, 837. Materials for ; Newton, 498. Of hardindia-rubberorgutta-pcrcha ; Johnson, 596. Of malleable cast iron ; Middleton and Rylance, 861 . Bolting cloths : Manufacture of ; Black ill ore, 19. Bracegirdle, 644. Bombazine ; Fabric resembling ; Atkinson, 64. 3x2 1060 WEAVING. Bonnets : Manufacture of ; Bowring: and Stamp, 88. Crux, 531. Braces : Manufacture of ; Bedells, 210. Braid : Manufacture of Westhead, 196. Brilliantes : Manufacture of ; Knig:lit, Walbank, and Ben- tliam, 1039. British cachmere : Manufacture of ; Schofield, 75. Brocades : Manufacture of ; Batcheler, 6. Brushes : Weaving: bristles for ; Chatwin, 366. Buckromes : Making and dyeing ; Mason, 1. Buoyant fabrics : Manufacture of ; Goodyear, 845. Buttons : Babrics for ; Sanderson, 187. Hackett, 564. Calico : Of West Indian cotton ; Barkstead, 2. Camlet : Manufacture of ; lugham and Collier, 1028. Canvas : For embroidery ; Tiret, 498. Canvas — cont. . Manufacture of ; Dempster, 40. Campion, 57. Ramsey, Ramsey and Orr, 98. Gifford, 839. Of flax or hemp and worsted ; Broughton, 55. young, 62. Of silk grass ; Harris, 97. Carpeting [see also Piled fabrics) : Bj a cementing process ; Robertson, 130. Poole, 132. Combining self-coloured and parti- coloured warps ; Woodward, 716. Egyptian, xxvii. Fabric for ; Sievier, 325. From parti-coloured weft ; Templeton, 293. Ingraining and printing combined ; Newton, 391. Manufacture of ; Norton, 332. W ebb, 393. Lyle, 430. Woodward, 458. Lemonnier, 461. Newton, 496. Brinton and Smith, 539. Henderson, 548. Widnell, 555. Akroyd and Thompson, 709. Merrylees, 796. Simcox, 859. Newbery, 895. Naylor, 925. Phillips, 1004. Of East India sunn hemp ; Paty, 46. Of flax; Hadden, 67. Of jute ; Warden, 350. Thomson, 377, 1031. Ornamentii'ig ; Wood, 332. Pile formed with single threads : Collier, 360. Fawcett, 654. Ribbed fabric ; Simcox, 246. Silk instead of wool ; Badiiall, 137. With additional back Humphries, 146. With additional warp ; Curzon, 329. With additional weft; Curzon. 329. Wood, 332. WEAVING. 1061 ('arpeting — cont. AVith a floatins? ground; Bowyor, 47. With a pattern on both surfaces; Orr and Templeton, 588. With corded surfaces ; Cross! ey, 318. Smith, 4-13. With difterent thicknesses of weft ; Collier, 401. With thick back : Crosslcy, 318. Carpeting, Axminster : Manufacture of ; Whitcomb, and Smith, 376. Newton, 726. Carpeting, Brussels : Manufacture of ; Lea, 53. Fawcett, 337. Fawcett, Lamb, and Fawcett, 593. Faucett and Fawcett, 415. Pile bobbins, arranging and weight- ing ; Bowyer, 66. Carpeting, Ingrain, or Kidder- minster ; Manufacture of ; Pardoe, 52. Lea, 53. H anbury, 54. Eve. 87. Graham, 165. Menzies, 359. Newton, 496. Firth, and Crabtree, 1000. Of part i -coloured warp and weft ; Newton, 306. Of parti-colo\ired weft ; Graham, 177. Of self and parti-coloured yarns ; Woodward, 652. Cases for bottles : Mode of Aveaving; Barsham, 657. Chamblettirig : Sharpe, and Wilton, 1. Chamaerops humilis : Treatment and application of ; Messager-Abit, 696. Chenille : Attached by sewing or cementing Templeton, and Lawson, 714. By cross weaving ; Templeton, and Quigley, 145. Manufacture of ; Quinchez, 390. Orr, 735. Duncan, 860. Lemaire, 1021. W’'oven, as warp ; Templeton, 583. Circular looms : Meeus, 200. Young, 380. Durand, 403. Collins, 406. Johnson, 413. Hughes, and Denham, 418, 426. Cross and Crosby, 457. Durand, 534. Cumming, 543. Carney, 551. Cumming, .594. Normandy, 614. Glover, 792. Newton, 804. Davies, 930. Cloaks : Fabric for ; Plunter, 398. Manufacture of ; Nicoll, 924. Cloth : Manufacture of ; Yerbury, 11. Fryer, and Bennet, 33. Bryant, 175. Edmonds, 302. Of silk and wool ; Williams, 10. Cloth, Cotton: Regulating perspiration ; Millard, 58. Cloth, Woollen : Manufacture of ; Nelson, 35. Davis, 51. Clothing : Manufacture of ; Lord, 507. Coach Lace : Manufacture of ; Mersey, 6 . 2 . 1062 WEAVING. Cocoa-nut fibre : Cloths of ; Logan, 141. Davies, 795. Cop-tubes : Construction of ; Eaton, 622. Sidebottom, 983. Kirby, 1013. Corcborus capsularis : Application of the fibres ; Gilbee, 513. Corcborus clitoreus : Application of the fibres ; Gilbee, 513. Corcborus junceus : Application of the fibres ; Gilbee, 513. Corded fabrics : Manufacture of : Green, 38. Plant, 329. Edmondson, 418. Cook, 532. Pidding, 711. Levy, 791. Corderoys : Manufacture of ; Smith, 802. Cork : Weaving ; Powbotham and Lloyd, 89. Corsets : Manufacture of ; Johnson, 413, and 4S3. Crape: Manufacture of ; Pousset, 2. Gastineau and Mons, 3. Crookshank and Norton, 11. Goodall, 59. Grout, 69. AVilson, 70. Prancis, 72. Making fabrics resembling ; ^ Brickies, Thorpe, and Lillie, 5G8. Mulligan, 584. Counterpane fabric : Myerscough, and Sykes, 155. Coutelle : Manufacture of ; Gill, 453. Coutil : Manufacture of; Reynolds, 491. Cravat collars : Manufacture of ; Jordery, 386. Crinoline : Manufacture of ; Hesketh, 775. Cut piled fabrics {see also Double piled fabrics) : Designed ground under floated weft ; Hawthornthwaite, 119. Pine wires woven in ; Gratrix, 315. Knife with two blades ; Wilson, 230. Of toothed chenille ; Barlow, 261. Pile produced from weft ; Norton, 271. Weaving and cutting the pile ; Thornton, 849. Weft, of two or more fine threads ; Weild, 728. Diagonal weaving : Pletcher, 153. Healey, 234. Diaphne stuffs : Wilson, 81. Double fabrics : Manufacture of ; Thorn ley, 475. Mallinson and Ridings, 550. Heywood, 957. Double piled fabrics : Cutting npparatus ; Wilson, 80. Steine.’ (Joshua Heilman’s In- vention), 171. Drien, 377. Manufacture of ; Newton, 318. Beaumont, 407. Hill and Moore, 981. Of parti-co’oured warp ; Nickels, 312. Sievier, 431. Norton, 591. Pile of unequal lengths ; Sievier, 410. WEAVING. I 06 :i Draw loom : Dispensing with the draw boy ; Cheape, 18. Drawing : Designs for figured fabrics ; Smith, 780. Drawing in : Apparatus for ; Willan and Mills, 883. Dressing {see also Sizing) : Materials for ; Harris, 97. Huillard, 653. Dressing rollers : Covered with caoutchouc ; Brooman, 760. Dressing warps (see also Sizing warps.) Applying lubricating matter ; Bashall, 402. Machinery for ; Johnson, 36. Johnson, 41. Me Adam, 44. Stansfeld, 79. Reid and Johnson, 132. Hornby and Kenworthy, 147. Forrester, 158. Heaton, 162. Mason and Collier, 270. Combe, 281. Do Wardin, 288. Andrew and Markland, 293. Brooman, 760. While weaving ; Cartwright, 21. Foden, 32. Wells, 76. Chalmin, 330. Rowan, 438. Taylor, 976. Dressing yarns : {See also Sizing yarns) : Direct from spools ; Peabody, 447. Fan for ; Robinson, 727. In the cop ; Stuart, 33. Machinery for ; Horrocks, 74. Potter, 122. Whitaker, 165. Claussen, 225 and 239. Kairne, 395. Cooke, 664. Driving : By friction surfaces and toothed wheels ; Tatham and Cheetham, 299. Driving bands : Whitehead, 161. Kibble, 199. Alsop and Forster, 208, Newton, 232. Browne, 280. Spencer, 355. Hughes, 749. Cam pin, 757. Ernen and Spencer 770. Druggets: Manufacture of; Grundv, 515. Coe, 599. Drieu, 679. Drying : Fibrous materials; Robinson, 176. Drying cylinders : Discharging condensed steam ; Burton and Lord, 787. Thompson and Thompson, 820. Drying yarns : Apparatus for ; Bryce, 34. Seyrig, 128. Sutcliffe, 201. Craig, Foster, and Valentine, 434. Peabody, 447. Harrison, and Oddie, 558. Leach, Leach, and Leach, 655. Churchill and Bradshaw, 731. Lord, 747. Petrie, 894. Mawdsley, 936. Birkinyre, 998. Robson, 1,006. Duplicated fabrics : Manufacture of ; Nickels, 240. Dwarf palm : Application of; Le Roy and Pavy, 416. Elastic fabrics : Introducing metal wire into Aucher, 815. 1064 WEAVING. Elastic fabrics — cont. Manufacture of ; Desgrand, 101. Sievier, 102. Bown, 199. Biggs and Harris, 200. Unsworth, 207. Alsop and Forster, 208. Nickells, 211. Perry and Daft, 212. Lutel, 237. Fontaine Moreau, 382. Carpenter, 423. Crofts, 450. Lucevilliard, 496. Turner, 552. Turner, 578 . Turner, 652. Crook, 766. Turner, 821. Burrows, 871. Turner, 970. Turner, 979. Turner, 1038. Of whalebone; Gibson, 77. Ornamenting ; Turner, 744. Woven circular : Brown, 257. Electro magnets : For actuating shuttle boxes ; Johnson, 669. For actuating jacquard needles ; Johnson, 669. Electro magnetism : Applied to setting tapestry warps Norton, 565. Embossing : Giving the appearance of ; Ward, 395. Embroidering : During Weaving; Cropper and Milnes, 114. Letters and figures ; Dart and Silverwood, 435. Esclipius genus of plants : Application of ; Whitlow, 61. Esparto : Application of ; Berrj’, 152. Exotic plants : Application of ; Berry, 132. Fabrics : Manufactured direct from a sliver ; Hodgson, 410. Part plain and part satin; Bottomley, 419. Various ; Hughes, 980. Weft at various angles ; Johnson, 964. Farina : Employed as size ; Andrew, 182. Feed cloths : Manufacture of ; Apperley, 738. Felted fabrics : As substitutes for leather ; Fontaine Moreau, 508. Felts : Manufacture of: Carter, 368. Fibrous plants : Application of various ; Wicks and Ghislin, 785. Figured fabrics : Manufacture of ; Milton, 64. Templeton and Millar, 621. Mcllwraith, 1019. Finishing fabrics : Performed in the loom ; Sievier and Crosby, 413. Flannel : Manufacture of ; Archer, 197. Flat bands : Of woven wire ; Newall, 180. Flax : Engine for spinning and weaving ; Bedwell, 3. Folding fabrics : Machinery for ; Boberts, Shaw, and Shaw, 798. WEAVING 1065 Friction Gloves : Fabric for; Hancock, 173. Fringes : Apparatus for weaving; Sands, 794. Chapuis, 797. Inserting tufts into ; Humergue. 813. Manufacture of ; Lomas and Shim well, 191. Dalton, 254. Greenshields, 482. Crofts, 529. Schwabe, 681. Of chenille; Greenshields, 511. Printed crimped ; Barnard and Rosenthal, 834. Fur : Emi)loyed in various fabrics ; Robertson, 130. Fustian : Apparatus for cutting ; Drieu, 501. Manufacture of Rowley, 284. Hamer, 330. Smith and Smith, 408. Plant, 448. King and Holdsworth, GIO. ^yith dividing strips of calico. Cross, 304. Gauze : Manufacture of ; Craven and Pickles, C28. Dudebout, 758. Gearing : Construction of ; Beads, 1020. ( liagia : Application of the fibre ; Gillman, 526. Glass : Woven as weft ; Vouillon, 143. Gold and Silver : Method of weaving; Crumpler, 9. Gutta-percha : Application of; Tatham and Cheetham, 299. Johnson, 586 and 596. Hair : Arrangements for weaving ; Bedwell, 3. Caron, 49. Hair, human : Fabrics of ; Devy, 613, Hair trimmings : Manufacture of ; Babb, 424. Harness and headles : Construction of ; Rothwell, 88. Pownall, 94. Stone, 121. Shaw, 134. Bullough, 189. Vogel, 239. Christie, 286. Newton, 339. Howson, 416. Vaughan, Scattergood, and Grimshaw, 460. Chapuis, 538. Clegg, 623. Leach, Leach, and Leach, 655. Shaw, 680. Smithies, 859. Construction of metal ; Rothwell, 88. Osbaldeston, 82 and 115. Dutton, 127. Meeus, 200. Lecour, 209. Collier, 334. Newton, 339. Clegg, 623. Thompson and Curtis, 727. Weild, 728. Haslam and Lutener, 947. Haslam, 990. Employing india-rubber cords in- stead of lingoes ; Bonnet, 605. Machinery for making ; Berrie and Andersbn, 111. Vogel, 239. Greg and Bowlas, 328. Vaughan, Scattergood, and Grimshaw, 460 ; Newton, 497. Bovdas, 511. Buchanan, 542, 592. Chapuis, 797. Buchanan, 800. Watson, 826. Melvin, 840. Pin chon and Harris, 894. Brooman, 900. Taylor and Mimmb, 903. Ward, 985. 1066 WEAVING. Harness and headles — cont. Of horn ; Potter, 751. Of gutta-percha; Pawcett, Lamb, and Pav/cett, 593. Substitute for ; Johnson, 404. Varnishing portions of ; Crook and Mason, 326. Winding the cord for ; Bullough and Harrison, S82. Hat plush : Manufacture of; Tathara and Cheetham, 299. Watson, 313. Husband, 368. Pontaine Moreau, 418. Husband and Mallinson, 5S0. Husband, 583. Hats : Manilla grass used in ; White, 374, Manufa.-ture of ; Bowring and Stamp, 88. Philps, 362. Woodrow, 961. Head bands of books : Mode of weaving ; Bingley, 235. Heating liquids : Coates, 821. Hecks : Of hard india-rubber or gutta- percha ; Johnson, 596. Hemp : Engine for spinning and weaving; Bedwell; 3. Hop plant : Application of the stalk ; Taylor, 520. Horn : Made flexible for weaving ; • Vandcr Meere, 484. Horsehair crinoline : Manufacture of ; Smith, 836. Horsehair fabrics : Substitute for ; Williams, 212. Horse-radish : Application of the flbres ; Thatcher, 517. Hose-pipe : Pabric for; Newton, 101 India-rubber : Application of; Johnson, 586, 596. India-rubber fabrics {see also Elastic fabrics) : Manufacture of ; Newton, 217. India-rubber thread : Covering and employing; Hackett, 513. Jacquard apparatus : Cards, connected bv split rings ; Roberts, Shaw, and Shaw, 798. Cards, construction of; Johnson, 650. Plain, 740. Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 792. Whitehead, 794. Cards, made of india-rubber and gutta-percha ; Johnson, 586, 596. Cards, mode of preparing ; England, 174, Cards, substitutes for ; Gerard, 105. Brooman, 198. Clegg, 237. Kurtz, 269. Newton, 275. Corry, 315. Cow per, 429. Boond, 439. Acklin, 598. Crawford, 619. Rives, 629. Lane, 748. Jamieson, 822. Clark, 823. Johnson, 835. Tremeschini, 855. Clark, 880. Van Peteghem, 923. WEAVING. 1067 Jacquard apparatus — cont. Cards, testing? machine for ; Cunningham, 1011. Cards, utilizing old ; Cunningham, 1011. Cards, with buttons ; Roberts and Shaw, 888. Cards, with elliptical holes ; Dick, 345. Harness, attacdiing weights to ; Collier, 388. Beading and punching machinery ; Wilson, 68. Morison, 116. La Riviere, 184. Gibbons and Roe, 195. Mackenzie, 255. Martin, 263. Kurtz. 269. Cochran, 295. Dick, 345. Mackenzie, 351. Acklin, 598. Pontaijie Moreau, 614. Tremeschiiii, 855. Jacquard machines : Arrangement and construction of ; Lambert, 67. Wilson, 68. Wilson, 73. Molinard, 102. Molinard, 110. Poole, 115. Morison, 116. Woodcroft, 12 1. Poole, 12 1. Poole, 150. Deplanque, 156. Smith, 169. McBride, 177. Goos, 187. Brooman, 198. McBride, 202. Mackenzie, 255. Martin, 263. Newton, 275. Pontaine Moreau, 276. Barlow, 285. Roberts, 289. Mason and Sraiih, 291. Cochran, 295. Cross, sot. Tatham and Cheetham, 309. Corry, 315. Dick, .345. Hardman, 349. Duchamp, 386. Boond, 439. Meyer, 4^16. Pontain^^ Moreau, 470. Lamb and Lamb, 522. Parker, 535. Hart, 552. Woller and Butterfield, 612. Pontaine Moreau, 614. Jacquard machines — cont. Arrangement and construction of ; Brown, and Adin, 736. Smith, 743. Heywood, 744. Smith, 783. Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 792. Jamieson, 822. Hamilton, 830. Barlow, 831. Johnson, 835. Tremeschini, 855. Brown, 858. Morison and Morison, 862. Nuttall, 869. Mennons, 909. Johnson, 918. Mills and Sidebotham, 936. Bullough, 949. Archer, 9 2. Had wen and Wadsworth, 961. Morison and Morison, 986. Morton, 988. W'eild, 993. Crossley, 994. Broadley, 1006. Cunningham, 1011. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Bottomley and Martin, 1018. Shields, 1021. Bottom board, giving motion to Craven, 838. Sowden, 980. Card cylinder, actuating the ; Bullough, 189. Woller, 274. Christie, 311. Nimmo, 523. Radcliffe, Pearnehough, and Mather, 778. Craven, 838. Sharp and Sharp, 939. Brown. 940. Electricity, working by ; Picciotto, 438. Johnson, 669. Vincenzi, 695. Equalizing the lift ; Naylor and Crighton, 152. Por actuating shuttle boxes ; Bottomley, 458. Hall, 720. Pirth and Crabtree, 765. Por double and treble cloths ; Naylor and Crighton, 152. Por double-piled fabrics ; Newton, 318. Por horse hair fabrics ; Laycock, 752. Por Kidderminster carpets ; Berry, 163. Por large patterns ; Dear, 381, Por metallic tissues ; Berry, 138. 1068 WEAVING. Jacquard machines — cont. For opening a double shed ; Burrows, 484. For piled fabrics ; Weild, 568. Fcr producing shapes ; Thomas, 206. For quilting ; Lomax, 145. For two or more fabrics ; Rowley, 284. For Venetian carpets ; Clarke, 91. Griff, actuating the ; Yates, 148. Radcliffe, Fearnehough, and Mather, 778. Griffs, employing two ; Whittaker and Wallwork, 684. Harness, arrangement of ; Christie, 311. Morel, 381. Hooks, construction of: Fontaine Moreau, 650. Independent lifting bars : Combe, 281. Lifting the lash ; Poole, 150. Parts made of india-rubber or gutta- percha ; Johnson, 596. Weights and springs dispensed with; Brown, 940, With double lift ; Crossley and Crossley, 504. With two sets of cards ; Hughes, 490. Jute : Application of; Thomson, 377. Le Roy, A. and J., and Pavy, 416. Lappet fabrics : Cutting off the loose threads ; Cumming, 554. Pollock, 678. Dispensing mth beaming of pattern threads ; Cochrane, 384, 399. Introducing a satin stripe ; Heyes, 371. Leather : Employed as weft ; Westhead, 112, Fabric to be used as a substitute for ; Hackett, 564. Fontaine Sloreau, 583. Campin, 747, 757. Newton, 888. Drieu and Legeay, 1032. Ligneum spartium : Treatment and application of; Messayer-Abit, 696. Linen and cotton fabrics : Manufacture of ; E«-yptian, xxiv. Hackett, 523. Linings for articles of dress : Ritchie, 568. Livery and coach lace ; Mersey, 62. Looms {see also Power looms ; also Vertical looms) : Arrangement and construction of ; Mason, 1. Dolignon, 25. Foden, 32. Hall, 38. Taylor and Taylor, 60. Anderson, 111. Ferrabee and Clyburn, 116. Naylor and Crighton, 143. Darker, Darker, and Wood, 172. Trippett, 185. Place, 211. Fish, 356. Gedge, 384. Crofts, 412. Loret-Vermeersch, 491. Chevron and De Roulet, 506, 541. Gedge, 657. Fourmaux, 1003. Jones, 1032. Ball and socket joints, application of; Mason, 396. Breast beam, raised and lowered ; Sievier, 137. Check straj)s ; Holt and Sagar, 598. Cleansing and finishing, rollers for ; Munn, 261. Cloth beam, suspended by elastic straps ; Vaughan and Scattergood, 441. Drawing in apparatus ; Jones, lOol. Egyptian, notice of, xxiv., xxvi. Elasticity, imparted to ; Russell, 550. Floats, apparatus for preventing ; Bullough, 676. C^reek and Roman, xxix. Harness, counteracting the Aveight of; Wells and Eccles, 125. Harness, substitute for ; Dudebout, 758. WEAVING 1069 Looms — cont. Readies, aiTangement of ; Ecroyd, Hey worth, and Scarr, 745. Readies, with metal shafts ; Eullough, 676. Icelandic, xxix. India-rubber employed as springs : Platt and Palmer, 212. Houston, 411. Lay, dispensed with : " Lillie, 505. Lay motions ; Kay and Stell, 5. Barber and Barber, 14. Dutton, 127. Vignat, 740. Hughes, lO.'lS. Letting off motions ; Scholefield, 94 Howard and Scattergood, 113. Dutton, 127. Mellodew, 133. Shaw, 134. Bottomley, 139. Schofield and Leach, 14G. England, 174. Ogden and Woollam, 175. Lawrent, 277. Hey wood, 370. Weild, 394. Nairne, 394. Livsey, 417. Rowan, 438. Gonin, 445. Donald and Heginbotham, 509. Russell, 550. Connor, 681. Nichels and Hobson, 688. Harling, Todd, and Hariing, 820. Taylor, 821. De Poorter, 901. Measuring and registering appara- tus ; Tayler and Slater, 374. Picking motions ; Kay and Stell, 5. Barber and Barber, 14^ Dutton, 127. Naylor and Crighton, 152. ]Mason, 396. Loret-Vermeersch, 607. Newton, 608. Evette, 701. Hughes, 1035. Racks of india-rubber ; Johnson, 636 and 638. Reed, giving rotary motion to ; Thomas, 245. Reed, mode of securing ; Bamford, 710. Reeds, using two for patterns ; Whyte, 808. Selvedges, ai)paratus for forming ; Naylor and ("righton, 152. Townend, 350. Looms — cont. Shedding apparatus ; Kay and Stell, 5. Barber and Barber, 14. Taylor, 63. Potter, 76. Spilsbury, 83. Sadler, 98. Perrabee and Clyburn, 116. Dutton, 127. Shaw, 134. Rostron, 143. Clarke, 155. Norton and Collier, 158. England, 174. Smith, 197. McBride, 202. Clausseri, 239. Newton. 275. Jamieson, 283. Tatham and Cheetham, S09. Heywood, 370. Johnson, 404. Sievier and Crosby, 427, Meyer, 446. Drevelle, 449. Crofts, 449, 450, 451. Desrousseaux, 490. Widnell, 555. Loret-Vermeersch, 607. Bullough, 676. Somerville, 685. Bullough and Bullough, 739. Crook, 766. Pye, Smith and Croasdale, 881. Roberts and Shaw, 888. Mellor and Jamieson, 891. De Poorter, 901. Mills and Sidebotham, 936. Nicholson and Crossley, 951. Railton and Lang, 953. Desurmont and Goudeau, 973. Smith, 1001. Bottomley and Martin, 1018. Sheds, in diagonal directions ; Nash and Bailey, 399. Shuttle boxes, actuating ; Morison, 116. Naylor and Crighton, 152. McBride, 202. Stocks, 425. Sievier and Crosby, 427. Knowles, 436. Bottomley, 458. Hunt, 733. Brazil and Crummack, 759. Brazil, 801. Gibson and Berrisford, 847. De Poorter, 901. Shuttle boxes, arranging and work- ing; Fabart, 842. Shuttle boxes, revolving; Smith, 197. Shuttle box guides, construction of*; Miliis and Pickstone, 317. 1070 WEAVING. Looms — cont. Shuttle boxes, loose ; Briggs, 770. Shuttle boxes, sliding horizontally ; Milnes and Thompson, 768. Shuttle box swell, position of ; Dodgeon and Bateson, 654. Shuttles, actuated by magnets ; Meeus, 200. Whytock, 331. Durand, 532. Shuttles, actuating ; Edwards and Edward, 873. Shuttles, actuating, small figuring Heywood, 282. Reid, 298. Shuttles, prevented flying out ; Platt and Taylor, 590. Massey, 686. Shuttles, prevented from recoiling ; Shaw, 134. Shuttles, substitutes for ; Latour and Latour, 614. Shuttles, three in action at one time ; Smith and Smith, 408. Slay and shuttles raised and low ered ; Sievier, 137. Slay, of metal ; Ogden and Woollam, 175. Taking-up motion ; Hall, 40. Sadler, 98. Welch, 104. Wells and Ecclos, 125. Mellodew, 133. Schofield and Leach, 146. Davies, 1,59. Ogden and Woollam, 175. Laurent, 277. Lakin and Rhodes, 2S4. Crichton, 373. Taylor and Slater, 374. Nairn e, 394. Rodgers, 428. Rowan, 438. Gouin, 445. Thomas, 447. Russell, 550. Loret-Vermeersch, 607. Vignat, 654. Somerville, 685. Neild, 697. Bullough and Bullough. 739. Ecroyd, Heyworth, and Scarr, 745. Brazil and Crummack, 759. Nomico and Hayes, 761. Whyte, 779. Brazil, 801. Taking-up rollers ; Gratrix and Gratrix, 751. Colbeck and Colbeck, 823. Harrison, 982. Vibrator, actuating the ; Schofield and Leach, 146 Dobson, 535. Looms — cord. Warp beams in sections ; Peabody, 447. Warps dressed while weaving; Taylor, 976. Warps, equalizing the strain of Russell, 550. Warps, holding and cutting portions of ; Reid and Tonge, 987. Warps, imparting elasticity to; Sievier and Crosby, 413. Warps, steam applied to ; Scholefield, 94. Warp threads selected by elec- tricity ; Picciotto, 438. Warp, wound on two beams ; Pontainemoreau, 276. Weft carrying needles ; Bois, 509. Weft, in diagonal position Healey, 234. Weft, introduced by a hooked bar ; Smith, 207. Weft, introduced by a needle ; Turner, 821. Worked by a pendulum lever ; Sadler, 98. Worked by a treadle or hand wheel ; Turner, 821. Looms for cross weaving : * Headles, arrangement of ; Hindle, 732. Shedding apparatus ; Heywood, 282. Heywood, 370. Milnes, 924. Broadley, 1008. Taking-up motion ; Milnes, 924. Looms for curvilinear weaving : Panshawe, 359. Looms for weaving bags : Shedding apparatus ; Taylor, 414. Looms for weaving borders : Lay, arrangement of ; Atkins, 48. Looms for weaving Brussels carpets : Conran, Barford, and Moody, 4. Ply shuttle used ; Morton, 561. Pile bobbins, mode of weighting ; Lamb and Fawcett, 556. WEAVING. 1071 Looms for weaving carpets ; Eckliardt, 31. AVebb, 52. Meiinoiis, 909. Phillips, 1001. Double shed for two shuttles ; Nickels and Burrows, 856. Lash, lever for drawing the ; Pardoe, 52. Pile bobbins, letting-off apparatus ; Garside, 677. Pile wires, expanding and contract- ing; Melville, 316. Wire motion ; Melville, 316. Looms for weaving chenille : Healds. disposition of ; Sichel, 656. Looms for weaving corded fa- brics : Reed, extra one used; Edmondson, 418. Shedding api aratus ; Edmondson, 418. Taking-up motion Edmondson, 418. Looms for weaving crinoline : Hesketh, 775. Looms for weaving double fa- brics : Shuttle boxes, actuating ; Armitage, 861, Looms for weaving double piled fabrics : Wood, 185. Wilson, 230. Browne, 308. Melville, 343. Peact)ck, 397. Moore, Beswick, and Wilson, 520. Johnson, 544. Toye, 609. Carron, 1002. Cutting apparatus for pile ; Gachet, 119. Christy, 357. M oore, Beswick, and Wilson, 520. Bradbury and Bradbury, 531. Jacquard apparatus, dispensed with; Holt, 382. Letting-off motion; Drieu, 377. Selvedges, apparatus for forming ; Hughes, 355. Looms for weaving double piled fabrics — cont. Shedding apparatus ; Drieu, 377. Hill, 466. Bradbury and Bradbury, 531. Taking-up motion ; Bradbury and Bradbury, 531. Wire motion ; Thompson, 456. Looms for weaving elastic fa- brics : Crook, 766. Turner, 821. Looms for weaving figured fa- brics : Murdoch, 241. Alcan, 840. Looms for weaving fringes : Livesey, 519. Maddox, Gardner, and Green, 536. Looms for weaving ginghams : Healds, arrangement of ; Shaw, 651. Looms for weaving horsehair : Hook, or shuttle, actuating the ; Webb, 518. Looms for weaving knotted counterpanes : Roberts, 121. Lomax, 145. Looms for v/eaving lappets ; Gilchrist, 655. Numico and Heyes, 761. Endless pattern chain ; Smith, 486. Jacquard applied to ; Hood, 534. Reed, using loose; Heyes, 371. Whip rolls, dispensed with ; Smith, 486. Looms for weaving matting : Brooman, 755. Looms for weaving metallic tissues : Berry, 138. 1072 WEAVING. Looms for weaving narrow fa- brics : Kay and Stell, 5. Heathcoat, 115. Westhead, 196. Sinclair, 400. Tatlow and Hodgkinson, 432. Burrows, 963. Driving by Cones ; Westhead, 112. Headles for forming fast selvedges : Boot, 694. Letting-off motions Willis, 348. Tatlow and Hodgkinson, 432. Shedding apparatus ; Willis, 348. Shuttles, arranging and actuating ; Goodman, 70. Roberts, 71. Tins worth, 227. Nickels, Ball, and Bagley, 333. Willis, 348. Edwards and Edwards, 984. Shuttles, reducing the length of ; Turner, 920. Shuttles, substitutes for ; Unsworth, 227. Taking-up motions ; Westhead, 112. Tatlow and Hodgkinson, 432. Looms for weaving piled fa- brics. Nickels and Hobson, 426. Chevron, 517. Nickels and Hobson, 579. Eawcett and Fawcett, 616. Norton, 640. Bousfield, 643. Watson, 645. Mowbray, 771. Adam and Templeton, 773. Thornton, 849. Cutting apparatus ; Tatham and Cheetham, 309. Sievier, 317. Mowbray, 321. Deleraer, 364. Limousin, 475. Murdoch, 667. Introducing lengths of yarn ; Hindley, 213. Newton, 222. Lay, construction of ; Payne and Currie, 278. Letting-off pile warp; Smith, 369. Johnson, 387. Limousin, 475. Bousfield, 649. Mowbray, 771. Looms for weaving piled fabrics — cont. Pile, apparatus for forming ; Nickels, 279. Gratrix, 315. Mowbray, 321. Denton, 339. Smith, 369. Smith and Smith, 408. Denton, 419. Collier, 471. Limousin, 475. Mowbray, 771. Adam and Templeton, 773. Mowbray and Broadlej", 877. Henderson, 906. Selvedges, apparatus for forming ; Mowbray and Broadley, 877. Shedding apparatus ; Limousin, 475. Mowbray, 771. Shuttle boxes, actuating; Mowbray and Broadley, 877. Wires, construction of ; Luraby and Sugden, 444. Wire motion ; Payne and Currie, 278. Nickels and Hobson, 427, 533. Wires with knives ; Curtain, 260. Wood, 497. Looms for weaving ribbed cloth : Sichel, 656. Looms for weaving ribbon : Ornamenting threads, apparatus for introducing ; Smith, 190. Picking motion ; Cole, 221. Rack for shuttles made of leather ; Guillotte, 100. Revolving shuttle carriers ; Brown, 223. Shedding apparatus ; Stell, 7. Sawbridge, 66. Shuttle boxes, of hard india-rubber or gutta-percha ; Johnson, 610, Shuttles, mounting and moving ; Gratrix, 219. Cole, 221. Brown, 223. Brown, 857. Single warp and cloth beams ; De Poorter, 901. Warps wound on rollers or cj'- linders ; Stell, 7. Weft introduced by forked pieces and needles ; Brown, 223. WEAVING. 1073 \ Looms for weaving sail cloth : I Fillier, 611. ' Looms for weaving sewed goods : Shuttles, actuating small ; Strang, 658. Looms for weaving shaped fabrics : Shedding apparatus ; Cross, 322. Looms for weaving shawls ; Kerr, 215. Fabart, 842. Looms for weaving shirt front- ings ; Double shuttle boxes : Harrison, Harrison, and Har- rison, 388. Shedding apparatus ; Harrison, Harrison, and Har- rison, 388. Looms for weaving sieve cloth : Taking-up motion ; Foot, 252. Looms for weaving stay fabrics : Thomas, 206, 251. Looms for weaving terryfabrics : Pile apparatus for forming ; Sievier, 188, 204. Nickels, 288. Christy and Knowles, 437. Ewbank, 440, 487. Pile bobbins, mode of weighting ; Sievier, 204. Kolh'rs for dividing terry warp ; Collier, 471. Two pieces woven together ; , Toye, 648. AVire motion ; Collier, 534. Wires passing through reed ; Smith and Smith, 408. Looms for weaving tubular fabrics : Levey, 504. Looms for weaving two or more pieces of cloth : Williamson, 45. Scholefield, 94. Hall and Slack, 109. Bullough, 112. Claussen, 225. Keogh, 409. Looms for weaving two ply and three ply carpets : Shuttle boxes, shifting ; Morton, 561. Looms for weaving velvets : Pile warps moveable ; Bareau, 342. Looms for weaving Venetian carpets : General construction of ; Clarke, 91. Looms for weaving woollen cloth : Colbeck and Colbeck, 823. Lubricating : Bearings generally Gibson and Berrisford, 847. Picker spindles ; Slack, 781. Lygeum Spartium : Application of ; Dehau, 428. Mails : Manufacture of ; Allport, 276. Rowley, 284. Mats : Method of making ; Newton, 422. Matting ; Manufacture of ; Brooman, 194, 755. Matting cases : Mode of weaving ; Austin, 458. Metal lace : Materials for weaving; Finch, 50. Metallic tissues : Entirely of wire ; Berry, 138. Mexican grass : Application of ; Staufen, 819. 3 Y w. 1074 WEAVING Military sashes : Manufacture of ; Curtis, 965. Mills or factories : Construction of; Heathcoat, 75. Mixed fabrics : Manufacture of ; Bennett, 20. Phipps, 22. Looseniore, 32. Steel, 43. Lovve, 49. Coupland and Coupland, 57. Atkinson, 64. Bober tson, 130. Ackrojd, 355. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Lacey and Wilkinson, 442. Milligan, 584. Bell, 637. Walker, 639. Mohair plush : Singeing the warp ; Collier, 546. Mohair Velvet : Manufacture of ; Oppenheimer, 487, 515. Moreens : Manufacture of ; Thomas and Marsh, 282. Millies, 789. Bottomley, 935. N arrow fabrics : Manufacture of ; Sievier, 257. Nickels, 410. Boot, 694. Burrows, 871, Neck ties : Manufacture of ; Olorenshaw, 1010. Nosebags : Construction of ; Morison and Hum, 453. Ornamental fabrics ; Manufacture of ; Heathcoat, 122. M aclean and Binlayson, 503. Bell, 682. Orr, 972. Cunlilfe, Piggott, and Mallinson, 973. Ornamenting : Boas, victorines, and muffs Ostermoor, 920. By feathers ; Bardin, 774. Various fabrics ; Heathcoat, 75. Green, 383. Gentile, 862. Palm tree : Application of the fibre ; Warner, 443. Poitiers, 484. Parti-colored yarns : By combining different colored threads ; Gibbs and Dixon, 90. Used as weft; Whytock, 331. Pattern surfaces : Barrels or cylinders with holes ; Boberts, 71. McBride, 202. Jamieson, 283. Drevelle, 449. Pfnor, 660. ' Somerville, 685. Barrels or cylinders with pegs, pins or tappets ; Stell, 7. Taylor, 63. Potter, 76. Spilsburv, 83. Pontainemoreau, 276. Crook and Mason, 326. Board 11 ) an, 389. Bamsden, 411, 489. Muir, 472, 483. Desrousseaux, 490. Loret-Verneersch, 491. Marzolo, 659. Thomson, 667. Muir and Mcllwham, 687. Hardon and Henry, 690. Millies and Thompson, 711. Hesketh, 775. Sugden and Briggs, 779. Whitesmith and Whitesmith. 792. Broadley, 897. De Poorter, 901. Muir and Mcllwham, 937. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Carved pattern board or cylinder ; Beid and Johnson, 105. Disc with holes ; McBride, 202. Prame replacing the jacquard ; Botturi, 813. Boilers and plates ; McBride, 233. WEAVING 1075 Pattern surfaces — cont, I Scroll plate; I Leemiiig and Ramsden, 852. Sliding plate ; Cross, sot. Table with moveable types ; Pfnor, 660. et chains ; ones and Mellodew, 107. Rostron, 143. Clarke, 155. Myerscough and Sykes, 155. Diggle, 209. Gibson, 265. Shaw, 320. Platt and Burch, 326. Crook and Mason, 326. Spencer, 355. Tu r, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Eccles and Eccles, 421. Red ford, 471. Bousfield, 563. Roberts, Shaw, and Shaw, 798. Gibson and Berrisford, 847. Diggle, 945. Desurmont and Goudeau, 973 Knowles, 991. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Ereeman and Royle, 1022. Pellones : Reed for weaving : Crossley, 850. Petticoats : Manufaeture of : Brooman, 663. Smith, 750. Roehrig, 821. Henry. 851. Mellor, 942. Pickers : Construction of ; Hall and Slack, 109. Dutton, 127. Deplanque, 156. Ogden and VVoollam, 175. Rostron and Welch, 176. Clegg, 237. Cun li lie, 240. Thomas, 245. Longworth, 252. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Coates, 474. Taylor, 577. Oddie, Lancaster, and Lan- caster, 626. Lewis, 648. Mather and Forshaw, 699. Hughes, 749. Stott, 759. Pickers — cont. Construction of ; Heald and Heald, 761, 762. Burslem and Burslem, 765. Armistead, 776. . Thompson and Walmsley, 782. Heald, 786. Newton, 815. Singleton, 828. Atkinson and Brearey, 834. Bird, Ashton, and Bird, 845. Haslam, 892. Varley, 933. Fielden and Fielden, 968. Bird, 981. Dawson and Singleton, 1023. Naylor and Crossley, 1034. Piled fabrics {see also Cut piled fabrics ; also Double piled fabrics) : Manufacture of ; Boond, 37. Everett, 39. Henshall, 172. Wood, 185. Hindley, 203. Newton, 222. Walker, 223. Wood, 254. Curtain, 260. Norton, 271. Nichols, 279. Wood, 287. Nichels, 238. Roberts, 289. Tatham and Cheetham, 309. Nichels, 312. Shiers and Heginbottom, 313. Baldwin and Collier, 314. Sievier, 317. Mowbray, 321. Wood, 345. Potter and Smith, 353. Livesey, 404. Bottomley, 405. De Roulet, 407. , Potter and Mills, 466. Briggs, 467. OolLer, 471. Lawson, 505. Wilson, 543. Slack, 559. Richardson .and Mallinson, 582. Wood, 620. Kay.Richardson, and Mallinson, 626. Petard, 636. Bousfield, 649, Stott, 668. Pilling, 711. Templeton and Lawson, 714. Bottomley and Crossley, 721. Lawson, 728. Brooman, 746. 3 y2 10/6 WEAVING. Piled fabrics — cont. Manufacture of; Henderson, 778. Smith, 875. Brooman, 921. Michaelis and Kershaw, 992. Newton, 997. Pine: Application of; Le Roy and Pavy, 416. Plaids : Fabric for ; Sinclair, 67. Plaited fabrics : Manufacture of; Nickels, 181. Vallot and RouilR, 401. Lawson, 728. Plaits : Mode of weaving ; Fawcett, 485. Plush : Manufacture of ; Cobb, 35. Ashton, 141. Briggs, 423. Poncho stuff : Manufacture of; Middleton, 507. Power looms [see also Vertical power looms) : Ariangement and construction of; Cartwright, 21. Clark, 24. Hofland, 29. Johnson and Kay, 42. Sadler, 84, 93. Ramsbottoin, 97. Deplanque, 156. Newton, 165. Combe, 281. Pfnor, 660. Arresting the motion of; Newton, 165. Back bearer working in slides ; Adamson and Holland, 752. Back roller, substitute for ; Smith and Smith, 106. Brakes, construction and applica- tion of; Bullough, 189. Bullougii and Bullough, 235. Carr, 242. Moore, 243. Power looms — cont. Brakes, construction and application Travis, 246. Holgate, 247. Hudson and Dodgeon, 248; Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Harrison, and Oddie, Henderson, and Calvert, Combe, 281. Smith, 286. Tayler and Hirst, 296. Hetherington, Brisbane, 306. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 3‘>3 Crook, 363. Tayler and Slater, 374. He Bergue, 385. Collier, 402. Coates, 474. Vaughan and Scattergood, 489. Smith and Hayes, 510. Hayes, 526, 665. Aitken and Brooks, 950. Brakes applied to yarn beams ; Collier, 92. Hyde, 228. Bullough and Bullough, 235. Crook, 363. He Bergue, 385. Breast beam, arrangement of; Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 799. Catch cord, actuating th^ ; Crook and Mason, 326. Check I'or picking stick ; Harmer, 327. Check straps ; Eccles, Crook, and Lancaster, 217. Coates, 474. Vaughan and Scattergood, 4S9. Whitaker and Ashworth, 493. Todd and Todd, 521. Calvert and Mitchell, 524. Turner, Holdsworth, and Hart- ley, 537. S^tansfield and Greenwood, 555. Fletcher, 581. Fielding and Hopwood, 600. Coupe, 816. Singleton, 828. Aitken and Brooks, 950. Hawson and Singleton, 1023. Ecroyd, Hodgeon, amd Hey- worth, 1041. Cloth roller, arrangement of ; Whitesmith and Whitesmith 799. Cloth roller, helical spring applied to ; Rostron and Welch, 176. WEAVING. 1077 Power looms — cont. /Cloth roller, recoil motion for ; Tayler and Hurst, 296. Fairbairn and Hetherington, 302. Eccles, 305. Connecting rods, elastic ; Woofenden, 457. Connecting rods, in two parts ; Hargreaves and Mosedale, 749. Crank shaft, construction of ; Lord, 89.5. Driving, arrangements for; Cartwright, 21. Stanslield, 79. Sadler, 93. McBride, 233. M core, 243. Tatham and Cheetham, 299. De Bergue, 385. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Vaughan and Scattergood, 441. Coates, 474. Bouslield, 627, 661. Harden and Henry, 690, 718. AVatson and Singleton, 754. Combe, 767. Watson, 829. Knowles, 914. Smethurst, 966. Henderson, Henderson, Baglcy, and Holdsworth, 995. Sidebottom, 1012. Driving pulleys, construction of ; Stanslield, 120. Robinson, 781. Hollins and Hyde, 1013. Float, apparatus for preventing ; Osbaldeston, 182. Bullough, 1S9. Hudson and Catlow, 695, 809, 912. Ramsbottom and AVatson, 916. Dixon and AVhittaker, 959. Hudson and Catlow, 976. Fly reed ; Chalmers, 396. Fly wheel, applied to tappet shaft ; Carr, 242. Fly wheel, attached to loose pulley ; Hornby and Kenworthy, 107. Gibson, 265. Fly wheels, forms of ; Hudson and Dodgeon, 248. Hayes, 665. Framing, construction of ; De Bergue, 385. Gearing, mode of ; Kewton, 165. Guard applied to reed cap : Cocker and Herbert, 398. Headles, moving in a curvilinear path ; AVhitesmith and AVhitesmith, 792. Headles, regulating the tension of ; Hall, 294. Power looms — cont. Indicator and stop motion ; Singleton, 828. Jacquard machine, applied to ; Poole, 124. Lay, construction of ; Rostron and Welch, 176. Lay, mode of connecting ; Gibson, 265. Lay motion ; Cartwright, 21, 22. Clark, 24. Cartwright, 24, 28. Miller, 30. Todd, 37. Johnson and Kay, 42. Marsland, 44. Horrocks, 59. Taylor and Taylor, 60. Buchanan, 75. Daniel 1, 78. Hanchett and Delvalle, 83. Sadler, 84. Hir^t and Bradley, 85. Reid, 00. Collier, 92. Sadler, 93. Douglas, 103. Stansfeld, 120. Fitton and Collier, 126. Garnett and Mason, 179. Osbaldeston, 182. Railton, 186. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Browne, 280. Combe, 281. Eccles, Eccles, and Eccles, 235. Browne. 308. Haley, 311. Newton, 343. Crosby, 376. Barlow and Settle, 464. Turner, 557. Tempest, Tomlinson, Hampson, and Hampson, 636. Hardon and Henry, 690. Blyth and Butchart, 697. Adamson and Holland, 752. Combe, 767. AVood, 768. Hartley and Farrar, 774. Moxon, Clayton, and Fearnley, 777. Glover, 780. Marklard, 811. Knowles, 914. Owen and Duckworth, 928. Collier, 944. Broadiey, 1006. Hollins and Hyde, 1013. Lay and shuttle boxes, of cast-iron ; Haley, 311. Lay, stationary ; Gibson, 265. Lay sword levers, construction of; Sagar and Turner, 708, 753. 10/8 WEAVING. Power looms — cord. Lease rods, fixed bearer for ; Garnet, Geldard, and Duerdale, 872. Lease rods, supporting the ; Lord, 895. Letting-back motion ; Parker, 601. Knowles, 785. Letting-off motions; Cartwright, 21. Clark, 24. Cartwright, 24. Gorton, 25. Miller, 30. Cotton, 50. Roberts, 71. Stansfeld, Briggs, Prichard, and Barraclongh, 73. Horrocks, 77. Stansfeld, 79. Stone, 110. Bullough, 112. Stansfeld, 120. Pitton and Collier, 126. Tee, 142. Poole, 150. Parker, 160. Newton, 165. Rostron and Welch, 176. Osbaldeston, 182. Bullough, 189. Nield, 203. Cawood and Prichard, 205. Eccles, Crook, and Lancaster, 217. Milligan, 224. Bullough and Bullough, 235. Platt and Palmer, 242. Travis, 246. Smith, 252. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258: Gibson, 265. Mason, and Collier, 270. Combe, 281. Jamieson, 283. Roberts, 289. Hall, 294. Tathara and Cheetham, 299. Ashworth and Mitchell, 300. Pairbairn and Hetherington, 302. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Harrison, 324. Tayler and Slater, 374. Lord, 378. Chaim er, 396. Parker, 400. Maepherson, 417. Hadfield, 464. Ross and Inglis, 473. Lord, 481. Lawson and Hear, 499. Todd and Todd, 521. Collier and Thornton, 529. Shaw, 549. Power looms — cont. Letting-off motions ; Donald and Heginbotham, 553. Hartcliffe and Waterhouse, 567* Smith, 575. Hadfield, 588. Jackson, Kershaw, and Roberts, 599. Parker, 601. Roberts and Coppock, 606. Bousfield, 627. Valentine, Poster, and Haworth, 629. Rivers, 629. Bentham, 631. Ward, 639. Hayes, 665. Bullough, 689. Chalmers, 706. Crichton and Cathcart, 713. Hardon and Henry, 718. Adamson and Holland, 752. Todd and Todd, 763. Combe, 767. Mowbray, 771. Moxon, Clayton, and Pearnley, 777. White, 779. Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 799. Jaeger, 803. Carter and Hodgson, 806. Hudson and Catlow, 809. Bolton, 809. Todd and Todd, 867. Garnett, Geldard, and Dugdale, 872. Lord, 895. Hudson and Catlow, 912. Knowlc'^, 914. Riley, 919. Marland and Marland, 928. Davies, 933. Eccles, 954. Kershaw, 971. Donbavand and Crighton, 997. Hollins and Hyde, 1013. Henry and Andrev/, 1015. Link and catch connecting lay and Scarr and Pollard, 789. Lubricating bearings of; Gibson and Berrisford, 847. Measuring apparatus ; Riley, 919. Mirror for showing yarn behind healds ; Bullough, 573. Pattern chains, giving motion to Curtis and Lakin, 244. Picker attached to stick ; Newton, 553. Picker bands of metal ; Eastwood, 808. Picker checks ; Radcliffe, 480. Aspden, 480. WEAVING, 1079 ^ower looms — cont. Picker checks ; Eadclifte, 51 2. Heald and Heald, 761, 762. Hudson and Catlow, 912. Hey worth and Hey worth, 915. Picker spindles ; Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Picker spindles, lubricating ; Slack, 781. Ashworth, 954. Picking apparatus ; I.ee and Crabtree, 775. Watson, 829. Picking by compressed air ; Boyd, 421. Picking levers connected by ball- and-socket joints ; Gray, 824. Picking motions ; Cartwright, 21, 22. Clark, 24. Gorton, 25. Wood, 26. Miller, 30. Todd, 37. Horrocks, 38, 41. Johnson and Kay, 42. Hanchett and Delvalle, 83. Sadler, 84. Hirst and Bradley, 85. Collier, 92. Sadl'T, 93. Shallcross, 101. Smith and Smith, 106. Stansfeld, 120. Newton, 165. Smith, 197. Nield, 203. Eccles, Crook, and Lancaster, 217. Hyde, 228. Clegg, 237. Hudson and Dodgeon, 248. Hey wood, 249. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Gibson, 265. Mason and Collier, 270. Woller, 274. Pontaine Moreau, 276. Eccles, Eccles, and Eccles, 285. Mason and Smith, 291. Hall, 294. Sidebottom, 301. Borland, 308. Haley, 311. Shaw, 320. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Hardman, 349. De Bergue, 385. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Bedford, 405. Coppock, 420. Vaughan and Scattergood, 441. Woofenden, 457. Power looms — cont. Picking motions ; Pickstone and Booth, 477. Vaughan and Scattergood, 489. Meyer, 497. Jenks, 516. Todd and Todd, 521. Kershaw, 528. Walmsley and Day, 539. Turner, 557. Smith, 575. Jackson, Kershaw, and Eoberts, 599. Sadler, 602. Mowbray, 603. Roberts and Coppock, 606. Bentham, 631. Hall, 642. Hayes, 665. Hulme, Ivers, and Yardley, 675. Harden and Plenry, 690. Ivers. 717. Harden and Henry, 718. Wilson, 725. Robinson, Lister, and Steven- son, 731. Adamson and Holland, 752. Weild, 756. Todd and Todd, 763. Wilson, 771. Leach, 782. Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 792. Roberts, Shaw, and Shaw, 798. Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 799. Carter and Hodgson, 806. Markland, 811. Gray, 824. Davy and Batley, 839. Lees and Clegg, 849. Smith, 863. Broadley, 897. De Poorter, 901. Knowles, 914. Naylor, 925. Owen and Duckworth, 928. Ashworth and Ashworth, 931. Bury, 9.57. Crosland, 967. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Dillies, 1027. Leeming and Ramsden, 1029. Whiteley, 1039. Picking sticks, applying springs to ; Rothwell, 385. Picking sticks, using two or more on each side ; Bird, Ashton, and Bird, 845. Recoil motion ; Rail ton, 186. Kenworthy, 267. Tayler and Slater, 374. Hudson and (Jatlow, 1009. Reed, extended by slips -to shuttle- box ; Dickinson, 256. 1080 WEAVING. Power looms — cont. Eeed, locking and unlocking the ; Bullough and Bullough, 235. Harrison, Harrison, and Oddie, 267. . Tayler and Hurst, 296. Pairbairn and Hetherington, 302. Cook and Mason, 326. Hickson and Willan, 327. Marsden and Roscow, 434. Yates and Yates, 488. Campbell and Barlow, 500. Todd and Todd, 521. Boyes, 605. Atherton and Boyes, 615. Chalmers, 706. Robinson, Lister, and Steven- son, 731. Gibson and Berrisford, 847. Reed, india-rubber, applied to back of; Taylor and Hurst, 296. Reed, slanting position of ; Bottomley and Martin, 883. Reed, waved; Hiley, Hiley, Hargreaves, and Haley, 846. Registering the length of web ; Roberts, 289. Reversing motion for ; Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Selvage protector ; "Watson, 236. Selvages, apparatus for forming ; Cartwright, 28. Mowbray, 771. Riley, 818. Naylor, 925. Ecroyd, Hodgeon, and Hey- worth, 1041. Selvage threads, operatiTig ; Bottomley and Martin, 883. Shed, forming clear ; Weild, 756. Shedding apparatus ; Clark, 24. Miller, 30. Todd, 37. Bowman, 68. Roberts, 71. Haniell, 78. Hanchett and Delvalle, 83. Sadler, 84. Collier, 92. Sadler, 93. Shallcross, 101. Stansfeld, 120. WoodcroU, 124. Eitton and Collier, 126. Yates, 148. Poole, 150. Deplaiique, 156. Smith, 169. McBride, 177. Whitworth and Booth, 179. Power looms — cont. Shedding apparatus ; Osbaldeston, 182. Bullough, 189. Eccles and Curtis, 193. Eccles, Crook, and Lancaster, 217. McBride, 233. Watson, 236. Wilkinson, 238. Hey wood, 249. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Harrison, Harrison, and Oddie, 267. Mason and Collier, 270. Combe, 281. Meyer, 303. Borland, 308. Haley, 311. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Crook and Mason, 326. Platt and Burch, 326. Mason and Collier, 347. Hardman, 349. Spencer, 355. Crook, 363. He Bergue, 385. Boardman, 389. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Chalmers, 396. Collier, 402. Bellford, 405. Ramsden, 411. Sievier and Crosby, 413. Heyes, 439. Vaughan and Scattergood, 441. Woofenden, 457. Liddell, 465. Jenks, 516. Todd and Todd, 521. Collier and Thornton, 529. Bousfield, 563. Smith, 575. Jackson, Kershaw, and Roberts, 599. Sadler, 602. Willan and Mills, 624. Denton, 637. WTiytlaw and Steven, 642. Lean and Thompson, 645. Hayes, 665. Thomson, 667. Robertson, 673. Drew and Gray, G84. Bullough, 689. Harden and Henry, 690. Milnes and 'fliompson, 711. Harden and Henry, 718. Todd and Todd, 722. Adamson and Holland, 751. Mowbray, 771. Moxon, Clayton, and Eearnley, 777. Leach, 782. Williamson,Williamson,Wright, and Wadsworth, 795. WEAVING. 1081 Power looms — cont, Shedding apparatus; Whitesmith and Wliitesmith, 79i). Crook, llushton, and Crowther, 805. Walker and Clachan, 808. Johnson, 810. Markland, 811. AVatson, 829. Holt, 832. AVillan, Abbott, and Mills, 842. Hart and Jones, 850. Lecluing and Rainsden, 852. Knowles and Ogilvie, 852. Broadley, 853. Smith, 863. Todd and Todd, 867. Nuttall, 869. Boardinan and Allcock, 874. Chalmers and Swallow, 881. Bottom ley and Martin, 883. Heyworth and Heyworth, 915. Ashworth and Ashworth, 931. Benyon and Bowden, 937. Catoii, 938. Sibley, 946. Wade, 949. Bullough, 919. Martin and Crichton, 969. Knowles, 991. Parent, 1005. Harden, 1013. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Nuttall, 1024. Newberry and Moore, 1025. Thorne and Kennedy, 1025. Ecroyd, Dodgeon, and Hey- worth, 1041. Hudson and Catlow, 1042. Shedding, slackening warp at time of; Mason and Smith, 291. Shuttle boxes, actuating ; Cartwright, 28. Yates, 148. Poole, 150. He Planque, 156. Nev/ton, 165. Nield, 203. Higgle, 209. Cogan, 215. Eccles, Crook, and Lancaster, 217. McBride, 233. Watson, 236. Clegg, 237. W'ilkinson, 238. Curtis and Lakin, 24-1. Walker, 216. Smith, 252. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 253. Gibson, 265. AVoller, 274. Roberts, 289. Tayler and Hurst, 296. Power looms — cont. Shuttle boxes, actuating; Meyer, 303. Shaw, 320. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Crook and M ason, 326 Platt and Burch, 326. Hardman, 349. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Chalmers, 396. Radclitte, 411. Eccles and Eccles, 421. Richardson, 429. Meyer, 433. Hayes, 439. Henton, 452. Elliott, 462. Poster, 463. Ramsden, 469. Redford, 471. Muir, 472, 483. Jenks, 516. Newton, 553. Johnson, 560. Hardman, 578. Tuer, Hodgson, Hall, and Hall, 581. Mowbray, 603. Lees and Clegg, 622. Hall, 642. Johnson, 662. Davy and Milnes, 664. Brierley and Brierley, 669. Johnson, 669. Poster, 672. Harker, 680. Berrisford and Wilkinson, 682. Whytlaw and Mitch ill, 683. Muir and Mcllwham, 687. Harden and Henry, 690. Knowles and Clarke, 704. Chalmers, 706. Hustler, 714. Harden and Henry, 718. Edmeston, 719. Hall, 720. Wilson, 725. Holt and Bentle}-, 730. Ramsden, 737. Hey wood, 744. Wilton, 754. Pirth and Crabtree, 765. Combe, 767. Mowbray, 771. Sugden and Brings, 779. Davey and Bentley, 791. Roberts, Shaw and Shaw, 798. Crook, Rushton, and Crowther, 805. Talbot and Croasdale, 816. Settle, 817. Bottom ley, Bottomley, and Bot- tomley, 817. Leeming, 824. Naylor, 827. Holroyd and Smith, 832. Holt, 832. 1082 .WEAVING. Power looms — cont. Shuttle boxes actuating ; Thorn and McNaught, 836. Denton, 841. 'Willan, Abbott, and Mills, 842. Leeining and Ramsden, 852. Knowles and Ogilvie, 852. Broadley, 853. Craven, Hey, and Worsnop,.858. Smith, 863. Todd and Todd, 865. Crook, 869. Nuttall, 869. Boardman and Allcock, 874. Davy, Bentley, and Davy, 875. Chalmers and Swallow, 881. Bullough and Harrison, 882. Bottomley and Martin, 883. Hattersley, 885. Schofield and Harling, 886. Stoehr, 889. Broadley, 897. Holt, 910. Naylor, 925. Diggle, 927. Muir and Mcllwham, 937. Hirst and Hollingworth, 960. Smith, 961. Crosland, 967. Morison and Mo ison, 986. Knowles, 991. Parent, 1005. Broadley, 1006. Swainson, 1010. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Thom and Kennedy, 1025. Whiteley, 1039. Shuttle boxes, construction of ; Jenks, 516. AVillan and Mills, 547. Haslam, 892. Hall, 906. Shuttle boxes, disconnected from lay ; Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Shuttle boxes, endless chain of ; Smith and Hayes, 502. Hayes, 526. Shuttle boxes, mode of mounting ; Knowles and Clarke, 704. Hudson and Catlow, 809. Shuttle box protector ; Morton, 988. Shuttle box swell, govern'ng the ; Sagar and Turner, 753. Shuttle checks ; Cartwright, 22. Smith and Smith, 408. Harrison and Harrison, 507. Halliwell and Barker, 567. Bridge, 584. Todd and Todd, 763. Dean, 776. Dearden, 781. Johnson, 810. Hey worth and Heyworth, 915. Power looms — cont. Shuttle checks ; Caton, 938. Henderson, Henderson, Bagley, and Holdsworth, 995. Shuttle guides or guards ; Elliott and Heys, 301. Shuttle handed through shed ; Wood, 26. Shuttle passed by carrier ; Glover, 780. Shuttle prevented from rebounding: Cartwright, 28. Smith, 286. Elliott and Heys, 301. Shuttle protector ; Heyworth and Heyworth, 915. Shuttle, releasing the ; Tayler and Hurst, 296. Marland and Marland, 928. Shuttle stop ; Sieber, 1017. Shuttle, stopping and releasing the ; Roberts, 289. Shuttles, actuating and arranging small figuring ; Bottomley, 268. Woller, 274. Shuttles, apparatus for arresting ; Nieli 203. Sieber, 833. Shuttles, apparatus for changing ; Parker, 160. Newton, 343. Smith, 789. Shuttles, breaking weft on occur- rence of float ; Watson and Singleton, 754. Shuttles, mode of easing ; Singleton, 828. Shuttles, refilling; Bullough, 573. Shuttles, supplying with weft ; McParlane, 784. Shuttles, with two bobbins ; Hiley, Hiley, Hargreaves, and Haley, 846. Signals for ; McFarlane, 784. Stenting rollers for giving tension to warp ; Watson, 236. Stop motions , Cartwright, 22. Gorton, 25. Miller, 30. Todd, 37. Johnson and Kay, 42. Sadler, 84, 93. Bullough, 112. Stansfeld, 120. Fitton and Collier, 126. Shaw, 134. Newton, 165. Osbaldeston, 182. Railton, 186. Bullough, 189. WEAVING. 108 ^ Pov/er looms — cont. Stop motions ; Ecclos and Curtis, 193. Ken wort by, 208. Sellers, 212. Hvde, 228. Vatson, 236. Carr, 212. Moore, 213. Curtis and Lakiii, 241. Travis, 246. Hudson and Dodgeon, 248. Heywood, 249. Dickinson, 2r>6. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw', 258. Gibson, 265. Clegg, Henderson, and Calvert, 273. Jowett, 277. Steel and Emmerson, 278. * Combe, 281. Jamieson, 283. Smith, 286. Roberts, 289. Hall, 294. Ashworth and Mitchell, 300. Elliott and Heys, 301. Eccles, 305. Borland, 308. Dickson and Willan, 327. Taylor and Slater, 374. Marsden, 382. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Smith and Smith, 408. Heyes, 439. Eletcher and Peel, 444. Coates. 454. Heyworth and Battersby, 459. Walmsley and Ingham, 469. Coates, 474. Heyes, 526. Willaii and Mills, 547. Tunier, 557. Bullough, 572. Brooks and Walter, 573. Madeley and Hanlon, 585. Sadler, 602. Mowbray, 603. Loret Vermeersch, 607. Thompson and Mills, 610. Oddie, Lancaster, and Lan- caster, 626. Bentham, 631. Hayes. 665. Eoidds and Bracewell, 679. Bullough, 689. Hardorj and Henry, 690. Harnson and Geldard, 693. Slater, Williams, and Whitaker, 705 Sagar and Turner, 708. Holt and Bentley. 730. Sagar and Turner, 753. Graliam, Shepherd, and Whita- ker, 762. Todd and Todd, 763. Power looms — cont. Stop motions ; Hudson and Catlow, 809. Riley, 818. Hattersley, 835. Hall, 906. Hudson and Catlow, 912. RamsboLLOin and Vfatson, 916. ♦ Naylor, 925. Hudson and Catlow, 1009, 1042. Stop rod, construction of; Hudson, 617. Stopping at intervals ; Crook and Mason, 326. Knowles, 785. Stopping on breakage of warp ; Cartwright, 21. Stansfeld, Prichard, and Wil- kinson, 86. Eccles, Eccles, and Eccles, 285. Singleton, 424. Bullough, 573. Walker, 580. Pielding and Hopwood, 600. Parry and Ivors, 625. Valentine, Foster, and Haworth , 629. Shaw, 651. Hulme, Ivors, and Yardley, 675. Shaw, 680. Hudson and Catlow, 695. Haslam and Haslam, 721. McFarlane, 784. Williamson 810. Markland, 811. Stopping on completion of any given number of yards ; Travis, 246. Taking-back motion ; Robertson and Orchar, 974. Taking-up motions ; Cartwr’ght, 21. Gorton, 25. Miller, ::0. Todd, 37. H or rocks, 41. Johnson and Kay, 42. Cotton, 50. Roberts, 71. Stansfeld, 79. Collier, 92. Sadler, 93. Shallcross, 101. Douglass, 103. Hornby and Kenworthy, 107. Stone, 111. Bullough, 112. Gilroy, 116. Stansfeld, 120. Godard, 149. Poole, 150. Deplanque, 156. Parker, 160. Newton, 165. Osbaldeston, 182. Eccles and Curtis, 193. Nield, 203. 1084 WEAVING. Power looms — cont. Taking-up motions ; Noton, 210. Eccles, Crook, ' and Lancaster, 217. Milligan, 224. Hyde, 228. McBride, 233. Bulloiigh and Eullough, 235. Travis 246. Hoi gate, 247. Heywood, 249. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Gibson, 265. Mason and Collier, 270. Combe, 281. Jamieson, 283. Roberts, 289. Ashworth and Mitchell, 300. Eairbairn and Hetherington, ’ 302. Meyer, 303. Eccles, 305. Borland, 308. Tatham and Cheetham, 309. Platt, 313. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Harrison, 324. Crook and Mason, 326. Pilling, 340. Mason and Collier, 347. Hardman, 349. Brown, 364. Lord, 378. De Bergiie, 385. Bellford, 405. Macpher.son, 417. Eairclough, 431. ■Woofenden, 457. Elliott, 462. H in die, 463. Wilkinson and Rye, 468. Ross and Inglis, 473. Barnes, 477. Higgle, 502. Todd and Todd, 521. Collier and Thornton, 529. Hartcliffe and Waterhouse, 567. Smith, 575. McKenna, 589. Parker, 601. Threlfall and Knowles, 623. Oldham, 624. Oddie, Lancaster, and Lan- caster, 626. Rivers, 629. Marland and Marland, 640. Robertson, 673. Muir and Mcllwham, 687. Bullough, 689. Hardon and Henry, 690. ChalmerS; 706. Crichton and Cathcart, 713. Hardon and Henry, 718. Sumner, 723. Hryden, 737. Power looms — cont. Taking-up motions ; Mowbray, 771. AVilliam son, Wil liamson , W right, and Wadsworth, 795. Crook, Rushton, and Crowther, 805. Johnson, 810. Lupton, Jackson, Dean, and Holden, 816. Holt, 832. Lord, 895. Nimmo, 917. Higgle, 927. Marland and Marland, 928. • Davies, 933. Parker, 914. Kershaw, 971. Robertson and Orchar, 974. Honbavand and Crichton, 997. Broadley, 1006 Hudson and Catlow, 1009. Sidebottom, 1012. Hollins and Hyde, 1013. Henry and Andrew, 1015. Hudson and Catlow, 1042. Taking-up rollers ; Vaughan and Scattergood, 489. Whitesmith and Whitesmith, 799. Tappet shaft giving motion to the ; Todd and Todd, 722. Tappet shaft, position of ; Turner, 557. Tappets made in sections ; Woodcroft, 124. Tension roller, using an extra;. Scarr and Pollard, 832. Tension weights, raising the ; Hindle, 508. Vibrators, constructing and actu- ating ; Hyde, 228. Tayler and Slater, 874. Hobson, 481. Smith, 786. Aitken and Brooks, 950. Warp beam, brake for ; Smith, Smitli, and Smith, 323. Warp beam, coiistruetion of; Combe, 281. Warp, giving (dasticity to; Watt, 383. Warp, moistening the ; Lord, 895. Warp, rods for distending ; Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Warp, slackening the : Carr, 212. Moore, 243. Heywood, 249. Warp, stopping off portions of ; Combe, 281. Warp, tightening the ; Eccles and Curtis, 193, Parker, 975. WEAVING, 1085 Power looms — cont, Wcdffe for oponing the shed ; Jirowne, 280. Weft, cutting and holding ; Hayes, 520. Hiley, Ililey, Hargreaves, and Haley, 846. Weft forks, construction of ; Fairbairn and Hetherington, 302. Stevenson. 369. Tayler and Slater, 374. Harden and Henry, 690. Weft, giving friction to ; Combe, 767. Weft stop motions ; Cartwright, 21. Stansfeld, Prichard, and Wil- kinson, 86. Scholefield, 94. Douglas, 103. Hornby and Kenworthy, 107. Bullough, 112. Wells and Ecdes, 125. Schofield and Leach, 146. Yates, 148. Poole, 150. Naylor and Crighton, 152. Parker, 160. Kenworthy and Bullough, 168. Smith, 169. Ogden and Woollam, 175. McBride, 177. Osbaldestnn, 182. Railton, 186. Eccles and Curtis, 193. Cawood and Prichard, 205. Hyde, 228. Watson, 236. Hey wood, 249. Smith, 252. Dickinson, 256. Eccles, Bradshaw, and Brad- shaw, 258. Gibson, 265. Roberts, 289. Hall, 294. Ashworth and IMitchell, 300. Meyer, 303. Brisbane, 306. Tatham and Cbeetham, 309. Smith, Smith and Smith, 323. Mason and C )llier, 347. Hardman, 343. Crook, 363. Smith, 367. Tayler and Slater, 374. Tuer, Hodgson, and Hall, 390. Chalmers, 316. Smith and Smith, 408. Singleton, 424. Fairclough, 431. IMeyer, 433. Campbell and Barlow, 485. Meyer, 497. Smith, 575. Power looms — cont, W eft stop moti on s ; Jackson, Kershaw, and Roberts, 599. Parry and Ivers, 625. Denison and Hirst, 752. Todd and Todd, 763. Wilson, 771. Sunderland and Dean, 790. Markland, 11. Singleton, 82 88. Broad ley, 897. Naylor, 925. Morton, 988. Broadley, 1006. Deeming and Ramsden, 1029. Weft, tightening the; Poole, 150. Wetting warp and weft ; Horrocks, 69. Vaughan and S<^attergood, 411. Withdrawing broken warp threads ; Collier, 402. Worked by steam or air ; Ewart, 56. Power looms for weaving bags : Sturgis, 340. Walenn, 635. Power looms for weaving broad and sail cloth : De War din, 288 Power looms for weaving Brus- sels carpets : Brake for yarn roller ; Bigelow, 225. Driving, mode of; Bigelow, 225. Lay, giving motion to ; Pawcett, Lamb, and Fawcett, 593. Letting-off motion; Bigelow, 225. Pile bobbins, letting off from ; Newton, 318. Fawcett, Lamb, and Fawcett, 593. Pile wires, form of ; Fawcett, Lamb, and Fawcett, 593. Shedding apparatus; Bigelow, 225. Fawcett, Lamb, and Fawcett, 593. Wire motions ; Bigelow, 225. 1086 WEAVING. Power looms for weaving car- pets : Lay motion : Orossley, Collier, and Hudson, 307. Johnson, 341. Picking motion ; Johnson, 311. Shedding apparatus; Johnson, 341. Shuttle boxes detached ; Johnson, 341. Warp beam, locking the ; Johnson, 341. Wire motions ; Crossley, Collier, and Hudson, 307. Johnson, 3tl. Potter and Smith, 354. Power looms for weaving cocoa- nut matting : Hobinson, Lister, and Stevens, 575. Power looms for weaving corded fabrics : Somerville, 730. Power looms for weaving coun- terpanes ; Myerscough and Sykes, 155. Newton, 165. Power looms for weaving cut piled fabrics : Cutting apparatus ; Collier, 331. Newton, 336. Pile formed on hooks ; Simcox, 246. Weft stop motion ; Baldwin and Collier, 314. Wire motion ; Newton, 318. Collier, 334. Wires with guards ; Collier, 334. Power looms for weaving double cloth : Warps, tightening and slackening the ; Major, 259. Power looms for weaving double piled fabrics : Newton, 318. Holt, 582. Power looms for weaving doubL piled fabrics : Clearing rods, employment' of- Bousfield, 742. ’ Lay motion ; Christie, 286. Crosland and Boardman, 499. Letting off pile warp ; Davies, 933. Pile cutting apparatus ; Christie, 286. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Sievicr, 410. Crosland and Boardman, 499. Collier, 741. Davies, 933. Pile, gauge for ; Steiner, 17 1. Christie, 286. Crosland and Boardman, 499. Pile warp, dividing the ; Collier, 741. Pile warp, vibrating roller for- Steiner, 171. ’ Pile wires ; Bousfield. 742. Reed, mode of operating : Collier, 741. Shedding apparatus ; Steiner, 171. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Davies, 933. Shuttle boxes actuating ; Steiner, 171. Crosland and Boardman, 499. Shuttles, mode of operating : Bousfield, 742. Warps, tightening and slackening: Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Power looms for weaving Dutch carpets : Pirth and Crabtree, 703. Power looms for weaving fustians : Shedding apparatus ; Jones and Mellodev/, 107. Power looms for weaving horse- hair fabrics ; Berry, 114. Robinson, 140. Laycock, 732. Power looms for weaving in- grain carpets : Berry, 163. Bigelow, 225. WEAVING. 1087 Power looms for weaving linen cloth : Cawood and Prichard, 205. De Wardin, 2SS. Power looms for weaving nar- row fabrics : Pairbairn, 136. Power looms for weaving piled carpets ; Darker, Darker, and Wood, 178. Power looms for weaving piled fabrics : Bell, used with weft feelers ; Wood, 494. Brakes, applying ; Collier, 331. Double shed; Hill, 241. Collier, 360. Driving, mode of ; Hill, 192. Wood, 307. Elastic beat up ; Collier, 597. Ealse reed ; Collier, 494. Giving varying speeds to ; . Collier, 597. Glass rods for figuring warps ; Roberts, 289. Lay motion ; Roberts, 289. Collier, 632. Letting off motion ; Potter and Smith, 353. Graham, 392. Weild, 568. Picking motion ; Collier, 620. Weild, 728. Mowbray and Broadley, 877. Pile, apparatus for cutting ; Wood, 287. Wood and Smith, 703. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 1036. Pile bobbins, weighting the ; Roberts, 289. Collier, 388. Weild, 568. Bataille, 572. • Pawcett and Pawcett, 616 AVeild, 728. Pile threads, crossing the ; Salt, 734. Pile warp, on two or more beams ; Collier, 455. Reed curved ; Wood, 494. Power looms for weaving piled fabrics — cont. Reed, loose ; Roberts and Coppock, 492. Reed, raising and lowering the Weild, 728. Shed, clearing the ; Roberts, 289. Collier, 401. Shedding apparatus ; Collier, 334. Bataille, 572. Mowbray, 595. Shuttle boxes, detached ; Sievier, 440. Weild, 568. Collier, 620. Shuttle race, rising and falling ; Collier, 401. Taking-up motion ; Potter and Smith, 353. Graham, 392. Roberts and Coppock, 492. Terry warp, holding and releasing the ; Collier, 494. Tufts of yarn, woven in Newton, 726. AVarp, clearing the ; Collier, 334. AVeft stop motion ; Wood, 345. Potter and Smith, 353. Leach, 430. Barraclough, 455. Collier, 494. Collier, 620. AYire motions ; Thompson, 191. Hill, 192, 241. Newton, 269. Wood, 2'57. Roberts, 289. Wood, 307. Newton, 318. Collier, 334. Newton, 336. Newton, 343. Wood, 345. Potter and Smith, 353. AVeild, 372. Johnson, 387. Collier, 388. Graham, 392. Collier, 401. Leach, 430. Sievier, 440. Newton, 443. Collier, 455. Johnson, 461. Wood, 494. Collier, 547. AVeild, 563. Bataille, 572. Collier, 597. Moxon and Clayton, 601. 1088 WEAVING. Power looms for weaving piled fabrics — cont. Wire motions ; Lister, 608. Collier, 620. Collier, 632. Lister, 634. Porter, 666. Wood, 699. Wood and Smith, 702. Collier, 724. Weild, 728. Weild, 756. Hodgson and Carter, 758. Wood, 768. Wood, 769. Hodgson and Carter, 769. Moxon, Clayton, and Fearnley, 777. Carter and Hodgson, 806. Brown, Hodgson, and Carter, 886 . Weild, 993. Henderson, Henderson, Bagley, and Holdsworth, 995. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 1036. Collier and Collier, 1040. Wire stop motion ; Newton, 318. Barraclough, 455. Collier, 494. Collier, 547. Henderson, Henderson, Bagley, and Holdsworth, 995. Wires, flat or oval ; Crossley, 318 334. Wires, introduced by hand ; Poole, 229. Nickels and Hobson, 676. Wires, longitudinal ; Collier, 547. Mowbray, 595. Wires with knives ; Newton, 269. Power looms for weaving plusli : Collier, 618. Power looms for weaving quilts ; Newton, 165. Power looms for weaving rib- bons : Robinson, 251. Power looms for weaving rigid yarns : Mather, 414. Power looms for weaving Scotch carpets ; Firth and Crabtree, 703. Brierley, 922. Power looms for weaving tape : Worthington and Mulliner, 85. AVesthead, 100. Power looms for weaving ta- pestry carpets : Newton, 318. Power looms for weaving two or more pieces of cloth : Gorton, 25. Tetlow, 81. Clark, 210. Frame, 379. Mowbray, 603. Greaves, 697. Broadley, 734. Power looms for weaving Vene- tian carpets : Clark, 366. Power looms for weaving wire cloth : Bousfield, 627. Chalmers, 706. Driving, by gearing ; Chalmers, 365. Letting off motions ; Williams, 97. Chalmers, 365. Bousfield, 712. Stopping on breakage of warp ; Lusty, 351. Taking-up motion ; Williams, 97. Johnson, 243. Weft, apparatus for tightening ; Johnson, 243. Weft, preparing and introducing; Bousfield, 712. Weft, prevented from twisting ; Chalmers, 365. Power looms for weaving wool- len cloth ; Lay motion ; Daniell, 87. Letting off motion ; Daniell, 95. Preparing : Chinese grass and other fabrics Dickson, 464. Cloth for shearing ; Barnard, 95. Cotton, wool, and flax; Mordaunt, 17. Fibrous materials ; Ridsdale, 188. Silk; Heathcoat, 77. WEAVING. 1089 ^’epariiig fabrics : Apparatus for ; Kay, 5S4. :^reparing warps : Smith, 169. By wetting: when weaving ; Lister, 674. 'Preparing yarns : Apparatus for Midglev and Collier, 590. Ratcliffe, 791. Newton, 1044. Preserving fabrics : Wliytock, 43. Printers’ blankets : Manufacture of ; Simpson, 531. Kenyon and Kenyon, 693. '-luiited fabrics : With close hacks ; Cook, 436. i^uilting, method of : Elsden and Glasgow, 9. guilts : Manufacture of ; Lawes, 360. Kirkman and Grundy, 955. Reeds : Construction of; Dutton, 127. Thomas, 245. Cross, 304. Melville, 316. Slack, 437. Keirhy, 493. Collier, 547. Leach, Leach, and Leach, 655. Yeadon and Chapman, 700. Carruthers and Blackburn, 948. Reid and Tongue, 968. Newton, 984. Expanding and contracting ; Cross, 304. Markland, 510. Eor taking a lease ; Dickens, 260. Eor weaving pellones ; Crossley, 850. Eor weaving plush ; Collier, 618. Machinery for making ; Wilkinson, 63. De Bergue, 162, 216. Qy yj W. Reeds — cont. Made in parts, for stay fabrics ; Thomas and Marsh, 282. Made of hard india-rubber or gutta- percha ; Johnson, 586. Johnson, .^96. Johnson, 610. Made of whalebone ; Bowman, 45. Waved for weaving stripes ; Hiley, Hiley, Hargreaves, and Haley, 846. With long and short teeth ; Valtat and Rouille, 401. Rensetty ; Method of manufacturing ; Hayward, 13. Rep : Manufacture of ; Child, 952. Bancroft, 1033. Reversible garments : Manufacture of ; Beckett and Powell, 272. Ribbons : Apparatus for weaving ; Chapuis, 797. Weaving and printing ; Vorster, 538. Rick covers : Eabric for ; Hackett, 572. Rollers : Mode of making; Mitchell, 574. Rugs : Borders woven separately ; Green, Holloway, and Grubb, 709. By a cementing process ; Robertson, 130. Poole, 132. Fabric for ; Hunter, 398. Manufacture of ; Crossley, 318. Grimond, 960. Green, Eawcett, and Fawcett, 1011 . Of jute ; Thomson, 958. Ornamenting ; Wood, .332. Using an extra floating warp ; Drieu, 679. 3 z 10.90 WEAVING Rugs — cont. With additional back ; Humphries, 143. With additional warp and weft ; Curzon, 329. Wood, 332. With thick back ; Crossley, 318. Rushes, weaving : Maggs, 1015. Sacks : Manufacture of ; Browne, 280. Saddles, straining webs of ; Bird, 371. Sail cloth ; Made of hair ; Taylor, 100. Made of linen and cotton ; Armitage, 601. Manufacture of ; Scarth, 41. Barr^j 179. i Strengthening ; Ayre, 220. With dressed warp ; De Wardin, 288. Satin, mode of weaving : Thorp and Meakin, 139. Scarfs : Manufacture of ; Welch and Margetson, 931. Woven tubular ; Carter, 383. Selvedges, modes of forming : Meeus, 200. Setting parti-coloured yarns ; Collier, 799. Shaped fabrics : Manufacture of; Cross, 304. Shawls : Fabric for ; Sinclair, 67. From parti-coloured weft ; Templeton, 298. Manufacture of ; Bowring and Stamp, 88. Clabburn, 519. Fabart, 842. Neckel, 908. Henry, 946. Shawls — cont. Varying the appearance of ; Ronald, 838. With a pattern on each side ; Knox, 380. Orr and Templeton, 588. Woven in curvilinear forms ; Fanshawe, 359. Woven double ; Kerr, 215. Shirts : Manufaeti.u*e of ; Nicoll, 536. Gedge, 590. Paterson, 1027. Shuttles : Acting as weft stop motion ; Stansfeld, Prichard, and Wil kinson, 86. Scholefield, 94. Douglass, 103. Myerscough and Sykes, 155. Parker, ICO. Apparatus for cutting and brealiing weft ; Osbaldeston, 182. Bullough, 189. Tayler and Slater, 374. Low and Barnes, 454. Construction of ; Gosset, 82. Stansfeld, 120. Berry, 163. Smith, 169. Henson, 219. Wilkinson, 238. Johnson, 243. Thomas, 245. De Wardin, 288. Roberts, 289. Coates, 454. Horrocks, 598. Eaton, 622. Wrigley and Norcliffe, 641. Brooman, 710. Watson and Singleton, 7.54. Gibson and Berrisford, 847. Todd and Todd, 867. Haslam, 892. Jackson, 972. Morison and Morison, 986. Thomson, 990. Combe and Smalpage, 999. Dawson and Singleton, 1023. ' Ply: Kay, 3. India-rubber springs for ; Bingley, 235. Materials for ; Newton, 498. Of india-rubber and gutta-percha ; Vaughan and Scattergood, 489. Johnson, 586. Robertson, 947. WEAVING. 1091 Shuttles — cont. Of malleable cast iron ; Middleton and Eylance, 831. Of metal ; Ogden, 936. Spring applied to peg ; Mellodew and Duxbury, 674. With a tube on the spindle ; Burton, 447. With fixed spindles ; Summerscales and Bancroft, 448. Without tongue or spindle ; Horrocks, 837. Shuttles eyes : Of india-rubber or gutta-percha ; Johnson, 596. Shuttle tongues : Construction of ; Onions, 329. Collison, 365. Bradshaw and Dawson, 433. Catlow and Comstive, 502. Hamnett, 612. Sidebottom, 614. Barton, 647. Shaw, 680. Silk ; Manufacture of ; Clowdesley, Sherard, and Dii- clen, 1. Stanbridge, 224. Silk grass : Application of ; Harris, 97. Silk noils : Application of ; Milnes, 789. Silk plush : Manufacture of ; Howard, 211. Silk velvets : Pile from weft ; Shiers, 825. Silk waste : Application of ; Blood, 1. Dupont, 612. Cowper, 677. Brooman, 959. Singeing fabrics ; Huillard, 653 Singeing fibrous materials : Watson, 180. Size, manufacture of {see also Dressing) : Travis, 29. Watson, 180. Andrew, 182. Chalmin, 330. Greenwood and Smith, 485. Greenwood and Smith, 497. Greenwood and Smith, 513. Johnson, 513. Ashworth, 527. Greenwood, 559. Brown and Brown, 671. Leigh, 673. Cellier, 736. Howorth, 758. Cheetham and Southworth, 775. Temperton, 788. Calvert and Lowe, 808. Pochen, 840. Booth, 851. Mawdsley, 936. Calvert and Lowe, 943. Nuttall, Riding, and Coulthurst, 943. Welch, 986. Nuttall, Riding, and Coulthurst, 994. Sellars, 1040. Sizeing warps and yarns {see also Dressing warps and yarns) : Leasing apparatus ; Harrison, Oddie, Eaves, and Graham, 527. Garnett, 528. Baron, Lang, and Liversage, 613. Carruthers, 750. Owen and Duckworth, 986. Machinery for ; Marsland, 42. Stansfeld, 120. Shaw and Shaw, 123. Ridsdale, 188. Taylor, 194. Sutcliffe, 201. Todd, 238. Cocksey and Nightingale, 272. Harrison, 324. Bullough, Wliittaker, and Wal- mesley, 362. Harrison, 372. Bleackley, 392. Bullough, Walmesley, and Whit- taker, 452. Atherton, Kinlock, and Swain- son, 525. Garnett, 528. Atherton and Kinlock, 539. Harrison and Oddie, 558. 3 z 2 1092 WEAVING. Sizeing warps and yarns — cont. Machinery for ; Marsland, 577. Caunce, 600. Crankshaw, 622. Cottrill, 632. Threlfall and Higson, 633. Eullough, 648. Leach, Leach, and Leach, 655. Binns, 677. Burton, 687. Harrison and Gelderd, 692. Andrew and Borsell, 698. Hacking and Wheeler, 708. Muir and Walker, 716. Dobson, 807. Nichols, 843. Brinton and Crabtree, 846. Dunlop, 890. Leigh, 902. Jackson, 905. Hanson, 914. Jackson, 928. Rowland and Hall, 1009. Welch, 1011. Holden and Holden, 1024. While spinning ; Wood and Wood, 868. Blair, 1020. While weaving ; Gorton, 25. Goddard, 149. Slack, 361. Soylenet : Fabric of silk and worsted ; Lawrence and Timniings, 10. Spooling : Arrangements for ; Alcan, 840. Spun silk fabric ; Manufacture of ; Holt, 958. Stay fabrics : Manufacture of ; Glasgow, 8. Simister, 96. Thomas, 245. Thomas and Marsh, 282. Drieu, 370. Langridge, 390. Eagland, 493. Stiffening fibrous materials ; Compounds for ; Higging and Lightfoot, 788. Stipa tenacissima : Application of ; Dehau, 428. Messager-Abit, 696. Stitched fabrics : Mode of weaving ; Cockshott, 30. Stocks ; Manufacture of; Jordery, 386. Straw fabrics : Maggs, 1015. Sun flower plant ; Application of ; Luntley, 675. Tapestry : Manufacture of; Matthews and Ferrers, 2. Le Blon, 2. Norton, 332. Tapestry carpets : Facilitating the setting ; Norton, 565. Tappets ; Machinery for cutting ; Crabtree, 739. Telegraph cables : Manufacture of ; Duncan, 953. Sinnock, 982. Temples : Arms with points ; Brown and Macgregor, 478. Blade and rod ; Davies, 933. Caoutchouc springs for ; Tayler and Slater, 374. Discs with pins ; Parkinson, 118. Roberts, 289. Sidebottom, 301. Endless band of card ; Harden and Henry, 690. Endless belts with pins ; Henson, 219. Cross, 304. Delemer, 364. Atherton, Boyes, and Lancaster , 585. Sadler, 602. Hollins and Hyde, 1013. Grooved metal bars ; Chalmers, 396. Horizontal discs Combe, 767. Japanning the boxes and covers of Knight, 1033. WEAVING 10.93 Temples — cont. Jaw and nipper; Cartwright, 21, 22. Tetlow, 81. Graham, 104. Reid and Johnson, 105. Ramsbottora and Holt, 108. Hutton, 127. Osbaldeston, 182. Smith, 252. Kenworthy, 267. Cleffg, Henderson, and Calvert, 273. Hamer, 327. Weild, 394. Butterfield, 424. Rowan, 438. Collier, 471. Ward, 563. Collier, 618. Leach, Leach, and Leach, 655. Sieber, 833. Machinery for making ; Bond and Hayhurst,1038. Made of galvanized iron and gutta- percha ; Tayler and Slater, 374. Mode of mounting ; Tayler and Slater, 374. Oscillating motion given to : Ecroyd, Hodgeon, and Hey- worth, 1041. Rods with points ; Jones and Jones, 104. Collier, 547. Roller ; Daniell, 78. Ken worthy and Bullough, 168. Railton, 186. Cawood and Prichard, 205. Hyde, 228. Claussen, 239. Heywood, 249. Clegg, Henderson, and Calvert, Halb 294. Elce and Bond, 341. He Bergue, 385. Weild, 394. Vaughan and Scattergood, 441, 489. Belford, 503. Mark land, 510. Lancaster, 560. Maynes, 566. Atherton, Boyes, and Lancaster, 585. Lord, 587. Hallam and Elce, 591. Maynes, 618. Leach, Leach, and Leach, 655. Eontaine Moreau, 668. Harden and Henry, 690. Chahner, 706. Gratrix and Gratrix, 751. Hallsall and Hayhurst, 766. Elce, and Leach, 812. Temples — cont. Roller ; Newton, 818. Singleton, 828. Gibson and Berrisford, 847. Leech and Leech, 941. Collier, 944. Rotary combs applied to ; Clegg and Leach, 561. ■ Strap with points ; He Poorter, 901. Substitutes for ; Eletcher, 153. Shiers and Heginbottom, 313. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Newton, 343. Armitage, 601. Wheels set at an angle ; Shaw, 134. Wheels with pins ; Johnson and Kay, 42. Schofield, 94. Barnard, 95. Smith, 148. Havies, 159. Osbaldeston, 182. With roughened surfaces ; Collier, 402. Terry fabrics {see also Piled fabrics) : Limited number of wires used ; Collier, 360. Longitudinal wires, used ; Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Terries raised on weft ; Nickels, 312. Two pieces of fabric woven to- gether ; Toye, 648. Woven without wires ; Sievier, 137, 188. Holt, 321. TifPany : Manufacture of ; Crookshank and Norton, 11. Towels : Eabric for ; Ward, 722. Trevat : Construction of Wood, 332. Trimmings: Apparatus for weaving ; Chapuis, 797. Mode of weaving Brunei, 35. 1094 WEAVING. Trouserings : Pabric for • Cocks, 1037. Tubular fabrics : Browne, 280. T3rpe, used in weaving ; Cunningham, 860. Umbrella fabrics ; Manufacture of; Maclellal, 173. Hackett, 564. Hardon, 903. Lund, 966. Union bags ; Of jute and cotton : Armitage, 601. Urtica genus of plants ; Application of ; Whitlow, 61. Varnished cloths : Pabric for ; Johnson, 957. Varnishing yarns : Williams, 212. Vegetable fibres : Application of, various ; May, 354. Velvet [see also Piled fabrics : also Double piled fabrics) : Manufacture of ; Dolignon, 16. Tatham and Cheetham, 299. Oppenheimer, 479. Molozay, 996. Watson and Healey, 1037. Velveteens : Manufacture of ; Woolstenholme, 15. Kesselmeyer and Mellodew, 258. Shiers and Heginbottom, 313. Levy, 791. Smith, 802. Venetian satin : Phipps, 22. Vertical looms : Meeus, 200. Vertical looms Tor weaving twc or more pieces of fabric : Buckley, 652. Prost, 715. Vertical looms for weaving double piled fabrics : Payne and Currie, 278. Collier, 724. Vertical power looms : Gennes, xxxiv. Cartwright, 21. Johnson, 46. Beid and Johnson, 105. Bamsbottom and Holt, 108. Pletcher, 129. Henson, 219. Beid and Johnson, 230. Samuels and Sands, 398. Samuels, 659. Waggon covers : New fabric for ; Henson, 232. Warping : Printed yarns ; Baldwin and Collier, 314. Warping : Woollen yarns ; England, 174. Marland, 577. Yarns ; Whitaker, 165. Yarns for carpets ; Poole, 132. Warping machines : Potter, 122. Beid and J ohnson, 132. Kenworthy, 192. Todd, 238. Dickens, 260. Mason and Collier, 270. De Wardin, 288. Holdsworth and Kenworthy, 298. Johnson, .514. Caunce, 600. Bullough, William, and Wahns- ley, 605. Binns, 677. Hacking and Wheeler, 708. Naylor and Crabtree, 717. Harrison, 726. Aked and Crabtree, 864. WEAVING. 1095 Warping macliines — cont. Creels for ; Harrison, 726. Combe and Smalpage, 999. Giving tension to the yarns ; Giblett, 435. Lees, Lees, and Lees, 797. Leasing apparatus ; Bullougli, Walmsley, and Whit- taker, 452. Bullough, 685. Carruthers, 750. Higgins, 1027. Linking apparatus ; Higgins, 1027. Marking, measuring, and registering apparatus ; Shaw and Shaw, 123. Bullough, Walmsley, and Whit- taker, 452. Atherton and Kinlock, 539. Harrison and Gelderd, 692. Worth and Spencer, 909. Higgins, 1027. Separating the thread, apparatus for; Clegg and Kay, 663. Spring comb or guide ; Walmsley and Howard, 825. Stopping apparatus ; Tayler and Hurst, 296. \ Knowles, 426. Bullough, Walmsley, and Whit- taker, 452. Harrison and Gelderd, 692. Livesey and Stott, 893. Higgins, 1027. Traversing the threads ; Warbrick and Walker, 562, Weighting the bobbins ; Sievier, 257. Warping mills : Pride, 70. ' Driving ; Sharp, 127. Tayler and Hurst, 296. Heck, construction of ; Stott, 910. Heck, using additional ; Smith and Harrison, 698, Warps : Method of making ; Clough, 14. Picking ; Knowles, 415. Pish and Thompson, 524. Weft forks : Construction of; Gray, 465. Todd and Todd, 521. Pickard, 1003. Weft forks — cont. Moveable tines ; Bellford, 405. Of cast metal ; Onions, 329. Weft pirns : Of paper ; Dalziel, 358. Weft printed : Masson and Morini^re, 891. Wetting yarns : By hydraulic pressure Todd, 795. Whalebone : Elastic fabrics of ; Gibson, 77. Manufacture of, artificial ; Wappenstein, 890. Preparing and weaving ; Bowman, 45. Wigs : Weaving ; Caron, 49. Winding : Machinery" for ; Pride, 70 ; Todd, 238. Collier, 334. Baron, Lang, and Liversage, 613. Horrocks, 837. Combe and Smalpage, 999. Ingham and Collier, 1028. Upon paper tubes : Webb and Craig, 905. Warps for carpets ; Henshall, 172. Warps into a ball : Mason and Smith, 291. Tatham and Cheetham, 309. Winding weft : Machinery for ; Steiner, 171. Baldwin and Collier, 314. Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. Dalziel, 358. Durand, 403. Winding worsted for carpets : Barton, 803, 849. Wire fabrics : Manufacture of Hill, 213. 1096 WEAVING. Wire fencing ; Manufacture of; Berry, 468. Wire netting : Machine for weaving ; Whitehead, 509. Wire ribbon : By a cementing process ; Hall, 560. Wool combined with silk : Garrett, 5. Woollen cloth : Machinery for making ; Brooks, 4. Mode of weaving ; Daniell, 87. With additional weft ; Robinson, 140. Woollen cords : With cotton or linen back ; Smith, Smith, and Smith, 323. W oollen damasks : With transparent ground ; Holdsworth, 815. Woollen doeskin : ' Mode of weaving ; England, 174. Woven fabrics of animal vegetable wool : Davies, 826. Wrappers : New fabric for ; Henson, 232. Yeuca gloriosa : Application of; Le Roy and Pavy, 416. Zebra fabrics : Manufacture of; Macnee, 335. Knox, 380. Tait, 479. Caralli, 481, 512. Duckworth, 666. Nimmo, 673, 877. Printed by Geoegr Edward Eyre and William Spottiswoode. Printers to the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty. [Advertisement,'] PATENT LAW AMENDMENT ACT, 1852. WORKS printed by order of The Commissioners of Patents for Inventions, and sold at their Office, 25, Southampton Buildings, Chancery Lane, London. pHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of PATENTS of INVEN- ^ TION, from March 2, 1617 (14 James L), to the 1st October, 1852 (16 Viet.) 2vols. (1554 pages). London, 1854... Price 305. A LPHABETICAL INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. (647 pages). London, 1854 Price 205. OUBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. 2 vols. ^ (970 pages). Second edition. London, 1857 Price 21, I65. OEFERENCE INDEX of PATENTS of INVENTION, pointing out the Of&ce in which each Enrolled Specification of a Patent may be consulted; the Books in which Specifi- cations, Law Proceedings, and other subjects connected with In- ventions have been noticed; also such of the Specifications of Patents granted since the 14th James 1. as have been published by the authority of the Commissioners. 1 vol. (681 pages). London, 1855 Price 305. A PPENDIX to the REFERENCE INDEX of PATENTS of INVENTION, containing Abstracts from such of the early Patents and Signet Bills as describe the nature of the Invention, and which Patents have no enrolled Specifications. 1 vol. (91 pages). London, 1855 Price 45. CHRONOLOGICAL INDEXES of APPLICATIONS for ^ PATENTS and PATENTS GRANTED from the 1st October to the 31st December, 1852, and for the year 1853. 1 vol. (258 pages). London, 1854 Price II5. A LPHABETICAL INDEXES for the above periods. 1 vol. (181 pages). London, 1854 Price 135. QUBJECT-MATTER INDEX, for 1852. 1 vol. (132 pages). ^ London, 1855 Price 9s. S UBJECT-MATTER INDEX, for 1853. 1 vol. (291 pages). London, 1856 Price I65. pHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PA- VJ TENTS and PATENTS GRANTED for 1854. 1 vol. (167 pages). London, 1855 Price 65. A lphabetical index for the above period, l vol. (119 pages). London, 1855 Price 7s. S UBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. (311 pages). London, 1856 Price I65. 6d. pHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PA- ^ TENTS and PATENTS GRANTED for 1855. 1 vol. (188 pages). London, 1856... Price 6s. 6d. A lphabetical index for the above period, l vol. (129 pages). London, 1856 Price 7s. 6d. QUBJECT-MATTER index for the above period. 1 vol. O (311 pages). London, 1856 Price 17^. p HRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PA- \J TENTS and PATENTS GRANTED for 1856. 1 vol. (189 pages). London, 1857 Price 65. 6c?. A lphabetical index for the above period. l vol. (143 pages). London, 1857 Price Ss. S UBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. (335 pages). London, 1857 Price I85. 6c?. pHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PA- VJ TENTS and PATENTS GRANTED from the 1st January to the 31st December, 1857. 1 vol. (196 pages) Price 65. 6d. T he ALPHABETICAL INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. (153 pages) Price 85. rsiHE SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. J- 1 vol. (368 pages) Price 195. 6c?. T he CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PATENTS and PATENTS GRANTED from the 1st January to the 31st December, 1858. 1 vol. (188 pages.) Price 65. T he alphabetical index for the above period. 1 vol. (148 pages.) Price 85. T he SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. (360 pages.) Price 195. 6c?. T he chronological index of applications for PATENTS and PATENTS GRANTED from the 1st January to the 31st December, 1859. 1 vol. (196 pages) Price 65 . 6 c/. T he alphabetical index for the above period. 1 vol. (188 pages) Price lOs. '^CT-MATTER INDEX for the above period, 1 vol. Price 2 O 5 . rpHE CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for X PATENTS and PATENTS GRiVNTED from the 1st J anuary to the 31st December, 1860. 1 vol. (210 pages) Price 7s. — lBETICAL INDEX for the above period, 1 vol. \0s. 6d. T he SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period, in the press. SPECIFICATIONS of PATENTS of INVENTION, DIS- CLAIMERS, &c., deposited and filed under the Act com- mencing 1st October, 1852. S pecifications of patents of invention, dis- CLAIMERS,&o.,enrolIed under the old Law, numbering 12,977. AN INDEX to ALL INVENTIONS PATENTED in ENGLAND from 1617 to 1854 inclusive, arranged under the greatest number of heads, with parallel references to INVEN- TIONS and DISCOVERIES described in the scientific works of VARIOUS NATIONS, as classified by Professor Schubarth. By E. WOODCROFT, F.R.S. The foreign works thus indexed form a portion of the Library of the Commissioners of Patents, where they may be consulted, 0 ? manuscript translations be had. SoMMAiEE (le toutes les Invextioxs beevet:^es en Axoleteree depuis 1617 jusqu’en 1854 inclusivement, arrangees d’apres le plus grand nombre de rubriques, avec renvois aux Ixvextioxs et DicotrvEiiTES decrites dans les ouvrages scientifiques de dief^!E,extes xatioxs, classes par le Professeur Schubarth. Par B. Woodcroft. Les ouvrages strangers ci-dessus font partie de la Biblioth^que de la Com- mission des Patentes, ou Ton pent les consulter, et obtenir des traductions en manuscrit. Veezeichxiss aller in Exolax'd von 1617—1854 inch patextirtex Erpix- duxg-ex, unter vielfaltigeTitel gebracht mit Hinweismigen auf Erpixetix^gex und Extdeckuxgex die nach Prof. Schubarth’s Klassiticirung in den wissen- schaftlichen Werken verschiedexer Natioxex beschrieben sind. Von B. Woodcroft. Die hier aufgefuhrten fremden Werke inachen einen Theil der Bibliothek der Patent Commission aus, alhvo sie nachgeschlagen oder schriftliche Ueberset- zungen besorgt werden k bnnen. Repertorio di tutte le Ixwexzioxi munite. di Lettere Patexti in IxGHiLTERRA dal 1617—1854 inclusive, poste in ordine sotto il piii gran numero di capi, con riferenze alle Ixvexzioxi e Scoperti descritti nelle opere scien- tifiche di diverse xazioxi, classate dal Professore Schubarth. Dal Sig. B. Woodcroft. Le opere straniere qui indicate possono esser consultate nella Biblioteca dei Commissari delle Patenti, e traduzioni in manuscritto vi possono ottenersi. B. Woodcroft, Superintendent of Specifications, &c. SUPPLEMENT to the SERIES of LETTERS PATENT an O SPECIFICATIONS of LETTERS PATENT for INVEN TIONS recorded in the Great Seal Patent Office, and grantee between the 1st of March (14 Jac. 1.) A.D. 1617, and the 1st Octo her (16 Viet.) A.D. 1852 ; consisting for the most part of Reprint of scarce Pamphlets, descriptive of the early patented Invention comprised in that Series. Edited by Bennet Woodcroft, F.R.S. Superintendent of Specifications, &c. In one vol., price 9s. 6d. or each Tract separately at the price affixed. CONTEXTS OF VOL. I. 1. H^tallica ; or the Treatise of Metallica, briefly comprehending the doctrimi of diverse new metallical inventions, &c. By Simon Stuetevant. (Let ters Latent, dated lUh February 1611.) Price Is. ^d. 2. A Treatise of Metallica, but not that which was published by Mr. Simoi Sturtevant, upon his Patent, &c. By John Robinson. (Letters Fateni\ granted A.D. 1612,) Price 4cZ. ' 3. A Commission directed to Sir Richard Wynne and others to inquire upoii oath whether Nicholas Page or Sir Nicholas Halse was the first in vpitor of certaine kililes for the drying of malt, &c. &c. (Letters Latent Los. 33 and 85, respectively dated %tli April 1626, and 22>rd JuUiW^o Price 2d. 4. Dhh Duhlev’s Metallum Martis ; or iron made with pit-coale, sea-coale &c. (Letters Latent, Nos. 18 and 117, respectively dated 22nd Fehrnarv 1620, and 2nd May 1638.) Price M. 5. Description of the nature and working of the Patent Waterscoop 'WlieeLs invented by William Whelee, as compared with the raising wheel-, now in common use. By J, W. B. Translated from the Dutch by Dr. Tolhausen. (Letters Latent, No. 127, doAed 2Uh June 1642.) Price 2s. 6. An exact and true definition of the stupendous Water-commanding Engine, invented by the Right Honourable (and deservedly to be praised and admired) Ehwaed Someeset, Lord Marquis of Woecestee, &c &c (Stat. 15 Car. II. c. 12. A.D. 1663. ) Price 4<2. 7. Navigation improved; or the art of rowing ships of all rates in calms with a more easy, swift, and steady motion than oars can. By Thomas Saveet. (Letters Latent, No. 347, dated lUh January 1696.) Price Is. 8. The Miner’s Eriend; or an engine to raise water by fire, described, &c. By Thomas Saveet. (Letters Latent, No. 356, dated 2Uh July 1698, and mat. 10 & 11 Will. III. c. 31, A.L. 1699.) Price Is. 9. Rpecimina Ichnographica ; or a brief narrative of several new inventions and experiments, particularly the navigating a ship in a calm, &c. By John Allen, M.D. (Letters Latent, No. 513, dated 7th August 1729.) Price 8<^. 10. A description and draught of a new-invented Machine for carrying vessels or ships out of or into any harbour, port, or river against wind and tide, or in a calm, &c. By J onathan Hulls. (Letters Latent, No. 556, dated 21s^ December 1736.) Price %d. 11. An historical account of a new method for extracting the foul air out of ships, &c., with the description and draught of the machines by which it is performed, 9 Price 215. Ditto - 1860, 99 Price 21 5. published Price 2d. Contents. 1. Grants of Provisional Protection for six months. 2. Inventions protected for six months by the deposit of a complete Spe- cification. 3. IN’otices to proceed. 4. Patents sealed. 5. Patents extended. 6. Patents cancelled. 7. Patents on which the third year’s stamp duty has been paid. 8. Patents which have become void by nonpayment of the stamp duty of 50?. before the expiration of the third year. 9. Patents on which the seventh year’s stamp duty has been paid. 10. Colonial Patents and Patent Law. 11. Foreign Patents and Patent Law. 12. Official advertisements and notices of interest to patentees and in- ventors generally. INFORMATION FOR APPLICANTS FOR PATENTS. rnHE PATENT LAW AMENDMENT ACTS (15 & 16 Viet., cap. 83 ; 16 Viet., cap. 5 ; and 16 & 17 Viet., cap. 115) ; toge- ther with the Rules and Regulations issued by the Commissioners of Patents for Inventions, and by the Lord Chancellor and the Master of the Rolls, under the Acts 15 & 16 Viet., c. 83, .and 16 & 17 Viet., c. 115, accompanied by Specimen Forms of the Provi- sional Documents printed on sheets of the prescribed size... Price 6d. A FRElii LIBRARY and READING ROOMS are open to tb Public daily, from 10 till 4 o’clock, in the Office of the Commit sioners of Patents, 25, Southampton Buildings, Chancery Lane. In addition to the printed Specifications, Indexes, and othe publications of the Commissioners, the Library .includes a Co' lection of the leading British and Foreign Scientific Journal.' and text-'books in the various departments of science and art. . catalogue is on sale. Note.— The Commissioners’ publications may be consulte daily in the Library of the British Museum, in the Library of th Society of Arts, and in the Free Libraries of the following Town and Cities : — Aberdeen {Public Library^ Town House). Accrin«i;ton {Mechanics' Institution^ Bank Street). Belfast {Harbour Office, Corporation Square). Beverley {Guildhall). Birmingham {Birmingham and Mid~ land Institute, Cannon Street). Bolton-le-Moors {Public Hibrary, Ex- change Buildings) . Bradford, Yorkshire {Borough Ac- countant’s Office, Corporation Buildings, Swain Street). Brighton {Toivn Hall). Bristol {City Library, King Street). Burnley {Office of the Burnley Im- - provement Commissioners). Cambridge {Free Library, Jesus Lane) . Canterbury {Municipal Museum, Guildhall Street). Carlisle {Free Library, Police Office). Chester {Toicn Hall, Northgate St^ Cork {Royal Cork Institution, Nelson Place). Crewe {Railway Station ) . Darlington {Mechanics’ Institute, Skinner gate). Dorchester. Drogheda. Dublin {Royal Dublin Society, Kildare Street). Dundalk. Balmouth {Public Library, Church Street). Gateshead {Mechanics’ Institute). Gorton {Railway Station). Glasgow {Stirling’s Library, Miller Street). Grimsby, Great {Mechanics’ Institu- tion, Victoria Street) . Hanley, Staffordshire Potteries {Town Hall). Hartlepool, "West {Literary and Me- chanics’ Institute, Church Street) . Hertford {Public Library, Town Hall). Huddersfield ( Commissioners’ Offices, 1, South Parade). Hull {Mechanics’ Institute, George St. ) Ipswich {Museum Library, Museum Street). Keighley {Mechanics' Institute,North Street). Kidderminster (^Public Free Library, Public Buildings, Vicar Street). Kings’ Lynn, Norfolk {Stanley L brary, Athenceum). Lancaster {Mechanics’ Institute, Mai ket Street). Leamington Priors {Public Librari Town Hall). Leeds {Town Clerk’s Office, Towi Hall). Leicester ( Corporation Library, Tow ) Hall). Limerick. Liveri)ool {Free Public Library, Duk Street). {Royal Institution). London {British Museum). Society of Arts {John Street Adelphi). Macclesfield {Useful Knowledge So ciety). Maidstone. Manchester {Chetham Hospital). {Free Library, Cam% Field). Montrose. Newark, Nottingham {3Iechanics Institute, Middle Gate). Newcastle-upon-Tyne {Inter ary am Philosophical Society). Newport, Monmouth {Commercia Room, Town Hall). Northampton. Norwich {Free Library, St. John’s Maddermarket) . Nottingham {Corporation Rooms St. Peter’s Churdiside). Oxford {Public Free Library, Towfi Hall). Paisley {Government School of De signs, Gilmour Street). Plymouth {Mechanics’ Institute, Princess Square). Preston {Dr. Shepherd’s Library, the Institution, Avenham). Beading {Literary, Scientific and Mechanics’ Institution, London St.) Rochdale {Commissioners’ Room, Smith Street). Rotherham {Board of Health Offices, Howard Street) . Salford {Peel Park). Sheffield {Free Library, Surrey St.) Shrewsbury {The Public Museum, College Street). Southampton {Corporation Library, Audit House). Stirling {Burgh Lihraryy Toivn House, Broad Street). Stockport {Court House, Vernon Street, Warren Street). Sunderland {Corjporation Museum, Athenceum, Fawcett Street). Tiverton. Wakefleld {Mechanics" Institution, Barston Square). Warrington {The Museum and lA- brary). Waterford {Toivn Hall, The Mall). Wediiesbury {Board of Health Offices). Wexford {Mechanics" Institute, Crescent Quay). Wigan. Wolverhampton {School of Fractical Art, Darlington Street). Wolverton {Railway Station). Yarmouth, Norfolk {Fuhlic Library, South Quay). York {Lower Council Chamber, Guild- hall) . The Commissioners’ publications have also been presented to the following Public Offices, Seats of Learning, Societies, British Colonies, and Foreign States : — Public Offices, Institutions, &c. Admiralty, Department of the Surveyor of the Navy. Steam Branch. — Deptford Dockyard. — Woolwich ditto. Chatham ditto. Sheerness ditto. Portsmouth ditto. Devonport ditto. Pembroke ditto. Artillery Institute, Woolwich. Board of Trade, Whitehall. Ordnance Office, Pall Mall. Ordnance Office, Small Arms Pactory, Enfield. War Office, Pall Mall. Government School of Mines, &c., Jermyn Street, Piccadilly. Dublin Castle, Dublin. Rolls Office, Chancery (Pour Courts), Dublin. Office of Chancery, Edinburgh. East India House, Military Stores, Leadenhall Street. Cambridge University. Trinity College, Dublin. Queen’s College, Galway. Seats of Learning and Societies. University College, London. Incorporated Law Society, Chancery Lane, London. British Colonies. Tasmania. New Zealand. N ewfoundland. Canada — Quebec. Toronto. Montreal. New Brunswick. Prince Edward Island. Antigua. Barbados. J amaica. Trinidad. British Guiana. Malta. Cape of Good Hope. Mauritius. India — Bengal North-West Provinces. Madras. Bombay. Ceylon. Victoria — Patent Office, Melbourne. Parliamentary Library, Mel- bourne. New South Wales. South Australia. Foreign States. Austria— Handels Ministerium, Vienna. Bavaria— Kbnigliche Bibliothek, Munich. Belgium— Minist^re de ITnt^rieur, Brussels. Prance — Biblioth^que Imp^riale, ■) Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers, > Paris. Hotel de Ville, ) Gotha— Ducal Priedenstein Collection. Hanover — Ministerium des Innern, Hanover. Netherlands — Minist^re de I’lnt^rieur, The Hague. Prussia — Handels Ministerium, Berlin. 'Russia— Biblioth^que Imp6riale, St. Petersburg. Sardinia — Ufficio delle Privative, Turin. Saxony— Polytechnische Schule, Dresden. Sweden— Stockholm. United States— The Patent Office, Washington. The Astor Library, New York. The State Library, Albany. The Franklin Institute, Philadelphia. The Pree Library, Boston. The Philadelphia Library. 'Wurtemberg— Bibliothek des Musterlagers, Stuttgart. C'tent otficf'® great seal V/ mTf: ifafSsiT ™''' ”'’• *™' ‘™' '■ In course of Publication, by Order of the Commissioners, i BRIDGMEN^^ (in Classes and Chronologically arrangec ^ of all SPECIFICATIONS of PATENTED INVENTIO^T from the earliest enrolled to those published under the Act of 185S ihese books are of 12mo. size, and as each is limited to inven tions of one class only they can be sold at prices sufficient! moderate to enable the humblest inventor to examine for himsei whether his discovery has been previously patented or not. At the foot of each abstract is given references to notices of th( inventions m scientific and other works, and. to the reports of lav proceedings for infringements, &c. &c. &c. The classes already published are, — 1. Drain Tiles and Pipes, price Gd. 2. Sewing and Embroidering, price 6d, 3. Manure, price 6d. 4. Preservation of Food, price 6d, 5. Marine Propulsion, price 4^. 6‘. Manufacture of Iron and Steel, price 5 s . 7 . Aids to Locomotion, price Is . 8. Steam Culture, price 2 s . 9. Watches, Clocks, & other Timekeepers, price Is. 6d. 10. Fire-arms and other Weapons, Ammunition, and Accoutrements, price 6s. 6d. 11. Paper: — Part 1. Manufacture of Paper, Paste- board, AND Papier Mache, price 3s. 12. Paper: — Part II. Cutting, Folding, and Orna- menting; INCLUDING Envelopes, Cards, Paper- hangings, &c., price 2s. 13. Typographic, Lithographic, and Plate Printing price 7s. " 14. Bleaching, Dyeing, and Printing Yarns and Fabrics, price 9s. 6d. 15. Electricity and Magnetism; their Generation AND Applications, price 8s. 6d. 16. Manufacture and Application of India-rubber, GuTTA PeRCHA, &C. ; INCLUDING AlR, FiRE, AND Water Proofing, price 10s. 17. Production and Applications of Gas, price 7s. 18. Metals and Alloys, price 9s. 19. Photography, price 2s. 20. Weaving, price 14s. The following are in the press : — Ship Building, &c. Preparation of Fuel, and Apparatus Combustion. Steam Engines. Bricks and Tiles. / FOR its I